vary greet
elnbion sAlgitricmetie
ia patentee het
3 : Pett tet
mit sbpltist tego Metered ay
be iat

patra!

ANA §
” Ot) ss
' Raatola watt ’ rye ie
tore rewrrbawe es pe bl whe) Fe ‘{ rae
ae hy Mat }
vate HAs ites eye
ee

is
i * a

p! wa gb atipisiar acon
Hibs : ’ Riek onset h eae nies
Fi Be pe is

ett? F
abe’ i
peertts:

hie rier grat

iio

pater

eabee renker atts (oft
bot P

ie c#

Meet

Ean

kK $9"

1 es
aN Ee.
hte tte

Bins
ze Shetek

rae

Sere

Ie S55
Senses

Is

F Noh
Of) at

pair Hi i ner
an

NS we
ws SY Saas ae
reSe eet
& www
pes te N=

II VVUNNUNY ae
“ 23
bie ee ead

ae

ed!

; CC ( @€6 q@. ¢ i
G (q | | a &

CO

P-t

AR a

je ae ~-wy

hehe ptt see : POLIO

ASA Sevvewvey es ZOOM Avvo SVSELCEEE Seen
Vere Vurr ey, uuu, ce SNMIN tae

AW ow wowwwWwew ese Need = ve

y weve. 8 vee we be: wy ©

; SRSIISES <3 seviseecoomee w? 7 ywy Ak WS PRIA

vu tu MRL AST ae DO adhd Ade wuts

BA et RAIA RA SIAR SIO SISOS ad | | | |)

AO toed ie Vy were PIP RG dd) PIS FISD

Nate | GIICY Sey lus DIL IIAA AA Nth ated DAT | RI WGA. yx

gc

Ce |
Cee. mC
Ce &
< +S

ama
et ye at

VN

=
j —_,
] s
: » ,
se ‘ as
- PES

TAs

~~

a!
San
ae ,

Aaam

A 2

A A
& Qa Aga”*

as ‘ .
NG ; . *
J

A c ce sts
G@ ¢€ C¢ os — a rn
GQ (uc x (i: to

=

a
~

~~
| iy 7. Cole
iy Allin, PM | Baan Se Ae
cdl Sapa aeons Meas Qe
meh See aaa el ae
ar a Ye ; =
m,

d

a € MG
C qe ee

CQ Cg Ga | Co car ct
» A C Cul le OC ROC «
HC a aE arate r ark
a €€ G4 (‘€ @@

a
¢
(
«
q€

" €

«a ¢«

|

C

: 6 kee eg ee v

a Nak RAM

AN Haan
NSA) Chae
igen } RUNt Owls te

edi ye el me oo

0
y

Ve
4
CARIOPLL tt

»

THE

Bulletin of the Hill Museum

Vol. I. 1921-1924.

THE

Bulletin of the Hill Museum

A MAGAZINE OF
LEPIDOPTEROLOGY

/
A
\

—~

J
Van

EDITED BY

Vc Jo JOWO ENG PIL, VAS, aS Ce, ancl G TAUBOIM, RIES,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF

Eee ROUTE Essie Miss Ae Ese ROW singh Ens:
and W. HAWKER-SMITH, F.E.S.

VO lO21- 1924

(Wir 57 Pirates)

e Sf Rr :
Yo», . ere A he
Issued at the Hill Museum, Witley, Surrey =

LONDON
JOHN BALE, SONS & DANIELSSON, LTD.
OXFORD HOUSE
83-91, GREAT TITCHFIELD STREET, OXFORD STREET, W. 1.

1924

ey
ys yl

: zi eo harh Ke tere
tae f oh: ‘
Af i ¥ es ah
i i a F
via ;
La oar ; Res an
re eg
i 7 .
\ mt
i eS eh
i J:
iC

CONDENS Ol Orie Miki Te

IP Aeyae 1k,
Issued October 17, 1921, pp. 1-189.

PAGE
1. InTRODUCTION—
GHORGE TALBOT,

(1) Prefatory Note ie : et ae 560 3
(2) The Growth of the Hill Maen 3
(3) General Aims ... a 5
(4) Principles Adopted in ne Gloeeicatton of BL uiane ae 6
(5) The Classification of Types ee se a u
(6) Studies on the Genital Armature ae ve oF 8
(7) The Incorporation of New Material ae my irs 8
(8) The Acquisition of Data si cy a ae g

9. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF Previous PUBLICATIONS oF THE Hint Musrum 18}
GEHORGE TALBOT.

3. EKuPLOEINES FORMING MimetTic Groups IN THE IsnuANDs Kry, Aru,
TENIMBER, AUSTRALIA AND Fiji. With an Appendix on the
Identity of Certain Forms of Euploea and the Description of
a New Form of Female, and of a New Species... ee 616

GEORGE TALBOT.

4. REPORT ON COLLECTIONS MADE BY Mr. T. A. BARNS, F.Z.S., F.E.5.,
ON AN EXPEDITION THROUGH Hast CENTRAL AFRICA—

(1) Introduction ... re 580 “a ie 0)
GEORGE TALBOT.

(2) New Forms of Rhopalocera is oe Vesna

J. J. JOICEY anp G. TALBOT.

(3) New Forms of Noctuidae see a aa Biles)
Miss A. H. PROUT.

(4) New Forms of Geometridae ne so ce soo BS

Ib, 135 1EYOWML,
(5) New Heterocera : ms soo. NOS)

J. J, JOICHY anv G. “TALBOT,

V1 Contents of Volume I

PAGE
5. Descriptions of New Forms or LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE ISLAND
oF HaInAN ee Sa eae bis — allo
J. J. JOICHY ann G. TALBOT.
InDEX, with References to all Forms referred to in the Text soo dak’)
PAR:
Issued September 14, 1922, pp. 189-368.
1. Four APPARENTLY New NocrTuiDAE ... et is sae. S'S)
Stir GEORGE F. HAMPSON, Bart.
9. On Some APPARENTLY New Species anD Forms or Nocrurpar ... 193

Miss A. EH. PROUT.

3. Some New GEOMETRIDAE AND DIOPTIDAE IN THE JOICEY COLLECTION.
Part 3. Plate xxv ee ne eke sas fe OO
LOUIS B. PROUT.

4. New Forms oF ZYGAENIDAE FROM SuMATRA, CERAM AND NEw
GuInEA. Part 3. Plate xii Bee : ea soo ALO)

J. J. JOICKY anp G. TALBOT.

5. New GEOMETRIDAE FROM CENTRAL CERAM ae rile Mee.) PATS)
LOUIS B. PROUT.

6. New Forms or Morus From New GUINEA AND SoutH AMERICA ... 300
J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.

7. New Forms or tHE Genus DeELIAS (PIBRIDAE) FROM NEw GUINEA,
CERAM, AND Buru. Part 3. Plates vii, viii ae Os
J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.

8. New Forms oF PapinioNipDAE FROM New GuiInEA, Mataya, AND
SoutH America. Part 3. Plate ix Se Ray 500 OO)
J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.

9. New Forms or Burrerrnuigs FROM DutcH New GUINEA soo. OS
Jo da MONCH. Assi Cy SMAIIEO IC,

10. New Forms oF THE GENUS CHARAXES (NYMPHALIDAE) FROM AFRICA
AND Manaya ... 85 a 0

J. J. JOICKY anv G. TALBOT.

11. New Forms or BurtERFLIES FROM AFRICA Bo ae pod BOW)
J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.

13.

14.

15.

16.

18.

IS),

Ih,

Contents of Volume I

. New Forms or THE GENUS TELLERVO (DANAIDAE)

J. J. JOICKY anv G. TALBOT.

New Forms or ButTTERFLIES FROM THE SubLA IsLANDS, AND THE
IsLANDS OF OBI, AkU, AND TENIMBER
J. J. JOICKY anp G. TALBOT.

Four New ButterFLIES FROM THE IsnANDS OF MEFOR AND BIAK
(North Dutch New Guinea) # ee
J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.

A New Neptis AnD Aa LycaAENID FROM HAINAN
J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT,

New Forms ofr LYCAENIDAE FROM CERAM AND Naw IRBLAND
J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.

. New Forms or BurtTERFLIES FROM SoutH AMERICA

J. J. JOICKY anv G. TALBOT.

DESCRIPTION OF A GYNANDROMORPH OF Argynnis hyperbius cas-
tetst OB Sas ae ae
J. J. JOICHY anv G. TALBOT.

A New Papinio From Buru. Part 3. Plate ix
J. J. JOICHKY anp G. TALBOT.

. Note on tHE Mimetic RESEMBLANCE BETWEEN THE HRYCINID

Praetaxila poulton J. and T., anD THE AGaristID Immetalia
saturata longipalpis Kirscu
Proressor Hi. B. POULTON.

. NOMENCLATURE AND ILLUSTRATIONS

PART 3.
Issued July 16, 1924, pp. 369-626.

CaraLtoguzE ANNoTE pESs ‘‘Typres” ET FormMEsS NOUVELLES DES
PaPILIOS D’'AFRIQUE CONTENUS DANS LA COLLECTION Du “ H1inn
Museum.” Plates i-v at

F. Le CERF.

9. A Prepiminary REVISION OF THE GENUS TRISULOIDES, with De-

scriptions of New Genera and New Species.
Miss A. EK, PROUT.

Aud Notss on tae Genrrauia by G. Talbot. Plates xiii, xvi, xvii ...

vil
PAGE

343

346

350

303

304

307

309

360

363

366

369

400

Vill Contents of Volume I

PAGE
3. Some New Forms or Inpo-Ausrranian Nocturpar. Plates xvilli-
Miss A. KH. PROUT.
4. Some APPARENTLY New Nocruiparn From Sumatra, New GUuINEA,
Merror anp Buru. Plates xiil, xiv, xv B58 oes sae ween
Miss A. HK. PROUT.
5. Notr on Achaea pectimcorms Bretu.-Bak. ae at woe Holl
Miss A. EH. PROUT.
6. Taree New Carocaninak, with a Description of the Female of

10.

WL,

12.

13.

Calliodes appollina, GN. Plate xxii ah oes -» 402
Miss A. H, PROUT.

. New GroMETRIDAE FROM DutcH New GuINeA AND Meror IsnAnp.

Plates xxiii, xxiv he nee se <a She 36)
LOUIS B. PROUY.

NEw GEOMETRIDAE AND DioptTipaE. Plate xxv bie: ee TT
MOL Ba LeROuUmL

New PawuagarctTic GEOMETRIDAE Be: ay, pe coo | ETS
LOUIS B. PROUT.

List oF Spectres OF Pyratipak, collected by T. Alexander Barns

in Central Africa, 1919, 1920, 1921 ae: or .. 484
Proressor A. J. T. JANSE.

List oF SPECIES, INCLUDING DxEscripTIoNs OF NEw SPECIES, BE-
LONGING TO THE Faminy Pyratipaxn, collected by Messrs.
C., F. and J. Pratt in the Mountains of Central Ceram during
October, 1919, to February, 1920 ... ane ted soo SY)

Proressor a. J. T. JANSE.

New Forms or BurrERFLIES FROM Burvu. Plates vi, vii, ix soo 6S)
J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.
A CaratoGurk OF THE LEpiporTERA oF Hainan. With Map coe OA

J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.

14.

15.

16.

I

Ie

Contents of Volume I

New Forms or Arrican Lepiporrura, collected by T.

Barns ...
J. J. JOICHY anv G. TALBOT.

New Forms or [npo-AustTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES
J. J. JOICHY ann G. TALBOT,

THREE New SoutH AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES
J. J. JOICKY anp G. TALBOT.

IDX
PAGE
Alexander

List oF PAPERS PUBLISHED ELSEWHERE SINCE PREVIOUS. Lust.

(Continued from p. 15)

CorRIGENDA

De Contents of Volume I

hist OF eA Ss sine VORUNE

IPAleIe I.
Plates i—ii. Mimetic Groups in the Key and Aru Islands.
ap iii. HKuploeines forming Mimetic Groups in Australia and Fiji.

ss iv. Mimetic Forms of Cethosia and Danais and Forms of
Huploea helcita.

a v. Genitalia of African Hrgolis.

i vi. Genitalia of African Charaxes.

# vii. Forms of Charaxes ewpale, dilutus and subornatus.
9p viii. Genitalia of African Lycaenidae.

3 ix—xvi. New African Rhopalocera.

Pe xvii. New African Noctuidae.

5 xviii. New African Geometridae.

As xix—xxlv. New Rhopalocera from Hainan.

Map to illustrate Mr. and Mrs. Barns’ route in Africa,
facing p. 40.

IPA! 8.
Plates i—v. African Papilios.
7 vi. New Delias from Buru.

wa vii. New Delias from New Guinea and Buru.
sn vill. New Delias from New Guinea.
Pe ix. New Butterflies from Buru and New Guinea.
er xxl. New Sphingidae.
xii. New Zygaenidae.
- xijl—xxll. Noctuidae.
», XxXili—xxiv. Geometridae.
* xxv. New Geometridae and Dioptidae.
Map of the Island of Hainan, facing p. 538.

Vol. I. No. 1.

THE

Bulletin of the Hill Museum

bac
al InStiz,,
LS 30 tN

fs 2 an
A MAGAZINE ore 21 1921 on

k_ MAGAZINE OF

EDITED BY

J. J. JOICEY, F.LS., F.Z.S., F.E.S., &c., and G. TALBOT, F.E.S.,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF
L. B. PROUT, F.E.S., Miss A. E. PROUT, F.E.S.,
and W. HAWKER-SMITH, F.E.S.

Issued October 17, 1921,

at the Hill Museum, Witley, Surrey.
(Published at intervals.)

~ With 24 photographic plates of Lepidoptera
and 8 photographs of other subjects.

LONDON
JOHN BALE, SONS & DANIELSSON, LTD.

Oxford house
83-91, GREAT TITCHFIELD STREET, OXFORD STREET, W.1

192,

Price 30s.

CONTENTS.

PAGE
List of Illustrations, ‘
List of Plates }

I. Introduction :
GEORGE TALBOT.

|

1. PREFATORY NOTE .., : 4

9, THE GROWTH OF THR HILL MUSEUM 3

3. GENERAL AIMS y - EicoeD

4, PRINCIPLES ADOPTED IN THR CLASSIFICATION OF

SPECIMENS te a eee a5 : :

5, THE CLASSIFICATION OF TYPES. 7 ?
6, STUDIES ON THE GENITAL ARMATURE 8

7. THE INCORPORATION OF NEW MATERIAL 8 |

8. THE ACQUISITION OF DATA 9

II. Bibliography of Previous Publications of the Hill

~ Museum e Ne bes oe as aecbeota
GEORGE TALBOT.

Il]. Euploeines Forming Mimetic Groups in the Islands
Key, Aru, Tenimber, Australia and Fiji. With
an Appendix on the Identity of Certain Forms of
Euploea and the Description of a new Form
of Female, and of a New Species ... oS Nene
GHORGE TALBOT.

IV. Report on Collections made by Mr. T. A. Barns,
F.Z.S., F.E.S., on an Expedition through East
Central Africa :

1, INTRODUCTION .... one ote Be ay Sega 40)
1 GHORGH TALBOT

2. NEW FORMS OF RHOPALOCHRA We ne Way ae
J. J. JOICHY ¢ G. TALBOT.

38. NEW FORMS OF NOCTUIDA ie Ree eee SES
Miss A. EH. PROUT.

4. NEW FORMS OF GEOMETRIDAL see ae Farts latel
1B enOUuL:

5. NEW HETEROCHERA ace ie es eG ge aye!

J. J. JOICHY ¢ G. TALBOT.

V. Descriptions of New Forms of ees from

the Island of Hainan a ou edi 5y;
J. J. JOICEY & G. hile

INDEX, with references to all forms referred to
in the text ... os oe se ok A189

Bull, Iatulll Mus, Woll, I 192i

;
7
;
j
j
;
{
1

Mr. J. J. JOICEY.

VII.

WADUE
IX-XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.
XIX-XXIV.
Ih

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

Frontispiece—Mr. J. J. Joicey.

A Group taken at the Hill: J. J. Joicey; T. A. Barns, the
African Collector; A. E. Pratt, the New Guinea Collector ;
F. le Cerf of the Paris Museum; P. I. Lathy, curator to
Mdme. de Horrack-Fournier ; G. Talbot.

The Hill Museum, a part of the interior.

The Hill Museum, exterior.

The Hill Museum Annexe.

Photo-micrographic Department.

Map to illustrate Mr. and Mrs. Barns’ route.

“An Elusive Papilio,’ from a drawing by T. A. Barns.

LIST OF PLATES.

Euploea and Hypolimnas forming a mimetic group in the Key
Islands.

Euploea, Elymnias, and Taenaris forming a mimetic group in
the Aru Islands.

Taenaris myopina and myops from the Aru Islands.

HKuploea and Hypolimnas forming a mimetic group in the
Tenimber Islands.

Kuploeines forming a mimetic group in Australia.

HKuploeines forming a mimetic group in Fiji.

Cethosia and Danais.

Forms of Hwploea helcita.

Genitalia of Africa Hrgolis.

Genitalia of African Charaxes.

Forms of Charazes eupale, dilutus, and swbornatus.

Genitalia of African Lycaenidae.

New African Rhopalocera.

New African Noctuidae.

New African Geometridae.

New Rhopalocera from Hainan,

A
i
;
:
ri
*

“1661

sudeg “VY “L “Auaey

‘T ISA (SOI TIH ‘TIng

]

d

0661

Ogieae
2TUOAR

1D) "Jd8D 9] “4 ‘Keo p
“THUS! BURL JY NEIL COOLS

PP

Myer. cel

Vv

I—INTRODUCTION.

1-—PREFATORY NOTE.

HIS magazine has been established by Mr. J. J. Joicey for the

|" purpose of giving to the entomological world the results of

studies carried out at the Hill Museum, Witley. As the title

of the magazine indicates, these studies deal solely with Lepidoptera.

The collections at the Hill Museum have increased so largely, and the

work on them is assuming such proportions, that it is felt we should
have our own publication to deal with the results.

It is proposed that this journal be issued half-yearly, but more
frequent publication may be possible should there be a sufficient
number of subscribers.

In presenting the first number to our fellow lepidopterists, some
account will be needed of the Hill Museum and its activities, and also
of the principles adopted by us in Lepidopterology and of the methods
employed.

2—THE GROWTH OF THE HILL MUSEUM.

The Museum was built by Mr. J. J. Joicey to house his increasing
collections of exotic and British Lepidoptera. Mr. Joicey’s interest in
collecting these insects dates from 1906, and since this time he has been
indefatigable in adding new forms to the collection. The celebrated
collection of the late Henley Grose-Smith was purchased in 1910, and
this was followed in 1912 by the purchase of the very extensive and
widely-celebrated collection formed by the late Herbert Druce. These
collections made it necessary to have a special building, and this was
opened in 1913. About this time the Suffert collection was purchased,
and also most of the types of species described by Wichgraf. There
was also added a mass of material sent home from North Peru by
Mr. A. EK. Pratt, who, with his son Felix, made a collecting expedition
on behalf of Mr. Joicey during 1912. They traversed a little-known
part of North Peru, crossed the Andes, and descended the Amazon.
These two intrepid collectors went out to Dutch New Guinea for
Mr. Joicey in 19138, being joined by Mr. Pratt’s younger son Charles.

4 Introduction

They sent home very large collections from the Arfak Mountains, the
Schouten Islands and Waigeu. ;

In 1916, Mr. Joicey acquired the collections of Lycaenidae and
Hesperiidae formed by Colonel Charles Swinhoe, and in 1917 there was
added the famous collection of South African Rhopalocera made by
Roland Trimen, which formed the basis of his work on the South
African Butterflies.

In 1919, Mr. Joicey acquired the collection of Heliconius formed
by the late Herr Riffarth and most of the Lepidoptera collected by
Lieut.-Colonel Nurse in Aden, Baluchistan, and Somaliland. There
was also added the very fine collection of Lycaenidae and Hesperiidae
formed by Mr, Hamilton H. Druce.

The extensive collection of Lepidoptera, with the exception of the
Indo-Australian Moths and types of Palaearctic species, formed by
H. J. Elwes, Esq., was added in 1920. The same year saw the arrival
of many thousands of Lepidoptera obtained by Mr. 'l. A. Barns on an
expedition made through Hast Central Africa on behalf of Mr. Joicey.

We must include some very large collections made by Mr. W. J. C.
Frost, who visited the Islands of ’enimber, Aru, Key, Misol, Obi and
Sula, during 1916—1918. From 1918—1920, Mr. C. Talbot Bowring
sent many thousands of specimens from the Island of Hainan, and
these were generously presented by him.

During 1920 the brothers Pratt, working in Central Ceram on
behalf of Mr. Joicey, sent home a thoroughly representative collection
of the Lepidoptera met with in the high mountains of the island.

The collection of Rhopalocera formed by Monsieur P. Dognin was
acquired early in the present year, and includes the types of species
described by him.

Besides the material enumerated, much of a miscellaneous character
was added from time to time from all parts of the world.

The collection of British Lepidoptera was also increased very
largely from 1912 to 1920. Many rare forms and aberrations were
purchased at the sales of certain celebrated collections, and many
additions to the local fauna were made by day and night collecting.

Since 1915 the staff of the Museum has been increased to deal with
the work entailed by the enormous accessions, and it now numbers
seven persons.

To house the increased collections, an annexe was added in 1920.
This was adapted from an Army hut over eighty feet long by twenty
feet. wide, and serves the purpose very well, being insulated from damp

‘1661

‘YOIYALNI AHL

SLOAN

“Sn

SE hettss

JO LdVd

V

“A NASNW

Wal

PEUNVI TEES

~
.
-
»
«
=
”

eles

Introduction 5

and heated by anthracite stoves. Here was installed a photographic
department, under the direction of Mr. H. J. Campbell, with facilities
for photo-micrography.

A small laboratory has been arranged in connection with the
necessity for performing anatomical studies. A new technique for
making preparations of genitalia is being perfected, and a full account
of this will be given in a future number of this journal.

3.—GHNERAL AIMS.

The primary object of Mr. Joicey in making this collection of
Lepidoptera is to advance in some way our scientific knowledge.
When he sent out Mr. Pratt and his son to Northern Peru in 1912, it
was in the hope that some species new to science would be obtained, as
well as for the gratification to be afforded by adding largely to the
collection. The formation of a large collection has its value, because
without access to plenty of material studies can only be incomplete,
and results are often erroneous. No proper view can be taken by com-
paring scattered material. Correct results are more readily obtained
with good series of specimens from all localities, provided with proper
data, and available in one place.

No apology should be needed for amassing large collections, for
research into the problems affecting such variable organisms as Lepid-
optera is dependent for its success on the availability of large numbers
of specimens.

The naming of new forms is a necessary work which must be
carried on by all who are possessed of new material, but we are con-
cerned also with other investigations. We consider it important to
work out all the material sent by the special collectors, and to prepare
a full analysis and a list of the forms met with in each area. Such
faunistic studies yield much information on distribution and relation-
ship. Several are in preparation, and we propose to publish the results
in this journal from time to time.

Work on the structure of the genital armature has been com-
menced, and it is hoped that many doubtful questions affecting specific
distinctions may be cleared up, and that we may ultimately extend the
study in various ways.

The present paper, dealing with the results of the Barns’ Expedi-
tion, will be followed by one on the Lepidoptera of Hainan, and in due
course there will appear similar papers on the Lepidoptera of the

6 Introduction

Schouten Islands, and on collections received from Dutch New Guinea,
Waigeu, Mefor, Mysol, Key, Aru, Tenimber, Obi, Central Ceram and
the Sula Islands.

It is proposed to monograph the genus Delias, and material to this
end is being accumulated. Certain studies on Mimicry phenomena are
also in contemplation.

4—PRINCIPLES ADOPTED IN THE CLASSIFICATION OF
SPECIMENS.

We accept the terminology in use by the majority of systematists,
and distinguish between a geographical race, an individual variation,
and a seasonal variation. We also agree that a figure of any sufficiently
distinct form should be given whenever convenient, but do not consider
the absence of such a figure to be entirely prejudicial to the description,
and in any case no figure is of value unless accompanied by a descrip-
tion, however brief.

The individuals of a species are grouped under their various races
and arranged in geographical order as far as convenience permits. The
individuals of each form are grouped according to locality or zoological
area, the sexes being sorted in every such series. Any type specimens
are placed at the end of a series comprising the form named. The
name-label placed at the bottom of a series bears the original type-
locality. :

Where known forms are absent in the collection, a name-label, with
figure if available, is placed in the position of the missing form.

Families are arranged geographically instead of in any so-called
phylogenetic order. The phylogeny of the forms of Lepidoptera cannot
be said to be correctly understood at present. Not only does the
geographical arrangement help us to an understanding of phylogenetic
relationships, but it is of great value in finding any desired form in a
great collection, and enables one to get some idea of the forms occuring
in a given area.

A card-index catalogue of the collection was commenced in 1915.
Each card bears the name of the species with its original reference,
also the number of the drawer in the collection, and a list of the
localities of the specimens. A separate index is made for types. These
indices are yet far from complete, but are compiled whenever a group
is properly worked through.

S28

a Uae

IGA SE IDX SESSIONS PAN

TWH

"TngG

‘YOINSALXS SNNASNW TIIH FHL

Introduction 7

5.—PRINCIPLES ADOPTED IN THE CLASSIFICATION
QuN MD WIPIBIS).

The importance of the correct designation of type-specimens is
often overlooked by nomenclators, and the describers of new forms
are often faced with the difficulty of deciding what specimens exactly
represent the previously-described allied form.

The first scientific classification of types was made by Schuchert
and Buckman in 1905 and forms the subject of a paper in the Annals
and Mag. Nat. Hist. for that year, Ser. 7, vol. 16, p. 102. This
scheme has been adopted by the Hill Museum in the classification of
new forms, and in re-classifying the types of other authors which are
contained in the collection.

We take this opportunity of placing before entomologists the
following amendment to the paper of Schuchert and Buckman.

PRIMARY TYPES.

ALLoryPE (A.T.).—* A paratype of the opposite sex to the holotype.” —
“The Entomological Code.” Washington, May, 1912, § 70.

NEALLOTYPE (N.At.).—A specimen described subsequently as the type

of the other sex.

This word was suggested by Mr. J. Hartley Durrant to
illustrate our definition.

PaRaTYPE (P.T.).—This term should be accompanied by the sex
of the specimen, as P.T. 3, meaning a specimen of the original
3 series, or P.T. 2, for a specimen of the original ? series.
A paratype may be a specimen of a series represented by
a holotype, an allotype, or by a neallotype.

Besides giving the specimen its proper type label, a method of
numbering has been adopted by Mr. Durrant. He gives each specimen
a fractional number, the numerator being the number of the indi-
vidual in the series, the denominator the number of specimens in
the series. ‘Thus 2/18 denotes the second specimen in a series of 18.
As the original description should indicate the number of specimens,
we see no use in noting each one unless they call for special notice.

We propose to apply this method where the original series shows
any variation, the number 1 indicating the holotype or the allotype,
and succeeding numbers indicating divergence. If there are ten
variable specimens, they should be arranged in order of divergence

g Introduction

from the type, and they will bear numbers 2/10, 3/10, etc. If all
the specimens exactly agree they will be numbered 1/10. Any speci-
men can be indicated in the original description by its fractional
number.

6.—STUDIES ON THE GENITAL ARMATURE.

Mr. Joicey has equipped a small laboratory in connection with the
Museum for the purpose of carrying out work on the genitalia. This
is in charge of Mr G. L. Birbel, and all dissections and drawings are
by him unless otherwise stated. The morphological differences are also
worked out by Mr. Birbel.

A process has been developed whereby dissections can be made
without the abdomen sustaining any obvious mutilation. A full account
of the technique will be given in a future number of the journal.

It is not possible to carry out dissections of all described forms, as
time would not permit, but the new technique enables us to dissect
specimens which may otherwise not become available.

The nomenclature employed in describing the organs is the one
given by Dr. J. McDunnough, the Canadian Entomologist, vol. xliii,
June, 1911.

The terms anterior, posterior, dorsal, and ventral, are used in relation
to the whole of the organs, e.g., where the valve is connected with the
sternite, this is the anterior end.

7.—THE INCORPORATION OF NEW MATERIAL.

If a collection of insects is built up for scientific study, some care
must be taken in the acquisition of material. We endeavour to keep
as near as possible to the following plan in making accessions :—

(1) Forms not represented in the collection.

(2) Material from a zoological area which is as yet unrepresented
in the collection.

(3) Type specimens of any kind.

(4) Material provided with proper data, and serving to replace
specimens not so provided.

(5) Forms already in the collection but which are subject to
variability.

(6) Forms already in the collection but which may be replaced by
better specimens from the same localities.

lntroduction

Sa Hh) AC@UISITION OF DAMA.

Before Entomology became the scientific study which it is now,
most specimens in collections were accompanied by no indication of
their habitat, and if any such label was affixed, it bore the legend
“India,” ‘America,’ “‘ Amazon,” ‘‘ Peru,” ‘‘ Bogota,” etc. These
were often erroneous, besides being ambiguous. Students of Ento-
mology very soon found that the more exact the information they
obtained as to the habitat, the more accurate would be their studies
in classification and distribution. With the formulation of new bio-
logical problems, especially the baffling phenomena of mimicry, the
need arose for data of another kind to be added.

We point out to our collectors the importance of furnishing
adequate data with their specimens, and in 1919 I drew up a schedule
of requirements in this respect. This has been sent to our principal
collectors, and whilst it may not be complete, it covers the most
important points on which information should be sought. We print
this schedule below, and would welcome any suggestions in regard to it.

1. Locauirty.

(a) If name is not on map give approximate position in relation to
a place which is on the map.

(b) Write a short account of geographical features. This will
include the general configuration, the presence of water,
and distance from the sea in case of islands.

(c) Nature of the Flora, noting special types.

(d) Vertebrate Fauna; abundance or not of birds, reptiles, and
mammals.

(e) If a mountain, indicate which side.

(f) If a river, indicate which bank.

(g) Height above sea-level.

2. CLIMATE.
(a) General remarks.
(b) Rainfall and humidity.
(c) Temperatures taken at coolest period, medium period, and
hottest time of the day.
(d) Kind of season: wet, dry, or both.
(e) Prevailing winds.

3. TIME.
(a) Day and month when taken.
(b) Taken in a.m., p.m., or at dusk, or attracted to light at night.

LO

Introduction

4, HABITS oF ADULTS.

(a)
(b)
(c)

(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)

(h)
(1)

Usual feeding haunts.

What species fly together ?

When several forms are feeding or at rest in one assemblage,
try to take all by waiting for those that are disturbed to
come back. Keep such lots separate.

Note any protection afforded by coloration, etc., when at rest.

Note whether conspicuous on the wing, and if can be
mistaken for another species.

Note any bird or animal seen catching butterflies, and what
species of butterfly.

When skinning any birds, note if any remains of Lepidoptera
are in the crop. Contents of crops may be sent for
examination at home, if not possible in the field.

Resting attitude.

Do the sexes fly together, and have they similar habits? Do
the males ‘‘assemble”’ to the females ?

5. Hapits oF LARVAE.

(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)
(e)

Endeavour to rear larvae. (See separate instructions.)

When adult is known, preserve the larva, both by fixation and
by formalin. (See separate instructions.)

Note coloration when alive.

Note time when feeding.

Note if conspicuous or protected.

(f) Preserve portion of food-plant, and include flower where
possible.
(g) Note month.
(h) Any habits.
(i) Any enemies observed.
(j) Fix any larvae with curious structures.
(k) Resting-attitude.
6. PUPAE.

Preserve all pupa-cases where the adult is known. Kill live
pupae which are nearly ready to emerge, but only of known
species.

Uo OWES

Where identified preserve some in 5 per cent. formalin.
Label with date.

ante

|

j

H
|

THE HILL MUSEUM ANNEXE.

Introduction 11

8. PRESERVING LARVAE.
(a) Fixation for microscopical examination.

Take specimens which have just moulted, or which are not
going to moult soon. Drop them in fixative.

After a few hours large specimens (exceeding 2 inches in
length), are cut into two or three pieces with a sharp razor
at junction of segments. All are transferred to fresh fixa-
tive for twenty-four hours.

Transfer to fresh 90 per cent. alcohol for three days.

Put up in fresh 90 per cent. alcohol in tubes, label, seal tube.

(b) Preservation as Specumens.

Kill by drowning and put up in 5 per cent. formalin. Use no

alcohol, as it takes out colour.

(c) Keep species and different stages separate.

(d) Fix larvae whose adults are known, and also any others which
present curious structures.

(e) Put all specimens where adults are known in formalin, and
duplicates if available of any others which have been fixed.

9. PRESERVING ADULTS.

(a) Drop into fixative and after a few hours remove abdomen,
wings, thorax, and head, and place all in fresh fixative.
After twenty-four hours transfer all to 90 per cent. alcohol.
After twenty-four hours transfer to fresh 90 per cent. alcohol.
After three days put in fresh 90 per cent. alcohol in stoppered
bottles.

(b) Keep species separate; but several specimens of a species can
be put in same bottle. Keep some specimens entire.

(c) Fix specially any which are observed to have emerged from
pupa, both immediately after emergence and also when
wings are dry. These facts must be noted on a label.

(d) Fix butterflies of all groups and any strange moths.

(e) Gravid females of common specimens may be fixed.

1), REARING LaRvaz.
Prepare several cages and keep clear of ants.
Larvae of one kind, or ova, are placed in one cage which is
called, say, 1.
Note when any are going to moult, and as soon as they have
done so, remove these to another cage which is called 1.1.
As these moult, remove to another cage and call this 1.2;

12 Introduction

and so on to the pupae, these being removed to a cage for
hatching.

As the larvae in the first cage change they are passed through
the other cages.

As successive changes are made specimens should be removed
for fixation and preserving, and a brief description of the
coloration in the last instar should be made.

The cage numbers used for the first series bred will be 1,
11, 1°2, etc., the decimal showing which stages have been
passed through. The next series bred will be 2, 2.1, 2.2,
etc. These numbers must be put on the labels accompany-
ing preserved specimens.

Always note when hatched from the egg.

11. BREEDING.

It is very desirable to obtain the g and ¢ for eggs and
larvae, so that one can be sure they have not paired with
any other form.

The parents must be included in the batch of specimens bred,
other specimens being kept, no matter in what condition
they may be, and the dates of emergence should be noted.

A pair should be used to keep eggs for future generation,
and as many generations should be bred as convenient, but
at least three or four. Hach generation should be kept
separate.

12. RECORDS.

Hach package of specimens for transit home must bear a
number corresponding to one in a book.

This book shall have numbered pages with a tear-off original
and carbon copy.

The page number will be the number of the collection. On
it will be written contents of package, where collected,
number of specimens and any notes desirable.

The tear-off page will be sent in covering letter.

All letters will be written in similar carbon duplicate book
with page numbers.

Labels can be written with waterproof Indian ink.

Carry a good scale map and chart the collecting grounds; also
route taken.

rah aN

Wy
vanes
AN
Lsehem

BY

“1661

“WE OV

“SQA IIH TINg

“INAWLYVddd O1HdVeYDOYUSIN-OLOHd

i OO
ipo

13

Il.— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PREVIOUS PUBLICATIONS OF

1h,

6.

10.

IU,

THE HILL MUSEUM.

1914—Joicey and Noakes. ‘“‘A New Oenetus from New Guinea,”
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xiv, pp. 282-88, pl. xiv.

1915—Joicey and Noakes. ‘“‘ Four New Delias and a New Orni-
thoptera from the Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains, North
New Guinea, Coll. Messrs. Pratt and Sons,” Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xv, pp. 59-62, pls. iv-vi.

Noakes and Talbot. “ Ornithoptera joiceyt,” l.c., p. 59.

1915—Joicey and Talbot. “New Species of Heterocera from
Dutch New Guinea,” Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xv,
pp. 295-301, pl. xu.

1915—Joicey and Rosenberg. ‘‘ Descriptions of New Species of
the Pierine genera Catasticta and Daptoneura,’ Trans.
Hint. Soc. Lond., pp. 147-51, pl. x.

1915—Joicey and Noakes. ‘New Butterflies and a Moth from
Biak,” Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., pp. 177-197, pls. xxi-xxviil.

1916—Joicey and Talbot. ‘“‘ New Lepidoptera from Dutch New
Guinea,” Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xvu, pp. 68-89,
pls. v-vil.

1916—Joicey, Noakes and Talbot. “New Lepidoptera from Dutch
New Guinea,’ Trans. Hnt. Soc. Lond., pp. 361-386,
pls. lv-lxul.

1916—Joicey and Talbot. “A New Sphingid and little-known
Butterflies from Africa,” Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8),
Xvi, pp. 477-478, pl. xu.

1916—Joicey and Talbot. “New South American Arctiidae,”
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xviii, pp. 53-62, pl. xiv.

1916—Joicey and Talbot. “ New Delias and other Butterflies
from the Hast,” Ann. and Mag. Nat. Ast. (8), xviii,
pp. 63-67, pls. iv-v.

1916—Joicey and Talbot. ‘‘ New Lepidoptera from the Schouten
Islands, with Description of a New Tineid by J. Hartley
Durrant,’ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., pp. 65-85, pls. 1i-vi.

14

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

lie

ILS),

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

Previous Publications of the Hill Museum

1916—Joicey and Talbot. “‘A New Form of Delias from Rossel
Island,’ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xviii, p. 446.

1917—Talbot. ‘Note on Maiva sulphurea,’ Entomologist, vol. i,
pp. 140-141.

1917—Joicey and Kaye. ‘‘ On a Collection of Heliconine forms
from French Guiana,” Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., pp. 412-431,
pls. cvii-cviil.

1917—Joicey and Talbot. ‘‘New Heterocera from Dutch New
Guinea, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xx, pp. 50-85,
pls. i-iv.

1917—Joicey and Kaye. ‘‘New Races and Aberrations of
Heliconius,’ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xx, pp. 88-94,
pls. v-vi.

1917—Prout. ‘‘ New Geometridae in the Joicey Collection,” Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xx, pp. 108-127, pl. vil.

1917—Joicey and Talbot. “New Lepidoptera from Waigeu,
Dutch New Guinea and Biak,” Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.
(8), XxX, pp. 217-229.

1917—Joicey and Kaye. “Two new Species and new Genus of
Sphingidae,’ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xx, pp. 230-281,
pl. viii.

1917—Joicey and Kaye. ‘New Species and Forms of Sphingidae,”’
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xx, pp. 305-309.

1918—Prout. ‘‘ New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection,” Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), 1, pp. 18-32.

1918—Kaye. “‘New Species and Races of Ithominae in the
Joicey Collection,’ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), i,
pp. 77-86.

1918—Joicey and Talbot. ‘‘ New South American Rhopalocera ;
New South American Arctiidae; New Butterflies from
Africa and the Hast; a Gynandromorph of Papilio
lycophron Hbn.; Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera.”
IZ V4So (USN), {995 ZOSSAIG, jolls Il,

1918—Prout. “ New Heterocera in the Joicey Collection,” Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hust. (9), 1, pp. 312-318.

1918—Kaye. “On a New Genus and Two New Species of
Amatidae (Syntomidae) in the Joicey Collection,” Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), i, pp. 325-327,

26.

27.

28.

Zor

30.

ol.

BA.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

tions.

Previous Publications of the Hill Museum 15

1918—Kaye. ‘Descriptions from the Joicey Collection of new
Species of Syntomidae, Nymphalidae, and Hesperwdae,
and 'T'wo Genera of Syntomidae,’ Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist. (9), u, p. 225-232.

1918—Prout. ‘New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection,’ Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), ii, pp. 412-18.

1918—Kaye. “Catagramma pitheas and Catagramma cyclops
Distinct Species,” Hnt. Mo. Mag., Ser. 3, vol. v, pp. 5-6.

1919—Prout. ‘“‘New and insufficiently known Moths in the
Joicey Collection,” Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), in,
pp. 165-190.

1919—Kaye. “A Striking new Species of Catagramma from
French Guiana,” Ent. Record, vol. xxxi, No. 2, p. 26.

1919—Joicey and Kaye. ‘“ Notes on a large Heliconine Collec-
tion made in French Guiana in 1917,” Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., pp. 347-353.

1919—Talbot. ‘“ Review of a Monograph of the Castniinae,” Nov.
Zool., vol. xxvi, pp. 28-35.

1919—Prout. “A New Papilio Form,’ Entomologist, vol. lin,
[Da LAS),

1919—Kaye. ‘New Species and Genera of Nymphalidae, Synto-
midae and Sphingidae in the Joicey Collection,” Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), iv, pp. 84-94.

1919—Prout. ‘‘New Species and Forms in the Joicey Collec-
tion,’ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), iv, pp. 277-282.

1920—Prout. ‘“‘New Moths in the Joicey Collection,” Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), v, pp. 286-293.

1920—Tullett. ‘“‘ Notes and Observations on the Lepidoptera of
the Witley District, 1912-19,” Hnt. Record, vol. xxxu,
pp. 52-58, 89-93, 110-117.

1920—Talbot. ‘‘ New Rhopalocera from Central Ceram,” Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), vi, pp. 398-407, pls. xiv-xix.

1921.—Joicey and Talbot. ‘New Forms of Sphingidae,” Ento-
mologist, vol. liv, pp. 105-109.

A total of 551 new forms is contained in the foregoing publica-

There is also. included the description of the other sex of

twenty-four known forms, and the description of three aberrations and
one gynandromorph.

16

III.—EUPLOEINES FORMING MIMETIC GROUPS IN
THE ISLANDS OF KEY, ARU, TENIMBER,
AUSTRALIA, AND PIJI.

With an Appendia on the IpeNtrITY of Certain Forms of KUPLOEA, and
the Description of a New Form of Female, and of a New Species.

By GEORGE TALBOT, F.E.S.

(Plates I—IV.)

This paper has been prepared at the suggestion of Professor
E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. It is important that as many facts as possible
bearing on the subject of mimicry should be published, and illustrations
given of the resemblances described. It is only by the accumulation of
a vast body of facts that we can hope to arrive at a satisfactory solution
of the problems presented by the wonderful phenomena grouped under
the term “ mimicry.”

This paper could not have been written if I had not the rich
material at the Hill Museum to work upon, and my thanks are due to
to Mr. J. J. Joicey for enabling me to spend time on this study, and
for his generosity in bearing the cost of the plates. I am also indebted
to Professor Poulton, who, in the midst of his many activities, found
time to look over the manuscript and to make helpful suggestions.

The material in the Hill Museum was especially suitable to the
present study, because we were able to ascertain the total number of
each form sent home from Key and Tenimber. Mr. W. J. C. Frost
collected in these islands for Mr. Joicey, and the collection obtained
was entirely representative. We can therefore see in what proportion
the mimetic forms exist.

As a result of this investigation we found reasons for doubting very
much whether certain species with a sexual brand on the fore wing
were really distinct from forms in which this brand was absent. This
point, however, does not affect the question of mimetic likeness on the
same island, as the species concerned are not found together.

EHuploeines forming Mimetic Groups yf

A.—KEY ISLANDS GROUP. (Plate Ia.)

The Key Islands combination shows the greatest development of
white markings. There is no such dominant white coloration in the
species of the Aru Islands, where the tendency is in the other direction,
and the forms are dark. The development of white coloration in the
Key Islands is also noticed in Danais plexippus kyllene Fruh., in
Cethosia chrysippe insulata Butl., and in the female of Troides hecuba.
The pattern of these forms is quite unlike that of the Kuploeines, but
the Cethosia mimics the Danais. Some other species of Huploea, which
would form excellent members of the Key Island group, exist in places
where no other white-banded butterfly is known to occur, as in New
Guinea and the Solomons. Such species must presumably have derived
their pattern from their progenitors in a locality where the mimetic
stimulus was in operation. It may be that in some past epoch, this
white-banded combination was spread over a larger land area, and that
ultimately some members of it were cut off from their associates by
geographical changes.

The allies of these white-banded Key Island forms all exhibit some
‘tendency to white scaling in the distal area of the wings. It may be
inferred, therefore, that given the existence of a common white-banded
Euploea, as assimilata Hopff., on Key, other species with this colour-
tendency would develop it.

On an island, mimetic likeness should be more readily attained.
If a conspicuous species becomes common, the limit to its range
determined by the sea would serve to render the species more con-
spicuous owing to the occurrence of more individuals in any part of the
island. Just as species become changed by long continued isolation in
islands, so mimetic likeness should undergo a similar change and become
more intensified.

It is possible that the large white patch of the Danaine and the
white patches on the wings of the Troides hecuba female, have some
biological connection with the prevailing white coloration in the
Euploeines and Hypolimnas, and we may perhaps look to the inten-
sifying insular factor for an explanation. We must also not overlook
the possibility that these forms may have derived their white colora-
tion, or at least the tendency, from more ancient forms under different
conditions. Both suggestions may be combined in seeking for a
solution to the problem, for selection in the direction of mimicry would

utilize all suitable variations, including those which are atavistic,
)
a2

18 Euploeines forming Mimetic Groups

The group discussed is composed of the following species (pl. 14) :-—

Huploewae. Nymphalidae.
Crastia Group, clumena eurypon Hypolimnas deois hewitsonr
Hew. (figs. 1, 2). NEV es Gives er ))c
Calliploea Group, hopfferi Feld. Hypolimnas alimena heteromorpha
(figs. 3, 4). Rob. 2 (fig. 8).
Salpinx Group, assimilata Feld.
(figs. 5, 6).
The number of each species obtained by Mr. Frost is as follows :—
EH. climena ewrypon ee oe a 8 8 oH 2 2
EL. hopfferi ee aM = a8 Gg We e
EH. assimilata ... oh a AST LAs Oe
Hyp. deois hewrtsonr oe so: 1
,, alimena heteromorpha ¢ ie PALL

The relative abundance is as follows :—

Percentage of
ee

Total of
Frptoen —— ‘uploca and
E.. alumena eurypon ge BS ASS) hod ten)
E. hopfferi oe Hey ae Ge eae 2°9
Hassimilata ... an 2 46°9 cae 40°8
Hyp. deois hewitsonr 506 He = he 0°5
,, alimena heteromorpha ve — 5 12°4

The specimens were collected from December to March, and in
June and July. Most of the Huploeines were obtained from January
to March, as also the Hypolimnas.

Danais plexippus kyllene Fruh. (pl. IVa, fig. 2) and Cethosia
cydippe insulata Butl. (pl. IVA, fig. 1).

The resemblance between these two species already noticed is very
striking and is interesting on account of the development of white
coloration. ‘The white area is confined to a large apical patch on the
fore wing; in both species this patch is larger than it is in any other
form of the two genera, excepting in the Danais form laratensis But).
inhabiting Tenimber, and here the patch is a little larger. There is no
mimic of this Danais in Tenimber. It is curious that Cethosia cydippe
should be absent from Tenimber, although ranging to Australia and the
Bismarck Islands. If it existed before the coming of the Danais,
which is a western species, it may have died out. The presence of the

Huploeines forming Mimetic Groups 1)

Danais would, on the mimetic theory, have conferred some advantage
on this Cethosia, which possesses a white subapical band in all its
forms. On the Key Islands the Cethosia is rare, there being only
fourteen collected to eighty-seven of the Danais.

Among the three Kuploeines it is doubtful whether any one may
have served as a centre of convergence. Although hopfferi is the rarer
it possesses the least dyslegnic white marginal bands, but such bands
are developed from sharply-defined spots, as will be seen by comparing
other forms of Calliploea, and are themselves by no means sharply
defined.

In assimilata the bands are less clearly defined than in the two
other species, and in both sexes the bands are equally dyslegnic. The
white bands are here the result of a suffusion of white scaling, this
tendency being exhibited by other forms of Salpinz.

Taking ewrypon as a possible centre of convergence, we find it only
slightly predominates in numbers over assimilata. The white bands otf
eurypon are a little more clearly defined than in assimilata, the band
on the fore wing of the female being more defined than on the male
fore wing. Other forms of climena show a white band on the hind
wing and a certain development of the band on the fore wing. As in
assimilata the development of these bands is by a diffusion of white
scaling.

It would appear, therefore, that neither species is by itself respon-
sible for the pattern of the others, and since all show a fairly close
approach to one another, the development has probably proceeded fairly
equally among all three, the ancestral tendency becoming intensified
through the factors present in insularity.

The same may be said of the two Hypolimnas, the female of these
species often showing nearly as much white distal coloration in other
parts of their range. It will be noticed that the band on the fore wing
of the alimena form is as clearly defined as the band on the Calliploea,
but in both cases these bands are developed from sharply-defined spots.
The band on the hind wing of both the Hypolimnas is less clearly
defined and is developed by suffusion.

There remains the possibility that Danais affinis vorkeinus Rob.
may have served as a centre. This species was sent to the number of
142 and may therefore be said to predominate over either Hwploea and
to be about equal to the number of all the three white-banded
Kuploeines flying at the same time. This Danais exhibits a remarkable
constancy of form and only differs from the typical Australian affinis
Fabr. in the larger size of the spot in cellule 3 of the subapical band,

20 Kuploemes forming Mimetic Groups

Although there is no resemblance between this Danaine and any
other Key Island butterfly, it is interesting as exhibiting an increase of
white coloration.

B.—ARU ISLANDS GROUP. (Plate Is.)

The forms found on these Islands show on the whole a darker
coloration than those of Key. A white-banded combination exists, but
the individuals composing it are not common. Probably these forms
centre around the white Taenaris catops Westw. (fig. 6), of which 215
specimens were sent, the presence of Danais affius Fbr., of which 90
specimens were sent, being also a contributory factor.

The following forms composing this group were collected from
January to May :— ;

Danais affinis Fbr. Ninety specimens. This does not resemble the
next three in pattern.

Euploea alumena vicina Feld. (figs. 1, 2) o @.

E. confusi grayt Feld. ¢ f. nov. (fig. 3). One specimen of this very
remarkable form.

Elymnias agondas aruana Fruh. 9. Light form: twenty specimens,
fig. 4. Dark form: twenty-five specimens, fig. 5.

The Hlymnias 2 light form, and the Huploea grayi ¢ , are probably
associated with Taenaris catops West., of which 215 specimens were
sent.

In association with this we have the white ? form onesiemus Hew.
of Papilio aegeus ormenus Guer; of this ten specimens were sent and
twenty-six of another form allied to leporina Jord., in which the discal
patch of the hind wing is smaller than in any other form of ?.

The ? Hypolumnas alimena is represented on Aru by a form more
typical of those occurring in most other localities. The white-margined
hind wing is only seen in Key and Tenimber specimens, but the
tendency is exhibited in Moluccan individuals. It is true that Felder
figured a form (Reise Nov. p. 414, t. 55, figs. 5, 6) which he described
from Aru from a specimen identical with the Key Island form, but
we have not received one like it from Aru, and neither have we seen
another similar specimen known to have come from there. We have
one specimen with a very pale-margined hind wing and a pale brown
margin to the fore wing; this is quite similar to the form found on
Banda. It is certain that Felder’s polymena is not typical of Aru
specimens.

ee

Kuploeines forming Mimetic Groups 21

We may infer that the T'aenaris has been a more recent addition
to the fauna, and that the development of a similar white coloration
among other butterflies has not proceeded so long on the Aru as on
the Key Islands.

There is also the possibility that an older association has been
partly broken up by the attraction of some members to the new
model. We can recognize the Huploea climena, perhaps the Hypo-
limnas 2, and the white margins of Huploea confusa ¢ form as
possible survivors of an older association. The confuwsa form exhibits
an interesting combination of markings. The central white area of
the fore wing is perhaps an older development than the white margin,
as the tendency to a pale discal area is seen in 2 ? from all parts of
the species’ range. The white margin would appear to have resulted
from association with other white-margined butterflies. If this is so
it is strange that no allied form occurs on the Key Islands. We are
driven to the conclusion that this form’ originated as a member of
an Aru association of which only the vestiges remain.

Three.other Taenaris are found on the Aru Islands, and two of
these are of interest, as they closely resemble one another. They are
to be distinguished, however, by several points and also by the genitalia.
T. artemis myopina Fruh. (pl. I, figs. 1, 2) is distinguished from
T. myops Voll. (pl. Ila, figs. 3, 4), by the absence of black androconia
on the inner margin of the hind wing. The dark ? form of the
Elymnias closely resembles these T'aenaris.

The third Taenaris is dimona Hew., but we have nothing mimick-
ing it on the Aru Islands, where it appears to be very rare. On
New Guinea this species is mimicked by members of the Hyades group.

C.—TENIMBER ISLANDS GROUP. (Plate IIB.)

The dominant Huploea on Tenimber is elewtho sacerdos Butl.
(figs. 1, 2), and this formed 84°5 per cent. of all the Huploeas
collected. This species belongs to the group which bears one sexual
stripe on the fore wing. This stripe exhibits some variation in size
in some species, and there is a probability that some forms placed in
the group without sexual stripes may be forms of species which
possess these stripes.

The next species in order of frequency is visenda Butl. (figs. 5, 6),
belonging to the Calliploea group, which formed 13°4 per cent. of the
whole.

22, Huploeines forming Mimetic Groups

A third species is compta Rob. (figs. 3, 4), belonging to the group
without any sexual stripe on the fore wing. This is one of the rarest
species in the genus and represented only 11 per cent. of the whole.
This species bears a closer resemblance to visenda than it does to
sacerdos, whilst in structure it is probably nearer the latter.

A fourth species is peloroides sp. nov. (fig. 8 3,9 ?), a description
of which is given in the appendix. It is rarer than compta and formed
only ‘8 per cent. of the whole. It belongs to the Stictoploea group and
bears a very close resemblance to sacerdos.

Among the butterflies of other families found on Tenimber, there is
only one which can be said to enter into the Kuploeine combination.
This is the @ of Hypolimnas alimena forbes: Butl. (fig. 7). This
formed 15 per cent. of the total of Huploea and forbes.

We have seen that on the Key and Aru Islands the pattern of this
Hypolimnas 2 is accentuated in combination with a white-margined
group of Euploeas.

Variation in the Spots of Sacerdos.

When first examining the series of this species, it was noticed that
the spots on the fore wing were of obvious variability in size, and that
the discal spots appeared to be more variable than the subapical ones.
At the time the importance of such a variation was not considered
but for the purpose of the present investigation, the extent of this
variation requires to be ascertained more exactly.

If one group of spots were less variable than the other we should
incline to think that the less variable were the more ancient and the
more important in preserving the mimetic likeness. Hence the spots
which vary most would be those which enter least into the mimetic
combination.

It is evident that more opportunity for mimetic approach would
occur in the more variable spots. As the mimetic likeness became
stronger the variation would become less, and the more perfect the
likeness the less variation should be found in the spots composing
the whole pattern. In cases of close mimetic approximation little
variation is noticed in models and mimics from the same locality, but
the once variable mimic shows in the dyslegnic edges of its pattern
the existence of the varietal tendency.

We hope to return to this aspect of variation in a later paper when
the spots of a large series have been measured. Then it may be shown

aneenspemniment

Euploeines forming Mimetic Groups 23

whether the discal spots are actually more variable than the subapical
ones.

The number of each species collected is as follows :—

HE. eleutho sacerdos But. ee - toot PASO
EH. visenda Butl. ..... ai # ack 47
E. compta Rob. ae < ae Ne: 4
E, peloroides, sp. nov. < 386 3
Hypolimnas alimena forbesi Bet ap aie 66

The model is evidently sacerdos. The spots on the fore wing of
compta are dyslegnic as is also the band on the hind wing of the
Hypolimnas.

D.—AUSTRALIAN GROUP. (Plate IIIa.)

In Australia, elewtho has become very specialised and forms probably
a second species, corinna Mcleay, just as a certain Polynesian species
has a distinct representative in Fiji. The group is constituted as
follows :—
. (Crastia) cornna Mcleay, figs. 1, 2.
(Calliploea) tulliolus darchia Mcleay.
. (Calliploea) hymens niveata Butl.
(Crastia) eichorni Ster., figs. 6, 7.
(Stictoploea) sylvester Fbr., figs. 4, 5.
(Stictoploea) pelor Doubl., fig. 3.
pelor is regarded by Waterhouse and Lyell (‘‘ The Butterflies of
Australia’) as a race of sylvester. This conclusion is borne out when
mimetic comparisons are made. In pelor the fore wing has the two
discal spots placed farther from the margin, the lower one being
placed as in corinna. The band of the hind wing is broken up and
clearly resembles the band in corinna. The spots in pelor are dyslegnic,
and in the form dardanoides W. and L., all the markings are dusky.

E. sylvester pelor occurs at Port Darwin, Daly B., Roper R.

E. sylvester f. crithon Misk., occurs at Cape York and on Darnley
Islands.

This form is without spots, and intergrades eit between it and
the typical form. Waterhouse and Liyell “consider it probable that
crithon is identical with Stictoploea immaculata Butl., from New

%

Guinea.”
E. sylvester f. dardanus Misk., occurs at Cape York—and on Prince
of Wales Island, Bank Island, and Thursday Island. This form is

24 Huploeines forming Mimetic Groups

more like pelov, but the two discal spots on the fore wing are not quite
so far from the margin, though they are more proximal.

EH. sylvester sylvester Fabr., occurs from Thursday Island to Towns-
ville and Mackay.

Both corinna and sylvester are variable in the north, and are nearly
constant in the southern part of their range.

Typical sylvester 1s mimicked by evchorni, which occurs in the same
area, and is rarer than either corinna or sylvester.

Typical corinmna is mimicked by sylvester pelor and sylvester
dardanus.

It looks as though the sylvester f. crithon acquired markings in
association with corimna, and that these markings were intensified by
association with evchorni.

K.—FlJl ISLANDS. (Plate IIIs.)

This combination is only represented by two species of Huploea—
helcita eschscholtz Feld. (fig. 3), and proserpina Butl. (figs. 1, 2), and
is similar to but less white-marked than the Tenimber group. These

were first discussed by Mr. J. C. Moulton in the Trans. Ent. Soc. 1908,

p. 603, and figured on pl. 34. The discal spot on the fore wing of
proserpina was held to have been lengthened inwards so as to afford
a superficial resemblance to the chief spot of its model. The discussion
of these species was continued by Professor Poulton in the Proc. Ent.
Soc., 1919, pp. lxix-lxxi, and a third mimic introduced, Danais (Tirwmala)
neptunia Feld. (pl. [Va, fig. 3). Professor Poulton showed that the
females were better mimics than the males, that the fore wing pattern
of the female proserpina was more highly dyslegnic, that of the male
less so, and that of the model still less so. He further suggested that
proserpina was a model for the other Huploea as regards its hind wing
pattern.

At a meeting of the Entomological Society on November 17, 1920,
Professor Poulton exhibited further instances of the mimetic association
between two Euploeines and one Danaine in Fiji (Proc. Ent. Soc.,
1920, pp. Ixxx-Ixxxili). He showed that the female Danaine resembled
the Huploeas more closely than the male. It was also recorded that
the two Kuploeas fly together in different parts of Viti-Levu and on
adjacent islands, and that they are often accompanied by the Tirwmala.
There was also evidence that the model ‘‘ elewtho”’ was at certain
times and places more abundant than its mimic proserpina.

Huploeines forming Mimetic Groups 25

The species referred to as elewtho Quoy, in these accounts of the
Fiji group, should be called helcita eschscholtzi Feld. The synonymy
and identity of this and other forms is given in an appendix to this
paper.

A third Huploea occurs on Fiji, which should enter into the combi-
nation, but we have seen no specimens of it. This is H. (Calliploea)
tulliolus forstert Feld. It must be very rare. We have seen already
that the mimetic forms of this group of Hwploea are rare on Tenimber
and Key.

It is interesting to note that H. proserpina is rather different in
pattern from any other Hwploea, yet in point of structure it is related to
either pakullec Butl., or to some other form of the duponcheli group.

We may note here that but one other species of Huploea occurs on
Fiji, H. nemertes macleayi Feld. This is darker than the others.

The discovery by Professor Poulton that mimetic forms could
generally be distinguished, model from mimic, by the eulegnic pattern
of the former and the dyslegnic pattern of the latter, is of great
importance in determining the bionomic relationship between such
forms. Where a mimetic resemblance is found to occur we are able
to confirm the other evidence which points to one species being the
model and the other the mimic. It also helps in establishing the
distinction between model and mimic, a distinction at least specific
but more often generic or even indicating a larger group.

Where a form is found to be structurally different from allied forms
and another form likewise structurally different is found to resemble
it, we may conclude that such a form is very distinct and has been
distinct for a considerable time, and that when a number of forms
with similar characters are mimicked, each in its own area, they
would constitute a good genus.

The recognition of mimetic resemblance is therefore an aid to the
systematist.

It is doubtful whether we are correct in considering the Huploeinae
and Heliconiinae as representing each a single genus. The number of
genera made by Moore for the Huploeinae must in any case be
considerably reduced, since these genera were based on secondary
sexual characters alone. The grouping made by Fruhstorfer in Seitz’s
Macrolepidoptera is more probably correct, but in the case of Crastia
it is doubtful if this can be divided. The existence of minietic forms
with a characteristic wing-shape and invariable sexual secondary
characters, point to a generic association. Thus we may distinguish
as genera Crastia, Calliploea, and Salpina.

26 EKuploeines forming Mimetic Groups

Any interpretation we have made of the facts brought forward in
this paper must be taken as entirely suggestive in the absence of
evidence that the aposematic pattern confers protection on the
individuals in the areas concerned. Nevertheless, the larger the
body of observed facts which are consistent with an hypothesis
supported by such evidence in other areas, the greater the probability
that the hypothesis is valid.

APPENDIX.

A. THe IDENTITY OF SOME FoRMS OF Huploea.

1. Huploea eleutho Q and G. (pl. IIIB, fig. 6).

Some confusion has existed as to the identity of this species, due
chiefly to its remarkable resemblance to helcita Bdv., especially in
tenor

This species was first made known by Quoy and Gaimard, who
figured it in Freycinet’s Voyage, pl. LXXXIII, fig. 12 (1815). The
text of this work was not published until 1824, when the authors gave
a description of eleuwtho on p. 554, and indicated the locality as Guam,
in the Marianne Islands. ‘They say: “ Nous n’avons rapporté que des
males. Ils ont aux ailes supérieures, comme plusieurs de leurs
congéneres, une raie longitudinale plus claire que le fond. Ce papillon
est tres répandu aux Mariannes; on dit méme le considerer comme
lespéce la plus commune. II se plait sur les fleurs d’un petit arbrisseau
qui croit sur les bords de la mer et forme des buissons touffus.”

Prior to the publication of the text of Freycinet, Godart, in his
Ency. Méth. Supp. ix, p. 815, published a good description of eleutho.

In Voy. Astrolabe, published in 1832, Boisduval describes elewtho on
p. 100, and gives Tahiti as an additional habitat. He does not mention
the stripe of androconia on the fore wing, and it is evident that he had
either the ? before him or specimens of helcita, which he supposed
were ? ? of elewtho. (It was not until 1859 that Boisduval described
helcita as another species, recognizing that the form from New
Caledonia was rather different from elewtho and similar forms elsewhere.)

Monsieur Charles Oberthiir has very kindly sent me some interesting
documents in Boisduval’s own writing. I quote from one of these on
eleutho: “ Cet auteur’ (Godart) ‘dit qu'il n’a vu que des males, mais
nous pouvons affirmés que les femelles ne different que par l’absence de

Huploeines forming Mimetic Groups 27

Vimpression matte. Hlle se trouve dans les tiles Mariannes. Nous en
avons aussi regu des examplaires de Taiti et de Tonga-tabau.”

It is clear that Boisduval confounded helcita with elewtho, although
he had seen the original specimens of Freycinet and labelled the type
eleutho, probably giving the name for Quoy to describe.

In 1866, Butler in the Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 300, correctly identifies
eleutho, but in succeeding papers he confounds it with helcita.

Moore, in his monograph of the Huploeinae in the Proc. Zool. Soc.,
1883, correctly identifies elewtho, and places it in his group with one
sexual mark on the fore wing. He however gives Samoa and the
Ellice Islands as additional habitats, for specimens in the B.M. He
again evidently took these specimens of helcita for ? 2 of elewtho.

Finally, on the publication of the Huploeinae in Seitz’s Macro-
lepidoptera in 1910, vol. ix, Fruhstorfer distinguishes between elewtho
and helcita in their different habitats, and correctly defines the species.

The type of elewtho is in the Paris Museum, and through the
kindness of my friend Monsieur F’.. Le Cerf, I have recently been able
to examine it, and to look up the rare work of Freycinet in which the
species is figured and described.

Two specimens are labelled as types, one with the ticket ““ Guam ”
and the other with “ Taiti.” The Guam specimen must be regarded as
the holotype, as no mention of Tahiti 1s made in Freycinet and this
locality is probably erroneous.

Besides the types, the Paris Museum contains a series of twenty-
five ¢ g and one 2, all collected in 1887-1888 by Alfred Marche, on
the Islands of Guam, Saypan, Rota and Umata. There is also one 2
without locality, from the collection of Lacordaire. ‘The series is very
constant, and the 2 only differs from the S in the absence of the
stripe of androconia.

Through the kindness of Monsieur Le Cerf, we are able to figure on
pl. IlIp a ¢ of elewtho from Rota.

As illustrating the extraordinary resemblance between this species
and helcita Bdv., we figure on plate IIIB two females, one of eleutho
sacerdos Butl. (fig. 4) from Letti Island near Timor, and one of helcita
walkert, Druce (fig. 5), from Tonga.

Eleutho is characterized by the outer edge of the discal spot in 3
being straighter and more sharply-defined and the second discal spot
proximally lengthened. We can see no other constant difference
between this and helcita.

It seems probable that these supposed species may be one and the

28 Huploeines forniing Mimetic Groups

same thing. ‘The two are not known to fly together, and no form of
eleutho is known east of 150° EH. long., and no form of helcita west
of 160° H. long. It does not appear improbable that the presence or
absence of the sexual stripe may be geographical. We have already
noticed variation in this sexual stripe, and it is sometimes absent in
specimens of a series from the same locality, or it may appear in a
species which normally does not show it.

The relationship between elewtho and helcita is perhaps indicated
by whitmer Butl. from the Loyalty Islands, and schmeltzi H.S. from
Samoa, which resemble the darker forms of helcita although they
possess a sexual stripe in the male.

The synonymy of elewtho is now as follows :—

Danais eleutho Quoy and Gaimard, Freycinet’s Voy. Planches,
pl. 83, f. 12 (1815); texte, p. 554 (1824) (Guam). Godart, Ency.
Méth. Supp. ix., p. 815 (1823). Boisd. Voy. Astrol., p. 100 (1832)
(partim.—Guam). Butler, P.Z.8., p. 300 (1866). Moore, P.Z.5.,
p. 272 (1874) (Guam). Frahstorfer, Seitz. Macrolep., ix, p. 241 (1910).

2. Huploea helcita Boisd. (pl. [VB, fig. 6).

This species was described in 1859 by Boisduval in the Bull.
Ent. Soc. France, Ser. 3, vol. 7, p. 156, from a specimen from New
Caledonia. Boisduval, in his description, does not give the sex, and
says: ““Appartient & ce groupe propre en grande partie aux iles de
locean Pacifique, dont les males sont caracterisés- par une raie luisante,
glabre, sur le bord interne des ailes supéricures.”’

As this description appeared to complicate the question of eleutho
and helcvta, | asked Monsieur Oberthiir if he would examine the type
in his collection. He very kindly wrote and gave me much valuable
information. The type is a male, and Monsieur Oberthiir says:
“ Helcvta manque sur le dessus des ailes de ‘ cette raie luisante, glabre,’
que Boisduval invoque comme caracteristique du groupe.”

And further: “ Boisduval qui décrit un 3 de helcita, omet, au cours
de la description, de dire que cette ‘raie luisante, glabre’ en dessus fait
défaut a helcvta. De plus, Boisduval s’abstient, dans la description de
helcita, de signaler les grosses taches blanches extracellulaires aux ailes
superieures. I] est vrai qu’il compare ‘au port et a le taille de l’elewtho,’
qui presente a peu pres les mémes grosses taches.”’ .

Butler, in his monograph in the Proc. Zool. Soc., 1866, believed
helcita to be a local race of eleutho, as Boisduval’s description would
lead one to suppose.

Huploeines forming Mimetic Groups 29

The synonymy will be as follows :—

Euploea heleita Boisd., Bull. Soc. Ent. France, Ser. 3, vol. vil, p. 156
(1859) (New Caledonia).

Euploea eleutho Boisd., Voy. Astrol. p. 100 (1882) (partim—Tahiti) (nec.
Q. & G.) (= f. walkeri Druce).

Euploea eleutho Butler, P.Z.S. p. 276 (1874) (South Seas). l.c. p. 297
(1878) (Ellice Islands) (= f. distincta Butl.) ; Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., Ser. 5, vol. xiii, p. 343 (1884), (Fiji) (=f. eschscholtz

Feld); (nec. Q. & G.).

We figure the following forms of helcita to show the range of varia-
tion. This kind of variation is not found in elewtho :—

helcita helcita Bdv. New Caledonia (pl. IVR, fig. 6).
af walkert Druce (= matilica Fruh.). Tahiti, Tonga (pl). IVs,
ayers IL, ye
e intermedia f. indistincta Moore. Cook Is. (pl. I'VB, fig. 3).
Es A f. wucolor Druce. Cook Is. (pl. IVB, fig. 4).
lilybaea Fruh. 6. New Hebrides (pl. IVB, fig. 5).

3. Huploea proserpina Butl.

This species is treated as a race of elewtho by Fruhstorfer in Seitz’s
Macrolepidoptera. We believe it to be a distinct species. The hind
wing is more oval than in eleuwtho, and the margin is not undulate as in
that species; the sex-mark is shorter. It is more obviously allied to
the duponcheli group, and may come near pakulle: Butl., from the New
Hebrides.

I recently had an opportunity of examining the type of bowsduvalii
Lucas in the Paris Museum. This is certainly an aberration of pro-
serpina with the spots clouded over. The type is labelled “ Australie,”
and is a od, but nothing like it is known from Australia. Monsieur
Le Cerf informs me that the specimen was sold to the Museum with
the label “ Australie”’ by a Monsieur J. Verreaux, a dealer in Paris.

This specimen shows the elongated discal spot, and is more likely
to have come from Fiji, where the helcita form is common.

No similar specimen exists in the Paris Museum, in the British
Museum nor in the Joicey collection.

We consider that the evidence is sufficient for sinking proserpina
Butl., as a synonym of boisduvalii Luc., but the latter name can still
be retained to indicate the common white-spotted form,

30 Euploeines forming Mimetic Groups

EH. boisduvali Luc., Rev. Zool., p. 321 (1853) (“Australie”).

E. boisduval f. proserpina Butl., P.Z.S. (p. 800) (1866) (Fiji).

H. herrichw Feld.; Reise Nov. Lep. ii, p. 344, t. 39, figs. 3, 4
(1867).

4. Huploea pelor Doubl.

We must correct the statement made by Fruhstorfer on this form
in Seitz’s Macrolepidoptera ix, p. 249. He records that pelor was
never found in Australia again, and as he had a female form from
Babber in Timor-Laut, “this is pretty certainly the true locality of
the species”! Specimens which we have from Australia do not agree
with Fruhstorfer’s description, which was evidently made from the
Babber Island specimen, and must represent something else. They
agree, however, with Doubleday’s figure.

This form is correctly treated and again figured by Waterhouse and
Lyell in “ The Butterflies of Australia.’ They regard it as a race of
sylvester Ebr.

B. A New Form oF Huploea confusa grayi FELD, AND A NEW SPECIES.

E. confusa grayt 2? f. mimetica f. nov. (pl. Is, fig. 3).

Fore wing with a large white discal patch, clearly defined distally
and shading into brown basally, extending from the submedian to vein
4, being nearer the margin in cellule 2, and also extending along the
lower margin of cell. A submarginal white band leaving a narrow
margin of ground-colour; this band more clearly defined distally and
shading into violet proximally, broader apically, and merging into the
ground-colour below vein 2.

Hind wing with a broad white marginal band, its edge clearly but
not sharply defined.

Underside as above, but the white markings are more sharply
defined, and on the fore wing the white discal scaling extends to the
margin. |

One ?. March to May, collected by W. J. C. Frost.

Euploea (Stictoploea) peloroides sp. nov.

This form is evidently the same as the specimen noted by
Fruhstorfer in Seitz, Macrolep. IX, p. 249, from Babber, and which
he described as pelor Doubl. It bears a remarkable resemblance to
both pelor and sacerdos, but is more like the former. As pelor is con-

Euploeines forming Mimetic Groups ol

fined to Australia, it is probable that peloroides is allied to this, and
is a mimic of sacerdos. The more ancestral form is probably jacobensi
Roeb. from Wetter, as the Timor race of this species approaches
pelorovdes in the more proximal position of the two discal spots.

This form is so much like sacerdos that it remained unnoticed for
a long time amongst a big series of that form.

3 2. Upperside with the pattern of pelor Doubl. Fore wing with
four subapical spots, the one nearest the costa minute, the second in
7 much larger, the third in 6 very large (4 mm. long and 2°5 mm.
broad), the fourth in 5 smaller than the second, a fifth spot in 4
below the fourth not larger than the first spot. A discal spot in 3
about 6 mm. long, and another smaller one below it in 2. Three
small bluish-white costal spots, in the ?, a fourth spot in 5. Hind
wing with a postdiscal band of spots as in pelor. An antemarginal
series of dots which are only faintly marked.

Underside of fore wing with subapical and discal white spots as
above. A postcellular series of six small bluish-white spots, a bluish-
white costal spot and one in the lower end of cell. An antemarginal
series of white dots more strongly marked than in pelor. Hind wing
with postdiscal band as above. A postdiscal series of seven small
bluish-white spots, a second small bluish-white spot in 7 placed
nearer the margin, and one in the lower end of cell. A series of
antemarginal dots as on the fore wing.

Ground-colour of both wings very much as in timora and sacerdos,
fore wing blackish in proximal half.

Length of fore wing: g¢ 34mm., ? 386 mm.

Habitat.—Tenimber Island, South Yamdena, 20 miles north of
Saumlakki, November to March, 1917 to 1918, W. J. C. Frost, one ¢
(type) ; June, July, September, 1918, two 2 2.

wo to

CO ean eh

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I—IV.

IDyAIUD, IL,

A.—KEY ISLANDS GROUP.

Euploea climena ewrypon Hew. 3.
» » » Wis
, hopfferr. Feld. 3.
A Skis Pi
fe assimilata Feld. 3.
Fr i ae
Hypolimnas deois hewitson Wall. 2.
s alimena heteromorpha Rob. ?.

B.—ARU ISLANDS GROUP.

EKuploea clumena vicina Feld. 3.
99 ” my) © O
; confusa grayt ¢ f. mimetica nov.
Elymmas agondas aruna Fruh. °.
9 99 99 2. .
Taenaris catops Westw. 3.

Plate I. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I. 1921.

MIME ICeGROU RS! INIT EME YerAIN DARIO as:

PLATE II.

A.—ARU ISLANDS TAENARIS.

Fig. 1. Taenaris artemis myopina Fruh. 3.
2. ” 9 ” ? i,
3. e myops Voll. 3.
4. FF 5 oe
B.—TENIMBER ISLANDS GROUP.
Fig. Huploea eleutho sacerdos Butl. 3.

1

2 " Oz
3 y COULDA IROlO, ~S

4. is ‘3 2.

5, i visenda Butl. 3.

6 i Hi os

7. Hypolimnas alimena forbest Butl. ¢ .
8. Huploea peloroides sp. nov. 3.

2) ae

”) ) Le)

Plate II. Bulle salle Witss “Wolk ley Wg92ie

MIMETIC GROUPS IN THE ARU AND TENIMBER IS.

Le
bono

Pe 5,

we

i
Si:

Fig.

PAE nn:

A.—AUSTRALIAN GROUP.
Euploea corinna Mcleay 3.

in oe

. sylvester pelor Doubl. 3.
5 + sylvester Fbr. 3.
Pe nh a 2
3 eichorni Stgr. 3.

» 39 mn:

B.—FlJl GROUP, etc.

Euploea proserpina Butl. 3.
b>) be) 2 .
i helcita eschscholtz Feld. 3.
eleutho sacerdos Butl. 2. Letti Is.
i helcita walkert Druce 2. Tonga Is.
Ms eleutho eleutho Q. & G. Marianne Is.

Plate III. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I. 1921.

EUPLOEINES FORMING MIMETIC GROUPS
IN AUSTRALIA AND FlJl.

vey
LP

Fig.

co NO

I,
2.
3.
a
5
6

PASE ive

A.—CETHOSIA AND DANAIS.

Cethosia cydippe insulata Butl. 3.
Danais plexippus kyllene Fruh. 3.
Danais neptunia Feld. 3.

B.—FORMS OF E. HELCITA.

EL. helcita walkert Druce g. Tonga Is.

5 ap ae oa elea latte
intermedia f. indistincta Moore 3. Cook Is.
a a f. wnicolor Druce 3. Cook Is.
lilybaea Fruh. ¢. N. Hebrides.
helcita Bdv. 3. N. Caledonia.

Plate IV. Bulle balls Muss Vole 192i

MIMETIC FORMS OF CETHOSIA AND DANAIS AND FORMS OF
EW PILOW/N SVEILG IITA

‘sudeg ‘y ‘y Aq suimeap we wody

« OITIdVYd AAISNIA NV,,

‘T66l “I 19A “SOI ITH “11Mg@

39

‘AN ELUSIVE PAPILIO.’

This photograph is from a coloured drawing made by Mr. T. A.
Barns from memory. It represents a species of Papilio of which two
specimens were seen by Mr. Barns in the district of the Upper
Congo. A similar species, but probably identical, has been reported
from Liberia.

No specimen has been obtained of this insect, and it must be
exceedingly rare. We reproduce Mr. Barns’ drawing in the hope
that entomologists in Africa will look out for the insect. We should
be glad of any reports from anyone who has seen it.

The band on the fore wing is of a brighter blue than in zalmozis,
and the coloration of the hind wing is similar to that of antumachus.

40

IV.—_NEW LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. T. A.
BARNS, IN EAST CENTRAL AFRICA.

I.—INTRODUCTION.
lex” (Er, INI DsOn,

Early in 1919, Mr. Joicey arranged with Mr. T. A. Barns, already
well-known in Africa as a great sportsman and ardent collector of
insects, to undertake a collecting trip through a little-known part of
the African Continent. Mr. Barns had sent us already many fine
species, and we looked forward with every confidence to a great many
more interesting additions. As the following papers will show, the
results were as anticipated.

Mr. Barns, accompanied by his wife, who shared with him all the
dangers and discomforts of the expedition, left Likasi, in the S. H.
Belgian Congo, on June 3, 1919. During the preceding two months
collecting had been carried on in the Lufira Valley near Likasi; some
of the species proved to be new, and are described in the following
pages.

Mr. and Mrs. Barns arrived at Albertville on Lake Tanganyika at
the end of June, and crossed the lake to Kigoma. They proceeded
thence by rail to Gottorp. This place was left on July 14, and pro-
ceeding via Kassulu, Kihofi, and the Malagarassi Valley, Kitega was
reached on August 4. The Urindi and Ruanda districts were not
found to be rich, and it was decided to push on to the north end of
Lake Kivu. This was done and Kissenyies reached on September 7,
by way of Ruwuwu, Akanjaru, and Njawarongo Valleys, past Lake
Tshohoa, Issawi Mission, and Niansa, the residence of the King of
Ruanda.

From Lake Tshohoa no interesting country is passed until Lake
Kivu is approached. They came out on to the lake half-way down
its length on the east side, and struck north, keeping a few miles away
from the shore.

The rains broke during the stay at Niansa and continued, with only
a three weeks’ cessation, during the rest of the journey.

aes Mieri

l2

Long. Last From Greenwich.

MAP TO ILLUSTRATE Mr. ano Mrs. BARNS’ ROUTE.

Bull. Hill Mus, Vol. 1,

bb) R. *

ovenville kia,

orn ©

R.

*Motombi
Uling>
Fundi Sadi *-
Kindu Misisi

Shabunda
Mulungu—_
+

) > eal
Kissengi.

ISendwe ;

a
*kihembwe %)

« a
i Makanga
Difia d Kibombod

\Mokata Ro, Ke
Mone Nyargwe <

Kasongo YY

AShialamal
eating’

et

\2

Long. East From Greenwich.

MAP TO ILLUSTRATE Mr. ann Mrs. BARNS’ ROUTE.

1921,

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 41

Three excursions were made from Kissenyies: (1) To the Nira-
gongo Volcano, 11,254 feet, the ascent of which was made; (2) to
the Karissimbi, Mikeno, and Vissoke Volcanos, which were ascended
to 10,000 feet; (3) to the Bugoye Lava Plains. Insect life is not
very abundant in this volcanic region, and no mosquitoes nor white
ants are to be found.

On October 27, a move was made to Rutshuru in the Belgian
Congo, which was reached on November 3. The small patches of forest
in this neighbourhood were very rich in Lepidoptera.

The country west of Lake Edward was in an unsettled state and
therefore a barge was hired to take the expedition up the lake to
Kasindi. Rutshuru was left on November 10, and proceeding over
the Rutshuru and Ruindi Plains, to the south-west corner of Lake
Kdward, the barge was met near the estuary of the Ruindi River.

Kasindi was reached on December 3, and after a few days a trail
was taken through the plains to the west of the Semliki River. Beni
was reached on December 14.

Beni was left on the 17th, and the ascent of Ruwenzori commenced
by way of the Butahu Ravine. December 24 and 25 were spent under
the snow-caps at 13,000 feet. Several very interesting species were
collected on this trip. Beni was reached again on the 3lst. Leaving
this place on January 3, the Semliki Forest was entered and a north-
westerly direction taken. A camp was made on one of the sources of
the Ibima River and four weeks spent in collecting in the forest around.
At this camp Mr. Barns was unfortunate in losing his personal
attendant, who died of sleeping sickness, and one of the porters suc-
cumbed to a kind of Spanish influenza. A complete change of the
personnel of the “safari” had to be made, and then the march was
resumed to the north on February 10.

The west side of the Semliki Valley was followed and the escarp-
ment mounted two days beyond Lesse.

Mr. Barns left the main camp south of Boga, and made an excur-
sion of four days into the broken country to the west, drained by the
small streams running into the Lenda River. Few if any white men
have penetrated this region. Leaving this district they pushed on to
Trumu on the Ituri River, reaching that place on February 19.

Irumu was left on March 9, the Ituri River crossed, and the
valley followed to Avakubi by way of the new Belgian Post of
Penghe.

Leaving the Ituri River at Avakubi, they crossed the watershed

42 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

to the Lindi River and thence travelled by way of the Tshopo and
North Maiko Valleys to Stanleyville. Since leaving the Semliki Valley
500 miles had been covered on foot.

The actual mileage covered on this expedition was 3,515, including
1,655 miles on foot.

The number of specimens collected was 4,300 and of these 78
butterflies 18 Noctuidae, 23 Geometridae, and 16 other moths are
described as new. The remainder of the moths is not yet fully
worked out.

The collection also contained 685 other species of butterflies and
over 200 other species of moths.

A complete catalogue will be published in another number of this
Journal.

A list of the localities mentioned in the following papers, together
with their approximate positions, is given below. They are arranged
in the order of the route followed. A map to illustrate the route
taken has been prepared by us and is included with this paper.

List oF LOCALITIES.

Lat Long
Lufira Valley, S.E. Congo. > wl PAO. IS). 27° EH.
Kikura River, Lufira Valley, 8.E. Cones == —
Panda River, Lufira Valley — —
Kassula, Malola River, Rutschugi valley:

Udjiji District Seer OO) Se LOS © (9) 10),
Albertville, Lake Tanoanpiled ; 2S ots, DKS) 11) 1B,
Mugowosi River, Malagarassi Valley, Wet

District . : a aS OS 30° 13 H.
Nkoma Mountains, 8. Urindi District, E.

Tanganyika . 5 Be, 240) (Sy 30° 14 KH.
Kassaka River, Malagarassi Valley, EK. Tan-

ganyika . . 4° 56 S$. 30° 19 H.
Lumpungu River, Malagaras valley, Uiad:

District : : = aa
Upper Ruvubu (aa) River, Urindi

District . between 3° 19 and 3° 23 S. 30° One
Niansa, Ruanda_ . : > HO BAL TS), *29° 46 EH.
Akanjaru River, Ruanda Distuic! = ——
Lake Tshohoa, Ruanda District . 6 2 DEON) ss. 29° 44 Bh.

Kisaba Forest, KE. Lake Kivu, Ruanda District — Ss

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr.

Kissenji, Lake Kivu

Kissenji River, Lake Kivu

Niragongo Volcano, Lake Kivu

Karissimbi, Kivu

Mikeno Mountains, Kivu

Vissoke Volcano, Mikeno Mountainet Kieu

Kabati, Lake Kivu

Rutshuri River, N. Kivu

Rutschuru

Tallia River, Semiite Valley lt

Ruhindi Plains, south end Lake Bideed

Semliki Forest, E. Semliki Valley, Ruwenzori

Lower Batahu River, Semliki Valley

Kast side Semliki River, Ruwenzori

Upper Batahu River, Ruwenzori,
2,300 metres .

Ruwenzori, western slopes, 2, 200 to 000 rietres

1,000 to

Beni ;

Ituri Forest, two dag AorER’ went af Beni

Ituri Forest, N.W. Beni

Ibima River, Ituri Forest

Itoa River, Ituri Forest

Lesse, Ituri Forest, Semliki River .

Cartouche Village, near Lesse, west bank of
Semliki

Irumu

Loya Valley, twenty frites ston of Tenet

Near Loya Valley, fifteen miles south of Irumu

Ituri Forest, north-eastern outskirts, three
days south of Irumu

Ituri River, two days west of react

Ituri River, four days west of Irumu

Ituri River, three days west of Irumu

Ituri River, south side, five days west of Irumu

Avakubi, Ituri River

South-west of Avakubi,
Lindi Rivers

Penghe, north bank of Ituri Ries

between Ituri and

T. A. Barns 43
Lat. Long.

Ags: 29° 45 HK.
OOS Ss: 29° 45 BH.
1° 30 8. US)? By die
WORT ts) 29 Book:
I Bs 29° 56 HE.
0° 21 Zag (3) Wy
O° 16 N 29° 44 to

29° 50 EH.
0° 26 N 29° 34 H.
0° 34 N OSE 8} Ids
0° 36 N PAS? INS 1D).
0° 42 N 29° 44 H.
1° 28 N 29° 52 EH.
eZ OMING 27° 36 K.
1° 20 N. 28° 10 BH.

44 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Lat. Long.
Ituri River, north bank, halfway between

Avakubi and Penghe = =
Kast Epulu River, north Ituri Valley, Beneen

Penghe and Irumu == =
North Ituri Valley, between Epulu sual Daye

River. = a
Bafwasende, Lindi Rives . 5, 1 2 Ne 27° 10 B.
Batama AONE OHI 93 13),
Tshopo Valley, near i Batama = —
North of Batama, between Lindi and able

Rivers. = =
Bafwaboli, Tshopo River . O° Ba IN, KS P21),
Maiko Valley, north side, near Stanleyville ; a =
Stanleyville . ; PO aro OMINE 25° 15 E.
Lisala, Congo River i ES SONG 21° 34 EH.
Congo River, below Lisala_. = =
Kabala, Upper Congo. . ’ — —=
Kinchasa, Congo River, near Bracraville — =
Brazzaville. 2. AUB) ts). 15° 22 KH.
Kasama River : — —
N. Rhodesia, Chambezi Welly. Kanutes River My S: 21° 30 HE.

2.-—NEW FORMS OF RHOPALOCERA.
By J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.
PIERIDAE.
1. Mylothris interposita sp. nov. (pl. IX, fig. 1).

This resembles faviana Gr.-Sm., but the colour is sulphur-yellow,
as in sulphurea Auriv., and the apical black of the fore wing is of less
extent than in flaviana, but as in sulphurea. It further resembles this
form in the spot at vein 3 on the fore wing being free. The spots in
the hind wing are as in flaviana.

Habitat.—Bafwasende, April, 1920, one 3.

We have called this a species for convenience. When the Mylothris
are better known, such forms as ochracea Auriv., flaviana Gr.-Sm.,
sulphurea Auriv., citrina Auriv., promulina Butl., and dimidiata Auriv.,
will probably be found to be all forms of one species.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 45

2. Mylothris latimargo sp. nov. (pl. IX, fig. 2, 9,3 2).

Allied to yulec Butl., and distinguished from this by the narrow
apical border on the fore wing, and the reduced yellow basal colouring.

3. Upperside as in yulet Butl. Apical black narrower, base
shghtly tinged with yellow. Underside of fore wing has less basal
yellow than in ywle:. Apical area washed with pale buff. Hind wing
pale buff.

2. Upperside of fore wing with more creamy-white than in yulev
? but similar markings ; the edge of the apical patch is not sharply
defined, and is marked with pale yellow stripes between the veins;
basal yellow paler. Hind wing with a yellowish tinge.

Underside as in the 3, basal yellow extended.

Length of fore wing: ¢ 27 mm., ? 28 mm.

Habitat.—Kavirondo, E. Africa, August, 1901. A. H. Neumann,
one o (type); Kikura River, Lufira Valley, S.H. Congo. T. A. Barns,
one ¢ (allotype); Lumpungu River, Malagarassi Valley, Urindi
District, July, 1919. T. A. Barns, one ¢.

The specimen from the Urindi District is a little different, but may
represent a dry-season form. ‘The wings are white on both sides, the
apical black is as in some specimens of ywlei, a little broader than the
type and reaching vein 5. The marginal dots of the hind wing are
obsolete.

3. Mylothris ruandana, Strand. @¢ (pl. IX, fig. 4).

Upperside with broader dark margin to fore wing, the basal half of
cell scaled with brown. The hind wing of a deeper yellow than in the
male. Underside as in the ¢, but fore wing with basal half of cell
orange-yellow.

One specimen, also one ¢ from Lava Plains, Karissimbi, Kivu,
October.

4. Pierts solilucis Butl. f. sabulosa 2° forma nov.

Distinguished from other females of this species by its yellow-sandy
colour. The apical area of fore wing is broadly black-brown, reaching
below vein 3; there is a marginal spot on vein 2 and a smaller one on
the submedian. The hind wing has marginal dots on veins 1b, 2, and
3, and an indication of one on vein 4.

Underside not differing in colour from upperside.

Habitat.—Cartouche Village, near Lesse, W. bank of Semliki.

46 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

January, 1920, one ? (holotype); Lesse, Ituri Forest, Semliki River,
February, 1920, one ?.

The second specimen is smaller, with a straighter outer margin to
the fore wing, and somewhat resembles forms of the Pinacopteryx

group.

5. Pinacopteryx vidua ?, f. prumulina f. nov.

We assign this form to vidua Butl., because it was taken at the
same place as the 3 of that form, and no other form was found in
the district.

Upperside primrose-yellow. Fore wing with a faint reddish basal
suffusion in one specimen, but well-marked in the other. A faint distal
dot in three. A marginal row of blackish dots on the veins, and apex
narrowly blackish. Hind wing with faint reddish suffusion in one
specimen, and dots at end of veins—these absent in the other specimen.

Underside of fore wing darker at the apex, and with a red basal
patch. A small spot in three as above, but no marginal dots. Hind
wing darker than above. A curved row of faint blackish dots in 2-6,
placed between the cell and the margin.

Length of fore wing: 20 mm.

Habitat.—Lake T'shohoa, Ruanda District, August, 1919, one ?
(holotype) ; Akanjaru River, Ruanda District, August, 1919, one ?.
T. A. Barns.

DANAIDAE.
6. Amauwris egialea similis subsp. nov. (pl. IX, fig. 5).

This form presents a strong likeness to albimaculata Butl., but has
the characters of the egiaiea group, easily distinguished by the longer
and broader band.

3 °. Upperside with fore wing markings as in egialea Crm. The
white spots are smaller, the two placed beyond the cell being shorter
and more quadrate. Hind wing with pale-brown band not extending
beyond apex of cell, extending slightly into celulles 2,4, 5, 6, forming a
costal spot above vein 7, not reaching base of wing, and extended to
inner margin. This band is not well-defined distally, in which this
agrees with other forms of this group. A submarginal series of three
to five brown or whitish spots, which are placed nearer to the margin
than in the echeria forms.

Underside similar to the upper. Fore wing with dark brown
apical area. Hind wing dark brown.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns AT

Abdomen with grey ventral surface as in other egialea forms.

Described from five ¢ ¢ and 2 ? ?.—Rutschuri River, N. Kivu.
October, T. A. Barns, one ¢ (type); Semliki, two ¢ ¢; Entebbe,
one ?; Butindi, EH. Africa, August, one 3, one 2 (2? allotype) ;
N. Slopes Kilimanjaro, June 14, 1905, one @.

ACRAEIDAE.

7. Planema macaria hemileuca Jordan. ¢?. (pl. X, figs. 12, 3,
sy Ng

The @ is distinguished from macarista by the narrow black distal
area on the hind wing below, the inner edge of the white band being
placed more proximal as in macaria.

We may remark here that in all Planema we have examined, the
claws of the ¢ are unequal, and of the 2 equal.

@. Similar to macarista and macaria. Fore wing with the band
as broad as in macarista, both edges straight from costa to vein 4, but
from here to the outer margin the outer edge is strongly dentate; a
constriction at the submedian fold. Hind wing with band placed as in
macarra.

Underside with the bands as above, but with the apical area of fore
wing and distal area of hind wing brown as in macarista. The band of
the hind wing is sharply defined along both edges.

Habitat.—Ituri Forest, north-eastern outskirts, three days south of
Irumu. February, 1920, T. A. Barns, one ¢ ; N. bank, Ituri River,
halfway between Avakubi and Penghe, May, 1920, T. A. Barns, one
? (neallotype).

8. Acraea eltringhanu sp. nov. (pl. X, fig. 11).

We take the liberty of naming this interesting species after Dr. H.
Eltringham, who has so much advanced our knowledge of this group.

Allied to insignis Dist., but easily distinguished by the strongly
dentate black marginal border of the hind wing. The claws are
unequal as in insignis.

gd. Upperside of fore wing with the red basal area not reaching
end of cell and only extending slightly into the base of cellule 2. Hind
wing with black basal area as in insegnis, but with clean-cut edges, and
no spots within. A black distal patch as in insignis, almost touching
the basal area at vein 3. The black marginal border is strongly
dentate. }

48 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Underside of fore wing as above. Hind wing with black area as
above, thinly scaled with white proximally, pink distally. A dentate
marginal border as above, and submarginal red border.

Abdomen black, with two thin ochreous subventral lines.

Length of fore wing: 24 mm.

Habitat.—Kisaba Forest, HE. Lake Kivu, Ruanda Diictintcth Septem-
ber, 1919, T. A. Barns, 1 ¢.

9. Acraea bettiana sp. nov. (pl. IX, figs. 6,7 6,8 2.)

This species, quite distinct from any known, belongs to the goetzt
group. We dedicate it to Mrs. T. A. Barns.

3. Upperside of fore wing with black-brown ground-colour. A
creamy-white median area of triangular shape, extending from the
inner margin to slightly beyond vein 3. The part of this patch lying in
cellules Ib and 1c represents the widest part of the area. The patch
does not reach the base, its proximal edge lies along the cell, and its
distal edge is oblique to the outer margin and is nearly straight. The
patch is traversed by the dark veins. A narrow subapical band of the
same colour as the central area, lying between veins 4 and 10. A
similarly coloured spot in the centre of the cell, more or less rounded
but inclined to be pointed basad. A series of short brick-red marginal
stripes in 2 to 7, which scarcely touch the margin; a rounded brick-red
marginal spot on the fold 1b to lc.

Hind wing with black-brown ground-colour. The distal area
traversed by a creamy-white band from vein 8 to the inner margin.
The lower half of this band is of even width and but slightly indented
to vein 3, but in cellules 3 to 5 it is produced distally, more so in 4 and
5, and ends narrowly in 6 and 7. This band reaches the cell end but
does not fill in the bases of cellules 2 and 5. A marginal series of
brick-red triangular spots which are slightly creamy-coloured at their
edges ; these spots lie in cellules Ic, 2 to 7.

Underside of fore wing as above. The marginal stripes are greatly
extended and they reach the pale area and the subapical band. There
is some brick-red scaling at the base. Hind wing with a creamy-white
band as above, but edged proximally by a thick black line, and also a
creamy-white basal band edged distally by a thick black line. The
basal band consists of an elongated patch on the inner margin, a narrow
stripe in 1b, a spot in 1c, and a large patch in the cell and 7; it bears
a rounded black spot in the cell, and there is also a black spot dividing
the area in la. The basal part of area lc is black, and above this the

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 49

band is edged with black, leaving the base of costa and part of area 9
brick-red. ‘The two bands meet on the inner margin, and the space
between them is brick-red traversed by the veins here thickly scaled
with black. The submarginal area is brick-red, and traversed along the
veins by somewhat ovate and pointed stripes which extend from the
outer edge of the band to the margin; these stripes bear each two
creamy lines within the margin. ‘The distal margin is edged with
ochreous, forming spots between the stripes in le, 2 to 7.

Head, thorax and antennae black; palpi ochreous, collar with two
reddish tufts. Abdomen black, ventral surface buff, two ventro-lateral
buff stripes, and a row of lateral creamy spots. Legs with trochanter
and base of femur black, remainder ochreous.

? similar to the male. Fore wing with reduced creamy-white
markings, and wider band on the hind wing. ‘Taken separately the
latter character is not distinctive. On the underside of the hind wing
the space between the two bands is narrower than in the male and
bears three smaller and more widely separated brick-red spots.

10. A. bettiana aberr. Kissejyensis ab. nov.

One male specimen departs from the type in possessing on the
fore wing a black spot in the pale area, placed proximally just above
the submedian. On the hind wing the discal band is extended to
near the base, the extension being marked here and there with black
scaling, and there remains also the black edge of the band at the
cell end, and a blackish quadrate costal spot.

As this interesting aberration suggests a mimetic approach to
the cabira type of Acraea we thought a name should be given it.

Length of fore wing: ¢ ? 21 mm.

Habitat.—Kisaba Forest, Lake Kivu, September (Type ¢ and
four others); Lava Plains, Karissimbi, Kivu, October (Type 2?)
Kisseji River, Lake Kivu, September (f. Hvssezensvs.)

Described from a series of six ¢ d one ?.

11. Acraea disjuncta forma alciopoides form. nov. (pl. IX, fig. 10).

This form of disjuncta Gr.—Sm. presents a startling likeness to
alciope Hew., and occurs in the Ituri District. No typical specimens
were taken here.

3d. Upperside of both wings pale ochreous. Fore wing with
black-brown apical area and narrow distal margin, The distal edge

4

50° New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

of ochreous area is straight and oblique from close to costa to vein 5,
it projects in cellule 4 and is thence slightly crenulate to the inner
margin. The costa, from near base of vein 11, is black-brown to
the base, also the discocellulars and a portion of upper part of cell
to base, extending to the submedian. The proximal edge of the
ochreous area is parallel to the distal edge between veins 12 and 4,
from the origin of 4 it is outwardly curved in the cell and downwards
to the inner margin between origin of 2 and the base. Hind wing
with some black-brown dusting at the base, and a black-brown distal
margin 3 mm. broad. ‘The veins and intraneural folds are more
heavily scaled with black-brown on the distal margin, and these
streaks extend shortly into the ochreous area.

Underside paler than the upper. Fore wing with veins and intra-
neural streaks in the apical and distal marginal areas. Hind wing
with eleven black basal spots, one in nine, one in upper part of cell,
two in lower part, one at base of 1c, two beyond it in line, one in
1b, lying between the outer two above, a dot beyond it and below
the one above, a spot in la below the second one in c, a dot beyond
it below the middle one in b. Veins la—8 pale brown, and heavy
intraneural stripes from near cell to the margin.

Length of fore wing 24 mm.

Described from two specimens from West Semliki River, near
Lesse, January, 1920, one ¢. Ituri Forest, N.W. Beni, January,
19205 one <. | Both collected by @ A] Barns; Che followine
specimens, captured by Dr. 8. A. Neave, are in the British Museum.
Unyoro, Bugomia Forest, 2—4, xu. 3,700 feet, two 3 ¢; Toro,
Daro or Durro Forest, 4,000—4,500 feet, October, 1911, four oo.
All taken in cool and dense forest.

12. Acraea leucopyga latiapicalis subsp. nov. (pl. IX, fig. 9),

This represents most probably the Congo race of the species
hitherto known from Rhodesia, Tanganyika Territory, and Uganda.

3. Differs from typical lewcopyga Auriv. in the -broader black
and straight-edged apical area on the fore wing. There is no discal
spot in cellule 5 of the hind wing.

The similar-looking intermedia Wichgr. is at once distinguished
from it by the heavier spotting and the outer submedian spot on the
fore wing lying below the one in cellule 2.

Habitat.—Kabala, Upper Congo. June, 1919, one ¢,

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 51

NYMPHALIDAH.

The genus Hrgolis Westw.

The species enotrea Cram., is associated with a form which closely
resembles it but differs especially in the possession of patches of
modified scales on the wings below in the 3.

The species actisanes Hew., which possesses in the ¢ a large area
on the hind wing covered by modified scales, is associated with a form
in which this area is absent.

We have examined the genitalia of the four forms and find two
well marked types indicating a great distinction between enotrea and
actisanes, but less distinction between either and the form resembling
it in pattern.

One may perhaps consider the probability of the existence of a
dimorphic form in connection with both these species, and that a
certain dependence of this form on the seasons may have led to further
divergence in structure.

At present we have no data to support this view, but we think
that interesting results would be obtained from breeding experiments.

We think it is not impossible that species may evolve from closely
allied forms in the same locality through the agency of seasonal and
sexual dimorphism, and changes in the flight-time of the sexes.

Genitalia.—The Hrgolis examined are characterised by the posses-
sion of two highly-chitinized symmetrical plates. These plates are
disposed bilaterally on the ventral side of the genital apparatus, and
we call them the ventral plates. They are connected with the valves
by a membrane bearing setae on one side. We call this the con-
necting setose membrane. Its position is the same in actisanes and
albifascia, but differs in enotrea and personata.

The genitalia of enotrea and albifascia show more resemblance to
one another than to either actisanes or personata, whilst these two
latter are similar to one another.

Owing perhaps to a faulty dissection of the insects, a structure
represented in the drawing of enotrea by a dotted line, and which
probably is the chitinous cone at the base of the valves (ring-wall,
penis funnel, and juxta of authors), has been missed in the other
forms examined. Further investigation will be made in reference to
this structure,

52 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

13. Ergolis enotrea suffusa subsp. nov.

Specimens of enotrvea Cram., from the H. Congo and Uganda, may
be separated from west-coast forms by the more greyish colour of the
fore wing, and much reduced white scaling on both wings.

Entebbe, Uganda, August, 1901, A. H. Neumann, two Ss ¢ one
2; Entebbe, one ¢; Uganda, B. 8. Gledhill, one 2; Mabera Forest,
Uganda, Jackson, one ? ; Toro, Uganda, January, one 2; Albertville,
Congo Belge, June, 1919, one 2, one 3, T. A. Barns (types);
Sabaka River, July, one 3 ; in B. M. from Uganda and Angola.

The Sabaka specimen has much the coloration of a female on
both wings.

Genitalia.— (Plate V, figs. 1, 2).

Valves with the posterior and greater part very slightly chitinized.
Connecting setose membrane developed anteriorly from the ventral
edge, the surface bearing the setae being on the outside.

Ventral plate seen laterally is triangular.

Scaphium broader than in albifascia.

Uncus finger-shaped and nearly straight.

14. Hrgolis albifascia sp. nov. (pl. X, figs. 14, 15.)

This species is mixed up in collections with enotrea Cram., but may
be distinguished by the distinct white postdiscal band on the fore wing,
and by the enlarged patches of modified scales at the ends of the veins
on both wings below.

3. Upperside coloration and markings similar to enotrea. Fore-
wing with a well-marked grey-white postdiscal band, curved outwards
at vein 2 and narrowing anteriorly to vein 7; discal band defined by
black edgings, and slightly brownish, outer edge not broken at vein 4,
and above this more curved and less oblique than in enotrea. Hind
wing with the grey-white area limited by vein 6, outer edge sharply
defined. No distinct costal spots in 6 and 7. The second pale post-
discal line in the distal area is much farther from the first than in
enotrea, and forms the base of a row of dark brown spots whose
rounded inner edges are formed by the first line.

Underside markings as in enotrea. The veins are much more
heavily striped with blackish-brown modified scales, and these form
somewhat ovate patches at the ends of the veins, larger on the hind
wing where they almost touch one another. Hind wing with the
discal band more constricted in cellule 4 than in enotrea, and the

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 53

spots of the postdiscal band more separate. The submarginal spots
are reduced to narrow triangles, their bases not touching.

@. Very similar to enotrea, but distinguished by the white post-
discal band, and well defined discal band on the fore wing; hind wing
with broader dark postdiscal band, and white area limited by vein 6.

In the Joicey collection from Addah, W. Africa, ¢ 2; Accra, one
& ; Coomassie, August to September, 1918, one % one ?; Sunyani
Forest, Coomassie, two 3 3¢ ; Cameroons, one ¢; N. Bank, Ituri
River, halfway between Avakubi and Penghe, May, 1920, one ¢,
i. A. Barns; Ituri Forest, N. W. Beni, January, 1920, one 3, T. A.
Barns; Hast Epulu Forest, N. Ituri Valley, March, 1920, one 3,
T. A. Barns; Cartouche, near Lesse, W. Semliki River, January,
1920, one 3, T. A. Barns; North Side Ituri River, three days west
Oe lirumun es March 1920," one = 2) Ty A. Barns) Semliki Walley,
Ruwenzori, December, 1919, 1 3g (type); North Lindi Valley, west
of Bafwasende, April, 1920, one @ (allotype); T. A. Barns; Senchi,
Volta River, one ¢ ; in the B. M. also from Uganda.

Genitalia (pl. V, fig. 3).

Valve similar to enotrea but bulbous at the posterior extremity.
Connecting setose membrane developed apparently from the median
inner surface, the surface bearing the sete being on the inside.

Ventral plate, and uncus as in enotrea.

Scaphium developed medianly into a long and sharp _ pointed
process.

15. Hrgolis personata sp. noy. (pl. X, fig. 16).

It would appear that this peculiar form has been hitherto mistaken
for the 2 of actisanes Hew. Recognizable by its brown colour, and
the absence of the broad costal patch of modified scales found in the
allied species.

3 ¢. Upperside pale ochreous-brown, markings less strongly
defined than in actisanes. Outer edge of discal band on fore wing with
well-marked teeth on veins 4 and 5. Hind wing with the bands
continued to the costa,

Underside paler than in actisanes. Fore wing without patch of
modified scales and with discal band reaching the submedian. Hind
wing with discal band posteriorly closer to the postdiscal band than
in actisanes.

The females are not easy to distinguish. ‘To actisanes we assign
those with more clearly defined discal bands marked with reddish-

HXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Gemtalia of Ergolis.

Fig. 1. Hrgolis enotrea, ventral view.
2. F is lateral view.
3 ,, albfascia, ventral view.
A, » actisanes, ventral view.
5 » personata, ventral view.
VP. = Ventral plate.
SM. = Connecting setose membrane.
U. = Uncus.
V. = Valve.
S. = Scaphium.
SC. = Saccus.

All structures magnified 30 times, and reduced ,°,ths.

Bulli Wisse WolyolieehO2ie

Z MS SS Dy, >

re A Dy, =z 2

IIA fat Z FA

ai A

Alii MG F
Sy Soa (\
NC
\

Z g)
7
/

GENITALIA OF AFRICAN ERGOLIS.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 55

brown, discal band on hind wing more even anteriorly, and no spot in
7 of the post-discal band. Females with paler markings, more
irregular discal bands, and hind wing with costal spot of the post-discal
band present, belong to personata. The females of both forms are
~marked with a white costal spot on fore wings.

Habitat—Upper Kassai District, P. Landbeck, three ¢ 3, one 2
(types) ; Ituri River, two days west of Irumu, March, one ?, T. A.
Barns.

EH. actisanes Hew., in the Joicey collection from Nigeria, May 21,
1911, one 3 ; Calabar, two 3 3 ; Cameroons, three 3 3; Bitje, Ja
River, Cameroons, dry season, one 3, October, one ¢, wet season,
nena =) Gaboon, one 2 = no loc, 2.2 2.

Genttalia.
EL. actisanes Hew. (pl. V, fig. 4).

Valve elongated for a quarter of its length and produced to a highly-
chitinized and pointed hook. About one third of the organ is strongly
chitinized, the remainder much less so. Connecting setose membrane
developed from the inner median surface of the valve and apparently
connected with the non-setose or ventral surface of the ventral plate.

Ventral plate somewhat oblong and large in proportion to the
valves.

Uncus strongly flexed ventrally.

Scaphium notched medianly.

E. personata (pl. V, fig. 5).

Valve similar to actisanes. Connecting setose membrane developed
as in enotrea, proceeding from the ventral edge and joined to the basal
edge of the ventral plate.

Ventral plate similar to actisanes.

Uncus similar to actisanes but more hook-like.

Scaphium more strongly notched than in actisanes.

16. Byblia acheloia crameri Auriv. f. nigrifusa forma nov.

This aberration has the yellow markings on the upperside much
reduced and suffused with black.

One 2 specimen was taken by Mr. Barns in an open part of the
forest on the Lindi River, near Bafwasende, April, 1920.

56 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

17. Precis archesia f. obsoleta forma nov.

This form is of frequent occurrence, but does not seem to have
received a name, It is distinguished by the absence of red-brown
markings above. The place of the band on the fore wing is taken by
black scaling, and on the hind wing the spots are edged outwardly with
some faint red-brown scaling. ‘The undersurface is similar to the wet-
season form staudingert Dew.

Habitat.—With the typical form. In the Joicey collection from
Kassula, Malalo River, Rutschugi Valley, Udjiji District, July, 1919,
one ¢ (type); Kasama River, May, 1917, one ¢, T. A. Barns; Bihe
District, Angola, two ¢ ¢ ; N.W. Rhodesia, May 17, 1904, H. Cookson,
one ¢.

18. Hypolimnas salmacis ? f. ochreata form nov.

We propose the name ochreata for the females of this species having
pale ochreous coloration instead of white.

H. monteironis Druce.

H. montevronis Druce, Cist. Ent. i, p. 286 (Old Calabar and Angola)
(1874).

The genital armature of this form agrees with that of salmacis.

19. Aterica galene f. albimacula forma nov.

This form is distinguished by the spots on the fore wing being
white, and the patch of the hind wing also white or partly so.

f. extensa Heron.

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xix, p. 153 (Ruwenzori) (1909).

This was described as being a local race, but treated by Aurivillius
as an individual aberration (Seitz Macrolep. xill, p. 191). We agree.
This form is in the Joicey collection from the Ruanda and Udjiji Dis-
tricts, Albertville, Nyasaland and Portuguese Congo. It is transitional
to theophane Hopft.

20. Cymothoe theobene 2 f. wmbrina form. nov.

Distinguished by the white areas being dusted over with black-
brown. The veins are sometimes scaled with yellow-brown, and one
specimen shows a discal patch of yellow-brown on the hind wing.

In the Joicey collection froin Sunyani Forest, Coomassie, Ashanti,
two 2 2 (type); Friapere Forest, Coomassie, one 2? ; Cameroons,

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 57

two 2 2; Upper Kasai District, two 2 2 ; Ituri Forest, N.W. Beni,
January, 1920, one ¢ (hind wing with yellow-brown) ; Ituri River, four
days W. of Irumu, March, 1920, one ?, T. A. Barns.

21. Cymothée eris Auriv. ¢ (pl. XI, fig. 18).

The female described by Aurivillius (Seitz, Macrolep. xii, p. 151)
does not appear to belong to this species. We have three females
which agree with the ¢ g in the characteristic underside markings
and in the peculiar falcate shape of the fore wing.

Upperside grey-brown. Fore wing with oblique discal line reaching
to vein 5 and bounding 5 or 6 white or grey-white spots, the one
in 2 being well-marked, the two nearest costa dusted with grey. A
postdiscal band of grey-brown crescents somewhat pointed proximally
and edged with grey-white on each side and distally more extended
in la, lb, and 2. A submarginal grey-brown zigzag line, marked
between the veins with black dashes.

Hind wing with discal white or grey-white band about 5 mm.
broad, not entering the cell, reaching to the middle of le and to
the costa, dusted with grey in 6 and 7, and strongly dentate on its
outer edge. JDiscal line faintly visible. A submarginal zigzag black-
brown line marked with black dashes between the veins, and edged
proximally with grey-white, leaving a postdiscal strongly dentate line
marking the distal edge of the white band.

Underside with pale ochreous basal area and grey-white distal
area. The discal line on the hind wing passes close to the origin
of veins 3 and 4.

Length of fore wing: 30-34 mm.

This form bears very little resemblance to the ? of capella
Ward, is smaller, and has a markedly falcate fore wing. The more
distal position of the discal line on both wings is to be noted. The
resemblance to the caenis form euthalioides Kirby is more marked,
but the reduced white on the fore wing and the position of the discal
line always distinguishes it from this.

@ Neallotype from Bafwaboli, Tshopo River, April, 1920, T. A.
Barns. Also one ? from Kasai River, and one from Upper Kasai
District.

Cymothie hermuna Gr.—Sm. f°.
C. herminia Grose-Smith, Ann. N.H. (5) 19, p. 63 (1889)
(Cameroons) 3.

58 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. TI’. A. Barns

CO. herminia Holland, Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H. xhiii, p. 196, pl. vin,
fig. 4 (1920) 3g. :

C. johnstont Butl. P.Z.S. 1, p. 47, pl. 1, fig. 4, & (1902) (Doro).

C. weymert Suffert, Iris, 17, p. 119 (1904) (Cameroons) 3.

After a careful study of sixty specimens in the Joicey collection we
are forced to conclude that these three forms belong to one variable
species, which we are at present unable to separate even into local
races.

A series of these three forms shows much variation, and the same —
applies to the females. A female in the Joicey collection from the
Grose-Smith coll. is labelled ‘“‘ Type” and is from the same locality as
the g type. No description of this specimen was ever published.
Dr. Holland, loc. cit., has recently described the ¢.

Variation in ¢ :—

The black distal area of the fore wing varies in width and may not
reach beyond cellule 5. The brown distal band varies in width and
the spots in 3 and 4 are sometimes reduced; it also varies in colour
from yellow-brown in typical herminia to creamy-white in typical
weymert. Similar variation occurs in the pattern of the hind wing.

The underside may be pale ochreous with lighter discal band and
basal spots, dark brown with pale distal margin and whitish basal
spots, white basal area and white submarginal markings, or entirely
dark ochreous-brown, intermediates occurring between these. Most
specimens from Uganda have the basal markings but little lighter than
the ground-colour (f. ohnstonz).

Variation im 2 :—

The white discal band may be almost a line as in the form
described, or it may be 3 mm. broad in cellule 2 of the fore wing
with larger spots anteriorly, and correspondingly broad on the hind
wing. The length of the fore wing may vary from 36 mm. to 42 mm.
The distal yellow band varies in width and the black spots in size; the
colour varies from yellow-brown to nearly white, and in one specimen
the black spots on both wings are edged with white proximally and
without any yellow colour at all.

The underside varies from ochreous to grey-brown and grey-white.

The female without yellow markings and with pale underside
belongs to the f. johnstont and needs description. The specimen
figured by Butl. loc. cit. fig. 5, 1s a form of lurida °.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 59

22. 2 f£. gohnston: Butl. (pl. X, fig. 17).

Upperside black-brown with white discal band, about 3 mm.
broad, on both wings. Black sagittate submarginal spots edged
proximally with white on the fore wing, and their points tipped with
white on the hind wing.

Underside with basal area grey-brown, distal area grey-white with
pale-brown markings.

Type in Joicey coll. from Toro, Uganda, February, 1902.

The following specimens are in the Joicey collection :—

f. herminia.—Mongo ma-Lobah (Cameroons), 3 (type, Grose-
Smith),one 3,two 2 ? (Grose-Smith collection) ; Cameroons one ¢ ;
Aruwimi, one S one 2? ; Semliki, six ¢ ¢ ; Toro one 3; Tshopo
Valley, near Batama, Congo Belge, April, 1920, one ¢, T. A. Barns;
Bafwaboli, Tshopo River, April, 1920, T. A. Barns, one ? ; between
Lindi and Lubila Rivers, N. Batama, April, 1920, T. A. Barns, one 2 ;
Ituri River, four days’ west of Irumu, March, 1920, T. A. Barns,
one ? ; between Penghe and Avakubi, N. bank Ituri River, March,
1920, T. A. Barns, one 2 ; Ituri Forest, N.W. Beni, January, 1920,
ieAceiparns one |? .

Intermediate form: both wings without a dark margin and with
broader yellow distal area. Cameroons, one ¢; French Congo,
three 3 3; coll. Powell-Cotton (Congo), three ¢ ¢ ; Mhonda, one @ ;
Ihima River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, two 3 3d, T. A. Barns; E.
Hpulu River, N. Ituri Valley, between Penghe and Irumu, March, 1920,
one gs, T. A. Barns; Ituri Forest, two days’ north-west of Beni,
January, 1920, T. A. Barns, one 3 ; Penghe, January, 1920, T. A.
Barns, one 3 ; Penghe, N. bank Ituri River, March, 1920, T. A.
IS ENE, WO) 6 e<

Noted by Barns as feeding on rotting fruit in thick forest.

f. weymert.cCameroons, one ¢ (type) (ex. coll. Suffert) ; Sunyani
Forest, Coomassie, Ashanti, 1912, one ¢ ; coll. Powell-Cotton (Congo)
three 3g 3; Lesse, Jiuri Forest, February, 1920, T. A. Barns,
two 3 3d ; Cartouche, near Lesse, January, 1920, three 3 ¢, T. A.
Barns; forest between Epulu and Ituri Rivers, T. A. Barns, one ¢ ;
Penghe, N. bank Ituri River, March, 1920, T. A. Barns, one & ;
N. side Maiko (or Oiko) Valley, near Stanleyville, May, 1920, T. A.
Barns, one 3 ; Rutshuri River, N. Kivu, November, 1919, T. A. Barns,
two 3 3d.

f. johnstont.—The distal edge of the hind wing band is more dentate.

60 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

There is a specimen from the Semliki and one from the Cameroons
with this character perhaps not so marked.

Uganda, two 32; Toro, one g; Toro, February 1902, 3 2
(? neallotype); Rutshuri River, N. Kivu, November, 1919, three 3 3
three ¢ ?, T. A. Barns; Mabera Forest, Uganda, 4,000 feet, August,
1919, R. A. Dummer, one ¢. The Kivu 2 2 and the Mabera Forest
one show a broader white band, and one Kivu specimen has a brownish
tinge over the distal dentate band.

Cymothoe reginae-elizabethae Hall (pl. XI, fig. 19).

We take the opportunity of giving a figure of the underside of this
species. Several specimens were taken by Mr. Barns in the Ituri
Forest.

23. Huptera semirufa sp. nov. (pl. XI, fig. 27).

As we cannot associate this female with the male of any described
form we venture to give it specific rank. It appears to belong to the
elabontas group.

2. Upperside with black-brown ground-colour. Fore wing with
reddish-yellow cell-marks outlining a basal oval spot and a central
rounded spot. Outside cell a rounded black discocellular spot partly
outlined with reddish-yellow. A subbasal reddish-yellow stripe formed
of a streak from inner margin to submedian fold, a spot in lc and a
smaller spot in the base of 2. A reddish-yellow submedian patch
between inner margin and vein 2, tinged with white anteriorly. An
elongate white spot in 2, a smaller one above it in 3, two white streaks
in 4 and 5, a small white spot in 6, a thin white streak in 8 near costa,
and a white spot below it in 6. A distal series of seven black narrow
ovate spots outlined with white. A submarginal white crenulate line,
interrupted at the veins.

Hind wing with a reddish-yellow narrow subbasal band, crossing
middle of cell from inner margin to vein 6. A broad reddish-yellow
band from inner margin to vein 7, extending into end of cell and
leaving a narrow outer marginal area of ground-colour. This band
narrows anteriorly, and bears near its outer edge a series of rounded
black spots of even size ; the outer edge of band is strongly crenulate
and heavily lined with black, a white spot is placed at the proximal
edge of the band in 6.

Underside markings as above and more distinct, the ground-colour
and reddish-yellow areas paler. Fore wing with three black cellspots
and one below it in 1c; a black discocellular spot invaded by ground-

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 61

colour. The white spots and stripes joined to the distal ovate spots.
Hind wing with a central costal white spot in 7. Subbasal band and
proximal area of distal band tinged with white.

Head, thorax and abdomen, black; antenne black; palpi grey,
paler below, legs black and grey; abdomen rubbed, but apparently
grey below with lateral rufous spots. The small tufts on thorax and
abdomen as in females of other species, are white as in elabontas.

Length of fore wing: 26 mm.

Habitat——North Ituri Valley, between Epulu and Duye Rivers,
March, 1920, T. A. Barns, one specimen.

The collector notes that the specimen was taken in a sunny glade
in the forest, was a fast flier, and very hard to net. The specimen is
worn and the wings damaged.

24. Huptera pluto kinugnana ? , form. rufa, forma. nov.

We have given one name to the brown 2 forms of this species and
of hirundo, as we see no reason to multiply names where merely a
colour form is concerned.

Upperside with markings as in white 2 and underside more or
less unicolorous ochreous with the markings showing through from
above.

The females of kinwgnana show variation in the size of the bands
and spots. This is less evident in the males and does not appear to
be racial.

Nyasaland, one ¢ ; ‘‘ Melanje” (Milanje, Nyasaland), one 2.

25. Huptera hirundo lufirensis subsp. nov. (pl. XI, fig. 25 3, 26 2).

3. Upperside with the creamy bands more extended. Fore wing
patch in 1b to le quadrate, spot in 2 touching or nearly touching
the patch below, streaks in 4 and 5 thicker, spot in 6 larger. Hind
wing with a broader and more compact band, its distal edge even,
patches in 5 and 6 much larger, vein 5 very thickly blackened in the
band. Distal marginal area without pale dots in 4 to 6 and darker
than in typical form. ‘Tail more obtuse.

Underside much as in typical form but more rufous-brown, and
but slightly marked with white. The inner edge of band on hind wing
straighter.

2 f. rufa. Upperside with black-brown ground-colour and broad
rufous-brown bands. Fore wing with the band more indented on its
distal edge, the spots lying within it smaller. Distal margin broader,

62 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Hind wing with outer edge of band strongly dentate and with a series
of seven rounded black spots of even size placed within the teeth of
the band, the space between each spot and the outer edge being dusted
with black.

Underside with markings and coloration of typical form but
showing the differences remarked on the upperside.

Described from two ¢ ¢ one 2. Kikura River, Lufira Valley,
May, 1919 (types) ; Panda River, Lufira Valley, May, 1919, one ¢.

26. Huptera hirundo Stgr. 2? form. rufa, forma. nov.

? type. Schultze, Archiv. f. Naturges. 81 Jahr., Ab. A, p. 139
(1915) (S. E. Cameroons).

The first 2 to be described of this species is described by Schultze,
lc, as being white. We now describe a brown form. ‘The species
of this group are rare and the @ ¢ exceedingly so. It would not be
surprising if all the species had dimorphic 2 2. JH. pluto Ward is
known to possess two forms of female, and both are represented in the
Joicey collection from Nyasaland.

2. Upperside with black-brown ground-colour and broad rufous-
brown bands, which vary in depth of colour. Fore wing with band
broad on the inner margin and narrowing beyond vein 3 and ending
on ven 7. ‘The proximal edge of band slightly indented between
veins 7 and 4, and removed from the cell in this area; the bases of
cellules 2 and 3 not filled in by the band. Distal edge of band
crenulate and running parallel to the margin, and heavily marked with
darker ground-colour. A series of 5 small dark-brown spots hes within
the band near the distal edge; the posterior spot is large and heavy
and tends to become fused with the submarginal area; spots 3 and
4 are the smaller, and spot 5 lies partly in the dark apical area;
there is a spot in 6 just outside the band.

Hind wing with band extending from costa to inner margin and
narrower at costa; its proximal edge nearly straight and_ slightly
curved anteriorly, its distal edge evenly curved and marked by a
series of large rounded spots of ground-colour; these spots are
outwardly faintly outlined by rufous and are separated only by the
veins; they decrease in size anteriorly. The outer edge of these spots
is heavily marked by darker ground-colour. The submarginal area is
broader than on the fore wing.

Underside paler than above, with bands and spots reproduced in

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 63

fainter outline. Abdomen black above with dorso-lateral rufous stripes,
ventral surface pale brown.

Length of fore wing, 23 mm.

Described from three specimens.—Entebbe, Uganda, August, 1901,
A. H. Neuman (type); Entebbe, September, 1900, one specimen ;
Hntebbe, January, 1902, one specimen.

27. Huryphura porphyrion congoensis subsp. nov. (pl. XI, figs, 21,
22, 3 23, 24 ¢).

Distinguished from the typical western form by the more falcate
wings, especially in the ¢, and the reduced black markings. Fore
wing with the red-brown inner marginal patch reduced proximally.
The hind wing with the distal edge of red-brown area sharply toothed
between veins 2 and 5.

Underside of fore wing with paler and more extended apical dusting.
Hind wing with no black spot at the base of cellule 6.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 32 mm., ? 43 mm.

Habitat.—Upper Kasai District, one ¢ ; Ituri Forest, N. W. Beni,
900 m., January, 1920, T. A. Barns, one ¢.

28. Huryphura plautilla 2 form. albimargo form. nov. (pl. XI,
fig. 20).

This represents the extreme development of the form albofasciata
Stgr., and is characterized by the whole distal area of the wings being
dirty white.

Fore wing upperside with distal half dirty-white, leaving a narrow
outer marginal border; space between postcellular mark and disco-
cellular dusted with brown, also base of cellule 3; markings in distal
half reduced, especially the submarginal spots. Hind wing with
distal half dirty-white, with slight brown dusting along the outer
margin. Markings reduced, especially the submarginal and the discal
zigzag line.

Underside much paler than in allied form, and markings indistinct.

Habitat.—Itoa River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, one °.

A specimen in the Joicey collection from the Cameroons is transi-
tional to the above form. It exhibits an increase of white on the
fore wing, but is darker on the hind wing.

64 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

29. Diestogyna umbrina Auriv. 2 (pl. XII, fig. 28).

We assign this specimen to wmbrina on account of the basal area
of the fore wing below projecting in a tooth on vein 2. The wings
are broader than in the allied form.

?. Upperside very similar to simplex Stgr., and feronia Stgr.
Band of fore wing tinged with yellow, the spot in 3 placed more
distal, the one in 2 narrow. The pale discal line placed more distal
between 2 and 3 than in allied forms. A dentate postdiscal line,
ochreous edged with blackish-brown, between inner margin and
vein 2. Hind wing darker than in the allied forms, postdiscal dark
spots larger and submarginal line continuous; this distal band more
curved, the space between it and the discal line narrower anteriorly
than posteriorly.

Underside more like feronia than simplex but paler than either
with increased suffusion of grey. Fore wing with basal area projecting
in a tooth on vein 2. Hind wing with discal line enclosing basal area
more irregular than in the allied forms. Distal markings distinct,
except series of white dots, submarginal line more undulate. A
blackish discal patch as in the allied forms.

Length of fore wing, 35 mm.

Habitat.—N. eastern outskirts of Ituri Forest, three days South
of Irumu, 1000 m., February, 1920, one ¢, T. A. Barns.

Found in dense forest, feeding on rotting fruit.

30. Huryphene laetitioides sp. nov. (pl. XII, fig. 29 3, 30 2).

Allied to laetitia Ploetz, and not easy to distinguish from it. The
underside, however, is greenish and without any of the brown tint of
laetitia.

3. Upperside coloration and markings similar to laetitia, and
fore wing with no constant difference. Hind wing with black discal
band not reaching vein 3, generally stopping at vein 2, and indistinctly
defined beyond this in Cameroons specimens. Postdiscal band thinner
than in the allied species, and spots in 2 and 38 indistinct; second post-
discal band similar, the spots in 2 and 3 mostly indistinct.

Underside markings similar to laetitia. Basal area more sharply
defined, greyish-green; distal area dull-green, all markings distinct.
Fore wing with basal area paler and more greyish than in hind
wing, without white markings; distal area more greenish and discal
brown curved line strongly marked. Hind wing with violaceous

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 65

suffusion on the basal and inner area and at the apex, submarginal
line well marked.

2. Upperside similar to the 2 of congolensis Capr., but smaller,
more brownish, and black spots indistinct. Ground-colour brownish-
grey with a greenish tinge. Fore wing with black apex and white
subapical band (in one specimen with a yellow tinge) reaching vein 4 ;
between this and the cell black, filling cellule 3 and extending into
the distal end of cellule 2. A series of submarginal spots edged with
grey-brown. Distal margin black, traversed by an indistinct grey-
brown admarginal line.

Hind wing marking as in congolensis but discal spots small and
indistinct. Underside markings very similar to the 3, the coloration
more uniform than in congolensis, and distinguished from it by the
narrow pale mark in 7 of the hind wing. Ground-colour brownish-
grey with markings accentuated by grey-white scaling.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 26 mm., 2? 30 mm.

Habitat.—Lesse, Ituri Forest, February, 1920, one ¢ ; Itoa River,
Ituri Forest, January, 1920, two ¢ 3, two 2? 2? (types); Semliki
Forest, E. Semliki Valley, Ruwenzori, December, 1919, one 3
EK. Epulu River, N. Ituri Valley, March, 1920, one & ; Ituri Valley,
N.W. Beni, January, one 3 ; between Epulu and Duye Rivers, N. Ituri
Valley, March, 1920, one 3 ; Lower Butahu River, Semliki Valley,
December, 1919, one 3, two ? 2; E. side Semliki River, Ruwenzori,
November, 1919, one ? ; between HEpulu (EK. side) and Ituri Rivers,
March, 1920, one ¢? ; Ibima River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, one ¢ ;
Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, early May and June, three 3 3; June,
one 3S ; dry season, no date, two 2 °.

31. Huryphene brunnescens sp. nov. (pl. XII, fig. 31 ¢, 32 @).

Similar to laetitia Ploetz, and the form previously described as
laetitioides, but smaller, brighter in colour, and markings above more
as in the latter species, of which it may be only a form.

3. Upperside with tawny-brown ground-colour, spots smaller than
in the allied forms. Fore wing markings distinguished by the black
postdiscal band forming a sharp tooth at vein 5; in the typical form
this band is reduced anteriorly to a thick dentate line to vein 4. Hind
wing markings as in laetitioides but less developed in the type.

Underside purplish-brown with a faint greenish tinge. Fore wing
darker in the anterior distal half, hind wing paler at the apex. Mark-

5

66 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

ings as in Jaetitioides and in one specimen rather indistinct, the wings
in this case being washed with bluish-grey.

@. The form here described is placed with the ¢ on account of
the sharply dentate anterior part of the discal band on the fore wing,
and the similarity of pattern on the underside.

Upperside grey-brown, somewhat ochreous in basal area. Fore wing
with discal line dentate to vein 3 and edged with white distally from
costa to vein 38, this white extending in one specimen to the sub-
marginal line. Hind wing with discal and postdiscal spots slightly
white-edged in cellules 4—7.

Underside grey-white with reddish-brown markings.

Length of fore wing: ¢ 25mm., § 32 mm.

Habitat—Between Epulu and Duye Rivers, N. Ituri Valley, March,
1920, one & (type); Itoa River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, one 3 ;
Penghe, N. bank Ituri River, March, 1920, one ¢ ; Butahu River,
under Ruwenzori, 8. Semhki Valley, December, 1919, one 3o, T. A.
Barns; between Epuly (E. side) and Ituri Rivers, March, 1920, one ¢
(allotype) ; between Penghe and Irumu, March, 1920, one ?, T. A.
Barns. Semliki Valley, one ¢. In B.M. from “Congo Forest, 6, 11,
1907, A. F. R. Wollaston,” one 3.

32. Huphaedra ceres f. phosphor form. nov. (pl. XII, fig. 33).

Distinguished by its whitish-green coloration above.

3é. Upperside with the markings pale-green washed with yellow,
darker at the base.

Underside pale green, washed with paler yellow on the hind wing,
subapical band white and well defined. Hind wing with indistinct
white discal band on the distal half, whitish submarginal area darker
than the rest of the wing.

Habitat.—Albertville, June, 1919, three 3 3.

33. Huphaedra preussi f. obsoleta form. nov.

This curious form indicates a relationship with inanum Butl., but
the appearance of the upperside shows a stronger affinity to preussi.
Distinguished by the deep blue colour, extending nearly to vein 2 on
the fore wing, and by the green underside without a distinct white
costal stripe.

°. Upperside dark blue as in preussz, on the fore wing reaching
nearly to vein 38. Subapical band white and sharply defined. Hind
wing without distinct submarginal spots,

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 67

Underside bluish-green with brownish reflections in a side light.
Fore wing with three black cellspots and the subapical band well
defined. Hind wing with a short white stripe in 7, merging into the
ground-colour; three indistinct white discal spots; series of submarginal
indistinct spots a little darker than the ground-colour.

Habitat.—Itoa River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920,1 ?.

A specimen of preussi @ approaches the above form in the
development of a greenish tint on the underside.

34. Huphaedra lupercoides Roths. & .

Upperside similar to the ¢. Fore wing band narrower than in
luperca Hew., and white apical spot a little smaller.
Underside similar to the ¢. Inner margin of fore wing, and
parts of the distal areas of both wings, cinnamon-brown.
Habitat—Between Lindi and Lubila Rivers, north of Batama,
Jegoyeulls DUS PAOS ae ty

35. Huphaedra eleus 2 f. coerulea form. nov.

This striking form is very similar to preuwssi Stgr., but distinguished
by the cell of the fore wing being entirely blue, the hind wing with
a row of distinct submarginal spots and some brown distal scaling.
It represents a further development of the form semiprussiana Wichg,

2. Upperside with black ground-colour. Fore wing with blue
basal half, filling the cell and basal part of cellule 3. Cell with two
black spots. Subapical band white and clearly defined, composed of
four spots. Hind wing blue, paler distally, with some brown scaling in
the distal part of cellules 4—7. A black submarginal border of nearly
even width, bearing a series of violet-blue submarginal spots.

Underside dark ochreous-brown, paler at the margins. Fore wing
with three black cellspots and a black discocellular spot. Hind wing
with a black cellspot, two whitish streaks in 3 and 4, and small pale-
brown submarginal spots.

Habitat.—Ituri Forest, thirty miles south of Irumu, February,
1920, one ¢, T. A. Barns.

36. Huphaedra eleus nigrobasalis, subsp. nov. (pl. XII, fig. 34 ¢;
OUD, BS) @ ))e

Distinguished from elews orientalis Roths. by the costa and upper
part of cell being black to the base, leaving only a narrow stripe of red-

68 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

brown along lower margin of cell, by the red-brown area only reaching
origin of vein 3, by the narrow white subcostal stripe on hind wing
below, and the absence of the submarginal row of spots. The distal
margin of hind wing above is of more even width and not wider on the
anal area; and the spots in it are blue without white tinge.

Habitat.—Panda River, Lufira Valley, S.E. Congo, May 12, 1919,
one ¢ two? ¢, T. A. Barns.

37. Charaxes vmperialis albipuncta subsp. nov.

Distinguished chiefly by the larger band on the hind wing of the
$, and the white-spotted ¢.

3. Upperside of fore wing not constantly different from typical
form. Hind wing with a broader band in most specimens. The inner
spot in cellule 7 is blue or only slightly white.

Underside of fore wing with the yellow proximal border to the black
submedian spot edged with blue, and this again with black proximally.
Hind wing with the postdiscal bar in cellule 7 either without white
distal scaling or with only a trace of it.

?. Upperside of fore wing with the spots white and smaller than
in typical form. The black inner marginal band is reduced anteriorly
and does not reach vein 2. Hind wing with the band not reaching
vein 7. The outer spot in cellule 7 smaller and without any brown
tinge. Submarginal and admarginal spots white.

Underside as in the ¢. Fore wing with spots as above. No spot
bordering the submedian bar. Hind wing with postdiscal spots further
from the discal bars than in typical form.

In the Joicey collection from: Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2,000
ft., dry season, 1, early May and June, wet season, 1? (allotype) ;
Bitje, Cameroons, 1 ¢ ; Bipindi, Cameroons, 1 ¢ ; Cameroons, 2? ? ;
Upper Kasai District, Congo Belge, 3 go; N. bank, Ituri River,

halfway between Avakubi and Penghe, March, 1920, T. A. Barns, 12. °

The specimen obtained by Mr. Barns was taken on dung.

The 3 holotype is from Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, September 7,
1919, G. L. Bates, and is in the collection of Madame de Horrack
Fournier, 90, Boulevard Malesherbes, Paris. There is alsol 3 from
the Kast Congo in this collection.

38. Charaxes zelica depuncta subsp. nov.

Distinguished from the typical form by the absence of the blue
marginal dots on the hind wing. The inner edge of the distal area of

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 69

the underside is less curved on the fore wing and almost straight on
the hind wing. In cellules 1b and c of the fore wing is a pale ochreous
patch distal to the postdiscal line, and generally a similar patch
proximal to the discal line. The submarginal line on the fore wing
ends at the apex ; in the typical form it ends at vein 8.

Habitat——Uganda, Mabira Forest, January 29, 1912, 13 (type) ;
W. Uganda, Budonga Forest, April 6 to May 16, 1912, 2¢ 3, Captain
J. Fraser; Mabira Forest, 4,000 feet, R. A. Dummer,1 ¢; Kasai
District, Congo, 13 ; Singa, French Congo, 13% ; Cameroons, 1 3 ;
Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2,000 feet, dry season, 1 3.

Also typical form in Joicey collection, Coomassie, Sierra Leone, 1 3.

Charaxes eupale Drury, dilutus Roths. and swbornatus Schultze.

The forms of Charaxes comprised under the above names present an
interesting group. All are similarly coloured and exhibit similar and
variable markings. Our knowledge of the distribution of these forms is
now well advanced, and series of all are contained in the Hill Museum.
We have therefore attempted to analyse the group with a view to
ascertaining how many definite forms exist, and whether such forms
could be grouped together under one or more distinct species.

Sixteen dissections of the genitalia were made and drawings prepared
by Mr. Birbel. When these were compared with the insects the results
were found to be unsatisfactory. It was at once apparent that much
variation existed in the genital armature, and these variations were
not in agreement with the differences observed in the wing-markings.

The dissections, drawings, and insects were submitted to Dr. Jordan
for an opinion. He very carefully examined them, together with
further specimens in the Tring Museum, and reported that no reliable
distinction could be obtained from the genitalia. He thought that
probably three species could be made out on other grounds. These
results confirmed our own, with a slight difference in the grouping of
the three species.

We believe that the three species may be grouped as follows :—
eupale eupale.—Sierra Leone to the Niger.

eppale ' (eupale subsp.—Cameroons to Uganda.

dilutus ... dlutus dilutus—Angola to Nyasaland, northward to
Ruwenzori, Nairobi District and
Zanzibar.

a areer { subornatus subornatus.—Cameroons to Congo.

| swhornatus subsp.—Ituri Forest to Uganda and Nairobi.

70 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

It will be seen that the ewpale subsp. and dilutus overlap in distribu-
tion but we have no evidence of both occurring in the same place.

C. eupale subsp. is found together with swhornatus in the Cameroons,
and if our diagnosis is correct it also occurs with a race of swhornatus in
Uganda and the Ituri.

C. dilutus is not known farther west than Angola, but occurs
together with a swbornatus form at Nairobi.

The three species may generally be easily distinguished, but the
subornatus race may be confounded with dilutus. It will therefore
be useful to give here the results of certain measurements which
indicate not only the three species but also the races and to which
species they belong.

On the underside of the hind wing there is a row of antemarginal
spots and a row of what may be termed submarginal spots. The
arrangement of these series of spots is not the same in each species,
and a comparison of typical swbhornatus with eupale subsp. will show
that the antemarginal spots are nearer the margin in swbornatus than
they are in ewpale, and that the spots of the submarginal series occupy
different positions in the two species, especially the spot in cellule 3.
The submarginal spot in cellule 6 is more or less removed from the
band, owing to the straighter or more oblique position of the band.
Measurements were made (1) of the distance between the antemarginal
dot in cellule 3, measured from the centre of the black dot, and the
outer edge of the submarginal dot in 3; (2) of the distance between
the submarginal dot in cellule 6 and the inner edge of the band.

These measurements were made on specimens which showed the
markings plainly. It sometimes happens that specimens occur with
the spots absent. The following specimens were taken :—

C. eupale eupale fe; ue Sead)
C. eupale subsp. to =a 500 OH
CA ULUWUS act ae is so. WAS)
C. subornatus as hp Sonu a
C. suwbornatus subsp.... see soo

The results are tabulated on next page.
1. The measurement in cellule 3 :—
eupale, fifty-two specimens have a distance of from 2 to
2°5 mm.
subornatus, nine individuals have a distance of from 2°0 to

Zz uma.
dilutws, nineteen individuals have a distance of from 3°'0 to

3°5 mm.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns ipl

Whilst suwbornatus agrees with eupale, in dilutus the distance is
greater between the two points.
2. The measurement in cellule 6 :—

eupale, forty-one individuals have a distance of from 3°5 to
4 mm.
subornatus, nine individuals have a distance of from 5°5 to

6 mm.
dilutus, sixteen individuals have a distance of from 4°0 to
50 mm.
TABLE.

Distance between the antemarginal dot Distance between the submarginal
in 3, measured from the centre of the dot in 6 to the inner edge of the
black dot to the outer edge of the sub- band,
marginal dot in 3.

Form Distance No. of Distance No. of ee
in mm. specimens in mm. Specimens ley mae
eupale eupale ... 2-0 Bde 1 — 30 5
2°5 See Be BO) 4 10
— 40 1
eupale subsp. ... 1:5 3 — 20 1
2:0 26 — 30 8 |
2:5 162 350 25 59
30 5 — 40 Ht %
30 1 — 4:5 D-
4-0 Leto: () 2
dilutus ane 2°5 2 — 35 4
3:0 10 — 4:0 6
3-5 9 = os 5 2
4-0 1 = &@ 5 ;
4°5 meee 39) 4
oO ee) = 6:0 1
subornatus we 1:5 4 — 60 il ) h
— 65 3 J
subornatus subsp. 2°() hoe 4 — 60 1
2°5 On = soso 3 9
— 60 3)

This measurement gives three different results.
Although it may be argued that the material measured is too small,
the differences observed ure correlated with the other more recognised

differences.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

ex.

(er)

GENITALIA OF CHARAXHES.

Plate
VI.

Fig. 1.

IG
LO;

Fig. 2.

C.

SQ QS QSQqg © QQ ©

SS

PLATES VI—VII.

eupale eupale (Sierra Leone).

. eupale ewpale, posterior end of juxta, ventrally.
. eupale ewpale, uncus, dorsally.
. dilutus (Nyasaland), anal ring and uncus,

laterally.

. dilutus, anal ring, ventrally.

. dilutus, uncus, dorsally (Nyasaland).

. dilutus, posterior end of juxta.

.dilutus, uncus and anal ring, laterally

(Nairobi).

. dilutus, uncus dorsally.

. subornatus subornatus (Upper Kasai River).

. subornatus subornatus, uncus, dorsally.

. subornatus subornatus, posterior end of juxta,

ventrally.

. subornatus subsp., uncus, dorsally (Nairobi).
. dilutus, 8.K. Congo.

Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. 1. 1921.

Plate VI

ee
I
i

: —
= SSNS

ee

aS

WM, Ze NO

GENITALIA OF AFRICAN CHARAXES.

Plate VII. Bw, Ishubl Wits, Wolk i, ~ 1GPil.

FORMS OF CHARAXES EUPALE, DILUTUS, AND SUBORNATUS.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 13

The form we have placed as a race of swbornatus was not easy to
separate from dilwtus, but the measurements taken do not bring it
in the dilutus series. We give the points of differentiation in our
description of the race.

We regret that more specimens of these forms were not available,
but if we take the tendency shown by these together with the general
coloration and pattern, the probability is that our division and sub-
division is correct.

The times of appearance, according to data preserved on specimens
in the Joicey and other collections, are as follows :—

C. eupale eupale ... ... No data.

C. ewpale subsp. ... ... January to October.
C. dilutus ee .... December and April.
C. subornatus oo ... April to December.
C. subornatus subsp. ... January to April.

It does not appear that we have to deal with any seasonal forms.

Genitalia.—(Plate VL.)

The most obvious differences to be noticed in the series examined
occur in the uncus, in the juxta, and in the valves.

The extreme forms of uncus are seen in swbornatus (fig. 5a), and in
subornatus subsp. (fig. 6), but all intermediate forms were found.

The juxta (also known as ring-wall and penis-funnel) exhibits its
extreme forms in ewpale eupale (fig. la), dilwtus (fig. 8a), and swbornatus
subornatus (fig. 5b).

A setose membrane connects the lateral edges of the juxta with the
inner surface of the valves. ‘This membrane, near its attachment to
the juxta, develops into a slightly chitinized process, also covered
with setae, and this process exhibits small variations, especially in
its proportions as compared with the rest of the organs.

Finally the valve exhibits two different formations of the dorsal
edge as shown in eupale (fig. 1) and in subornatus subornatus (fig. 5).

For other details see explanations facing plate.

The following specimens were examined :—

C. eupale eupale ... Sierra Leone, 2.

C. eupale subsp. ... Cameroons, 1; Uganda, 1.

C. dilutus ... Nyasaland, 6; South-Hast Congo, 1; Nairobi, 1.
C. subornatus ... Cameroons, 1; Congo, 1.

C. subornatus subsp. Uganda, 1; Nairobi, 1.

74 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

The forms from which drawings of genitalia were made are figured
on plate VII.

It may be possible to make a further study of the genitalia when
many more specimens of the rarer forms become available.

39. Charaxes eupale latimargo subsp. nov.

Distinguished from the West Coast ewpale, by the larger basal area
on the fore wing and the narrow marginal brown on the hind wing.

3 §. Upperside of fore wing with pale basal area extended and
nearer the tornus than in the type form. Hind wing with marginal
brown not extended beyond the line of submarginal spots.

Underside of hind wing with the submarginal dot in cellule 3

farther from the antemarginal dot than in the type form. In cellule 6
the distance between the submarginal spot and the inner edge of the
band is slightly more than in the type form.
In the Joicey collection from Cameroons, Bitje, Ja River, 2,000 feet,
dry season, four ¢ S¢ one ? ; wet season, one ¢ one ? (2 allotype) ;
early May and June, wet season, four ¢ 3; Bitje, one ¢ ; Cameroons,
one ? ; Bipindi, Cameroons, September, two 3 3, October, four 3 ¢ ;
Bipindi, three 3 S ; Kibokolo do Zombo, Portuguese Congo, one ¢ ;
Luluabourg, Kasai District, two ¢ ¢ ; Kunzulu, le Moyen, Congo
Belge, dry season, one ¢ ; Aruwimi, one & ; Upper Congo, one ¢ ;
Upper Kasai District, three ¢ 3 ; Longgi, two ¢ & ; Semliki, one 3 ;
North bank of Ituri River, half-way between Avakubi and Penghe,
May, 1920, six ¢ & ; coll. T. A. Barns (type) ; Itoa River, Ituri Forest,
January, one 3g, T. A. Barns; Uganda, coll. Jackson, four 3 dé ;
Entebbe, August, 1901, A. H Neumann, four ¢ 3 ; Entebbe, January,
1902, one ¢; Hntebbe, one ¢ ; Uganda, one ¢; Toro, January,
two 6 3; Nyanza, two 3 3; Mabira Forest, Uganda, April-August,
ISIS) eo ot a.

40. Charaxes subornatus minor subsp. nov. (pl. VII, fig. 6).

Distinguished by its smaller size and the less strongly-marked
underside.

3. Upperside of fore wing as in type form, and differentiated from
dilutus by the even and more regularly toothed edge of the basal area.
Hind wing with the bluish costal shade not extended below vein 7.

Underside paler green, discal band less defined and not so white.

Hind wing with the submarginal dot in cellule 3 farther from the

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 75

antemarginal dot than in the type form, but nearer than in dilutus.
Discal line straighter than in dilutus.

C. subornatus is further distinguished below by the fore wing with
cell patch extending into cellule 2, and by a pair of black submarginal
dots near the termen.

Length of fore wing: 31 mm. Breadth from apex to tornus:
32 mm.

Type form. Length of fore wing: 32mm. Breadth: 25 mm.

In the Joicey collection from Nairobi, three ¢ ¢ ; Mabira Forest,
Uganda, April-August, 1919, three 3 3 (type); Ituri Forest, N.W.
Beni, January, 1920, T. A. Barns, one ¢ ; KH. Epulu, N. Ituri Valley,
between Penghe and Irumu, March, 1920, one ¢, T. A. Barns.

In the collection of Mdme. de Horrack-Fournier,—Mabira Forest,
Uganda, sixteen 3 3.

C. subornatus Schultze, is in the Joicey collection from Bitje, Ja
River, Cameroons, April, two ¢ 3 ; early May and June, wet season,
one ¢; Upper Kasai District, Congo, one 3; French Congo, one g.

In the Congo Museum, Tervueren,—Bili 4 Lebe, Congo, November-
December, 1912, one ¢; Bilinyama-Tale, Congo, April 12-20, 1911,
one 3.

41. Huxanthe crossleyi intermedia subsp. nov. (pl. XIII, figs. 36, 37).

This form resembles the typical one in the large patches of the fore
wing and the extended discal patches of the hind wing. . It resembles
ansorgei R. and J., in the well-developed postcellular patch of the hind
wing, which, however, is not produced to a point as in the two allied
forms, and in two stripes filling cellules la and 1b. The admarginal
white spots of the hind wing are larger than in any specimens we
have seen from the Cameroons, Kasai, and Uganda.

Habitat.—Itoa River, Ituri Forest, 1,000 m., January, 1920, 12
(type) ; Ibima River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, 12.

These two specimens are identical.

Mr. Barns notes that this species flies high, and is fond of resting
on dry twigs high up, or occasionally on the bark of a tree. Found in
glades in thick forest, feeding on tree gums. The habit of the species
is similar to that of the Liptenines and it was on this account not
associated with Charaxes by Mr. Barns.

76 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

SATYRIDAE.

42. Mycalesis asochis congoensis subsp. nov.

Distinguished by the extended white areas on both wings, and the
less deeply curved dark distal line below.

3. Upperside of fore wing with the white area more extended in
the cell. Hind wing with the white area more extended between
veins la and 4.

Underside without any basal yellowish suffusion. The dark brown
border to the ocelli is straighter than in the typical form. The spot
in cellule 3 on the hind wing is more strongly developed.

Habitat.——Between Lindi and Lubila Rivers, north of Batama,
April, 1920, one 3 (type); north side of Maiko Valley, near -
Stanleyville, May, 1920, one 3; Tshopo Valley, near Batama, April,
1920, one ¢, T. A. Barns; Kassai ‘River, one of.

Found in dense forest and infrequent.

43. Mycalesis persumilis sp. nov. (pl. XIII, figs. 38, 39 ¢, 40 2).

Allied to martius F., but larger and with broader distal area below.

3. Upperside black with bluish reflection in side-light. Fore wing
with short hair covering cell and basal part of cellules la, ib, 2 and
3, but not forming tufts asin martvws. Hind wing with a grey hair-
pencil at base of cell, and a black hair-pencil at base of cellule 6.
Basal area and inner margin covered with short hair, longer in the
cell, and projecting beyond it.

Underside black-brown, distal area paler and broader than in
martius. The line marking outer edge of basal area straighter than
in martius. Hore wing with eye-spot in 2 scarcely larger than in
martius, four small ocelli in 8—6, the one in 5 larger and the others
more punctiform. ‘The glossy area not extended beyond line limiting
basal dark area. Hind wing with five ocelli, the one in 2 smaller than
in martius, the one in Ic a little smaller, the others smaller still, those
in 3 and 4 being punctiform. The area surrounding the ocelli on
both wings is only slightly paler than the ground-colour.

?. Resembles martius, but is larger and subapical band is broader
and more distinctly defined. Underside resembles the male. The
margin and apical area of the fore wing is more yellowish than in
martius. 'The outer edge of basal area on hind wing slightly undulate
and sharply defined.

Length of fore wing: 3 23—26 mm., 2 26 mm.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 77

‘Habitat.—Ruwenzori, western slopes, December, 1919, 2,200 m.,
two SoS, one 2 (types); Upper Butahu River, Ruwenzori, 1500-
1800 m., December, 1919, two 3 3, T. A. Barns.

ERYCINIDAE.
44, Abisara barnsi sp. nov. (pl. XIII, figs. 41, 42).

Allied to talantus Auriv., having the same neuration-structure in
the hind wing

@. Upperside coloration as in other species of the group. Fore
wing without apical ocellus; a discal blue band, somewhat triangular,
anteriorly narrowed, reaching from inner margin to origin of vein 6,
indistinct in the lower angle of cell, inner edge reaching slightly beyond
origin of vein 2, outer edge even. A pale postdiscal narrow band from
costa to near tornus. Hind wing with a narrow blue transverse band
from 2 to 7 near apex where it narrows to a point ; this band fills lower
angle of cell and the base of cellules 3 and 4. A double apical eye-spot
as in allied forms. ‘T'wo faint bluish submarginal lines between veins
2 and 4, joined to form a kidney-shaped spot.

Underside paler. Fore wing with whitish oblique discal line from
costa to vein 2. A similar postdiscal line from costa to inner margin,
curved below vein 2. A thinner submarginal line from vein 7 to a
point between 2 and 3 where it joins the postdiscal line. Hind wing
with a slightly curved whitish discal line from middle of inner margin
to costa before the apex. ‘Two crenulate submarginal lines between
veins lb and 4, joined posteriorly. Kye-spots as above.

Length of fore wing: 20 mm.

Habitat.—Butahu River, Semliki Valley, December, 1919, 1,000 m.,
one ¢.

Mr. Barns notes that this species has the habit of A. rogers? in
hopping, rather than flying, from leaf to leaf, and is easily caught.
Feeds on plant-juices. Rests with wings closed and is not easy to see.

LYCAENIDAE.

45. Telipna angustifascia sp. nov. (pl. XIV, fig. 43).

This species is allied to senirufa S. and K. with which it has been
confounded hitherto. Semirufa is probably only a form of bemacula
Ploetz. Distinguished by the narrow oblique band of the fore wing.

3. Upperside of fore wing with orange-red discal band, 3 mm,

78 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

to 6 mm. broad on vein 2, and 7 mm. broad at most on the inner
margin; this band narrows anteriorly and reaches vein 4 or before it,
and does not extend to the base of cellules 2 and 3. A small ochreous
spot, which may be absent, is placed in 4 and 5 in a subapical position.
Hind wing with band as in semirufa, but sometimes narrower.

Underside markings much as in semirufa. Fore wing with broader
black outer margin above vein 3 and ochreous marginal spots. Black
costal stripes heavier and continued to lower edge of cell. A black
discal spot in 3 placed free in the centre of band. Hind wing with
heavier black costal markings than in semirufa. A black spot at the
base of cellule 1c. The distal edge of the band is less strongly dentate
than in the allied forms, and does not project so far in cellule 4, the
wider black area in this region bearing a fifth small ochreous spot.
There are only four submarginal spots in the allied forms.

°. Upperside with paler markings. Fore wing with slightly
broader discal band than in ¢, especially so the spot in 3. Subapical
spot larger, or forming a patch extending to vein 10. Hind wing
with paler band, narrower than in ¢, not reaching the base and
somewhat broken costally ; outer edge of band extending from inner
margin to vein 7. :

Underside as in the 3.

Fringes black in 3, in 2 with white dots between veins.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 21-25 mm., @ 20-23 mm.

Habitat.—Dense forest near Bafwaboli, N. side T’shopo Valley,
T. A. Barns, one ¢ (type); Upper Kasai District, Congo Belge,
P. Landbeck, two ¢? 2 (@ allotype); Bitje Ja River, Cameroons,
2,000 feet, October-November, 1912, G. L. Bates, one 2; §.W.
of Upper Kasai District, P. Landbeck, one ¢; two 3 4, loc. ?,
ex. coll. Suffert.

In the British Museum from Uganda, Budongo Forest, Unyoro,
3,400 feet, December, 1911, S. A. Neave, one 3, two 2 2; Entebbe,
January, 1912, S. A. Neave, one ¢ ; Mabira Forest, Chigwe, 3,500-
3,800 feet, July, S. A. Neave, one ¢, one ?.

46. Telipna subhyalina sp. nov. (pl. XIV, fig. 48).

Allied to carnuta Hew., but distinguished by the thinly-scaled
fore wing, reduced ochreous basal area and narrower dark margin on
the hind wing.

2. Fore wing with very thinly scaled discal area. Upperside with
black ground-colour and distinct black discocellular spot. Basal area

New Lepidoptera coilected by Mr. T. A. Barns 1g

pale orange, forming a triangular area reaching from upper margin
of cell to near the tornus, and extending into the base of cellule 2.
Hind wing pale orange with black marginal border, narrower than
in carnuta, from costa to cellule 3.

Underside paler than in carnuta but with similar markings. Fore
wing with distal area thinly scaled with grey-white, which forms
a curved band between veins 6 and 2; a grey-white submarginal line
followed by an ochreous-yellow fine marginal line. Hind wing with
gerey-white submarginal line more strongly marked than in carnuta.

Length of fore wing 14 mm.

Habitat.—N. Ituri Valley, E. of EKpula River between Penghe and
Irumu, March, 1920, one ? (type); Penghe, N. bank Ituri River,
March, 1920, one °.

47. Telipna plagiata sp. nov. (pl. XIV, figs. 44, 45).

Perhaps more nearly allied to bimacula Ploetz, but resembling
nyanza Neave above in the extent of the orange colour.

¢. Upperside of fore wing with pale orange area extending from
base, to outer angle and beyond the cell to a distance less than half the
width between end of cell and outer margin, and reaching anteriorly
to base of 12, basal third of 11, basal half of 10, and base of 6,
leaving a narrow black costal margin and a broad black distal area
which narrows posteriorly to the submedian. A white subapical band
of three spots in 4—6, touching, or almost touching, the orange area.
Hind wing pale orange with black distal margin, 3 mm. broad, nar-
rowing posteriorly.

Underside pale yellowish-orange. Markings similar to bimacula.
Fore wing with black markings less developed than in bimacula, the
outer costal bar only reaching vein 5 with a small spot in cellule 4.
Outer margin without any black border, but with small black marginal
spots on the veins and the spaces between these spots white. Hind
wing with thinner costal stripes than in bimacula, and with large white
distal spots.

Fringes black, with small white spots between the veins.

Length of fore wing: 28 mm. Larger than the majority of ? 3
in the genus.

Habitat.—Lower Butahu River, Semliki Valley, December, 1919,
one ? (type); Itoa River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, one °.

Mr. Barns notes that this form is “slow of flight like an Acraea.”’

80 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

48. Telipna hollandi sp. nov. (pl. XIV, figs. 46, 47).

Allied to medjensis Holl., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. xl,
p. 214, pl. xii, fig. 8 (1920) (Congo). Distinguished by the broader
dark margins and the more marked undersurface.

3 @. Upperside very similar to sanguinea Ploetz. Fore wing
with orange area of same extent asin sanguinea, and subapical spots
as large as in the @? of this species. Hind wing with marginal border
narrower than in sangwinea, especially anteriorly. 3% with or without,
° with, white marginal spots, but smaller than in sanguinea. Cilia
more or less chequered with white as in medjensis.

Underside with similar markings to medjensis. Fore wing with
white subapical patch also edged with black outwardly, a black dis-
cocellular bar, and short costal bars in the cell. Hind wing with
white area sharply defined and extended above vein 4 to the level of
the fifth costal bar or beyond it. Black marginal border broader than
in medjensis ; white marginal spots oblong as in this species.

Length of fore wing: ¢ 23 mm., ¢ 26 mm.

Habitat.—Ituri Forest, N W. Beni, January, 1920, T. A. Barns,
one gs (type); Upper Kassai District, P. Landbeck, one ? (allotype),
and three ¢ 3.

49. Pseuderesia neavei sp. nov. (plate XIV, figs. 49, 50).

Distinguished from any other described species by the steely-blue
upper surface. Dedicated to Dr. 8. A. Neave, who first took this species.

3. Upperside steely-blue with an admixture of green, and black-
brown stripes between the veins. Fore wing with apical area black-
brown, shading into the blue.

Underside of fore wing with grey-black ground-colour, distal area
orange from origin of vein 6 to 2, narrowing posteriorly ; costa and a
stripe along upper margin of cell orange broken by ground-colour,
forming a dark middle costal spot from which proceeds a dark costal
line broadening out at the apex and becoming submarginal and thinner
to vein 4; this line and the dark costal marks are dusted with white.

Hind wing brick-red with mouse-grey markings. An indistinct costal
spot in cellule 8, a larger one with a black centre below it in 7, and a
larger distal spot edged outwardly with black, and touching veins 8
and 7, a small one at base of 7, a discocellular spot with a black centre
between veins 4 and 6, a middle cell spot, not touching upper margin,
joined to one with a black centre between base of 2 and the sub-
median a series of 7 distal spots, one on inner margin, the second,

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 81

third and fourth nearly in line in cellules 1b—Ic, 2 and 3, the fifth
more distal in 4, the sixth and seventh more proximal aM ere) Xe Mopar OI
edged with black outwardly; a narrow submarginal line, thinly edged
with black on the inside; outer margin narrowly black, fringes grey ;
inner margin grey, joined to the submarginal line at the submedian.

Antennae black, ringed with white, palpi black marked with white,
eyes brown, edged with white; head and thorax black; abdomen darker
blue than wings, ventral surface grey; legs black marked with white.

?. Resembles libentina Hew. Upperside of fore wing with a
brick-red band from vein 6, just beyond cell to base of vein 2, sometimes
reaching submedian, widest in cellule 3 and narrowing anteriorly. The
cell, costal area, apical area, and margins black-brown. Hind wing
black-brown with incomplete brick-red discal band between veins 6
and 2, becoming broken and fading out posteriorly; in one specimen
this band is reduced toa few small scattered patches of scales.

Undersurface resembles $¢. Fore wing with a black curved apical
band from costa to vein 3, in one specimen to vein 2. Hind wing
with the red areas reduced.

Length of fore wing: 3 2,15 mm.

Habitat—W. Semliki River, near Lesse, January, 1920 (type)
& ; W. Semliki River, Cartouche, January, 1920, four 3 ¢.

In the British Museum coll. Neave, Semliki Valley, Buamba Forest,
2,300-2800 feet, July 3, 1911, three ¢ ¢ ; Mpanga Forest, Toro, 4,800
feet, November, 1911, four ¢ ¢ five 2 2 ; Budongo Forest, Unyoro,
3,400 feet, December, 1911, four @? ?.

Mr. Barns notes .that this species is found resting on stems of
large trees in open glades of the forest.

50. Pentila auga congoensis subsp. nov. (pl. XIV, fig. 51).

Distinguished by the shorter stripes on both sides of hind wing,
and the absence of the spot in cellule 1c of hind wing below.

3. Upperside of fore wing with vein-stripes 2 and 3 a little
shorter, marginal spots in 4 to 7, costal spots larger and outer cell-
spot smaller than in type, spot below vein 2 absent. Hind wing
with reduced marginal stripes, no spot in cellule 2.

Underside with shorter marginal stripes on both wings. Fore wing
without a spot below vein 2. Hind wing with no spot in cellule Ie.

?. Larger and paler. Vein stripes shorter than in the ¢. Fore
wing with spot in base of cellule 3.

Habitat.—Itoa River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, one 3 (type) ;

6

82 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Lower Butahu River, Semliki Valley, December, 1919, one ?. Found
in dense forest.

51. Citrinophila terias sp. nov. (pl. XIV, fig. 58).

This species is allied to erastus Hew., and resembles the smaller
and more widely margined specimens of Terias brigitta. Intermediate
in size between erastus and other species of the genus.

?. Upperside pale yellow as in erastus 3.

Fore wing with black distal area, broader apically, and extending
narrowly along costa from above the cell, inner edge slightly curved
anteriorly to vein 4 and thence straight to inner margin before the
outer angle. Hind wing with black marginal border at least 2 mm.
broad from vein 7 to anal angle, with some sparse scaling along inner
margin; this border slightly incurved between veins 5 and 7, as in
erastus.

Underside creamy-white, deep yellow at base. A marginal series
of black spots on both wings, the apical spot in both wings being the
larger; these spots with ill-defined edges as in erastus.

Coloration of body and appendages as in erastus.

Length of fore wing, 16 mm.

Habitat.—Ituri Forest, N. W. Beni, January, 1920, one ¢ (type) ;
Itoa River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, one ?.

Found in dense forest at 900 m.

52. Liuptena ilma lathyi subsp. nov. (pl. XIV, fig. 52).

This striking form is at once distinguished by the white patch on
the fore wing above.

3. Upperside with ground colour as in idma Hew. Fore wing
with a large white discal patch, variable in size, reaching to just above
vein 3, filling base of cellule 3 and generally the base of 2, extending
a little below vein 2 and distally reaching the submedian, curved on
its outer edge, and from 3 to 5 mm. broad at vein 2. Black disco-
cellular spot much larger than in typical form. Hind wing with large
discocellular spot, and white costal area reaching vein 7.

Underside as in typical form but with longer discal black spots,
extended brown apical patch, and the postdiscal brown line on the
hind wing strongly marked.

Length of fore wing: 14 to 15 mm.; zdma, 12 to 13 mm.

Habitat.—Rutshuru River, N. Kivu, November, 1919, five 3 2.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 83

53. Hresina toroensis sp. nov. (pl. XIV, figs. 54, 55).

Found most commonly in the Mpanga Forest, Toro District of
Uganda, by Dr. Neave.

Allied to corynetes Gr.-Sm. Vein 6 of the fore wing much nearer
to the cell than in corynetes.

$. Similar to corynetes but the patch on the hind wing only
reaches vein 4. Underside as in ° but wholly earthy-brown.

2. Upperside with black ground-colour. Fore wing with a rounded
orange patch on the inner margin, reaching vein 4 and not reaching
base nor outer angle, and filling up the bases of cellules 2 and 3. Slight
ereyish costal scaling as in corynetes. Fringes too worn for description.
Hind wing with orange area as in corynetes, but diffused over the inner
margin.

Underside greyish-brown finely dusted with black. Fore wing with
the orange patch showing through, some greyish-white costal scaling
and submarginal black strigae. A black discocellular streak; two black
postdiscal spots in 4 and 5, the lower placed more distal; two black
postdiscal spots in 2 and 3, one below the other. Hind wing with a
black subbasal spot in 7 and an angled spot beyond it; a black dis-
cocellular line; a spot below origin of vein 2; a curved series of five
postdiscal spots in 1c, 2, 4, 5 and 6; two indistinct submarginal lines.

Antennae black ringed with white. Palpi black, white below.
Head black, frons edged with white. Thorax black above, greyish
below. Legs black banded with white. Abdomen black above, ventral
surface grey-brown. (2).

Habitat.—Ituri Forest, N.W. Beni, January, 1920, one ? (type).

In British Museum from Entebbe, January, 1913, 3 2 ; Mpanga
Forest, Toro, 4,800 feet 183—23, xi. 1913, seventeen 3 3 four 2 2° ;
S.E. Ankole, 4,400-4,800 feet, October, one 3 three 2 ? .—AIl collected
by S. A. Neave. |

54. Epitola ammon sp. nov. (pl. XIV, figs. 60, 61).

Allied to ceraunia Hew., but the female is distinguished by its
smaller size, hind wing without blue scaling, and fore wing with only
a streak of blue in the submedian interspace.

@. Upperside black-brown. Fore wing with a white spot at end
of cell and another outside the cell in 4; a curved postdiscal series of
white spots in 2—6, the one in 2 the larger, the one in 4 the smaller ;
a pale blue basal streak on the submedian fold. Hind wing unicoloros,
paler in the discal area, with a few scattered pale blue scales.

84 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Underside pattern similar to cerawnia but with darker ground-
colour. Fore wing with smaller spots than in cerawna, apical scaling
grey-white. Hind wing with markings grey-white, postdiscal band
not sharply defined, narrower than in ceraunia and inner edge more
proximal, forming a streak along lower edge of cell but not touching
the cell above vein 3, the elongate spot in 5 separated from the lower
part by vein 5; marginal spot in 6 well defined, and between this
and vein 8 the fringe is grey-white. A grey-white marginal patch in
3 and 4, slightly connected with postdiscal band.

Fore wing shorter and more pointed at the apex than in ceraunia.
_ Hind wing shorter and with a slight anal lobe.

Length of fore wing: 19 mm.

Habitat.—Penghe, North bank Ituri River, March, 1920, one ?,
T. A. Barns. Collected in dense forest.

55. Hpitola viridana sp. nov. (pl. XIV, figs. 58, 59).

Allied to pinodes Druce, and to mus Suffert, but distinguished by
the green markings.

3. Upperside with black-brown ground-colour, and dull green
markings. Fore wing with some green scaling at base of cell, in the
middle, and at the end. Some scattered green scaling below cell at
base, a triangular spot below vein 2, a square spot above it placed more
dista, scattered green scales in 3—5. Hind wing with scattered green
scaling in the cell and in cellules 1c, 2—5.

Underside pale fuscous-brown. Fore wing black from base to the
first submarginal line, and between veins 2 and 5, shading into the
ground-colour. Inner margin fuscous-grey, a pale spot in 1b, termin-
ating the postdiscal line. A pale postdiscal line from costa to vein 2,
interrupted by the veins and outwardly curved. A pale submarginal
line, slightly waved, from costa to margin at vein 2. A second thinner
submarginal line from near apex to margin at vein 2 where it joins the
first. Hind wing with markings a little paler than the ground-colour.
A curved basal line, a thin indistinct discal line approximating to the
basal line anteriorly and posteriorly, a curved and strongly waved post-
discal line, a crenulate submedian line at the same distance from the
postdiscal line as that is from the discal one, a fine slightly crenulate
antemarginal line.

Length of fore wing: 16 mm.

Habitat.—South side Ituri River, five days west of Irumu, March,
1920, one 3, T. A. Barns.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. I’. A. Barns 85

56. Hpitola marginata, Kirby, 2 (pl. XIV, figs. 56, 57).

EH. marginata, Kirby, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) 19, p. 443 (1887)
(Cameroons). ¢&. Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot. 7, Lyc. Afr., p. 27,
Dl Hes. 5.6: (LS89)73.

Aurivillius in his Rhop. Aeth., p. 293, places versicolor Kirby as the
? of this species. The type ? is in the Joicey collection and does
not agree with marginata in the markings below. This 2 agrees very
well below with cercene Hew.

The “ $ ” of versicolor, which is a 2, agrees best with wniformis
Kirby in the markings below, the so-called @ of that species being
evidently a 3 with a paler coloration.

If these suggestions should be confirmed by the study of larger
material or by other means, the name wniformis would sink to
versicolor.

The ? which we assign to marginata is very similar to the 2? we
have placed with wniformis, i.e., the ? figured by Smith and Kirby
as the S$ of versicolor. The blue on the hind wing is more extended
and there is a distinct white spot at its distal edge between veins 4
and 6.

On the underside the submarginal lines are strongly crenulate as
in the ¢, the one nearest the margin being further from it than in
uniforms. The hind wing markings are as in the ¢. The ground-
colour is grey-brown, but paler than in the ? of wniformis.

Length of fore wing: 19 mm.

Type from Albertville, 8. KE. Congo, June, 1920, T. A. Barns, 1?.

HE. versicolor, Kirby, A.M.N.H. (5) 19, p. 444 (1887) (Cameroons).
IRINO Os Ip, AWae, ILA Ce, 1s AASh, poll Wi, avers, Gl, IO) (CUisisiS)). ‘

EH. wuformis Kirby, l.c. p. 445 (1887) (Cameroons). Rhop. Ex. 1.
ue, ILWV@s, (Os AS), Jolley, avers: Ul, IIA Gltete}8)).

EH. cercene Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag. 10, p. 150 (1873) (Cameroons) 3.
He Diaensvep i ouppspa2O pl. lbw hes: VO 20 STS) iS.

57. Hpitola itwrina sp. nov. (pl. XIV, fig. 62).

Allied to dorothea B.-Bkr., but has still more extended blue and
different markings below.

3. Upperside of fore wing with blue area reaching close to margin
between a point midway between veins 2 and 3 and the outer angle.
Hind wing as in dorothea with some blue scaling in lower distal part of

celluie 6.

86 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Underside more like that of carcina Hew. Fore wing with the
second submarginal grey band farther from the submarginal line and
broader, especially the spots in 2 and 3, which are somewhat quadrate,
Hind wing with the grey discal band broader than in carcina and farther
from the submarginal line.

Length of fore wing: 20 mm.

Habitat.—Forest between Ituri and Lindi Rivers, 8.W. of Avakubi,
April, 1920, one ¢. Taken on an oil-palm.

58. E'pitola urama tanganikensis subsp. nov. (pl. XIV, fig. 63).

3. Upperside with extended black area. Fore wing with blue
area 4 and 5 less produced than in 2 and 6; outer edge of blue area
from vein 3 to submedian fairly straight; basal area of cellules 6, 3
and 9 not blue, forming a costal indentation of ground-colour. Hind
wing with the marginal black border broader than in typical form.

Underside resembles that of the typical ? in the golden coloration
of apex of fore wing and of the hind wing. Markings very similar,
but the grey discal spots on the fore wing are obsolete in 2 and 3, the
subapical ones being reduced.

Habitat.—Albertville, Tanganyika, June, 1919, three 3 3.

59. Hewitsonia kirbyt Dew. 9 form intermedia form. nov. (pl. XV,
fig. 65).

2. Upperside differs from kirbyi 2 in the absence of the spot in
2 on the fore wing. Differs from s¢mzlzs in the absence or only slight
indication of the spot in 1b on the fore wing. The hind wing is either
wholly brown or with a white distal area.

Underside more resembles kirbyi in the darker and more deeply
yellow markings on the hind wing. On the fore wing resembling
suemolis.

Habitat.—lIturi District, N.W. Beni, January, one ? (type); Ituri
Forest, thirty miles 8. of Irumu, bordering long-grass country,
February, one ¢, T. A. Barns; Mabera Forest, Kyagive, Mulanga,
Uganda, 4,000 feet, R. A. Dummer, one ? ; Cameroons, ex collection,
Grose-Smith, one °.

Mr. Barns records that the first specimen was taken at 2 p.m.,
resting on a dry twig at right angles, with wings folded; closely
resembles a dry leaf. Inconspicuous on the wing.

As the genitalia of kirbyx Dew. and similis Auriv. exhibit no differ-
ence, and the difference in markings between the ¢ 3 of these forms

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 87

is sight, we may infer that whilst the 2 of similis has diverged
definitely from the ? of kirbyi, the # has only slightly diverged,
and is probably only an individual aberration.

These forms are not confined to any one season. The distribution
is as follows :—

1. f. kirbyt.—Gaboon, Cameroons, Angola, Kassai River, French
Congo.

2. f. stemilis.—Gaboon, Cameroons, Upper Kassai, Longji.

3. f. intermedia.—Cameroons, Ituri Forest, Uganda.

60. Hewitsonia bitjeana B.-Bkr.

H. kirbyi bitjeana Bethune-Baker, Ann. Mag. N. H. (8), 16, p. 190
(1915).

H. beryllina Schultze, Archiv f. Naturges., 81 Jahr., Ab. A., p. 163
(1915) (pub. 1916).

Mr. Bethune-Baker, loc. cit., thought that this might be the wet
season form of kirbyt, but Schultze, loc. cit., mentions that his beryllina
was taken at the end of the rainy season, and that boisduvali, kirby, and
sumilis were flying at the same time. Furthermore we have ? ? of
kirby: from the Cameroons taken at the same time as bitjeana 2 °.

The genitalia of bitjeana show an important difference from those of
kurbyz in the shape of the sickle-like process arising from the base of
the uncus and surrounding the anal tube (pl. VIII, fig. 3).

Upon these considerations we must treat bitjeana as a distinct
species.

61. Hpitola posthwmus Ebr., and wrania Kirby.

We have examined the genitalia of these forms and there is no
doubt but that they are distinct species.

The differences in the genital armature will be apparent upon
reference to the drawings on plate VIII. It will be noticed that there
are differences in the shape of the uncus, in the shape of the sickle-like
process arising at the base of the uncus, in the shape of the strongly-
chitinized process arising from the juxta (penis sheath and penis of
some authors), and the formation of the two processes arising from
this organ.

62. Hewirtsonia boisduvali congoensis subsp. nov. (pl. XIV, fig. 64).

The typical form occurs in the Cameroons, French Congo, Sierra
Leone, and Gold Coast,

PR. = Penis.

LDU MIEILONN ua IPIbya ay WIDE,

H. similis, lateral view.
An uncus, dorsally.
FH. bitjeana, lateral view.
E. posthumus, uncus and its appendage (scaphium).

6 uncus, dorsally.
6 valve, laterally and externally.
5 penis, and penis funnel.

EH. wrama, uncus, and its appendage (scaphium).
Hh uncus, dorsally.
7% penis and penis funnel.

PF. == Penis Funnel. S. = Scaphium. U. = Uncus. V. = Valve.

Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I. 1921.

Plate VIII.

alt

Y
\
i

J
mS Ws
Ss

of is

A see

aie

GENITALIA OF AFRICAN LYCAZNID&.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 89

The eastern race is characterized by increased blue and narrower
subapical band.

3$. Upperside of fore wing with subapical band narrower than in
typical form. Occasionally narrow-banded specimens occur with the
typical form. The blue area extends almost or quite to base of
cellule 2, and touches the cell below vein 2. Hind wing with blue
extending into the cell, almost filling it with thin scaling, and not
reaching the base ; a discocellular mark of dark ground-colour.

Underside with no constant differences.

@. Fore wing with narrower band, of which the lower spot in
cellule 4 reaches nearly to margin. The patch at the outer angle is
reduced proximally.

Habitat:—Itoa River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, one ¢ (type) ;
Upper Kasai District, Congo Belge, 6 & & one ¢ (ex-collection
H. H. Druce.)

63. Hypokopelates iturt B.-Bkr. f. lineosa form. nov.

Distinguished from typical specimens of ¢twrz by the much thinner
and paler discal lines below, by the absence of any brown distal suffusion,
and by the more grey-white ground-colour.

The upperside is not different from the typical form.

As the markings are exactly similar to those in 7twri we can only
regard this as an aberration.

Habitat—Between Lindi and Lubila Rivers, north of Batama,
April, 1920, two ¢ ¢ ; Lindi River, Lubila Valley, twenty miles north
of Batama, April, 1920, one 3s (type); Lindi River (open forest),
north side near Bafwasende, April, 1920, one ¢; forest on watershed of
Ituri and Lindi Rivers, S.W. of Avakubi, April, 1920, one ¢ ; Avakubi,
Ituri River, April, 1920, two ¢ ¢@; forest between Hpulu and Ituri
Rivers, one ¢ ; HE. Epulu River, N. Ituri Valley, between Penghe and
Irumu, March, 1920, one ¢, TI. A. Barns.

The following series of ¢turz was also taken :—

Forest between Epulu and Ituri Rivers, March, 1920, one @¢ ;
between Epulu and Duye Rivers, North Ituri Valley, March, 1920,
one d ; Kast Hpulu River, North Ituri Valley, between Penghe and
Irumu, March, one ¢; Ituri River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920,
one ¢ ; Ituri River, three days’ west of Irumu, March, 1920, one ¢ ;
Ituri River, five days’ west of Irumu, March, 1920, one 3 ; near
Bafwaboli, Tshopo River, April, 1920, one ¢ ; Tshopo Valley, near
Batama, April, 1920, one ¢ ; north side Maiko Valley, near Stanley-
ville, May, 1920, one ¢ one ?, T. A. Barns,

90 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Both series of forms show variation in the extent of blue on the
fore wing, but the tendency is to a wider black margin. This form is
doubtless only a race of eleala Hew., which, however, may prove equally
variable were a good series obtained.

64. Hypokopelates canescens sp. nov. (pl. XV, figs. 72, 73).

Allied to obscura B.-Bkr. T. E. Soc. 1913, p. 501. Distinguished
by its grey-brown upperside.

3. Upperside grey-brown with some scattered blue scales. Fore
wing with black fringes. Hind wing with white fringes; anal lobe
with orange spot and some metallic blue scales.

Underside white. Fore wing with post-discal narrow orange stripe,
edged with black. A grey submarginal line, indistinct anteriorly.
Some pale grey apical suffusion. Hind wing with narrow orange post-
discal stripe edged with black, shaped as a distinct W between veins
la and 3; a grey submarginal crenulate line from vein 7 to 1b, and
beyond it a grey marginal band not touching the margin; a quadrate
orange marginal spot in 2, bearing a large rounded black spot; anal
lobe black edged with orange behind; outer marginal edge finely black
fringes white.

Antennae black, ringed with white. Palpi black above, white
below. Head black, frons white in the centre. Thorax black above,
white below. Legs white banded with grey. Abdomen black above,
ventral surface grey-white, segments 5—9 banded with white laterally.

Length of fore wing, 14 mm.

Habitat.—Albertville, Tanganyika, June, 1919, one 3.

65. Tanuetheira prometheus congoensis subsp. nov. (pl. XV, fig. 74).

Described from a single 2 which is sufficiently different to deserve
a name.

?. Upperside with the blue colour not greenish as in typical
form. Hind wing with the white postdiscal spot in 3 well-developed
and some white scaling above it in 4. Broader extent of distal black
from anal angle to vein 3, white marginal bars thinner.

Underside of fore wing without grey apical suffusion ; a second sub-
marginal line faintly marked. Hind wing with submarginal line
farther from the margin; red anal area reduced and not touching post-
discal line.

Habitat.—Albertville, Tanganyika, June, 1919, one ¢.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 91

66. Argiolaus silarus iturensis subsp. nov.

Distinguished by the narrower dark margin on the hind wing and
smaller red anal spots; on the underside by the distinct and yellow
postdiscal lines.

@. Upperside of fore wing as in typical form but without white
discal scaling. Hind wing with narrower dark outer margin, extended
blue, and the postdiscal spots smaller and more broadly bordered with
blue outwardly. The two red anal spots much smaller.

Underside of fore wing with thin yellow postdiscal line, slightly
curved. Hind wing with yellow postdiscal line thicker than on fore
wing, straight from costa to the red spot in 2, thence to the anal spot,
which is edged with black on the side of the lobe.

Habitat.—Forest on watershed of Ituri and Lindi Rivers, 5. W. of
Avakubi, April, 1920, T. A. Barns, one ¢.

67. Epamera fuscomarginata sp. nov. (pl. XV, figs. 70, 71).

Allied to sappirus Druce, and agrees with this species in possessing
a buff-coloured patch of scales on the costal area of the hind wing
above.

3. Upperside of fore wing with pale-blue basal area of same shade
as sappirus, outer edge nearly straight, not entering cellule 3, and
angled along submedian. Hind wing as in sappirus but without a
black anal spot in 1c, and with paler inner margin.

Underside with broad postdiscal bands placed as in other forms.
Fore wing with distal area from costa to vein 2 fuscous-brown, leaving
a square white marginal patch in 3 and 4, bounded by the submarginal
line. A broad tuft of black hair arising on the edge of the inner
margin. Hind wing with fuscous-brown apical patch from vein 8 to 5.
Postdiscal band broader than on fore wing, orange-yellow, darker
anteriorly, edged with fuscous on the inside, not interrupted, and
bearing a thin line of metallic-blue scales from vein 4 to the sub-
median, and a similar line edged with white from below submedian to
inner margin. A black spot in 2 lying mostly in the orange-yellow
band. Anal spot as in sappirus. The inner edge of the postdiscal
band on both wings is much more proximal than the line in sappirus
or in any other species we have seen.

Length of fore wing: 18 mm.

Habitat.—Bafwaboli, Tshopo River, April, 1920, one ¢, AY,
Barns, ‘Taken in dense forest undergrowth.”

92 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

68. Hpamera barnsi sp. nov. (pl. XV, fig. 66, 67).

Allied to mirabilis Druce, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xi, p. 71 (Sierra
Leone (1903). Distinguished by the glossy costal area of the hind
wing extended to the black marginal patch.

3. Upperside of fore wing as in murabilis, the blue area being
paler. Inner margin fringed with white hair. Hind wing of same
blue colour as on fore wing. The glossy-grey costal area touches the
lower margin of cell and extends to an anterior black marginal patch
which is placed as in mzrabilis, but in this species the black patch is
divided from the glossy area by the blue ground-colour. Inner margin
grey, blackish-brown at the anal angle. A black anal spot edged with
metallic-green outwardly, and with an orange-red spot above it. A
white submarginal line from vein 2 to the anal spot.

Underside chalky-white and somewhat differently marked to
mirabilis. Fore wing with a postdiscal slightly curved thick brown
line from costa to vein 2. Distal area suffused with grey-brown, and
midway between the thick line and the margin is a thin line more
strongly curved, reaching vein 2. Posterior area below vein 2 glossy,
and with a narrow stripe of androconia along the submedian and a darker
grey and similar but broader stripe at the base below the submedian.

Hind wing with a brown postdiscal line almost straight, inter-
rupted at vein 2, posteriorly curved to 1b and bent upwards to the
inner margin. A thinner and slightly curved irregular submarginal
line reaching vein 3; a thicker admarginal line from vein 7 to 3. A
quadrate orange-red spot in 2, its inner edge interrupting the postdiscal
line, and with a black spot on its outer half. A thick line of similar
colour runs from the lower outer edge of the large spot to a large
orange-red anal spot, and is bent at the submedian slightly upwards to
the inner margin. A black anal spot as in mirabilis, its upper edge
entering the orange-red spot; some metallic-blue scales along the outer
edge of the orange band, and some blackish dusting between the anal
spot and vein 2.

Length of fore wing: 17 mm.

Habitat.—Bafwaboli, Tshopo River, April, 1920, one 3, T. A.
Barns.

69. Epamera frater sp. nov. (pl. XV, figs. 68, 69).

Closely allied to barns: and mirabilis Druce. Distinguished from
both by possessing the hair tuft on the fore wing below, characteristic
of other Epamera.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T'. A. Barns 93

3. Upperside of fore wing with pale-blue area as in barnsi, but
the outer edge of this area is angled at the submedian. Hind wing as
in barnsi except that the speculum extends to the margin at vein 6,
and above and below this vein is separated from the margin by a
narrow area of black scaling. The lower edge of the speculum is
straight, whereas in barnsi the blue area curves into it at the black
anterior patch. Between veins 7 and 8 there is a large round patch of
modified scales of a buff colour, and at the lower edge of this patch are
similar scales of a blackish-brown colour which extend to form a patch
between veins 7 and 6. The costa is strongly lobed.

Underside of same pattern as in barnst. Fore wing with a short
discocellular streak, postdiscal and submarginal lines thinner than in
barnsz, and with less grey-black apical suffusion. A tuft of long grey
hair on the inner edge. The lower edge of cell is strongly curved.
The glossy area is more vitreous than in barnsi and has a silvery
lustre; it may properly be termed a speculum.

Hind wing with thinner lines than in barns: and a smaller black
spot in the red spot in 2.

Length of fore wing: 16 mm.

Habitat.—Between Lindi and Lubila Rivers, N. of Batama, April,
O20 Ss ds LAS Barns?

70. Hypolycaena buxtoni puella subsp. nov. (pl. XV, figs. 75, 76).

Distinguished by the sharply defined edge of the white band on the
fore wing. 3 not known.

?. Upperside markings much as in the type form. Fore wing
with sharply defined outer edge to the white band, which is angled
outwardly at veins 4 and 2; this band not invaded by ground-colour.
Hind wing with the narrow white submarginal band indistinct or
obsolete. |

Underside markings similar to type form. Fore wing with thick
orange transverse cell-stripe from just before origin of vein 2 to the
costa. Postdiscal stripe thicker and more irregular than in type-form.
Hind wing with a short sub-basal bar in cellule 7, which in the type-
form is represented by a dot. Postdiscal line heavier, straight and
much more oblique, from a point on vein 8 more proximal than in type
form ; from vein 2 this line is black, half as thick, more distally curved,
and reaches a point farther along the inner margin. A submarginal
line of dark grey.

(19 mm. (Specimen from Kivu.)

1 - i , , 4 : ?
eve oF forewing (20 mm. (Specimen from Ruwenzori.)

94 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns
; Habitat.—Ruwenzori, Western slope, 2,500 m. December, 1919,
one ¢ (type); Kisaba Forest, Ruanda, HK. Lake Kivu, September,
IGS). Cg 2,

The specimen from Ruwenzori is larger and more strongly marked

than the other.

71. Hypolycaena japhusa Riley (pl. XV, figs. 77, 78 3).

We take the opportunity of figuring the ¢ of this form. This
specimen was lent to Mr. Riley to describe with his ¢ from the
Dollman collection. See Index for reference.

72. Zeltus antifaunus latimacula subsp. nov. (pl. XV, figs. 79, 81, 3,
G0) 2).

Distinguished by the larger white spots on the hind wing in both
SEXES.

3. Upperside of fore wing as in antifawus D. and H. Hind
wing with two distinct submarginal spots. Postdiscal spots larger,
often a second spot or traces of one in cellule 4. White anal spot
larger.

Underside of fore wing without grey apical suffusion. Postdiscal
stripe more oblique. Hind wing with smaller black marginal spot in 2.

?. Upperside of fore wing with faintly blue basal area, outwardly
diffused and enclosing a curved black postdiscal line; outside postdiscal
line a white spot below vein 2 and some whitish scaling above it. Hind
wing with a thinner postdiscal line, darker basal area, and larger white
spots. Anal lobe black.

Underside as in male.

Habitat—Lumpungu River, Malagarassi Valley, Urindi District,
July, 1919, one ¢ (type); Lake Tshohoa, Ruanda District, August,
1919, 4 ¢ d, one & (2 allotype); Akanjaru River, Ruanda District,
August, 1919, one ? ; Ruindi Plains, $8. end Lake Kdward, November,
1919, one 2, coll. T. A. Barns. Also in Joicey collection, from Fort
Jameson, N. Rhodesia, one ¢ ; Toro, Uganda, February, 2 3 2;
Mabera Forest, Uganda, Jackson, 1906, one ¢ ; Entebbe, Uganda,
1901, A. H. Neumann, one ¢ ; Entebbe, one ¢ ; Uganda, 2 ¢ ¢.

The Uganda specimens, with one exception (Toro), only show two
white postdiscal spots on the hind wing.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 95

73. Cupidesthes cuprifascia sp. nov.

Distinguished by its coppery markings above.

3. Upperside with black ground-colour. Fore wing with cupreous
orange median band placed obliquely below vein 2—its lower edge
along the inner margin, its upper edge along lower margin of cell, its
distal edge even and reaching tornus, its proximal edge even and sub-
basal. Hind wing with lower distal half of same colour as fore-wing
band, embracing an area from inner margin to vein 6 and extending
into end of cell.

Underside dark grey with bands formed of white lines edged on the
inner side with dark brown. Fore wing with discal band from vein 6
to inner margin, its proximal edge angled at vein 3, with anterior part
along discocellular and posterior part from veins 8 to origin of 2 and
thence to margin. A postdiscal band of five spots, those in 4-6
narrowing anteriorly, the two in 2 and 3 larger, more proximal, and
coincident with discal spots. A greyish-white marginal band enclosing
a thin brown submarginal line.

Hind wing with a small black subbasal spot in 7. An irregular
discal band from vein 6 to inner margin. A rounded black spot
on inner margin between base and discal band. A curved post-
discal band of seven spots from costa to inner margin, the spots
smaller than those of the discal band. Greyish-white marginal band
enclosing the brown submarginal line. ‘Two or three small orange
anal spots, edged with black distally and bearing metallic-blue scales.
This wing somewhat rubbed and markings not too clear.

Length of fore wing: 13 mm.

Habitat.—Bafwasende, Upper Congo, April, 1920. In dense forest
one 3.

74. Cupidesthes minor sp. nov. (pl. XV, figs. 82, 83).

Distinguished by its very small size.

@. Upperside black-brown. Fore wing with pale blue basal area,
extending into lower part of cell and into base of cellule 2. Hind wing
with pale blue basal area forming a cell-stripe to beyond cell, and a
faint stripe in lc. A white submarginal line between submedian and
vein 6, interrupted in 2 by the orange border to the black submarginal
spot. A fine white marginal line. Fringes of both wings grey.

Underside grey-white with spots defined by grey-brown and white
edging. Fore wing with a spot closing the cell; a postdiscal series of

96 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

six spots in 2-8, the anterior one minute, the outer edge of the lower
two shifted in; a spot between 2 and the submedian, more proximal
than the postdiscal series; a grey submarginal and a broader grey
marginal line. Hind wing with a spot closing the cell; three con-
fluent discal spots between 3 and the inner margin, the inner edge
angled at submedian; a postdiscal series of six spots in 2-7-—-the two
in 4 and 5 more distal than the others; a grey submarginal line and a
darker marginal one, both interrupted by the orange-bordered black
spot in 2; a small orange anal spot with black centre.

Length of fore wing: 10 mm.

Habitat.—Avakubi, Ituri River, April, 1920, one °,T. A. Barns.

Seen flying high over shrubs and trees, and feeding on plant-juices.

75. Lycaenesthes discimacula sp. nov. (pl. XVI, figs. 87, 88).

Allied to mahota Gr.-Sm. but distinguished by a smaller patch on
the fore wing and the hind wing bearing only a small discal spot.

3. Upperside with black ground-colour. Fore wing patch smaller
than in mahota, reduced distally, especially in 4 and 5, forming a small .
anterior projection, and distally rounded. Hind wing with a small
somewhat triangular cupreous discal spot in cellules 2-4. <A small
marginal spot in 2, thinly outlined proximally as in allied forms.

Underside with black-brown ground-colour and with thinner lines
than the allied form. There are eight lines on each wing in most
Lycaenesthes forms. Taking into account a certain variation existing
in a series of mahota, the present form presents no differences worth
definition on the underside, excepting the reduction of white colora-
tion, resulting in thinner lines, and that the fourth line from the kase
on the fore wing, is thicker than the others.

Habitat.—Ituri Forest, N.W. Beni, January, 1920, one ¢ ; Ituri
River, North bank, half-way between Avakubi and Penghe, May, 1920,
one 3; between Epule and Duye Rivers, N. Ituri Valley, March, 1920,
one 3 (type).

76. Lycaenesthes bipuncta sp. nov. (pls. XV, figs. 84, 85 g, XVI,
SOMONE

Distinguished from other allied forms by the.divided ochreous patch
on the fore wing.

3. Upperside black-brown. Fore wing with an ochreous patch
between the submedian and vein 3; the upper edge of this patch

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 97

rounded and the part in cellule 2 dusted with black, the patch divided
from vein 2 by a narrow line of ground-colour broadening at the sub-
median. Hind wing with dark markings faintly showing from below.
An indistinct submarginal and a marginal line.

Underside black-brown, with white markings. Fore wing with a
short basal costal stripe, a stripe at end of cell, notched on the lower
. edge, and with two white dots above it on either side, below it an
oblong spot between vein 2 and submedian with a notch on its upper
edge; a postdiscal line between veins 2 and 6; an oblong patch below
this between 2 and the submedian; a second postdiscal line oblique
from costa to vein 4, then curved down to below 3 where it joins a
short thick line reaching vein 4; a subapical line between veins 9 and 5,
interrupted at vein 6; a thick apical line between veins 9 and 5; a
submarginal line and a thinner marginal one.

Hind wing with a white basal line; a subbasal line; a curved
discal line touching a bar at end of cell; a postdiscal line, heavily
marked between veins 2 and 7, curved. outwardly from vein 2 and
curving round the inner margin to near the discal line, where it
bends sharply outward to the submedian and thence inwards to
vein 2, forming a V mark; a second postdiscal line, curving to the
first in cellule 5 and also at the anal angle, where it curves round
to meet the discal line; a submarginal line curving sharply outward
between veins 4 and 6, accentuated by a spot in 6 and heavily marked
from vein 4 to 2, where it joins the postdiscal line; between the sub-
marginal and postdiscal line two blackish spots in 4 and 5 edged with
white on the outer side; two marginal lines more or less confluent ;
the usual anal spot and marginal spot in 2.

? .—Upperside of fore wing with large pale ochreous patch between
submedian and vein 3; invaded by ground-colour in 2 leaving a small
. outer spot, also below 2 with a spot of ground-colour leaving a larger
distal part; a small. spot in cell above base of cellule 2. Hind wing
with a pale indistinct submarginal line following the one on the under-
side, an antemarginal line and a fine white marginal one. Some black
discal spots representing those on the underside.

Underside as in the ¢ but with white markings more heavy.

Length of fore wing: ¢ ? 12 mm.

Habitat.—Cartouche, near Lesse, W. Semliki River, January, 1920,
one $ (holotype); between Lindi and Lubila Rivers, north of Batama,
April, 1920, one ? (allotype), T. A. Barns.

Collected in dense undergrowth.

7

98 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

77. Triclema ituriensis, sp. nov. (pl. XVI, figs. 89, 90).

Allied to rufoplagata B.-Bkr., but distinguished by the larger
rufous patch on the fore wing and the differently-marked underside.

3. Upperside blackish-brown. Fore wing with a larger rounded
rufous or dark coppery patch, from 1b to vein 6, extending into end
of cell and invaded by the black discocellular spot. A fine black
marginal line. Hind wing with fine black marginal line and faint
greyish submarginal line.

Underside with grey-brown ground-colour, and grey-white lines
forming bands as in allied forms. Fore wing with subbasal oblique
line; a discal line crossing cell and angle of vein 2; an oblong spot
closing cell, divided by a grey line; a postdiscal line from costa to
vein 2, where it is interrupted and continued more proximally to the
submedian ; close to the postdiscal line, a second line more straight from
vein 4 to submedian; a third postdiscal line beginning at a point close
to the first, angled outwards at vein 5 and continued to the inner
margin parallel with the second; between the second and third post-
discal lines, two black spots in 2 and 3; a submarginal line from
costa to vein 2, curved outwards anteriorly and posteriorly convergent
to the postdiscal line; a postdiscal bar in cellules 4 and 5, bearing two
black spots, its inner edge continued to the costa close to the outer
discal line; a second submarginal line nearly parallel to the margin,
from costa to inner margin; a thin marginal line.

Hind wing with two large black basal spots; a spot closing the cell
and divided by a grey line continued to vein 2; below this, with its
anterior end more proximal, is an ovate spot touching vein 2 and the
submedian ; a black bar from lower end of ovate spot to inner margin ;
outer white line of the discal spot continued to costa; a postdiscal line
from costa to the inner margin, where it joins the white line bordering
the black bar; a large black costal spot in 7 and a small black spot in 2;
a second postdiscal line beginning close to the~first, strongly curved
outwards and ending at vein 3 on the first line ; between these two
lines 3 black spots in 3-5, the centre one much larger than the
others; a submarginal line from costa to vein 2, outwardly curved ;
a second line close to the margin from costa to vein 8; a fine white
marginal line; a black marginal spot in 2, edged with metallic blue
scales and outwardly with cupreous, a smaller black double anal spot
similarly marked. 2

Length of fore wing: 10 mm. eae:

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 99

Habitat.—Avakubi, Ituri River, April, 1920, 5 3 ¢; Penghe, N.
bank Ituri River, March, one <¢.

78. Oboronia rutshurensis sp. nov. (pl. XVI, fig. 96).

Alhed to plurilimbata Karsch, but distinguished from all known
forms by the blue basal area on the fore wing and the black veins
of the hind wing.

2. Upperside white. Fore wing with broad distal black marginal
area, basal area pale blue to vein 2, its edge at right angles to inner
margin; costa more or less narrowly brown. Hind wing with veins
brownish-black. Cellules la, 1b, and 7 dusted with grey. A small
black distal spot in 7, a large brownish-black marginal patch in 6,
a postdiscal line of four spots in 2—5, the spots in 2 and 3 more
proximal than the others. A blackish-brown marginal border bearing
five proximally rounded spots faintly outlined with white. Some
greyish dusting at base of cell and in distal part of cellules 2 and 38.

Underside white, with markings very similar to those of plurilim-
bata. Fore wing with a thin postdiscal line of six short pale-brown
streaks, nearly parallel with outer margin. A submarginal thin pale
brown line parallel with margin, and interrupted by the veins, a second
similar line nearer the margin; but more widely interrupted at the
veins, a fine brownish-black marginal line. Fringes white, greyish
anteriorly. Hind wing with two black subbasal spots in 7 and in the
cell, a third and larger black discal spot in 7, a postdiscal pale brown
series of spots as on upperside, but of six spots placed as in the allied
species. A pale brown somewhat crenulate submarginal line. A sub-
marginal pale brown spot in 6 followed by three pale dots in 5-8,
a black spot in 2, and a black bar or double-spot in lc.

Body and appendages coloured as in other species.

Length of forewing, 15 mm.

Habitat.—Rutshuru River, N. Kivu, November, 1919, seven ? 9.
No other species of the group was taken in this district, but three
species were found in the Ituri region, and all the specimens were
Qe

79. Catochrysops celaeus kivuensis subsp. noy. (pl. XVI, figs. 91,
8 é 5, G4 @).

Distinguished especially in the ¢ by the narrow dark distal edge
of fore wing, and absence of the second discal spot on hind wing.
3. Upperside without distinguishing differences.

100 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Underside of fore wing with postdiscal band straighter, the three
anterior spots less obliquely placed. Hind wing with anterior spot
of postdiscal band placed more proximally, the spots in 3-5 placed
more obliquely, and leaving a larger interspace between the band
and the discal spot.

@. Upperside of fore wing with blue area extended into cellules
7-9. Hind wing without discal spot in 4 and 5, base of 6 filled in
with blue.

Underside as in the 3.

Habitat.—Near Loya. Valley, fifteen miles south of Irumu, 1,200m,
February, 1920, one & (type); Kissenji, Lake Kivu, September and
October, 1919, one 2 (allotype); Rutshuru River, N. Kivu, November,
1919, one ¢; Lava Plains under Niragongo Volcano, Kivu, October,
1919, one 2; Loya Valley, twenty miles south of Irumu, February,
1920, one °@.

Found in grassy country, and not frequent.

80. Catochrysops kisaba sp. nov. (pl. XVI, figs. 94, 95).

Allied to crawshayt Butl., P.Z.S., 1899, p. 422, and to noquasa
Trim., which also appears to belong to this group. Distinguished from
crawshayt by its rounded wings, and below with almost unmarked fore
wing, and hind wing with a grey-white ground-colour.

3é. Wings rounded as in noquasa. Fringes not chequered as in
crawshayt, but narrower and black-brown mixed with grey-white.

Upperside dark fuscous-brown without markings except a small
rounded black anal spot in 2.

Underside of fore wing pale ochreous-brown. A faint grey spot in
middle of cell, a spot closing the cell edged with grey, a faint marginal
line interrupted by the veins. Hind wing with white ground-colour
and sharply defined dark-brown markings. Basal area covered with
grey hair. A basal costal spot, one below it in the cell, and another
below this in lb; a spot near middle of costa, touching cell; a large
irregular spot in lower part of cell and almost touching the spot in 1b;
a more or less distinctly defined patch from vein 2 to inner margin;
a postdiscal band of nine spots all touching, the one in 4 projecting
more distad than the others, the one in 2 more proximal than the
others ; three submarginal < shaped marks in 4-6, adjacent to which
are three marginal spots; a rounded black marginal spot in 2, ringed
with orange and more broadly so with brown; next to this last spot a

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 101

large brown one in 3; a smaller anal spot in lc; a discocellular spot
with a grey centre line.

Length of fore wing: 12 mm.

Habitat.—Kisaba Forest, E. Lake Kivu, 2200 m., September, 1919,
iad eA Barns:

HESPERIIDAE.

81. Sarangesa pandaensis sp. nov. (pl. XVI, fig. 97).

Allied to maxima Neave.

3. Upperside black, thickly irrorated with grey-brown, and
bearing spots of this colour. Wings covered with short grey hairs.
Fore wing with a white cell-spot and a series of 5 postdiscal white
spots in 1b, 2, 3,6, 8. A faint grey-brown oblique discal band from
costa to base. A more strongly marked postdiscal band, projecting
distad in 4 and 5. A submarginal series of 8 grey-brown spots, the
third and fourth from the apex almost touching the outer spots of the
postdiscal band. A grey marginal line. Hind wing with grey-brown
bands of spots; a subbasal of 3 spots, a discal of 4-5 spots, a post-
discal of 6 spots, a submarginal series of 7 spots, a marginal grey line.

Underside of fore wing with black ground-colour. Some orange-
yellow scaling in cell and along costa, and in basal halves of cellules
4and 5. A series of 9 orange submarginal spots placed as on upper-
side. Distal area between submarginal spots and a thin black ante-
marginal line dusted with orange; a grey marginal line twice the
breadth of the black one before it. A white spot in upper angle of
cell, and a subcostal one above it. A postdiscal series of 5 white
spots as above, the one in 3 the smaller. Area from vein 2 to the
inner margin dark grey, excepting where the distal orange invades
cellules 1b. and le. A black spot from just before base of vein 2, and
another below it; a grey stripe runs from the upper spot to the base,
and is formed of closely appressed hair and raised scales.

Hind wing with black-brown ground-colour and bands of orange-
yellow spots placed as above, the interspaces being thickly dusted with
orange, less so in the outer costal area. Subbasal spots 3, the one in
7 larger; discal spots 6, the one in 4-5 quadrate, the one in 3 longer
than the others; postdiscal spots 5, the one in 4-5 farther from the
discal spots than are the others; marginal spots 6.

Fringes black-brown chequered with grey.

Antennae black ringed with white, base of club white. Palpi black

102 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

above, grey-white below; head black, a grey line between the antennae.
Thorax and abdomen black above, dusted with grey, ochreous below,
abdomen with ventro-lateral orange stripe. Legs black, marked with
grey-white, and with yellowish hair.

Length of fore wing: 20 mm.

Habitat.—Panda River, Lufira Valley, May, 1919, two 3 ¢.

82. Celaenorrhinus mozeeki kivuensis sp. nov.

A smaller form with broken subapical band.

3. Upperside of fore wing with spots only faintly tinged with
brown. Subapical band with only the 3 anterior spots and a streak on
vein 5 present. Hind wing with smaller discal spot, a dot in the cell,
and indistinct brown submarginal dots. Fringes chequered with brown
at ends of veins.

Underside as above.

Length of fore wing: 16 mm.; in the smallest mozeeki examined
19 mm.

Habitat.—Niragongo Forest, N.E. Kivu, October, 1919, one ¢,
T. A. Barns.

83. Ceratrichia flava semlikensis sub. sp. nov. (pl. XVI, figs. 98,
Os. KOO 2).

3. Upperside of fore wing with black apical area reaching base
of cellule 3, costa more or less scaled with black, not wholly yellow.

Underside of fore wing with broader black distal area anteriorly
reaching base of vein 3.

¢ Upperside black-brown. Fore wing with 3 apical dots. Hind
wing with pale yellow posterior area, leaving a broad costal and distal
margin. A dark submedian streak.

Underside of fore wing black-brown, costa striped with yellow,
some yellowish scaling at apex, a white dot in 6, one in 5 and one in
8 placed near margin. Inner margin grey-white. Hind wing paler
yellow than in ¢ but with similar markings. Some blackish scaling
along costa and outer margin.

This ? has not been compared with the ? of flava Hew., as we
are uncertain what this is. There are four or five forms of ¢@ in
the Joicey collection, some being phocion Fbr. and others certainly
flava, but we are unable to determine these with any certainty at
present.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 103

The ? here described resembles a form from the Cameroons (like
the 2 of wollastont Heron above) on the underside of the hind wing,
but on the upperside it resembles another Cameroons form similar to
phocion above.

Habitat.—Lower Butahu River, Semliki Valley, December, 1919,
three S¢ 3 (type); Lesse, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, one 3; Butahu
River, under Ruwenzori, S. Semliki Valley, December, 1919, one ¢ ;
W. slopes Ruwenzori 2,200 m., December, 1919, one ¢.

Found in dense forest.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX—XVI.
PLATE IX.
Mylothris unterposita 3.
% latimargo 3.
9 mn) 2 °
es ruandana ¢.

b> 2 Oe

cal eR, Gx

Hh
2 eo

Amauris egialea similis 3.
Acraea bettiana 3.
Bi 3 under.
9 » ae
,, leucopyga latiapicalis 3.
,, adusjuncta f. alciopoides 3.

Plate IX. BOUL IEbvll IMSS Wool, Wo lpi.

NEW AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA.

, bs
Pe

¥

Catone ot

Jk,
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Ika

PLATE X.

Acraea eltringhamit 3.
Planema macaria henileuca Jord. 3.

9 99 99 ?
Hrgolis albifascia 3.

5 3 under.

on personata 3.
Cymothoe herminia f. gohnstom Butl. ¢ .

Plate X. Bull, Ieswl Weiss, Wolla io “WO

NEW AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA.

a
eas

on oe

ee

18,
JUS),
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.

EAE ele

Cymothoe eris Auriv. 2.

. reginae-elizabethae Holl. 3 under.
Euryphura plautilla 2 f. albimargo.

= porphyrion congoensis 3.

“ 54 3 3 under.

» 9 95 Bo

59 95 05 2 under:
EHuptera hirundo lufirensis 3.

39 95 99 Bo

¥ semirufa ¢.

Plate XI Bull Bill Mus Violk Th 92i8

NEW AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA.

JEouAIID) SUL,

28. Duestogyna umbrina Auriv. °.
29. Huryphene laetitioides 3.

30. - -
oe - brunnescens 3.
SH}. 99 99 f ¢

33. Huphaedra ceres f. phosphor 3.
34. re eleus nigrobasalis 3.

Place <LI. oll, IRM Wiss wos Mo WER,

NEW AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA.

JEON, SCONE,

35. Huphaedra eleus nigrobasalis ? .
36. Huxanthe crossleyi intermedia 3.

37. - a fe Oe
38. Mycalesis persimilis 3.

39. 4G is 3 under.
40. . OF

41. Abisara barnsi @.

42, rt - ? under.

re 921

Vol.

Bull. Hill Mus.

Plate XIII.

NEW AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA.

PLATE XIV.

Telipna angustifascia ¢?.
5 flan 2

% x 2 wmaclere.
a ehollandnads..
Re ae 3 under.

subhyalina °&.
Pseuderesia neavei 3.

x, a 3 under.
Pentila auga congoensis 3.
Liptena ilma lathyi 3.
Citrinophila terias & .
EHresina toroensis ° .

Ke 5 2 under.
Epitola marginata Kirby ?.

5 5 ? under.
viridana &.

» 96 3 under.

A ammon &.

nS ms ? under.

» wurina od.

5» urana tanganikensis 8 .
Hewitsonia boisduvalt congoensis 3.

Plate XIV. Bull Salli Muss Voll 1920s

NEW AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA.

65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
“1.
72.
13.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
719.
80.
Sik
82.
83.
84.
85.

PLATE XV.

Hewitsonia kirbyt @ f. intermedia.
Epamera barnsi 3.

” i CmUnCeT.
i VUE &.
r» 5 Gh tHhawelen,
» fuscomarginata 3.
” ” S under.
Hypokopelates canescens 3.
” » 3 under.

Tanuetheira prometheus congoensis ¢ .
Hypolycaena buxtont puella @ .
a “3 a ? under.
“ japhusa Riley 3.
f ‘7 3 under.
Zeltus antifaunus latimacula 3.
» ” ” e.
* Pr re 3 under.
Cupidesthes minor ° .
> 5 ? under.
Lycaenesthes bipuncta 3.
ii a 3 under

It I@Bil.

Vol.

Hill Mus.

Bull.

Plate XV.

NEW AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA.

ae
i

een

ities

86.
Sie
88.
89.
90:
91.
92.
DB).
94.
95.
96.
D0
98.
DS),
100.

JPIpaTd) CWE,

Lycaenesthes bipuncta @ .

* discumacula 3.
a i. 3 under.
Triclema ituriensis 3.
e a 3 under.

Catochrysops celaeus kivuensis 3.

99 99 99 ? °.

39 99 99 rot under,
i kisaba 3.
a 3 under.

Oboronia rutshurensis ¢ .

Sarangesa pandaensis 3.

Ceratrichia flava semlikensis 3.
” 3 99 S$ under.
» ” ” Bue

Ie WQPIL-

Vol.

Hill Mus.

Bull.

Plate XVI.

NEW AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 119

III.—NEW NOCTUIDAE.
JB WIS} AN, JOG JENTOLUI «1a Ia Sy.

AGROTINAE.
1. Timora joiceyr sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 1).

3g, 28 mm.

Head and tegulae mauve-pink; thorax above whitish, the pro-
thorax tinged with pink; pectus whitish; legs whitish tinged with
pink, especially on tarsi; abdomen apparently whitish, but is dis-
coloured in the single (type) specimen.

Fore wing with very acute apex, whitish at base (except at costa)
and on distal area; the costa, inner margin and medial area broadly
suffused with pink. Antemedial and postmedial lines of white points
on the veins; the antemedial composed of spots on the three principal
nervures, that on M being further from the base than the other two;
the postmedial line oblique from close to apex to hind margin at about
two-thirds; fringe pink.

Hind wing whitish, apparently darkened on costa and termen, but is
unfortunately discoloured.

Underside of fore wing dark grey, with costa, inner margin and
fringe pink. Hind wing as above, but purer white.

Congo Free State: Lufira River; near Likasi Copper Mine, 4,000 ft.
CieAe Barns) one.

Seems nearest to TJ’. lewcosticta Hmpsn., from N’gamiland, but
the type of lewcosticta has a strongly-marked ochreous costal area
(wanting in jovcey2), the postmedial spots are more irregularly placed in
leucosticta, and the pink medial shade of jovceyz is almost lacking. A
specimen in the British Museum from British Hast Africa placed under
leucosticta 1s somewhat intermediate, showing more of the pink shade
than in the type; but both this and the type of lewcosticta have a less
elongate fore wing than jovcey?.

HADENINAE.
(2) Craterestra sufficuens sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 2).

3, 34 mm.

Head, thorax, palpus and legs whitish, mixed with pale rufous and
brown, the joints of tarsi broadly banded above with fuscous ; abdomen
whitish, browner beneath; antennal shaft brown.

120 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Fore wing greyish-white, thickly irrorated with pale rufous, fusc-
ous and tawny; some of the markings blackish; lines indistinct. A
V-shaped black mark at base of fold; double subbasal, antemedial
and postmedial dark dashes at costa and four white dots near apex;
antemedial line double, obsolescent, nearly erect and sinuous, angled
out at fold; orbicular a rather large black ring nearly uniting with
the claviform, which is short and broad, defined by black; reniform
defined by black except above (where it is open), figure-of-eight-
shaped, with the lower circle reduced in size and interiorly shaded
with grey; postmedial line scarcely double except at costa, the inner
line moderately distinct, fuscous, crenulate, bent outward at costa and
inward behind R!, angled out on R*, then oblique and waved, angled
out on SM?; subterminal line obsolescent, bent in at SC°, R? and |
M?; a fine, black marginal line thickened into spots between the
veins; fringe pale rufous mixed with grey, with a fine, pale line at
base and paler shades at the veins.

Hind wing semi-hyaline white with the veins and termen slightly
yellowish irrorated with fuscous; postmedial black dots on R®, M’ and
M’; fringe white, basally tinged with yellowish and with a fuscous
line near middle.

Underside of both wings whitish, the costal area (especially on
fore wing) irrorated with pale rufous; a dotted postmedial line and
marginal black dots; hind wing with dot at middle of discocellulars.

EK. Tanganyika: Upper Ruvubu River, Urindi District, July and
August, 1919 (T. A. Barns), one 3.

Nearest to subvelata Wlk. and deficiens Wlk., but appears quite
distinct.

3. Aspidifrontia contrastata sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 3). —

eo) ieaany,

Head and tegulae rufous, the tegulae with three black bands ;
thorax above grey mixed with brown scales; palpus, pectus and
legs brown, the tarsi with the joints ringed with white; (abdomen
damaged).

Fore wing silvery-grey, with the base, terminal area and reniform
pale ochreous irrorated with red-brown, the costal area to near apex
thickly irrorated with blackish and red-brown scales. ‘The subbasal
line represented by black streaks behind costa and M; antemedial
line black, minutely dentate, nearly erect, with slight pale proximal
shade; claviform outlined in black, moderate-sized ; orbicular indis-

CORRIGENDA.
P. 120 and Index. C. deficiens Wk. should read definiens Walk.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 121

tinct, oval, grey in centre, with red-brown annulus and defined by
black; reniform with pale annulus proximally defined by red-brown
and distally by blackish; a slight, dark medial shade; post-medial line
double, minutely dentate, the inner line sharp and blackish, the outer
greyish and diffused, angled outward at costa, excurved round cell to
behind reniform, nearly erect from just behind .M’ to hind margin ;
the dark costal shade extending to behind cell as far as post-medial
line; subterminal line red-brown, angled out on SC’, then dentate,
with rather long teeth on R® and M’; a red-brown shade at termen
and a strong black terminal line thickened between the veins; fringe
ochreous and red-brown, tipped in parts with black.

Hind wing brownish-white with the terminal line and tips of
fringe fuscous.

Underside of both wings white tinged with fuscous, the inter-
spaces paler in parts; fore wing with a few red scales towards apex,
a dark postmedial bar at costa and a dark terminal line (less well
defined also on hind wing) ; slight traces of a discal spot.

Congo Free State: Lufira River, Aff. Kikura and Buluo Rivers,
near Likasi Mine, 4,000 feet, March 28, 1919. (T. A. Barns).
Ones 2. :

4. Diaphone barnsi sp. nu. (pl. XVII, fig. 4).

2, 46 mm.

Head and palpus as in ewmela Stoll; thorax above golden-yellow
with a slight white band between meso- and metathorax, but not
broken into six separate spots as in eumela; tegulae and patagia pure
white ; pectus with more white than in ewmela; legs with the yellow
bands broader and paler than in ewmela ; abdomen greyish-white with
the segments only slightly edged with pale yellow (not strongly banded
with orange, as in ewmela).

Fore wing shining silvery-white with the terminal area slightly
tinged with fuscous ; subbasal line black and broad, nearly erect from
costa to SM’; antemedial line black and broad, nearly erect and
slightly sinuous; reniform a large, diffused. crimson patch, entirely
without black definition; postmedial line black, of even breadth,
outwardly oblique from costa at two-thirds to R’, bent inward to
reniform about M', then almost straight to hind margin; fringe
yellow, entirely without the dark chequering of ewmela.

Hind wing pure white with the veins and fringe slightly tinged
with yellow.

122 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Underside of both wings white, the fore wing with the costal and
terminal areas broadly suffused with fuscous and the lines and stigma
showing through from above; hind wing with a black subbasal dash
at costa.

Congo Belge: Semliki River, Ruwenzori, December, 1919. (T. A.
Barns). ?@—type; Tallia River, Semliki Valley, December, 1919.
(Av Barn's) ae One ne:

In Cat. Lep. Phal., vol. V., p. 454, this species is cited under the
name of mossambicensis Hopff., as a form of ewmela Stoll., but
Hopffman’s figure of mossambicensis distinctly shows the six yellow
spots on the thorax which are one of the most marked distinctions
between eumela and: barnsi, so that the name mossambicensis is evi-
dently incorrectly employed, and this form appears to be without a
name. In Coll. British Museum there are specimens of this species
from N. Nigeria, Uganda, Nyassaland, and Natal: one specimen from
Mozambique appears to have the fringe without dark sc eMeN ae but
in other respects it agrees with ewmela.

The points of difference between the two forms (which appear to
me sufficient to establish barnsi as a good species) are the following :
the different arrangement of the yellow hair on thorax; the generally
whiter tone in barns: (especially on abdomen and hind wing, which
in eumela— are strongly suffused with fuscous) ; the broader sub-
basal line; the unchequered fringe of fore wing and the very large
crimson centre of reniform, which is often without any black defini-
tion and never has the strong black lunules which are often present
in eumela.

5. Graphama tortirena sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 5).

2, 35 mm.

Head, thorax and palpus clothed with variegated hair, white, tawny,
purple and dark brown; antennal shaft brown ; pectus and legs whitish,
the tibiae tinged with ochreous and the tarsi with fuscous; abdomen
brownish-grey with the anal tuft golden-yellow.

Fore wing greyish-white thickly irrorated with dark-brown mixed
here and there with ochreous scales, paler and tinged with violet distally
to the postmedial line. Subbasal line almost obsolete, appears out-
wardly oblique from costa to M and angled in at fold; antemedial line
blackish from costa at one-third to hind margin at two-fifths, angled
out in cell, at fold and behind SM’; claviform rather long, candle-
shaped, pointing toward tornus, thickly black-outlined at sides and

. mes
a

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 128

finely towards point; orbicular paler than the wing, nearly round,
greyish in centre and defined by dark shading; reniform rather narrow,
defined by white (indistinctly towards costa), the distal side lunular,
proximally produced along M; postmedial line separating the dark-
brown and violet areas, sinuous, bent out at costa, curved round cell
and gently incurved from R*® to hind margin; subterminal line pale,
sinuous, defined on each side by dentate dark marks (especially behind
R?) ; a slight dark terminal line, thickened between the veins; fringe
white with a dark line at middle and some distal dark scales.

Hind wing grey irrorated with fuscous (especially on distal half),
with a slight dark discal spot and marginal line; fringe ochreous-white
with a dark line at middle.

Underside of both wings grey irrorated with brown; a little paler
towards abdominal margin of hind wing; margins and fringes as
above; hind wing with a slight discal spot.

Congo Belge: on Ruwenzori, Christmas, 1919. (T. A. Barns.)
Oma 2

ACRONYCTINAKH.

Plusiophaés gen. n.

Proboscis fully developed ; frons with a small prominence, overhung
by a thick, pointed tuft of hair; eye large, round, slightly overhung by
cilia; palpus moderate, upturned against frons, the second joint a little
thickened with hair above and below, the third thick and blunt;
$ antenna typically ciliate; retinaculum almost concealed by hair ;
thorax clothed with hair and hair-like scales; abdomen dorsally clothed
with rough hair and with a moderately large crest on first segment ;
pectus, femora and tibiae hairy, the latter without spines, the spurs
moderate, unequal, the terminal spurs of hind tibia missing (probably
broken off); neuration of fore wing normal, the areole rather long ;
hind wing with R? obsolescent from middle of discocellulars; R® and
M! from lower angle of cell, M? somewhat removed from angle; wings
fairly broad, non-crenulate, fore wing with the distal margin vertical
from apex to M’, then incurved but without any angle.

It is possible that this genus should be placed in the Cuculliinae
rather than in the Acronyctinae, but as the ciliation of the eye is not
strong, and there is nothing in the Cuculliinae to which it seems to
bear any relationship, I have preferred to place it in the Acronyctinae.
Perhaps distantly related to the American genera Chalcopasta and
Newmoegenia.

124. New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

The fore wing superficially recalls the genus Plusia ; the hind wing
the Ophiderid genus Catephia and allied genera.

6. Plusiophaés metallica sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 6).

3, 30 mm.

Head, palpus above, antennal shaft and femora tawny-brown ;
thorax above and beneath, palpus beneath, tibiae and tarsi largely
brownish-grey, the joints of tarsi tipped with white, the tegulae
golden-green, some golden-green scales on thorax ; abdomen grey above,
tawny-brown on middle segments beneath, the crests golden-brown.

Fore wing anteriorly and proximally glossy violet-grey, with a
metallic patch at base of costa; the distal half of wing largely shining,
metallic golden-green. SM” pale from base to the edge of the metallic
area; an oblique, slightly sinuous pale line from costa near base to
hind margin near tornus; a slight pale line from costa to M, proximally
to reniform; reniform creamy-white, broadly rectangular, slightly
defined on each side by fuscous; two white lines from costa at
two-thirds, obliquely curved and uniting in a streak along R' to near
termen; a slight pale line thickened at lower angle of cell, from the
areole, bordering the metallic area (which is cut off at SM’); two
gently divergent dark lines from the white streak on R', the proximal
one angled at fold, double and approaching the distal one at hind
margin; the distal one slightly bent at fold; a white line from costa
anteriorly to these; fringe whitish basally and at tip, broadly dark at
middle.

Hind wing shining white with the base and the distal half glossy
grey-brown (the distal border narrowing gradually to tornus); the
termen (narrowly) and fringe to behind R’ shining white; the
remainder of fringe as on fore wing.

Fore wing beneath glossy grey-brown, anteriorly and distally paler,
with a rather narrow white medial band and a fine white line bordering
a metallic golden-green apical spot. Hind wing as above with the
addition of a brown dot on discocellulars and with the distal border
paler (the dark irroration more scattered) anteriorly and distally ; some
slight brown anterior irroration on basal half of wing.

E. Tanganyika: Upper Ruvubu River, Urindi District, July and
August, 1919. (T. A. Barns.) One 3.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 125

CATOCALINAK.

7. Achaea determinata sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 7).

3, 42 mm.

Head, antenna, palpus, thorax and legs pale brown, head and thorax
above tinged with rufous; abdomen ochreous-white with the dorsum
slightly more cinereous.

Fore wing pale brown irrorated with dull rufous (most thickly on
basal third and termen) and with bright rufous (distally to the
-postmedial line); some fuscous irroration. Subbasal line almost
obsolete ; antemedial line bent out from costa at one-third to SC, then
oblique to near middle of hind margin; two black reniform spots on
the discocellulars; a slight waved medial line near to and nearly
parallel with the postmedial ; postmedial line fine, blackish, from costa
at two-thirds, excurved to M? then nearly erect to hind margin at about
three-quarters ; subterminal line obsolescent, defined by the proximal
bright rufous shade and distal dull rufous one, waved, irregular; four
slight, pale spots on costa near apex; some terminal black dots and
a slight, somewhat interrupted dark line on termen; the fringe grey,
white and brown intermixed ; a few white scales also on termen.

Hind wing ochreous-white, shghtly tinged with fuscous excepting
the medial and postmedial lines and the fringe; some rather darker
fuscous shading proximally to the subterminal and terminal lines ;
a Slight discal spot ; terminal dots and line as on the fore wing.

Underside of both wings pale ochreous-brown irrorated with
fuscous, paler before hind- and abdominal margins; a waved brown
postmedial line and pale, indistinct, waved subterminal line ; margins
and fringes as above. Hind wing with a dark dot at middle of
discocellulars ; fore wing with a slight streak on discocellulars joined
to a faint medial streak from costa.

“Central Africa.” (T. A. Barns.) One 3.

Nearest to A. indeterminata Walk., but quite distinct in the hind
wing and the position and curve of the ante- and postmedial lines on
the fore wing, as well as in size.

8. Achaea tornistigma sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 8).

3, 55 mm.

Head, thorax, palpus, legs and antenna brown, the thorax above
tinged with rufous, the tarsi broadly ringed with fuscous; abdomen
above cinereous, browner beneath.

126 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Fore wing pale ochreous brown largely suffused with rufous,
especially basally and postmedially, the termen conspicuously pale
except at apex. A black basal mark at M and black subbasal dash
behind costa; antemedial line from costa at less than one-fourth,
strongly bent outward to SC, then slightly incurved to near middle
of hind margin; the reniform represented by three blackish dots on
the discocellulars ; a waved medial line, proximally defined by a paler
area, from costa at middle to hind margin at about three-fifths, a
little outwardly oblique to M, then slightly incurved; postmedial line
stronger, more dentate, rather more irregular, close to median line but
more oblique from costa SC’, where it is angled, then angled back to
close to medial line again; four conspicuous whitish spots on costa
before apex; subterminal line defined by strong diffused dark proximal
shade, from apex, oblique and slightly curved to behind SC*, then
erect, double to hind margin at tornus; a black spot at termen on
fold; slight terminal dots between the veins; fringe pale ochreous-
brown tipped with rufous and blackened behind the tornal black spot.

Hind wing fuscous shot with ochreous, with a waved subterminal
line from about R?® to tornus and the termen (narrowly) pale; fringe
pale from apex to R*, then greyish and tipped with rufous to fold,
where it becomes blackish ; traces of a discal spot and a curved medial
line; terminal dots as on fore wing, with a strong black terminal
streak before tornus.

Underside of both wings cinereous-brown tinged with ochreous and
finely irrorated with fuscous, the outer postmedial area slightly shaded
with fuscous; the discal spot on fore wing not broken into three dots,
that on hind wing sharp and black; a faint medial line and stronger
postmedial nearly parallel with margin of wings; the subterminal line
on fore wing as above but starting about 2 mm. from apex and bent
out to SC°; that on hind wing visible from costa to tornus, pale and
dentate; marginal dots and fringes as above; fore wing with some
broad, fuscous subterminal clouding from R?* to the fold.

Central Africa: Akanjaru River, Ruanda District, August, 1919.
GA sBarns:)i a Onend,.

As in many Achaea species (s¢) the spines on the mid-tibia are
entirely concealed by hair, but there can scarcely be any doubt as to
tornistigma belonging to this genus, with which it agrees perfectly.
It appears to be nearest to A. cuprevtincta Hmpsn., from Uganda,
but is abundantly distinct,

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 127

OPHIDERINAE.

9. Nagra dentiscripta sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 9).

?, 58 mm.

Head and palpus whitish mixed with black, the vertex of head with
some tawny scales; antennal shaft blackish with some white at base ;
thorax above with a mixture of pale brown, black and metallic violet
scales; abdomen above pale fuscous with some rough brown hair ;
abdomen beneath, pectus and legs pale brown, the tarsi broadly banded
with black above, the fore tibia with some black scales.

Fore wing whitish, the basal inner area, the medial area and the
termen except at costa thickly irrorated with brown and with some
black scales especially near hind margin; some metallic scales near
base ; a blackish costal patch proximally to the subterminal line,
shaped much as in N. linteola Gn., but blacker; the lines blackish,
dentate, (the postmedial distally pale-edged) ; subterminal pale, with
dark suffusion on each side; orbicular a slight brown point, reniform
almost obsolete. Subbasal line excurved from costa to SC, then
obsolete; two diffused dark blotches on costa, the second at about
two-sevenths costa, marking the origin of the antemedial line, which
is waved, nearly vertical to M, strongly angled out at fold and slightly
excurved before hind margin; a dentate, vertical medial line from
two-fifths costa, with a slight, diffused line distally to it; some slight
brown marks in place of the reniform; postmedial line dentate, from
costa at about three-fifths, outwardly oblique to R®, where and at M!
it is strongly dentate, inwardly oblique to SC” and bent outward to
hind margin at two-thirds; subterminal line angled out behind SC?
(at the end of the black patch) and excurved near middle; some
black spots between the veins near termen and at the veins on
termen; some slight dark streaks across termen; fringe chequered,
with a pale line at base. |

Hind -wing fuscous with a narrow white medial band, a white
subterminal line from just before M' to fold, and the termen and
fringe white from apex to just behind R'; fringe otherwise fuscous
with a fine pale line at base ; some black shading at termen.

Underside of both wings predominantly fuscous, with paler shades
here and there, especially on hind margin of both wings, at costa and
termen of fore wing and apex of hind wing; both wings with inter-
neural black dots near termen; fringes much as above but with a
broader pale line at base; slight traces of discal spots (especially on

128 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

the hind wing) and of two or three lines, but all indistinct except
the subterminal line of the fore wing from costa to R' and a white
subterminal spot on hind wing behind M?.

It seems to me not impossible that this genus really embraces only
two or three variable species, in which case this would probably sink
as an aberration of N. syba Gn.; (or amplificans Wlk., if this is
distinct from syba) ; but it is quite a distinct form from any other in
Coll. British Museum and as the genus is at present classified must
stand as a good species.

10. Argyrolopha punctilinea sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 10).

fo roa mam.

Head, body and wings pale greyish-brown; the wings above with
some cerise-pink scales intermixed, below greyer; pectus whitish ; tarsi
broadly ringed with fuscous; tibiae with some fuscous scales; palpus
predominantly blackish, intermixed with pale brown; antennal shaft
brown.

Fore wing with some fuscous shading and with the lines defined on
each side by fuscous suffusion, especially at costa. Subbasal line in-
curved from costa at about 1 mm. to M near base; some dark basal
suffusion behind cell; antemedial line from costa at about two-sevenths,
thence obsolescent, angled behind costa, bent inwards to M, and ex-
curved to hind margin at about one-quarter; medial line suberect,
broad, with the dark definition diffused, from near middle of costa, bent
outwards in cell; orbicular a short, black, horizontal streak; reniform
dark-ringed, slightly oblique, figure-of-eight-shaped, with the anterior
half smaller (more compressed) than the posterior; postmedial line
from costa at about three-fifths, with the proximal dark shading broken
into black dots, the distal slight and broken by white dots on the veins,
angled out behind costa, slightly incurved between the radials, inwardly
oblique from R*® to hindmargin at about two-thirds; some slight
fuscous shading between the postmedial and subterminal:lines; sub-
terminal line strongly excurved behind SC’, R' and fold and angled in
on R* and behind M?, the angles with the fuscous definition broadened
out ; a strongly crenulate black terminal line joined to the interneural
black spots, which stand out very sharply; fringe grey-brown mixed
with cerise-pink, with a fuscous line at middle and some shading
between the veins at tip.

Hind wing reproducing the markings of the fore wing, with the
exception of the subbasal and antemedial lines and the stigmata; a

ADDENDA.
P. 128. Nagia dentiser upta.

Hab.=Congo River below ee May, 1920, one @.

vice

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 129

diffused discal spot on the medial line; the postmedial line waved, the
subterminal straighter than on the forewing.

Underside of both wings pale brownish-grey, with discal spot, short
anterior medial line (on hind wing continued to the discal spot), post-
medial line, diffused subterminal shade and margin and fringe as above.

Congo Free State: Lufira Valley, “Dec. & Nov.” (? Nov. & Dec.),
OS aC MwAVeiparns.)) a Onerd

This species seems to agree with Hampson’s genus Argyrolopha
except in the absence of the large crests on the second and third
abdominal segments. As the abdomen of the Lufira Valley specimen is,
unfortunately, denuded, it is impossible to say whether or not the crests
should be present.

11. ? Gorua polita sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 11).

3, 56—58 mm.

Head black mixed with white; palpus blackish, the inner side
of joint 2 and tips of joints light brown; thorax above pale brown
with some black scales on the patagia, the tegulae brighter, tipped
with darker brown; antennal shaft brown; pectus, legs and abdomen
above and beneath whitish-brown.

Fore wing pale shining glossy brown, showing a pinkish sheen
in some lights, slightly tinged with ochreous about middle of wing ;
the lines and base of fringe blackish-brown. Subbasal line fine,
double, excurved from costa to SC, obsolescent in cell, incurved from
M to SM’; antemedial line oblique from costa at about one-fifth,
slightly angled in behind SC, thence broadly excurved to hind margin
at about one-fifth ; some dark shading behind M between the ante-
medial and subbasal lines; orbicular a black dot; reniform indicated
by a white dot; two outwardly oblique medial streaks from near
middle of costa; postmedial line from costa at about two-thirds,
strongly bent outward to SC”, irregularly dentate and inwardly oblique
to fold, thence straight to near middle of hind margin; subterminal
line pale, distally dark-edged, strongly angled outward behind SC‘
and slightly behind SC’, nearly straight to M?, behind which it is
obsolescent and strongly angled inwards; a row of black and white
interneural terminal dots; a double, oblique line starting in a diffused
dark shade at apex and ending at hind margin close to antemedial
line, accompanied by some diffused brown shading.

Hind wing coloured as fore wing, with a double, oblique line near
base, a waved grey postmedial line; a subterminal row of black spots

9

130 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

between the veins with slight ochreous distal shading, outwardly
oblique from costa to before M’, then strongly incurved ; terminal
spots and fringe as on fore wing.

Underside of both wings pale brown shaded with deeper brown,
somewhat glossy, with crenulate postmedial line and subterminal row
of black spots (more sharply defined on hind wing); orbicular and
reniform spots reproduced below; hind wing with a discal dot; fore
wing with the apex pale and two white spots on costa between post-
medial and subterminal lines.

Congo River, below Lisala, May, 1920. (TI. A. Barns.) One ¢.
Also one & from Aburi, Gold Coast.

A very distinct species, possibly really belonging to a new genus.
Differs from Walker’s diagnosis of Goruwa in the following points:
body slender (not “‘stout”’); third joint of palpus fully one-fourth
length of second (not ‘‘ one-eighth’’); antenna with bristles and short
cilia (not ‘‘ pectinate’’); termen of fore wing only slightly oblique
(not ‘‘ very oblique’’); tornus of hind wing scarcely angled (not hind
wing with the exterior .border obtusely angular’’). But as the head,
palpus (except the length of the third joint), glossy aspect, acute apex
of fore wing, scarcely crenulate margins, etc., agree with that genus,
I have placed it there provisionally.

12. Hgnasia-scoliogramma sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 12).

2, 38 mm.

Head, thorax above, palpus and antennal shaft grey-brown, vertex
of head and tegulae rather brighter brown, the inner side of palpus
white; abdomen above dark cinereous; abdomen beneath, pectus,
and legs white, the femora and tibiae shaded with fuscous, the tarsi
broadly ringed with pale ochreous.

Fore wing grey-brown, slightly tinged with ochreous, with the
markings pure white. Antemedial line gently excurved and slightly
waved, from costa at one-third to one-third hind margin; reniform
large, irregular, somewhat resembling an inverted letter Y, with a
fourth section fitted into the middle of the V; postmedial line,
irregularly dentate, oblique from costa, angled outward at SC? and
inward at R®, from two-thirds costa to two-thirds hind margin; a
subterminal lunule at costa; a very slight dark terminal line, fringe
grey-brown with pale lunules at base and some white at tips.

Hind wing reproducing the colour and pattern of fore wing with

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 131

the exception of the antemedial line and subterminal lunule; the
inverted Y-mark rather broadened ; the fringe white towards tornus.

Underside of both wings more variegated, irrorated with violet
scales—especially postmedially, and towards the hind margins with
darker-brown medial shading, and some dark-brown on fore wing
at costa and on subterminal area from costa to R’*, and on hind wing
near tornus; the pale markings of upper surface reproduced (with
the addition of a slight subterminal line), but the Y-shaped marks
less pure white and more sharply dark-outlined; fringes as above.

Congo-Belge: Avakuri, Ituri River, March, 1920. (T. A. Barns.)
One 2

HYPENINAH.

13. ? Bleptina cryptoleuca sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 13).

3, 33 mm.

Head, thorax, palpus above and antenna dark brown, the thorax
with some golden-brown scales in parts; palpus below (to near end of
second joint), pectus and legs white, the tibiae and tarsi black above ;
abdomen dark cinereous above, whitish beneath.

Fore wing thickly irrorated with dark brown, the ante- and post-
medial lines ochreous-brown, and orbicular dot (close to antemedial
line), the reniform (except at middle), subterminal line and marginal
dots white, the lines defined by blackish, especially distally. Ante-
medial line suberect, waved, excurved behind cell; reniform composed
of two subparallel white lunules; postmedial line waved, bent out
behind costa, angled in behind R' and incurved from R?* to hind margin,
with some proximal ochreous-brown suffusion except at costa; sub-
terminal line bent out on SC’, angled in on R’ and incurved behind
M!; the marginal dots on the veins, with slight dark shading between
them.

Hind wing irrorated with brown, more heavily towards termen, with
a diffused dark discal spot, pale, darkly defined postmedial and sub-
terminal lines (only visible on abdominal third of wing) and white
marginal dots on the veins, with dark shading between them.

Underside of fore wing bluish-white with pale postmedial and sub-
terminal lines, a dark discal spot, slight dark medial shade and scattered
brown irroration (strongest at costa and termen); margin as above.
Hind wing shining white, tinged with bluish at termen, with sharply
marked discal spot and a diffused dark subterminal line broken into

132 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

spots ; an indistinct line nearer termen; black marginal lunules between
the veins; fringe dark brown.

Congo Belge: Semliki Forest, EK. Semliki Valley, Ruwenzori,
December, 1919. (T. A. Barns.) One ¢.

This species is possibly not a true Bleptina, the second joint of the
palpus being shorter than in hadenalis Moore, the fore wing somewhat
shorter and the hind wing slightly more ample; in other respects it
seems to agree with Sect. 1 of this genus in Hampson’s “ Moths of
India.”

14. Hypena albirhomboidea sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 14).

?, 40 mm.

Palpus above, head and antennal shaft pale greyish-brown ; palpus
beneath and thorax bright tawny-brown; abdomen above whitish ;
abdomen beneath, pectus, and legs grey, the tarsi broadly banded with
fuscous.

Fore wing white, thickly irrorated with bright tawny-brown and
blackish, the brown predominant at costa and on veins, the blackish in
and below cell, the subterminal area predominantly tawny-brown, with
horizontal dark dashes between the veins, an oblique black dash from
apex and slight indications of a fine black line close to termen; some
dark shading behind M at base. Antemedial line indistinct, blackish,
defined on each side by tawny, very oblique from costa to M, then
inwardly oblique from M distinctly nearer base; a rhomboidal white
spot in cell near antemedial line; postmedial line white, oblique, from
nearly two-thirds costa to inner margin at middle, slightly incurved at
cell, proximally defined by tawny, distally by blackish (especially at
cell); the dark irroration sparser distally to postmedial line, then
thicker again ; a subapical white patch before the black streak (with the
veins darkened) ; subterminal line white, slightly curved, broken by the
broadly brown veins; some white on termen between the veins; some
black, interneural terminal lunules; a number of sharply-marked curved
black dashes on costa; fringe chequered whitish and dark brown, with a
fine black line at middle.

Hind wing white with sparse, pale brown irroration—thickest on
and around the veins at termen; a slight, diffused discal spot and
strongly-marked brown terminal line; fringe whitish with slight traces
of a brown line at middle.

Underside of fore wing blackish-brown, shading to paler greenish-

th

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 133

brown irrorated with black at apical half of costa and termen; some
slight, wavy, blackish lines near termen; costal dashes, margin and
fringe as above. Hind wing irrorated with pale greenish-brown and
more sparsely with blackish; the base paler; a large dark streak on
discocellulars, broad, diffused postmedial band and traces of a dark
subterminal line, broadest and clearest near costa; marginal line and
fringe as above, but with the line more broken into lunules.

Congo Belge: on Ruwenzori, Christmas, 1919, 2500 m. (T. A.
sere) ave oy

Appears to belong to the genus Hypena, possibly related to obsitalis
Hbn. The second joint of the palpus is long, nearly porrect, thickly
clothed with rough hair above and with a slight tuft of rough hair
below at end, distinctly curved; the third joint is tufted with rough hair
on both sides for about two-thirds of its length, leaving the tip naked
and sharply pointed as in the genus Dichromia. The abdominal crest
is not visible, in which respect, as well as in the formation of the
palpus, it agrees with Dichromia, but as it has more the general
aspect of Hypena, and the palpus resembles that of some species placed
there by Hampson, I refer it to that genus.

15. Hypena euthygramma sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 15).

gf, 30 mm.

Head, palpus, antenna, thorax and legs greyish-brown, the pectus,
underside of legs and joints of tarsi paler.

Fore wing brown with some ochreous scales intermixed in parts; an
almost obsolete antemedial line of the ochreous shade distally defined
by fuscous, excurved from costa at about one-fourth to hind margin at
nearly two-fifths, with an inward angle on SM?; a black dot in cell
distally to the antemedial line and another proximally to the postmedial
line; postmedial line straight, erect, white, more than 4 mm. in
breadth, from costa at nearly three-quarters to hind margin at three-
quarters; black spots at termen between the veins and a fine dark
terminal line; fringe grey with a fine pale line at base.

Hind wing unicolorous dark grey with the veins a shade darker, a
dark discal spot and a slight dark marginal line; fringe as on fore wing.

Underside of both wings grey, with marginal dark Junules and
fringes as above. Fore wing with some dark apical shading and with
the postmedial line indistinctly showing through from above. Hind-
wing with a slight discoidal streak and very indistinct, curved post-
medial line.

134 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Tanganyika: Upper Ruwuwu Valley, Urindi District, August, 1919
(is-AS Barns) sa Onemicn

The second joint of the palpus is straighter than in H. albirhom-
boidea and has scarcely any visible tuft at the end below; the rough
hair on the third joint ends more irregularly, not leaving so long a
naked tip as in the last species.

16. Hypena semlikiensis sp. n. (pl. XVIT, fig. 16).

3, 324 mm.

Head, thorax, palpus, antenna and legs greyish-brown, the tarsi
beneath and at the joints paler, more ochreous, the inner side Of palpus
and the foreleg beneath whitish; abdomen brownish-grey, paler
beneath, with the anal tuft whitish.

Fore wing greyish-brown, a shade paler on terminal half; rather
smoothly scaled. A slight, diffused, excurved antemedial line from
costa at one-fourth to hind margin at one-third; a black spot in cell
near antemedial line; postmedial line pale, proximally defined by dark
brown, from near middle of costa to hind margin at nearly two-thirds,
shghtly excurved at cell, then straight ; subterminal line obsolescent,
defined by some proximal dark shading and by white dots between the
veins, waved, bent outward behind SC°, about R? and before SM2?, and
inward behind R! and at M?; some terminal dark lunules between the
veins ; fringe dark grey, paler at base.

Hind wing dark brownish-grey; terminal lunules and fringe as on
fore wing. 7

Underside of both wings grey irrorated with brown; margins and
fringes as above; traces of a dark postmedial line on costal half of both
wings. Hind wing with slight discoidal spot.

Congo Belge: Semliki River, December, 1919. (T. A. Barns.)
One 3.

The antenna of this species is not “ minutely ciliated,” as Schaus
cites for the genus Hypena, but with fascicles of cilia slightly longer
than the antennal shaft. Second joint of palpus straight and without
tuft of hair below at end; third joint with the rough hair extending
almost to tip.

17. Hypena iturrensis sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 17).

6,38 mm.
Head, thorax above, palpus and antennal shaft slightly rufous-
brown, the hair on second joint of palpus and crown of head tipped

ts

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T'. A. Barns IBS

with black; abdomen above cinereous with the crests dark brown (the
basal one more golden-brown); abdomen beneath, pectus and legs
whitish, the fore legs shaded with fuscous.

Fore wing rufous-brown shaded with violet, especially on the basal
half of wing and near apex. Antemedial line double, obsolescent,
angled outward behind costa and at fold and inward in cell and before
hind margin; a black orbicular dot; a black medial line from about
three-fifths costa to middle of hind margin, slightly angled out behind
costa in cell, at fold and at hind margin, with a diffused, red-brown,
proximal shade, broadening towards hind margin; reniform a black
lunule surrounded (especially distally) by some yellowish shading ;
postmedial line obsolescent, double, waved, nearly parallel with the
medial line; a row of black and white subterminal spots between the
veins, from behind SC* to hind margin; apex, pale violet-grey; a dark
terminal line with yellow proximal shading between the veins; fringe
brown, with a pale line at base.

Hind wing uniform grey-brown, with dark terminal line; fringe as
on fore wing.

Underside of both wings violet-white irrorated with brown (the
fore wing more strongly shaded with brown, except behind fold) ; discal
spots (very black on hind wing) ; slight postmedial and subterminal
lines (the latter, on the fore wing, with deep black spots behind
SC* and SC’); dark terminal lines, somewhat broken into lunules;
fringes as ubove.

Congo Belge: Itoa River, Ituri Forest, Congo-Semliki Watershed,
January, 1920. (T. A. Barns.) One 3.

This species has crests on the first four abdominal segments, and
the palpus has an unusually short third joint and a rather short second
joint with a thick, triangularly-shaped tuft of hair above, but it falls to
the genus Hypena by Hampson’s keys both in the ‘‘ Moths of India,”
and the “ Annals of the South African Museum.”’

' Two unnamed specimens in the British Museum, from Uganda, are
near to this; perhaps forms of the same species.

Since this description was prepared another ¢ has come to hand
(from Loya River, Irumu, Congo Belge, February, 1920), which is
rather more strongly marked (especially the postmedial line on under
side of both wings), but seems otherwise exactly to agree. Probably
in fresher condition.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig.

Timora joiceyi 3.
Craterestra sufficiens 3.
Aspidifrontia contrastata ¢.
Diaphone barnsi ° .
Graphania tortirena ?.
Plusiophaés metallica 3.
Achaca determinata 3.

“3 tornistigma 3.
Nagia dentiscripta ?.
Argyrolopha punctilinea 3.
Gorua polita 3.

Egnasia scoliogramma °& .
Bleptina cryptoleuca 3.
Hypena albirhomboidea ? .

e euthygramma 8.

ny semlikensis 3.

BP ituriensis 3.
Hyblaea euryzona 8.

Plate XVII. Dw, Ishwll Whe, Wolo IEPA.

NEW AFRICAN NOCTUIDAE.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns — 187

HYBLAEINAE.

18. Hyblaea euryzona, sp. n. (pl. XVII, fig. 18).

fo, 32 mm.

Thorax above ochreous-brown ; antennal shaft dark brown; head,
palpus above and maxillary palpus red-brown ; palpus beneath, pectus
and legs whitish tinged with yellow; tarsi irrorated with brown, hair-
pencil on hind tibia reaching fully to end of second joint of tarsus,
distinctly double, the inner half whitish, the outer whitish suffused
with pale vermilion (especially towards tip); abdomen above reddish-
brown with the basal and anal segments and segmental lines orange,
beneath orange largely intermixed with fiery red.

Fore wing rich ochreous-brown shaded with slightly darker, more
chocolate-brown and with two slight, greyish spots near apex, on
costa and termen. Markings obsolescent, much as in the common,
world-wide H. puera Cr., the least indistinct being the postmedial
costal patch and postmedial line (broadened behind the discocellulars
and before hind-margin, obsolescent between these three patches), and
a dark shade at apex between the two grey spots; two ill-defined lines
distally to the postmedial and a diffused dark terminal shade; fringe
proximally slightly paler than the wing, distally a shade darker than
wing.

Hind wing golden-yellow with the base and terminal area black; a
golden patch breaking into the black at termen behind M?; fringe
reddish from apex to M’, then golden-yellow; the black areas unusually
reduced.

Underside of both wings golden-yellow; the fore wing at costa and
fringe, the hind wing (broadly) on distal two-thirds of costa to termen,
and a subterminal band ending in a broad streak in fold sparsely
irrorated with fiery-red ; fore wing with a large black discal spot and
a broad black subterminal band from SC* to SM! (where it throws out
a proximal spur nearly to the discal spot) ; hind wing with a diffused
black spot on the red band behind M?.

Congo Free State: Kikura Stream, Lufira Valley, May 8, 1919.
(LT. A. Barns.) One 3.

Perhaps nearest to the common West African occidentaliwm Holl.,
but can be at once distinguished by the colour of fore wing, the
reduced black shading on hind wing, and much reduced black areas on
under surface, as well as by the longer hair-pencil on hind-tibia. This
pencil frequently gets damaged, but appears to differ considerably in

138 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

the different species, which may ultimately have to be sorted out
largely by this character. The other African species known to me all
have more black on the hind wing above and on the under surface
than ewryzona.

This subfamily does not appear to me to belong to the Noctuidae
at all, being very distinct, not only in the possession of a maxillary
palpus but also in the hair-pencil on hind-tibia (entirely distinct in
character from anything known to me in the true Noctuzdae) and in
the neuration of the fore wing, the cell being very narrow and near
middle of wing, with SC’ arising near base, SC? from well before
middle of wing, SC*, SC*, SC’, and R' all free and more or less parallel
with one another. The basal orifice of the abdomen does not appear
to be at all in the Noctuid position. _

IV.—NEW GEOMETRIDAE.
ley Iie Jel, Ia aiish

HEMITHEINAE..
1. Prasinocyma neglecta, sp. nov. (Text fig. 17).

17. Prasinocyma neglecta ¢.

Sunes Oo, oO mmm:

Face dull red-brown, with a few green scales, below with a narrow
white band. Palpus in 3s about 14, with third joint moderate, in ?
at least 2, with third joint long; first joint and underside of second and
third white, second joint above light brown, third more reddish. Crown
green, only extremely narrowly white in front; antennal shaft white
to near middle, then light brown, more or less tinged with red; pectina-
tions in moderate, light ochreous. Thorax and abdomen above
green, beneath white; the abdomen with traces of minute white medio-

4

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 139

dorsal dots and with anal extremity white. Legs white, the first two
pairs reddened on upper and inner sides; hind tibia of ¢ dilated, with
very short terminal process, a short white tuft at femoro-tibial joint,
and a fairly strong white hair-pencil.

Fore wing rather broad ; SC’ anastomosing slightly with C, or free,
R' very shortly stalked, M’ just separate; bright green, with moderately
prominent white strigulae ; costal edge pale buff, tinged, except towards
base, with roseate ; a moderate black celldot ; a white spot or dash on
middle of hind margin, nearly or quite reaching M’, bordered distally
with blackish; fringe nearly concolorous, with a pale line at base and
indistinctly whitish tips.

Hind wing ample, termen moderately bent at R*; concolorous
with fore wing, and with a similar black celldot; fringe as on fore
wing.

Underside whitish-green, the fore wing in anterior half and the
fringe of both wings rather greener; fore wing with costal edge
narrowly buff.

East Tanganyika: Upper Ruvubu River, Urindi District, July
and August, 1919. (T. A. Barns.) Type & and allotype ¢?, in coll.
Joicey. Alsoa 2 from Namadidi, ten miles from Zomba, Nyassaland,
January, 1920 (H. Barlow).

A common and widely distributed species, which has been left
mixed among congrua Walk., pulchraria Swinh., and other allies.
Tring Museum has it from Nigeria, Angola, Unyoro, Uganda, British
East Africa, and Nyassaland, the British Museum from Old Calabar
(Swinhoe’s “type ¢ ” of pulchraria !), Uganda, British East Africa,
Nyassaland, and Transvaal. The markings are nearly those of nigri-
punctata Warr., trifilifimbria Prout, &c., the bright coloration that of
pulchraria Swinh., or the brighter specimens of scissaria Feld.

STERRHINAE.

2. Eois oressigenes sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 12).

2, 26 mm.

Head red-orange, the fillet, lower extremity of face and palpus
beneath yellower. Thorax and abdomen above red-orange, somewhat
mottled, beneath paler, duller and more ochreous.

Fore wing with areole fairly large, subcostals normal, M' not stalked;
yellow, nearly covered with a network of lunulate rust-red lines, which
leave mere interneural spots of the ground-colour; markings blackish-

140 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

grey, with a slight tinge of slate-colour ; antemedian at one-fifth, thick
(apparently double but confluent), somewhat dentate outward on M and
SM?; celldot blacker, at scarcely two-fifths; a regularly excurved line
shortly beyond (at rather less than one-half), duplicated distally by a
weaker, more macular, less defined line or shade; a row of interneural
spots at nearly four-fifths, oblique outward from costa, otherwise nearly
parallel with termen ; thick longitudinal shades between the radials and
near tornus, connecting these spots with the termen, the radial shade
also faintly indicated proximally hereto (as far as to the median line) ;
blackish terminal dots at the vein-ends.

Hind wing with termen full, or slightly bent about R®-M!; M? just
separate ; markings of fore wing (except first line) continued ; celldot
wanting.

Underside duller, ochreous; the lunulate lines thinner, greyish; the
dark markings nearly as above, though rather less strong.

Tanganyika: Niragongo Volcano, Kivu, 2,800 m., Sept., 1919.
(T. A. Barns.)

Entirely distinct from any African species yet known, recalling some
of the South American Hovis (=Cambogia), e.g., snellenarva Moéschl.
(Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. xxxi, 408, t. 17, fig. 19).

LARENTIINAE.

3. Xanthorhoé latissima sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 7).

3, 33 mm.

Head and body dark fuscous. Face with the projecting cone rather
stroog. Palpus about two, the second joint with rough hair-scaling
above and beneath, third joint moderate, partly exposed. Antennal
pectinations well separated, reaching nearly to the thirtieth joint,
nowhere very long (little over two). Tarsi pale at the ends of the
joints. :

Fore wing unusually broad, costa well arched in distal part, termen
slightly waved, at least anteriorly; pale violet, with slight whitish
admixture ; basal area suffused with olive-brown, separated by a fine
pale line from a straightish oblique band of similar suffusion nearly
2 mm. in width; median band velvety black-brown, very broad (6 mm.
at costa, just over 3 mm. at hind margin), bordered by rather fine
whitish lines; the antemedian oblique outward, with a small V-shaped
indentation subcostally and minute indentations on M and SM?; the
postmedian slightly sinuous subcostally, markedly oblique outward in

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 141

anterior half, forming a rounded lobe not far from termen at and
behind R*, then bending suddenly inward, so as to reduce the band to
about half its width; subterminal not very strong, consisting of fine
whitish lunules, filled in proximally by ill-defined brown spots; a very
much larger spot at costa reaching nearly to the postmedian ; distal
area feebly dark-shaded ; terminal line not very strong, slightly inter-
rupted at the veins and folds; more brownish, with fine weak pale
lines at base and beyond middle.

Hind wing ample; apex well rounded, termen straighter before and
behind than at R*; dark-grey with very slight whitish irroration;
costal area more white-mixed; a black celldot ; a double, fine whitish
postmedian line continuing that of fore wing, fairly straight to R® or
M' rather near termen, here strongly bent, near abdominal margin
slightly incurved ; faint traces of other lines; terminal line finer than
on forewing; fringe similar.

Fore wing beneath duller; median band greyish, not sharply-
defined, especially proximally, but containing distinct beginnings of
dark lines costally; postmedian double pale line fairly strong; sub-
terminal well defined, at least anteriorly, where the lunules are con-
fluent; termen and fringe as above. Hind wing beneath with more
of a red-brown tinge than above, rippled as far as the postmedian
with feeble lines; celldot, postmedian and subterminal lines developed.

“Central Africa,’ without more exact locality. (T. A. Barns.)

4. Larentia barnsi sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 5).

3, 31-34 mm.

Closely like heteromorpha Hmpsn. (Tr. Zool. Soc. xix. (2) 128),
apparently identical in structure, possibly a colour-form of it, but
constant. Both wings deep ochreous, only the hind wing above slightly
paler ochreous. Fore wing above with the markings on an average
darker than in heteromorpha, generally strongly expressed, the edgings
near the median band pale, the small V-shaped subterminal spots also
pale, often in part whitish. Hind wing above almost unicolorous, with
the markings of underside feebly showing through; a fairly distinct
celldot sometimes present. Both wings beneath rather strongly
marked, the postmedian line of the hind wing perhaps less acutely
angulated on R® than in heteromorpha.

Ruwenzori (W. side) at 4,000 m. (one at 3,900), flying by day,
Christmas, 1919, the type labelled as feeding at giant lobelias, 7 3 3
in coll. Joicey.

142 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

The distal margin of the hind wing is nearly smooth, not crenulate
as in the type of the genus (clavaria Haw).

5. Larentia altipeta sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 6).

g, 31 mm.

Head and body grey-brown with some black irroration and in places
(especially on the face, vertex and breast) strongly irrorated with
white ; first joint of palpus white. Abdomen above with white (dorsal)
and black (subdorsal) spots on anterior segments.

Fore wing shaped and coloured as in monticolata Auriv. (Schwed.
Zool. Exped. Kilim. (9) 44, t. 2, f. 23), brown clouded with velvety-
black, especially at the borders of the basal and median areas; markings
closely similar to those of monticolata, differing as follows: outer edge
of basal patch almost straight, only with a slight inward curve between
fold and SM?; proximal edge of median area rather less oblique at
costa, but rather more oblique at hind margin; distal edge of median
area not dentate (except minutely on SM”), formed almost as in
sjostedti Auriv. ; a more pronounced subtriangular black patch between
SC’ and R®, bounded anteriorly by a white line; oblique apical line
sharply differentiated; fringe strongly chequered (lost in the only
example of monticolata known to me).

Hind wing grey, more feebly marked than in monticolata.

Ruwenzori, 3,000 m., Christmas, 1919. (TT. A. Barns.)

L. sjéstedtt Auriv. (loc. cit. p. 45, t. 2, f. 20), not so well figured
and described as most of Aurivillius’ Kilimanjaro species, is unknown
to me and perhaps still nearer to altipeta, though the figure does not
at all suggest it. In any case it cannot be identical, for—inter alia—
it is said to have the proximal edge of the median area “ almost
straight between the costal margin and the middle of cellule 1b.” In
the species compared the ¢ antenna is not pectinate, but I suspect it
will prove to be pectinate in altipeta, as in inaequata Walk.

6. Calostigia conchulata sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 15).

g , 23 mm.

Head spotted with brown; face pale ochreous-grey with small
projecting cone of scales. Palpus about two, strong, with projecting
hair-scales ; mixed with dark fuscous on outer side. Antenna pectinate
from the third to about the twenty-fourth joint, with rather long, well-
separated branches, distally merely dentate and ciliate. Thorax and

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 143

abdomen concclorous with wings; abdomen with paired (subconfluent)
dark spots. Legs pale ochreous-grey, more or less dark-spotted on
upper and inner sides.

Fore wing glossy-whitish, with light grey-brown suffusions ; costal
margin as far as postmedian (with the exception of narrow pale
median space) dark-spotted ; markings grey-brown ; basal patch slightly
darkened, bounded by a strong, nearly vertical wavy dark line; median
band of moderate width, bounded by slightly crenulate wavy dark lines,
the antemedian slightly and regularly excurved throughout, the post-
median slightly sinuous, straightest between the radials, very gently
excurved between M? and SM’, with no marked lobe in middle ; three
faint lines of dark irroration indicated between basal patch and median
line; two lines proximally, and apparently three distally indicated on
the median band, connected and obscured by dark shading; only a
small patch around the minute celldot (reaching costa) and narrow
interrupted streak from this to hind margin remaining pale; a narrow
white band (clearest proximally) beyond the postmedian, intersected by
a very faint dark line; distal area irregularly suffused, bounded (at least
proximally) by an ill-defined and irregular dark line; subterminal line
lunulate-dentate, only developed anteriorly, where it is filled in
proximally with ill-defined dark spots; a (not very conspicuous) white
dash at apex, the terminal clouding darkest behind this; terminal line
indicated by paired dots at the veins; fringe nearly unicolorous.

Hind wing glossy; dirty white, unmarked, except for some slight
spots at abdominal margin.

Fore wing beneath slightly suffused from base to postmedian,
costally darker, with irregular irroration from base to postmedian and
(more weakly) near termen; a celldot and postmedian line indicated,
the latter strongest between M' and abdominal margin.

Tanganyika: Niragongo, Kivu, October, 1919. (T. A. Barns.)

A nearly unmarked specimen taken at the same time and place (at
4000 m.) is perhaps a form of the same species, perhaps a near ally.
Rather larger and rounder-winged, the celldot of fore wing less minute,
the postmedian line apparently rather more curved. Without more
material I do not venture to name it or pronounce definitely on its
status. Both specimens show the palpal and antennal structures of
Xanthorhoé conchata Warr. and bear (except for the biangulate disco-
cellulars of the hind wing) a good deal of resemblance to that species ;
smaller, fore wing and underside paler (not reddish), wings rather
shorter ; the pale colour is almost that of Hpirrhoé cancellata Warr.
(Nov. Zool. vi. 299) and annulifera Warr, (Nov. Zool, ix. 515),

144 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

7. Calostigia phiara sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 9).

3, 30 mm. =

Structure closely as in conchulata Prout (supra). Shape and facies
more as in Huphyia altispex Prout. Face brown, mixed with black.
Palpus brown, at base whitish. Vertex and thorax mottled whitish and
brown. Abdomen whitish with dark irroration and some brown dorsal
spots. Legs nearly concolorous.

Fore wing glossy white with a tinge of brown; markings dark grey-
brown, in costal region (especially the basal patch) a little brighter and
more red-brown; basal patch dentate outward subcostally and bluntly
bent outward in middle; median band 6 mm. broad at costa, 3 at hind
margin, its proximal edge angled inward at fold, its distal slightly
incurved at R?, rather acutely angled behind R*, then oblique inward to
M?; celldot small, black; distal shades similar to those of altispez,
termen posteriorly as dark distally to subterminal as proximally;
terminal line thick, slightly interrupted at and midway between veins ;
fringes dark proximally, less so distally, with a fine paler dividing-line.

Hind wing with DC weakly biangulate; glossy-whitish, with the
markings of underside very faintly showing; termen with dark paired
dots in posterior part only; fringe grey-brown, slightly paler than on
fore wing but similarly divided.

Underside similar, except in its less brown colour, smaller cellspots,
less inbent postmedian, and whiter subterminal, to that of Huphyia
altispex; terminal line and fringes nearly as above.

Congo Belge: Hast side of Semliki River, Ruwenzori, 2300 m.,
November, 1919. (T'. A. Barns.)

Except in absence of green colouring rather similar to Xanthorhoé
argenteolineata Auriv. (Schwed. Zool. Exped. Kilim., (9) p. 46, t. ii,
f. 17), which has dentate-cillate 3 antenna, non-biangulate disco-
cellulars, etc.

8. Huphyva altispex sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 10).

3, 34 mm.

Face with slight projecting cone of scales; whitish brown-grey, with
strong irroration. Palpus almost 2; largely black, the first joint and
extreme tip pale-mixed. Crown and proximal part of antenna black-
mixed ; antenna triangularly scaled, giving a minutely subserrate
appearance ; ciliation minute. Collar somewhat ferruginous. Thorax
and abdomen whitish-grey, black-mixed; a clear ferruginous spot at
base of abdomen dorsally. Legs partly irrorated, partly infuscated.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 145

Fore wing with costa gently arched, termen faintly sinuous ; white,
mostly with dense fuscous irroration; basal area formed of denser
irroration, more tinged with reddish, bounded by an outwardly oblique
white line, which is angled behind SM’, and thence runs inward to
hind margin; median band weak, red-brown (mixed reddish and dark
fuscous), the central part less red than the proximal and distal; broad
anteriorly, edged by moderately thick white lines, the antemedian
oblique outward from less than one-third costa, angled outward in cell
(thence less oblique) and again at fold, almost vertical posteriorly, the
postmedian from about two-thirds costa, indented on the veins (deeply
on SC’), approximately perpendicular to*the lobe at R®, then oblique
inward to M’, thence slightly oblique outward, the portion posterior to
M? thus considerably narrowed; cellspot black, elongate, with some
white scales round it; a curved dark line (defined by a pale spot at
costa) beyond cellspot, bounding the less red area; space beyond post-
median traversed by thick whitish and slender incomplete fuscous lines,
the veins tinged with buff and red scales; a white longitudinal streak
in front of R', leading to the slenderer, more interrupted whitish
apical streak; the area in front of these streaks more mottled; sub-
terminal line fairly thick, white, interrupted, weakly lunulate, defined
by dark markings proximally; a triangular dark terminal shade behind
apical dash, its apex on R’, its posterior extremity just behind R’;
diffused reddish vein-spots at termen; terminal line strongly blackish-
fuscous, scarcely interrupted; fringe strongly chequered.

Hind wing white, tinged as far as the postmedian line with greyish ;
celldot black ; postmedian line grey, feeble anteriorly, less so pos-
teriorly, where it is incurved about M*; terminal line weaker and more
interrupted than on fore wing ; fringe whitish, very feebly marked.

Both wings beneath strongly marked, with elongate black cellspot,
well marked postmedian (inbent at R* and lobed outward about R*) and
pale (whitish-brown) distal area, with broad reddish-brown (or red-grey)
proximal shades to the subterminal, that of fore wing mixed with blackish
in the anterior half; fore wing with glossy smoky suffusion from base to
postmedian, the costal margin more ochreous-brown and with traces of
the anterior dark terminal shade ; hind wing as far as the postmedian
irrorated with reddish-grey, and with indications of dark transverse
lines; fringes as above.

Congo Belge: Vissoke Volcano, Mikeno Mountains, Kivu, October,
1919. (2. A. Barns.) Type in coll. Joicey.

A smaller and duller ¢ from Nirango Volcano, Kivu, Tanganyika

10

146 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. 1’. A. Barns

Territory, 4,000 m., September, 1919 (T. A. Barns) has the central band
almost unmixed with red.

This species slightly recalls an overgrown Hpirrhoé submaculata
Warr. (Nov. Zool. 1x: 55):

9. Epirrhoé euthygramma sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 8).

&, BI waa,

Head and palpus pale clay-colour, heavily irrorated with black, the
palpus towards its extremity predominantly black. Antenna pubescent.
Collar fawn-colour. Thorax and abdomen pale clay-colour, more tinged
with cinnamon above than beneath, above (excepting base of abdomen)
with some ill-defined grey cloudings; abdomen with one or two appre-
ciable grey crests anteriorly. Legs partly infuscated, especially the
fore leg, on which the pale extremities of the tarsal joints are rather
conspicuous by contrast.

Fore wing rather broad, apex rather pronounced, termen straightish
to middle, then slightly curved, becoming rather more oblique; pale
clay-colour; basal area with some slight dark irorration and slightly
dark-shaded costally ; subbasal line double, straight, exceedingly fine
and weak; median band broad, limited by pure white lines; the ante-
median straight, from hind margin at about one-third, nearly vertical,
obsolete in front of SC; the postmedian with a very slight proximal
curve at costa, minute subcostal indentation, scarcely noticeable
sinuosity at the usual positions, at hind margin slightly oblique out-
ward; the band from the hind margin to near SC and SC° velvety
black-brown, anteriorly scarcely darker than the ground-colour (though
more tinged with fawn) traversed by five grey lines; three dark lines
(the first very fine) between the postmedian and the subterminal; sub-
terminal pure white, interrupted by an oblique white dash from apex
and a blackish cloud thence to R®; conspicuous, though rather less pure
white patch between subterminal and termen from R* to M’; terminal
line black, interrupted by dots of the ground-colour on the veins and
weakened or slightly interrupted midway between; fringe irregularly
mottled with grey and with a fine whitish line beyond middle.

Hind wing rather paler and more greyish, almost uniform from base
to postmedian but with slight indications (clearest at abdominal margin)
of three or four wavy darker lines; postmedian fine, white, wavy at
abdominal margin oblique outward; a fainter pale line just beyond ;
subterminal line and the distal blotch indicated behind R*; a small
brown patch at abdominal margin just proximal to the subterminal ;
terminal line and fringe as on fore wing.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 147

Both wings beneath suffused with ochreous, and moderately irro-
rated ; small black celldots; most of the markings of upper side indi-
cated, but weak, the postmedian clearest, very finely dark, whitish-edged
distally, the dark part of the central fascia scarcely differentiated
(slightly grey, especially behind M7”).

Congo Belge: Mikeno Mountain, N. Kivu, October, 1919. (T. A.
Barns.) Type in coll. Joicey.

10. Hydrelia sjostedti mionoseista subsp. nov. (Text fig. 18).

18. Hydrelia sjéstedti mionoseista ¢.

die

Distinguished from the name—typical form of sjdstedti Auriv.
(Schwed. Zool. Exped. Kilim. (9) p. 42, t. 11, fig. 26, from Kilimanjaro)
by having the dark parts slightly less blackish-grey with a stronger
slaty gloss, fore wing with a fine, nearly straight white antemedian
line present (as in argyridia Butl. and disparata Warr. Nov. Zool. iv,
t. v, fig. 12), median band distally, and especially the white band
beyond it, less extremely projecting than in sjdstedti, the distal area
consequently of more uniform width throughout; hind wing with the
angulated median line extremely faint or obsolete; both wings with the
fringes paler, being dirty whitish, on the proximal half chequered with
grey opposite the veins (in sjéstedtv almost uniform black-grey in
proximal half, white-grey or dirty whitish in distal).

Mikeno Mountain, N. Kivu, Congo Belge, August, 1919. (T. A.
Barns) type and another ¢ ; Karissimbi, Kivu, September, 1919, one 3.
In coll. Joicey, collected by Mr. T. A. Barns.

11. Asthenotricha semidivisa euchroma subsp. noy. (pl. XVIII,
fig. 22).

3, 25 mm.

Rather larger than senidivisa Warr.* (Nov. Zool. viii. 11) from
Uganda and more brightly coloured, the pale stramineous parts of

* Warren’s type measures barely 24 mm., not ‘26 mm.” as given.

148 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

the fore wing, excepting the tornal region, being irregularly suffused
with bright ochreous and reddish, the median area mostly bright red-
purple with pale patches at costa and blackish lines; celldots with
a broad white circumscription except at proximal edge, where there
are only a few white scales; the white again defined by a fine blackish
line; oblique streak along R* thick, variegated with purple and
reddish.

Underside whitish, with the dark marking rather strongly expressed
in glossy grey.

Congo Belge: Mikeno Mountain, N. Kivu, October, 1919. (T. A.
Barns.) Type in coll. Joicey.

12. Asthenotricha straba sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 11).

gf , 25-26 mm.
Very similar to the preceding, differing as follows :—
Distal margins slightly more crenulate. Ground-colour more

uniformly suffused on both wings with bright ochreous. Fore wing
with the lines finer; an angulated subbasal line sharply expressed
(subbasal area suffused and blurred in semidivisa); median area more
broadly posteriorly, the suffusions from cellspot to hind margin
predominantly black; celldot much smaller, placed close to the
proximal margin of the white spot; postmedian line forming a V-
shaped angle outward on R'; longitudinal line of distal area very
thin, blackish; a fine, uninterrupted terminal line. Hind wing with
the hair tuft highly developed, bright ochreous, only with a few dark
hairs; proximal band irrorated with blackish; terminal line as on
fore wing.

Congo Belge: Mikeno Mountain, N. Kivu, October, 1919 (type).
Tanganyika: Niragongo Volcano, Kivu, September, 1919.

I have also seen this species from Mount Kenya and Mount
Aberdare.

13. Asthenotricha malostigma sp. nov. (Text fig. 19).

3, 29 mm.

Head, thorax and abdomen pale grey, the collar somewhat more
brownish.

Fore wing broad; glossy grey (of the same colour as Hydrelia
costalis Auriv., from Kilimanjaro) with the markings white; ante-
median line thicker and more distinct anteriorly and posteriorly than

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 149

in middle, oblique outward from before one-third costa, sharply
angulated subcostally near the cellspot, then approximately vertical
to just beyond one-third hind margin, but angulated outward on fold;
cellspot rather large (over 1 mm. in diameter), round, followed
posteriorly by a vague brownish patch; postmedian line thick, at
about two-thirds, rather deeply inbent and thickened between the
radials, lobed outward at R°—M!, then gradually receding to behind
M’, so as to suggest a long shallow curve inward between M! and
SM*; terminal dark line slight, interrupted; fringe concolorous,
distally rather paler.

19. Asthenotricha malostigma ¢.

Hind wing grey, slightly darker proximally; hair-tuft ochreous-
brown; antemedian line wanting; cellspot more proximal, placed
in anterior corner of cell, followed at abdominal margin by a white
patch; postmedian still thicker than on fore wing, its inward bend
at the radials slighter than the posterior one; faint indications of
a thinner line beyond,

Underside similar, but with the fore wing darker especially
proximally, its first line wanting, a whitish hind-marginal patch
developed opposite the cellspot.

Vissoke Volcano, Kivu, 2600 m., October, 1919. (T. A. Barns.)
’ Type in coll. Joicey.

14. Lobidiopteryx stulta sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 20).

3, 37 mm.

Head and body yellowish olivaceous (possibly slightly discoloured).
Palpus not quite 15 (shorter than in the type species, L. veninotata
Warr., Nov. Zool. ix. 513), the longish hair of proximal half cream-
colour to cream-buff, as also the hair of pectus. Fore leg alternately
black and pale, the black parts the more extended.

Wings—especially the hind wing—rather shorter than in veninotata.

Fore wing much paler (yellowish-olivaceous, almost entirely
without black scaling), the markings much weaker, being merely

150 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

deeper olivaceous; a small patch of blackish irroration between the
bases of the median veins.

Hind wing with SC’—R! slightly longer-stalked than in Warren’s
type; also pale but with a slight fleshy tinge; quite without markings.

Underside similar, the fore wing with the markings still more
indefinite, apically rather more smoky.

Ituri Forest, Central Semliki Watershed, N.W. of Beni, Congo
Belge, January, 1920. (T. A. Barns.) Attracted by lamp.

15. Cleora inaequipicta, sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 14).

Oy Oe Wao.

Head brown, the face darker brown. Palpus rather short, first
joint with long projecting hair-scales below, second joint with moderately
projecting scales, third joint very small, not distinct, blackish. Antenna
not long, pectinate from base to about thirty-second joint, the branches
long; apical joints (about six) merely dentate with slight ciliation.
Thorax brown, mottled above with dark brown, the metathorax with
black-brown. Abdomen brown, mottled (especially on sides) with black-
brown; dorsally narrowly whitish, with rather large paired blackish
spots. Fore and middle legs mottled with blackish ; (hind legs lost).

Wings shaped nearly as in narrow-winged cinctaria Schiff., the
hind wing slightly more convex about R*®-- M'; the fore wing not
crenulate; the hind wing scarcely so, but with a feeble sinuosity between
the radials.

Fore wing with SC! and SC’ both free; fovea well developed ;
whitish-brown, with black-brown irroration, the veins in part, a vague
patch round the fovea and an ill-defined band outside the postmedian
mixed with ochreous; proximal area moderately and median area
strongly and broadly clouded with black-brown, obscuring the mark-
ings; postmedian scarcely defined except by the ochreous band which
follows it, arising in a spot at two-thirds costa, incurved subcostally,
bluntly lobed outside cell, very slightly incurved behind; subterminal
line whitish, fine and not very distinct anteriorly and posteriorly,
broader and more strongly lunulate-dentate between R* and M’; irreg-
ular dark shades proximally to this line and (especially between the
radials and at tornus) distally; terminal line thick, black, slightly
interrupted at the veins; fringe with dark chequering opposite the
veins.

Hind wing predominantly pale, the dark irroration sparser, ochreous
cloudings scarcely indicated; a black celldot; a regularly crenulate

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 151

dark postmedian line (curved nearly parallel with termen) little beyond ;
a thick median shade arising at abdominal margin in contact with the
postmedian, touching the proximal side of celldot, becoming obsoles-
cent anteriorly; the subterminal line and its dark shadings only well
developed from tornus to R'; terminal line and fringe as on fore wing.

Fore wing beneath pale brown, with dark cloudings as far as the
postmedian and proximally to the subterminal, but less strong than
above ; terminal line more slender, more punctiform or macular; fringe
sharply chequered. Hind wing beneath with similar markings to
upperside but rather weaker.

Lufira Valley, November and December, 1918. (T.A. Barns.) Type
in coll. Joicey.

16, Puitthea sospes sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 13).

3, 42 mm.

Face white, with the overhanging tufts black. Palpus black, the
first joint bright orange beneath. Vertex and antenna black, the
pectinations rather heavy. Thorax black, beneath with some orange
admixture. Abdomen above black, beneath mostly orange. Fore coxa
and all femora with conspicuous white spot at base, that of hind femur
the smallest.

Fore wing rather broader than in neavei Prout; black, with the
bands deeper orange at their borders than in neaver; antemedian
much broader, reaching base between the black costal edge and cell,
its breadth throughout approximately 5 mm., its distal edge minutely
dentate outward on SC, M and fold; outer band also broader than in
neavet, reaching costal margin.

Hind wing with the band deep orange, on upperside nearly as
ample as on underside, where it resembles that of neaver ; beneath, in
addition, with an orange line along a great part of SM’*.

N. Rhodesia: Chambezi Valley, Karunga River, 4,500 ft., January,
1917. (T.A. Barns.) Typein coll. Joicey. There are also two examples
in the British Museum, collected by the late Mr. H. C. Dollman, in the
Solwezi district, N.W. Rhodesia.

17. Pitthea neaver aurantifascia subsp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 2).

3 2, 37—40 mm.
Only distinguishable from mn. neavet Prout (Nov. Zool. xxii, 374,
Nyassaland), by the colouring of the bands, but this quite constant.

152 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Fore wing with the bases subtranslucent whitish, rather glossy,
only becoming orange at the extremities and the veins.

Hind wing with the band orange-yellow, not at all red.

Underside also with the colouring somewhat paler than in the
Nyassaland type. 7

Lake T'shohoa, Ruanda District, Tanganyika Territory, August,
1919 (T. A. Barns). 4% &% (including the type) and1 2 allotype (quite
similar except for the shorter antennal pectinations) in coll. Joicey.

18. Terina tanyeces sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 21).

3g, 04 mm.

Face yellowish-white, purer white at lower edge, the upper part
with a large central grey cloud. Palpus white, second joint tinged
with yellowish, third joint mixed with black-grey. Vertex and collar
black-grey. Antenna black. Thorax and abdomen _yellowish-white.
Coxae and femora mixed with yellow; fore and middle legs largely
blackened above ; hind tarsus slightly tinged with grey.

Fore wing white, proximally suffused with yellow; a small golden-
orange basal patch in front of cell and slight longitudinal streaks or
lines of the same in and behind cell; an ample but very irregular
black border, commencing in a very fine line at base of costa, broaden-
ing so as to cross SC at 4—5 mm. from base, distally occupying on an
average about half of the wing, but with very long teeth of the ground-
colour projecting in cell (almost to DC) and behind M? from its origin
(tapering to a point on fold close to termen) and a subsidiary curved
tooth running out from the last-named in front of M* near its origin ;
a long oval white spot between the radials, nearer to DC than to
termen ; fringe black.

Hind wing white; a black apical patch, about 5 mm. long, prox-
imally bounded behind by SC’, distally reaching half-way to R'; a
much smaller black terminal patch (large spot) on M!’; fringe white,
slightly encroached upon by the two black patches.

Fore wing beneath with the orange basal patch rather larger; the
white ground-colour more extended in posterior part of wing, absorbing
the black prong between the two posterior teeth and a great part of
the black hind-marginal border (which, however, remains slightly
greyish by transparency). Hind wing beneath as above, but with a
very small orange costal patch at base.

Belgian Congo: Itoa River, Ituri Forest, Congo-Semliki Watershed,
January, 1920. (T. A. Barns.)

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 153

Belongs to the group of octogesa Druce (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
1887, p. 672, t. 55, f. 1, Cameroons), flavibasis Warr. (Nov. Zool. iv.,
941, Cameroons), incisa Holl. (Knt. News, iv., 60, Gaboon), and
meliorata Prout (Nov. Zool. xxu, 372, Gaboon), which may possibly,
when sufficient material is available for study, prove forms of one
protean species.

19. Hreunetea acrogyra sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, figs. 3, 4).

2, 34 mm.

Head deep flesh-colour. Palpus with inner side paler, terminal
joint blackish. Antenna black. Thorax above grey with a tinge of
flesh-colour, beneath more flesh-colour. Abdomen above mostly orange,
on sides grey mixed with flesh-colour, beneath paler. Legs pre-
dominantly grey.

Fore wing orange, with costal margin grey, broadly (reaching SC)
for basal two-fifths, then very narrowly; apical area broadly black, at
costa reaching from apex inwards for nearly 8 mm., at tornus termin-
ating in a point at SM’; its proximal edge shallowly concave between
DC and M’; fringe grey.

Hind wing orange, with the black apical patch small, roundish-oval,
reaching only from apex to radial fold, at its broadest point (between
SC’ and R') only measuring 3 mm. across; fringe paler orange, grey-
mixed opposite the apical patch.

Fore wing beneath orange, with the grey costal border bounded
by C, the apical patch predominantly purplish, bounded proximally by
a rather narrow deep-black band which arises behind DC’ and Ri,
continues (though tapering to a point) to SM? and is more deeply
concave in middle than the boundary of the black patch of upperside,
leaving free the base of cellules 3 and 4 (the latter, however, black-
dotted). Hind wing beneath only orange at abdominal margin, other-
wise grey (with slight fleshy admixture) proximally, rosy-purplish
distally, with a breadth of 4 mm. at costa, decreasing to less than
2 mm. posteriorly ; a more rosy line or narrow shade at proximal edge
of this border shows an outward bend behind R' analogous to the bend
of the black band of fore wing ; a small blackish celldot, which is also,
on close observation, traceable on upper surface.

Mkoma Mountains, 8. Urindi District, EK. Tanganyika, 1,600 m.,
daly, IGS) CL, 2X, Iopreais,)

Nearest to ortventalis Prout (Nov. Zool. xxii, 370), which has, in
rare aberrations, the apical patch of the hind wing equally short, but

154 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. Tl’. A. Barns

in that case far narrower—almost linear—and which further differs in
having the cellspot of the hind wing always sharply marked above,
the underside of the hind wing less purple distally.

20. Amnemopsyche charmione lujfira Prout.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) v. 292 (1920).

We figure on pl. XVIII, fig. 1, the type & of this already described
subspecies, which was discovered by Mr. Barns on the Lufira River in
February-April, 1919. Five ¢ 3 andone ¢ were taken.

21. Zamarada hero sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 23).

g, 30 mm.

Head pale ochreous-brown with dark irroration. Antenna pec-
tinate to a little beyond middle, with moderate branches ; pale brown,
with dark spots. Thorax above violet-grey with brown irroration.
Abdomen above with the brown preponderating ; first segment with a
white spot; third and fourth with very pale yellowish ones. Body
beneath, with legs, pale yellowish-brown. Abdomen beneath anteriorly
hairy ; hind femur with longish light hair, tibia short and thick, with
long dense hair-tuft predominantly blackish, posteriorly becoming pale
and less long.

Fore wing elongate (nearly as in melpomene Oberth., Et. Lep. vi.,
t. 152, fig. 1460); pale subdiaphanous green, almost free from dark
speckling, except on a part of hind margin; costal margin brown, with
metallic blue-grey irroration, which is strongest proximally; celldot
small; distal border 455 mm. wide anteriorly, 2 mm. at Ml’, the
sinus obliquely bounded from R® to near M' and curving so gently
posteriorly as to form no appreciable angle at M’; the proximal
boundary-line black, very finely edged proximally with yellow and
distally edged with metallic-bluish irroration ; border largely violaceous,
at apex paler and browner, at distal margin posteriorly with ill-defined
spots of the same; subterminal line yellowish-white, broad and deeply
dentate from SC* to R?, then obsolete, reappearing behind M? as a
broad subtornal streak, similar to that of melpomene; bright red-brown
triangles and line proximal to the subterminal; terminal line fine,
black; fringe ochreous, with dark spots opposite the veins. Hind
wing similar.

Underside with costal margins brighter ochreous-brown, distal
borders wholly blackish, only with a small pale apical spot on fore
wing; the yellow line proximally to the border rather thicker and

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T’. A. Barns 155

paler; celldot of fore wing rather longer than above; fringes as
above.

Congo River, below Lisala, May, 1920. Attracted tolamp. (T. A.
Barns.)

22. Zamarada enippe sp. nov. (pl. XVIII, fig. 24).

3, 34 mm.

Head ochreous, mixed (especially on face and palpus) with red-
brown. Antenna bipectinate for well under one-half its length, the
branches moderate; pale ochreous, the pectinations spotted with black-
grey. Thorax and abdomen above violet-grey, the latter with small
pale ochreous-brown mediodorsal spot; beneath, with anal tuft,
ochreous-brown. Middle and hind legs rather paler; hind tibia
dilated, with a groove enclosing a strong blackish hair-tuft.

Fore wing translucent green, slightly paler than translucida Moore ;
costal margin bright golden-ochreous, with metallic leaden spots and
dots; abdominal margin with some grey suffusion to near the outer
line, continuing anteriorly as lines of very weak (and progressively
weaker) irroration as far as M and M?, on which they form a few
dark dots; no cell-marky distal border about 4 mm. wide from costa
to R?, little over 1 mm. in middle, 3 to 2 mm. posteriorly, chocolate
slightly mixed with violet-grey and bearing anteriorly and posteriorly
deep black spots proximally to the subterminal, the three between
SCt and R® largest, sharply triangular, the subterminal itself only
indicated by some thin whitish irroration; proximal boundary line
of this border deep black, very finely yellow-edged proximally, from
SC* to R? weakly lunulate, to R® oblique, the following bay rather
strong but with its corners slightly rounded off; fringe lighter brown,
weakly chequered.

Hind wing with the border rather narrower (especially anteriorly),
otherwise similar.

Both wings beneath with the border almost uniformly darkened
with black-grey, only towards tornus of hind wing becoming paler.

Congo Belge: Kinchasa, Congo River, May, 1920. Attracted to
lamp. (I. A. Barns.)

Belongs to the group of jflavicosta Warr. (Nov. Zool. iv., 122),
larger, with differently shaped borders and wanting the cellspot.
Except in its much larger size it rather nearly resembles Saalmuller’s
figure (Lep. Madag. (2) t. xiv, f. 65) which he quite erroneously calls
reflecaria Walk, and with which I have not yet made acquaint-

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig.

24,

Amnemopsyche charmione lufira 3.
Pitthea neavi aurantifascia 3.
Hreunetea acrogyra °.

i ee (underside).
Larentia barnst 3.

a CHAVA, 2
Xanthorhoé latissima S .
Epirrhoé euthygranma 8.
Calostigia phiara 3.
Huphyia altisper 3.
Asthenotricha straba 3.
Hots oressigenes ?.
Pitthea sospes 3.
Cleora inaequipicta S.
Calostigia conchulata 3.
Lobidiopteryx stulta 3.
Terina tanyeces 3.
Asthenotricha semidivisa euchroma 3.
Zamarada hero 3.

ay ORDO Se

Plate XVIII. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I. 1921.

NEW AFRICAN GEOMETRIDAE.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 157

ance in nature; the figure, however, shows the presence of small cell-
dots, and less yellow costa and slightly narrower borders, which widen
rather than narrow at tornus.

23. Zamarada acosmeta sp. nov. (‘Text fig. 16).

16. Zamarada acosmeta ?.

2, 30—32 mm.

Head light brown, the face, vertex and base of antenna more or
less strongly mixed with red-brown; palpus, excepting the first joint,
somewhat dark-spotted. Thorax and abdomen very pale ochreous-
grey with a tinge of green (especially dorsally); metathorax and
abdomen with ill-defined reddish dorsal stripe or row of spots.

Fore wing very pale translucent-green, the wing-membrane show-
ing violet reflections; grey irroration coarse but not very dense, mostly
arranged so as vaguely to suggest strigulae; costal margin inclining
to buff, rather heavily dark-spotted anteriorly ; celldot very minute ;
distal border purple-grey, excessively narrow, the crenulate reddish
(in part black-mixed) line which bounds it proximally almost touching
the termen between the veins posteriorly to R®? and being nowhere
more than 1 mm. distant therefrom.

Hind wing similar, except costally ; terminal line in anterior part
less dentate proximally on veins. Under side with the buff costal
margin only dark irrorated proximally; distal borders blackish, shaped
as above.

East Tanganyika, Urindi District: Upper Ruvubu River, July—
August, 1919 (type); Lumpungu River, Malagarassi Valley, July, 1919

(paratype).

158 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

V.-—NEW HETEROCERA.
lye Jy DOMOII Any “Gr, SUNUIBOI,

Figures of these forms will be published later.

AMATIDAE.

1. Apisa subargentea sp. nov.

Apparently allied to rendalli Roths.

@. Upperside of fore wing glossy grey, a sort of old-silver colour,
without markings. Hind wing more whitish. Underside as above.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, abdomen slightly glossy. Anten-
nae with shaft grey, branches yellowish-brown. Palpi dark grey,
legs grey.

Length of fore wing: 16 mm.

Habitat—Lake Tshohoa, Ruanda District, August, 1919, one ¢?.

2. Metarctia virgata sp. nov.

Distinguished by the pale ochreous veins on the black-brown ground-
colour of the fore wing.

3&. Upperside of fore wing with blackish-brown ground-colour.
Veins marked with pale ochreous, costa and thin outer marginal line
pale ochreous. An oblique pale ochreous streak between the lower
edge of cell and submedian. A pale ochreous line from the base of
cellule 6 to vein 3, angled outwards to vein 4. Hind wing grey-white
with the distal area smoky-brown, the veins and a marginal line pale
ochreous.

Underside of fore wing paler than above. Hind wing suffused with
blackish-brown.

Antennae pale brown, shaft pale ochreous. Palpi blackish-brown,
marked with pale ochreous above. Head and thorax blackish-brown,
abdomen grey-brown, legs dark ochreous-brown.

Length of fore wing: 15 mm.

Habitat——Mikeno Volcano, N. Kivu, 2,400 feet, September, 1919,
two gd.

3. Metarctia ochreogaster, sp. nov.

Allied to rubrilineata B.-Bkr., but the ground-colour is dark
ochreous-brown, the spots are differently placed and there are traces

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 159

of distal spots. The arrangement of markings is much as in rubrovitta
Auriv.

&. Upperside dark ochreous-brown. Fore wing with crimson
markings; a stripe below costa from base to near apex, a discoidal spot,
a spot in middle of cell, a smaller spot in base of cellule 6, two indis-
tinct spots in bases of cellules 3 and 4, a well-marked spot below base
of vein 2, an indistinct series of submarginal spots formed of scattered
crimson scaling, a dot at base of submedian. Hind wing without
markings.

Underside paler with some spots faintly showing through.

Head, thorax, and abdomen dark ochreous-brown. Antennae
yellowish-brown. Palpi dark ochreous-brown, crimson at sides. Frons
edged with crimson. [yes edged with crimson. Legs ochreous,
femora crimson above, tibiae black above. Ventral surface of abdomen
ochreous.

Length of fore wing: 16 mm.

Habitat.—Ituri Forest, N.W. Beni, January, 1920, two 3 3
(type) ; Semliki Forest, HK. Semliki Valley, Ruwenzori, December, 1919,
OMS Ss

ARCTIIDAE.

4. Spilosoma rufa sp. nov.

Allied to melanodisca Hmps. but antennae more broadly pectinate,
a larger insect, and differently coloured.

3. Upperside reddish-orange. Fore wing with lines marked by
indistinct black points on the veins. A subbasal angled line, a discal
line paralleled to it, a postdiscal line, a marginal line. All these lines
are indistinctly indicated by black points, and in the paratype are not
visible, there remaining only 6 black points. Hind wing tinged with
crimson. A black discoidal spot and some black submarginal marks
including two well-marked anal spots.

Underside ochreous faintly washed with crimson. Fore wing with
a black discoidal streak and costa with some brown scaling. Hind
wing with blackish scaling at base of costa, a black discoidal streak,
and traces of the submarginal marks above.

Head and thorax ochreous; antennae grey-white; palpi ochreous ;
femora ochreous, crimson above; tibiae and tarsi dark brown tinged
with crimson; abdomen pale crimson with small black dorsal spots on
segments 6—8.

Length of fore wing: 17 mm.

160 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Habitat.—Kissenji River, Lake Kivu, September, 1919, one ¢
(type) ; Mikeno Forest, Kivu, 2,000 m., October, 1919, one 3.

5. Maenas ngrilinea sp. nov.

Unlike any other known African species.

°. Upperside of fore wing pale buff, with brownish-black stripes
between the veins. An interrupted cell-stripe along upper margin, the
proximal half thinner than distal half; a short triangular stripe in base
of cellule 6; a subapical spot from costa to below vein 7 ; a short stripe
on vein 6; a little scaling below vein 5; stripe along 4 filling base of
cellule 4, extending along 3, filling base of 3, extending along margin
of cell and two-thirds along vein 2, thence below this along edge of
cell half-way between 2 and the base; a long stripe above submedian,
not reaching base nor tornus; a series of black marginal dots between
the veins. Hind wing pure white without markings.

Underside paler. Fore wing with markings showing through, costa
edged with orange.

Head and thorax pale buff. Antennae white above, black beneath.
Tegulae edged with orange behind. Shoulders with a black spot.
Patagia with a black spot pointed behind. Palpi pale buff, orange
beneath, and black at sides. Abdomen with basal white hair, orange
above, pale buff beneath with two rows of black lateral dots; anal
tuft pale buff.

Length of fore wing: 21 mm.

Habitat.—Niansa, Ruanda District, August, 1919, one ¢.

6. Maenas paucipuncta sp. nov.

Allied to affinis Roths., but differs in the unspotted abdomen and
differently-spotted fore wing.

3. Upperside pure white. Fore wing with a slight yellowish
tinge, more marked along costa, which is edged with orange, and inner
margin. A small elongate black dot in cell at base, a black dot at
upper and one at lower angle of cell, a black point on costa beyond
cell, black dots in pairs on veins 2-4 and one on the submedian
forming a post-discal line incurved at vein 2, a dot on vein 2 beyond
its base, a larger black dot below it on submedian. Hind wing without
markings. Underside with dots of the fore wing showing through.

Head and thorax white with yellow tinge. Antennae black, shaft
white above. Palpi yellowish-brown, black at sides. Tegulae edged

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 161

with orange behind. Abdomen orange above with white hair at base,
ventral surface white with yellow tinge. Legs white, tarsi marked
with black, fore femora orange above.

Length of fore wing: 16 mm.

Habitat.—Akanjaru River, Ruanda District, August, 1919, one 3.

AGARISTIDAE.

7. Mitophrys barnsi sp. nov.

Allied to latreillec H.S., but has larger spots and is distinguished
by a yellow submarginal dotted line.

3. Upperside of fore wing with maroon-brown ground-colour and
pale ochreous patches edged with black. Costa and basal two-thirds
of inner margin black. A small basal spot, a spot in basal part of cell ;
a larger quadrate spot near end of cell; a basal stripe entering base of
cell; a large submedian patch, its lower edge touching submedian, its
upper edge touching vein 2, and narrowly separated from the basal
stripe by its black outer edge, the upper part of which is oblique; a
small oblong spot on the black distal edge of the large spot; a broad
oblique subapical band from below costa to a little below vein 3, its
lower part directed outwards to near the margin and somewhat rounded
at the end, at the middle slightly constricted; a faint yellow short
subapical line invading the black anterior edge of the band; a sub-
marginal dotted yellow line, formed of five dots anteriorly, some
scattered scales round the end of the band, and two indistinct dots in
a black patch at the tornus; a bluish mark in the middle of cell, a
bluish discocellular mark, a bluish dot below base of vein 2,a bluish line
distally of the submedian patch, and a ae series of purplish-blue
spots. Fringes pale ochreous.

Hind wing orange with a broad black distal border and a large
black discocellular spot. Fringes black on inner half, outer half
ochreous.

Underside with maroon-brown ground-colour. Fore wing with basal
half yellow and bearing a spot of ground-colour in base of cellule 2
with a quadrate spot in cell above it, separated by vein. <A yellow sub-
apical band as above. Hind wing as above, distal border maroon-
brown.

Antennae, head and thorax black. Palpi black fringed with orange
hair below; frons white at sides; tegulae with four white stripes ;
patagia fringed with orange on inside and with an orange basal spot.

IL

162 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. IT. A. Barns

Abdomen orange with black dorsal spots. Kemora and greater part of
tibiae orange, rest of legs black.

Length of fore wing: 23 mm.

Habitat.—Lufira River, near Likasi Copper Mine, 4,000 feet, 6
December, 1918, one 3.

LYMANTRIIDAH.

8. Laelia conjunctifascia sp. nov.

Allied to ansorget Roths.

3. Upperside with chrome-yellow ground-colour. Fore wing with
blackish bands of white black-tipped scales, the spaces between forming
narrow bands of ground-colour washed with brick-red. Basal third
black excepting a spot of ground-colour at base of inner margin, a
brick-red basal spot below cell, and a brick-red costal spot. Discal and
postdiscal black bands fused together and bearing brick-red spots on the
submedian, on the angle of 4 and 5, and on 6, with a mark on the disco-
cellulars. A row of marginal black spots, the apical one elongate, the
others increasing in size posteriorly. ‘The basal and distal black areas
separated by a curved narrow band washed with brick-red, a similar
band separating the postdiscal band from the marginal spots, strongly
angled outwards at vein 7. Costa brick-red near the apex.

Hind wing slightly washed with brick-red, and bearing traces of
black submarginal spots.

Underside chrome-yellow, fore wing suffused with black in the
distal half, hind wing with blackish submarginal spots in cellules 2-6.

@. Extended brick-red on both wings. Fore wing with postdiscal
band separated from the discal and with a large loop. Hind wing
without markings.

Antennae black. Head and thorax chrome-yellow washed with
brick-red. Abdomen chrome-yellow with black dorsal bands. Femora
and tibiae chrome-yellow, tarsi blackish-brown. Palpi chrome-yellow,
third segment blackish-brown.

Length of fore wing: ¢ 21 mm.

Habitat.—Kassaka River, Malagarassi Valley, HK. Tanganyika, July,
1919, one 3.

2 in B. M. from Solwezi, N. E. Rhodesia, October 26, 1917, H. C.
Dollman. Distinguished from ansorgec by the discal and postdiscal
bands being broader and merged together, and by the paler underside
with extended costal and apical grey-black on the fore wing.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 163

HYPSIDAE:

9. Phaegorista prowti sp. nov.

Allied to agaristordes Bdy. but distinguished from this and other
species by the red basal area on the fore wing and the more distally
placed subapical band.

dé. Upperside with general markings of the allied form. Fore
wing with red ‘basal area extending into the base of cellule 2, with a
broad stripe in the cell and a narrow costal streak. Subapical white
band, not crossing vein 3 and at a distance of about 3 mm. from end of
cell. A small white spot near tornus. Fringes not white at apex but
dotted with white throughout. Hind wing as in allied form but with
black margin slightly narrower, distal half of vein 2 streaked with
black, and some black scaling above the base of vein 3 forming a small
discal spot.

Underside as above. Fore wing with whole basal area red, leaving
the costa narrowly black.

Body and appendages coloured as in allied form, except that the
thorax below is red.

Size as in allied form.

Habitat.—Lufira Valley, November—December, 1918, one 3.

SATURNIIDAE.

10. Pseudaphelia basiflava sp. nov.

g. Upperside brownish-black, thinly scaled as in allied forms.
Fore wing with a yellow spot on the lower discocellular. Slight yellow
scaling in the cell, on costa above it, and in the submedian area. Hind
wing with basal half pale-yellow, including the discocellulars, the bases
of cellules 2, 4, 5 and 6, and slightly the base of 3.

Underside very pale yellow with apex and outer margin of fore
wing and distal half of hind wing brownish. Both wings with a
yellow spot on the lower discocellular.

Antennae black. Head yellow; tegulae brownish-black fringed
with yellow hair below. Abdomen brownish-black ringed with yellow ;
anal tuft yellow. Legs brownish-black, tibiae fringed with yellow hair
on the inside.

Length of fore wing: 36 mm.

Habitat.—North side of the Maiko (or Oiko) Valley, near Stanley-
ville, May, 1920, one ¢.

164 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

11. Hudaemonia argiphontes barnsi subsp. nov.

Distinguished from the typical West African form by its large size
and darker colour.

3. Upperside with darker brown ground-colour. Fore wing with
postdiscal band curved in its anterior part and parallel with outer
margin between costa and vein 5. Subbasal band with inner edge
more strongly pink in its posterior half. Hind wing with the rounded
spots placed farther from the postdiscal band.

Underside of fore wing with submarginal line farther from the
margin and ending posteriorly straight from vein 2 to the margin close
to the postdiscal line. Hind wing with postdiscal line bordered by a
heavier dark band on its inside.

Length of fore wing: 40 mm.; in a large specimen of the typical
form this measures 33 mm.

Habitat—H. Epulu River, N. Ituri Valley, between Penghe and
Irumu, 700 m., March, one ¢. Disturbed in dense forest at midday.

Mr. Barns notes that on April 9 another of these moths was
observed by his wife between the Lindi and Ituri Rivers. This was
about 11 a.m. and the specimen had a “ quick and lively flight.”

LIMACODIDAE.

12. Thosea rufimacula sp. nov.

Distinguished by the black fore wing, bearing a reddish-brown spot
near the tornus, and smoky-brown hind wing.

9. Upperside of fore wing with black ground-colour, for the
greater part overlaid with bluish-white scales. A subbasal brown line,
a discal brown line, and a postdiscal brown line, all heavily marked.
posteriorly ; a second postdiscal brown line from costa to vein 4; a
black submarginal band to vein 4, with 3 short proximal oblique
branches; a tawny patch between veins 2 and 4 at tornus; a black
marginal line becoming indistinct posteriorly where it meets the end
of the submarginal line above the tawny patch. Hind wing smoky-
brown. Underside smoky-brown.

Antennae, palpi, and head chocolate-brown. ‘Thorax and abdomen
deep chesnut-brown. Legs chestnut-brown mixed with grey.

Length of fore wing: 14 mm.

Habitat—Lufira River, near Likasi Copper Mine, 4,000 feet,
November 30, 1915, one ?.

New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns 165

In the B.M, from Kola Valley, Port. E. Africa, April 5, 1918,
5S, A. Neave, one 2°.

URANIIDAE.
13. Hpiplema costilinea sp. nov.

Distinguished by its grey colour and the hind wing possessing a
yellowish subapical line from the costa at right angles.

2. Upperside grey strongly irrorated with blackish-brown. Fore
wing paler in the apical half. A postdiscal yellowish line edged with
black on the inside, its upper part at right angles to the costa,
strongly angled at vein 4, and thence indistinct to the inner margin.
A dark sub-marginal spot at vein 5, a discoidal spot, and an ill-defined
blackish patch at the tornus. Hind wing with a faint basal, discal,
postdiscal, and submarginal line. Postdiscal line with upper half as
on fore wing and reaching to vein 4, not discernible beyond this,
A submarginal black line.

Underside paler than above and only slightly irrorated with black.

Antennae yellowish-brown. Palpi black above, grey-brown below.
Head, thorax, legs and abdomen grey.

Length of fore wing: 15 mm.

Habitat.—Mugowosi River, Malagarassi Valley, Udjiji District,
July, 1919, one 2.

In B.M. from Bukasa, Uganda, October 27, HE. A. Minchin, one 3.

ZLYGAENIDAE.
14. Netrocera jordan sp. nov.

Allied to setioides Feld. and wgandae Jord., connecting these two
forms. Distinguished from setvovdes by the black discal stripe on
the fore wing.

3. Upperside of fore wing with dark yellow ground-colour. Cell
blue-black with sparse scaling of the same colour between the veins.
Submedian area blue-black with a narrow or broad stripe of ground-
colour on the submedian. Costa at apex, outer and inner margins
blue-black, broadening below vein 3. Hind wing bright yellow with
a blue-black margin narrowing to the submedian fold. Fringes black.

Underside as above but ground-colour of the fore wing brighter
yellow.

166 New Lepidoptera collected by Mr. T. A. Barns

Antennae, head, palpi, thorax, legs and abdomen blue-black.
Tegulae fringed with yellow hair; patagia with a yellow stripe down
the middle.

Length of fore wing: 12 mm.

Habitat.—Kabati, Lake Kivu, October, 1919, two 3 ¢.

15. Pedoptila ngrocristata sp. nov.

Allied to catort B.-Bkr., but distinguished by the black anal tuft.

?. Fore wing with upper discocellular as long as the middle one,
more oblique than in other species and scarcely angled at vein 6. The
basal yellow area is broader costally than in catord and its outer edge
is concave.

Hind wing as in catorz, but the tail is black and not fringed with
whitish as in that species.

Body and appendages as in catorz, but with the difference that the
frons is black, the tarsi are black, and the anal tuft is blackish-brown.

Length of fore wing: 14 mm.

Habitat Chambezi River, N. HK. Rhodesia, April, 1917, one ¢.

16. Semioptila lufirensis sp. nov.

Allied to hilaris Rebel and flavidiscata Hmps. Resembles the
latter in general appearance, but the two submedian veins of the
fore wing are strongly marked, as in hilarvs.

3. Fore wing with cell-streak not reaching end of cell and not
touching the discocellular spot. Cellule 1b is not entirely filled in
with yellow, the angle formed by the junction of submedian and
the margin being of the ground-colour. Cellule 1c yellow in the
basal half. The allied forms have la-lce entirely yellow. Hind wing
larger than in the allied forms and with a longer and more spatulate
tail, which is broader than in any other species.

Abdomen hairy as in hilaris, more so than in flavidiscata.

Length of fore wing: 15 mm.

Habitat.—Lufira River, near Likasi Copper Mine, 4,000 feet,
September 30, 1918, five 3 3.

167

V.—DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW FORMS OF
LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE ISLAND OF HAINAN.

Bae do ds GIOCHI) Basin) (Ep, SMU etOM

THE forms here described were sent to the Hill Museum by C. T.
Bowring, Esq., F.E.S., who, whilst residing on Hainan, spared neither
trouble nor expense in obtaining specimens from all parts of the island.

We have to acknowledge our great indebtedness to Mr. Bowring
for his generosity in presenting to the Hill Museum the bulk of the
specimens obtained by him between the years 1918 and 1920. At Mr.
Bowring’s request a selection of duplicates will be presented to the
National Museum.

The work of classifying this extensive material is proceeding, and
a complete account of the Lepidoptera of Hainan will be published
in a future number of this Journal. Mr. Bowring has added very
largely to our knowledge of the Hainan Lepidoptera by the discovery
of many forms hitherto not known to occur on the island. Some
of these are new to science and in the present paper we record 22,
together with the other sex of 4 already described in the ¢@.

Special mention must be made of the collection obtained by Mr.
Young Chun, a Chinese graduate of Harvard University, who made
a journey of three months in the Five Finger Mountains. Although
Mr. Chun was especially engaged upon botanical work, he managed to
get together a very fine lot of Lepidoptera for Mr. Bowring. These
included an interesting new form of Kallima inachis, a new Tagiades,
and new forms of Limenitis dudu, Hestina nama, and Stichophthalma
nourmahal, none of which were received from other parts of the
Island. Mr. Chun also obtained the extremely rare Pieris naganum
Moore, only known from the Naga Hills and Upper Burma.

PAPILIONIDAE.
1. Papilio dasarada melanurus Roths. 2 (pl. XIX, fig. 1).

Fore wing greyish-ochreous basally, and basal two-thirds of hind
wing of the same colour. Hind wing with patches in 4 and 5 small,
lightly sprinkled with black scales, Both hind wings are cut off from

168 New Forms of Lepidoptera from the Island of Hainan

the end of vein 5 to vein 2, so that no remark can be made concerning
this area.
Interior, August, 1920, one ¢.

2. Papilio coon insperatus subsp. nov. (pl. XIX, fig. 2).

$ 2. Hind wing with a smaller cell-spot than in the race dowble-
dayi Wall., but the postcellular spots are larger, especially the one
in cellule 4; submarginal spots smaller than in dowbledayt.

Interior, July, one 3, September, five ¢ ¢ one 2.

3. Papilio rhetenor irene subsp. nov. (pl. XX, fig. 3 ¢, 4 ¢).

¢. Upperside more distinctly blue than greenish. Underside
with reduced basal spots. The costal stripe is much shorter. The
distal spot in 2 is reduced to the retention of its upper part, which
remains as a bar. No distal spots in 3 or 4.

@. Hind wing with smaller discal patch with the spots in 4
and 6 absent or minute. The red distal, anal and marginal spots
are only indicated.

Underside with basal markings as in the male, submarginal spots
small.

One specimen with the fore wing ochreous-grey, less so distally
(2 allotype).

Interior, June one 3 (type), August one ¢ (allotype), March
one ¢, April six ¢ 3, September two ¢ 3; Five Finger Mountains,
Namfun, March one ¢ ; Five Finger Mountains, June one 2°.

In the Hope Museum, Oxford. Interior, July one ¢. Presented
by C. T. Bowring.

4, Papilio dialis cataleucas Roths. ° .

Similar to the ¢. Fore wing paler above and below with more
extended white scaling. Hind wing with a paler and more purplish-
blue costal area.

Interior, June, 1920, one 2 (neallotype), August, 1920, one 2¢,
September, 1920, two 2 @.

A series of ¢ 3 as follows:—Interior, July, 1920, two, August,
three, September, six, no date, two; Five Finger Mountains, May
27, 1920, one,

New Forms of Lepidoptera from the Island of Hainan 169

NYMPHALIDAE.

5. Penthema lisarda bowringi subsp. nov. (pl. XXI, fig. 5).

$ 2. Allied to the race formosanwm Roths. The fore wing
retains the basal stripe and the inner marginal stripe of the typical
form lisarda ; the median and submedian stripes are thicker and the
submarginal spots nearer the margin than in the Formosa form. Hind
wing with cell-patch as in light specimens of formosanum, but with
lower margin of cell more broadly brown. The stripe in cellule 3
well developed. Submarginal spots nearer the margin.

Interior, September, five ¢ ¢, one 2? (¢ type and ? allotype) ;
August, two 3 g, June, one g, April, one g, no date, one 3.

The Formosa race appears to be a darker development of the
Hainan form, and most specimens from Formosa are very dark. The
form from Tonkin appears to be nearer formosanwm than to bowring?.

6. Cynthia erota hainana Holl. 2 (pl. XXI, figs. 6-8).

C. deione var. havnana Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv.,
p. 116 (Hainan) (1887) ¢.

The spots and bands are pale ochreous, white only in one specimen.
The basal area of both wings is greenish. Distal area of fore wing
dark ochreous, of hind wing yellow-brown.

Underside with central area pale ochreous.

Aberr. | (fig. 7). Band of fore wing paler and with indistinct
markings, sharply defined by the discal and submarginal lines. Hind
wing much paler, band broader and merging into the yellow-brown
distal area.

Aberr. 2 (fig. 8). Wings darker and lines more heavily marked,
band of hind wing greenish-grey.

Interior, May, 1919 and 1920, five 2? 2 (2 neallotype); June,
two 2 2 (one with white markings); August, 1919 and 1920, two
925 April, 1920; one 2, March, 1920, one 9, August, 1920) one
2 (Aberr. 2); December, 1919, one 2 (Aberr. 1); no date, 1919,
two 2 2, October one 2; Five Finger Mountains, June, 1920,
Onen 2,

Also a series of ¢ S as follows: Interior, March, 1920, seven,
April, four, May, twenty, July, one, August, three, April-September,
four, September, four, December, three, no date, four; Leanui,
wet month end of summer, one ¢,

170 New Forms of Lepidoptera from the Island of Hainan

Some specimens are without the white dusting on the distal area
below.

7. Kallima inachis alicia subsp. nov. (pl. XXI, fig. 9).

3. The ground-colour of the upperside is black. Hind wing with
a faint bluish tinge basally and paler costal and distal areas.

The shape of the orange band and other markings is not different
from what is found in the typical form.

Underside pattern and coloration as in many Indian specimens,
viz., greenish ground-colour much speckled with ochreous, and with
the lines dark green and well defined.

Five Finger Mountains, 5,000 feet, June, 1920, one 3.

8. Limenitis dudu hainensis subsp. nov.

?. More nearly resembling the ? of bockit Moore. Bands white
as in that form. Fore wing with the anterior part of the band more
obliquely placed and nearly at right angles with the spot in 3.
Postdiscal white spots distinct and including a distinct spot in 3.
Pale distal margin of the bands narrower on both wings.

Five Finger Mountains, Fansa, 5,000 feet, June, 1920, one ¢.

9. Huthalia kesava kis subsp. nov.

Named after one of the aboriginal tribes of Hainan. Allied to
tudela Fruh., from Tonkin, and not very different from this.

3. Upperside of fore wing as in tudela. Hind wing with the
green area narrowing anteriorly more than in tudela, its outer edge
farther from the margin and distinctly dentate.

Underside with the submarginal bands more strongly marked and
the lower spot on the fore wing especially large.

?. Upperside with sharply defined bands, the postdiscal dentate
line being strongly marked and more sharply dentate.

Underside with the bands strongly marked as above and bluish-
white except for the central part of the band on the fore wing below
vein 4. Band of the fore wing broader and near its outer edge nearer
the margin of the hind wing narrower than in Indian specimens. .

Interior, September, 1920, four ¢ ¢, two ? 2 (2? allotype); no
date, one 3, one 2 (¢ holotype); August, 1920, one 3, July, 1920,
three ¢ 3, two ? 2 ; November, 1919, one 3.

New Forms of Lepidoptera from the Island of Hainan 171

10. Hulaceura osteria sitarama Fruh. ¢ (pls. XXI, fig. 10 ¢, XXII,
ipl) “Q)):

Darker than other female forms of osteria. Fore wing without
any white distal suffusion. Hind wing with white spots in 6 and
7 strongly marked. Discal band on both wings heavily edged with
black on the inner side. Hind wing not paler in the distal areas, the
black submarginal spots edged with slightly paler brown.

Underside darker than in other forms.

Interior, August, one °.

The ¢ has not received adequate description (Seitz Macrolep. ix.,
p. 702, 1913), and we take this opportunity of giving it again.

Fore wing with band continued to vein 6, curved inwardly, the
spot in 2 more proximal than the others, and inner edge toothed at
vein 2 and submedian.

Length of fore wing, 34 mm., other forms, 28-31 mm., 2 35 mm.,
not larger than specimens from Borneo.

A series of 3 & as follows: Interior, May, one, June, 1920, one,
August, 1920, two, September, 1920, one.

11. Hestina nama melanoides subsp. nov.

3. Fore wing as in the typical form. Hind wing with black
ground-colour without any trace of reddish-brown. The discal spots
in 2 to 4 strongly developed, and in the type placed parallel to the
margin. A distinct series of submarginal crescent-shaped marks.

Underside of hind wing with the reddish-brown coloration of the
typical form. Discal spots larger than above and submarginal
crescents strongly marked.

Specimens with dark hind wing occur as aberrations in India, but
they retain the markings of the type form.

Five Finger Mountains, May, 1920, three 3 3.

12. Charaxes polyxena paris subsp. nov. (pl. XXII, figs. 12, 13).

Allied to the form jalinder Butl.

3&. Upperside of fore wing with the white band curved on its
inner edge, which is sharply limited by a heavy black line of three bars
from vein 4 to the submedian. The band is continued to the inner
margin, but between this and the submedian is sprinkled with the
tawny basal colour.

Hind wing with apical patches large, but the spots below these are

172 New Forms of Lepidoptera from the Island of Hainan

smaller than in most specimens of polyxena forms. Underside russet
ground-colour and marked as in most other forms. Owing to the
great variation of the underside pattern in this species we refrain
from giving a detailed description.

Interior, September, 1920, one 3.

13. Charazes marmaz bowringt subsp. nov. (pl. XXII, figs. 14, 15).

3. Fore wing with the spots of the marginal band below vein 5
not connected, the pair below vein 2 together smaller than the spot in
2. Discal spots and lines only faintly indicated, and the spot at
base of cellules 5 and 6 minute. Hind wing with the submarginal
spots free, the four lower ones smaller than in most specimens of the
typical form,

Underside as in the typical form.

Interior, June, one 3, July, 1920, one ¢.

The @ is too worn to permit of any description.

14. Charaxes aristogiton indefimta subsp. nov. (pls. XXII, fig. 16,
OXIUNG, iar, ILY))s

This specimen presents most of the characters of aristogiton,
especially in the characteristic coloration of the underside.

$. Fore wing with black marginal border more strongly incurved
between veins 5 and 3; postdiscal waved line faintly marked as in
marmax; subcostal black patch smaller than in most specimens of
marmax; discal spots in 5 and 6 reduced to thin short bars. Hind
wing with the two apical spots free, the other four spots smaller than
in typical form. ,

Underside coloration as in typical form. The hind wing with the
outer edge of the dark postdiscal band not straight but irregular as in
specimens from Burma and Perak. |

Interior, July, 1920, one ¢. Abdomen missing.

AMATHUSIIDAE.
15. Stichophthalma nourmahal chuni subsp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 18).

Apparently more nearly allied to the typical form than to nwrinissa
Nicév. The type of nowrmahal Westw. is a ¢ and is in the Joicey
collection, having been received with the Grose-Smith collection.

3. Upperside of fore wing with broader yellow apical area than in
nurinissa, The edge of the black marginal border is sharply dentate,

New Forms of Lepidoptera from the Island of Hainan 173

and the black line invading the yellow between the veins is crossed by
a transverse black bar. Hind wing only slightly paler along the outer
margin. The marginal crescents are produced between the veins to
a much enlarged facsimile of the markings found on the fore wing.

Underside darker than in nwrinissa or nowrmahal ?, and the
transverse lines only faintly edged with ochreous. The ocelli are smaller
than in the two allied forms.

Five Finger Mountains, May, 1920, one ¢.

16. Stichophthalma howqua bowringi subsp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 19).

& 2. Upperside of fore wing with the submarginal line more
strongly undulate and continuous, the arrow-head markings not well
developed. Hind wing with submarginal line more strongly undulate
and the arrow-head markings en a longer stem.

Underside of fore wing with discal line bent more strongly outward
at vein 2. Ocelli smaller on both wings.

Five Finger Mountains, May, 1920, one & (type) and two others ;
June, 1920, two ¢ 3; Fansa, S.W. slope, 5,000 feet, June, two 3 ¢ ;
Interior, July, 1920, one 2 (allotype) ; September, 1920, one ¢g.

17. Stichophthalma neumogeni le subsp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 20).

Named after one of the aboriginal tribes.

3 2. Upperside of fore wing with heavy submarginal crescents
which are connected at the veins. Arrow-head marks not connected
with the crescents, large but not of definite outline and without a
proximal point. Hind wing with large submarginal crescents
connected indistinctly at the veins. Arrow-head marks as on the
fore wing but those in cellules 4 and 5 with a proximal point.

Underside with discal line more irregular and on the fore wing
more broadly edged with whitish distally. Submarginal line much less
dentate than in the typical form. Antemarginal line further from the
margin and faintly marked, and nearly parallel to the submarginal line.

Interior, September, one ¢ (type), two 2 2; November, 1919,
one ? (allotype); May, 1919, one 2? ; August, 1920, one 2°.

HLYMNIINAE.
18. Hlymmas patna bercovitzi subsp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig 21).
Dedicated to Dr. Bercovitz of the American Presbyterian Mission,

whose native collectors obtained many specimens for Mr. Bowring.
3. Smaller than the typical form. Fore wing above with smaller

174 New Forms of Lepidoptera from the Island of Hainan

and well defined blue patches. A slight deep blue sheen without any
tinge of green over the distal area. Spots in 2 and 3 with each a
white dot and also a white dot in 5 at the end of the subapical band.
Hind wing with the white spots more strongly marked, and with a
more sharply defined edge on both sides of the wing than in the typical
form.

Length of fore wing: 35-39 mm. ; in patna patna, 42-48.

Five Finger Mountains, June, 1920, one 3s (type); Interior,
September, 1920, one ¢ (smaller than type).

SATYRINAE.
19. Ragadia crisilda crisildina subsp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 22).

& ¢. Both sides with the bands whiter and more sharply defined.
Hind wing with the submarginal band a little broader than in typical
form.

Underside of fore wing with white marginal line more heavily
marked. Hind wing with a broader interspace between the marginal
and submarginal lines.

Five Finger Mountains, June, 1920, one ¢ (holotype); Interior,
August, 1920, one 3, one ? (3 allotype); May, 1920, one ?,
December, 1920, one °.

20. Coelites nothis digitorwm subsp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 23).

Allied to sylvarum Fruh. from Tonkin.

3 2. Upperside of a deep and intense blue, the apical and marginal
area being steel-blue.

Underside dark as in sylvarum, the pale bands as in the typical
form. Hind wing with the apical ocellus larger than in typical form
and the two anal ocelli much larger and about equal in size, though
smaller than apical ocellus.

Interior, April, 1920, one gs one 2 (¢ holotype); May, 1920,
one ¢, July, 1920, two ? 2, June, 1920, one 3s, September,
three ¢ d, two 2 ? ; no date, one 2, one S (8 allotype).

HESPERIIDAE.
21. Parata canostigma sp. nov.

Allied to alexis Fbr., but distinguished from this and other allied
forms by the greyish stigma of the fore wing.
3. Upperside dark-brown. Stigma covered with short grey-white

se he

New Forms of Lepidoptera from the Island of Hainan 175

hair. Underside similar to the allied form. Fore wing with costal
two-thirds metallic greenish-blue. Hind wing with basal two-thirds
metallic greenish-blue limited by the postdiscal band, which is
represented by a fine white line, thickened at its lower end. Distal
area purplish. Black anal lobe as in allied forms.

Length of fore wing: 23 mm.

Interior, May, 1920, one 3.

22. Tagiades bowringt sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, figs. 24, 25).

We can find no near ally of this species, but in pattern it is
reminiscent of Orthopetus lidderdali Elw.

3. Upperside of fore wing black-brown with a bluish sheen, and
with hyaline spots. A spot in the cell, four discal spots in 1b, le, 2
and 3, the lower one the smaller, the second more distal, the third
larger than the others and more proximal, the fourth more distal ;
a forked marking in 3 between discal spots and cell, two hyaline streaks
in 2 between discal spot and cell, a hyaline streak in cell along lower
edge; a series of five subapical spots, the two upper ones a little
smaller than the others, the third spot more distal, the two lower more
distal and one below the other. Hind wing with black-brown ground-
colour, basal half covered with short hair of ochreous-yellow colour.
A distal series of ovate spots of ground-colour outlined with yellow, the
four anterior spots faintly outlined, the posterior four with yellow outer
patch extending to a point on the margin. A round spot of ground-
colour in the cell at its end. Fringe ochreous-yellow from base to
vein 5. |

Underside of fore wing as above, but with a submarginal series of
small greyish somewhat lunulate spots, the two lower ones only
distinct. Inner margin pale yellow as far as the lower discal spot.
Hind wing with markings as above. A yellow stripe between cell-spot
and base, and a yellow patch between cell-spot and the postdiscal spot
in 4and 5. The yellow ground of the four lower spots is prolonged to
a point basad in each case. Cellule 1b ochreous-yellow. The three
anterior spots are edged with grey-white distally.

Antennae black-brown. Head black-brown, frons edged with
yellowish-white, a yellowish-white spot at base of antennae. Thorax
covered with yellowish-green and black-brown hair. Abdomen black-
brown narrowly ringed with grey-white, basal segments fringed with
short greenish-yellow hair, ventral surface yellow. Palpi black with
a yellowish-white lateral stripe. Legs ochreous-yellow, femora and tibiae

176 New Forms of Lepidoptera from the Island of Hainan

black-brown on the outer side, hind tibiae with a fringe of ochreous-
yellow hair.

Length of fore wing: 22 mm.

Five Finger Mountains, May, 1920, one 3.

23. Crossiura pencillatum insularis subsp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 26 3,
a Ne

& %. The band on the fore wing is narrower, the cell-spot smaller
and the spot below vein 2 not angled, this spot in the ? disconnected
and nearer the margin. Subapical dots smaller, the two lower ones
obsolete, in the ? four dots placed in line.

Five Finger Mountains, June, 1920, one ¢, one 2 (types) ;
Interior, October, 1919, one ¢@.

24, Daimio phisara tenebrosa subsp. nov.

g. Upperside of fore wing with smaller discal spots. Hind wing
without a band and with only the indication of the band on the
underside.

Underside of hind wing with a narrow bluish-white discal band,
and other markings as in the typical form. Ground-colour of both
wings with a purplish tinge.

Interior, June, 1920, one ¢ (type); one 3g, no date.

25. Lotongus avesta quinquepuncta subsp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 28).

$. Fore wing with two small spots in the cell, the lower one a
mere dot ; two discal spots as in the typical form, and a spot above the
submedian below the lower discal spot. Hind wing as in typical form.

Underside of fore wing with the yellow costal patch reduced to
a streak. Hind wing with the yellow band a little broader, its outer
edge incurved between vein 8 and the fold of 5, and between this and
the submedian fold.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black-brown. Upperside of
thorax and base of abdomen with a metallic green reflection.

Hoihow, August, 1920, one ¢.

ZLYGAENIDAE.

26. Hrasmia aliris majoripuncta subsp. nov.

38. Differs from aliris Doubl. in the larger white spots. Fore
wing with the submarginal spots a little larger and other spots in the
distal area without, or with the merest trace of, a blue edging. Hind

New Forms of Lepidoptera from the Island of Hainan 177

wing with the submarginal spots much larger and distinctly ovate; the
spot on vein 7 is well developed and there is an additional small spot
below vein 8. Postdiscal spots much larger, the one in 5 distinct.

Underside of fore wing with blue suffusion between the lower
discal spot and the lower postdiscal spot. Hind wing with a blue
postdiscal streak in cellule 1b, between veins 1b and le.

Interior, August, one 3 (type) ; September, 1920, one ¢ ; November,
1919, one 3. .

12

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIX—XXIV.

PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Papilio dasarada melanurus Roths. ¢ .
2. Mi coon insperatus 3.

Plate XIX. Bully Baul Muss Volek 1921%

NEW RHOPALOCERA FROM HAINAN.

©

ot

. Le!
fae ue
Anes

eo an

FF bo eer Be
ls f a

ye dei)

Pea A CL iece

. i kee

3. Papilio rhetenor irene g under.
yi ' 4. oy» ob ie en 7 |

‘Plate XX. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I. 1921.

NEW RHOPALOCERA FROM HAINAN.

oh
a
ar

Poy

OM

PHATE XO.

Penthema lisarda bowringi 3.
Cynthia erota hainana Holl. ¢.
re * ae ? aberr.
os ‘ ‘ ? aberr.
Kalluma inachis alicia 3.
EKulaceura osteria sitarama Fruh. 3.

le L2H

Vol.

Hill Mus.

Bull.

Plate XXI.

NEW RHOPALOCERA FROM HAINAN.

oa.
apse ty
c¥

Ve, .

PLATE XXII.

11. EHulaceura osteria sitarama ¢.
12. Charaxes polyxena paris 3.

108}. ie _ a SS whavelene,
14. 3 marmax bowringt 3.

15. = a ne 3 under.
16. 5, aristogiton indefinita 3.

Ilo MODI,

Vol.

Hill Mus.

Bull.

Plate XXIf.

NEW RHOPALOCERA FROM HAINAN.

eh wn
ieee

Waal

ce
al

4

. >
eee Ly
gs pens

SEIU Y

lie
18.
IWS),
20.
21.
22.

PAB ASE xexalalele

Charaxes aristogiton indefinita 3 under.
Stichophthalma nourmahal chuni 8.
a howqua bowringi 3.
os neumogent le 3.
Elymnias patna bercovitzi 3.
Ragadia crisilda crisildina & .

eo 2Te

Vol.

Hill Mus.

Bull.

Plate XXIII,

NEW RHOPALOCERA FROM HAINAN.

Pa

23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.

PLATE XXIV.

Coelites nothis digitorum 3 under.
Tagiades bowringt 3.

BS 3g under.
Crossiura pencillatum insularis 3.
9) 99 99 2 0

Lotongus avesta quinquepuncta 3 under.

Plate XXIV Bull. Hill Mus, “Vol. Ie 1921:

NEW RHOPALOCERA FROM HAINAN.

189

INDEX.

Names of new forms and references to the present volume are printed
in heavy-faced type; other forms in italics; genera, subfamilies, and families
in roman.

PAGE
Abisara So bie oc oo Bo Be oe fe oo | OE
Achaea. o0 a6 ap 96 Bis dio alae
Aeoametel (Gamacadayie sp. nov. fig. a oo a bis hs us 50. alah
Acraea . So ae 6 90 3.0 00 56 O16 2 «4T
ecidne i of ae ie ae AT
acrogyra (Ereunetea) i. nov. Plate xviii, figs. 3, 4 o oe a welds
Acronyctinae .. 36 Oc a6 so, LB}
actisanes (Ergolis) Hew., Bat Mo. TWA xi, p. 183 (1875) (Gaboon). Genit., Plate v,
fig. 4 Oe oc oe ee 51, 53, 55
affinis (Danais) Fbr., Bete Ent. p. . 511 (1775) (New Holland) ot aA 19, 20
afinis (Maenas) Roths., Nov. Zool. xvii, p. 127 (1910) (S. Nigeria) .. Be .. 160
Agaristidae 00 oo | LUG
agaristoides (Phaegor ist) Ede, See. Gon ieee. 1, & 14, f. 10 (1836) (w. enien) -. 163
Agrotinae : 20 50, dus)
albifascia (Ergolis) sp. nov. Plate i ix, figs. 14, 15; icenies Plate Y, ‘fig. Semon 51, 52
albimacula (Aterica galenef.) f. nov. .. ae ad) 68)
albimaculata (Amauris) Butl., Ann. Mag. N.H. (4 sak, p. 394 (1875) (Natal) Ae .. 46
albimargo (Euryphura piewaile ¢ i.) f. nov. Plate xi, 1 20 5b a eos
albipuncta (Charaxes imperialis) subsp. nov... : #4 3 Os
albirhomboidea (Hypena) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fig. 14 i a ae eng 2
albofasciata (E. plautilla f.) Stgr., Iris ix, p. 213 (1896) (Cameroons) oo eo | (ote)
alciope (Acraea) Hew., Exot. Butt. Acraea, Plate i, figs, 4, 5 (1852) (W. Africa) oo, €@
alciopoides (Acraea disjuncta f.) f. nov. Plate ix, fig. 10 .. ia ae ard’
alexis (Parata) Fbr., Syst. Ent. p.-533, No. 387 (1775) (India) at ie ao. alge
alicia (Kallima inachis) subsp. nov, Plate xxi, fig. 9 55 oe iy -. L70
aliris (Hrasmia) Dbl., Ann. Mag. N.H. (1) 19, p. 74 (1874) (Silhet) .. 60 so kee
altipeta (Larentia) sp. nov. Plate xviii, fig.6 .. nes ae oo Hag
altispex (Euphyia) sp. nov. Plate xviii, nei 10... ag bre oi .. 144
Amathusiidae .. ao 90 we ok we Li
Amatidae a0 a alc oi 36 a 56 60 Soe altays}
Amauris bc ue fs o6 .. 46
ammon (Epitola) sp. nov. . Plate i, figs. 60, 61 .. Se Be as So) tS)
Amnemopsyche .. ee 50 ys .. 154
amplificans (Nagia) Wik., (Cates ERCas Wlkr. ) xv, p. 1810 (1858) (Port Natal) 128
angustifascia (Telipna) sp. nov. Plate xiv, fig. 43 56 50 ns sae ai
annulifera (Hpirrhoé) Warr., Nov. Zool. ix, p. 515 (1902) (Brit. E. Africa) .. soy) duets}
ansorget (Huxanthe) R. and J., Nov. Zool. x, p. 342 (1903) (Uganda) oe oo UG
ansorgei (Laelia) Roths., Nov. Zool. iv, p. 311 (1897) (Uganda) o¢ -. 162
antifaunus (eamerenena) D. and H., Gen. D. me p. 481, Plate Ixxv, fi 1 (1852)
(Sierra Leone) 60 Be 2 Ae : oo OF

Apisa .. 43 o0 a6 a6 ae a a 0.0 .. 158

190 Index

PAGE

archesia (Precis) Cram,, Pap, Exot. 3, p. 44, t. 219, figs. D, Ei (1779) (’Java’ err) -- 6

Arctiidae Ao 30 00 0.0 90 G0 -- 159
argenteolineata (Xanthor hoe) Again Schwed. Zool. Exped. Kilim. (9), p. 46, t. 11,

fig. 17 (1910) (Tanganyika Terr. ) ee 00 $0 O06 00 -. 144

Argiolaus 56 0 91

argiphontes iecaemania Kirby, Trane Ent. Soc. fiona p. “20 (1877) (sierra) (Bon) 164
argyridia (Hydrelia) Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1894, p. 592, Plate xxxvii, fig. 10

(1894) (Brit. E. Africa) ye oc oc 60 o¢ 30 .. | «147
Argyrolopha 00 00 -. 128
aristogiton (Charaxes) Feld., Reis Woy. Lap: p. 445, n. 727 (1867) (Hab. B Neb 172
aruana (Hlymnias agondas) inal, Stett. Zeit. p. 341 (1899) (Aru). Plate iB, figs. 4, 5 20
Aru Islands mimicry 60 oo} AAO)
asochis (Mycalesis) Hew., Exot. Butts. Myeal. vil, igs. 46, 47 (1866) (ola Calabar) co WG
Aspidifrontia .. 0 oie -- 120
assimilata (Huploea) Feld., eice! Nov. ep. mt "921, b. Gi f, 9, 3 (1867) (Aru).

Plate iA, figs. 5,6. 66 : a6 as oo oo US
Asthenotricha .. 6 mo de do of é ac .. 147
Aterica.. 0:0 56 dic -. 56
auga (Pentila) ancien, Ent. Nachr. 21, p. 293 (1895) (Cameroons) .. as Baten
aurantifascia (Pitthea neavei) subsp. nov. Plate xviii, fig, 2 56 hs 56 dll
Australian mimicry . O10 ae oo.) 25)
avesta (Lotongus) Hew., Dasarho. Eleepe =, 30 (1868) (simatra) we a so l@
barnsi (Abisara) sp. nov. Plate xiii, figs. 41,42 .. is 5g se Ronee LU
barnsi (Diaphone) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fig. 4 A By ok ae oo |. US
barnsi (Epamera) sp. nov. Plate xv, figs. 66,67 .. b0 60 .. 00) |
barnsi (Eudaemonia argiphontes) subsp. nov... Ms es , .. 164
barnsi (Larentia) sp. nov. Plate xviii, fig. 5 os Ste BS Ne oo.) dal

-barnsi (Mitophrys) sp. nov. ate me Bt 5S ue ui eel ooll
basiflava (Pseudaphelia) sp. nov. He te oo LS}
bercovitzi (Elymnias patna) subsp. nov. ‘Plate sat, fig. 24 fe 178
beryllina (Hewitsonia) Schultze, Archiv. f. N eee 81, Jahr. Ab. A., p, 163 (915 arth,

1916) (Cameroons) .. : ¢ «2 87
bettiana (Acraea) sp. nov. Plate i im figs. 6, hy &. o6 36 .- 48
bumacula (Telipnra) Ploetz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. 41, p. 199 (1880) (Cameroons) a0 oo OY)
bipuncta (Lycaenesthes) sp. nov. Plate xv, figs. 84, 85; Plate xvi, fig. 86 .. oo)

bitjeana (Hewitsonia) B.-Bky., Ann. Mag. N.H. (8) 16, p. 190 (1915) eget
Genit., Plate viii, eae 3 87

Bleptina . oo lent
boisduvalit (Euploca) lene! Rev, Zool: p. 321 (1853) (fF Aenetreetiig BY 5 29, 30
boisduvalw (Hewitsonia) Hew., Il. Diurn. Lep. mee Supp. p. 1, Plate i, ee 1 4S 8
Plate ia, fig. 1 ? (1869) (enteon se : uns so SU
bowringi (Charaxes marmax) subsp. nov. Plate eh, figs. “44, AS ae Bouene bY
bowringi (Penthema lisarda) subsp. nov. Plate xxi, fig. 5 a .. 169
bowringi (Stichophthalma howqua) subsp. nov. Plate xxiii, fig. 19 a so Ue
bowringi (Tagiades) sp. nov. Plate xxiv, figs. 24, 25 aK 56 hs peta Lei
brunnescens (Euryphene) sp. nov. Plate xii, figs, 31,32 .. .3 a “6 16D
buxtont ee Hew., Ent. Mo. ae x, p. 206 ree (S. Africa) te so BB
Byblia .. Se : O06 50 co, Gy)
Calliploea b6 oe oi tt Je Se ye .. 18, 21, 23, 25
Calostigia Be ue as is of A 60 .. 142
cancellata (Epirrhoé) Wires Nov. Zool. vi, p. 299 (1899) (Unyoro) .. 50 .. 148
canescens (Hypokopelates) sp. nov. Plate xv, figs. 72, 73 .. fe a -. 90
canostigma (Parata), sp. nov. .. a a LT

carcina (Hpitola) Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag. x, * 150, 1873 (Old Calne) gc Bo. | ti5)

Index 191

PAGE
carnuta (Telipna) Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag. x, p. 125 (1873) (W. Africa).. o€ of OS
cataleucas (Papilio ales) Roths., Nov. ool xv, p. 178 tee (Hainan) we ee L68
Catocalinae an as Be : 56 ae cian lly!
Catochrysops .. Ne $0 ar ae Ae 5¢ S¢ oo OY)
catops (Taenaris) Westw., Gen. D. L. p. 335, No. 3, note (1851) (New Ireland),

Plate iB, fig. 6 36 50 o6 ye oe 36 Bs oo 30)
catori (Pedoptila) B.-Bkr., Ann. Mag. N. H. (8) 7, p. 573 (1911) (Lokoja) He oo Alas}
Celaenorrhinus .. ye ae 3k we oC a. sl O2
celaeus (Catochrysops) Gieniy Pap. Exot. 4, p. 177, Plate ccclxxix, f. k, k (1781) (Guinea) 99
Ceratrichia oA : Oc LOZ
ceraunia (EH pitola) Hew., ‘Ent. Mo. “Mag. x, p. 149 (1873) (w. rica 30 oo © eh)
cercene (Hpitola) Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag. x, p. 150 (1873) (Cameroons) ; Ill. Diurn. Lep.

Supp. p. 20, Plate xvi, figs. 19, 20 (1878), ¢ .. ob 50 oo Ah)
ceres (Huphaedra) Fbr. RR Ent. p. 504 (1775) (Sierra cone) - 56 OO
Cethosia 00 ; oo 00 on 3% a do. 9) Alig
Charaxes a 68, 171
chuni (Stichophthalma TORTIE swvibero, nov. Plate sath, fig. 18 bs so 1
citrina (Mylothris), Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xix, p. 182 (1898) (Germ. Kast Africa) -. 44
Citrinophila ... die ye Si a 36 af S6 oo | SR
Cleora .. a oc 56 36 50 ore 56 00 .. 150
Coelites 0 oe aS fe aes Be eo dye
coerulea (Euphaedra eleus e f.) i nov. 46 55) CY
compta (Huploea) Roeber, Tijdschr. v. mntora! 34, p. "300 (1892) (amos Teeny Plate ii B,

figs.3,4 .. O° 36 Sry ee
conchata (Xanthorhoé) Wace Now Zool. v. p. 29 (1898) (uganda) ots St .. 143
conchulata (Calostigia) sp. nov. Plate xviii, fig. 15 ae bs 5a ley}
congoensis (Euryphura porphyrion) subsp. nov. Plate xi, figs. 24- 24 a do GS
congoensis (Hewitsonia boisduvali) subsp. nov. Plate xiv, fig. 64 . at sa) SH
congoensis (Mycalesis asochis) subsp. nov. : a6 ts ie Bema AS
congoensis (Pentila auga) subsp. nov. Plate xiv, fig. Slayer o¢ oc oo. | hl
congoensis (Tanuetheira prometheus) subsp. nov. Plate xy, fig. 74 : 90
Congolensis (Huryphene) Capr., An. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxiii, Bull., p. SEHh(ERGE) Canso - 65
conjunctifascia (Laelia) sp. nov. : By ; ake ae .. 162
contrastata (Aspidfrontia) sp. nov. Jo ats on 3 Ae 20
corinna (Huploea) MacLeay, King’s Austr. ii, p. 462 (1827) (Australia). Plate iii A,

figs. 1,2 .. ye oo -- 23, 24
corynetes (Hresina) Grose Smith and Kae Rion. Exot. Lite Alien Miva oxIh ent

Plate xi, figs. 7, 8 (1890) (Cameroons)... 6.0 6 60 oo | SB
costalis (Hydrelia) Auriv., Schwed. Zool. Kilim. (9), p. 71, t. ii, fig. 22 (1910) (Tan-

ganyika Territory) 00 Bb a6 oe a 50 50 -. 148
costilinea (Epiplema) sp. nov. .. ays ie So sd 56 26
crameri (Byblia acheloia) Auriv., Ent. Tids. 15, p. 279 (1894) (Cameroons). Seitz. 165

Macrolep. xiii, p. 208, t. 49c. (1913) O° 50 50 30 O06 eo. =o
Crastia 3 5 as ay os ae aja ae 18, 23, 25
Craterestra 00 0% oo ~ ail)
crawshayi (Gatetncors) Butl., P. %. S. p. 49 2 (1899) (Brit. E. Nia) e100
crisilda (Ragadia) Hew., Ex. Butt. li, Kupt. & Rag., Plate i, f. 5, 6 (1862) (Sylhet) go) dla!
crisildina (Ragadia crisilda) sub. sp. nov. Plate xxiii, fig. 22 Oo ge A
crithon (Huploea sylvester) Misk., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, p. 1042 (1890)

(Cape York) 3c 66 ye op O60 ys 23, 24
Crossiura oo oo. dbets
crossleyt (Eumanthe) Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag. - Vili, p. 36 (1871) (Camercens) a ao 1)
cryptoleuca (Bleptina) sp. nov. Plate xvii, wont 13 be a6 bo co dugul
Cupidesthes bie Ne ie Si 95
cupreitincta (Achaea) hanya, 9 Now, Zool. xxv, p. 208 (1918) wens) ae O26

cuprifascia (Cupidesthes) sp. nov. as ae ae a es sa (QS

192 Index

PAGE
Cymothoe Ae ah Be a ar ae ae Aye Seana ls)
Cynthia on eo a a B i pe .. 169
Daimio a Re sit na a a ats HG so LNG
Danaidae a4 Bs Be is A a ae site 46
Danais ete 17, 18,19, 20, 24

darchia abril piloting) Wieaeyy, Kane s Auntie, li, p. 462 (1827) (Queensland) -. 23
dardanoides (Huploea pelor f.) W. and L., Butt. Ametie p. 27 (1914) (Port Darwin) 507) Oe
dardanus (Huwploea sylvester f.) Misk., Prec: Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1889, p. 104
(1890) (Cape York) .. 00 23, 24
dasarada (Papilio) Moore, Cat. Teepe Ins. ‘Mus. E. se C. I. p. 96 (1857) (Cherra Poonje) 167
deficiens (Craterestra) Walk. (Heliothis deficiens Wlkr.) xi, 689 (1857) (Cape Colony) .. 120

dentiscripta (Nagia) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fig.9 .. c xe ts bo LY
depuncta (Charaxes zelica) subsp. nov. .. é Be se 6a GS)
determinata (Achaea) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fig. 1. ye ue Ss .. 125
Diaphone i 50 OC 60 60 00 a0 ite ao dkail
Diestogyna 90 50 20 .. 64
digitorum (Coelites moths) orlheiay nov. Plate xiv, fig. 93... 174
dilutus (Charaxes) Roths., Nov. Zool. v, p. 97 (1898) oe Genit., Plate vi, fies.
2—4a. Plate vii, figs. 2—4, 7 69
dimidiata (Mylothris) Auriv., Kint. Tideeets xix, p. 182 (1898) (Gem Teena) - .. «44
dimona (Taenaris) Hew. Exot. Butt. iii. Drus. et Hyantis, f. 3, 4 (1862) (aru) 09 All
discimacula (Lycaenesthes) sp. nov. Plate xvi, figs. 87, 88 96
disjuncta (Acraea) H. Grose-Smith, Noy. Zool. v, p. 351 (1898) (Nena) Brit. ‘E. Aitfion)| 49
disparata (Hydrelia) Warr., Nov. Zool. iv, p. 234, t. v, fig. 12 (1897) (Uganda) oo lati
distincta (Euploea) Butl., P.Z.8. p. 278 (1874) ; l.c. p. 297 (1878) (Ellice Is.) oo AY

dorothea (Epitola) B.-Bkr., Ann. Mag. N.H. (7) xiv, p. 227 (1904) (Sierra Leone) so |
doubledayi (Papilio coon) Wall., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xxv, p. 42 (1865) (N. India).. 168

dudu (Limenitis) Westw., Gen. D. Lep. p. 276 (1850) (N. India) 56 is so LO
egialea (Amauris) Cram., Pap. Exot. ii, t. 192, D (1779) (Ashanti) .. as oo | eG
Hgnasia ote -- 180
eichorni (Euploea) Ster., rot Seienere p- 59 (1888) (Cooktown, Avretaeoltin). Plate iii A,
figs.6,7 .«. oc 23, 24

elabontas (Huptera) Slertiy, Gaeoe Butt. Bur pnoce ‘Plate vil (1871) (Creek Town) OO
eleala (Hypokopelates) 18, Ill. D. Lep. p. 52, Plate xxiii, f. 25-27 (1865) (Old Calabar) 90
eleus (Huphaedra) Drury, Ill, Exot. Ins. iii, p. 14, Plate xii, figs. 1, 2(1782) (Sierra Leone) 67
eleutho (Huploea) Q. and G., Freyc. Voy., Plate Ixxxili, f. 2 (1815) (Oceanica).

Plate iii B, fig. 6 .. 3 ne -. 24, 25, 26, 29
eltringhami (Keraea) Sp. Nov. Plate X, fi. qd es oe oe ve oo 1 OY
Elymnias 50 . 00 56 a0 ot 20, 178
Elymniinae Oo 50 oc 20 oO oo aly}
enippe (Zamarada) Se nov. Plate XVili, fig. 24. oo alfts
enotrea (Hr ee Cram., a Exot. 3, p. 73, t. 236, eS A, B eS (Som Leone) 51, 52
IDOE oc : : ae ; co Se)
Epamera 60 66 of 3s O60 oo re 00 sq | Bhi
Epiplema oo ye os we re So ye re -- 165
Epirrhoé oc ye ore 36 ys 30 O¢ ot -. 146
Epitola ae 50 oe ne O0 o O° 86 oo ~C
Hrasmia 5 aes ee A oe ae ate eG
erastus (Citr ental) ene Exot. Butt. Pieris., Plate viii, f. 51 (1866) (Gaboon) co SB
Hresina D0 io of 50 os 06 o0 O° so. 8B
Ereunetea O0 60 ee a 60 of 80 ore -. 153
Ergolis 6 36 Son (uh

eris (Cymothoe) Apt, Gener! Vet. Nica “¥orhl. 53, p. 434 (1896) (congo) & ; Rhopl.
Aethiop., p. 214, Plate v, fig. 5, ¢ ; Seitz. Macrolep. xiii, p.151(1912) ¢. Plate xi,
fig. 18, ° .. 50 50 ae a : 36 o0 “OM

Index 193

PAGE
Erycinidae 77
eschscholtzi (Huploea eleita) Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. 9, p- 345 eet (Fiji). Plate iii B,

fig. 3 O06 24, 29
euchroma (kethenotrtone peraidinisa) anh. nov. Plate Xviii, fig. 22 we 55 ley
Eudaemonia .. se Sc xe D6: me a6 bs se 62
Hulaceura : 56 4a ac ligalt
eupale (Gharaes) iDtensr, ill. Exot. Thay ili, p. 1, erator vi, fig. 3 and Index (1782)

(Sierra Leone). Plate vii, fig. 1 50 60 90 o5

Genitalia ; Roths. and Jord. Nov. Zool. vii, p. 511. Plate vi, figs. 4,1a,1b.. 73
Euphaedra ae a 36 me we ae RG ads bo , (ad
Huphyia aN = te be ae we She ae .. 144
Huploea ae nh os ve Be At as ie 16, 26, 30
Euploeinae ay 2 ae es ws NG hs Ae were LG
Euptera O or ou 60 o% te Bie ae OO,
Huryphene 36 15 ae Xe ae ‘3 Oi se ae) Od:
Euryphura sie Ae ot oe ig Le at Gs
ewrypon (Huploea pena Hew., Exot. Butt. ii, Eupl. Plate i, f. 3 (1858) (New

Guinea). Plate i A, figs. 1, 2 30 o0 50 54 Re oo lis
euryzona (Hyblaea) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fg. AS ss i Ls so. LY)
Euthalia ‘ aD a ae oo ayo)
euthygramma (epinenos) sp. nov. 7 eS, sat, fig. 8 as a Si .. 146
euthygramma (Hypena) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fig. 15 fe aes ye oo. BB}
Huxanthe 0 BG ae ae S06 ae ae ah pee

extensa (Aterica galene f.) Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond xix, p. 153 (1909) (Ruwenzori) 56

feronia (Diestogyna) Stgr., Iris. 4, p. 96 ae (Sierra Leone) 36 oC oo. (SEE
Fiji Islands Mimicry ae 90 50 O10 be stipend
flava (Ceratrichia) Hew., Ann. Mag. N. Ee (5 ) 1, p. 343 (1878) (Cameroons) .. OZ
flaviana (Mylothris) Creag: Smith, Ann. Mag. N.H. (7) 1, p. 246 (1898) (Cameroons) .. 44
flavibasis (Terina) Warr., Nov. Zool. iv, p. 241 (1897) (Cameroons) .. ab oe AUER)
flavicosta (Zamarada) Warr., Nov. Zool. iv, p. 122 (1897) (Nigeria) .. ae LOO
flavidiscata (Semioptila) Hmps., P.Z.S., p. 487, Plate xxxix, f. 27 (1910) (Rhodesia) .. 166
forbesi (Hypolimnas alimena) Butl., P.Z.S., p. 367 (1883) (Larat). Plate iiB, fig.7 .. 22
formosanum (Penthema lisarda) Roths., Nov. Zool. v, p. 603 (1898) (Formosa) so dag)
forstert (Huploea tulliolus) Feld., Reise, Nov. Lep. ii, p. 322 (1867) (Fiji) sie Sa) 2)
frater (Epamera), sp. nov. Plate xy, figs. 68, 69 .. a a We wie, OD
fuscomarginata (Epamera) sp. noy. Plate xv, figs. 70, 74 a6 a so | 6 Oil

galene (Aterica) Brown, New. Ill. of Zool. p. 94, Plate xxxvii (1776) (Sierra Leone) .. 56

Genitalia : Ergolis (Plate v) 50 50 ee a ee oe sim LONt
Charaxes (Plate vi) .. Be we as 00 Me 73
Hewitsonia (Plate viii) te ie oS oi ie "86, 87
Hpitola Ce Wit) ~ 66 oi Be Be Be a so) (Si

Geometridae .. : 50 Ae ae ae a se oo dlsts)

Gorua .. ole te a ee ae see ate oo co) WO)

Graphania : SG SE 56 dl

grayt (Huploea eae) ) Feld., sige Nov. tee. ih 1) "346 (1867) (Aru) 00 20, 80

Hadeninae 50 510 56 of ae So bo oo. alae)

hawmana (Cynthia erota) retell, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xiv, p, 116 (1887) (Hainan) ¢ .. 169

hainanensis (Limenitis dudu) subsp. nov. ae — ac 56 LO

helcita (Huploea) Bdy., Bull. Ent. Soc. France, ser 8, vol. vii, p. 156 (1859) (New
Caledonia). Plate iv B, fig. 6 . 5G 56 26, 27, 28
henuleuca a macarza) Jord., Nov. Zool. 2-5 Cs 254 (1914), (Toro) 3. Plate x,
figs. 12,13 . 20 36 5 at BN a ot aio AY
Hemitheinae .. 56 5:0 3 ae a os es oo BE

13

194 Index

PAGE

herminia (Cymothoe) H. Grose-Smith, Ann. Mag. N.H. (5), 19, p. 63 (1889)

(Cameroons) ¢. MHoll., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H. xhii, p, 196, Plate viii, fig. 4
(1920) @ .... of : as #5 56 Bl
hero (Zamarada) sp. nov. 7, Plata x XViii, fig. 23 a8 a sh 6 .. 154
Hesperiidae As Liters Fn Mate ra ate aisete Ae 101, 174
Hestina 0 oc dktfal
heteromorpha empnalirens elinenen Rete, Tija. \ v. Bhaviorra, p. 306 (1891) likey TSS) eee
Plate iA, fig.8 ... ; ye) 140

heteromorpha (Larentia) Hmps., Tanne, Wick Son, : xix (2), p. . 128 (1909) (Belgian Congo)
Hewitsonia ye oe 20 00 ba 1k0)

hewitsonia (Hypolimnas fants) Wall., P.Z.S. p. 982 (1869) (Keils.). PlateiA, fig.7.. 18
hilaris (Semioptila) Rebel, Wien. Won Zool. bot. Ges. p. 378 (1906) (Germ. HK. Africa)

hirundo (EHuptera) Stgr., ¢—— Iris, iv, p. 101 (1891) (Gaboon) Ne 166
¢ —— Schultze, Archiv. f. Naturges, 81, Jahr. Np. oe p. 139
(1915) (Cameroons) .. od O00 62, 61
hollandi (Telipna) sp. nov. Plate xiv, figs. 46, 47 . 36 SSO
hopfferi (Euploea) Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. p. 323, 6. xli, f. i i (1867) (Aru). Plate iA,
figs.3,4 .. : . Sou, dg
howqua (Stichophthalma) Wests ‘Sheva. Ent. Soc., Sen 2, oll My Jo 174 (1851) (Shanghai) 173
Hyblaea 56 an o0 oe oe me 00 o0 -. 137
Hyblaeinae D6 a, 06 6.0 30 oc ao o6 a0 lay
Hydrelia a 5.0 are a6 ae O6 C6 ore .. 147
Hypena O60 Bc 00 90 o.0 00 00 oe -. 132
Hypeninae a 8 Sic oe oi G0 oe ae 66 | UGH
Hypokopelates .. ae O10 00 20 50 50 60 oo ©«=—« SY)
Hypolimnas .... “é 06 9/0 56 of we ae 18, 56
Hypolycaena ... O06 ap o6 oc 00 obo a 55

Hypsidae bi: 36 66 S6 ae 06 eo or -. 163

ilma (Liptena) Hew., Exot. Butt. Pentila and Liptena, Plate u, f. 13 (1878) (Angola).. 82
imperialis (Charaxes) Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 531, Plate ii, fig. 3 (1874) (Gold

Coast) o'0 + co. OS
imachis (Kalluma) Cuv., Rasa, satin Ins. ii, 1, Dnt CXXXIX, f ‘3 (1836) (N. India) oo «lL
inaequipicta (Cleora) sp. nov. Plate xviii, fig.4 .. o6 Ns ae .- 150
incisa (Terina) Holl., Ent. News, iv, p. 60 (1893) (Gaboon) .. 153
indefinita (Charaxes aristogiton) subsp. nov. Plate xxii, fig. 16; ‘Plate evil, fig. 17 172
indeterminata (Achaea) Walk,, Cat. xxxiii, p. 955 (1865) (S. Africa) .. 125
indistincta (Huploea helcita f.) Moore, P.Z.S. p. 258 (1883) (Raratonga Is.). Plate iv B,

fig. 3 ae a he a6 e6 o6 50 3% oo || BY)
insignis (Acraea) Dist., P.Z.S. p. 184, Plate xix, fig. 6 (1880) (Magila, EK. Africa) oo ENS
insperatus (Papilio Roca) subsp. nov. Plate xix, fig.2 .. Ae -- 168
insularis (Crossiura pencillatum) subsp. nov. Plate xxiv, figs. 26, 27 O6 oo | «LG
insulata (Cethosia cydippe) Butl., Cistul. Entom. 1, p. 165 (1873) (Ke Island).

Plate iv A, fig. 1 .. 50 O00 ye 00 310 * “00 oo ak}
intermedia (Acraea) Wichgr., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. liii, p. 241, t. vi, f. 3, 4 (1908)

(Rhodesia) .. : "00 -- 00
intermedia (Euxanthe feoeelenint subs. nov, Plate xiii, figs. 36, 37 « 6 Seats)
intermedia (Hewitsonia kirbyi ? f.) f. nov. Plate xv, fig. 65 a0 O :. - 86
interposita (Mylothris) sp. nov. Plate ix, fig.1 .. oe a pans 50 A
irene (Papilio rhetenor) subsp. nov. Plate xx, figs.3,4 .. ae 8 -- 168
iturensis (Argiolaus silarus) subsp. nov. ne ay done hh
iturt (Hypokopelates) B.-Bkr., P.Z.S. p. 112 (1908) (Cone. F. S.) oe ae Bok te)
ituriensis (Hypena) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fig.17 .. 50 36 36 .. 134
ituriensis (Triclema) sp. nov. Plate xvi, figs. 89, 90 ‘es ee ae Beal Gls!

iturina (Epitola) sp. nov. Plate xiv, fig. 62 eae Se ae oe so OB

Index 195

jacobseni (Huploea) Roeber, Tijdschr. v: Kntom. 34, p. 299 (1892) (Wetter) -».. bc il
jalinder (Charaxes polyxena f.) Butl., Lep. Ex. p. 98, pl. 37 f. 4 (1872) (Darjeeling) .. 171
japhusa (Hypolycaena) ee Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 246 (1921). Plate xv,

figs. 77, 78 .. Sc o ae ote OC oe Oe
jolnstoni (Cymothoe herminia f.) Butl. , Plate x, fig. 17 ( ?) oe 56 S65. We
johnstont (Cymothoe) Butl., P.S.Z. i, a 47, pl. i, fig. 4 ¢ (1902) (Toro) ye 58, 59
joiceyi (Timora) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fig. 1 26 Bs oC 30 6) alle)
jordani (Netrocera) sp. nov. Be 56 ah we ds be 56 Gs)
Kallima O06 oo LU)
kesava (Huthalia) Moore, Cat. Ibe E.I. G. 1 p. 67 r n. 6. pl. 3, fig. 5 (1859) (Sikri) ~~ 55°, 14@
Key Islands mimicry ... 06 eran LN

kinugnana (Huptera) H. Grose- Sitti, Avavny Mag. NH. (6) 3 5, D: 133 (1889) (Mombasa)... 61
kirbyi (Hewitsonia) Dew, Nov. Acta. Acad. N. Cur. 41, 2, p. 207, t. 26, fig. 17 (1879)

(Guinea) .. 00 o¢ of oc ye oo)
kis (Huthalia kesava) arse, noy. a6 O00 O60 oo ALO)
kisaba (Catochrysops) sp. nov. Plate ih fig. 94, 95 ne ag i 50 La
kissejensis (Acraea bettiana f.) f. nov. .. oe so 4)
kivuensis (Catachrysops celaeus) subsp. nov. Plate Xvi, fies. 91- 93 ae co SY)
kivuensis (Celaenorrhinus mozeeki) subsp. nov. .. 102
kyllene (Danais plexippus) Fruh., Seitz. Macrolep. 9, p. 195 1910) (Damen.

Plate iv A, fig. 2 .. sis us An F . ie 18
Laelia .. oe 30 a5) ale.
laetitia Geierenen) ost, Stett. ‘Ent. Zeit, 41, p. 192 (1880) (Mungo) ars Foe hoes
laetitioides (Euryphene) sp. nov. Plate xii, figs. 29,30 .. oC ae BEE ULOe
laratensis (Danais plexippus) Butl., P.ZS., p. 367 (1883) (Larat) .. ta 5a alts
Larentia 50 60 20 oc 60 00 50 o¢ ea. -al@Ol
Larentiinae a0 30 510 56 -. 140
lathyi (Liptena ilma) crash, nov. "Plate tht fig. 52 fe a: ae fo) ee
latiapicalis (Acraea leucopyga) subsp. nov. Plate ix, fig. 9 fe a 00)
latimacula (Zeltus antifaunus) subsp. nov. Plate xv, figs. 79-81 .. i eos!
latimargo (Charaxes eupale) subsp. nov. a 6 ae nea aT
latimargo (Mylothris) sp. nov. Plate ix, figs. 2, 3 Be Ss eis og
latissima (Xanthorhoé) sp. nov. Plate xviii, fig. 7 b6 a ae ao. dle{)
latreillei (Mitophrys) H.-S., Aussereurop. Schmett. f. 19 (1853) 96 O00 ee lGill
le (Stichophthalma neumogeni) subsp. nov. Plate xxiii, fig.20 .. Ms od) LYS}
leporina (Papilio aegeus f.) Jord., Seitz Macrolep. 9, p. 67 (1909) 36 50 wee 20
leucopyga (Acraea) Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. 25, p. 92, f. 82 (1904) (Nyasaland) .. oo 0)
leucosticta (Timora) Hmp., Ann. 8. Africa. Mus. ii, p. 256 (1902) (N’Gamiland) oo. dil)
lilybaea (Huploea helcita) Fruh., Seitz ube 162, O- BIS ee (New Hebrides).

Plate iv B, fig.5 .. 5.0 ve 6 Be Be sew)
Limacodidae .. Ox oe do 50 Be fe Be oo aloe
Limenitis bic a dd Be 36 ae oo LA
lineosa ed ie Seiwa f.) 2 MONS 6 as Ae uf os ac) SS)
Liptena 0 10.0 a6 50 ors 50 50 56 do, ee
Lobidiopteryx .. oe ae 56 oc ae so dag)
Localities visited by Bares Hapedition 60 90 ag we Se so GD
Lotongus 510 o¢ 90 te os O0 og lets
lufira (Anmnemopsyche eee) Prout, Ann. wee N-H, (9) v, p. 292) (1920)

(S.E. Congo). Plate xviii, fig. 1 .. ae Sb jo) aly
lufirensis (Euptera hirundo) subsp. nov., Plate xi, i, figs: 25, 26 fo bi; ene eG
lufirensis (Semioptila) sp. nov. .. We icc
lupercoides ea Roths., Nov. etl XXV, p. "338 (918) (neon Tinea). ae Ol
Lycaenesthes’ .. oe . ; oe ore on OB

Lycaenidae ae x she ae at a6 “ie a2 no eT

196 Index

PAGE
Lymantriidae... a 30 Oc bc od = eT: .. 162
macaria (Planema) Fbr., Ent. Syst. 3, 1, p. 174 (1793) (loc. ?) Be a ao AE
macarista (Planema) Sharpe, Ann. Mag. N.H. (7) xviii, p. 76 (1906) (Entebbe). i SAT
macleayi (Huploea nemertes) Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. ii, p. 320 (1867) (Fiji) .. 5a 8)
Maenas 160
mahota (Uptancroast Thos) H. Chose. Smith, Assn. Mag. N. HL. (oye p. 65 (8st) (Delagoa Pay) 96
majoripuncta (Erasmia aliris) subsp. nov. Ws sais 9 176
malostigma (Asthenotricha) sp. nov. fig. 19 ob Be oe oF ue las
marginata (Epitola) Kirby, Ann. Mag. N.H. (5) 19, p..443 (1887) (Cameroons) ¢ ;
S. and K. Rhop. Exot. 1, Afr. Lyc., p. 27, pl. vii, figs. 5,6 (1889) ¢. Plate xiv,
figs. 56, 57, 2 = a Be - 53 Gh 4 Sash
marmax (Charaxes) Westw., Cat. Or. Ent., p. 43, pl. 21 (1848) (Assam). 56 ga) alee
martius (Mycalesis) Fabr., Ent. Syst, iii, 1, p. 219 (1775). «. wi ay ee 16
matilica (Huploea helcita) Fruh., Seitz Macrolep. ix, p. 276 (1911) (Tahiti Paputi) oo OM)
maxinua (Sarangesa) Neave, P. A S., p. 70, pl. iii, f. ii (1910) (Lualaba River).. 101
medjensis (Telapna) Holl., Bull. Anime, Mus. N.H. vol. xlili, p. 214, pl. xii, fig. 8 (1920)
(Congo) oO .. 80
melanodisca (Spilosoma) retina Late, Mag. N.H. (7) xix, p. “236 2907) (queens) .. 159
melanoides (Hestina nama) subsp. nov. .. ae D6 Me woop nlefal
melanurus (Papilio dasarada) Roths., Nov. Zool., vol. xii, p. 78. ay (Hainan).
Plate xix, fig. 4 Ne ‘ Fe 56 OY
meliorata (Terina) Prout, Nov. Til Xxi, ps on2 (1915) (Gabeon ae ee 55 alist}
melpomene (Zamarada), Oberth., Et. Lep. vi, p. 258, Plate clii, fig. 1460 (1912)
(Cameroons) o6 SG a6 .. 154
metallica (elucionhacayie sp. nov. ‘Plate Xviil, fig. 6 a6 ae as .. 124
Metarctia 30 . 20 bc 510 ae eSS
Mimicry. Euploeines Persson arinaattie TROT o' : rae toe op «AG
mimetica (Euploea confusa ¢ f.) f. nov. Plate iB, fig. 3. oh so G0)
minor (Charaxes subornatus) subsp. nov. Plate vii, fig. 6; Gentes Plate vi, fig.6 .. 74
minor (Cupidesthes) sp. nov. Plate xy, figs. 82, 83 S60 ae oh oa. OB
mionoseista (Hydrelia sjostedti) subsp. nov. fig. 18 ; es Aa
mirabilis (Epamera) Druce, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xi, p. 71 (1903) cians Leone) .. 92
Mitophrys ; a aq dei

monteironrs (yaotrenan) Deuces Cist. Ent. L Pp. 286 (1874) ‘ola Galawae and Angola) 56
monticolata (Larentia) Auriv., Schwed. Zool. Exped. Kilim. (9) p. 44, t. 2, fig. 23 (1910)

(Tanganyika Territory) A J6 ne aie Ne ae .. 142
mozeekt (Celaenorrhinus) eee K. Sv. Vet.-Acad. Handl. Lep. Rhop. Caftr. p. 54
(1857) bc is Be Be AS -. 102
mus (Epitola) Suffert, Tl, XVll, p. “53 (1904) (Cameroons) .. bg we 0) | 184
Mycalesis 56 oe oc Male a at ons He or se co
Mylothris 80 O06 pic o¢ 56 90 56 ae 44, 45
myopina (Taenaris artemis) Fruh., Insect.-Boérse 21, p. 389 (1904) (Aru Is.)... Plate ii A,
figs. 1,2 .. 56 Re oe bc a6 bo ee oa, Al
myops (Taenaris) Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon. 4, p. 109 (1860) (Aru Is.). Plate ii A,
figs.3,4 .. 50 a's fe 50 bc ot wo ao Sal
Nagia .. 50 me 50 ac 30 ae oc Be oo UT
nama (Hestina) Doubl., Ann. Mag. N.H. xvi, p. 232 (1845) (Sylhet) .. Re ge /alyal
neavei (Pitthea) Prout, Nov. Zool. xxii, p. 374 (1915) (Nyasaland) .. <a so GL
neavei (Pseuderesia) sp. nov. Plate xiv, figs. 49, 50 O00 bys MS SO
neglecta (Prasinocyma) sp. nov. fig. 17 .. 80 oo 1S
neptunia (Danais) Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. 2, p. 349 (aser) (Fiji). Plate i iv A, Ag. 3... 24
Netrocera -- 165
newmogent (Sienenienaiea ecoh, Butt. Grin, Dp. “14 (1899) (W. China aor ao ale}

nigrifusa (Byblia acheloia cramerif.) f. nov... : un Be io)

Index. 197

PAGE
nigrilinea (Maenas) sp. nov... O60 o5 LOO
nigripunctata (Prasinocyma) ‘wae Nov. Vioalh iv, p. . 46 (1897) (Cameroons) .. oo ABS)
nigrobasalis (Euphaedra eleus) abe nov. Plate xii, fig. 34; xiii, fig. 35.. ei ROW
nigrocristata (Pedoptila) sp. nov. . OC 45 ule
niveata (Huploea hymens) Butl., Trans. Ent. Soe. ieoindly, p. 2 (1875) (Queensland) ca) |
Noctuidae ‘ oc 00 sq | ALI)
noquasa (Catochr ees) mia, S. NR Butt. li, p. 64 (1887) (N Tata) o¢ O° eo! di{0lo)

nourmahal (Stichophthalma) \Wasienr, Gen. D. Lep., p. 337, n. 8, note (1851) (India) .. 172
nuruissa (Stichophthalma ceocoreeaTNeD) Nicev., Journ. Bomb. Soc. Nat. Hist. v, p. 181,

Plate ¢, fig. 1, ¢,2, 2 en (Bhutan) ae ate ac re eel
Nymphalidae .. : dic O00 50 ie 20 be 51, 169
Oboronia oy o6 88)

Pee ra iE poropelalesyEe -Bkr., iibioraep Ent. Soc. Teondl Pp. 501 (1913) (Oni, Lagos) .. 9
obsitalis (Hypena) Hbn. (evate obsttalis) Samml. Bur. Schmett. Pyr. F. 164-5;

179 (1811-18). (Hurope) a0 ok 66 50 ae bc .. 133
obsoleta (Euphaedra preussi f.) f. nov. .. ae a iis Be Bei OG
obsoleta (Precis archesia f.) f. nov. : 56 of Ee go BS
occidentaliwm (Hyblaea) Holl., Psyche vii, y 33 (1894) (W. Africa) .. a 5q LUBY
cchracea (Mylothris}) Aurivy., Ent. Tidskr. xvi, p. 259, t. 3, ie 1 (1895) (Cameroons) .. 44
ochreata (Hypolimas salmacis ?¢ f.) f. nov. ae ie ae 6a, HO
ochreogaster (Metarctia) sp. nov. a we) LBS
octogesa (Terina) Druce, P.Z.8., p. 672, Plate lv, fic, 1 (1887) ( (oumencons) O60 ~- 153
onesimus (Papilio aegeus f. e Blew, Exot. Butt. ii, Pap. Plate ili, f. 8 (1858) (N. Guinea) 20
Ophiderinae 7 oe 50 ere oo let
oressigenes (Eois) sp. nov. Plate sat fig. Aare so 189
orientalis (Huphaedra elews) Roths., Noy. Zool. vy, p. 97 (1898) ( (Qlilndans, Germ.

HK. Africa) .. 50 oo OF
orientalis (Hreunetea) Saath Nov. Wool XXli, p. 370 (1915) (Brit, EK. LGen) oc .. 1538
pandaensis Gerene ss) sp. nov. Plate xvi, fig. 97 60 ie a aa LO
Papilio o6 : aie a0 Bi bi Oc af lO
Papilionidae .. 56 66 O6 a oe 06 io Lom
Parata . oc 60 Bo algies
paris (Gharaxes Solyxena) sul. nov. Plate oii, ‘figs. 12, 43 20 aos = algal
patna (Elymnias) Westw., Dbl. Hew. Gen. Di. a p. 405 (1851) (EK. Tdie oo tS}
paucipuncta (Maenas) sp. nov. 160
paykuller (Huploea) Butl., Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) 18, " 241 (ste) (New Hebrides) "96, 29
Pedoptila rye oc co Gis
pelor (EHuploea) Doubl. and eto. ; Gon ‘Dinan, iene p. 88, Plate iif. ly (1847)

(N. Australia). Plate iii A, fig.3 .. : : bc 23, 24, 30
peloroides (Euploea) sp. nov. Plate iiB, figs. 8, 9 st 06 22, 30
pencillatum (Crossiura) Nicev., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii, c 351, Plate J,

figs. 1, 3, 2, 2 ve) ree Hills) .. are do ae De bo Ala
Penthema ot 30 o6 oe a6 ae oo wa)
Pentila 56 O00 ae oo. 1 teil
persimilis (Mcelesi) ss sp. nov. Plate xiii, figs. 38- 40 aye ac so 1G
personata (Ergolis) sp. nov. Plate x, fig. 16; ee Plate v, fg 5 O06 bil 53;, 55
Phaegorista 50 we 56. dias}
phiara (Calostigia) sp. nov. Plate Xviii, fig. Seuss fe Bu ~. 144
phisara (Davmio) Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 50 (1884) (Khasia Hills) .. od, Lye
phosphor (eneheedre es ceres f. MS f, nov. Plate xii, G 33. =O ae th OO
Pieridae : : 50 50 Bt See ae
Pieris .. aie o0 60 aXe O0 510 500 So ~. 45
Pinacopteryx .. 30 oo Fweiaren tO

pinodes (Hpitola) Druce, int Mag. N.H. (6) 5, p. 4 (1890) (Waes) ye Se Sear acts

198 Index

PAG
Pitthea oc bc 20 og | leit
plagiata (Telipna) Sp. nov. Plate xiv, nes. 44, 15 oc Vea oc oo 1
Planema eis ETS
plautilla (Hur pratnora) ewe Exot. Butt ‘Euryphene ak | ui, figs. 14, 15 (1866) (Old
Calabar.) .. O00 550 (G8)
plurilimbata (Oberonia) Kersey Ent. Nache! 21, p. "303 (1895) (Coneo) ES GG co «= BY)
Plusiophaés, n. gen. —... 50 30 65 | 108
pluto (Huptera) Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag. x, 2, 59 (1873) (Cameroons) oo O06 ap GL
polita (Gorua) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fig. 11 50 ie o6 Lae)
polymena (Hypolimnas):Feld., Reise Nov. p. 414, t. lv, figs. 5 6 (1867) (Aru.) .. ee)
polyxena (Charaxes) Cram., Day, Exot. 1,-p. 85, t.-54, figs: A, B (1775) (China) oo Aleit
porphyrion (Huryphura) Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag. viii, p. 118 (1871) (Cameroons) -. 63
posthumus (Hpitola) Fbr., Ent. Syst. 3, 1, p. 149 (1793). Genit., Plate viii, figs.4-7 .. 87
Prasinocyma .. ys 20 00 fe oie 50 o0 -. 138
Precis .. 50 -. 06
preusst (Haphacdra) Sia, Tris 4, ® 119 t. “4, fig. 1 (1891) (Ghniaessorag) oe co, 68
primulina (Mylothris) Butl., Ann. Mag. N.H. (6) 19, p. 627 (1897) (Lagos) .. -. | 44
primulina (Pinacopteryx “Ada ¢ f.) f-nov. --.. ae bc oe re 46

prometheus (Tanuetheira) Druce, Ann. Mag. N.H. (6) 8, p. 149 (1891) (Sierra Leone) .. 90
proserpina (Huploea) Butl., P.Z.S., p. 300 oon, ep Plate iii B, figs. 1,2 24, 25, 29,30

prouti (Phaegorista) sp. nov. .... 2 ae on £0 63
Pseudaphelia -.. ae o0 a do oO a6 3 .. 163
Pseuderesia 90 60 00 56 (i)
puella (Hypolimnas buntoni) eubep! nov. ‘Plate S, figs. 15, 76 50 ae bo. OB
pulchraria (Prasinocyma) Swinh., Trans; Ent. Soc. Lond. 1904, p. 544 (1904) (Brit.

East Africa) 00 D0 Oo og LB)
puncelnes (argyrolopha) Sp. Nov. Plate 3 Xvii, fig. 40 a6 60 ne Toel28
auinquepunetel (uotongus Byeeta) tap! nov. Plate xxiv, fig. 28 . ae so WS
Ragadia ae ve 20 266 Bis 06 oa. dled!
reginae-elizabethae (Gorastined) Holl., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. xliii, p. 201, Plate x,

figs. 5, 6 (1920) (Congo). Plate ci fig. 49 ac 66 06 -- 60
rendalli (Apisa) Roths., Nov. Zool. xvii; p. 441 (1910) (Zortae xix, p. 376, Plate iv,

f. 14 (1912).. Q 90 .. 158
rhetenor (Papilio) wecew Arc. Ent. i, p. 59, Plate 16, lig “dk, la (1842) (ieee) -. 168
vuandana (Mylothris) Strand, Socy Ent. 24, p. 42 (1909) (Ruanda) ¢. Plate ix,

fig. 4, ¢ ye bo ee ad Se ce amas
rubrilineata (ieanerayel -Bkr., Avniny, Mag. N.H. (8) vii. p. 533 (1911) (Angola) .. 158
rubrovitta (Metarctia) Auriv., Aare f. Zool.-ii, 4, p. 81 ee Ss) es so | ED)
rufa (Euptera pluto iinegnana ef.) f; nov: su BA a 50) Gil
rufa (Euptera hirundo ? f.) f. nov. é& oe oe Me ta mG
rufa (Spilosoma) sp. nov. es os ais ae a By bo, ee)
rufimacula (Thosea) sp. nov. ... .. 164
rufoplagata (Triclema) B.-Bkr., Trans. Ent. Soe. ‘toatl a 72, Plate ii, f. 8 (1910)

(Sierra Leone) : : 20 9 56 OS)
rutshurensis (Oboronia) en nov. Plate sth fig. 96 o% ke is eS)
sabulosa (Pieris solilucis ? f.) f. nov... Bo of Oo Ge we 45
sacerdos (Huploea) Butl., P.Z.S: p. 366 (1883) (Larat). Plate ii B, figs. 1, 2; iii B,

fig. 4 56 fe 21, 22, 27
salmacis (Hypolinunas) rary Til. “Exot. ime 2, p. iy Pinte vili, recy cn 2 Hae (Sierra

Leone) OD . G0 oie 5 a6 -. 606
Salpinx 720.6 00 18, 25
sanguinea. (Telipna) Plosts, Stett. ‘Ent. Zeit. 41, p. "198 (1880) (Cameroons) °’.. CO

sappirus (Hpamera) Druce, P.Z.S. p. 117, Plate xii, fig. 1 (1902) (Sierra Leone) oo |) Bil

Index 199

PAGE
Sarangesa 36 O° 06 So ae 36 5e nA eo
Saturniidae ae o¢ oo D6 36 ye ae “Ye .. 163
Satyridae a 56 o6 5.0 ae 5 ae es oO
Satyrinae ate ec 10 a: So atic:
scoliogramma (Egnasia), sp. nov. "Plate th fig. 12 : 48 so EO)
semidivisa (Asthenotricha) Warr., Nov. Zool. viii, p. 11 (2901 fweanda) ae on, — ality
Semioptila 50 00 =) 66
Semiprussiana. (iphacdra} Wicher: mento! Ent. Zeit., , 350 (2914 (S. Cameroons) 67
semirufa (Euptera) sp. nov. Plate xi, fig. 27 56 60
semirufa (Telipna) 8. and K., Rhop. Exot. iii, Afr. ne vill, p. 33, “Plate 18, figs. 5, 6
(1889) (Gold Coast) .. ie : rid
semlikensis (Ceratrichia flava) =ipIH nov. Plate cat figs. 98- 100. oe ee O2
semlikiensis (Hypena) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fig. 16.. 3 ae so. lays
setioides (Netrocera) Feld., Reise Novara, Lep. iv, t. 83, f. 5 (1774) Uniden) 50 aoe. alles)
silarus (Argiolaus) Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. 22, p. 154 (1885) (Delagoa Bay) oe so) agiil
similis (Amauris egialea) subsp. nov. Plate ix, fig. 5 vs 50 a pete oA
similis: (Hewitsonia) Auriy., Ent. Tidskr. 12, p. 218 (1891) (Cameroons). Genit.,
Plate viii, figs. 1, 2 a 50 86, 87
simplex (Diestogyna) Stgr., Iris. A ie 97 (1891) (Sierra Tisone) ; pe 164
sitarama (Eulaceura osteria) Prune Seitz. Macrolep. ix, p. 702 (1913) (Hainan) 35° Jbifa!
sjostedta (Hydrelia) Auriv., Seneede Zool. Exped. Kalen Op p. 42, t. i1, fig. 26 (1910)
(Kilimanjaro.) . 147
sjostedti (Larentia) Acar, Benwed: Zool. ixpedt TR, (9 ), p. As, t. 2, a, 20 (1910)
(Tanganyika Menritory) : 30 -. 142
solilucis (Pieris) Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. ond: p. 433 (1874) (Cameroons) a ise 45
sospes (Pitthea) sp. noy. ENS xViii, fig. 14 ee : ae ob soo 2 duel
Spilosoma ve, 157
staudingert (Pr 066) Dew., Nov. gti, New Nat. Gam, 41, G, p. 193, t. 1, & “15 (1879)
(Guinea) .. o0 90 319 O10 6 ao On OO
Sterrhinae ye oo 36 ye 255 se Go O60 oo) BY)
Stichophthalma ar be a ae oe ae Bt 172
Stictoploea 56 ae 5e ot 29, ‘93, 30
straba (iethentricha)ic sp. noy. Plate xviii, fig. 14 oe We o6 ae 48
stulta (Lobidiopteryx) sp. nov. Plate xviii, fig. 20. aa ae ue pon ale)
subargentea (Apisa) sp.nov. .. ae a3 Me Be bo. dllsgs}
subhyalina (Telipna) sp. nov. Plate xiv, fig. 48... soe ane
submaculata (Hpirrhoé) Warr., Nov. Zool. ix, p. 515 (1902) (Brit. EK. AGRON) 146
subornatus (Charaxes) Sohultze, Archiv. f. Biontol., Bd. iv, H. 2, p. 123, t. 111, fee 3a, 3b
(1917) (Cameroons). Plate vii, fig. 5; Genit., Plate vi, figs. 5,5a,5b .. 69, 75
subvelata (Craterestra) Walk., Melliss’ St. Helena. Ins., p. 184 (1875) ane Helena) oo LO)
sufficiens (Craterestra) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fig. 2.. as a o§ dig
suffusa (Ergolis enotrea) subsp. nov. Plate v,, figs. 1, 2 (Genitaliaye Ma bo OH
sulphurea (Mylothris) Auriy., Ent. Tidskr. xvi, p. 259, t. 3, f. 3 (1895) (Kkundu,
Cameroons)... oe ays 20 ae od oe ve oo al
syba (Nagia) Gu. ae bo 66 Sh ales}
syba (Catephia) Gnu., eee! Gen. ert vil, wy aia (1852) (Abyssinia) .. 80 oo lB
sylvarum (Coelrtes othis) Fruh., Berl. Ent. Zeit. p. 80 (1901) (Tonkin) : oot AT:
Sylvester (Huploea) Fbr., Ent. cee ili, 1, p. 41 (1793). Plate iii A, Hb eb 5 23, 24
Taenaris ic o0 a6 y si se ye at 20, 21
Tagiades ee eee 5)
talantus nieara) Arse, Ent. Tidskr. xu, Tih 217 (1891) (Gameroonon 3 core YE
tanganikensis (Epitola urania) ae nov. Plate xiv, fig. 63 50 me ame (OG
Tanuetheira A fe oe oe ae co. 2 80)
tanyeces (Terina) sp. nov. Plate oth. fig. 24 Be te one okie 300 lay)

Telipna ee a6 oc fe a6 66 ae So Some Ui

200 Index

PAGE
tenebrosa (Daimio phisara) subsp. noy. .. eh br 56 sess .. 176
Tenimber Islands mimicry . 25 06 eet Ss Breen
terias (Citrinophila) sp. nov. Plate xiv, fi, 53 5 ts o6 Be 82
Terina .. -- 152
theobene (Cymotioe 1D), sag iO Eon Oman, Lep., +, 288, Plate xl, i 3 (1850) (Genants) 56
Thosea ae : 6 ae ari .. 164
Timora oo daly)
timora Geuploea aeons) Fruh., Gpenin Ent. Zeit. 43, p. 185 (1898) (Timor). so GL
tornistigma (Achaea) sp. nov. Plate Xvii, fig.8 .. ae ‘ a Jeo
toroensis (Eresina) sp. nov. Plate xiy, fig. 54, 55.. oe oe 30 po) Se
tortirena (Graphania) sp. nov. Plate xvii, fig.5 .. Be od oo -. 122
Triclema : 00 B6 oo OS
trifilifimbria (Pr Greece) Sram, Novy. Tipe Xxll, p. 825 (1915) (Cameroons) .- 139
tudela (Huthalia kesava) Fruh., Seitz Macrolep. ix, p. 664 (1913) (Tonkin) .. -- 170
ugandae (Netrocera) Jord., Entomol. 40, p. 126 oe D0 33 29 -. 165
umbrina (Cymothoe theobene ? f.) f. nov. . ae 20 50 BS
umbrina (Diestogyna) Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. 22, p. “116 i901) (Congo) ¢. Plate xii,
fig. 28(¢) .. 30 -. 64
wnicolor (Huploea rset Ove, “Ent. Mo. Mag. @) wall, 5 De 320 (1890) (Aitutaki,
Cook Is.). Plate iv B, fig. 4.. - ae hed
uniformis (Hpitola) Kirby, Ann. Mag, N. H. (5 19, p. 445 (1887) (Cosmaroor) ¢ 3 e
S. and K., Rhopl. Exot. 1, Afr. Lyc., p. 29, Plate vii, figs. 11, 12 (1889) .. 36S)

Urania (Hpitola) Kirby, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) 19, p. 441 (1887) (Cameroons). S. and K.,
Rhopl. Exot. 1, Afr. Fe) p. 28, Plate vi, ae i, ee Genit., Plate viii,

figs. 8—10 66 ; ats s 86, 87
Uraniidae a or ae ee a ai oes. a se l65
Variation : —

The spots of Huploea sacerdos 5:0 ee; = os oe Ko Pe

Cymothoe herminia forms .. BS o0 56 oc 5 55S)
veninotata (Lobidiopteryx) Warr., Nov. Zool. ix, p. 513 (1902) (Brit. E. Africa) .. 149
versicolor (Hpitola) Kirby, Ann. Mag. N.H. (5) 19, p. 444 (1887) ‘‘ s ”’ ¢ (Cameroons),

8. and K., Rhopl. Exot. 1, Afr. Lyc., p. 28, Plate vii, figs. 9, 10 (1889) .. 55 tit)
vicina (Huploea alimena) Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. ii, p. 337 (1867) (Aru.). Plate iB,

figs. 1, 2 .. D6 66 icon a2,
vidwa (Pinacopteryx) Buil., Pa S, » Pp: 972, Plate 5S figs. 8, 9, (1899) (White Nile) .. 46
virgata (Metarctia) sp. nov... : e9 60 .. 158
viridana (Epitola) sp. nov. Plate xiv, figs. 58, 59 eo’
visenda (Huploea) Butl, P.Z.S. p. 367 (1883) Maroe Is.). Plate i ii B, figs. 5, 6 so) AL
vorkeinus (Danais affinis) Roeber, Iris 1, p. 46 (1886) (Aru) .. ° 3 so dl)
walkeri (Euploea helcita) Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag, (ii) vol. i, p. 320 (1890) (Tahiti).

Plate iii B, fig. 5; iv B figs. 1, 2 *. Wess D0 27, 29
weymeri (Cymothoe) Suffert, Iris 17, p. 119 (1904) (Cameroons) 3 58, 59
wollastont (Ceratrichia) Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xix, p. 174, einen WY, 8 18, 14

(1909) (Entebbe, Uganda) .. 30 Be oc 06 515 -- 103
Xanthorhoé dis a8 oe a ae ic 0% So .. 140
yulei (Mylothris) Butl., P.Z.S. p. 853 (1896) (Nyasaland) .. 0 a5 oe 40
Zamarada 30 30 30 a Rie D0 ae 59 .. 154
zelica (Charawes) Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag. 6, p. 28 (1869) (W. Africa ; Ashanti ?) 55. (lsh
Zeltus .. 00 30 a0 26 20 56 O00 30 scoped
Zygaenidae a ee we ae aa ee hs Dh 165, 176

John Bale, Sons and Danielsson, Printers, 83-91, Great Titchfield Street, I.ondon, W.1.

WATKINS & TULLETT,

2, EDWARD STREET, WARDOUR STREET, LONDON, W. 1.

DEALERS IN—

BRITISH AND EXOTIC LEPIDOPTERA

(Specialists in Central and South American.)

Constant supplies of Original Collections from our own Collectors.

PRICE LISTS ISSUED QUARTERLY SENT ON _ APPLICATION.

Manufacturers of ‘‘ Butterfly Tablets” for Educational and Artistic purposes. A New and
lasting Method for preserving Butterflies in Glass, whereby both sides of the insect are visible.

Correspondence and a visit to our temporary Studies cordially invited.

Naturalists
WATKINS & DONCASTER,

-36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.2.

WE STOCK EVERY DESCRIPTION OF APPARATUS.

CABINETS, BOOKS AND SPECIMENS FOR
COLLECTORS OF INSECTS, BIRDS’ EGGS,
PLANTS, &c., &c.

PRICE LIST POST FREE ON APPLICATION.

W. F.H. ROSENBERG, zs. res.

Importer of
EXOTIC ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS,

57, Haverstock Hill, London, N.W. 3.

(Established 1898.)

Largest stock of Exotic Lepidoptera.

Catalogue including nearly 9,000 species of Tropical Baten ile. and
Moths post free.

Fresh consignments are constantly
arriving from all parts of the World.

Among special rarities at present in stock may be mentioned Papilio

euterpinus, P. horishanus, Delias talboti, D. euphemia, Morpho hecuba,

M. cacica, M. rhetenor, M. perseus, M. metellus, M. eugenia, Charaxes

porthos, Ch. zelica, Euxanthe ansorgei, Kallima ansorgei, Agrias claudianus, |

Copiopteryx derceto, C. semiramis, C. sonthonnaxi, Arsenura hercules, |
Rhescyntis mortii, Loxolomia serpentina, &c., &c.

Special Offer to Readers of this Publication.

100 specimens, in about 50 species, of Exotic Butterflies and Moths,
set and named, price, including boxes and postage £110 O
Ditto, specially selected AR ae: price £3 O O

Cheap parcels of cidetaqalace Lepidoptera in papers,
from 10/= per 100.

VERTEBRATES.

Separate Price Lists of MAMMALS, BIRD- SKINS, BIRDS’ EGGS,
REPTILES, BATRACHIANS and FISHES, post free on application. |

Please state which Lists are required, and mention this publication.

Vol. I. Nai 2:

THE

Bulletin of the Hill Museum

A MAGAZINE OF
LEPIDOPTEROLOGY

EDITED BY

J, J. JOICEY, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., &c., and G. TALBOT, F.E.S.

WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF
L. B. PROUT, F.E.S., Miss A. E. PROUT, F.E.S.,
and W. HAWKER-SMITH, F.E.S.

Issued September 14, 1922,

at the Hill Museum, Witley, Srey és
(Published at intervals.) -

LONDON ——
JOHN BALE, SONS & DANIELSSON, LTD.
Oxford house
83-91, GREAT TITCHFIELD STREET, OXFORD STREET, W.1

1922.

Price 15s.

: CONTENTS.
Editors’ Note.

Four apparently New Noctuidae
Sir GEORGE F. HAMPSON, Bart.

On some apparently New Species and Forms of Noctuidae
Miss A. E. PROUT.

Some New Geometridae and Dioptidae in the ee
Collection ... ih ie
LOUIS B. PROUT.

New Forms of Zygaenidae from Sumatra, Ceram, and
New Guinea : sat ee Ai
J. J. JOICHY & G. TALBOT.

New Geometridae from Central Ceram
LOUIS B. PROUT.

New Forms of Moths from New Guinea and South
America a oe ce ae
Jd, JOICHY & G. TALBOT.
New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae) from New
Guinea, Ceram, and Buru he a:
J. J. JOIGEY & G. TALBOT.

New Forms of Papilionidae from New Guinea, Malaya,
and South America ie ae ‘
J. J; JOICEY & G. TALBOT.

New Forms of Butterflies from Dutch New Guinea
J. J. JOICEY & G. TALBOT.

New Forms of the Genus Charaxes ee ante from
Africa and Malaya :
J. J. JOICEY & G. TALBOT.

New Forms of Butterflies from Africa
J. J; JOICEY & G. TALBOT:

New Forms of the Genus Tellervo (Danaidae) ...
J. J. JOICHY & G. TALBOT.

New Forms of Butterflies from the Sula Is., and the
Islands of Obi, Aru, and Tenimber
J. J. JOICHY & G. TALBOT.

Four New Butterflies from the Islands of Mefor and
Biak (North Dutch New Guinea)
J. J. JOICHY & G. TALBOT.

A New Neptis and a Lycaenid from Hainan
J. J. JOICHY & G. TALBOT.

New Forms of Lycaenide from Ceram and New Ireland
J. J. JOICHY & G. TALBOT.

PAGE

189

193

252

320

325

330

339

343

346

300

303

304

EDITORS’ NOTE.

WitH the publication of No. 2 of this Journal, it is decided to
introduce a change in the type used for names. We have printed all
new names, and other names which are subjects of description, in heavy
type, so that they are distinguished from names which are obviously of
secondary importance.

A similar method is adopted by Major J. C. Moulton in his “ Notes
on Malaysian Butterflies (Jowrn. Fed. Mal. States Mus., x, 1921), and
in other writings. Major Moulton, however, prints new names in
italics and the others in heavy type. This clashes with other names in
italics in the body of the text.

We have made some use of that very useful book, “Colour Standards
and Nomenclature,’ by Robert Ridgway, 1912, and where Roman
numerals are placed in brackets after a colour name, these refer to the
plate in Ridgway where this colour is depicted.

The present number of the “ Bulletin’ does not contain any illus-
trations, but these will be given in No. 3 of this volume, when it is
expected to represent all the principal forms, some in colour.

We take this opportunity of correcting a statement which appeared
in No. 1, to the effect that the collection of Mr. Herbert Druce was
purchased in 1912. This collection was not purchased until 1913, after
Mr. Druce’s death.

A complete index to Vol. I, will be published separately.

Several papers dealing with descriptions, and on faunistic results are
held over for No. 3.

CORRIGENDA.

Page 262.—No. 16, line 10. For ‘‘(biselata auct)”’ read
(= bisetata auct.).

, 263.—Line 4. For “ effuvaria” read effusaria.

964.—No. 18. For ‘‘ Nothabraxes’”’ read Nothabraxas.

yh)

FOUR APPARENTLY NEW NOCTUIDAE.

DESCRIBED BY

Sir GEORGE F. HAMPSON, Bart.

MGeais) ION, COlMbe Wiel, IMO Ss)

Published by kind permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.

FOREWORD.

As these species occur either in the type-form or in a local race
in the collections made for J. J. Joicey, Esq., from Ceram (C., F.,
and J. Pratt) or Africa (T. A. Barns), permission has been kindly
given us to publish them from manuscripts which existed at the
British Museum.

Genus Bamra Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 159 (1882), Hampson gives type
albicola Wlky.

Bamra delicata nov. sp.

@. Head and thorax white, faintly tinged with yellow-green, the
thorax irrorated with black-brown; palpi with black patch at side of
first joint, the second and third joints black at base; antenne black ;
pectus and legs white, the tibiae irrorated with blackish, the fore tibiae
black in front, the tarsi black ringed with white; abdomen white,
dorsally irrorated with blackish, the crests tinged with green. Fore
wing white irrorated with blackish and tinged with yellow-green except
on terminal area from costa to antemedian fold, which is tinged with
purplish ; a black point at base of costa; subbasal line black, waved
from costa to submedian fold; antemedial line double, the inner line
indistinct, the outer black, forming a small spot at costa, then waved,
angled inwards at vein 1; a black point in middle of cell; reniform

small, defined by black; a double waved medial line, indistinct except
13

190 } Four apparently New Noctuidae

at costa, excurved round the reniform ; postmedial line black, forming
a small spot at costa, bent outwards and almost obsolete below costa,
then irregularly waved and dentate, from below vein 5 angled inwards
to lower angle of cell, then outwardly oblique, an indistinct dentate
blackish line beyond it, and a black streak in submedian fold; sub-
terminal line indistinct, white, slightly defined on outer side by brown
and on inner side by black towards costa, waved, angled outwards
below veins 7 and 4; a waved black terminal line forming points at
the interspaces; cilia intersected with black at the veins. Hind wing
pure white, the terminal area suffused with fuscous-black narrowing
to tornus and with a slight oblique white bar on it at submedian
fold; a slight waved black terminal line; cilia white with a blackish
line through them and intersected with black at the veins. Underside
of fore wing fuscous-black, the inner area and basal half of costal
area white.

Habitat.—S. Nigeria: Old Calabar (Crompton) one ¢. Ilesha
(Humfrey) three @ 2 type. Hx. 40-44 Mill.

Genus Hriceia Wlkr. xii, 1089 (1859), Hampson gives type as
sobria Whlkr.

Ericeva goniosema nov. sp.

Fore and mid tarsiof ¢ with the first joint fringed with hair above,
the hind tarsi fringed with hair above to near extremity.

$. Head and thorax grey tinged with red-brown, the thorax
irrorated with a few black scales ; abdomen dark-brown, irrorated with
a few black scales, the base grey tinged with red-brown. Fore wing
grey tinged with purple-brown, and irrorated with a few black scales ;
traces of a waved black subbasal line from costa to vein 1, with a small
black spot on it below costa; antemedial line black, interrupted, with
black spots on it at costa and vein 1, incurved in cell and excurved
below the cell; reniform bright red-brown more or less suffused with
black-brown, oblique and strongly produced at lower extremity; a
black spot above it on costa; postmedial line treble, black, waved,
oblique to vein 6, incurved at discal fold and below vein 4; some
whitish points beyond it on costa; subterminal line whitish defined
on each side by purplish chocolate-brown, on inner side broadly diffused
and forming somewhat wedge-shaped marks at discal and submedian
folds, the line slightly angled outwards then inwards below the costa,

Four apparently New Noctuidae ISH

angled outwards below vein 4, then incurved; a series of black points
before termen and a waved black terminal line. Hind wing greyish
suffused with purplish red-brown and irrorated with black; an oblique
blackish medial line; traces of a waved postmedial line; subterminal
line pale, waved, defined on inner side by rufous and black marks ;
a series of black points before termen and black terminal line. Under-
side greyish suffused with red-brown and irrorated with black; both
wings with black discoidal spot and crenulate postmedial line; fore
wing with slight sinuous subterminal shade; hind wing with crenulate
black line.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the markings much less distinct, the
reniform filled in with pale red-brown.

Habitat.—British New Guinea: Hkeikei (Pratt), one ¢ type.
German New Guinea: EHitape one 3, two ? 2. D’Entrecasteaux
Islands; Ferguson Island (Meek), three ¢ #. Louisiade Islands:
St. Aignan Island (Meek), two ¢ ¢. Queensland: Townsville (Lyell),
one ¢. Hx. 50 Mill.

Genus Platyja Hbn. Verz., p. 268 (1818), Hampson gives type
unnunea Cr.

Platyja cyanocraspis nov. sp.

Fore wing with the apex slightly produced and not falcate, mid legs
of ¢ with tuft of long hair from femoro-tibial joint; the hind tarsi
not fringed with long hair above.

3. Head, thorax and abdomen deep chocolate-brown, the last
dorsally with a slight greyish tinge; tibiae irrorated with white, the
mid-tibiae with large tuft of yellow hair below, the tarsi ringed with
white. Fore wing deep chocolate-brown; a slight streak of white
scales below basal half of costa; antemedial line indistinct, brown
faintly defined on inner side by blue-grey, oblique to median nervure,
then excurved ; a chocolate-brown annulus in middle of cell; an oblique
fulvous yellow bar beyond end of cell, its upper part rather elliptical
and with some red-brown in centre; postmedial line brown with black-
brown points at the veins and defined on outer side by blue-grey,
slightly waved, oblique and with some rufous suffusion before it to discal
fold, then rather inwardly oblique and below vein 3 forming a sinus
to below submedian fold, filled in with rufous below vein 2, then
retracted upwards and inwards to median nervure before end of cell
and oblique and sinuous to inner margin; a narrow bluish-white

192 Four apparently New Noctuidae

terminal band except at apex with a red-brown line near its inner
edge and a rufous terminal line ; cilia bluish-white with a slight brown
line near base, and brown tips. Hind wing deep chocolate-brown ;
a faint curved postmedial line with dark points at veins from vein 5
to inner margin; a narrow bluish-white terminal band from apex
to vein | with a slight brown line on it and a red-brown terminal line ;
cilia bluish-white mixed with red-brown. Underside clothed with
velvety deep chocolate-brown hair; fore wing with some blue-white
scales below costa beyond middle and oblique blue-white shade from
apex.

Habitat.—Dutch New Guinea: Oetakwa River, Snow Mountains
(Meek) one ¢ type. Ex. 80 Mill.

Genus Bocula Gn. Spec. Gen. Lep. vu, 295 (1852), Hampson gives
type caradrinoides Gn.

Bocula lophoproctis nov. sp.

Antenna of ¢ with fasciculate cilia.

Patagia of g very short, with tufts of long hair from below them ;
abdomen with the anal tuft very large.

Fore wing of & very broad, the inner margin lobed at tornus ; hind
wing with the apex arched and the termen truncate, a fringe of
downturned silky hair on apical half of terminal area.

3g. Head and thorax pale rufous, the tegulae with a few dark-
brown scales; antennae dark brown except towards base; palpi
chocolate-brown, whitish at tips; pectus and legs chocolate-brown ;
abdomen chocolate-brown mixed with grey, the anal tuft reddish-
ochreous. Fore wing ochreous white tinged with rufous and irrorated
with dark brown; a small black-brown spot in the cell near base; a
black discoidal point; faint traces of an oblique brownish postmedial
line; the terminal area chocolate-brown with deep chocolate on its
inner edge from apex to vein 2, its inner edge curved inwards below
apex, strongly bent inwards at vein 6, incurved to vein 3, then oblique
to termen below vein 1; a terminal series of black points defined on
inner side by ochreous points to below vein 2. Hind wing with the
costal half whitish, the rough scaling on apical area ochreous, the
inner area suffused with brown. Underside ochreous suffused and
irrorated with brown.

Habitat—Dutch New Guinea: Fak-fak (Pratt), two 3 3 type,
Ex. 386-38 Mill.

1938

ON SOME APPARENTLY NEW SPECIES AND FORMS
OF NOCTUIDAE.

COLLECTED BY C., F., AND J. PRATT, IN THE MOUNTAINS OF CENTRAL
CERAM, OctToBER, 1919, To FEBRUARY, 1920.

IB? WHS AY doy JEROME, 1a IBS).

AGROTINAE.

The generic name Agrotis is employed here as by Sir G. Hampson in his Cat. Lep.
Phal., vol. iv. The generic nomenclature of the Agrotinae needs careful sifting
and readjustment.

1. Agrotis magnipunctata sp. nov. ~

g, 32—34 mm.

Head and third segment of palpus whitish mixed with brown;
thorax whitish, slightly irrorated with brown; base of tegulae, side of
head and second segment of palpus deep, glossy black-brown; antennal
shaft brown; pectus, legs and abdomen beneath creamy-white, the
tarsi broadly banded with black; abdomen above grey, slightly darker
at base of segments.

Fore wing pale-grey irrorated with brown, the lines brown; the
subbasal double, indistinct, shghtly waved and oblique, from costa to
SM; antemedial indistinctly double, from costa at nearly one-third to
about one-third hind margin, waved, bent outward behind costa and
angled in on SM, behind which it becomes obsolescent ; orbicular
rather large, pale-grey, round, defined on each side by dark-brown and
with two or three dark specks at middle; reniform nearly round, a little
larger than orbicular, defined at sides by dark-brown and with slight
brown line at middle, hardly defined anteriorly and posteriorly ; a dif-
fused red-brown medial shade, outwardly oblique from costa to M,
thence inwardly oblique to hindmargin; postmedial line dark-brown,
strongly bent outward from costa at about two-thirds, gently excurved
to fold, thence slightly bent outward, distally dentate, with black teeth
on the veins ; subterminal only indicated by some diffused blackish spots

194 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

between the veins; termen with very conspicuous black interneural
spots; fringe greyish mixed with pale-brown, a fine white line at base.

Hind wing shining white, with slight brown shading about costa
and at termen ; a brown discal spot.

Underside of fore wing brownish-white, the cell cleihed with blackish
hair; a dark discal spot and semi-macular postmedial line; some black
marginal dots and slight black marginal line. Hind wing white, costally
irrorated with brown ; a black discal spot and dentate postmedial line,
becoming obsolescent behind Ri.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, two 3 3.

Belongs to Section IV of Hampson: ¢ antenna serrate and fas-
ciculate.

2. Agrotis pallidisigna sp. nov.

3, 38 mm.

Head, thorax, third segment of palpus and base of antennal shaft
deep ochreous ; second segment of palpus, pectus and legs red-brown,
the tarsi blackish; abdomen above pale ochreous and reddish-brown,
the basal half clothed with a dense tuft of greyish-ochreous hair ;
abdomen beneath pale red-brown.

Fore wing deep ochreous, suffused in parts with purple-brown and
fuscous, the markings obsolescent. Some white scales at base and
along basal third of costa; traces of a subbasal line excurved behind
costa and incurved in cell; antemedial line almost obsolete to M, bent
outward in fold; orbicular round, indistinctly defined on each side by
brown, with slight pale annulus; a slight dark spot at end of claviform ;
reniform pale, irregularly kidney-shaped, with slight ochreous line at
middle and posterior black dot ; reniform indicated by black dots on the
veins, from costa at about five-sevenths, excurved to fold, where it is
angled inward, and bent outward to hind margin, distally shaded with
purple-brown (especially behind M); subterminal line distally defined
by purple-brown, slightly excurved behind costa and M; a slight dark
terminal line; fringe deep ochreous, the outer half shaded with purple-
brown.

Hind wing ochreous-white, the termen shaded with brown; a slight
brown discal spot and terminal line.

Underside of both wings shining ochreous-white with the costa and
tips of fringes broadly shaded with pale rufous and with slight indica-
tions of a postmedial line at costa; a slight terminal line on both
wings; discal spot absent.

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 195

2,40 mm.

Head and thorax redder than in the ¢ ; abdomen beneath whiter ;
fore wing almost entirely suffused with purple-brown and rufous, leaving
only the orbicular and reniform pale ochreous; reniform with a black
dot in its anterior half in addition to the posterior one. Hind wing
rather more smoky than in the 3. In spite of these differences there
seems no doubt that this is the 2 of A. pallidisigna, the underside
of both wings, as well as the general scheme of the upperside, being
identical.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3, two 2 2.

Belongs to Section IV of Hampson.

3. Agrotis hasta sp. nov.

¢, 40 mm.

Head, tegulae and third segment of palpus whitish, the tegulae with
a fine black line at base, followed by a band of pale rufous; second
segment of palpus blackish; thorax and antennal shaft pale rufous;
abdomen above tinged with rufous (more fuscous in the type) ; abdomen
beneath, pectus and legs whitish, tinged with pale rufous (hair on pectus
and tibiae deeper rufous in the type).

Fore wing pale ochreous irrorated with rufous (except on costa
from base to postmedial line, which remains pale as in A. plecta L.); a
thick black streak in cell from near base to beyond reniform (in one
specimen reaching the postmedial line); a diffused black streak behind
cell from base to antemedial line; orbicular and reniform white,
the former small, round, the latter narrow, kidney-shaped, slightly
defined by blackish, with a fine rufous line at middle; antemedial line
ill-defined, brown, waved, from one-third costa to two-fifths hind
margin; postmedial line brown, bent outwards from two-thirds costa
to the subcostals, vertical to M’ and slightly incurved to hind margin;
subterminal line almost obsolete except for a slight proximal dark spot
at costa and faint proximal fuscous shading; a strong row of inter-
neural terminal black spots; fringe dull rufous with an ochreous line
at base.

Hind wings smoky-brown, whiter at base, with slight discal spot
and curved postmedial line; interneural black terminal spots; fringe
ochreous-white.

Both wings beneath smoky-brown, a little paler towards termen,
costally pale rufous to postmedial line; the veins towards termen a

196 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

little darker ; hind wing paler on abdominal half; both wings with
discal spot and dark waved postmedial line; margin and fringes as
above.

4,600 feet, January, 1920, two 3 3.

Belongs to Section V of Hampson, ¢ antenna cilities Perhaps
nearest to A. plecta of any previously described species, but very
distinct.

4, Agrotis pallidimargo sp. nov.
3, 40—41 mm.

Head, palpus, and thorax pale dove-colour (varying slightly in
different specimens), the second segment of palpus shaded with rufous
and blackish; antennal shaft brown; abdomen above ochreous-grey,
the anal tuft pale ochreous; abdomen beneath, pectus and legs
ochreous-white, more or less strongly tinged with rufous, the tibial
spines well-developed, deep red-brown.

Fore wing dove-colour, slightly flushed in parts with pink and
sparsely irrorated with fuscous; markings (with the exception of the
reniform and a subterminal costal spot) very ill-defined. Slight sub-
basal black spots on costa and M, and a dot in cell further removed
from base ; antemedial line from a black dot at one-third costa, oblique
and waved to near middle of hindmargin; orbicular large, round,
distally and proximally defined by slight dark lines; claviform
obsolete; reniform a slightly diffused red-brown patch, blackened and
bent outward posteriorly, with slight pale annulus and indistinct dark
definition; postmedial line double, dentate, the distal line composed
of black teeth on the veins, the proximal of slight lunules between
the veins, the latter strongly bent outward from a black spot at two-
thirds costa, gently excurved to fold and slightly bent outward to
hindmargin near tornus; subterminal line defined by the costal dark
patch and a row of slight black proximal points, slightly bent out-
ward at SC°, thence almost vertical; a fine rufous marginal line,
thickened to spots in the interspaces; fringe ochreous with broad
rufous shading at middle and some fuscous at the tips.

Hind wing pale greyish-ochreous with the hair on abdominal
margin and fringe clearer ochreous; an indistinct dark discal spot
and subterminal shade and a still slighter postmedial line; the termen
pale except for the fine brown terminal line.

Underside of both wings pale-ochreous with the costa broadly pale-

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 197

rufous; the fore wing (with the exception of the termen and hind-
margin) and costal fourth of hind wing irrorated with fuscous ; both
wings with slight subterminal shading, discal spot and postmedial line,
the latter two better defined on hind than fore wing.

2, 43 mm.

Fore wing a little darker and more violet in tone than in the ¢ ;
hind wing with the distal third somewhat darkened.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, four ¢ ¢,one ¢.

Probably belongs to Section V of Hampson, though the antennal
shaft appears to be subserrate and the ciliation is fasciculate.

Nearest to A. stigmatius Warr., from which it differs in the
following points: In pallidimargo the fore wing is rather broader and
less brown in tone than in stigmatius (this refers to the ¢ only); the
subterminal line is more broken and indefinite; the postmedial line
starts a little nearer to apex and is less strongly bent outwards at
costa ; reniform less sharply defined; the hind wing is very distinct
in the 3s owing to the darkest shading coming on the subterminal
area, not on the termen (as in stigmatiws and the majority of Agrotis
species). The hair on second segment of palpus appears also to differ,
being less strongly pointed at extremity in pallidimargo than in
stigmatius, but it is just possibly worn in all four Ceram 3 3, though
probably the distinction would hold good.

5. Agrotis olivacea, sp. nov.

&, BO waa,

Head, tegule and third segment of palpus, pale olive-brown; thorax
and antennal shaft predominantly red-brown; second segment of
palpus, pectus and legs dark red-brown, the tarsi banded with blackish
and ringed with white; abdomen above clothed with rough tawny-
brown hair; some more golden hairs in anal tuft; abdomen beneath
largely irrorated with red-brown.

Fore wing pale olive-brown irrorated with red-brown (especially
near postmedial line), and shaded with violet on terminal area,
variegated; lines dark-brown, double; costa dark red-brown. Sub-
basal line slightly bent out at costa and angled inward in cell, ending in
a dark spot at M; a slight brown mark in cell near antemedial line ;
antemedial line from about one-third costa, bent outward to SC, thence

198 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

crenulate, slightly incurved to hindmargin at about two-fifths, ending
in a diffused dark patch ; claviform suggested by a black spot at end;
orbicular large, round, defined on each side by brown; reniform ill-
defined, kidney-shaped, irrorated with reddish, with a black spot behind
it; a slight brown medial shade (defining the redder postmedial area) ;
outwardly oblique from middle of costa to M, thence a little inwardly
oblique to hindmargin near antemedial line; postmedial line outwardly
oblique from costa at about two-thirds to SC°, nearly vertical and
scarcely crenulate to just before hindmargin, bent outwards to hind-
margin at about three-quarters ; subterminal line proximally defined by
red-brown irroration and distally by violet shading; slightly bent
inwards behind costa and incurved behind M!; veins irrorated with
black and white, especially towards termen ; ared-brown terminal line ;
fringe tawny-brown, with a red-brown line at middle and some grey-
brown at tips.

Hindwing ochreous suffused with smoky-brown; a faint discal spot
and fine brown terminal line; fringe ochreous.

Fore wing beneath ochreous largely suffused with smoky-brown ;
the costa broadly red-brown with medial and postmedial dark spots ;
a slight dark cellspot and indications of a postmedial line; termen
paler; fringe tawny and reddish. Hind wing ochreous-white, irrorated
with brown on apical third of costa; costa broadly irrorated with red-
brown; a moderate-sized discal spot, with a brown spot before it on
costa; a slight postmedial line; fringe ochreous.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, two 3 3d.

Belongs to Section V of Hampson, the antennal cilia somewhat
fasciculate. Perhaps nearest to rubicilia Moore and nigrosigna Moore,
which Hampson (erroneously ?) regards as forms of one species.

6. Agrotis magnisigna sp. nov.

2, 30 mm.

Head, tegulae and palpus bright-ochreous mixed with rufous, the
palpus shaded with black on outer side of segment 2; thorax (worn)
apparently rufous shaded with fuscous; antennal shaft fuscous; pectus
and legs greyish-ochreous tinged here and there with rufous and
fuscous ; abdomen above and beneath pale-cinereous.

Fore wing above whitish irrorated with red-brown, with the
markings red-brown or blackish. Subbasal and antemedial lines repre-
sented by black spots on costa (at about one- and two-sevenths) and

PR

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 199

black lunules on M, the antemedial indistinctly waved and oblique to
near middle of hindmargin; orbicular broad, pale, open anteriorly (with
the costa before it pale), rounded and defined by black posteriorly,
with a little rufous irroration in centre; claviform represented by a
black spot behind orbicular ; some brown shading in cell between the
stigmata ; reniform proximally defined by a black line followed by a
pale lunule, distally very ill-defined, ochreous, with a slight brown
definition at middle; postmedial line brown, macular, bent outward
from a black spot at three-fifths costa, excurved round cell and some-
what oblique to hindmargin at two-thirds ; subterminal line ochreous,
proximally defined by a dark streak from costa and brown spots on the
veins; a fine black terminal line thickened to spots on the veins; fringe
pale rufous with an ochreous line at base.

Hind wing pale greyish-ochreous, a shade darker at termen, with
discal spot, slight postmedial and subterminal shades, and fine dark
terminal line; fringe ochreous-white.

Underside of fore wing pale grey-brown with the distal half of costa
and the fringe more ochreous; some dark spots on costa, and traces of
a discal spot; termen as above. Hind wing ochreous-white with some
costal dark irroration, a discal spot and pale brown waved postmedial
line; termen and fringe as above.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 2.

In the absence of the g it is impossible to say with certainty where
this species belongs; possibly it should be placed next to A. olivacea,
of which, however, it can scarcely be the ?.

7. Agrotis angusta sp. nov.

2. Bill ian,

Head and thorax red-brown intermixed with blackish; palpus
blackish, with a few pale scales; antennal shaft black ; abdomen olive
grey-brown, the anal tuft yellowish-white; pectus and femora grey-
brown ; tibiae above and tarsi blackish ringed with white at the joints ;
abdomen beneath whitish mottled with grey-brown.

Fore wing suffused with reddish-brown and slate-grey, the red tints
predominating round the cell, leaving a large pale slaty-blue orbicular,
with the cell on each side filled in with blackish; the lines double, ill-
defined; the subbasal almost obsolete except at costa, where it is
excurved; the antemedial indistinctly visible on costa, at about one-
fourth, reappearing in the fold, where it is excurved, strongly excurved
before hindmargin; claviform absent; reniform represented by a slate-

200 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

grey lunule on the discocellulars; postmedial line from about three-
fifths costa, strongly bent outward to SC’, slightly excurved round
cell and incurved in fold; subterminal line proximally and distally
defined by reddish and slate-colour, angled inward about SC’, thence
nearly straight to tornus; fringe reddish-brown intermixed with slate-
colour, with a slight pale line at base.

Hind wing greyish-white, with grey discal dot, indistinct curved
postmedial line, and fine grey terminal line ; fringe ochreous-white.

Underside of both wings greyish-white, hind wing with the
abdominal half of the basal area whiter. Fore wing with slight
discal spot and traces of a slight crenulate postmedial line; costa
and tips of fringes tinged with rufous, fringe with an ochreous line
at base. Hind wing with fuscous discal spot, crenulate postmedial
line, and fine terminal line; fringe pale, the apical fourth shaded
with fuscous.

Manusela, 6,C00 feet, October to December, 1919, one °?.

An unusually narrow-winged species for the genus Agrotis, but
appears to belong here. Perhaps near to the last two species
(magnisigna being also rather narrow-winged), but cannot be placed
with certainty in the absence of the 3.

HADENINAE.

8. Trracola rufimargo Warr. versicolor subsp. nov.

3, 2, 53—58 mm.

Differs from 7. rufimargo rufimargo Warr. chiefly in the sharper,
more contrasted markings of the fore wing and the large pale reniform,
the latter being defined distally and proximally by heavy dark shading,
intersected by the whitish veins. Postmedial line of dots distally edged
by a slight pale line; orbicular sometimes with a nearly complete white
annulus, very variable in size; base of wing and area between post-
medial and subterminal lines usually pale pinkish- or greenish-grey, the

termen (except apex) and anterior half of medial area always more or

less darkened (sometimes strongly banded), usually tinged with reddish.
In one ab. the reniform is almost entirely white, the orbicular a very
large white circle, broadly interrupted by the ground-colour at the
middle of the cell. In several specimens the reniform has a moderate-
sized clear yellow spot at the middle of its distal edge. The medial
dark band appears usually to be stronger in the °.

fi

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctwidae 201

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, twenty-nine 3 3,
five: 2 2

9. Tiracola concolor sp. nov.

gf. Oe wan,

Head, thorax, and palpus typically greenish-grey (sometimes tinged
with pale rufous), the second segment of palpus blackish on outer side,
the hair on metathorax tipped with dark purplish-red ; abdomen above
greyish-brown with the lateral and anal hair pale ochreous-brown,
more or Jess shaded with pale rufous.

Fore wing typically greenish-grey, sometimes almost entirely
suffused with pale rufous; the lines almost obsolete. Four black dots
at nearly even distances along costa, marking the origin of the four
lines (to the postmedial) ; an antemedial black dot sometimes present
on SM? at about one-third from base; two of the 2? ? with a broad
dark band occupying the whole medial area (red-brown in one, purple-
brown in the other), and three of the ¢ ¢ with some medial clouding
on anterior third of wing; reniform a whitish or yellowish lunule,
surrounded by greenish or grey shading and (more or less distinctly) by
an annulus of white spots edged with red-brown (in the banded forms this
annulus is nearly lost); a postmedial row of slight black spots on the
veins (obsolete on R?”), bent outwards from four-sevenths costa to R},
slightly bent inward from R® to SM? (in two 3 & these spots are
obsolete) ; a yellow subterminal line, distally dark-edged, from SC* to
fold, bent inward before R?, then slightly excurved; termen (except
apex) strongly darkened in the five banded specimens, slightly so in
two or three other ¢ ¢ and the other 2 ; a row of black and white
interneural spots close to termen ; fringe predominantly fuscous, rufous
opposite the veins, with a fine pale terminal line.

Hind wing almost as in 7. rujfimargo, but with the smoky areas
darker and the hyaline patch in ¢ (not present in “ botn sexes”’ of
rufimargo, as Warren erroneously states in Seitz Macro-Lepid.) more
conspicuous; ? hind wing with the rufous shades somewhat reduced.

Underside of fore wing as in rufimargo Warr.; & typically with
the whole hind wing suffused with rufous; 2 with the rufous tinge on
hind wing slighter; one ? and some & & with the anterior third of
hind wing pale ochreous (not the proximal and posterior areas, as in
rujumargo.)

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919; twenty-two 3 3,
fhreen 2 12)

Distinctly the largest species as yet described in this genus.

202 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

ACRONYCTINAE.

10. Magusa oenistis Hmpsn. pallida subsp. nov.
3, 40—42 mm.; ?, 35—38 mm.

Differs from oentstis oenistis in the distinctly smaller size (especially
of the ?), the paler basal area of the hind wing above and the paler,
more ochreous areas (especially on hind wing) on the under surface—
typical oenistis being almost uniform red-brown beneath excepting the
abdominal area of hind wing. Both sexes of oenstis pallida have a
larger, more strongly developed, pointed black claviform, a conspicuous
broad pale streak (interrupted at middle by a slight red-brown line),
between reniform and postmedial line, a broad black mark on R?
between postmedial and subterminal lines, and a horizontal black streak
on termen at R* (more conspicuous in the ?, which has also a slight
dash on R*). Inthe ? the ground colour of oenistis pallida, with the
exception of the base, apex, and the pale streak between reniform and
postmedial line, is uniform purplish-red—the pale medial shades of
typical oenistis being entirely wanting; the reniform has some white
shading on its distal edge which is wanting in the type-form. Three
of the ¢ s have a white spot behind M, proximally to the antemedial
line.

° —ab. albiplaga ab. nov. has the posterior third of wing to post-
medial line irregularly suffused with white.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919; six 3 ¢,
Hares 2 2.

11. Trachea viridata sp. nov.

2, oo) ajo,

Nearly allied to T. dinawa Beth.-Bak. (Cat. Lep. Phal. No. 2,896) ;
possibly (though scarcely probable) merely a subspecies.

Palpus more porrect (especially segment 3) than in dinawa; thorax
and second segment of palpus (in front) with some yellow shades, not
present in dinawa; abdomen with the ochreous dorsal tufts absent
(possibly worn off).

Fore wing only partially (aot “mostly ’”’), suffused with chocolate-
brown; claviform white, without any dark definition, lunular, very
short and broad; orbicular and reniform pale-green, without dark
points on them, extending to well behind M (especially the orbicular),
where they almost unite, with only a fine black line dividing them;

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctwidae 203

postmedial line rather more strongly excurved round the reniform than
in dinawa,; subbasal, antemedial and postmedial lines all more or less
white in fold; the dark-brown mark at apex and brown terminal line
practically absent in wiridicans.

Hind wing with a distinct, curved and waved postmedial line and
slight discal spot.

Underside almost without the red-brown tints of dinawa. Fore
wing with the costa apparently ochreous (but this may be due to the
effects of damp), and with a rather broadly diffused postmedial line,
strongly dentate on the veins, and a pale subterminal line. Hind wing
with a much smaller discal spot than in dinawa and with the post-
medial line much more evenly curved and dentate on the veins.

4,000 feet, January, 1920, one ?.

12. Huplexia latifascia sp. nov.

g, 37—40 mm.

Head, palpus, thorax, abdomen and legs much as in EL. albovittata
Moore.

Fore wing coloured much as in albovittata and allied species, but
with the terminal area largely suffused with pale rufous; the dark basal
suffusion extending nearly to the antemedial line, which is strongly
angled inward behind fold, as in albovittata ; orbicular and reniform
much as in albovittata, but the latter with distal dark shading reaching
to the postmedial line (which is scarcely distinguishable except as a
white border to the dark medial band) ; medial band broader than in
either of the allied species.

Hind wing with the pale basal area a little whiter and more
extended than in albovittata.

Underside also a little whiter than in albovittata, the hind wing with
discal spot absent.

2, 36—40 mm.

Darker than the 3, the distal and proximal thirds of fore wing
almost entirely suffused with rufous-brown, leaving only the antemedial
and postmedial lines and part of the reniform white. Hind wing
almost entirely smoky-brown, a little paler at base. Underside of both
wings largely suffused with smoky-brown.

Manusela, 6.000 feet, October to December, 1919, eight 3 3,
ore

204 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

It is not impossible that this species, ilustrata Graes., albovittata
Moore and fasciata Moore may be all races of one species, the forms
illustrata and albovittata meeting in W. China.

13. Hriopus ludovici, sp. nov.
©, gO) wan.

Head, antennal shaft and segment 2 of palpus on inner side
ochreous; segment 3 of palpus and segment 2 on outer side black and
white; thorax above olive-green with a few white scales; abdomen
above whitish with some ochreous scales, the basal hair pale olive-green;
abdomen below, pectus and legs whitish with some ochreous and olive-
green intermixed.

Fore wing above pale olive-green mixed with ochreous and pink,
the lines white edged with black. Subbasal line distinct to fold, angled
outward behind costa and on M ; a white spot in cell and pale lunular
mark in fold between subbasal and antemedial lines; antemedial line
bent inward behind SC, outwardly oblique to SM and bent inward to
hindmargin ; claviform faintly defined, rather small; orbicular an oblique
V-shaped mark from the white costal bar of antemedial line, defined by
whitish except anteriorly; reniform oblique, formed much as in the
common F. maillardi Gn., with a pink tinge at middle ; postmedial line
a series of black-edged pale lunules (white at costa and hind margin,
pink between SC° and fold), the proximal edging blacker than the
distal, from costa at middle, strongly bent outward and almost obsolete
on SC, oblique and slightly incurved from SC* to R? (where it forms a
distinct angle), inwardly oblique to fold and bent outward to hind margin,
followed by a broad pink distal band ; fold with three pink spots between
the antemedial and postmedial lines; subterminal line broadly pale and
proximally edged by dark streaks on the veins on anterior third, then
narrowly pale and following the curves of the postmedial line; four
white spots on costa towards apex; a large pale terminal spot on R* at
angle of termen; a row of pale lunules between the veins at termen,
those behind R® and M? proximally black-edged; fringe pale, tipped
with black at the veins.

Hind wing ochreous-white, the distal half shading to reddish-grey ;
fringe almost white.

Wings beneath whitish ; the fore wing thickly irrorated with pale
rufous except towards termen, with a diffused postmedial line; hind

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 205

wing with a slight rufous subterminal shade, a fine black discal spot
and curved postmedial line angled inward behind M?.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one °.

Although unmistakably an Hriopus, this species is very distinct, and
in the absence of the ¢ it is impossible to decide its probable position
in the genus. Just possibly allied to H. chloriza Gn.

STICTOPTEHRINAE.

14. Odontodes aleuca Gn. seranensis subsp. nov.
3 2, 40—45 mm.

Differs from aleuca aleuca (from India) in the rather narrower and
more elongate fore wing, the chequered fringe of hind wing (uniformly
white except towards apex in typical alewca), the scarcely-paler inter-
spaces of hind wing above and the much darker underside of both wings.
On the underside aleuca seranensis also differs from alewca aleuca in the
presence of a slight pale shade distally to the postmedial line on both
wings, in the obsolescence of the discoidal patch on fore wing and in
the discoidal spot on the hind wing being larger and more diffused than
in the typical form.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, seventeen 3 3,
fourteen 2 ?.

A single specimen from Sarawak, in coll. Joicey, seems almost
nearer to this form than to the Indian one.

Except in the elongate fore wing, this subspecies forms a transition
to Odontodes metamelaena from New Guinea, which there seems little
reason to doubt is in reality another alewca subspecies.

Genus Stictoptera.

It is hoped later on to publish a paper on the genitalia of this very
difficult genus, a careful study of which is being undertaken at the Hill
Museum. From the results of those studies, as at present understood,
it seems probable that a large number of what are at present known as
“species? may have to sink; but in the meantime it has seemed best
to give names to the various apparently new forms and races occurring
in the present collection and to assign them later on a more definite
standing as species, subspecies or aberrations.

14

206 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

15. Stictoptera indescribens sp. nov.

S&S 2, 38—48 mm.

Near to describens Wlkr., with which it has hitherto been confused,
but very distinct structurally, especially in the ¢, which is rather
remarkable for the presence of retractile black tufts beneath the pleura
of the fifth and sixth abdominal segments. Although the insect often
dies with these tufts retracted, the black coloration always remains
visible, making this ? at once distinguishable from the ? of describens.
In the ¢ the two species are most easily distinguished by the antenna,
which is shortly ciliate (apparently scarcely fasciculate) in describens,
but in indescribens is fasciculate with the fascicles at least once the
diameter of shaft. In indescribens the costa of fore wing (especially in
the 3) is usually rather less concave than in describens, the 3 hind
wing distinctly larger, with the hyaline area increased.

Runs to very much the same forms as describens, but the @? is
usually (the ¢ sometimes) more ochreous in tone. Abs. corresponding
to Hampson’s abs. 2, 4, 8 and 10 of describens occur in indescribens
from Ceram. There is also an ab. (¢ and ¢) with the proximal half
of the wing more or less completely suffused with fuscous, distinctly
defined by the medial line; a ¢-form with a leaden-fuscous patch
occupying the anterior two-thirds of the wing from medial to sub-
terminal line (the type belongs to this form) and a ¢ -ab. with a broad
slate-blue band proximally to the antemedial line and a slate-blue
apical patch, as well as some lesser aberrations.

Coloration varying according to the form; the lines and stigmata
(when not obsolete) much as in describens, excepting the subterminal
line, which in indescribens is usually scarcely dentate behind R? and is
often slightly waved from R® to the fold (in describens this line is
usually sharply dentate from SC*® to M’, then oblique and almost
straight to the fold).

Genitalia very distinct.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, twelve 3 3,
thirty-four 2 ?. This species is also in coll. Joicey from Dutch New
Guinea and Sud-Est Is., Brit. New Guinea, and in coll. Rothschild
from Rook Is., and Brit. New Guinea.

16. Stictoptera parva sp. nov.
G5 Bo aie,

Head, palpus and thorax typically whitish shaded with dark brown,
leaving a broad whitish, unshaded band across the prothorax and

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 207

patagia (a second ¢ is much darker, with the pale band replaced by
dark-brown shaded with blackish); dorsum of abdomen typically
brownish-grey, with the crests blackish, the basal segments paler
(uniformly blackish in the second ¢); pectus, legs and abdomen
whitish (a little darker in the second ¢).

Forewing typically chocolate-brown, with the basal area (except at
hindmargin) and a tornal spot whitish; some blue irroration, especi-
ally along SC, on the postmedial line and on the termen between
R? and M*. Subbasal brown spots behind costa and M; antemedial
line indistinctly double, waved and excurved from two-sevenths costa
to M, angled outward in fold, and strongly angled outward (to middle
of wing) before hindmargin ; claviform defined by a broad, curved
black line at tip; orbicular round, black-outlined (especially anteriorly)
with slight fuscous suffusion at middle; reniform black-outlined, rather
narrow, oblique, with slight dark suffusion in the distal part and a tuft
of raised scales in the proximal; a black medial line, oblique from
three-sevenths costa to fold, where it is thickened and slightly angled,
inwardly oblique to hindmargin; postmedial line double, waved,
oblique from two-thirds costa to R®, inwardly oblique to M* and nearly
erect to hindmargin; slight pale waved subterminal line; apical dashes,
marginal spots and fringe nearly as in signifera Wlkr. The other $
has the pale basal and tornal patches irrorated with brown and the
subbasal line better defined (double, black, dentate to fold).

Hind wing with well-developed discal spot, and broad dark border—
more than one-third length of wing at middle, broadly extended along
abdominal margin (narrowing to base), and somewhat broadened at
costa.

Underside of both wings nearly as in signifera Wlkr., but fore wing
with the postmedial line more strongly angled on R®.

2 , 30—36 mm.

As in nearly all Stectoptera species the 2 fore wing is rather shorter,
with apex less acute than in the 3.

Two specimens are nearly typical, but have the prothorax and base
of fore wing slightly more tinged with yellow, the tornal spot yellower
and reduced in size, and the medial and terminal areas redder in tone,
with the postmedial area somewhat paler.

Three ? 2 (ad. albifascia ab. nov.); have the prothorax and the
basal and tornal pale patches of the fore wing somewhat darkened and

208 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

the metathorax and a triangular patch at middle of hindmargin of fore
wing suffused with pinkish-white.

One ? (ab. signiferoides ab. nov.) has the proximal area of fore
wing, as far as medial line (with the exception of a broad pale patch
along one-third of costa) suffused with rufous, with a broad black streak
along M and the ordinary markings almost obsolete; recalls one of the
forms of signifera, though easily distinguished by the oblique reniform
and medial line, the yellowish tone of terminal area, &c.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, two 3 3, six
foes

17. Stictoptera hampsoni sp. nov.

= Stictoptera signifera Hmpsn. Ab. 7, Cat. Lep. Phal. x1, 156 (1912)
(nec Walker.)

g, 38—42 mm.

Head, palpus and tegulae whitish, irregularly banded with dark
brown; thorax and patagia pale grey with a few dark markings ;
abdomen above pale grey; abdomen beneath, pectus and legs white,
the tibiae and tarsi broadly shaded with brown.

Fore wing ochreous-white irrorated and in parts suffused with
violet-grey. Markings almost exactly as in signifera Wlkr., but the
medial line only very slightly angled outward behind costa and dis-
tinctly excurved in fold, the apical dashes thicker and blacker than in
signifera, the proximal one shorter; claviform rather more conspicu-
ously black. Fore wing rather broader than in true signifera, with the
costa distinctly less arched.

Hind wing distinctly narrower than in signifera, the discal spot
and dark border much as in that species.

Underside of both wings almost as in signifera, but the costal striga
on hind wing a trifle nearer to the distal margin—appearing less
connected with the discal streak.

2, 34—38 mm.

Fore wing a little broader and less elongate than in the 3, the
proximal half of wing, to the medial line, evenly suffused with violet-
grey, or violet-grey shading to dark purple at the medial line.

This species falls into a number of different forms, some of the
principal of which are named below.

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 209

Ab. 1, nigribasis ab. nov., like the type, but with the base of
-fore wing blacker (Sf and 2). Some ¢ ¢ and ¢? 2 are intermediate
between this and the type.

Ab. 2, nigripuncta ab. nov., like the type, but with a large round
black spot in base of fold (S$ and ?).

Ab. 3, bifurea ab. nov., proximal half of fore wing suffused with
violet-grey, except an ochreous patch behind costa, and with a forked
black line in cell (S and ?).

Ab. 4, ochrifascia ab. nov., proximal half of fore wing ochreous
white, with the exception of costa, hindmargin and a little violet
suffusion at medial line (¢ and ?).

Ab. 5, nigristigma ab. nov., similar, but with black spot as in ab.
2 (one ¢).

Ab. 6, albifascia ab. nov., proximal half of fore wing with a
large bluish-white patch, leaving narrow violet-grey areas at base,
hindmargin and middle of costa (¢ and ¢).

Ab. 7, timesioides ab. nov., fore wing with blue-back suffusion,
almost exactly as in tumesva Swinh. (three ? ¢). The shape of wings
and breadth of border of hind wing make it practically certain that
these specimens belong here.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, forty-two 3 ¢,
forty-one 2? @.

The @? of this species matches perfectly with a single ? from
Amboina in coll. Brit. Mus., which Hampson described as ab. 7 of
signifera Wlkr., but it is almost certainly quite distinct from that
species, the shape of both fore and hind wing being different (as
already stated above), the tone of fore wing being, as a rule, more
violet in hampsont (less reddish on proximal half, less grey on distal
half), and the various aberrations not agreeing well with any forms of
signifera known tome. As the species does not appear to have pre-
viously been named, I have ventured to describe it here as new.

18. Stictoptera griseata Hmpsn. superans subsp. nov.

3 2, 37-44 mm.

Differs from the type form in the distinctly larger average size
(g and ¢ from Sarawak, in coll. Joicey, are scarcely 35 mm., all but
one of the Ceram 3 & and one or two ? 2 are over 40 mm.), in the
slightly more elongate 3 fore wing, and in the whiter ground-colour
and deeper black-brown markings, giving the insect a more contrasted

210 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

appearance than in the Malayan forms (this applies especially to the
2, but is noticeable also in the ¢). ‘The head and tegulae are also
blacker-brown in the Ceram subspecies, and the subbasal striae less
well-defined, though one ¢ and one 2 show a large black spot in fold
proximally to the antemedial line.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, eight 3 2,
aleve 2 2. .

19. Stictoptera variegata Hmpsn. manuselensis subsp. nov.
3 , 46—48 mm.

Tegulae mainly deep black, with a broad pale streak at middle;
dorsum of abdomen smoky-grey, darker than in the type form.

Differs from variegata variegata on the fore wing in the rather
heavier black shading, the absence of the posterior pale patch distally
to the antemedial line, the distinct pale lunule on the proximal edge
of the reniform, and in the rufous band distally to the postmedial line
being clearer, less interrupted than in the type form.

On the hind wing variegata manuselensis differs in having the
fuscous border narrower than in the type form, with the posterior
third paler and interrupted by a whitish marginal line. On the under-
side the difference is still more marked, the band being much paler
than in variegata variegata, more or less broken into diffused lines,
and fading away into the white ground colour at the anal angle.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, three 3 3.

20. Stictoptera grisea Wlkr. fasciimargo subsp. nov.

S$ 2, 42—47 mm.

Hind wing slightly longer and distinctly broader in both sexes than
in typical grisea, with the termen a little fuller about R® and M', but
almost certainly a race of this species. Border of the hind wing
showing exactly the same racial development as in the last species
(suggesting at least a very close relationship between grisea and
variegata). All six specimens have the markings stronger than in the
majority of Indo-Malayan forms, with the proximal area suffused with
purplish, forming a broad, diffused subbasal band, and a second slight
band distally to the antemedial line; the tornal dart is extended to the
postmedial line.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3, five ? @.

There is also in the Ceram collection a ? of senuwalba Whlkr.

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 211

showing the same subspecific hind wing development as in the fore-
going forms, but as it appears to me almost certain that semvalba
Wlkr. and grisea Moore are forms of the same species I have refrained
from giving a separate name to this race, preferring to regard all seven
specimens as forms of one subspecies, which must in that case stand
as semialba fasciimargo. It is by no means impossible that variegata
Hampson, and subsp. manuselensis A. HE. Prout, will ultimately have
to sink as aberrations of semzalba and semialba fasciimargo.

21. Strctoptera melancholica sp. nov.
3 , 44—46 mm.

Head and palpus ochreous-brown shaded with dark-brown ; tegulae
ochreous-brown, with a broad interrupted dark line at middle,
bordered (towards tips) by a fine dark line; thorax fuscous-brown ;
abdomen brownish-grey, paler beneath; pectus and legs pale greyish-
brown, the legs broadly banded with fuscous.

Fore wing nearly as in melanistis Hmpsn., ab. 2, but the dark
shades not quite so deep and glossy, the subterminal rufous suffusion
scarcely noticeable and the areas between medial and postmedial lines
and distally to postmedial line, and a patch on tornal half of termen
conspicuously pale; medial line scarcely waved, slightly oblique from
three-sevenths costa to M, thence erect to hindmargin at three-fifths ;
postmedial line slightly more oblique from costa to R* than in
melanistis ; three blackish spots distally to subterminal line between
M? and hindmargin.

Hind wing with hyaline area rather less clear than in melanistis ;
the border broader (two-fifths length of wing in melancholica ; two-
sevenths in melanistis), more suffused on proximal side, less glossy
black ; discal spot obsolescent.

Underside nearly as in melanistis, but the fore wing without the
hyaline medial patch behind M, and with anterior half of postmedial
line rather more oblique; hind wing differing as above.

- Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, two 3d.

Possibly a form of melanistis Hampson (which also occurs in
Central Ceram) from which it seems indistinguishable by the genitalia,
but is distinguished by the shorter, less elongate fore wing, the slightly
smaller hind wing and the distinctly broader, more diffused dark
‘border of hind wing.

212 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

22. Stictoptera arcuata Beth.-Bkr. f. nigribasis f. nov.
3., 42 mm.

Tegulae with a black line at middle, chestnut-brown at tips;
patagia dark chestnut-brown except at base. |

Fore wing to the medial line suffused with deep chestnut-brown,
leaving an antemedial patch on costa and an L-shaped mark against
medial line and hindmargin pale-ochreous; a broad black subbasal
streak along costa, not continued across the wing; the dark apical
markings more diffused than in a single @ in coll. Brit. Mus. (1 have
unfortunately been unable to see Mr. Bethune-Baker’s type); the
tornal dart slight and ending at postmediai line.

2, 38 mm.

Patagia and base of hind wing a little blacker than in the ¢ ;
subapical dark marks not continued behind SC’; reniform almost
obsolete (without black definition); tornal dart apparently absent
(the distal half of wings is much worn).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3, one ?.
Also one typical ? of arcuata.

Just possibly a new species, but appears to me to agree in all
essentials with arcuata, though the 3s fore wing is a good deal
broader than the ¢.

NoTtvs.

One or two species in Nigramma or Gyrtona are most probably
new, but it has not seemed advisable to describe them at present, owing
to the great difficulty of determining the different species in this
subfamily and the lack of sufficient material for the study required
to arrive at any definite conclusions.

SARROTHRIPINAE.

23. Characoma excurvata sp. nov.

3, 20 mm.

Head, thorax, abdomen and legs coloured much as in curiosa Swinh.,
but the abdominal tufts predominantly whitish-grey.

Fore wing greyish-white, with the proximal third pale-brown;
some postmedial brown shading. A subbasal black costal spot; a
broad black costal streak near base and some black shading behind M ;
a broad black line from about one-fourth costa, outwardly oblique to

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 213

M, thence inwardly oblique to one-fourth hindmargin ; antemedial
line nearly as in ntlotica Rogenh., but distinctly more excurved,
proximally bordered by a white band; an ill-defined blackish medial
line, acutely angled in the cell and at fold; an oblique red-brown
discoidal striga; postmedial line white, proximally defined by black
spots on the veins, strongly bent outward behind costa, slightly bent
inward at R*, inwardly oblique to fold and angled outward on SM’,
with a dark-brown spot in the angle; subterminal line proximally
defined by heavy black spots, bent inward at costa (leaving a white
apical spot), almost erect from SM? and M’, slightly incurved at
fold; a strong black terminal line, thickened to spots between the
veins; fringe very long, white at base and tips, with some dark
shading at middle.

Hind wing as in nilotica.

Wings beneath greyish-white with slight dark terminal shading.

@. Black basal lines of the 3% almost obsolete (just traceable ;
brown); antemedial line distally followed by a broad blackish band
from costa to fold, thence narrowing to hindmargin and leaving a
pure white spot in fold, proximally to postmedial line.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3, one ?.

In Section I of Hampson; placed by the antemedial line should
come between vallata Meyr. and scoparioides Wlkr.

24. Nanaguna teleoleuca sp. nov.

D5 OAT) soahaa\e

Head, palpus and thorax white, sparsely irrorated with brown ;
abdomen above apparently ochreous-white (may be discoloured) ;
pectus, femora and abdomen beneath white; tibiae and tarsi tinged
with ochreous.

Fore wing with the ground-colour pure white, suffused and irrorated
with brown except an area behind the distal half of costa, and a broad
band on posterior part of wing from base at middle, narrowing to
tornus ; the brown shades somewhat variegated, tinged in parts with pale
rufous and greyish. A proximally pale-edged subbasal striga from costa
and a dark spot on M; a slight waved, pale-edged, dark line from about
one-seventh costa to one-seventh hindmargin ; a proximally pale-edged,
blackish antemedial (?) line from two-sevenths costa, outwardly oblique
to behind SC, strongly angled inward in cell, outwardly oblique to
fold and incurved to middle of hindmargin, distally defined by some

214 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

dark shading on anterior third, and by a distally-quadrate pale patch
in cell ending in a blackish discal striga; anterior and posterior thirds
of postmedial line white, proximally black-edged, the medial third
composed of black-edged white spots in the interspaces, curved out-
ward from middle of costa to R’ at three-quarters of wing, curved
inward to M* at scarcely two-thirds of wing, thence nearly erect (but
slightly bent outward at SM’) to hindmargin; a slight diffused brown
line across costal white patch at two-thirds costa, and three conspicuous
black dots on costa towards apex; veins of marginal area streaked
with blackish; anterior half of subterminal line obsolete, posterior
half white, diffused, expanded behind R*; fringe chequered black
and white.

Hind wing white, darkened on veins and (broadly) at termen; some
rufous shading on anterior third of fringe.

Underside of fore wing brown excepting for the pale areas at
margins (nearly as above} ; the termen, especially towards apex, flushed
with rufous; the dark chequerings of the fringe rufous. Hind wing
with the costa and anterior third of termen irrorated with pale rufous;
the termen scarcely darkened.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one ¢?.

A very distinct species, difficult to place in the absence of the 3,
though certainly having the neuration of this genus. Perhaps related
to brunnea Hampsn., but the third joint of the palpus is rather longer
(fully as long as the second), more as in breviuscula Wlkr.

25. Risoba avola Beth.-Bak. magna subsp. nov.

3 2, 85—42 mm.

Averages rather larger than avola avola. Fore wing predominantly
ereen (of a brighter tone than the green shades of typical avola), with
the white area reduced (sometimes almost absent) in both sexes; often
strongly blotched with red-brown or blackish about the middle of wing ;
postmedial line slightly incurved about R® and excurved at fold in 3.
Hind wing slightly more tinged with ochreous than in avola avola.

Underside usually with the terminal dark shading a little less strong
(especially on fore wing) than in typical avola.

?. Ab. ochracea ab. nov. has the whole proximal area of fore wing to
postmedial line nearly uniform ochreous-brown, with slight traces of
grey antemedial and medial lines, and green reniform. Distal area of

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 215

fore wing, hind wing and underside normal. Possibly faded in some
way, but appears in perfect condition.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, seventy-five 3 3,
seventy-four ? ? : 3,000 feet, October to November, 1919, one @ ;
4,600 feet, January, 1920, four 3 3, three 9? °.

26. Stnna joiceyi sp. nov.
2, 34—38 mm.

Head, thorax, legs and abdomen beneath pure white, the fore
femora and tibia shaded with golden-yellow above; head, tegulae,
thorax and patagia with brilliant crimson stripes, as in floralis Hmpsn. ;
abdomen above bright yellow; antennal shaft yellow shaded with
fuscous, basally white on inner side.

Fore wing pure white with the inner lines yellow at costa, then
bright crimson ; a bright yellow subterminal band, shaded with crimson
only as far as R’ and again on M’; some black spots near apex. ‘Three
outwardly oblique lines from proximal half of costa, the first bent out-
ward on SM’ to middle of hindmargin ; the second ending at fold; the
third forming a large distal loop at M, behind which it curves back to
join the proximal line at hind margin; a fine crimson streak in fold from
near base to the end of the second line; subterminal band outwardly
curved from costa at about five-sevenths to R’' near termen, ending on
M? in a broad, proximal crimson streak with a spur from its posterior
edge; a broad, interrupted, curved black line from costa to R!, close to
the subterminal band; a black apical spot and a terminal one on R’;
a slight black marginal line before tornus; fringe pure white.

Hind wing bright yellow; fringe pure white.

Underside of fore wing white, thickly irrorated with bright yellow
except on distal two-thirds of costa, at termen and behind fold; slight
traces of three oblique lines and black apical spot. Hind wing creamy-
white, irrorated with yellow behind the cell and M', and at abdominal
margin.

Ab. jacobi ab. nov. has the middle of fore wing suffused with fuscous,
leaving the costa, termen, base and hindmargin broadly white.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, three ? @ (in-
cluding type and type of ab. jacobi); also two ¢ 2 at 4,600 feet,
January, 1920 (one of these belongs to ab. jacobv) and one & at 3,000
feet, January to February, 1920.

216 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

27. Chandica lobophorina sp. nov.

6 BO im,

Head, body and fore wing nearly as in quadripennis Moore, but with
- the costal spot at origin of antemedial line larger, more triangular and
nearer middle of wing than in quadripennis, the postmedial line being
also a little nearer to apex. Still more nearly resembles C. meekt Warr.
(from New Guinea), from which however it differs in the form of the
lines, the antemedial being more erect than in meeki, the postmedial
more angled proximally in fold and distally on M’; lines a little more
distinct than in quadripennis, a little less so than in meekt and schisti-
pennis Warr. (from Celebes).

Hind wing much aborted, with the costal fourth forming a lobe
a little more than half the length at the wing, containing C, SC’ and R';
behind this lobe the distal margin is retracted at about R® to nearly
one-third from base (with R? aborted, non-functional) ; both the lobe
and the posterior portion of wing are bordered with rather (but not
exceptionally) long fringe. The whole wing except the base (which is
semi-hyaline), clothed with fleshy-red androconial hair only a little paler
than the fore wing; fringe yellowish-white except along the abdominal
margin.

Underside of fore wing nearly as in C. meekv, but the reddish-grey
shades rather darker ; hind wing as above.

3,000 feet, January to February, 1920, one 3.

Nearest in structure to schistupennis, from which it differs in the
following points. The type of schistipennis (which is unfortunately
slightly damaged) appears to have the hind wing more acutely pointed
behind the lobe (in lobophorina it forms a broad point at R® and M’),
with extremely long androconial hair at the junction of the lobe with
the main portion of wing (but without androconial hair scattered all
over the wing as in lobophorina). Hind wing yellowish in schistipenms,
with the red hair almost confined to cell and fold.

But for the structural differences in the hind wing, these four forms,
quadripennis, schistipennis, lobophorina and meeki, should undoubtedy
be regarded as merely subspecies.

28. Arteta trigomphora Hmpsn. teretimacula subsp. nov.

3 2, d6—40 mm.

Head, thorax, pectus, legs and abdomen much as in trigoniphora
trigoniphora, but the thorax above with more olive intermixed, the

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 217

pectus tinged with rufous and the ventral surface of abdomen more
decidedly rufous than in the type-form.

Fore wing rufous-grey; the subterminal line more distinct than
in typical trigoniphora (though somewhat diffused), and with a more
acute angle behind SC’; distal edge of the triangular olive-brown
patch excurved from costa to fold (almost swelled outward rather than
incurved behind R?).

Hind wing with the proximal half whitish, shading to fuscous-brown
at termen; fringe as in typical trigoniphora.

Underside of both wings in the ? with the costa and termen tinged
with pink, nearer to hampsont Beth.-Bak. than to trigoniphora trigoni-
phora ; fore wing otherwise as in typical trigoniphora ; hind wing white
with some fuscous irroration on the pink terminal border. ¢ with the
costa of fore wing rufous; hind wing only white in the fold, in proximal
part of cell and before the origin of M?.

4,600 feet, January, 1920, one 3 ; Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to
December, 1919, eight 2 2.

In some respects forms a transition to A. hampsoni Beth.-Bak. (from
New Guinea), which is doubtless another subspecies of trigoniphora.
Kasily distinguishable from both typical trigoniphora and hampsoni by
the more rufous ground-colour of fore wing, the strongly angled sub-
terminal line, the shape of the olive-brown patch, and the whiter hind
wing above and beneath.

29. Carea varipes Wlkr. leucobathra subsp. nov.

3 , 46—48 mm.

Head and thorax pale ochreous tinged with olive; palpus and
antenna as in typical varipes ; dorsum of abdomen rather paler than in
the typical form.

Fore wing pale reddish-ochreous, irrorated with silvery-grey, almost
without black irroration ; black points in cell and on discocellulars, as in
varipes varipes ; the double blackish line near termen scarcely incurved,
with the proximal shading olive-green (not brownish) ; some purplish-
grey subapical irroration beyond it; fringe as in typical varipes.

Hind wing with the proximal area from behind middle of costa to
tornus pure white, the costa and distal half of wing orange-red.

Underside of fore wing behind cell and R* (except at termen)
whitish, only slightly tinged with pink; the termen of both wings
brighter orange than in typical varipes, less irrorated with fuscous;

218 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

the abdominal white area of hind wing broader and purer white than in
the typical form.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, two 3 3;
3,000 feet, January to February, 1920, one 3.

On the hind wing this subspecies more nearly resembles flava Beth.-
Bak. (from New Guinea) than typical varipes, Wlkr.; possibly the three
are all races of one species.

30. Carea costiplaga Swinh. defuscata subsp. nov.
3 2, 84—38 mm.

Head and thorax predominantly olive-brown; pectus and legs pale
rufous mixed with some white and ochreous scales; abdomen above
pale reddish-grey, beneath fiery-red (rather deeper in tone than in
typical costyplaga).

Fore wing coloured as in typical costiplaga ; subbasal striga usually
obsolete; antemedial line and costal patch about as in costiplaga
costiplaga, but the former sometimes with olive-brown distal shading
extended all across wing; a slight black spot in cell in addition to the
discoidal point ; a dark oblique postmedial line almost parallel with the
antemedial line ; postmedial costal patch, subterminal shade and fringe
nearly as in typical costeplaga.

Hind wing purplish-red, the proximal third slightly paler but not
suffused with brown (as in the typical form).

Underside of both wings with rather more purplish-red suffusion
than in typical costiplaga ; fore wing with well-defined patch of white
irroration on distal third of costa (not extending to apex) ; posterior
third of hind wing nearly as above.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, seven 3 3, two
BS 6

C. commiata Warr. is probably the New Guinea race of this species,
having the fore wing very nearly as in the darker forms of costuplaga
defuscata (though a little less distinctly marked), the hind wing almost
as in typical costiplaga. Tarika Swinh. (from Gilolo) also belongs to
this group of forms, but is at once distinguishable by the yellow hind
wing, the yellower tone of underside, the indistinct and more ochreous
markings of fore wing above and the more curved antemedial line. It
is probable that when this difficult genus comes to be worked out by the
genitalia several species will have to sink and a good many more will
assume subspecific rank.

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 219

31. Carea perspicua sp. nov.
2 oo mm.

Head, palpus, thorax, and antennal shaft pale ochreous-brown,
shaded with pale olive and red-brown; pectus and legs whitish, the legs
tinged in parts with ochreous and reddish; dorsum of abdomen pale
pinkish-brown ; ventral surface pale ochreous with the anus bright red.

Fore wing pale pinkish-brown, tinged with olive at costa on distal
side of the postmedial line, and on termen; antemedial and postmedial
lines sharply marked, olive-brown, oblique, a little excurved from costa
to near the cell, the former from nearly one-third costa to middle of
hindmargin, the latter from nearly two-thirds costa to hindmargin near
tornus ; a large black semi-circular spot on hindmargin proximally to
the antemedial line; fringe dark red and grey mixed, whiter at tornus.

Hind wing pinkish-yellow, whiter at base and along costa to near
apex ; fringe a shade paler than wing.

Underside of fore wing pinkish-yellow, the termen tinged with red,
the hindmargin (behind fold, to tornus) almost pure white; hind wing
whitish, tinged with ochreous (especially at costa) and with pale rufous
on termen.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one ?.

A very distinct species. Perhaps nearest to Aiteta careoides Warr.
(which in coll. Brit. Mus. is placed as a Carea species, immediately
following rubriufusa Hmpsn.), but differs in shape of wing, tone of
ground-colour, distinctness and exact direction of lines, etc.

32. Carea caroli sp. nov.

3 2, 385—42 mm.

g. Antennae with rather short fasciculate cilia (once diameter of
shaft ?) Head, thorax, palpus and antennal shaft rufous mixed with
olive-brown; pectus and legs whitish irrorated with rufous, the tarsi
tinged with fuscous (in some specimens very little of the white ground
remains) ; dorsum of abdomen whitish, more or less strongly suffused
with fuscous, anal segments and ventral surface rufous, the anal tufts
white.

Fore wing rufous thickly irrorated with purplish-brown, leaving a
more or less conspicuous rufous patch round the postmedial line ; costa
white ; wing very glossy with the markings obsolescent. Antemedial
line from one-third costa to two-fifths hindmargin, slightly excurved,

220 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

sometimes minutely waved; a diffused, rather elongate blackish discal
spot; postmedial lne from nearly two-thirds costa to hindmargin
towards tornus, excurved at SC°® and R? and angled inward before R’;
a subterminal blackish shade, angled outward behind SC’ and on R*
and M' and inward before R*; fringe rufous, tipped with white from
about R* to near tornus.

Hind wing pale rufous; whiter at base and on abdominal third of
wing. Abdominal margin clothed with short brown hairs, extending
to the rufous area in 3, in @ leaving a slight white streak in fold.

Underside almost uniform rufous in ¢ , except for pale areas behind
fold on fore wing and at abdominal margin of hind wing ; some purplish
shading on apical area of both wings. ¢ with the proximal half of
costa of fore wing, an extended patch at and behind cell of fore wing
and the hind wing to near termen whitish.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, six ¢ 3, thir-
teen 2 2 ; 4,600 feet, January, 1920, one ?.

This and the two following species are very near to one another ;
but as there appear to be slight differences in the shape of wing and
length of the antennal fasciculation, as well as in the size, tone of
colour, and pattern, it has seemed necessary to accept them as three
different species. In carolz the fore wing seems a little shorter and is
decidedly less rounded at tornus than in the other two species.

33. Carea felix sp. nov.

3, 48—46 mm.

Antenna with rather Jong bunches of fasciculate cilia (twice diameter
of shaft ?).

Head, palpus and thorax predominantly olive-brown: antenna! shaft
dark brown; pectus and legs much as in last species; dorsum of
abdomen dull rufous clothed with purplish and olive-brown hair; ven-
tral surface dull rufous; anal tufts white.

Fore wing pale rufous, thickly irrorated with olive-brown and
purplish-grey ; some silvery-grey scales on termen (especially at apex) ;
costa pure white ; wing very glossy, the markings rather more sharply
defined than in C. caroli; lines olive-brown. Antemedial line from
one-third costa to two-fifths hindmargin, oblique or very slightly in-
curved ; a black discal point ; postmedial line from two-thirds costa to
hindmargin near tornus, oblique, excurved at R® and very slightly so at
SC’; a diffused subterminal shade, much as in the last species; fringe
brown with a slight pale line at base and some white at tips,

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctwidae 221

Hind wing pale rufous, paler in interspaces, whitish on proximal
third of cell and half of fold, but with the androconial hair rufous and
white scarcely intermixed with brown.

Underside of fore wing dull rufous with the costa olive-brown and
a deep red streak through cell (extending to near termen) ; apex violet-
white. Hind wing whitish, irrorated with rufous; the costa and
termen pale rufous; an ochreous shade at middle of costa.

@ , 44—46 mm.

Fore wing above more purplish in tone than in the & ; postmedial
line suffused with rufous and indistinctly double behind SC*; sub-
terminal shades stronger than in the 3. Pale apical shade of fore wing
beneath more extended along termen; anterior half of wing less con-
trasted ; hind wing with the terminal rufous shade broader and darker,
slightly irrorated with fuscous.

One @, ab. carneipennis ab. nov. has the fore wing above inter-
mediate in tone between the 3 and ? ; the hind wing above and fore
wing beneath yellowish. Possibly yet another species, but appears to
be merely an aberration of felix.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, two & 3, four
2 2 ; 4,600 feet, January, 1920, one 3, one °.

Distinguished from the preceding and following species by the
antenna, the much rounded tornus of fore wing and (?) the more acute
apex of fore wing.

34. Carea josephi sp. nov.

3 2, 42—44 mm.

g antenna with rather short fasciculate cilia (once diameter of
shaft ?).

Head, thorax, palpus, antenna, pectus and legs much as in last
species; dorsum of abdomen whitish, clothed with ochreous, fuscous
and rufous hair (the first two colours predominating) ; ventral surface
ochreous-white (slightly tinged with rufous in the 3 only).

Fore wing ochreous-brown, irrorated with purplish-red, especially
on proximal and distal thirds, giving the wing a slightly banded aspect
(more noticeable in ¢ than in ?) ; costa white ; wing rather less glossy
than in the last two species, the markings diffused, indistinct. Ante-
medial line oblique from one-third costa to two-thirds hindmargin; a
very indistinct diffused dark discal streak; postmedial line oblique or
excurved from nearly two-thirds costa to R°, behind which it is

13

.

999. Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

distinctly incurved to hindmargin towards tornus; a very indistinct
subterminal shade (much as in the last two species); a slight dark
shade at apex; fringe purplish-fuscous at middle, whitish at base
and tips.

Hind wing in 3 pale orange-red, the whitish areas nearly as in the
last species; androconial hair reddish and brown; in % rather paler,
the fold whitish.

Underside of both wings in 3 pale orange-red, with traces of the
olive-brown and bright red shades of the last species at costa and in
cell of fore wing, but the former narrower, irrorated with fuscous, the
latter broadly diffused; a broad purplish-fuscous apical shade on fore
wing, a slight one on hind wing. Underside of * ochreous-white,
with pale rufous shades in cell of fore wing and at costa and termen
of hind wing ; the apical shade much paler than in the ¢.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, two ¢ 3,
two 2°.

Distinguished from C. felix by the antenna, as well as by the
different tone of colour, diffused markings, discal streak (not povnt),
paler underside, &c.; from carol: by the longer fore wing, with more
rounded tornus, as well as by the different tone of colour, &c. Termen
of fore wing rather more evenly rounded in this species than in either
of the other two.

85. Maceda rotundimacula Warr. °.

3, Nov. Zool. xix, 48 (1912) (Brit. New Guinea).
?, 87—39 mm.

Head and thorax above fuscous; pectus, legs, and abdomen as in 3.

Fore wing above purplish-fuscous, with a rufous basal patch, shaped
as in the ¢@ but brighter red; black cellspot and indistinct postmedial
line much as in the &; the broad dark subapical shade and round
apical spot present but much less conspicuous than in the ¢, both
being somewhat approximated to the purplish ground-colour.

Hind wing and underside of both wings nearly as in the ¢, the
apical spot on fore wing beneath a little less distinct.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, three 2 ? ; also
seven do.

Not improbably a new subspecies, the g¢ being decidedly larger
than in the two & & in coll. Rothschild (from Brit. New Guinea and
Queensland), with a more strongly angled postmedial line, a larger

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 2283

terminal white spot at fold on hind wing (especially beneath) and the
black terminal line of hind wing beneath less proximally produced in
fold than in the type of rotundimacula; but without more material
from New Guinea it is impossible to say whether these differences are
constant.

CATOCALINAKE.

36. Ulothrichopus macula Hmpsn. reducta subsp. nov.

3 2, 66—70 mm.

Averages slightly smaller than typical macula Hmpsn. Fore wing
rather more contrasted, generally with the pale shades intensified
(especially the spot behind the reniform, which is sometimes almost
white in macula reducta), and the anterior dark shading proximally to
the antemedial line and distally to the postmedial more pronounced, the
latter being often continued more or less distinctly to the hindmargin.
The discoidal bar on the hind wing is usually reduced to a spot at lower
angle of cell (sometimes almost obsolete) and the terminal black band
is slightly narrower than in typical macula, and usually ends imme-
diately behind M? (though two or three specimens show some trace of
a narrow, straight continuation as far as SM’). The underside shows
a similar reduction in the terminal band of the hind wing and a
tendency for the medial band to be slighter or to become almost
obsolete ; otherwise as in New Guinea specimens.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, twenty ¢ 3,
eleven 2 2 ; 4,600 feet, January, 1920, one 2.

37. Nyctipao felderi sp. nov.
2, 140 mm.

Head, thorax, palpus, abdomen and legs fuscous brown.

Fore wing fuscous brown with a purplish gloss; very thickly scaled.
Faint traces of an excurved, waved antemedial line, from about two-
ninths costa to one-fifth hindmargin; whorl-shaped discoidal mark
somewhat as in lewcotaena Gn., but somewhat broader and rounder,
without any white on its distal edge, and with the inverted comma-
mark less sharply defined; traces of a vertical, waved medial line from
proximal edge of the discoidal mark to hindmargin; postmedial line
almost obsolete; a rather small rounded white subterminal spot behind

994 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

costa and faint traces of a row of ochreous subterminal spots, arranged
somewhat as in lewcotaenta Gn.

Hind wing velvety fuscous-brown with a purplish gloss. Faint
traces of curved medial and straight postmedial black lines; a curved
pale ochreous striga behind costa, and slight, ochreous subterminal
line, distally black-edged, interrupted at the veins, somewhat as in
leucotaenia, but without the strong outward bend at R® of that
species.

Underside of both wings purplish-fuscous, the proximal half clothed
with rather short brown hair and practically unmarked ; subterminal
line much more distinct than above, pure white, broken into rather
oblique lunules, becoming less sharply defined on posterior two-thirds
of hind wing.

3,000 feet, December, 1919, one ¢.

Just possibly the missing female of orcina Fldr., but hardly seems
to agree sufficiently, the subterminal line beneath being much more
waved and irregular in felderi than in orcina, which would be a most
unusual sexual variation in Nyctipao. In any case this would probably
be a good subspecies, as three Amboina males of orcina in coll. Joicey
differ materially from the type, rendering it probable that orcina
(though labelled by Felder ‘“ Moluccas’’) is, like some other specimens
of Lorquin’s collecting, really from Celebes.

38. Dermaleipa juno Dalm. ceramensis subsp. nov.
g 2, 74-90) mm.

Differs from D. juno juno in the generally smaller size (averaging
about 85 mm. in juno ceramensis, well over 90 mm. in juno juno); in
the generally brighter red of ventral surface of abdomen (especially
in ¢); in the slightly exaggerated swelling of the costa of 3 fore-
wing; in the reduction of the black area of hind wing above, especially
obliquely behind apex, where it occupies, as a rule, quite two-thirds of
the wing from abdominal margin to apex in juno juno, little more than
half the wing in juno ceramensis ; in the bluish-white line making a
slightly more acute angle behind M?’ in juno ceramensis, and being, as
a rule, more broadly interrupted at fold; and in the dark terminal
shading of hind wing of juno jwno being usually absent or very slight
in juno ceramensis. On the underside the 3s of juno ceramensis is
distinguished from juno juno by reduction of the yellow androconia on
hind wing (answering to the reduction of the black area above); in

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 225

the @ the difference in size seems more noticeable than in the 3 (the
2 of juno yuno averaging larger than the 3, that of juno ceramensis
averaging at least as small as the 3).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, fifty-five 3 3,
sixty-two ? @.

Specimens from Java and Borneo (subspecies elegans, Van der
Hoev.) are somewhat intermediate between the Japanese and Indian
form and the Central Ceram subspecies, being about the size of the
latter with the blue band of hind wing intermediate; but the black
area and terminal dark shading are as in typical yuno. Although some
Palaearctic and Indian aberrations seem to approximate towards the
Ceram form, not a single Ceram specimen approaches the typical form ;
I have, therefore, regarded this as a good subspecies, even though the
differences are somewhat slight.

39. Lagoptera rubida Wlkv. velutina Prout 3.

@, Ann. Mag. (9) 11. 172 (1919) (Dutch New Guinea).
3, 83 mm.

Tegulae with a tuft of yellow hair at middle (disturbed) ; white
band of hind wing slightly broader than in the ? (a racial difference ?) ;
slightly darker, more purplish brown in tone than in the @ ; fringe
of hind wing apparently a little darker.

Fore wing beneath with some yellow hair in proximal half of cell ;
hind wing entirely ochreous (not only “with an ochreous tinge towards
base,’ as in typical rubida), and clothed with very short androconial
hair.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3.

40. Anophiodes indistincta sp. nov.

2, 56 mm.

Head, palpus, antenna and thorax brown, tegulae with a medial
black line, patagia with a black line towards the shoulders; pectus and
hind legs whitish ; middle and fore legs blackish, the segments tipped
with white; abdomen greyish above, ochreous-grey beneath.

Fore wing above dark brown, intermixed here and there with pale
reddish, the veins shot with purple; a few white scales on subterminal

226 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

line and a white spot on termen. Lines obscure, double, blackish, the
subbasal only visible at costa and in fold; antemedial from one-fifth
costa to one-fifth hindmargin, bent outward behind costa and inward to
hindmargin, interrupted at the veins; postmedial from costa at three-
fifths to three-quarters hindmargin, outwardly oblique to before R’,
inwardly oblique from behind R* to hindmargin, interrupted at the
veins; an ill-defined medial dark shade, excurved from costa at about
two-fifths to near middle of hindmargin, indistinctly double on costal
third; an ill-defined pale reddish reniform, with a black line near its
proximal edge ; subterminal line pale reddish, well-defined, bent inward
behind costa and angled behind R*, obsolescent behind SM7’, finely
interrupted at the veins; a lunular white spot on termen behind R’°,
and reddish-violet marginal lunules in the other interspaces, proximally
shaded with black; a slight dark marginal line; fringe blackish, with
a fine pale line at base, and interrupted by ochreous opposite the white
spot.

Hind wing smoky-brown, with a slight, diffused whitish median
band from end of cell to tornus; fringe whitish, chequered with fuscous
at apex and R' and from R* almost to fold, with a slight dark line at
middle.

Underside of both wings smoky-brown, the hind wing with the
basal half whiter except at costa ; fore wing with the distal half of costa
ochreous, and the white terminal spot reproduced below; hind wing
with fringe chequered as above.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one ?.

41. Ophisma pallescens Wlkr. intermedia subsp. nov.

3 ?,102—108 mm.

Intermediate between pallescens pallescens Wlkr. (from Sarawak)
and pallescens subplaga Beth.-Bak. (from New Guinea), the black ter-
minal patch on hind wing starting at or just behind SC’ and ending
about M’ (though with a slight dark shade behind it to near tornus)
and broader than in either of the other two forms, being sometimes
nearly circular. Fore wing tinged with violet, the markings rather
strong.

Hind wing above with the hair on posterior third a little redder
than in either of the other two subspecies.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, eleven ¢ 3,
fourteen 2? ¢.

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 227

42. Parallelia swhacuta Beth.-Bak. juncta subsp. nov.
GO, A — oy] Tana,

Averages slightly smaller than typical swbacwta; a little darker in
tone above and beneath. Differs chiefly in the reduced breadth of the
medial pale band on the fore wing, the basal and postmedial dark
patches being sometimes united behind the middle of wing in swbacuta
juncta, the antemedial line being usually more excurved and a little
more oblique in this form than in typical swbacuta. The postmedial
line is usually a little more strongly bent outward behind costa, and
rather more excurved about M!' (more as in joviana Stoll) in subacuta
juncta than in the type-form.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October—December, 1919, ten 3 3, six @ 2;
also one 3, 4,600 feet, January, 1920.

Both the typical form and the Ceram race of this species vary con-
siderably, but in the Ceram race the medial band almost invariably
narrows a good deal towards the middle, whilst in the New Guinea
form it appears always distinctly broader than in the majority of Ceram
specimens.

DIPTHERINAE.

The name Momine employed by Hampson for this subfamily rests on
the acceptance of ludifica as “ first species” type of Moma. According
to generally accepted rules of nomenclature the type of Moma appears
certainly to be alpvwm Osbeck (fixed by Lederer in 1857; Acronyctinae).
Latreille first characterized the genus Diphthera (as Dipthera, Nouv.
Dict. Hist. Nat. xxii, 20 [1818]), describing lwdifica and aprilina ;
H.—S., restricted to ludifica Li. (Syst. Bearb. II, p. 176 [1843—5]})
which becomes the type of Dipthera Latr. The genus “‘ Dipthera”’ of
Hampson thus becomes Panthea Hbn.

43. Trisuloides trigonoleuca sp. nov.

3 56—58 mm.

Head, thorax, palpus and antenna ochreous-brown with some
white intermixed, tegule tipped with white, patagia banded with dark-
brown; abdomen brown, tinged with ochreous, the anal tuft pale
ochreous; pectus, legs and abdomen beneath brownish, paler in one
specimen than in the type.

Fore wing ochreous-brown shaded with dark-brown and irrorated

228 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

with white, the medial area tinged with chocolate-brown. Ante-
medial, medial and postmedial lines black, the antemedial (proximally)
and the postmedial (distally) defined by white, nearly as in sericea
Btlr.; reniform and orbicular ill-defined, nearly as in sericea; sub-
terminal line white, strongly waved and dentate, proximally dark-
shaded as far as the white definition of the postmedial line; a
triangular white patch at tornus; fringe chequered dark-brown and
whitish.

Hind wing yellow, with indications of a dark-brown line before
anal angle and some brown hair on basal half of abdominal margin
(both these are nearly obsolete in the type specimen) ; fringe
chequered brown and white.

Underside of both wings with the proximal two-thirds bright
yellow, the distal third and costal margin whitish irrorated with
brown; a postmedial dark streak on costa of each wing and a ‘paler-
brown, diffused terminal patch; fringe as above. Hind wing with
white patch and dark streak at tornus.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, two 3 3.

Belongs either to Section I or Section II of Hampson; in the
absence of the @ it is impossible to say which. Possibly nearest to
papuensis Warr. or sericea Butl.

44. Dipthera nigricatena sp. nov.

2 54 sao00n

Head, palpus and thorax white tinged with salmon-colour, with
patches of deep black (one on the fillet; one on either side of tegulae,
at middle; two patches each on the patagia; one on prothorax and
six on metathorax) ; antennal shaft black, with some white at and
towards base; pectus white; legs white, broadly banded with black,
the fore legs and the tarsi with some pale-brown shading; abdomen
above yellow with a dorsal black spot on each segment, the last two
segments black, anal tuft brown; abdomen beneath white banded with
black, the bands interrupted at middle except on last segment.

Fore wing white, slightly flushed with pale salmon-colour, the
markings deep black. Small basal spots on costa before and behind
SC; a dentate, inwardly-oblique subbasal band from costa at about
one-fourth, ending near base of fold, distally angled behind costa
and broadly interrupted on M; small spots on M and at fold, and
a larger one on SM between subbasal band and antemedial line ;

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 229

antemedial line from about one-third costa to two-fifths hindmargin,
waved, proximally angled at costa and on SM and curved in cell,
distally angled behind costa and curved behind M; orbicular a round
black spot; an irregular medial band from middle of costa to middle
of hindmargin, interrupted at SC, excurved round orbicular, much
broadened on the veins behind M and at fold; reniform only defined
by the curve of the medial line and a slight curved line on its distal
edge; postmedial line from costa close to medial line to about three-
fifths hindmargin, distally dentate on the veins, strongly excurved
from behind costa to M’, the radials and M’ blackened between post-
medial line and reniform; two somewhat interrupted black lines
between the postmedial line and the termen, both slightly excurved,
the first thickened at costa, the second broadest about R”; the veins
blackened at termen; a black terminal line; fringe chequered black
and white.

Hind wing yellow at base and along abdominal margin to tornus,
broadly blackish on costal and terminal areas, a slight, pale, curved
postmedial line interrupting the dark area; veins towards termen
and terminal line deeper black ; fringe as on fore wing.

Underside of both wings smoky-brown, very glossy, whiter towards
base, with a pure white postmedial band, slightly excurved, preceded
on each wing by a white medial spot on costa; fore wing with three
minute white spots on costa towards apex; fringes chequered as
above ; some yellow hair at base of both wings, in cell of fore wing
and along abdominal margin of hind wing.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to November, 1919, one ?.

This species extends the known range of the genus Dipthera, which
does not seem to have been previously recorded from further east than
India and Ceylon.

PLUSIANAE.

45. Plusva latistigma sp. nov.

Bo Bi iaayanr,

Head, thorax and palpus rufous-brown with some whitish irrora-
tion, tegulae and patagia tipped with whitish and banded with darker
brown; abdomen above and beneath ochreous-brown, the dorsal crest
on first segment dark-brown and very large; pectus brown; legs
whitish-brown.

230 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

Fore wing violet-white, with a patch of cupreous olive-brown on
medial area behind the cell, and cupreous olive-brown shading proxi-
mally to the subterminal line. Subbasal, antemedial and postmedial
lines double, waved, oblique, the subbasal ending at fold, the ante-
medial obsolescent (bent outward?) from costa to M, the postmedial
bent outward on SM’; pale mark behind cell Y-shaped, very broad
at M; an olive-brown line from costa to M, proximally to the post-
medial line; subterminal line near termen to behind SC’, then bent
inward, leaving the termen conspicuously pale except for a strong,
diffused dark spot on R*; a fine dark terminal line, broadening
between the veins; fringe white with fine dark shading at middle and
tips and with dark shading on distal half opposite the veins.

Hind wing brownish-white thickly irrorated with brown, the
proximal half a little paler than the distal ; traces of a dark discal spot ;
fringe as on fore wing.

Underside of fore wing greyish-brown, of hind wing whitish-brown,
traces of a dark postmedial line, especially on the hind wing; hind
wing with a discal spot; both wings with a fine dark terminal line ;
fringes as above.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3.

Belongs to Section IV, A, a, b', b’, of Hampson. Perhaps nearest
to subsidens Wlkr., from Australia.

OPHIDERINAE.

46. Sypna achaeopsis sp. nov.

3 , 48—55 mm.

Head, palpus, thorax and antennal shaft ochreous-brown, the head,
tegule and patagia more or less shaded with dark-brown; abdomen
above ochreous-white (occasionally tinged with fuscous) with the crests
deeper ochreous ; abdomen beneath, pectus and legs whitish.

Fore wing typically with the basal two-fifths purple-brown, the area
between medial and postmedial lines pale-ochreous or greenish-ochreous
and the distal third ochreous-brown tinged with rufous. Lines some-
what as in achaeoides Wlkr., from Celebes, but the antemedial much
more strongly bent outward behind costa, the medial almost straight
(not excurved behind M, as in achaeoides) and the postmedial bent
outward at costa (not just behind costa) and forming two separate wide

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 231

curves (before and behind R') instead of one large, little-interrupted
curve; antemedial line usually with a white spot or streak at hind-
margin; reniform and orbicular as in achaeoides; subterminal line
usually indistinct, slightly oblique from costa to R®, waved and excurved
to fold, obsolescent to tornus, sometimes with a proximal dark blotch
in fold; termen and fringe as in achaeovdes.

Hind wing shaped somewhat as in achaeoides, but rather more
rounded along abdominal margin and with the apex less cut away ;
smoky-fuscous, with a straw-coloured medial half-band from costa,
and the costa and costal half of termen pale straw-colour, the
abdominal half of termen more or less tinged with pale-brown; all the
shades much more diffused than in achaeoides, the straw-coloured
shades sometimes increased or reduced; termen and fringe nearly as in
achaeoides, but with the terminal lunules clearly defined behind SC°
and R?, not only from behind R* to tornus.

Underside of both wings pale ochreous, irrorated with brown except
on the basal half of fore wing from behind SC. Fore wing with broad
oblique black medial and postmedial lines, a black discal dot and broadly
diffused subterminal patch from behind R* to near tornus. Hind wing
with a minute celldot, waved medial and postmedial lines, a broad,
diffused band distally to postmedial line, sometimes with a slight dark
half-line from costa beyond it.

2, 54—62 mm.

Differs from the ¢ in size, in the slightly broader wings, the
generally rather more ochreous tone of the fore wing and in the broader
and rather longer medial half-band on the hind wing. Underside
generally paler, with the lines rather less distinct, especially at
costa.

Ab. (1) fuscimaculata ab. nov., ¢, 2, has the whole fore wing
more or less thickly irrorated with dark-brown, and a purple-brown
band proximally to the medial line; hind wing and abdomen a little
darkened.

Ab. (2) fuscofasciata ab. nov., 3, @, has a deep purple-brown
band proximally to the antemedial line and dark purple-brown shading
distally to the postmedial line.

Ab. (8) variegata ab. nov., 3, @, is similar, but has the area
between medial and postmedial lines largely suffused with white.

Ab. (4) defuscata ab. nov., ¢ ?, has the white medial suffusion
and a white shade behind costa, near apex, but is without the dark
purple-brown bands.

232 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

Ab. (5) rhodozona ab. nov., ¢, 2, has the whole fore wing from
antemedial to subterminal lines suffused with pinkish-white.

Numerous other lesser or intermediate aberrations also occur.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, sixty 3d, a
hundred and twenty-four 2 ?.

Nearest to S. achaeov.des Wlkr., but seems quite a good species.

47. Sypna admiratio sp. nov.
3, 65 mm. }

Head, thorax and palpus predominantly black-brown, palpus
ochreous-brown in front, thorax shot with purple and sparsely
irrorated with white; abdomen above brownish-grey with the crests
dark-brown; abdomen beneath and pectus dark-brown; legs pre-
dominantly dark-brown, with some ochreous shading beneath and on
the joints.

Fore wing above deep purplish-brown, irrorated with white; lines
blackish, indistinct, somewhat as in punctosa Wlkr., from the N.W.
Himalayas, but the postmedial (the least indistinct) rather more strongly
bent outward behind the costa and retracted to the middle of wing on
M? (instead of to scarcely more than three-fifths from base) and ending
near middle of hindmargin (instead of nearly two-thirds along it) ; white
terminal spots slightly larger and nearer termen than in punctosa;
reniform a nearly round white spot surrounded by four or five white
dots (much as in some forms of punctosa).

Hind wing dark brownish-grey, a little paler towards base, with a
slight, pale subterminal line from behind M’ to tornus ; fringe ochreous-
brown with a thick blackish line at middle and fine black lines at base
and tips.

Underside of both wings brown irrorated with blackish, with pale
discal lunule and diffused dark postmedial line; fore wing with a pale
shade distally to postmedial line and a diffused dark subterminal shade
beyond it; both wings less contrasted and with the postmedial line
much more curved than in punctosa.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3.

Nearest punctosa Wlkr. and brocularis Moore (from Sikkim) but
appears to me quite distinct from both. One large ° from Assam
(erroneously, as it appears to me) placed as punctosa in coll. Brit. Mus.,
might well be the Indian race of this species.

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 233

48. Leistera pulchristrigata Beth.-Bak. denuda subsp. nov.

3 2, 70—80 mm.

Averages slightly smaller than typical pulchristrigata ; hind wing
in both sexes with the medial blue band somewhat broader, especially
between R! and fold, where the distal side is a little more extended
towards termen. In the ? the medial line of the fore wing is whiter
than in typical pulchristrigata and generally two or three times as broad,
and the conspicuous rings behind the origin of R® and M? are entirely
wanting, the two sexes being alike except for the broader medial band
of the ¢, and the absence in the ¢ of the white-ringed black spot
proximally to this band. One @-ab. has the medial line pale chocolate,
but it retains its extra breadth.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, twenty-nine 3 3,
thirty-one ? ? ; 3,000 feet, October to November, 1919, one 3,one ?.

49. Leistera splendens Beth.-Bak.

This shows an exactly parallel racial variation with pulchristrigata,
which seems to confirm my previous impression that pulchristrigata
and splendens are forms of the same species.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, four 3 3, one ?.

As the Leistera 2? ? show distinct spines on the mid-tibia, and
the 3 & probably also possess them, though entirely concealed by hair,
this genus ought to come in Hampson’s subfamily Catocalinae; but
Hampson, having apparently overlooked the spines, places the genus
in his Noctuinae and in this paper I have given it the position which
it occupies 1n coll. Brit. Mus.

50. Hriceva gonioptila sp. nov.

3 , 46—50 mm.

Head, thorax, abdomen and legs greyish-fawn colour, the abdomen
paler than the thorax. Hind tarsus clothed with long hair, gradually
decreasing in length to the fifth segment. Cell of fore wing beneath
clothed with long down-turned hair.

Wings greyish-fawn colour ; the reniform and subterminal band pale
ochreous-brown; ante- and postmedial lines blackish, macular. Tiines
indistinct, apparently nearly as in inangulata Gn., but fore wing always

234 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

with a rather large diffused blackish spot on subterminal line at fold,
with two smaller black spots behind it. Underside much as in inangu-
lata, but with the ground colour more uniform in tone (lacking the pale
ochreous shades on basal half of hind wing) and with the lines usually
rather less distinct, sometimes reduced in number.

2, DO 94 Tanja,

Slightly browner in tone than the ¢, but entirely wanting the
bright ochreous or reddish tone which is often found in the 2 of
inangulata. Subterminal black spots shghtly larger and more con-
spicuous than in the s; subterminal line with the first two angles
behind costa filled in with white.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, nine 3 3, three
2 fo

Distinguished from inangulata Gn., chiefly by the greyer tone of
colour and by the slightly narrower fore wing and more angled hind
wing of the ¢. The difference of shape may be indicated by the
following table of measurements :—

Fore wing inangulata gomoptila

Costa, from base to apex Ss 22 mm. Ae 204 mm.
SM? x ,, tornus (6) 163 _s,, Aly 4a
Termen at SM? to apex Be. Oa Wa LOF oe

Hind wing

Base to termen at SC° ans 16F. oy a gees
a i ae ae A ee a LG roe
SMe : Gi ss ee 133.0%,

99 9)

A form occurring in New Guinea, which does not appear to have
yet received a name, may probably be a race of this species.

51. Hriceva amplipennis sp. nov.

é,9/ mm.

Head, body and ‘legs pale grey tinged with ochreous; palpus and
tibial hair somewhat darker. Hair on hind tibia of only moderate
length ; the first two segments of hind tarsus only (apparently) clothed
with shortish hair.

Wings pale grey tinged with ochreous with slight dark irroration ;
markings indistinct, apparently nearly as in wnangulata Gu. but with
the medial line more excurved round the reniform, which is reddish-

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 235

brown, rather strongly marked; antemedial line apparently oblique and
waved (not erect and waved, as in most Hriceia species) but very ill-
defined; the dotted black postmedial line on the hind wing unusually
straight.

Underside very pale ochreous-grey, irrorated as above, with no
definite markings but an ill-defined waved postmedial line, crossing
both wings, a diffused discal spot and a smaller spot in cell on the fore
wing and a slight celldot on the hind wing.

4,600 feet, January, 1920, one 3.

A @? from Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
probably belongs to this species.

?, 53 mm.

Differs in the rather weaker reniform and in the stronger lines,
which are dotted with black, especially at the apex and distal part
of hindmargin of fore wing and towards abdominal margin of hind
wing. Antemedial line erect and waved. Underside darker than in
the ¢, with the outer lines indistinctly defined. General tone more
ochreous than in the 3.

Unusually broad-winged for an Hriceia species; fore wing with
the base of costa somewhat unusually rounded. Does not seem to
agree with any previously described species.

52. Platyja cyanocraspis Hmpsn. lecerfi subsp. nov.

65 WG sanban,

Head, body and fore wing above as in the type form from New
Guinea except that the termen is a little paler, more violet, and is
divided from the dark area by a sharper white line.

Hind wing rather blacker in tone than in average New Guinea
specimens, with the termen more contrasted (as on the fore wing)
and with a large pure white apical patch.

Underside nearly as in typical cyanocraspis, but with the postmedial
line more indistinct (almost entirely without the white dots on the
veins) and with stronger blue-white irroration at apex of fore wing.

Ute) wena,

Thorax and fore wing redder and somewhat paler than in the ¢ ;
the termen of both wings deeper violet, rather broader than in the
3 , crossed by a strong dark terminal line and proximally dark-edged ;
lines and annulus of reniform predominantly bluish-white; fore wing
with a round dark orbicular; posterior two-thirds of distal half of

236 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctwidae

hind wing thickly irrorated with bluish-white, shading into the dark
proximal area. Underside of hind wing irrorated with bluish-white ;
both wings beneath with dark discal spot, and bluish-white postmedial
line. Slightly paler at apex of hind wing above and of fore wing
beneath than @ 2 from New Guinea, but differs much less than in
the 3.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3, one °.

It is possible that cyanocraspis Hmpsn. may have to sink to
porphyrodes Beth.-Bak., the type of which I have, unfortunately, not
seen. Porphyrodes appears to be without the pale distal margin of
fore wing; but this shows a tendency to be lost in worn specimens
of cyanocraspis.

53. Ommatophora burrowsi sp. nov.

& Q, HS) wonyan,

Head, thorax, abdomen, legs, palpus, and antenna as in fuwlvastra Gn.
Fore wing much as in fulvastra Gn.; the general tone rather paler and
less contrasted than in Philippine specimens; antemedial line waved
and excurved, a little less oblique than in fulvastra, usually without
any strong angle at fold ;-postmedial line rather more waved from costa
to R' than in fulvastra, a little more inwardly oblique from R* to M},
with a slight proximal angle about R’; subterminal and terminal lines
much as in fulvastra.

Hind wing brown, almost entirely lacking the pale apical spot of
fulwastra; markings much as in that species, but the medial line
straight and oblique (or almost incurved) behind R’ not excurved as in
Philippine specimens.

Underside of both wings almost uniform brown; hind wing with
the distal third somewhat darkened, two white spots near termen
(behind R! and M?’), a black ring filled in with red-brown on discocellu-
lars and slight waved medial and postmedial lines. Fore wing with
faint waved medial and postmedial lines and slight subterminal shade.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, two 3, seven ?.
Also in coll. Joicey from Amboina, Key and Aru Islands. One specimen
in coll. British Museum from Ceram in series of fulvastra belongs
to this species.

Extremely near to fulvastra Gn. and luminosa Cr. The three might
well be all races of one species, but Mr. Burrows, who has examined
the genitalia of fuwlvastra specimens from India and Borneo and burrowsi
from Ceram, considers them distinct species.

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 237

54. Athyrma perficiens Wlkr., olivacea subsp. nov.
3 2, 46—53 mm.

Differs from Indian specimens of perjictens Wlkr. in the more olive-
grey (less ochreous) tone of ground-colour, the larger antemedial black
patch (which extends to near base of hindmargin), the rather darker
costal shading before postmedial dark patch and at apex, the much
straighter distal edge of the postmedial black patch (which is sharply
defined distally by a white line), and especially in the straight, red-
brown postmedial shading from costa to hindmargin (which in per/ficiens
perficiens is obsolete on the radials and angled inwards on M’). Under-
side rather darker grey than in typical perjficiens. Possibly a distinct
species, but probably a race of perfictens, with which it agrees perfectly
in margins and fringes, as well as structurally in the presence of a
grooved band along the distal half of R' of the hind wing.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, two 3 3,one ?.

Hampson in his “‘ Moths of India” sank this species to bubo Hbn.,
but it is at once distinguishable in the 3 by the grooved band on R'
of the hind wing, which is entirely absent in bubo. Both species are
represented in Central Ceram, occurring together but very distinct.

55. Athyrma pratti (Beth.-Bak.) @.

3, Hypaetra pratt. Beth.-Bak. Nov. Zool., xiii, p. 262 (1906).
?, 52—54 mm.

Head, thorax, abdomen and legs much as in the 3.

Fore wing brown ; some violet irroration, most conspicuous at base
and near termen. Subbasal, antemedial and postmedial costal spots
as in the g ; antemedial black patch proximally as in the 3, distally
nearly erect instead of oblique (reducing the size at hindmargin) ; black
orbicular spot rather conspicuous ; medial lines almost obsolete ; post-
medial black patch only represented by a small black patch between R!
and R* and a smaller spot behind M’, the two being connected by
a thick black line which is retracted to the origin of M! after the second
black spot, then oblique and waved to hindmargin at about two-thirds.

Hind wing and underside of both wings much as in the 3.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, five ¢ ¢,
NS i Os

Possibly a new species, but seems to me probably the missing ¢ of
pratti, the body, shape and general tone being the same, although the

16

238 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

postmedial area shows considerable differences and the antemedial black
patch is also somewhat different.

56. Rivula manuselensis sp. nov.

@ ML ian.

Head, body and palpus above whitish ; palpus on outer side and
beneath, pectus, legs and abdomen beneath ochreous-brown.

Fore wing whitish, tinged with ochreous-brown (especially at distal
margin). Middle of wing much rubbed but showing traces of brown
subbasal, antemedial and medial lines, the antemedial apparently evenly
excurved from about two-sevenths costa to two-sevenths hindmargin,
the medial excurved from middle of costa to cell, thence oblique or
slightly incurved to about two-fifths hindmargin ; a black discal dot at
each angle of cell; postmedial line double, macular very oblique from
costa near origin of medial line to SC° near termen, thence inwardly
oblique to hindmargin at about five-sevenths (apparently slightly angled
in at fold, but worn); a row of interneural black and white dots close
to termen ; fringe white thickly striated with brown and with a brown
line near base.

Hind wing smoky-brown, slightly darkened at termen, with a fine
pale line at base of fringe.

Fore wing beneath brown, paler on posterior third, the veins, costa
and termen tinged with ochreous. Hind wing white, the veins towards
costa and termen tinged with ochreous; some brown irroration at costa
and termen, a dark discal spot and curved postmedial line.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one °.

Seems nearest to aroa Beth.-Bak., but has the postmedial line
darker and less curved behind SC’.

Agrees in structure with R. sericealis Schiff. except in R? of the
hind wing, which arises almost from angle of cell instead of from
before angle, as in sericealis ; Rt and M! of hind wing stalked to about
one-third.

57. Othreis cajeta Cr. talboti subsp. nov.
OO oO iwaton,

Differs from cajeta cajeta Cr. chiefly on the hind wing, where the
black border is incurved from costa to R’, but scarcely angled on R! (as
in cajeta cajeta). On the underside this difference is more noticeable

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 239

than above, and cajeta talboti further differs from cajeta cajeta in having
the apex of both fore and hind wing very little paler than the rest of
the border ; in cajeta cajeta the postmedial half-band of the hind wing
is usually broadest posteriorly (at the fold), in cajeta talboti it is of
almost even breadth or broadest anteriorly (about M'); the yellow band
proximally to border of fore wing is broader in cajeta talboti than in
cajeta cajeta, especially in the @. The 2 above is rather more varie-
gated than in typical cajeta, with more or less pink and violet admixture
on the medial area (where there is a pale patch distally to the reniform,
more marked in one ? than in theother) ; both ? 2 have four diffused
black terminal spots (behind veins R' to M’) set on an irregular, narrow,
pinkish-white terminal band.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919; two 3 3,
ino) 2 2.

A ¢$ in coll. Joicey, from Amboina (?), measuring only 86 mm.
evidently belongs to this race, though the hind wing is less orange in
tone than in the other four specimens and the fore wing is slightly
paler and more chocolate-brown than in the other two ¢ 3.

Possibly not actually a subspecies of cajeta but only an extremely
close ally, as the costa appears slightly more arched, the third joint of
palpus is a little less clubbed and the incision at hindmargin of fore
wing appears a shade longer and less deep; the two latter points are,
however, liable to be influenced by the condition of the insect (none of
the specimens are perfect), as they are largely due to the presence or
absence of a tuft on the palpus and of scale-teeth on margin of fore
wing. Very near also to fullonica L.

58. Othrevs prattorum sp. nov.

3, 96—98 mm.

Head, palpus, thorax, abdomen and legs as in ancvlla Cr.

Fore wing olive-brown, shot with violet-white and suffused in parts
with red-brown. Lines much as in ancilla Cr. and widescens Lucas,
but the antemedial slightly more excurved than in either of those
species.

Hind wing orange-yellow with some brown hair at base and a
broad black terminal band, costally nearly as broad as in wridescens but
ending in a point at fold (not continued to anal angle) ; one specimen
shows faint traces of a postmedial black spot behind M’; fringe black
except from fold to anal angle.

240 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

2790 mm:

Coloured nearly as in a rather strongly contrasted 2 of cridescens,
but with the green subterminal spots and the large green medial patch
more as in ancilla, the posterior bordering of antemedial line being
decidedly broader than even in ancilla; the reniform greenish with
medial and distal thick black lines. Hind wing asin the ¢ but with
the postmedial black spot much larger (reaching from M? to SM”).

Underside of both sexes much as in wvdescens, except for the
narrower black border of hind wing and the rather paler, less bright
tone of the yellow shades.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, six 3 3, one 2°.

Forms a transition between ancilla Cr. and <iridescens Lucas,
suggesting that the three forms are all races of one species.

59. Oxygonitis sericeoides sp. nov.

é, HO torn,

Antenna, palpus, head, thorax, abdomen and legs, much as in
sericeata Hmpsn., but head and thorax rather greyer, without the
slight ochreous tinge. |

Wings coloured much as in sericeata, but rather more uniformly
grey-brown. Fore wing angled at apex and R’, but less strongly than
in sericeata, and quite without the strong inward curve behind R? of
that species; hind wing shaped about asin the ? of sericeata (rather
fuller at apex than in sericeata 3). Fore wing with antemedial line
and large, indistinct reniform much as in sericeata; orbicular reduced
to a white point; postmedial line straight from behind SC° to hind-
margin; subterminal line indistinct, minutely waved, bent outward to
tornus ; fringe as in sericeata.

Hind wing much as in sericeata, but with the postmedial and
subterminal half-lines less distinct.

Underside of both wings pale ochreous-grey sparsely irrorated with
brown, whiter in fold of fore wing and on proximal half of hind wing ;
fore wing with slight dark discal streak and postmedial line, and with
some indistinct subterminal shading ; fringes of both wings with dark
tips.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3.

But for the difference in shape should almost certainly be regarded
as a race of sericeata, Hmpsn.

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 241

60. Lineopalpa horsfieldi Gn. chlora subsp. nov.
3 2, 32—42 mm.

Differs from typical horsfieldi chiefly in the rather greener ground-
colour and redder tone of markings; altogether rather brighter and
more contrasted than the type-form. Antemedial line usually bent
inward behind fold instead of more or less oblique throughout, but
varies in both forms; postmedial line generally more angled in fold in
horsfieldi chlora than in the type-form. Underside of both wings
rather brighter and more sharply marked than in typical horsfieldv.

A very variable species in Ceram. Some of the principal aberra-
tions are named below.

Ab. albistriga ab. nov. has a broad white streak behind M and
M? from base to postmedial line, the reniform and a band distally to
postmedial line pale green, narrowly edged with white. 3& only.

Ab. albifascia ab. nov. has the reniform and postmedial distal band
pure white only slightly shaded with green. 3 only.

Intermediates between these two forms and between them and the
type-form occur in 3 or ?.

Ab. albimaculata ab. nov. has the reniform with large outstanding
anterior and posterior white spots. 3 @.

Ab. diffusisigna ab. nov. has most of the distal edge of reniform
lost in a pale patch extending to postmedial line. ¢ only.

In some forms the green lines of fore wing are much brighter than
in others; the fore wing beneath is sometimes strongly tinged with
rufous.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, seven 3 3,
twelve 2? 2 ; 3,000 feet, October to November, 1919, one 3 ; 4,600 feet,
January, 1920, one 3, one ?.

61. Savara longipectinata sp. nov.

3, 44—46 mm.

Head, thorax, palpus, and antenna greyish dove-colour, the frons,
clavola beneath and palpus whitish; abdomen greyish dove-colour with
whitish lateral streaks; pectus and legs whitish shaded with dove
colour, femora, and tibiae with some darker shading; fore tarsus banded
with black.

Fore wing with the proximal three-fifths uniformly greyish dove-
colour, the distal two-fifths olivaceous (in one specimen broadly pale
ochreous distally to the subterminal line); apex bluish-white; lines

942 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

obsolescent (the dotted subterminal the least indistinct), apparently
much as in contraria Whlkr., from Sarawak, of which this may Just
possibly be a local race, though the length of antennal pectinations
differs, the shape of fore wing agrees rather with latimargo Hmpsn., from
Burma, and it differs also from contraria in the entire absence of the
antemedial pale band, which is nearly always present in that species ;
some diffused dark shading about the postmedial line and at termen ;
a fine dark terminal line, broken by slight whitish spots at the veins;
fringe dark purplish brown.

Hind wing nearly as in contraria, but a little more contrasted, with
dark terminal shading; costa conspicuously white.

Underside of both wings ochreous-white irrorated with pink, the
posterior half of fore wing (except at termen) tinged with fuscous;
postmedial line nearly as in contraria, but rather more strongly bent
outward from costa, stronger and almost broken into spots by the pale
veins; fore wing with moderately strong subterminal line and some
dark suffusion at termen.

2, 44 mm.

Almost without the olivaceous distal shades of the ¢ ; fore wing
with double, dotted white postmedial line and a few white antemedial
dots, as in contraria; underside greyer than in the 3g, with the dark
postmedial line weaker, more continuous, and the subterminal almost
obsolete.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, two 3 3, one @.

¢ antenna with the pectinations five or six times diameter of shaft
in length, longer than in any other Savara species known to me.

62. Anoms bicolor sp. nov.
= Cosmophila bicolor Warr. MSS.

3, 42—48 mm.

Head and thorax ochreous-brown, patagia usually with a few white
scales, sometimes tinged with rufous; abdomen above pale greyish-
ochreous, usually shaded with reddish-grey; abdomen beneath, pectus
and legs deeper greyish-ochreous, the pectus and tibiae with some
brighter golden shades, fore-tibia with a tuft of pure white hair.

Fore wing typically ochreous-brown with a slight silvery sheen
between postmedial and subterminal lines; markings often obsoles-
cent, the most distinct being a costal white spot at origin of post-

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 243

medial line; lines rufous-brown, sometimes with white spots on the
veins; antemedial oblique from two-sevenths costa to two-fifths
hindmargin, angled outward at and behind M; postmedial from five-
sevenths costa, irregularly waved and dentate to M’, where it is
strongly angled inward to behind reniform, thence nearly straight
to three-fifths hindmargin; orbicular a dark-outlined white point ;
reniform usually consisting of anterior and posterior white points
joined by a rufous line; a slight rufous subterminal shade; an
indistinct fine marginal line; fringe tinged with rufous.

Hind wing ochreous-white almost entirely suffused with pale-
rufous.

Underside of both wings ochreous-white, the fore wing except at
margins suffused with rufous; anterior half of fore wing irrorated
with rufous and fuscous, and with traces of a strongly curved, waved
dark postmedial line with white spots on the veins, and of a slight
dark, curved subterminal shade; fringes of both wings tinged with
rufous and tipped with white.

@ , 49—52 mm.

Usually darker and redder than the ¢, with the markings even
more indistinct, except the white spots at costa and on lines and
stigmata; the silvery gloss over-laying a darker shade than in
the ¢.
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, eight 3 ¢, nine
9 @. There are also two ¢ ¢ from Wandamman Mountains, Dutch
New Guinea, in coll. Joicey, anda s and ? without locality.

Distal margin of fore wing usually little angled at R°, but other-
wise quite a typical Anomis species. A 3 from New Guinea in
coll. Roths. bears the name Cosmophila bicolor Warr., but the
species does not appear to have been published.

63. Avitta longicorpus sp. nov.

&, DO wayao,

Antenna laminate, with a single bristle on each plate.

Head, palpus, and thorax brown tinged with rufous; abdomen
very long, grey, clothed with some rough brown hair; body beneath
and legs whitish, the mid- and hind tibia and tarsus shaded with
greyish-brown, the fore femora clothed with long black-brown hair.

Fore wing grey-brown tinged with richer brown on anterior half

2944 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

of base and along proximal two-thirds of costa; six rather indistinct
waved lines (the ordinary five and a second subterminal); the ante-
medial nearly erect, from about one-third costa to nearly two-fifths
hindmargin ; the postmedial bent outward from costa at about three-
fifths to SC°, very slightly excurved to three-fifths hindmargin; the
other lines more or less equidistant, the subbasal and medial nearly
erect, the two subterminals excurved; reniform rectangular, erect,
closely filled in with dark-brown irroration; a slight dark patch
between the two subterminal lines from about SC’ to R°®; fringe
almost unicolorous with wing, with a slight pale line at base.

Hind wing much flattened from M’* to anal angle, ochreous-grey
with a broad dark discal spot and a diffused dark terminal band,
narrowing to anal angle; fringe ochreous.

Underside of both wings whitish with a large round black discal
spot, a slight waved postmedial line and diffused subterminal shade
(the two latter markings more distinct on hind wing than on fore
wing).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3.

Belongs to the same section of genus as subsignans Whlkr., but
the type of that species (from Canara) and a 3s from Ceylon have
the body of normal length and the hind wing not flattened. One ¢
from St. Aignan in coll. Brit. Mus. (erroneously placed under swb-
signans Wlkr.) may probably belong to a small race of longicorpus.

HYPENINAE.

64. Catada alboapicalis Beth.-Bak. minuens sp. nov.

36 2, 36—88 mm.

Differs from typical alboapicalis in the reduced white apical patch
(which in the type-form extends along almost the whole distal third
of costa and almost half way down the distal margin, but in C. Ceram
specimens occupies little more than one-quarter of costa and scarcely
two-fifths of distal margin), in the more bent antemedial line (almost
evenly excurved in the New Guinea form, bent inward in cell and
outward to hindmargin in Ceram specimens), and, on the hind
wing, in the ochreous patches being rather larger and paler and
the silvery marginal line a little more pronounced and, especially,
in the more strongly angled postmedial line in Ceram specimens.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one ¢, five ? 2.

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 245

This species does not appear to be a true Catada, but as the
Hypeninae are at present unworked in coll. Joicey, and as Hampson
has a generic name in MSS. for alboapicalis Beth.-Bak, I have made
no alteration in the genus.

65. Semplicra nitida sp. nov.
$30) mimi.

Palpus nearly as in rectalis Ev., the third segment slightly fringed
with hair above. Antenna with long fasciculate cilia and _ bristles.
Fore wing with SC° very shortly stalked with SC?, SC® and SC‘,
neuration otherwise as in rectalis.

Head, body and legs whitish tinged with ochreous-grey ; outer side
of palpus and antennal shaft a little darker, browner.

Fore wing ochreous-white irrorated with brown, especially on the
margins (more broadly at distal margin) ; three almost straight, nearly
erect fine brown lines at equal distances apart, the first medial, from
about one-third costa to one-third hindmargin, the third subterminal,
from near apex to very near tornus, the medial line proximally, the
postmedial and subterminal lines distally pale-outlined, all three bent
inwards at costa; reniform represented by two brown points (at the
angles of cell); a fine dark terminal line thickened between the veins ;
fringe brown with a pale line at base.

Hind wing ochreous-white with a slight distal spot, a very indistinct
postmedial line (almost obsolete on anterior third of wing) and a fine
dark terminal line.

Both wings beneath whitish (the fore wing slightly darkened) with
slight discal spots and postmedial and subterminal lines; the medial and
terminal lines of fore wing almost obsolete.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3.

66. Simplicia clarilinea sp. nov.
9, 35 mm.

Palpus much as in the last species, the fringe of hair on third joint
above apparently longer (in mitida it is slightly damaged); antenna
with moderately long bristles and very short cilia. Fore wing with
SC’ shortly stalked with SC’, SC? and SC*; R’ from angle of cell.
Hind wing with R*® and M' almost stalked, R® from angle of cell (which
should remove this species to the Ophiderinae | Noctuinae of Hampson]
according to his key); but as the neuration is very little different in

246 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

rectalis Ev. and the palpus of clarilinea is unmistakably Hypenine I
have placed this species provisionally in Simplicia, though it should
possibly belong to a closely-related genus.

Head and body white, the antennal shaft, palpus and legs ochreous-
brown.

Fore wing white sparsely irrorated with brown, the costa and lines
golden, the medial line distally, the postmedial and subterminal lines
proximally shaded with olive-brown; the medial and subterminal lines
nearly as in nitida, the postmedial angled outward behind costa, then
slightly oblique inward; reniform a fine olive-brown streak; a fine dark
terminal line; fringe whitish at base, greyish at tips.

Hind wing ochreous-white with some ochreous hair in fold; a slight
brown, angled subterminal streak in fold and fine pale-brown terminal
line.

Both wings beneath ochreous-white, the fore wing with costa a little
deeper yellow and with slight, greyish postmedial and subterminal lines.

4,600 feet, January, 1920, two ? ? ; Manusela, 6,000 feet, October
to December, 1919, one 2.

67. Hydrillodes lugens sp. nov.

Q . axe) MOH,

Third segment of palpus very long (fully two-thirds length of second
segment) with proximal two-thirds hairy above, apex naked, the hair
expanding to a tuft at middle of segment. In build and neuration
seems to agree with Hydrillodes lentalis Gn., though the palpus is
longer than in that species.

Head, thorax, palpus and antennae blackish-brown with some
metallic purplish scales visible in a strong light; abdomen above and
beneath cinereous-brown, the anus tinged with ochreous; pectus and
legs black-brown, the joints of legs whitish.

Fore wing ochreous-brown, almost entirely suffused with black-
brown, with a pale patch on the disc interrupted by a sinuous dark
postmedial line; slight traces of a pale waved antemedial line from one-
fourth costa to two-sevenths hindmargin; postmedia! line somewhat
oblique, bent outward from near middle of costa to R® and angled
inward in cell and fold; an ill-defined pale subterminal line, strongly
excurved between SC* and R?, and between R* and fold; fringe blackish,
with a slight pale line at base.

Hind wing nearly uniform grey-brown, with traces of a pale post-
medial shade.

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 247

Both wings beneath smoky-brown ; hind wing with the base a little
paler and with a diffused discal spot, a diffused curved postmedial line
from about three-fifths costa to four-fifths hindmargin and a slight dark
subterminal shade.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 2 ; 4,600
feet, January, 1920, one 2.

A single ¢, from the former elevation, undoubtedly belongs here,
but as it is unfortunately much discoloured and the head is missing it is
only possible to state that it matches the -? in size and shape of wings,
the hind wing above and both wings beneath are paler, with the
markings better defined (including a slight discal spot on fore wing),
the fore wing above appears ochreous on proximal half, with a sharply-
defined black discal spot, and dark brown on distal half.

The costa of fore wing is slightly swollen at shoulder, with a thick
hair-tuft beneath. Legs apparently without special characters.

Perhaps nearest to Hydrillodes funestalis, Wlkr. (Bleptina funes-
talis) ; cannot be an aberration either of Hchana abavalis Wlkr., or of
Hydrillodes repugnalis Wlkr. (both of which occur in C. Ceram), as it
differs from both in the third segment of palpus.

68. Bocana pallidisigna sp. nov.

& , AS wood,

Antenna with long bristles and very short cilia. Palpus with the
second segment a little straighter than in B. manifestalis Wlkr., third
segment rather shorter than in manifestalis (not much more than half
the length of second), with tuft of hair above, the apex naked; areole
a little broader than in manifestalis ; R® and M! of hind wing even more
shortly stalked. Both wings slightly angled about R®. An Adrapsa
species, according to Hampson’s key in the “ Moths of India,” but
nearer to B. manifestalis than to A. abluwalis Wlkr., so I place it in
Bocana rather than in Adrapsa, though it does not match perfectly
with the type of either genus.

Head, body and legs brown with a few white scales interspersed, the
tarsi paler, more ochreous.

Fore wing with the proximal half pale brown, the distal half darker
brown; a round creamy-white terminal spot behind R'; antemedial,
postmedial and subterminal lines and a discal dot white, the antemedial
line distally and the postmedial and subterminal lines proximally
bordered with dark-brown; antemedial line waved, bent outward from

248 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

two-sevenths costa to middle of cell, nearly erect to one-fifth hind-
margin; postmedial line waved, bent outward from near middle of costa,
nearly erect to R°, bent inward to M’ and nearly erect to hindmargin at
about three-fifths; subterminal line waved, strong from costa to R®
(where it is slightly angled outward), obsolescent and slightly incurved
to hindmargin; a dark terminal line, thickened between the veins ;
fringe dark-brown with a lunular pale line at base.

Hind wing reproducing the coloration and pattern of the fore wing
but with the medial area darker, the white discal spot larger, the post-
medial line stronger and the subterminal line weak throughout ; the
creamy-white terminal spot behind R’ also weaker than on fore wing.
Postmedial line bent outward and more strongly waved between R’ and
R®.

Underside of both wings violet-grey with the lines (especially the
subterminal) broadly defined by dark-brown ; apex and posterior half of
termen on both wings dark-brown; anterior half of termen (except
apex) to behind R? yellow. Discal spots and outer lines as above, hind
wing with an additional straight brown line proximally to the discal
spot. Fringes as above.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3.

Appears superficially nearest to Adrapsa geometroides Wlkr. (Lusva,
praeocc.) from Ceylon, but does not agree in palpus, geometroides being
very near to A. ablualis in palpus—probably a true Adrapsa.

69. Hypena euphyes sp. nov.
EM, wid) WOVE,

Antenna ciliate, with the ciliation not quite as long as diameter of
shaft. Palpus with the second segment thickly hairy beneath, hairy
also above, especially at the extremity ; third joint short, triangularly
tufted with hair, leaving the extreme end naked, the hair longer above.

Head, thorax, palpus, and antenna blackish with some scattered
violet-white scales; abdomen dark cinereous-brown above, a little paler
beneath ; femora and legs blackish, the mid-femora and mid-tibia paler
beneath ; tarsal joints pale.

Fore wing dark-brown thickly irrorated with violet scales distally
and sparsely so proximally to the postmedial line, a little more thickly
at base; a slight, diffused, blackish antemedial line from costa at nearly
one-third to two-sevenths hindmargin, slightly incurved about M; a
slight, oblique, broad medial dark shade; traces of a black orbicular

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 249

spot and a reniform streak; postmedial line dark red-brown, from
three-fifths costa to three-fifths hind margin, nearly straight but slightly
excurved behind SC’; subterminal line proximally black-outlined and
with some proximal dark suffusion on anterior two-fifths, waved and
dentate, strongly excurved from R* to M? and angled outward on SM?;
a triangular dark patch on anterior half of termen, extending to
beyond subterminal line from SC° to R*®; a row of interneural terminal
pale lunules; a broad dark terminal line; fringe blackish with a fine
violet line at base.

Hind wing grey-brown, rather paler towards base and with some
violet irroration on distal fourth of wing (especially about R? and M!) ;
termen and fringe as on the fore wing, but the fringe tipped here and
there with white.

Underside of both wings greyish-brown tinged with violet (especially
the hind wing and distal half of fore wing); both wings with slight
dark cellspot and diffused, excurved postmedial line; fore wing with a
subterminal white dot behind SC*; hind wing with a broadly-diffused,
curved subterminal dark shade; fringe of both wings chequered with
white at tips.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one 3.

2, 88 mm.

I provisionally place here a very worn ? from the same place and
elevation. Fore wing dark-brown, showing only a few scattered violet
scales (at base, on postmedial line and especially on subterminal line);
orbicular black spot standing out strongly ; lines almost lost, the sub-
terminal being best defined; terminal triangular dark patch just as in
the ¢. Hind wing much paler than in the ¢ (owing to condition ?)
and without violet irroration. Underside also paler but agreeing with
the g in markings. Palpus less thickly hairy than in the 3 and
without hair on the third joint above; otherwise agrees.

Near to (perhaps race of) a form from New Guinea, two unnamed
specimens in coll. Brit. Mus.

70. Hypena ceramensis sp. nov.

@, Se) Waa,

Antenna ciliate. Palpus nearly as in H. euphyes, but the third
segment with the scaling less triangular (broader at base and narrower
towards tips),

250 Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae

Fore wing pinkish-grey suffused with brown, a diffused band distally
to the postmedial line and a subapical patch paler, without brown
suffusion; antemedial line reddish-brown, diffused, slightly excurved,
from two-sevenths costa to one-fourth hindmargin; orbicular a dark-
outlined white spot; reniform indistinct (appears rather narrow,
kidney-shaped) ; postmedial line from four-sevenths costa, slightly bent
outward to about R', thence making a very slight inward curve to hind-
margin at four-sevenths; broad black subterminal dashes behind SC*
and SC°; an oblique black streak from apex to behind R’, where it
joins a horizontal black streak with broad triangular dark shading
behind it; a diffused subterminal dark shade on posterior two-thirds
of wing, with traces of a pale line on it here and there; a broad dark
terminal line; fringe dark-brown with traces of a pale line at base and
streaks at the veins.

Hind wing almost uniform grey-brown with a broad dark terminal
line and slight dark line at middle of fringe.

Both wings beneath grey-brown ; posterior third of fore wing and
two-thirds of hind wing paler; both wings with a diffused dark post-
medial line. Fore wing with a postmedial white streak from costa and
subterminal dentate white marks behind SC* and SC’; hind wing with
a dark discal spot and slight subterminal dark shade.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, one ¢.

Probably near to H. columbana Moore, from Ceylon, but. quite
distinct.

Note.—One Hypenid, which does not seem to fit in to any known
genus, is held over for further study.

HYBLASIN AA.

71. Hyblxa subcerulea sp. nov.
2, oo) aan,

Head, palpus above and thorax? (almost denuded) very dark purple-
brown; abdomen above black-brown slightly ringed with whitish,
and laterally striped with black and white; palpus and body beneath
whitish ; legs white, shaded and irrorated in parts with blackish.

Upperside of both wings nearly as in the typical 3 of constellata
Gn. (from Sylhet); fore wing with the termen rather more strongly
excurved behind apex than in constellata and with the dark markings

Some apparently new Species and Forms of Noctuidae 251

somewhat stronger, both ante- and postmedial bands being more
strongly bent outward at middle; hind wing with the yellow spots
rather less sharply defined than in constellata.

Underside of fore wing black-brown with the area behind fold and
two very large square spots behind costa bluish-white; some whitish
irroration at proximal three-quarters of costa; a large discal patch
between the two white patches slightly blacker than the ground-colour.
Hind wing blackish, closely irrorated with metallic pale-blue except
along the anterior two-thirds of termen and distal third of costa; the
blue area interrupted by a long narrow discal patch (extending almost
to costa and broadening at middle), an anterior antemedial spot and
two rows of smaller spots suggesting medial and postmedial lines.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to November, 1919, one °.

Seems entirely distinct from anything previously described ; probably
nearest to strigulata Gaede (from W. Java).

252

SOME NEW GEOMETRIDAE AND DIOPTIDAE IN
THE JOICEY COLLECTION.

By LOUIS B. PROUT, F.ES.

Family GEOMETRIDAE.

Subfamily OEBNOCHROMINAE.

1. Ozola eurycraspis sp. nov.
©, OS) rani),

Head and body ochreous. Legs slightly spotted with fuscous.

Fore wing narrow, apex slightly produced, termen gently sinuous,
scarcely excised, whitish ochreous with scattered dark dots; costal
margin dark from base to antemedian line, which is placed just
proximal to one-third, thick anteriorly, bent in cell, then oblique
inward and slender; a dark border, considerably broader than that of
atrofasciata Pagenst, (just entering the cell), containing—as in that
species—apical and mid-terminal spots. Hind wing with termen
smooth; antemedial line vague, anteriorly obsolete; border broader
than in atrofasciata, containing a slight pale terminal spot behind R’.

Underside similar.

Tenimber.

All the dark markings are more marked with reddish than in
atrofasciata.

Subfamily HEMITHEINAE.

2. Hipparchus euryagyia sp. nov.
2, 60 mm.

Head green. Palpus mostly hght reddish-brown. Antenna white.
Thorax and abdomen whitish-green, the patagia and tegule greener.

Fore wing with apex minutely falcate, termen smooth, very gently
concave anteriorly and convex in the middle; green, with costal margin
and veins broadly white, as in albovenaria Brem.; discocellulars also

New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Jowcey Collection 253

white; lines white, even broader than in albovenaria; antemedian
straight, from one-fourth costa to beyond one-third hindmargin ; post-
median at about three-fifths, incurved at costa, otherwise straight ; sub-
terminal scarcely less broad than the others, forming an extremely slight
inward curve, from costa near to apex to hindmargin at tornus; fringe
whitish-green. Hindwing with termen almost smooth, no angle or
bend at R®; veins less broadly white than on fore wing; abdo-
minal margin white; postmedian and subterminal lines (bands) con-
tinued, the former from mid-costa to threequarters abdominal margin,
the latter straight from costa close to apex to tornus.

Underside with hindmargin of fore wing and proximal part of hind
wing whiter; the white veins (on fore wing narrower than above) and
transverse markings reproduced, the antemedian of fore wing feeble.

Yunnan: Tali. Type in coll. Joicey, ex coll. Brabant (abelled
glaucaria Ménétr.).

As in albovenaria, the green ground-colour is slightly intensified
against the white lines.

3. Aporandria specularia (Guen.) haplograpta subsp. nov.

®, @0) min,

Fore wing rather paler green than in specularia, without the
shadowy lines, unicolorous except for the small red black-mixed cell-
dot. Hind wing with the yellow proximal shading scarcely different
above, and with the reddish disocellular patch reduced to an elongate
mark of about the size of that of Ornithospila lineata, pale and inclin-
ing to buff distally, with a few blackish scales proximally and slightly
swollen at the middle of DC® where it contains a small red, black-
mixed dot, corresponding to the more conspicuous black dot of the
name-type ; the shadowy line wanting.

Cochin China: Saigon. Ex coll. Brabant.

Unfortunately the sole example known from the country, perhaps a
mere aberration. So far as hitherto observed, A. specularia does not
vary very much throughout its known range—lIndia, Malay Peninsula,
Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Sula.

4. Victoria barlowi sp. nov.

G, GS May,

Closely similar to the W. African immunifica Prout, of which it
may prove to be a subspecies. Differing as follows :—
17

254 New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection

Face and outer side of palpus ochreous, somewhat mixed with red-
brown. Crown green, very narrowly white in front. Antennal shaft
pale ochreous. Abdomen dorsally green, only with a slight patch of
ochreous in the region of the anterior crests (these somewhat damaged,
apparently mixed of white, ochreous and red-brown).

Fore wing with costal edge narrowly ochreous, instead of broadly
reddish ; terminal line and fringe similarly ochreous, but with a slight
irroration of dark red-brown. Hind wing with fringe corresponding to
that of fore wing.

Zomba Plateau, Nyasaland, November, 1920 (H. Barlow).

The Joicey collection has a couple of typical tmmunifica from
Gambia; the originals were from Sierra Leone.

5. Chlorodrepana aequisecta sp. nov.
¢,30mm. Differs from rothi Warr. as follows :—

Fore wing with the pale costal border mottled with green ; proximal
green area bounded by a stronger dark line, which follows a different
course from that of rothi, being slightly farther than termen anteriorly
than posteriorly, only very bluntly bent outward at R’, slightly incurved
between the radials, bluntly prominent at R*, and scarcely incurved
posteriorly ; distal area weakly marked, terminal dots almost obsolete.
Hind wing with apex and termen more rounded; red costal patch
rather brighter; boundary of green area showing corresponding dis-
tinctions to these of the fore wing; terminal line more interrupted
than in rothe.

Both wings beneath less darkened than in rothi, the postmedian
band of the fore wing parallel with the subterminal, not—as in rothi—
more oblique.

Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, May and June, wet season (G. L. Bates).

6. Prasinocyna trifilifimbria Prout leucopis subsp. nov.

3.34—37 mm. Face predominently white, leaving only a small
upper part (rather less than one-third) red. Vertex also with the white
much extended.

Fore wing with costal edge beneath more reddish.

Nyasaland: Zomba, May, 1920 (H. Barlow). A second, rather
defective 3, labelled ‘“‘ Nyassa (Smith), has long stood in the Joicey
collection.

P. trifilifimbria trifiufimbria, from West Africa, has, hke so many

New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection 255

of the family, a very narrow white lower edge to the face, not noticed
in the original description.

Leucaniodes gen. nov.

Face rounded, somewhat prominent, with appressed scales. Tongue
wanting. Antenna in @ rather short, bipectinate almost to apex.
Pectus moderately hairy. Femora nearly glabrous. Hind tibia with
all spurs. ‘Tarsi not spinulose. Thorax and abdomen not crested.
Frenulum (in % ?) in ° wanting, the hind wing with basal expansion.

Fore wing narrow, costa very gently curved near base, then almost
straight, apex almost rectangular, termen vertical to R*, strongly
oblique posteriorly ; cell over one-half, DC® slightly incurved anteriorly,
then strongly oblique; C well free, SC’? long-stalked, SC? approaching
but not touching SC**, stalk of SC®° from well before end of cell,
position of R® not extreme, M! remote from R’. Hind wing long and
narrow, apex pronounced, termen straightish anteriorly, becoming
gently curved posteriorly, tornus rounded; cell almost one-half, DC?
oblique ; C anastomosing with SC to near end of cell, SC? stalked, R?
from slightly before middle of DC, M' remote from R’.

Type of the genus: Leucamodes periconia, sp. nov.

A very distinct genus. Only two Hemitheine genera hitherto
known (Alloeopage and Cacochloris) have SC? arising from SC'—pro-
bably by obsolescence of its base. Alloeopage belongs to my Group iv,
with well-developed frenulum; from Cacochloris the new genus—even
if the ¢ frenulum prove wanting—differs totally in palpus, in shape,
in anastomosis of C with SC on hind wing, and other characters. I
suspect it may have originated from the Omphaz group.

7. Leucanodes periconia sp. nov.

2, 34 mm.

Head and body concolorous with wings.

Fore wing whitish, cleanest on the veins and a longitudinal streak
in front of M from base to end of cell, otherwise tinged with smoky
brown; a brighter brown shade behind M from base to origin of M?;
no definite markings, but the wing nearly covered with fine longitudinal
lines of grey-brown irroration, giving the effect of alternate ridges and
furrows, much as in many of the Leucania group, Chilo and other
species which rest on dry grass or reeds; terminal line suggested, but
not distinct; fringe concolorous. Hind wing white,

256 New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection

Underside similar, but with the fore wing sightly darker anteriorly,
paler posteriorly, and lacking the white and brown streaks at M.
S W. Protectorate, South Africa, without more exact locality.

8. Maxates dysides sp. nov.

2, 42 mm.

Palpus long, second joint reaching beyond frons, third joint slender,
as long as second.

Similar to macariata Walk. Wings rather broader. Fore wing
with termen rather less oblique, not excised between the radials;
distal boundary of the green area less oblique than termen, rather
more deeply incurved between the radials; shadowy (on underside
distinct) subterminal band less broad, but continuing (though tapering)
to costa. Hind wing with tail rather less long; distal boundary of
green area much less produced at M’, blunter; subterminal band less
broad proximally, marked with elongate black (beneath weaker) marks
before and behind R?.

Lebong Sankei, Benkoelen, $8. W. Sumatra.

Leptocolpia gen. nov.

Face smooth. Palpus short. Tongue wanting (?). Antennain ¢
bipectinate. Pectus hairy. Femora scarcely hairy. Hind tibia of 3
dilated, with hair pencil; all spurs present, rather short, rather approxi-
mated. Abdomen not appreciably crested. Frenulum in 3 moderately
strong, from before basal expansion of hind wing. Fore wing rather
narrow, with costa gently arched. Apex acute, termen slightly waved,
very slightly subconcave to R*, here sharply angled, posteriorly ex-
tremely oblique; cell rather less than one-half, DC deeply incurved
very oblique posteriorly, SC! anastomosing with C, SC*°°* rather long
stalked, R' about connate, M' approximated at base to R®. Hind wing
with costa rather long, apex rounded, termen waved, produced to rather
strong teeth at R' and R°, with a shallow sinus between them, tornus
moderate; cell less than half, DC incurved, oblique posteriorly ; C very
slightly approximated to cell near base, rapidly diverging, SC” well
stalked, R? very characteristic, M' approximated to R’.

Type of the genus: Leptocolpia viridicatena sp. nov.

Differs from Bathycolpodes (which it should precede) in the pectinate
antenna, narrower wings, separation of M' of both wings, &c.

New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection 257

9. Leptocolpra viridicatena sp. nov.
8 YO sonia,

Face black. Palpus black, the basal joint drab. Vertex and front
of thorax white. Antennal shaft white, pectinations ochreous. Thorax
and abdomen mostly concolorous with wings, patagia mostly green, a
slight ochreous (possibly discoloured from green) dorsal patch at base
of abdomen. Fore wing deep fleshy (a blend of pink, ochreous and
white scales), with olive-grey irroration or strigulation; in front of
cell paler, in front of subcostal stalk and SC* mottled with darker
eray; cellspot larger than a dot, black-grey; antemedian line faintly
suggested in white, curved ; postmedian fine, white, excurved anteriorly,
then oblique inwards; an irregular subterminal white line rather near
the postmedian, from costa to R® enlarged into interneural spots,
between the radials incurved, at R®—M! strongly excurved, behind
fold slightly oblique inwards; between the postmedian and _ subter-
minal, from SC* to hindmargin, a series of green spots, finely divided
by veins of the ground-colour; a series of anteterminal white spots,
except at R*—M', where there is a longitudinal browner area; between
the subterminal and anteterminal spots the colour is green from costa
to R! and irregularly banded with purple-grey between R® and hind-
margin; terminal spots irregular, blackest between M? and SM’;
fringe white, with various mottlings. Hind wing to beyond middle
with ground-colour as fore wing, becoming green-mixed at end
(especially posteriorly) and basewards along abdominal margin; cell-
spot as on fore wing; a broad white postmedian band, slightly in-
curved between the radials, then slightly constricted by a small
projection of the green shade between R* and M'; a narrower, some-
what macular antemarginal band; area between the bands rather
densely irrorated with grey; terminal line olive-brownish; fringe as
on fore wing. Underside more densely irrorated with darker grey,
especially on the dark cellspot and two white outer bands.

Madagascar. Type received through Le Moult.

Very distinct from all known species; in some respects recalls a
diminutive, narrow-winged Archichlora (Chloroteras) devoluta Walk.

10. Hemidromodes sabulifera sp. nov.

@ , VA) sane,

Head, body and wings whitish, with sandy irroration, of a slightly
brighter tone than that of Neromta pulverersparsa Hmpsn. but less

258 New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection

copious; the face (except a narrow lower part, which remains white),
third joint of palpus and inner side of fore leg much more densely
irrorated, looking almost concolorous, a fillet between the antennee
clearer white. Antennal pectinations about two. Hind tibia with
terminal spurs only.

Fore wing with two indistinct dark lines, chiefly expressed by dots
on the veins and by the absence of irroration on their reverse edges ;
antemedian at nearly one-third, excurved; postmedian from three-
fourths costa to hindmargin near tornus, very gently (scarcely) excurved
in the greater part of its course, slightly incurved behind M’, noticeably
projecting on SM*. Hind wing with only the postmedian line, which
is rather more proximally placed than on fore wing and is somewhat
inbent at both folds, recalling that of Neromia pulvereisparsa.

Underside paler, unmarked.

Deesa (Disa), October 1899 (G. G. Nurse).

I think this is quite distinct from both the African species (robusta
Prout and affinis Rothschild). Larger than affinis, of a quite different
colour (unless this be due to discoloration), the postmedian line of both
wings rather more distally placed, the hind wing with abdominal
margin relatively slightly longer. Fore wing with both R! and M!
well stalked, hind wing with M' rather long-stalked.

Subfamily STERRHINAE.

11. Anisodes renifera sp. nov.

8 , 24 mm.

Like A. renistegma Prout (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vi. 241), from
E. Peru, except as noted. Hind tibia rough-scaled proximally, not
throughout. The “rosy purple”? markings in part more tinged with
black. Face with a line of spots at extreme upper edge (foreshadowed,
however, in renistigma, though overlooked in original description).
Abdomen with a pair of ill-defined subdorsal spots at posterior end of
first segment and a weaker mediodorsal one on second; from fourth
segment onwards strongly tinged with roseate.

Fore wing rather less broad; slightly paler; costal margin a little
greyer; median line more deeply lunulate in posterior half. Hind
wing with median line lunulate-dentate instead of straight.

French Guiana: Godebert Maroni, September. [Ex coll. Brabant.

New Geometridae and Dvroptidae in Joicey Collection 259

.283 mm. Rather larger, third joint of palpus very long.

“ British Guiana.”’ Allotype ex coll. Druce.

The British Museum has a @ aberration from la Chorrera,
Panama, April 1 to May 15, 1898 (C. H. Dolby Tylor) with the
cellspot of hind wing nearly filled with black.

Both this and renistigma belong to the urcearia group, with M! of
hind wing closely approximated at its origin to R’.

12. Ptochophyle definita sp. nov.
oF 25 mm:

Face almost entirely overlaid with red. Palpus very short, ochreous
on inner side, red on outer. Vertex ochreous, weakly overlaid with
reddish. Antenna ochreous, above strongly reddened proximally.
Thorax and abdomen pale ochreous, somewhat irrorated (above
strongly suffused) with red. Legs strongly mixed with red, fore leg
on inner side almost wholly red.

Fore wing not broad, termen straight and not very oblique from
apex to M!', very oblique from M! to tornus; yellowish ochreous with
coarse red irroration; a rather broad chocolate costal margin, triangu-
larly expanding a little at origin of median line, gradually narrowing
to apex, being bounded by SC*; antemedian line thick and chocolate
coloured in cell, where it is slightly oblique outward, posteriorly
slender and red, sinuate inward at fold, oblique outward to hind-
margin; median line deeper chocolate, almost blackish, very straight
and firm, arising just proximal to the cellmark, somewhat oblique
inward to hindmargin proximally to the middle, continued across hind
wing, reaching abdominal margin somewhat beyond the middle; cell-
mark elongate, equally dark; postmedian reddish, arising at about two-
thirds, mixed with chocolate anteriorly, slightly angulated outward at
R', lost at M’', reappearing more proximally behind M' near its base and
running irregularly and indistinctly to an oblique darker mark at hind-
margin near tornus; a highly sinuous dark chocolate line from five-
sixths costa, oblique outward, thickened at R’*, merged with the
terminal between R* and M', reappearing as an irregular tornal
triangle with thickened apex and a spot of the ground-colour at its
base ; terminal line dark chocolate; fringe olive-grey, at base reddish
chocolate. Hind wing with termen strongly gibbous, the projection
at R® to M' somewhat accentuated by an otherwise scarcely noticeable

260 New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection

sinuosity in front of R*; SC? very shortly stalked, M' connate; median
line followed by an oval white cellspot; postmedian fine, reddish,
sinuous, rather strongly outbent in middle; subterminal line not
differentiable ; terminal line thick and sending out an acute tooth on
M’; fringe as on fore wing.

Underside mostly paler, but the fore wing with strong red suffusion
in cell; margins red instead of chocolate; markings reproduced but
less sharply defined.

Mahatsinjo, near Tananarive, Madagascar.

Very distinct from any species known to me. Has a few points in
common with rubida Swinh. (Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1904, p. 501) but—
apart from many other differences—quite unlike in shape.

13. Tricentra flavitornata sp. nov.
& , IUY Tonan,

Head and body flesh-colour, paler beneath than above, the vertex
and front of thorax suffused with olive-grey. Palpus deep rosy on outer
side. Antennal shaft proximally rosy. Fore leg partly rosy.

Fore wing with termen very strongly curved behind middle, so as
to become extremely oblique posteriorly (not far short of parallel with
costa) ; pale primrose-yellow with rosy reticulate markings, formed (as
in brunneomarginata Warr.) by rosy veins and several irregular, strongly
waved transverse lines; cloudings of olive-grey at base, along costal
region, and in two irregular oblique bands, the first crossing the disco-
cellulars and bifurcating broadly behind, enclosing a clear yellow semi-
circle at tornus, the second subapical ; both cellspots white; the anterior
smaller and more obscured than the posterior. Hind wing elongate,
the termen being very strongly gibbous; concolorous with fore wing ;
both cellspots rather large and clear, with fine olive-grey circumscrip-
tion ; no olive-grey clouds at base, costa, nor across DC; a terminal half-
band of olive-grey from apex to near R’ and an irregular tornal patch,
the two narrowly connected along termen; minute yellow marks at
extreme termen.

Underside paler, with no definite pattern, in places (especially in
costal region of fore wing) with pinkish suffusion; the olive-grey
markings of the upperside and the white cellspots feebly suggested.

French Guiana: Godebert Maroni, October. Type ex coll.
Brabant.

Kasily distinguished by the shape and markings.

New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection 261

14. Problepsis plenorbis Prout 3.

This fine species was described (Nov. Zool. xxiv, 309) from a unique
@ in the Tring Museum. Mr. Joicey has now obtained a good ¢
from Lebong Sandai, Benkoelen, S.W. Sumatra. This enables me to
describe the coloration of the head (lost in the type) and to give the
$ characters, which latter show the affinities to be rather with
appollinaria Guen. than—as I had suspected—with conjunctiva Warr.

Face dirty white, in upper half suffused with dark grey, which is
strengthened into a large black spot at each side of upper part; palpus
black above, white beneath, with a small intermediate area of brownish,
which usurps most of the lower part of the short terminal joint ; crown
black, very narrowly white in front; antennal shaft and pectinations
dark brown (distinctly darker than in vulgaris Butl.), the pectinations
nearly as long as in appollinaria, extending about to the 388th joint;
g hind tibia strongly dilated, with hair-pencil, proximal part more
strongly fringed than in appollinaria, tarsus less extremely abbreviated,
measuring about one-third of tibia.

15. Scopula elwesi sp. nov.
a 4 VAN Lay),

Face with slight prominence below middle, appressed scaled ; chest-
nut with some blackish irroration. Palpus with rather long projecting
scales, slightly transitional towards those of Oar; ochreous, streaked
with blackish along outer side. Vertex, collar and antenna ochreous
with some black scales. Antennal joints somewhat projecting, with
slender fascicules of cilia rather longer than diameter of shaft. Thorax
and abdomen above pale, with very heavy black irroration, only the
abdominal incisions and anal end freer therefrom; abdomen with a
lateral stripe of ochreous, the venter pale, with sparse irroration. Coxae
and femora ochreous, with much black admixture on upper and inner
sides (the hind leg least so), tibiae and tarsi pale ; hind tibia not dilated,
with a pair of well-developed terminal spurs ; hind tarsus not abbreviated.
Wings not very broad. Fore wing whitish cream-buff, sparse black-
grey irroration (at base denser); markings tawny ochreous ; fore wing
with some suffusion in proximal half, especially near base; antemedian
and median lines rather straight, the latter enclosing the slightly elon-
gate black celldot; post-median from three-quarters costa to beyond
two-thirds hindmargin, very slightly incurved between the radials and
dentate outward on R*® and M'; proximal subterminal thick, nearly

262 New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection

parallel with postmedian, distal wanting; subterminal line fine, not
sharp grey, interrupted at the veins; fringe light ochreous. Hind wing
with SC? minutely stalked with R'; colour and markings as on fore
wing, but without so much ochreous suffusion proximally and with
antemedian line wanting; median shade just beyond celldot. Under-
side similarly but less sharply marked.

Bashkars River, just north of Lake Taletskoi, Altai, July 26, 1898
(H. J. Elwes). Type ex coll. Elwes.

Very distinct from any hitherto known species of the Pylarge section.
There is a bare possibility that anaitaria Herz, described from the 2 and
unknown to me, may prove the same, but this is extremely unlikely
both from the description and from the locality (Lena-Vilyui District).

16. Ptychopoda (Xenocentris) trisetata sp. nov.
g, 16 mm.

Face blackish-fuscous. Palpus slender, fuscous. Vertex white.
Antennal joints triangular, the ciliation rather long (damaged in the
type). Collar tinged with ochreous. ‘Thorax, abdomen and legs light
bone-colour, the fore leg somewhat darkened on upper and inner sides.
Mid-tibia with moderately strong fringe of long hair on upper side.
Hind tibia dilated, the femoro-tibial pencil light brown, fringe of upper
side and the distal tuft whitish, the latter reaching to near the end of
the tarsus, which when freed from its covering is seen to be not greatly
shorter than the tibia.

Wings slightly narrower than in biselata Hufn. (= biselata auct).
in colour and markings almost identical with that species, the dark
markings rather weak, the celldots minute and sharp. Fore wing with
some slight shading proximally but with no clearly differentiated ante-
median line ; median shade obsolescent anteriorly, fairly broad behind
the celldot; postmedian line fine, slightly straighter and shghtly more
proximal than in Odiselata; distal shades rather uniform, with the
pale undulate subterminal broad; no terminal line; fringe narrowly
yellowish-tinged proximally, then more greyish. Hind wing with termen
appreciably bent—though not angled—at R’°; markings corresponding
to those of fore wing. Fore wing beneath rather more suffused, hind
wing rather whiter, with the subterminal dark shades somewhat
narrowed.

Shinano, Japan, the type label “2. 11. ’15,” probably a clerical
error for 2. 1x. 15, the date assigned to the paratype. Also a short

New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection 263

series in coll. Tring Mus. merely labelled “Japan.” Probably not
uncommon but overlooked on account of its close superficial
resemblance to minute biselata or invalida. The only hitherto known
Japanese species of the section Xenocentris is effuvaria Christ.

Subfamily LARENTIINAE.

17. Coenotephria acme sp. nov.

SY, UY woaNaN,

Head and body brown-grey, mottled with white and with some dark
irroration; metathoracic tuft mostly white. Palpus scarcely 13;
beneath mostly whitish. Antenna’ somewhat thickened proximally,
closely lamellate, pubescent. Legs mostly darkened, extremities of
joints white.

Fore wing rather elongate, costa arched posteriorly, apex moderately
sharp, termen slightly curved, oblique; R* connate or just separate ;
glossy; basal patch and median band black-brown with a slight vinous
admixture, margined by white lines; the subbasal white line excurved
in middle, slightly indented at SM’; succeeding area white, transversed
by three irregular, incomplete, in places confluent lines which arise from
two black-brown costal spots, the first line remaining black-brown, the
other two mostly vinous, with slight dark irroration ; antemedian line
at about one-third with a small proximal projection at M and strongly
oblique inward from fold to SM’; celldot moderately large, black,
surrounded or followed distally by some pale scaling; postmedian at or
beyond two-thirds (median area variable in breadth), very acutely pro-
duced on R’*, strongly incurved or inbent behind, the band consequently
much constricted behind M’; area beyond postmedian white, trans-
versed by two lines analogous to those preceding the antemedian, but
with the distal the darker; distal area mostly dark-coloured, especially
proximally to the subterminal, which is slender, slightly interrupted,
cut by a conspicuous oblique white posteriorly dark-edged streak from
apex ; dark interneural spots between subterminal and termen, terminal
line broken into short dashes; fringe weakly chequered, and with a
whitish line at base. Hind wing elongate costally, termen slightly
vinous; pale, with a fleshy or vinous tinge, the markings of underside
feebly indicated. Fore wing beneath more suffusedly marked than
above. Hind wing beneath rather strongly marked; proximal half
with some dark shading and some wavy lines; a black celldot; a broad

264 New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection

and strong postmedian line, incurved at R’, lobed outward at R’;
a whitish band beyond; terminal area darkened, bearing a darker but
ill-defined subterminal band.

Madagascar: Tananarive, type and paratype ¢ (ex coll. Brabant).
A third example merely labelled Madagascar.

Subfamily GEOMETRINAE.

18. Nothabrazes barlowi sp. nov.
2, Gl mm.

Head mostly black, the palpus beneath (and perhaps the face, which
is somewhat damaged) with some ochreous hair. Thorax mottled,
black and creamy white. Abdomen robust, orange with black spots and
broken belts, much as in commaculata Warr.; ovipositor long. Legs
predominently black, the hind tibia in its proximal part pale ochreous
and with the spurs partly of the same colour.

Fore wing black, with three large cream-white patches, which
contain some irregularly (and somewhat asymmetrically) placed black
spots or large dots; a basal patch about as in commaculata Warr. (about
9mm. long in middle, irregularly rounded distally) ; a costal patch about
6 mm. long anteriorly, irregularly narrowing and ending in a black point
‘at M, containing the elongate cellmark, its other black spots mainly
costal; a narrow patch midway between end of cell and termen, com-
mencing at R* and ending just behind fold. Hind wing light orange-
ochreous, its proximal hair darker; small irregular and asymmetrical
black spots beyond middle, chiefly at costa and on tornal one-fifth of
wing ; a narrow black border, commencing at apex and tapering to a
point behind R’, but with a slight proximal projection at the radial
fold ; one or two small spots of the ground-colour in this border ; fringe
anteriorly black, then chequered (at tornus predominantly ochreous).
Underside similar, but with the patches on the fore wing more ochreous.

Nyasaland: Chikala, near Lake Shelwa, February, 1920 (H. Barlow).

Apart from its larger size and orange hind wing, this species differs
markedly from commaculata in the black apical region of both wings.

19. Pitthea hypomima sp. nov.
3, 42 mm.

Face white, the overhanging hair above and at sides black. Palpus
black, narrowly whitish beneath. Vertex and antenna black. Thorax

New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection 265

above black, beneath mixed with yellow. Legs grey, the coxae and
femora beneath white. Abdomen black-grey, with two rows of lateral
white spots and with the venter yellow.

Fore wing black with two yellow bands placed nearly as in continua
Walk., but of a deeper, more golden hue; first band moderately broad,
with distal indentations on M and SM’, not reaching costa, in front of
SC (which remains narrowly black) only represented by a narrow wedge,
with long-produced baseward point, succeeded by interrupted yellow
scaling almost to base; outer band very small, anteriorly not reaching
SC°, posteriorly tapering to a point at R®, but succeeded by a large dot
behind R®. Hind wing black, in abdominal region more olive-brownish ;
a rather broad band much as in continwa, but not followed by orange
spot at termen ; no orange spot at apex.

Fore wing beneath with the yellow bands a little lighter and more
extended distally, then much broader, the outer continuous from SC?
to M? near termen; proximal band almost reaching costa and with a
large extension to the base, leaving black the costal edge, the area
behind the cell, and some slight marks at the base of C and in cell
behind proximal part of SC; a white spot at base of subcostals and
three subapical white spots, the middle one (between SC? and R’) the
longest. Hind wing beneath predominantly yellow, looking more
olivaceous where the black parts of the fore wing show through; a
black spot between the medians at their origin ; some irroration before
fold and a streak behind; distal border black, at costa and behind M’
broadly, in middle very narrowly ; three white subapical spots and a
fourth (equally subterminally) between the medians.

Cameroons: Bitje, Ja River, 2,000 feet, wet season, April to May,
1912 (G. Li. Bates).

The underside is totally different from that of the continua Walk.
group, rather recalling that of cwnaxa Druce.

20. Callioratis abraxas (Feld.) grandis subsp. nov.

2, 84 mm.

Apart from its much larger size, differs from a. abraxas Feld. 2
(Reise Novara, tab. c. fig. 18) in having the terminal black spots of the
hind wing larger anteriorly than posteriorly, whereas in the Natal race
they become smaller anteriorly, or the apical one may be entirely wanting.
Other differences appear inconstant.

Mlanje, Nyasaland. Type and paratype in coll. Joicey.

266 New Geometridae and Dioptidae im Jorcey Collection

Q1. Melinoéssa (Hyphenophora) aemonia (Swinh.) restrictiflava
subsp. nov.

Before describing this race it is necessary to amend Swinhoe’s
description of the name-type (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1904, p. 498). At
the commencement the word “face” has dropped out, and it is not
noticed that the central band has a mixture (sometimes fairly strong)
of bright ferruginous scales. The “ distorted band” is pale yellow, not
white. The “dark suffusion”’ distally to this is an ill-defined brown
band, occupying on the hind wing the proximal half of the area between
this and the subterminal line; the latter consists on both wings of a
series of dark intraneural dots, connected on the hind wing by an ill-
defined brown line.

M. aemona restrictiflava has the central band of the face often
almost entirely ferruginous; yellow marking of the fore wing narrower,
only present between M? and SM? (without the anterior “ dots towards
the apex’ and without spots in cellule 3 and at abdominal margin),
rather more distally placed and slightly less oblique; that of the hind
wing narrower and shorter, only developed from costal margin to radial
fold; the brown band beyond it a little lighter or brighter ; subterminal
dots with more noticeable glossy band proximally.

In addition the fore wing may be slightly less acute at apex and
the hind wing has a less marked tooth at the extremity of SC”.

Cameroons: Bitje, Ja River.

A series including the type, also in other collections. The same
race reaches from Gold Coast to Belgian Congo.

In the restriction of the yeliow band this subspecies superficially
recalls palumbata Warr. (Nov. Zool. i, 402, Ivory Coast to Nigeria), which
has the brown band narrower, adjoining the subterminal leaden spots,
which are differently developed, &c.

22. Pycnostega (2) leucochora sp. nov.

3, 32 mm.

Face and palpus blackish. Head and body inclining to black; some
scattered whitish scales. Hind tibia dilated, with a groove containing
the hair-pencil.

Fore wing without fovea; proximally, costally and distally dull
chocolate-brown, varied with darker and lighter scales and with a sparse
sprinkling of metallic bluish-silvery ones; a broad creamy-white median
area, with scattered shining-white scales; the proximal boundary of

New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection 267

this area arises at hindmargin before one-third, is very oblique and
slightly sinuous to anterior extremity of cell, where it touches (without
absorbing) the dark celldot; the anterior boundary runs from this
point to the base of SC’; the distal from this point to hind margin
at about three-fourths, bluntly angulated outwards in middle and
slightly excurved at hind margin; terminal line complete, strongly
thickened midway between the veins. Hind wing with the white
median area considerably broader and reaching costal margin, the dark
basal area small, the distal area narrower than on fore wing, with
corresponding angle and curve in middle and at hind margin ; this area
somewhat more mottled, with a suggestion of round dark interneural
spots and of pale lunules edging proximally the terminal lines.

Underside similar, but with no metallic scaling ; a small additional
white patch at base of fore wing.

French Gaboon.

By the scaling and general conditions (palpus, venation, &c.) this
seems referable provisionally to Pycnostega, in spite of absence of fovea;
the antennal pectinations, though strong and close, are less extreme
than in the type species (obscura Warr., Nov. Zool. xii, 394).

23. Pycnostega (?) stilbia sp. nov.
@ , a0) saan,

Antenna bipectinate with very short branches. Palpus blackish.
Face, vertex and upperside of body blackish, sprinkied with metallic
light-blue scales. Underside of body browner, with less metallic scaling.

Fore wing considerably broader than in typical Pycnostega (more
Zamarada-shaped) ; ground colour nearly as in the preceding species,
but clouded nearly throughout with blackish, thus appearing considerably
darker; the metallic blue scales rather more copious; median band
narrow, tapering at costa, otherwise nearly uniform in width (circ.
2°5 mm.), slightly outbent in middle, very pale yellow with copious
metallic whitish scales and traversed in middle by a thick, sinuous
golden line; distal area with crenulate pale (metallic-scaled) lines, the
two outer nearly meeting between the veins; terminal line as in the
preceding species. Hind wing similar, the median band continued,
not tapering costally, its golden line less strongly sinuous, distal area
with three pale lines, the two proximal meeting on the veins, the third
distal between the veins.

Underside without metallic scaling, the median band yellower, the

268 New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection

central line only suggested by some ill-defined scaling of a rather deeper
shade.
Cameroons: Bitje, Ja River, October, wet season (G. L. Bates).
Curiously similar to Peratophyga trigonata Walk. (from Borneo),
except for the lack of luteous vertex, front of thorax and base of costa ;
Walker does not notice the golden central line of the luteous band, but
it is present in his species.

Family DIOPTIDAE.

24. Phanoptis miltorrhabda sp. nov.

3,40 mm.

Head and body black, with a tinge of brown.

Fore wing moderately elongate, but rather fuller in the anal region
than in typical Phanoptis ; black, proximally and posteriorly with a
tinge of brown; a very oblique red band of about 2 mm. width from
middle of GC, crossing the base of SC’ and the whole of DC* and ter-
minating just beyond M° near termen; SC, SC* and M? somewhat
blackened on the band, which moreover is slightly indented with black
distally at the other veins; a slightly curved row of three small
slightly hyaline whitish spots between SC’ and R’, the last the smallest
and weakest. Hind wing black with a tinge of brown.

Underside similar, the fore wing paler at hindmargin, the red band
a little broader and paler.

Peru: Chanchamayo.

Referable to Phanoptis by my “ Key” (Nov. Zool. xxv, 396) and by
no means unsuitable there in spite of the more opaque scaling and
slightly less elongate wings, with the cells less narrowed at their
extremities. Evidently drawn off by mimetic association with the
butterflies Actinote erinome Feld. and Hresia castilla Feld.

25. Myonia euryzona sp. nov.
a, o2 mm,

Structure and general coloration of head and body as in leecht
Prout; abdomen above much less vividly shot with blue.

Fore wing shaped as in leechi, or slightly more elongate still;
proximal area black, with the principal veins slightly dusted with
capucine yellow; a capucine yellow central band, 4 or 5 mm. wide,

New Geometridae and Dioptidae in Joicey Collection 269

from C just proximal to the middle to SM? close to tornus; distal
area black.

Hind wing black, shot—except at margin—with blue, rather less
vivid than in leechi; a narrow whitish costal streak, becoming capucine
yellow and broadening into an apical spot which reaches R! but
leaves SC* dark.

Fore wing beneath with a whitish longitudinal streak in cell, some
orange scaling anteriorly thereto; the yellow band slightly broadened
in middle, its margins being more convex. Hind wing beneath not
shot with blue, but with a whitish streak (broadening distally) behind
M and the proximal part of R® and a shorter and slighter one
posteriorly ; costal and hind area nearly as above, the apical spot
without dark dusting.

E. Bolivia: S. Julian, Chiquitos, 400 miles, May (J. Steinbach).

18

270

NEW FORMS OF ZYGAENIDAE FROM SUMATRA,
CERAM, AND NEW GUINEA.

lee Jo Ja SOUCIIM Ary Cr, WUMLIEOI,

THE SPECIMENS WERE COLLECTED BY Mussprs. C., F., anp J. Pratt.

1. Aglaope hemileuca Roths. ceramensis subsp. nov. and ab. fumosa nov.

It is interesting to note that the first of this genus to be discovered
in Ceram should be a New Guinea species.

é 2. Fore wing with the indistinct dark subbasal band placed
more proximal than in the type form. Vein 7 is given off much nearer
the angle of the cell in every specimen, whilst the position of this vein
in a series from New Guinea is likewise stable.

Ab. fumosa. Both wings smoky-black, the subbasal line of fore wing
distinct. Vein 6 of fore wing arises from angle of cell. One ¢,
3,000 feet, December.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to November,
6 ¢o, 1 2; 4,600 feet, January, 1 ¢; 3,000 feet, January to
February, 1 ?.

2. Psaphis rothschildi sp. nov.

Distinct from any known form. Perhaps allied to ewschemoides
Moore, but differing in the smaller discal spots, the differently placed
lower white distal spots, and in the small discal spots of the hind wing.

3d 2. Upperside with black ground colour. Fore wing with pale
yellow basal spots. ‘Three small coral red discal spots, one in the cell
below middle, one more distal below the cell, the other below it in 1b,
and directed distad. A small white discoidal mark. A subapical series
of five large white spots placed close together in 3, 4, 5, 6, and 9, the
one in 5 larger than the others, the lower two more distal. Three
small white subterminal spots in 2 to 1b, the first the smaller, the
second directed distad, the lower nearer the margin. Ground-colour
irrorated with deep purple-brown, especially over the basal fourth and
along the veins. Veins striped with dark-green. Hind wing with

Zygaendae from Sumatra, Ceram, and New Guinea 271

base and inner margin to the second submedian pale-yellow, merging
into orange-red or flame-scarlet (ii), which also colours the other spots.
A long stripe in 1c, not reaching margin; a short stripe below the cell ;
a similar stripe in lower half of cell, reaching beyond vein 2, and a
longer stripe next it in upper part of cell.

All these stripes separated distally by the ground-colour, and merged
together proximally in the yellow basal colouring. Three discal spots
in 2-4, the middle one projecting below the others, the distal one the
smaller. ‘T’'wo small submarginal spots in cellule 2. Costa edged with
pale-yellow at base for a short length. Anal angle tinged with orange-
red. Veins edged with deep violet.

Underside markings similar to upperside. Fore wing with basal
stripes on costa and on first submedian. Discal markings flame-
scarlet; an oblong spot in middle of cell, a long stripe below cell, not
reaching vein 2, an elongate spot in middle of 1b. Other markings
as above. Veins heavily bordered with cerulean-blue except at apex.
Hind wing with markings as above but a long stripe in 1b, separated
from the one in la and Ic, and nearer the inner stripe, interspaces shot
with violet-blue. A small spot in 6 near the cell. Veins striped with
violet-blue.

Head and antenne black, frons and palpi pale-yellow, collar and
patagia pale-yellow. Abdomen pale-yellow ringed with deep-violet.
Legs fuscous, striped with deep-violet on the outside and with pale-
yellow on the inside except tarsi, which are fuscous mixed with pale-
yellow.

Length of fore wing: 26 mm.

5.W. Sumatra: Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August to September,
three ¢ 3, one 2.

3. Husphalera janthina sp. nov.

Distinct from any other form, and bearing a close resemblance to
the Geometrid Milionia dispar Prout, found in the same locality.

?. Upperside of fore wing orange-yellow to orange with a broad
black apical area. The orange area reaches beyond cell; outer edge
clearly defined, reaching the narrow black costal edge beyond the
middle and the outer margin at end of lower submedian, lower part
curved distad. An ill-defined black patch on inner margin before the
tornus, reaching upper submedian. A series of five small apical dark
metallic blue spots, arranged as in other species of the genus. Hind
wing with fuscous-black ground-colour. Basal area to base of vein 3

272. Zygaenidae from Sumatra, Ceram, and New Guinea

metallic dark bluish-violet (x). Costal area yellow-orange to vein 6,
thence merged into a narrow discal orange band reaching the anal
angle. Apex and a narrow marginal edge black to vein 3.

Underside as above. Hind wing with the violet area reaching the
costa and separated from the orange distal band by a narrower black
interspace than on the upperside.

Head and antenne black, vertex and thorax metallic blue.
Abdomen black with a violet tinge, and marked with metallic blue
at the joints. Pectus blue; legs fuscous striped with blue.

Length of fore wing: 20 mm.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 3,000 feet, January to February, 1920,
NO 2 SS

4. Husphalera aurantidiscus sp. nov.

@. Upperside with black ground-colour. Fore wing with a trans-
verse band, deep chrome (iii) tinged with orange-red anteriorly. This
band is broad on the costa, outer edge slightly incurved to vein 4, out-
wards to 2 and inwards to distal margin; inner edge curved sharply
distad below vein 2; the outer edge passes through the cell near the
end and cuts veins 2 and 3, the inner edge passes through middle of
cell and cuts vein 2 and the submedian. Five small subapical spots of
greenish-blue, formed by loosely placed scales. Hind wing ochraceous-
orange (xv), with black basal area to middle of cell and scattered black
scaling on part of the orange area; outer edge of orange area curved
outwards at the middle. A distal margin of ground-colour, broader
anteriorly and narrowing to the middle of 1b, where it ends in
a point.

Underside with black ground-colour. Fore wing with band as above,
but paler. Subapical blue spots larger than above and slightly pointed
proximally. Base of costa with some greenish-blue scales. Hind wing
with ochraceous-orange discal area smaller than above, not reaching
upper edge of cell, inner edge not well defined, touching base of 2 and
extending to middle of inner margin ; outer edge sharply defined, curved
outwards and only slightly invading base of cellule 4, slightly angled
below vein 2; this band curved slightly basad at its anterior end. A
submarginal narrow greenish-blue stripe from the apex to vein 2, bent
at vein 5, thicker above this vein.

Head black, vertex metallic-blue, collar scaled with metallic greenish-
blue. Thorax and basal two segments of abdomen black. Antennae
with shaft black, branches chestnut. Legs black, scaled with metallic

Zygaenidae from Sumatra, Ceram, and New Guinea 273

greenish-blue. Abdomen pale yellow except the base; ventral surface
fuscous-black, apices of segments edged with yellow.

Length of fore wing: 20 mm.

Dutch New Guinea: Nomnagihé, 2,000 feet, January to February,
one 2.

5. Husphalera milionioides sp. nov.

Allied to satisbonensis Jord., from Goodenough Island, the ? ? of
both presenting a strong likeness to some forms of the Geometrid
genus Milionia.

3d. Upperside with the markings similar to the allied form. The
fore wing with yellow bands less oblique, broader posteriorly and ending
on the inner margin before the tornus. A yellow spot on costa at base.
Hind wing with yellow area reaching costa, outer edge straight from
vein 4 to costa. Black distal margin narrowing to anal angle. Some
black dusting at base of wing.

Underside as above. Hind wing with yellow area somewhat
rectilinear and not reaching costa.

Head, thorax, and abdomen black. Antennae with shaft black,
branches chestnut. Legs brown scaled with yellowish. Abdomen
pale yellow on ventral surface.

?. Similar to the 2 of satisbonensis. Upperside of fore wing
with a broader orange-red band. Hind wing with a narrower yellow
band, the edges of which are irregular.

Underside of fore wing with traces of bluish subapical spots. Hind
wing as above. Submarginal blue line unbroken and edging costa
to base.

Antennae, head, thorax, abdomen, and legs as in allied form.

Length of fore wing: ¢,18mm.; ?, 23 mm.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to
December, one ¢ ; Nomnagihé, 2,000 feet, January to February,
one ?.

6. Husphalera cadmium sp. nov.

Distinguished by the cadmium-yellow basal half of fore wing and
the similarly coloured hind wing patch.

?. Upperside with black ground-colour. Fore wing with basal
half light cadmium (iv), not reaching end of cell and invading the base
of cellule 2, outer edge of this area dusted with black, inner edge oblique
from base of costa to middle of inner margin. A faint orange tinge at

274 Zygaenidae from Sumatra, Ceram, and New Guinea

base. Hind wing with a large distal patch of light cadmium, its inner
edge a little invaded by the ground-colour, from upper edge of cell near
middle to inner margin a little above the anal angle; outer edge well
rounded and reaching the margin at the first submedian..

Underside with black ground-colour, yellow areas paler. Fore wing
with a narrow curved apical band of metallic greenish-blue, close
to the margin. Basal yellow as above. Hind wing with yellow area as
above. A marginal band of metallic greenish-blue from the costa a
third from apex to vein 2, broader in cellules 5 and 6, then suddenly
narrowing and ending in a point.

Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black. Legs black, scaled
with metallic blue.

Length of fore wing : 21 mm.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November and
December, one °?.

7. Husphalera jordani sp. nov.

A very distinct form, distinguished by the red band on the fore wing
and presenting a great resemblance to the Geometrid Milionia rubri-
fascia J. and T., which was found in the same locality.

3. Upperside with black ground-colour. Fore wing with a discal
coral-red (xiii) band, from just below costal edge at the middle, crossing
the cell beyond the middle, invading the base of cellule 2, and narrowing
to a point above the lower submedian ; outer edge nearly straight, ianer
edge curved distad at the middle, and again below vein 2. Hind wing
with basal half metallic cerulean-blue (viii), lighter proximally. The
edge of this blue area indented.

Underside with black ground-colour. Fore wing with red band
paler and broader, only slightly narrower posteriorly and limited by the
lower submedian. Metallic blue basal stripes; a short one in cell and
two longer ones in lb and 1c. A small greenish-blue apical spot near
costa. Hind wing with blue basal half as above, filling half the cell,
produced along the costa and along vein 2, filling base of cellule 2, and
invaded by black at the first submedian, vein 2 cutting off a triangular
marginal black spot. A narrow marginal greenish-blue stripe joining
the costal stripe and continued to the stripe on vein 2 at its end,
broader in cellules 5 and 6, then suddenly narrowing and ending in
a point.

Antennae, head and thorax black. Frons edged with metallic blue
above, collar bordered with metallic blue, patagia tipped with metallic

Zygaenidae from Sumatra, Ceram, and New Guinea 275

blue. Abdomen dark metallic green. Legs black, scaled with metallic
blue.

Length of fore wing: 17 mm.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to
December, one 3.

8. Hterusia semiflava sp. nov.

Allied to visa Doubl., but with basal half of both wings yellow in
they ?®

°. Upperside with proximal half primuline yellow (xvi), distal half
black. Yellow area of fore wing sharply defined, ending well before
vein 2; in two specimens with some brown basal scaling, leaving a
narrow band of yellow. Veins in distal half striped with Brussels
brown (iil). Hind wing with yellow area angled outwards at
vein 4.

Underside of fore wing with basal yellow half and blue-black distal
half. A yellow discoidal spot. Hind wing with distal area greenish-
yellow, bearing blue-black spots; one in end of cell and produced
apically, its upper edge parallel to costa, a small spot near base of
cellule 4, a larger one in 3, and.a still larger one in 2, a streak behind
vein 2, and a more distal spot in Ic.

Head and antennae black; basal segment of antennae, palpi, and
vertex dark metallic blue-green; collar narrowly red, edged with black
and dark metallic blue. Thorax dark metallic blue-green, patagia
yellow. Abdomen deep blue ringed with yellow-white. Legs fuscous,
femora dark metallic blue,

Length of fore wing: 20 mm.

S.W. Sumatra: Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August to September,
1921, five 2 @.

9. Hterusva picturata sp. nov.

Distinguished by the brilliant metallic-blue proximal area of the
hind wing.

3. Upperside of fore wing Vandyke-brown (xxviii), crossed by a
narrow pale-yellow band from costa before the middle to just before
the lower submedian, bent distad at lower edge of cell, and narrowing
posteriorly. Hind wing with proximal half metallic cerulean-blue (viii)
to upper edge of cell and base of vein 2, slightly invaded by the black-
brown colour on the submedian and separated by a black line from a
discal broad band of mustard-yellow (xvi). The yellow discal band

276 Lygaenidae from Sumatra, Ceram, and New Guinea

extends from vein 8 to 2 with a small spot behind this vein, outer edge
deeply indented in cellule 5 and slightly so on veins 2 and 3. Distal
area and margin black to the anal angle.

Underside of fore wing with proximal half glossy Nile-blue (xix),
bordered by a discal pale-yellow band edged with black on inside.
The discal band forms a large spot in the cell and narrows below this
to lower submedian. Distal area black with a subapical band of Nile-
blue from costa to tornus, outer edge slightly curved, inner edge with
a separated spot in upper angle of cell, a projection at vein 2 and at
the tornus. Hind wing as on upperside, but the costa and outer edge
of discal band narrowly bordered with glossy Nile-blue, projecting
slightly on the veins and merging into the basal blue at the anal area.
Discal band broader than above, its inner edge straight and but slightly
bordered with black.

Antenna black, shaft scaled above with metallic bluish-green, basal
segment of same colour. Head black, vertex with metallic bluish-
green, frons metallic-green. Collar red, tegulae and patagia dark-green.
Abdomen dark metallic-green above, black ringed with fuscous below.
Legs bright metallic greenish-blue.

@. Fore wing dark-green overlaying a ground colour of Vandyke-
brown. A pale-yellow discal band as in the 3, but broader and with
a small spot below the lower submedian. Hind wing with paler blue
in proximal area and broader yellow band. Discal band with inner
edge nearly straight, outer edge curved and only indented in cellule 5.

Underside as in 3 but with broader yellow bands and distal blue
areas.

Length of fore wing: ¢ ?, 24 mm.

Central Ceram : Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, one 3 ,
ine 2 2,

10. Pidorus chalybeatus sp. nov.

The first representative of this genus from New Guinea.

3. Upperside of fore wing black crossed by a narrow and sharply
defined white band from costa at base of vein 11 to inner margin before
the tornus, passing through the end of cell and curved slightly outwards
between cell and submedian. Hind wing steely-blue, the shade of dark
Tyrian-blue (xxxiv).

Underside with fuscous-black ground-colour. Fore wing with a
broader white band having a narrower central part as above, the
additional more thinly scaled area mostly in the cell and on the distal

ZLygaenidae from Sumatra, Ceram, and New Guinea 277

edge of the central band. Basal area to inner edge of band dark
Iyrian-blue. Hind wing dark Iyrian-blue with a distal margin of
ground-colour, broader at the apex and narrowing to the anal angle.

Head, thorax, and abdomen black. Antenne black; collar red;
palpi black; legs fuscous-black thinly scaled with metallic blue;
abdomen with some metallic blue scaling on the ventral surface.

Venation of fore wing with 4 and 5 arising from the same point, 6
from a little beyond base of 8.

Length of fore wing: 19 mm.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to
January, three ¢ ¢.

11. Clematoessa virgata sp. nov.

The second known species in this genus. Distinguished by the
yellow apical patch and basal stripe on the fore wing.

This genus is described by Jordan in Nov. Zool. xxii, p. 297, 1915,
from a single female. We are able to describe another species in-
cluding the 3. The ¢% antenna has very long branches.

$. Upperside with ground-colour fuscous-black, markings light
cadmium to apricot yellow (iv). Fore wing with a small apical spot
rounded on the outside, indented on vein 9 on the inside. A large cell
stripe not reaching end of cell, narrow at base and broadening to
beyond upper edge of cell, then becoming narrower and rounded at the
end. Hind wing with a large discal patch filling outer third of cell to
within about 2 mm. of the margin at veins 4 and 5, outer edge nearer
the cell above 5, not reaching 8, and limited by vein 2; inner edge
incurved in the cell, angled before the base of 2.

Underside as above. Cell stripe of fore wing produced towards
lower angle of cell.

Antenna with long branches, longer than in most genera, fuscous-
black. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous-black. Frons projecting,
well rounded. Collar yellow. Patagia fuscous-black mixed with
metallic green. Legs fuscous, striped with metallic blue. Abdomen
yellowish-white on ventral surface.

@. Fore wing markings as in the 3, but larger and deeper in tone.
Hind wing with a broad band of orange (ii1), covering the distal area
between vein 5, and the lower submedian, paler at the anal angle;
inner edge irregular, not reaching base of 2, outer edge sharply marked,
curved slightly outwards from 5, almost reaching 7; anterior part of
band curved proximally.

278 Zygaenidae from Sumatra, Ceram, and New Guinea

Underside as above. Hind wing with the yellow marginal spot
in 7 produced on the margin to join the band at vein 5.

Head metallic green on the vertex. Abdomen on the ventral surface
fuscous, slightly mixed with grey-white. Anal tuft buff. Otherwise
asin the 3.

Length of fore wing: ¢, 21 mm., ?, 30 mm.

Dutch New Guinea: Nomnagihé, 2,000 feet, January, February,
one g,two 2 2.

12. Clematoessa xuthomelas Jord. impuncta subsp. nov.

°. Differs from xzuthomelas in the absence of the cellspot in the
band of the fore wing. Hind wing with only a slight yellow dusting
on the margin between vein 2 and second submedian.

Nomnagihé, 2,000 feet, January to February, one °.

NEW GEOMETRIDAE FROM CENTRAL CERAM.
CommrcnED, BY C.. kh AND Jy PRArm

JB IOOWIs) 18, JEuKO WAY, Ia Ids),

OKNOCHROMINAE.

1. Ozola ramifascia sp. nov.
3 2. 42—46 mm.

Head, collar, patagia, tegulae and part of pectus orange, the face
with a transverse dark band below middle, the palpus dark-mixed on
outer side. Thorax, abdomen and legs dark-drab to blackish, the
venter paler, with some ochreous, somewhat mixed with orange.

Fore wing narrow, but not falcate, termen smooth, blackish ; the
costal edge as far as the band dotted, or minutely strigulated, with
white; an oblique white band from costa somewhat beyond middle
to hind margin close to tornus, its anterior end 2—3 mm. wide, its
posterior 3—5 mm. (usually broad), its proximal edge straightish, its
distal usually with minute irregular teeth and a rather stronger one
at (behind) R*®; a small tapering branch from its proximal edge at
M’ to SM’; a small, usually less pure white patch on hindmargin
just proximal to (generally confluent with) this branch; a terminal
line of the ground-colour; fringe almost concolorous. Hind wing
with the band narrower at costa, broadening rapidly, branching at
or before M’, but with its proximal branch the broader, reaching the
abdominal margin a little beyond the middle, its distal branch variable,
rarely reaching hindmargin, occasionally rudimentary.

Underside the same.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December,
1919, sixty-eight ¢ $, forty-nine ? ¢, including the holotype ¢
and allotype 2; 38,000 feet, January to February, 1920, one 3,
two 2 2 ; 4,000 feet, one 3.

280 New Geometridae from Central Ceram

Probably nearest to albimacula Warr., from Obi, but very distinct,
curiously recalling the totally unrelated Hyposidra albifurcata Warr.
(Nov. Zool. iv, 119), from the Philippines.

2. Pingasa porphyrochrostes sp. nov.

3. 48—50 mm.; 53—56 mm.

Face ochreous-brown, above very slightly darker and more reddish
than below, but without any indication of the blackish transverse band
of larvaria. Palpus nearly as in lariaria, in the ? with the third joint
rather larger. Head and body whitish, the collar and forecoxa tinged
with brown, the abdominal crests mixed with brown on their sides.
Legs largely brownish or infuscated.

Fore wing shaped as in lariaria or with termen very slightly less
oblique ; coloration nearly as in lariaria, but with the irroration less
coarse, particularly in the proximal and median areas, where they appear
more whitish ; antemedian line nearly as in larvaria ; cellmark rather
smaller and less angular, in the ? usually quite weak; postmedian
with corresponding distinctions.

Fore wing beneath in the 3% very strongly, in the ? very faintly
suffused with orange (posteriorly more pinkish), from base to cellmark,
which is here stronger than above; a very broad distal border, shaped
as in lariaria or slightly more sinuous-edged proximally, but very
strongly suffused with purplein the 3, and with slight purple reflections
inthe ?. Hind wing inthe ¢ with well-developed black cellspot, in
the ¢? with slight or moderate indications of the same, occasionally
fairly strong where the discocellulars meet the cellfold ; 3% with proximal
orange shade as in lariaria, 2 with only very feeble suffusions to dis-
tinguish it from that of chlora; distal border in g as purple as that of
fore wing, in ? sometimes almost without purple reflections.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,3 3 3,7 2 2.

The ? might easily be passed over for slightly aberrant chlora except
for the lack of black frontal band, but the ¢ underside is totally dif-
ferent. I suspect it may be a race of manilensis Prout (Nov. Zool. xxi,
1938) provisionally described (overlooking the coloration of the face) as
a race of lariaria. ‘The large size, less irrorate upperside and distinc-
tively coloured underside, however, prevent my definitely associating
porphyrochrostes with manilensis at present. The colouring of the
upperside readily distinguishes the ? from another similar species,
subpurpurea Warr.

New Geometridae from Central Ceram 281

3. Tanaorhinus unipuncta Warr. zoomesta subsp. nov.

$ not essentially different from those (rather rare) aberrations of
wupuncta unipuncta in which the median area is narrowed, the post-
median line not very strongly outbent distally to cell, in the submedian
area approaching (not infrequently meeting) the antemedian. Beneath
quite similarly coloured to wnepuncta unipuncta 3. .

® on an average smaller than that of wnipuncta unipuncta. Deep
green, the fore wing scarcely darker than that of the ¢ (excepting the
brown-speckled part of the median area), thus strikingly different from
the purple-mixed 2 of the name-type, the dark cellmark nearly as
conspicuous as in the ¢@.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
thirteen 3 ¢,twenty-three 2 ?, including the type % and allotype 2;
also one ¢ taken at 4,600 feet, in January, 1920, and one ? 3,000 feet
in February, 1920.

The comparative lack of sexual dimorphism makes this race suggest,
at first glance, the Indo-Malayan representative rafflesii Moore rather
than wnipuncta ; but the sinuous and strongly dentate line of the hind
wing, accompanied proximally by a well-marked blackish spot, the
brightly coloured underside (on the fore wing not, as in rafflesiz, largely
light green) and other characters show unmistakably its real relation-

ship.

4. Anisozyga subvenusta Warr. diargema subsp. nov.

$. 36mm.

Much larger than subvenusta swhvenusta Warr., from New Guinea.

Fore wing rather more vivid green, with the white markings purer
and more extended, only the white spot in the end of the cell reduced,
beneath with the dark posterior end of the subterminal line thickened.
Hind wing also with the white markings extended, especially in
abdominal area; no subapical dark spot; beneath with the subapical
dark spot much reduced, on the other hand with traces of continuation
recalling the subterminal band of sublitwrata, though very much less
strong.

Central Ceram, 4,600 feet, January, 1920.

May probably prove a separate species, but the unique specimen is
not in perfectly fresh condition,

282 New Geometridae from Central Ceram

5. Spaniocentra stictoschema sp. nov.

{5 By ware,

Face dull red. Palpus reddish above, dirty white beneath. Vertex
white. Occiput narrowly red. Antennal shaft white proximally,
reddish distally ; pectinations ochreous. Thorax above green, beneath
white. Abdomen above red-brown, mixed with white towards
extremity, the paired white subdorsal spots of the third and fourth
segments well separated by the ground colour at the suture and
slightly edged with ochre-yellow on their proximal and _ posterior
sides; beneath white; anal tufts well developed. Legs whitish ;
hind tibia strongly dilated, the spurs rudimentary.

Fore wing with termen stongly angled at R°—shape more extreme
than in undiferata Walk., but not quite as in gibbosa Prout s ; DC?
with the inward angle rectangular (about as in gibbosa) ; bright green ;
costal edge snow-white, ending in small subterminal spots and con-
tinued finely in reddish to apex; antemedian and postmedian lines
comparatively well developed, especially as red-brown spots or teeth
on the veins; antemedian from one-fourth costa to near middle of
hindmargin weak between M? and SM’; celldot large, not mixed with
black; another, rather less large, dot anteriorly thereto (on DC?) ;
postmedian line dentate, oblique outwards from two-thirds costa to
R', then parallel with termen to M’; tornal blotch represented by two
purplish-centred spots, a round-oval one between the medians and a
crescentic one at tornus; terminal line fine, reddish, with small
purple-mixed triangular extensions on the veins; fringe light ochreous-
brown, dark-spotted at the veins. Hind wing rather narrow and
elongate, the tooth at R® pronounced; abdominal flap white, some-
what expanded, long-fringed; the rest as on fore wing but without
antemedian line. Underside whitish-green, unmarked except for the
subterminal spots of fore wing, which are grey; fringes as above.

? rather larger, broader-winged, the fore wing very little bent at
R®, the red-brown markings lighter and brighter, those at tornus of
fore-wing and apex of hind wing considerably extended ; hind tibia
with all spurs present.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, x-xii, 19, type 3s and
Wares 2 2.

Nearest gibbosa Prout, cellspots lurger, red, markings stronger,
red-mixed, white costa not underlined with red except at extreme
base, tornal blotch subobsolete above as well as beneath, 2 much
less eccentric in shape.

New Geometridae from Central Ceram 283

6. Thalassodes retusa sp. nov.

@ 2, 444) iaowan,

Face green. Palpusin ¢ 14, with third joint fully half as long as
second; in @ nearly 2, with third joint nearly as long as second ;
green, white beneath. Vertex white; occiput green. Antennal shaft
white proximally, then pale green. Thorax above deep green, beneath
greenish-white. Abdomen white, broadly green dorsally on first few
segments, the green then narrowing, scarcely tinging the last segments.
Legs predominantly white, the fore and middle legs tinged with reddish-
ochreous on inner side; fore tibia thickened, the tufts of hair on
underside in the 3 stronger than in the allies; hind tibia not dilated,
the spurs not shortened.

Fore wing with R* well forward, DC® markedly incurved, M' con-
nate ; blue-green (rather darker than in veraria Guen., falsaria Prout,
&c.), with very fine white strigulation; costal edge whitish-buff; lines
white fine, obsolete costally, otherwise moderately distinct ; antemedian
oblique, about as in the allies; postmedian nearly straight, slightly
less nearly parallel with termen than in most of the group, reaching
hindmargin at two-thirds; fringe cream-buff, tinged with greenish
proximally. Hind wing with termen only very weakly bent at R®; the
white discal mark extremely slender to subobsolete; postmedian rather
firm though fine, nearly straight to the usual bend at M', then
straightish or waved to abdominal margin ; fringe as on fore wing.

Underside pale-green with DC*—® slightly whiter; costal margin
of fore wing and fringes cream-colour.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
one ¢, three 2 2.

Kasily distinguished from falsarva Prout by its larger size, deeper
colour, much more bluntly bent hind wing, besides other slighter
differences. The only member of the group in which the hind wing is
quite so obtusely angled, is the red-faced clarifimbria Prout from
Ceylon.

7. Thalassodes hypocrites Prout vivida subsp. nov.

32 5

Hind wing slightly broader than in hypocrites hypocrites (Assam to
Singapore), the angle at R® not sharp. Ground-colour brighter green,
rather more opaque, but appearing less smooth, the white irroration
and strigulation being rather more developed, Termen without black

284 New Geometridae from Central Ceram

dots at veins, the white spots of the fringe encroaching minutely on to
the wing.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
3 type, ? allotype and two ? 2 paratypes.

8. Prasinocyma punctulata leucogramma subsp. nov.

Oe 32-54 1e nam’:

On an average somewhat larger, and of a brighter bluish-green
than punctulata punctulata Warr. (Nov. Zool. x, 357, New Guinea),
but only differing constantly in the presence of a conspicuous white
dorsal line on the abdomen.

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919, avery long series,
but only eight of them ¢ 3. Alsotwo 2 ? 4,600 feet, January, 1920.

9. Prasinocyma simplex Warr. 3.

This species was described (Nov. Zool. xix, 78) from two ° ? from
the Arfak mountains and again three pages later (as Pyrrhaspis reversa)
from one 2 from the Snow mountains. JBesides these, the Tring
museum has a second Snow mountains ?. The ¢@ has hitherto
remained unknown.

3. 47 mm.

Palpus with third joint moderately elongate (rather over one-half).
Antenna pectinate to about two-thirds, with long, coarse, Thalassodes-
like branches. Hind tibia not dilated.

Fore wing relatively slightly shorter than that of the ?, hind wing
with the termen slightly less convex. Similar in colour (or slightly
deeper green) and in markings, but with the fringe strongly reddened,
in its proximal half mixed with dark-grey.

Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, October to November, 1919.

Three ? ?, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
agree with the New Guinea form.

10. Prasinocyma limpida sp. nov.

?. 34mm.

Face green. Palpus about 2, third joint somewhat fusiform, nearly
1; green, beneath white. Vertex and antenna white. Occiput green.
Thorax and abdomen green above, white beneath.

Fore wing with SC! anastomosing with C, R' stalked ; costal edge
buff; wing otherwise subdiaphanous, whitish green, irrorated in varying

New Geometridae from Central Ceram 285

degrees with deeper green, which forms a discal dot at the end of cell-
fold, faint indications of an anterior one at base of R*, a vague basal
patch reaching nearly to the antemedian, and moderately broad but
ill-defined bands in the median area adjoining the lines; the lines
themselves very faintly indicated in whitish, rather widely separated,
the antemedian gently curved, the postmedian weakly lunulate-dentate,
a little incurved at costa, otherwise fairly direct, slightly less oblique
than termen; fringe more whitish green. Hind wing rather broad,
the abdominal margin only moderately elongate, termen very weakly
bent at R®, M! very shortly stalked; costal margin whitish; antemedian
line wanting, postmedian bent at R®—M"', the rest as on fore wing.

Fore wing beneath green, at base yellower-green costally, costal
edge buff, the distal area and fringe almost white. Hind wing almost
white, with the celldot and postmedian band greener.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919.

If the wing shape be valid as differential (as assumed by me in
Gen. Ins.) this cannot be placed in Gelasma, with which it agrees in
facies; but it is becoming increasingly doubtful whether the present
classification will hold: Gelasma balteata Warr. with more crenulate
margins and more contrasted colouring, has much in common with it.

11. Gelasma pervicax sp. nov.
3. 26 mm.

Face green. Palpus fully 13, third joint fully half second; green,
beneath white. Vertex white; occiput green. Antennal shaft white
proximally ; pectinations long and heavy, as in a T’halassodes, continued
to beyond two-thirds. Body above green, the abdominal segments
with slight white edging; beneath white. Legs white, the fore leg
in part green; hind tibia with all spurs well developed, tarsus 3 or
almost #.

Fore wing with SC’ anastomosing with C and touching SC’, R!
just stalked; green, moderately opaque, costal edge narrowly vinaceous-
buff; a darker green celldot; lines whitish, rather deeply lunulate-
dentate in reverse directions, the tips of the teeth accentuated in purer
white; fringe whitish blue-green. Hind wing fairly broad, termen
faintly waved, the tooth at R® not strong; M!’ very shortly stalked ;
as fore wing but without first line.

Fore wing beneath scarcely paler green, with costal edge as above,
and with not very sharply defined whitish distal border of about

2 mm. width, spreading posteriorly. Hind wing beneath whitish.
19

286 New Geometridae from Central Ceram

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919.
Near submixta Warr., differing—apart from the structure—in
having the celldots and lines stronger.

12. Metallochlora militaris T. P. Luc. apicalis subsp. nov.
ae

Fore wing with the terminal dark dashes more elongate than in
M. militaris T. P. Luc., at the apex extended into a conspicuous,
proximally red-mixed spot. Hind wing with the red celldot minute
or wanting (perhaps inconstant). Both wings beneath with con-
spicuous apical spot, considerably enlarged.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
type and paratype.

13. Hemithea dorsiflavata sp. nov.
2. all snjan,

Face brownish-olive. Palpus over 2, with third joint as long as
second; some dark grey admixture on outer side; beneath whitish.
Vertex mixed white and buff; occiput green. ‘Thorax and base and
5th—7th segments of abdomen dorsally green; abdomen otherwise
whitish, tinged with buff, on upperside clouded with more yellowish buff;
crests strong, whitish buff. Fore leg smoky on upper and inner sides.

Fore wing with termen nearly smooth, DC® incurved, SC! free,
R' just stalked, M! connate; grey-green with some blue or violet
iridescence, least developed in median area; costal edge ochreous-buff,
dotted with black-grey; lines whitish; antemedian at rather beyond
one-third, moderately excurved in cell, slightly at fold; postmedian
strengthened by whiter veindots, placed rather beyond two-thirds,
inbent at R? and incurved between M!' and SM’; terminal line scarcely
darkened, interrupted by minute veindots; fringe with a very pale
line at base. Hind wing rather narrow, termen waved, the tooth at R*
moderately strong ; antemedian line wanting ; DC’ slightly darkened,
with a very small and inconspicuous whitish mark at its proximal
side; postmedian nearly as on fore wing, rather more projecting at R*
and M'; terminal white dots rather stronger than on fore wing.

Underside whitish green, almost unmarked; costal edge of fore
wing pale-buff, not dotted; on hind wing an apical grey shade faintly
indicated.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919.

Can be placed between quadripunctata Warr. and undifera Walk.

New Geometridae from Central Ceram 287

STERRHINAE.

14. Anisodes pauper Butl. egens subsp. nov.

@. 384—86 mm.

Smaller than pawper pauper (New Guinea and eastwards to the
Solomons), shghtly narrower-winged, of a more fleshy tone, the cell-
mark of the hind wing reduced to a dot, the terminal dots of both wings
beneath not connected by dark shading.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
type and paratype.

Possibly a separate species.

15. Anisodes acrobeles sp. nov.

&, Ail sanyan,

Face rosy. Palpus rather over 2, third joint as long as second;
pale, the upper and outer side rosy, slightly mixed with black, beneath
white. Head whitish brown. Thorax and abdomen concolorous with
wings, the abdomen above more vinaceous. Hind leg glabrous, tibia
rather short, with three crowded spurs, tarsus long.

Fore wing rather elongate, apex pointed, termen very faintly crenu-
late; areole present; pale fleshy-brown, with very slight dull-red
irroration ; rather paler costally and between median and postmedian
lines; a black celldot; lines represented by red, black-mixed veindots
or short dashes; antemedian with that on SM” much more proximal ;
postmedian rather distally placed, curving slightly proximal from M?’
inwards ; the spot on R* considerably more proximal, slightly elongate ;
a rather weak grey median shade, rather more incurved posteriorly than
the post-median; faint grey shades defining the subterminal; termen
with dots at and between the veins. Hind wing correspondingly
marked ; in addition, a dark mark on base of SC.

Under side paler, especially on fore wing posteriorly and on hind
wing, the fore wing anteriorly with a vinaceous tinge; fore wing with
a small celldot and a median shade; both wings with postmedian dots;
terminal dots connected by a line.

? similar, palpus slightly longer. Sometimes (ab. argyrostigma
ab. nov.) with cellspots white, black-ringed, that of the hind wing larger,
more elongate.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
ome o &, ious 22,

Nearest penumbrata Warr., rather narrower, dots more elongate,
proximal markings of fore wing beneath more obsolete, «Kc.

288 New Geometridae from Central Ceram

16. Scopula montivaga sp. nov.

3. 35 mm.

Face and palpus black, narrowly pale below. Head and body very
pale brown, above irrorated (excepting the vertex and tegulae) with
black; collar browner. Antenna with rudimentary pectinations (not
as long as diameter of shaft), bearing long fascicles of fine cilia. Fore
and middle legs blackened on inner side; hind tibia dilated, with a
strong whitish hair-pencil from femoro-tibial joint, tarsus a little
shorter, but not greatly abbreviated.

Fore wing with apex moderate, termen oblique, very slightly curved,
almost smooth; very pale brown, with fine but rather strong black
irroration ; celldot sharply black ; lines warmer-brown, the antemedian
and postmedian very fine, but accentuated by black veindots, the median
shade thicker, clearer, just beyond the celldot, but projecting, some slight
suffusion around this; antemedian angled outward in cell; postmedian
nearer to termen than to celldot, rather oblique outward from costa to
R', gently incurved between radials and at fold, the black dots placed
at its distal side and slightly elongate; termen with black interneural
dots; fringe with smaller dots opposite the veins. Hind wing with
termen slightly waved, feebly bent at R’; similar to fore wing but with
antemedian line wanting ; median and postmedian rather more proximal,
the former—by a very slight inward curve—preceding the celldot.

Underside with the ground colour whiter, the irroration in part
(especially on hind wing) feeble or obsolete, but with the fore wing as
far as to the median shade suffused with smoke-colour (at base of costa
black) ; antemedian wanting ; median on fore wing smoky, on hind wing
nearly obsolete; postmedian on both wings smoky, with black veindots
as above; termen and fringe as above. :

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919.

Perhaps related to sordida Warr. (Nov. Zool., 11, 93), but with the
pectinations much shorter, the hind tibia shorter, the radial cloudings
wanting, &c.

LARENTIINAE.
17. Gonanticlea subcaesia Warr. neutralis subsp. nov.

Da:

Hind wing and underside of the nondescript purple-grey hue of that
of sublustris or of the African meridionata Walk., instead of the deeper
blue-grey colouring of name-typical swbcaesia from Dutch and British
New Guinea

New Geometridae from Central Ceram 289

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919.

Although the palpus is not quite so long as in typical Gonanticlea
and the termen of the fore wing not bent in the middle, I think this
species has more in common with Gonanticlea than with Anticlea (type
derivata Schiff.).

18. Xanthorhoé callisthenes sp. nov.

3. 384-37 mm.

Frontal cone well developed. Palpus rather long (almost 2), heavily
scaled. Antennal pectination long, ceasing after about the thirty-
second joint. Head and body pale-grey tinged with fleshy-ochreous,
above with rufous irroration, beneath pale, with the irroration fuscous.
Abdomen above with posterior edges of segments pale, preceded by ill-
defined dark marks.

Fore wing whitish-grey, slightly glossy, with varying suffusions,
throughout with more or less strong rufous irroration; basal patch
narrowing to hindmargin, predominantly red, bounded by a lunulate
whitish line; succeeding area reddish in proximal half, more ochreous
in distal; median band broad, edged by fine whitish lines, which are
indented on the veins; anterior half of the band considerably broader
than posterior, central part generally pale (containing the somewhat
elongate black cellmark), each margin containing three blackish lines
(in places connected by dark suffusion), the first of the postmedian
series very strongly oblique inwards anteriorly, nearly meeting the last
antemedian at costa; the commencement of a zigzag red-brown line at
costa beyond median band; subterminal white, interrupted, partly
defined by greyish cloudings; a paler patch proximally to it, between
SC?’ and R? and some pale dots on most of the veins; a small oblique
whitish apical dash ; terminal line moderate, cut by pale dots at the
veins and midway between; fringe with dark spots opposite the veins.
Hind wing less rufous, except the abdominal margin, tornus and fringe;
markings not strong, not reaching costa, consisting of a pair of grey
lines about middle, three lunulate-dentate lines enclosing two paler ones
(representing the “rivulet” band of the Larentiinae) and a few white
subterminal dots.

Both wings beneath strongly rufous-shaded, with black cellmark ;
the principal lines beyond represented in dark-grey, the distal boundary
of median band (indistinctly) in whitish, the subterminal by whitish

dots.

290 New Geometridae from Central Ceram

@ more uniformly rufous.

Central Ceram : Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
iOue OS, tome 2 2,

Nearest to dissociata Warr. (Nov. Zool. iv, 73, Luzon), distinguish-
able at once by the anteriorly more excurved postmedian lines, especially
the first one. Like that species, it is evidently variable, especially in
the ¢ ; two are redder than the described type, less unlike the ?
form, the fourth is a very beautiful aberration with the pale parts
almost clear white—ab. albifusa ab. nov.

19. Xanthorhoé hedyphaes sp. nov.

Boy inoiaay,

Structure of the preceding. Head and body darker greyish, the
irroration being predominantly blackish, the rufous elements weak and
dull (red-brown). Thorax above in part olive-green. Abdomen above
with paired black spots.

Fore wing green, with the markings blackish; basal patch less
oblique-edged than in callisthenes, with a rather deep indentation on M,
posteriorly much mixed with green; some dark and whitish costal
irroration between this and the median band; median band constricted
in middle, the antemedian line being deeply excurved; postmedian
rather strongly lunulate-dentate; enclosed area variegated, somewhat
mixed with red-brown anteriorly, then with green (including a small
black cellmark); a black longitudinal mark in posterior half of cell,
and between R? and R*, behind this some white irroration, finally a
green admixture at hindmargin; distal area mostly clear green, but
with a variegated (predominantly red-brown) patch at costa and some
clear white, dark-edged subterminal dots or dashes in the anterior part
(as far as R®) and again near tornus; apical dash and terminal line as
in callisthenes ; fringe rufescent, with dark spots opposite the veins.
Hind wing grey, with traces of alternately paler and darker wavy (or
somewhat punctiform) lines in outer part; terminal line and fringe
paler and less marked in anterior part than posteriorly.

Both wings beneath more as hind wing above, but with moderately
distinct cellspot and postmedian line.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919.

20. Xanthorhoé pratti sp. nov.
So BL wayan,

Structure as in the two preceding. Head and body coloured as in

New Geometridae from Central Ceram 291

hedyphaés, the thorax almost without green admixture, the black dorsal
spots in abdomen less strong (in the paratype almost obsolete).

Wings similar to those of hedyphaés, except as noted below.

Fore wing nowhere clear green, only in the subbasal area, and in a
narrow band beyond the median shaded with brownish olive; basal
patch more uniformly mixed with red-brown, less deeply indented at
M; an ill-defined band in the succeeding area; median band shaped
more nearly as in callisthenes but less broad, especially at hindmargin,
where it is not, or scarcely, half so broad as at costa; its colour is less
variegated than in hedyphaés, the black longitudinal shade weak; the
white defining lines broader; the white subterminal line continuous,
though rather irregular, weakly lunulate-dentate, accompanied proxi-
mally and distally by irregular brown shadings, and proximally between
the radials by well-developed black spots; a small white spot at mid-
termen ; terminal line broken into sharply-defined pairs of black dots.
Hind wing with a pair of fine grey central lines indicated, recalling
those of callisthenes ; postmedian lines excurved behind middle.

Underside rather more heavily dusted than in hedyphaés, at least
on hindwing; postmedian of both wings excurved at or behind middle.

@. 384—35 mm.

Slightly darker, median band of fore wing considerably broader.
Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
two ¢ S,two 2 g.
GEOMETRINAHE.

21. Bordeta posticigutta sp. nov.

3. 46—47 mm.

Face and palpus blackish-brown, palpus paler beneath. Antenna
with fascicles of cilia slightly over 1. Thorax above blackish,
beneath orange-yellow. Abdomen orange-yellow, with narrow black
belts posteriorly on the second to fourth tergites and confluent patches
on the fifth to seventh, joining an anal one. Femora and tibiae in
part (chiefly beneath) orange.

Fore wing not narrowed, venation not distorted, cell about half,
SC? coincident, connected by a bar with stalk of SC**; black-brown;
markings white, very slightly sprinkled with pale orange-yellow
scales; a small or moderate, rather oblique patch in cell near its
end, posteriorly crossing M, on which, however, it is sometimes dotted
with blackish; a narrower, usually longer patch from C to R?® or M?,

292 New Geometridae from Central Ceram

attenuated anteriorly, crossing the base of SC’, tapering posteriorly ;
a small spot at M* close to termen; often also a minute one on SM?,
slightly more proximal. Hind wing bright orange-yellow, with brown-
black (before C greyer) distal border, which is about 7 mm. wide in
anterior part, gradually tapers from radial fold to tornus (where it is
less than 3mm.) and encloses a small or moderate posterior orange-
yellow spot.

Underside the same, only with the forewing—especially posteriorly
—slightly paler,

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
type and 13 paratypes; 4,600 feet, January, 1920, 4 paratypes.

Broader-winged than lemnia, R! of fore wing not stalked, macula-
tion of abdomen and wings quite distinct. From tricolor Warr., and
klosst Roths., apart from other differences, it is distinguishable by the
uniformly dark tegulae. The markings of the fore wing vary between
white and pale buff, as well as varying in size; subtornal spot of
hind wing also variable in size.

22. Hucharidema apora sp. nov.

3.

Similar to trichroa Roths. and Jord. Fore wing with the band
white in all the known examples, not broader beneath than above.
Hind wing with red-orange band very variable but always much
reduced, never reaching the costal margin; in the extreme in one
direction (labelled 8/8), vide Bull. Hill Mus. 1, 7, it is only 1 mm.
wide and does not cross R® forward, while in the other extreme (1/8)
it widens to almost 4 mm. at R’*, thence tapering rapidly, continuing
extremely attenuated from R' to C.

Central Ceram: 4,600 feet, January, 1920, 8 ¢ 3%, the holotype
labelled 1/8; Manusela, 6,000 feet, 3 ¢ 3, October to December, 1919.

2 6
The ¢, which must surely belong here, in spite of remarkable
differences in venation, has the structural characters of a simple
Craspedosis or Milionia, SC '® (coincident) of the fore wing arising
from the cell and running free midway between C and SC *°, R?
from middle (or slightly before middle) of discocellulars. Fore wing
with the band usually creamy-white (slightly less pure than in the
3), on an average broader (but variable), slightly more distal, or at
least more oblique outwards, forking about M’, its proximal and
more slender branch (which, however, may become obsolete or be

New Geometridae from Central Ceram 293

interrupted) running to hindmargin near tornus, its distal (rarely
interrupted, never obsolete) towards hind margin, which it almost
(but never quite) reaches between M”’ and fold; in one aberration
there is also a small white spot in the cell, near its end. Hind wing
with the orange band less variable than in the 3, averaging about
2 mm. in width, just crossing R°.

Note.—In Rothschild and Jordan’s original description of this
Senucm (Dy tne Ay LOOv pa lO7). second, and third radials) ais) a
laps. cal. for “first and second.”’

@, ab. dichroa ab. nov. Band of fore wing orange.

Central Ceram, 4,600 feet, four ? ? typical, four ab. dichroa ;
Manusela, 6,000 feet, nine ? 2 typical, one ab. dichroa.

The ¢ forms much resemble the enigmatical Craspedosis bicolorata
Warr. (see supra), but differ in the clearer, differently shaped markings
(that of hind wing not so reduced) and in the lack of yellow on abdo-
men posteriorly beneath. Probably fractwra Prout is really nearer to
apora than is trichroa, but its 2 is still unknown; in that of trichroa
the venation agrees with that of the ¢.

23. Milionia leucomelas Montrz., scotomelas sp. nov.

3.

The yellow band of the hind wing above greatly reduced, forming
a short triangle which tapers to a point at M* or R® and is generally
much dusted over with black scales, in extreme aberrations entirely
suppressed, as in the ? ; beneath generally with hardly a suggestion
of yellow scaling.

Bo

Hind wing above and beneath entirely black, or rarely with a
yellow subtornal dot. Abdomen with the black belts commonly much
broadened, reducing the yellow to very narrow rings.

Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January to February, 1920, six 3$ 3
five 2 2, including the type & and the allotype ?; 4,600 feet,
January, 1920; one ¢, two 22.

M. leucomelas Montrz. (Faune Woodlark, p. 131, 1856) is the
oldest name for the collective species which has commonly been
called callimorpha Oberth.; Jlewcomelas leucomelas supplants calli-
morpha brevis Roths.

294 New Geometridae from Central Ceram

24, Milionra talboti sp. nov.
3. 43—48 mm.

Hye hairy. Head and body black, with strong admixture of blue
or green according to the angle of light) metallic scaling.

Fore wing black with deep-purple gloss and with short or moderate
streaks of metallic blue (or green) along proximal part of M and of
SM’; an elongate scarlet spot just outside cell, in one aberration
reaching C anteriorly and crossing M’ posteriorly, but usually shorter ;
sometimes also a small scarlet dot before SM? about 3 mm. from
termen. Hind wing black with the purple-blue suffusion somewhat
stronger, the proximal streaks of metallic blue extending to middle of
wing or rather beyond, sometimes broad and more or less confluent
and extended anteriorly ; occasionally with a small red mark at SC?—
R* close to termen (in one example present above and beneath, in one
beneath only).

Underside with the proximal blue more extended and less shot with
green, the red markings of upperside reproduced.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
sIx 3 oS.

Fore wing in general with more, hind wing with less blue than in
rubrifascia Joicey and Talbot, the red band shorter.

25. Milionia lacteisticta sp. nov.
Ge G4 woven,

Eye with the hair excessively minute. Face rougher than in typical
Milionia, palpus shortish, the second joint with some projecting hair
beneath. Antennal ciliation normal. Hind tibia not dilated. Head
and body black, slightly mixed with blue; fourth, fifth and sixth
segments ventrally, the latter two also laterally, bright yellow.

Fore wing rather long and narrow, termen scarcely oblique ante-
riorly, moderately oblique posteriorly; fovea wanting; R' shortly
stalked with SC**; brownish-black, shot with blue at base; a cream-
white spot beyond middle of cell, about 1 mm. wide anteriorly, (at SC),
tapering and becoming rather oblique posteriorly, just crossing M;
fringe whitish. Hind wing strongly shot with blue except at margin ;
an elongate cream-white midcostal spot, bounded posteriorly with SC;
fringe whitish.

Fore wing beneath rather less dark, suffused proximally (to end of
cell) and posteriorly as far as tornus with grey-blue; spot in cell purer

New Geometridae from Central Ceram 295

white than above and with a narrow bluish-white circumscription
which makes it appear larger. Hind wing with white costal patch,
otherwise blue to beyond end of cell and to tornus; a brownish-grey
distal border, separated in its broad anterior part from the blue colour
by an ill-defined patch.
Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919.
The exact systematic position somewhat doubtful.

26. Milionia dispar sp. nov.
2, Bl —Bo warn,

Structure of the preceding, the female antennal ciliation very short;
R' of fore wing separate or connate, not stalked. Head and body
coloured as in the preceding, the yellow abdominal patch of the female
much duller (reddish-buff), and extended to anus.

3. Wings shaped nearly as in the preceding. Fore wing brownish-
black, shot with blue at base; a large orange patch proximally to
middle, its main portion roughly oval but flattened anteriorly, (at C),
running rather obliquely outward (so that its distal edge crosses M near
the end of the rather long cell), nearly reaching to SM’; variable
extensions of this patch proximally; a slender, strongly curved orange
band well beyond cell, reaching from SC’ to fold; fringe whitish.
Hind wing broadly black apically and terminally, shot with blue on
abdominal margin; a large orange patch from base, reaching costally
to beyond two-thirds, posteriorly to fold, its distal extremity 3—4 mm.
from termen; fringe whitish.

Underside similar, the distal borders in places suffused with
brownish.

?. Wings similarly shaped. Fore wing with the orange parts
much paler (whitish-buff), ampler, the extensions of the proximal blotch
reaching the base; termen broadly suffused with orange-brown, leaving
irregular dark streaks on the veins. Hind wing with the orange parts
of the male similarly lightened, the apical and distal border entirely
dull orange. Both wings predominantly dull orange; fore wing with
costal edge, discal band and abdominal margin irregularly dark blue-
grey, proximal area in one example whitish-buff; bind wing also
paler proximally, a large triangular area at abdominal margin, dark
blue-grey.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
two 3 3, two g 2.

296 New Geometridae from Central Ceram

27. Ctuimene ocreata sp. nov.
3. 37-41 mm.; 3, 40—44 mm.

Head, body and legs black; tegulae orange.

Fore wing banded, black and orange; basal patch black, extremely
obliquely bounded, only 2 or 3 mm. wide at costa, 5 mm. or more at
hindmargin, sometimes narrowly joined along hindmargin to next
black band ; succeeding band light orange, fading to whitish buff; a
broad (5—8 mm. variable) black band from beyond middle of costa to
tornus, its proximal edge somewhat sinuous, often indented at fold, or
sometimes behind SM’, its distal edge very gently excurved between
R' and M’, meeting terminal black line before M*; a narrow or
moderate leg-and-foot-shaped orange subapical band, the sole of the
foot running close to termen from R’, the toe between M' and M’;
termen and fringe black. Hind wing orange; abdominal margin
broadly black ; termen narrowly black; fringe black.

Under side the same.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December,
1919, eleven ¢ 3, twenty-five ? ?, including the type and allotype ;
3,000 feet, December, 1919, one ¢ ; January to February, one ¢,
WO 2 24

An aberration—represented by the ¢ from 3,000 feet, January to
February, 1920, and one ¢ from Manusela—has an orange spot in the
middle of the black band (behind the base of R°).

28. Abraxas monychata Feld: ceramensis subsp. nov.
Abraxas albiquadrata Roths., Nov. Zool. 22, 217 (1915) (nec Warr.).

& Bo

Fore wing with some orange basal and subbasal spots, one of the
latter (behind base of cell) extending a little along SM’. Hind wing
with the white band reaching abdominal margin. Differs on the hind
wing from those specimens of monychata arfaki Beth.-Bak. in which
the post-discal white band of fore wing is uninterrupted in retaining
the white subbasal band, or at least traces of it.

Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January to February, 1920, type ¢ and
two ? @.

Felder’s type was merely labelled “ Moluccas’ and may have come
from Celebes, but I am provisionally uniting it with albiquadrata from
the North Moluccas (though it is a very different aberration), which
has the abdominal margin of the hind wing black, &c.

New Geometridae from Central Ceram 297

29. Arycanda hoopis sp. nov.
2. 42—45 mm.

Face grey. Palpus and vertex darker grey. Thorax and abdomen
grey, shaded with bluish, especially dorsally.

Fore wing relatively rather short; cell fully one-half; glossy light
grey-blue, the costal margin somewhat irrorated with black, especially
at base ; some black spots or rudimentary lines near base ; lines black ;
antemedian at one-fifth, not very strong, more or less macular; very
large (circ. 8 mm. in diameter) deep black cellspot, shortly followed by
the postmedian line, which is nearly perpendicular from costa to R’,
here angled, then gently incurved, and is very fine and weak except at
the veins, where it is cut by longitudinal short dashes or dots; a very
broad black border, nearly reaching the postmedian; fringe grey,
mottled with black. Hind wing with cell 4 or slightly over; as fore
wing (the cellspot slightly less large). Underside without the lines;
cellspots and borders as above.

Central Ceram, 4,600 feet, January, 1920, type and three other
2 2? in coll. Joicey; also a rather smaller example of the same sex
(88 mm.) taken at 3,000 feet, January to February, 1920.

30. Arycanda tenebrica sp. nov.
SL, 40-0 saasan,

Head and body mixed slate-grey and brown-grey, anal tuft tinged
with ochreous ; abdomen dorsally with indication of paired dark spots.
Antennal ciliation in ¢ slightly over 1, in ¢ slightly under 1.

Fore wing with fovea in ¢ rather less strong than in hypanis
Cram., in ? almost wanting; slate-grey, darker than in hypanis, the
black markings numerous and heavy; vague basal irroration or macula-
tion ; a subbasal band of rather large spots, acutely angulated outward
in cell, then oblique inward; a thick, curved, antemedian line; a rather
large cellspot (less large than in hypanis) ; the succeeding line still
more excurved round cellspot than in hypanis, incurved to fold; two
rows of long thick interneural marks beyond, weakened—especially the
distal—in cellule 3, sometimes partly confluent, the distal row reaching
the subterminal; terminal interneural marks, less strongly developed
than in hypanis; fringe concolorous. Hind wing with the costal
margin almost as clear as in hypanis, unmarked as far as postmedian
line, the rest concolorous with fore wing; median (antemedian) line
curved or bent; cellspot and markings beyond nearly as on fore

298 New Geometridae from Central Ceram

wing, the postmedian more macular, the two series beyond more
rounded.
Underside with cellspots and dark borders, recalling that of bodpis.
Central Ceram, 4,600 feet, January, 1920, type and paratype 3,
allotype and paratype ? ; Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December,
1919, three 2 2.

31. Hypochrosis agalma sp. nov.
&, s4——3y7 imma, 8 2 4 inv,

Face olivaceous, in lower half overlaid with red-ochre, in upper half
with black. Palpus orange, distally red on outer side. Vertex
blackish. Body orange, overlaid dorsally (except at anal end) with
blackish.

Fore wing rather less acute than in festivaria Fabr.; ochreous,
tinged (particularly along SC) with orange, and rather strongly,
but irregularly, strigulated with dark grey; strigulation heavy and
black-mixed in costal region (except at apex); markings very dark
green, almost black; proximal patch slightly variable, at hindmargin
occupying approximately the second quarter, in its distal half
suggesting a neck, its anterior half broadening distally, forming a rough
figure of a head, with flattened crown (behind SC) and more or less
projecting nose and chin (between bases of medians); distal patch
irregularly oval, oblique, placed between SC° and R*; a pale shade
distally to the “neck,” a slaty-grey cloud distally to the “‘nose and
chin”’; fringe orange, from apex to behind SC° blackish. Hind wing
broadly orange costally, narrowly orange at abdominal margin; the
rest concolorous with fore wing, with a black-green posterior patch,
large, but less so than in festivaria.

Underside bright orange, shghtly reddish. Fore wing with costal
edge yellow, with a few blackish dots; an irregular black-grey shade
embracing the anterior part of proximal patch (in cell), the distal patch
and the dark grey cloud; fringe as above. Hind wing unmarked.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
3S gi I 2.

Walker’s iwmbutaria, of which I only know the original 3 ? @
(Mysol and Aru), is slightly smaller than the ¢ of agalma, face
unicolorous ochreous, wings more fawn, with the markings much
weaker, differently shaped ; nundata Feld. (perhaps from Celebes only,
though Felder’s type is registered from “‘ Moluccas’’), is longer-winged,

New Geometridae from Central Ceram 299

with only weak remnants of the fore wing markings and these costal,
and I cannot think Swinhoe right in sinking it; chlorophora Warr.
(Nov. Zool. 4, 120, from Wetter) is another relative.

32. Hypochrosis pachiaria Walk. obnubilata subsp. nov.
2, O5—Os mim,

Larger and more deeply coloured than pachiaria pachiaria from
India, Burma, the Andamans, and Hainan, the “ rufous”’ areas strong,
considerably mixed with slate-grey or violet-grey (in one aberration
predominantly slaty).

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October to December, 1919,
es Ss

Variation slight. The very variable miliaria Swinh., from the
Nilgiris, which I agree with Swinhoe in regarding as a separate species
(rounder-winged, etc.), occasionally throws aberrations somewhat
resembling obnubilata but which cannot be confused with it. The new
race, or a closely similar one, occurs also in Dutch New Guinea, but as
I have only 2 ¢ 2? andl 3 before me, I leave dealing with them for a
future occasion.

300

NEW FORMS OF MOTHS FROM NEW GUINEA
AND SOUTH AMERICA.

BY Je de DOI YGAN Ds Gs WAS Oar

ARCTIIDAH.
1. Depalpata pridgeoni sp. nov.

The second species known of this very curious genus, described by
Lord Rothschild in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 3, p. 488 (1919), from
British New Guinea,

3. Upperside of fore wing deep-black. A white, curved, comma-
shaped subbasal stripe from vein 4—9. Hind wing glossy cyaneous.
A large, white, somewhat oblong discal patch, between veins 3 and 7,
inner edge close to the angle of the discocellulars. A small, white,
subbasal spot on lower edge of cell. Some fuscous hair at base.

Underside of fore wing blue-black with white markings as above.
Stripes of fuscous-black modified scales in 1c, 2 and 3, and outer
margin narrowly bordered with similar scales. Hind wing blue-black
with discal spot as above. Subbasal spot larger than above, crossing
the cell, area between vein 3 and inner marginal fold covered with
tuscous-black modified scales to within a third from base.

Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax black. Collar and sides of pectus
orange-yellow. Abdomen metallic cyaneous, with orange lateral and
anal tufts, laterally deep-black, ventrally fuscous-black with bluish
tinge. Legs fuscous-black, fore tibia orange-yellow on inside; femora
at base with orange-yellow tuft.

Length of fore wing: 24 mm.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to
December, one 3.

This genus was placed by Lord Rothschild in the Agaristidae near
Burgena (Damias). ‘There is no doubt that our specimen belongs to
this genus, as the pattern and build are similar, whilst there are similar
patches of modified scales on the underside. There exist however
some very significant differences which cause us to regard the insect as

Moths from New Guinea and South America 301

an Arctiid near Spilosoma. We therefore place it provisionally in
Depalpata.

Differs from D. mirabilis Roths. in the palpi being well developed
and porrect, longer than in Spilosoma. Frons roughly scaled, narrow,
and produced much as in Spilosoma. Antennae minutely serrate and
fasciculate; this is not so in Agaristidae. The retinaculum bar is
placed on the costal vein and directed to the edge of the cell as in
Arctiidae, but in Agaristidae this bar is placed along the costal vein.
Furthermore in pridgeont the hind wing has vein 8 anastomosing with
cell to the middle, and vein 5 from the point of divergence of 3 and 4,
all on a Jong stalk, the cell being very short and the discocellulars
strongly angled.

Considering these characters, the insect cannot be an Agaristid and
must be referred to the Arctiidae. We may be dealing with another
new genus but until more is known about Depalpata it may not be
wise to create another genus.

AGARISTIDAE.

2. Argyrolepidia aurea Jord. angustifascia subsp. nov.

¢. Fore wing with a much narrower band, the reduction being
proximal. Hind wing with a narrower black distal margin, and deeper
orange area which has a nearly straight and sharply defined outer edge
curved posteriorly.

Underside of hind wing with smaller orange area and broader basal
and costal black.

Abdomen below with the terminal four segments scaled with orange.

Dutch New Guinea: Wanggar, February, one 3.

3. Seirocastnia albifascia sp. nov.

9. Fore wing black-brown, crossed by a broad white band from
the costa to submedian. This band has the outer edge curved and
more sharply defined than the inner edge; inner edge crosses the base
of cellules 3 and 6 and borders the discocellulars. The band narrows
below vein 2 and is rounded off at this end close to the tornus. Hind
wing black-brown with a deep blue sheen.

Underside with the band a little broader. Fore wing with the
submedian area paler. Hind wing as above.

Antennae, head, thorax, and abdomen above, fuscous-black. Palpi
with the first segment yellowish-white at the side. Legs fuscous-black,

20 :

302 Moths from New Guinea and South America

fore-legs (except tarsi) fringed with yellow hair. Ventral surface of
abdomen a little paler than the rest.

Length of fore wing: 28 mm.

French Guiana, St. Laurent du Maroni, July, one 2, ex coll.
Brabant.

This species resembles exactly the Dioptid, Sagaris poliana Druce,
which we only know at present from British Guiana.

MEGALOPYGIDAE.
4. Unduzva dyari sp. nov.

We are indebted to Dr. Harrison Dyar for information on this
interesting species, which is allied to gistinda Dyar (Proc. U. 8S. Nat.
Mus. 47, p. 252, 1914, Panama Canal Zone). This, however, is the
same as pellucens Dogn. (Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. xix, p. 171, 1912,
Venezuela), so Dr. Dyar informs us, and will therefore sink as a
synonym.

°. Wings more pointed and outer margin more oblique than in
gistinda. Fore wing with vein 7 and 9 arising from the same point
on 8, whilst in gistinda 9 arises from the base of the stalk in one
specimen, shortly on the stalk in a second, and distinctly from the cell
in a third. Hind wing with discocellulars less strongly angled than
in gistinda.

Wings transparent, covered with short blackish hair, and without
any trace of markings. Antennae, head, thorax, abdomen, and legs
chaetura-black (xlvi); tegulae with a tuft of white hair; legs fringed
with white hair on the outer side, especially the tibia.

Length of fore wing: 27 mm.

Ecuador, one 2, ex coll. Brabant.

303

NEW FORMS OF THE GENUS DELIAS (PIERIDAE)
FROM NEW GUINEA, CERAM AND BURU.

Bye Jee JOM AND Ge wA TB Ole

The forms herein described were collected by Messrs. C., F., and J.
Pratt, unless otherwise stated.

The localities mentioned in connection with the forms described
from Dutch New Guinea are as follows :—

1. Wanggar, South Geelvink Bay, February, 1921.

2. Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wanggar, 2,000 feet, January to
February, 1921.

3. Djalan River, South Geelvink Bay, ca. 28 miles inland, May
to June, 1920.

4, Wai Sai River, Weyland Mountains, 1,000 feet, June to July,
1920.

5. Menoo River, Weyland Mountains, 3,500 to. 5,000 feet, November
to January, 1921, also 6,000 to 8,000 feet.

6. Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet,
November to January, 1921.

1. Delias enniana Ob., majoripuncta subsp. nov.

3. Upperside with white submarginal spots larger than in other
races, and the black margin a little less broad than in the type form.
Hind wing with marginal spots as in allied forms.

Underside of fore wing with extended white area, especially in
cellule 4. Submarginal spots large, especially the one in 6. Hind
wing much as in the typical form, but with larger and entirely yellow
submarginal spots.

@. Upperside similar to the form kapaura Roths., but the black
margin of the fore wing not so produced in cellule 4 and narrow in the
apical region. Hind wing with black margin as in kapaura.

Underside of fore wing with black margin slightly broader than
in the g, and bearing equally large spots. Hind wing with black
margin as in the type form, but bearing larger spots.

Mefor Island, August, one 3, two 2 ?.

304 New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae)

2. Delias subviridis sp. nov.

A very distinct form, bearing a curious likeness to echidna Hew., on
the hind wing below. It is probably related to agostina Hew.

3. Upperside white. Fore wing with black margin dentate on the
veins, reaching to the base of vein 7 and narrowing to vein 3. Hind
wing without any border.

Underside of fore wing black, greenish at the base, inner margin
white, mixed with black in 1b and Ic, and more so in the base of
cellule 2 and in the cell. Submarginal spots of citron-yellow (xvi)
divided by the veins and distally pointed between the veins; these spots
large and narrowing to the inner margin, the one in 3 outwardly
rounded, the last two close to margin. Hind wing olive-yellow (xxx),
costal area citron-yellow. A thin black submarginal line, parallel to
margin and not distinct above vein 5; the veins black between this
line and the margin, with small black spots on their ends. The mar-
ginal interspace anteriorly yellow.

?. Upperside smoky greenish-white produced by a thin layer of
yellowish-white scales on a black ground. Fore wing with black
margin more strongly dentate than in the g, and the veins more
heavily black distally than in the ¢. A dark postdiscal shade occupy-
ing the same position as the black band in agostina g¢. Hind wing
with a marginal dark shade. Basal half of wing darker and merging
into the distal half.

Underside as in the ¢. Hind wing with the yellow costal area only
slightly indicated.

Length of fore wing: ¢ 29mm., ? 31 mm.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 3,000 feet, October to December, a small
series of both sexes.

3. Delvas vidua sp. nov.

At the time of writing the g of this insect is unknown. The ?
presents a curious resemblance to that sex of isse echo Wall., but as this
is the Buru race of isse we are probably dealing with quite a distinct
form.

°. Underside of fore wing with white area more extended than in
echo, reaching the end of cell, and curving outwards by the origin of vein 4
to the tornus. Hind wing with white basal half reaching beyond the cell.

Underside of fore wing with sharply-defined yellowish-white area as
above. Five pale yellow submarginal dots, those in 2 and 4 farther
from the margin than in echo. Hind wing with basal yellow area not

New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae) 505

well defined, but reaching base of vein 6. Submarginal series of yellow
spots placed a little farther from the margin than in echo.

Length of fore wing: 34 mm.

Buru, October, 1918, one ¢ (W. J. C. Frost).

4. Delias gabia (Bdy.) aurantimacula subsp. nov.

Distinguished by the orange patch on the hind wing below being
smaller than in the allied forms felsina Fruh. and scribonia Fruh.

g. Upperside as in gabia from Waigeu but with a slightly broader
margin to the hind wing.

Underside of fore wing asin the type form. Hind wing with orange
from the submedian to vein 3, with slight orange scaling in cellule 3.
The orange colour varies in extent but rarely reaches the cell, and ranges
from deep orange to yellow orange, being in one specimen almost merged
with the remaining yellow, so that this individual would be like the type
form, except that the median area is a darker tint. ‘The marginal band
not broader than in the type form and either spotted or unmarked.

@. Upperside of fore wing as in the type form. Hind wing with
slightly broader margin.

Underside of fore wing as in the type form. Hind wing with broader
black margin, much as in scribonia. The submarginal spots of both
wings are deeper orange than in the type form. The orange median
area as in the ¢, but reaching vein 4.

Nomnagihé, 2,000 feet, January to February, a small series of 3 ;
and two ? ? (types). Wanggar, February, five ¢ S two ° ? ; Wai
Sail River, 2,000 feet, June to July, four ¢ 3 ; Arfak Mountains:
Mount Misresi, 3,000 feet, January, one ¢ one 2 ; River Uty, 1,500
feet, March, three 3 3.

The series does not contain any specimens which we could associate
with zarate Smith. Lord Rothschild has recorded (B.O.U. & Woll.
Exp. Lep. 1915) both species from the Snow Mountains. A specimen
from the Oetakwa River was described by him as zarate flavidior (p. 5)
and on p. 6 he records gabia Bdy. from the same place at a lower
elevation. Specimens in the Joicey collection from the Oetakwa River
belong to gabia felsina Fruh. We are still unable to distinguish gabia
from zarate on the material available and a gradual racial transition
appears to exist. ‘The race callistrate Smith, from Fergusson Island,
is better defined than any of the other forms.

In some specimens of gabia from Waigeu, a small splash of orange
is found in the median area,

306 New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae)

5. Delias ladas Sm. levis subsp. nov.

The Dutch New Guinea form.

3 2. Upperside of fore wing with more extended white area, prin-
cipally in cellules 3-5, not to such an extent as in the race from Waigeu.

Underside of fore wing with the cell white, also base of cellule 4
and with more or less white scaling in 5.

Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November to January (Types) ;
Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to January ; Nomnagihé, 2,000
feet, January to February; Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains, 6,000 feet,
January to February; Wandammen Mountains, 3,000 to 4,000 feet,
November. A series from these localities. Also from Mount Misresi ;
Arfak Mountains, 3,000 feet, January, one ¢ ; Coast district, Geelvink
Bay, November, one ¢ ; Momi, Arfak Mountains, 4,000 feet, Novem-
ber to December, one $ one °; Oetakwa River, Snow Mountains, to
3,500 feet, November to December, one 3.

The majority of these specimens belong to this form, but a few
typical examples occur. The type form comes from ‘“ German New
Guinea,’ and also occurs over British New Guinea, though a specimen
from the Hydrographer Mountains is like levis.

6. Delias rileyi sp. nov.

Allied to jordant Kenr., which is a species distinct from cunning-
putt Ribbe.

3. Upperside of fore wing with white proximal half which projects
distad along vein 2, slightly indented on veins 2 and 3 and more so on
vein 4. The cell is only slightly invaded at its lower and upper angle.
Hind wing with narrow black margin, broader between costa and
vein 5, then tapering off and becoming merged in the white area.

Underside of fore wing with white proximal half. A basal costal
streak of cadmium-yellow (iii), where in jordani there is black scaling.
The white area does not reach end of cell, and below vein 4 reaches
farther distad than on the upper side. A subapical costal white stripe,
curved outwards to vein 5, thence downwards to 4 and just below this
vein connected by faint scaling to the edge of the white area. A sub-
marginal series of seven dots, the anterior and subapical four yellow,
the lower ones white. Hind wing with brown colour more blackish
than in jordan, markings deeper or cadmium-yellow. Costa white,
yellow at extreme base. A rounded yellow spot slightly white on its
distal edge in cellule 7 and touching vein 8; a little beyond this an
oblong white spot posteriorly edged with yellow, reaching from costa
nearly to vein 6; a small rounded spot in the cell below vein 6; a post-

New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae) 307

discal series of intranervular streaks in lc, 2, 38, 4 and 5, with some
faint yellow scaling on either side of them and a faint distal edging of
white, outlining a band which would occupy the same position as the
band found in jordani. A submarginal series of six yellow spots.

Length of fore wing: 28 mm.

A larger species than jordanv.

Menoo Valley, 6,000 to 8,000 feet, January, 1921, one 3.

7. Delias cunningputi Ribbe, citrona subsp. nov.

Allied to C. fascelis, Jordan, from Mount Goliath. Distinguished
by the yellow proximal area of both wings.

3. Upperside of fore wing with basal area as in fascelis but citron-
yellow. Two subapical yellow dots. Hind wing with proximal area
citron-yellow and but slightly incurved between veins 4 and 6. Fringes
worn. i

Underside of fore wing as in fascelis, but the subapical spots darker
yellow, and discal shading yellowish and more extended. Hind wing
much as in fascelis. The postdiscal band is much broader both in its
yellow and white portions. Submarginal spots deeper yellow. Cellules
2 and 3 with yellow powdering between the band and submarginal spots.

Menoo Valley, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, December and January, one 3.

8. Delias microsticha Roths.

Nov. Zool. xi, p. 315, pl. 2, figs. 18, 19 (1904) (Aroa River).

A series of this species was obtained in the Weyland Mountains,
between 3,500 and 6,000 feet, November to January. We have also
a specimen from the Wandammen Mountains, farther north, at 6,000
feet, November.

It is interesting to note the great range of this form. The race
Aavopicta Jord., is confined to the Arfak Mountains.

Two of the three female forms were obtained in the Weyland
Mountains, and specimens transitional to the other form with ¢ -lke
hind wing and yellow discal area on fore wing.

9. Delias lecerfi sp. nov.

This appears to possess no near ally, but may belong to the group
represented by aroae and phaeres.

g. Upperside of fore wing with basal two-thirds white, the outer
edge of this area curved inwards to costa at vein 6 and oblique from 6
to submedian. Hind wing white with a thin black marginal line,
Fringes black.

308 New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae)

Underside of fore wing with lower two-thirds of cell from base to
apex white, this colour extending as a spot above vein 4 and sometimes
reaching the costa as a streak, extending to vein 2, sometimes to 3, and
to the inner margin. A series of 4 subapical spots, lemon chrome (iv),
the larger at the costa. Ground-colour fuscous-black (xlvi). Hind
wing fuscous-black. A coral-red (xi) basal spot on the extreme basal
edge of costa. One specimen has this spot lemon-chrome. Other spots
lemon-chrome; one in 7 at middle, one in cell below 6, one in 6 near
the apex and a costal streak above it; postdiscal short strigae in le,
2—4, sometimes faint, and a series of antemarginal dots on the folds.
A thin pale grey marginal line.

°. Upperside of fore wing with slightly larger distal black area.
Hind wing with black apical margin about 2 mm. wide and tapering to
vein 5, below which the marginal line is thicker than in the ¢.

Underside as in the ¢.

Length of fore wing: g 2? 24 mm.

Menoo Valley, mostly at 4,000 feet, but also at 3,500 and 5,000 feet,
November to January, a series of ¢ ¢ and two 2 °.

10. Delias aroae Ribbe yabensis subsp. nov. and ¢ f. brevifascia f. nov.

Distinguished from aroae from British New Guinea and the Arfak
Mountains by reduced black apical area on the fore wing and broader
yellow band on the hind wing below.

3. Upperside of fore wing with distal black narrower, especially in
cellules 4 and 5. Hind wing with reduced marginal black.

Underside of fore wing with the white area continued from veins
4 to 9, and the costal black forming a triangular patch over the upper
angle of the cell. The white spots beyond the cell vary in size and are
rarely absent as in the typical form. Subapical spots as in the type
form. Hind wing with broader yellow discal band, larger cellspot and
larger marginal spots.

?. There are two forms. The typical form is similar to the known
2 of aroae. Upperside of the fore wing with a black discocellular
mark and the white area extending more or less into cellules 4 and 5.
Hind wing as in the typical form. Underside as in the 3, the discal
band of hind wing with white ground colour as in type form.

2 f. brevifascia.

Upperside of fore wing as in yabensis. Hind wing with a narrow
black margin of almost even width. Underside of fore wing as in
yabensis, Hind wing with discal band ending as a yellow spot between

New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae) 309

veins 2 and 3, and further indicated by a yellow streak in ic. Marginal
yellow spots smaller and absent before vein 2.

Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November to January; Mount
Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to December; Djalan River, May and
June. A series of ¢ 3S and a smali series of both ° forms from
Menoo River and Mount Kunupi.

11. Delias phaeres Jord. approximata subsp. nov. and ? f. rectimargo
f. nov.

This species was regarded by Dr. Jordan (Nov. Zool. xviii, p. 588,
1911), as a race of aroae, which was a quite justifiable conclusion upon
the evidence then available. We have however received a race of
aroae from the same locality as phaeres, and these must be treated
now as distinct species, although they are remarkably alike. The
present race presents some of the characters of aroae, but is distin-
guished by the extension of the black distal area of the forewing to
the discocellulars on the upper side and into the cell on the underside.

3. Upperside of fore wing with the black entering the end of the
cell but slightly, and mostly bordered by the discocellulars. The white
patch in 3 mostly larger than in the type form. Hind wing as in the
typical form.

Underside of fore wing with a white cell-stripe as in aroae and not
reaching the discocellulars. The white area in 3 larger than in the
type form, and the black distal margin narrower on veins 2 and 3.
Hind wing with discal band a little broader than in type form.

°. There are two forms as in aroae, and these present similar
characteristics. The typical form differs on the fore wing above and
below in the extended white area as in the 3, and the hind wing is
similar to the 3.

° f. rectimargo. Similar to the form brevifascia of aroae, but pre-
sents the characteristic broad black margins of phaeres. Underside
of hind wing with discal band reaching 1c, where it is greatly narrower.
Marginal spots small.

Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November to January ; Mount
Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to January. A series of ¢ 3, a small
series of typical 2 2, and three specimens of /. rectumargo.

12. Deltas nais Jord.

Nov. Zool., xviii, p. 587 (1911) (Mount Goliath).
This species was fairly plentiful on the Menoo River and Mount

310 New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae)

Kunupi, between 4,000 and 8,000 feet, November to January. It
exhibits some variability in the pattern of the hind wing below, and
we are unable to make any racial distinction.

The specimens from the Weyland Mountains show a tendency to a
reduction of the black markings on the hind wing below. About half
or less of the total number of individuals show the subbasal band
broken in the cell, and a good many specimens have narrow black
streaks on the veins.

13. Delias nais Jord. aegle subsp. nov.

Distinguished from the typical form by the smaller brown markings
on the hind wing.

3. Upperside of fore wing with the black area extended to vein 8,
its edge straight and crossing the cell at nearly opposite vein 3. Hind
wing with broader black border.

Underside of fore wing as in typical form. Hind wing with smaller
brown spots and larger black discal area.

2°. Upperside with broader black margins than in the ¢.

Underside of hind wing with markings as large as in the $ of the
type form, but smaller than in its °.

Biagi, Mambare River, British New Guinea (Meek), three ¢ 3,
LiWiOlaer ne

At Owgarra in the same region, the allied bornemannt Ribbe occurs,
and it is possible that mais may be a race of this, as was considered by
Jordan, J.c.

14. Delias isocharis Koths. latiapicalis subsp. nov.

Distinguished by the narrow black distal border of the fore wing.

3. Upperside of fore wing with black distal area much narrower
than in the type form and more as in ligata ; its edge is straight and
oblique to the margin. Hind wing as in the type form.

Underside of fore wing as above, edge of distal black more distinctly
rounded, subapical yellow spots larger and forming a band from costa
to vein 4, or the spot in 4 small. Hind wing with inner marginal black
reduced between veins 2 and 4 and not always extended as an edging
to the red submarginal line. The black border reaching middle of
cellule 3 as in type form, but in many specimens this is reduced in
cellule 2.

?. Upper side of fore wing with narrower black area than in type
form, Hind wing with marginal black a little narrower than in type

New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae) oleh

form and with the same tendency to increased black scaling at the apex.
Five out of the six specimens have a yellowish tint.

Underside of fore wing with distal black as above. Discal area
more or less laved with straw-yellow. Hind wing asin ¢.

Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November to January, a small
series of 3 ¢ and five ? ? ; Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November, 1 °.

15. Deltas ligata Jord. weylandensis subsp. nov.

Both ligata Jord. and kummeri Jord., occur together on the Aroa
River in British N. Guinea. Typical ligata is also found in the Arfak
region of Dutch New Guinea from whence we possess also two speci-
mens like kwmmeri which agree with two specimens from the Weyland
Mountains. We have also from here some specimens showing a
break in the red submarginal band, and two specimens in which
this band is only represented by some scattered red scales. It
seems therefore that kummeri and ligata may be forms of one species.
It is curious that the two kwmmeri specimens from the Arfak are
like those from the Weyland Mountains which we include under
the present subspecies. It may be that after the development of
the Weyland race, this form became distributed to the Arfak already
occupied by the present form.

3. Upperside of fore wing with narrower black distal area than in
the type form.

Underside of fore wing with distal black as above. Hind wing with
white discal area extended into cellule 2 and to a greater extent in
cellule 3 than in the type form, and as much as in kummerv.

@. Upperside of fore wing mostly with narrow distal black area.

Underside of fore wing with white area extending into cellule 4.

Ab. 1. Hind wing below with red submarginal line broken on
Velie OIXa iced etree 9 Oe

Ab. 2. Red submarginal line very thin and without black edging.
One ¢.

Ab. 3. The red submarginal line between veins 4 and 7 represented
by some scattered red scales. Two 3g 3, one 2°.

Ab. 4. The red submarginal line between 4 and 7 entirely absent,
= kummeri Jord. One 3.

This race occurs as an aberration in the Arfak Mountains, mixed
with typical ligata.

Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November to January. A series of
both sexes. Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, December to January. A series.

312 New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae)

16. Delias hypomelas Jord. rubrostriata subsp. nov.

This form is distinguished from hypomelas hypomelas Jord., and
from h. conversa Jord., by the red streaks on the hind wing below.

3. Upperside as in conversa, the black margin of the hind wing
a little wider between veins 4 and 6.

Underside of fore wing as in the other forms. The black post-
cellular shade more as in the type form and not reaching below vein 4.
The white inner margin does not extend above the submedian except
for some scattered white scales in some specimens. Hind wing with
ground-colour as in the other forms. Postcellular black spot smaller
than in conversa and more as in the type form, between vein 4 and not
quite to vein 6, and more or less extending into the cell where it joins
a more or less defined black cell-streak. The cell-streak forms an ovate
spot in the cell, scaled with red. White marginal spots as in the other
forms. Streaks of nopal red (i) on a black ground in cellules Ice, 2, 3,
4,5, 6 and 7, those in 4 and 5 short and indistinct, the one in 7 the
longer and most heavily marked. In some specimens the red streaks
are reduced to some scattered red scaling, and in all worn specimens
they are obsolete. It seems that these red scales are easily lost and
may represent quite a recent development in comparison with the other
markings.

?. Upperside as in conversa but with a distinct yellow tinge on the
inner margin of hind wing. Underside as in the 3, but the white
inner margin of fore wing broader as in conversa ?.

Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November to January; Mount
Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to December—a series from both. Types
from Mount Kunupi.

17. Delias hapalina Jord. conspectirubra subsp. nov.

This race approaches tessev J. and T. from the Wandammen Moun-
tains, but the distal black area on the fore wing is much more extended.

?. Upperside of fore wing with black area reaching to just before
the discocellulars. Hind wing as in the other races.

Underside of fore wing with broader black than in the other races,
and edge of white area only reaching vein 6. Hind wing with the
black band thicker than in the type form and less wide than in ¢essei.
The postdiscal part of this band not edged with red or only very slightly
so, the red spot always present in le. The black marginal border
reaching to the fold in cellule 3, narrower than in tesse?. In a few
specimens the postdiscal black line is narrower than in the type

New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae) 313

form, bears no trace of red, and is toothed slightly on the veins
distally.

?. The upperside as in tessev. Hind wing with the black margin
a little broader. Underside of fore wing as in fessez, in some specimens
the white area more or less completely laved with yellow. Hind wing
with long subbasal streak, half white and half yellow as in tessei. The
discal patch more or less washed with straw-yellow. The red sub-
marginal line mostly with a narrow and straight costal spot and more
curved at vein 5. One specimen has the distal patch on the hind wing
sprinkled with orange-red scaling in the cell.

Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November to January; Mount
Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to January. A series of both sexes,
mostly found on Mount Kunupi.

18. Delias campbelli sp. nov.

Distinct from any known form but apparently allied to hapalina
Jord., and distinguished by the black hind wing below.

3. Upperside almost as in hapalina, the distal black on the fore
wing broader apically, and with a straight edge from vein 2 to 6.

Underside of fore wing with subapical yellow spots as in hapalina,
and distal black area as on upperside. Hind wing black. A subbasal
stripe of lemon colour (iv) larger than in nrapalina. An apico-costal
triangular white patch between veins 6 and the margin, bordered
heavily with red on the inner edge. A little distad of the red edging
to the white patch is a thin red line from vein 6 to 1b, curved out-
wards to vein 5, inwards to vein 2, and downwards to Ib.

¢. Upperside of fore wing with much broader black, reaching end
of cell, or with a little white powdering outside in the cell. Hind wing
with broad black outer margin intermixed with white scaling and
inner edge nebulous.

Underside of fore wing as above. Yellow subapical spots as in 3.
Hind wing as in 3, but the apical white patch reduced on its lower
edge, and more or less powdered with black.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 27 mm., 2 28 mm.

Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November to January. A series of
both sexes. Mostly found at 4,000 feet, and rare at a higher elevation.

19. Delias mariae J. and 'T’. menooensis subsp. nov.

Distinguished chiefly by the white area of the fore wing not being
clouded over. .

314 New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae)

3. Upperside of fore wing with snow-white basal area reaching
further distad below 2 than in the type form, somewhat variable in
the size of the spot in 3, and of those beyond the cell; discocellulars
marked thinly. Subapical spots pale pink. In one specimen the post-
discal area in cellules 3 to 5 is powdered with white. Hind wing as in
the type form but mostly with a narrower margin.

Underside of fore wing with an ill-defined postdiscal band, crossed
by the black veins and only reaching vein 5; it is mostly broken up
into spots above vein 2 and sometimes does not reach vein 3; the
proximal edge is vertical to the inner margin and is less clearly defined
than the distal edge. Subapical orange spot as in the type form.
Hind wing with postdiscal band more laved with light orange-yellow
than in the type form, its outer edge more sinuous than crenate. The
discal spot is much smaller and is either white, cream, yellow, or dusted
with black; it is sometimes connected with the postdiscal band either
at the upper or lower angle of cell, but rarely there is a connection at
both ends, in which case a black postdiscal spot is cut off; in some
cases the discal spot is reduced to a dot and in one specimen is obsolete.
The stripe below the cell, present in the type form, is absent in this
race.

?. Upperside of fore wing not dusted with black. Hind wing
without intranervular streaks on the black margin.

Underside as in the g, and showing similar variations.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, 6,000 to 8,000 feet, November to
January. A series of both sexes.

20. Delias alepa Jord., kunupiensis subsp. nov.

Distinguished by its broader black margins.

3&. Upperside of fore wing with broader black margins, filling in the
base of cellule 6 or sometimes a white dot here. Hind wing with a
heavier black margin than in the type form.

Underside of fore wing with relative black and white areas as above.
Hind wing with the red line produced farther beyond vein 5, and
in some cases reaching 6, the black area produced farther beyond 6.

@. Upperside of fore wing with black margins broader than in the
3, more so below vein 4; one or two subapical white spots. Hind
wing with much broader margins than in ¢, but less so than in
weisket weisket Ribbe.

Underside of fore wing with black margin little broader than in 3.
Hind wing as in the ¢, the black area not always invading the cell.

New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae) 5)

Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to January; Menoo River,
3,500 to 8,000 feet, November to January. A small series of both sexes.

21. Delias marguerita sp. nov.

Quite distinct from any known form but probably allied to alepa
Jord.

$. Upperside almost exactly as in alepa Jord., the black marginal
line of the hind wing being broader than in alepa alepa and just as
in alepa kunupvrensis.

Underside of fore wing as in alepa alepa except that the subapical
spots are much larger in cellules 4 and 5. Hind wing with the red
subbasal stripe shortened distally and the space between it and vein 8
filled in by a white stripe reaching to just before the end of vein8. The
red stripe is not of the same red tone as in alepa, but is nopal red (i).
There is a narrower stripe of the same colour in 1c from below cell
at base to the postdiscal line, and partly represented in phippsi by an
oblong spot. Cellule 1b is filled in with pale olive-grey (1) from base
to marginal line, and la is ecru-olive (xxx). The outer edge of the red
stripe is narrowly edged with black to a variable degree, the red scales
overlaying a black ground. At the distal end of the stripe this black
scaling becomes broader and bends at right angles to form a postdiscal
line, which is nearest the cell on vein 3 and does not generally reach
vein 4. This line varies in width, becomes thinner anteriorly and in
one specimen reaches vein 5, by a distal curve. The outer edge of the
postdiscal band is bordered with red which continues as a thin sub-
marginal line from vein 4 to just before vein 7, being parallel to the
margin from below vein 5 to its termination. The basal area between
lower edge of cell and middle of costa and discally to vein 7 is black ;
this area is continuous with the black scaling in lc, and postdiscal band.
Discal area of wing within postdiscal band laved with straw-yellow. <A
marginal black border as on the upperside.

Length of fore wing: 23 mm.

Menoo River, 4,000 feet, December to January, twelve 3 2.

All taken at one spot within a few days.

22. Delias phippsi sp. nov.

Allied to alepa Jord., but very distinct.

3. Upperside of fore wing with black distal area extending along
costa to base, to the discocellulars, to vein 4 before its middle and
obliquely to the end of 2. Hind wing with black marginal border about

316 New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae)

3 mm. wide, from vein 6 to the inner margin, narrowing anteriorly
and posteriorly.

Underside of fore wing with broader distal black. A subapical
lemon-chrome spot divided by vein 8. Hind wing with a snow-white
subbasal streak in 7. Below the cell in le an oblong spot of nopal
red (1) lying in a white band spotted with bluish-grey near the cell and
covered with bluish-grey scales on the other side. This band continues
from the lower edge of cell as a large discal straw-yellow patch
becoming broader anteriorly; its edges are clearly defined, the upper
one passing beyond vein 6; the lower, straighter, and not quite reach-
ing end of cell, the anterior end bounded by the red submarginal line.
Submarginal red line placed more proximal than in alepa and reaching
the costa ; the space between it and the margin, from costa to vein 4,
is snow-white. Basal edge of wing from costa to middle of inner
margin powdered with yellow.

@. Upperside with greatly extended black ground-colour. Fore
wing with creamy-white area for two-thirds of inner margin, its outer
edge parallel with outer margin, curved round just above vein 3 along
inside of cell to base. Hind wing with white proximal half showing the
colour of the underside through it, extending to end of cell, posteriorly
to basal two-thirds of inner margin, anteriorly following the discal
patch of the underside.

Underside of fore wing with proximal straw-yellow area of same
shape and size as on upperside. A subapical line of six lemon-chrome
spots only divided by veins. Hind wing as in the ¢.

Length of fore wing: ¢ ? 26 mm.

Menoo Valley and Mount Kunupi, 3,500 to 6,000 feet, November to
January. A small series of ¢ ¢ and three 2 ?.

23. Deltas aruna (Bdv.). Variation.

On the coast of Geelvink Bay at Wanggar, and twenty-two miles or
so inland at Nomnagihé, the forms aruna and wma Fruh. overlap and
some transitional forms were obtained by Messrs. Pratt.

1. The hind wing with red markings very large; some scattered red
scales between the subbasal stripe and vein 7; fore wing with unusually
large yellowish-white scaling on the inner margin, with a scattering of
white scales as far as vein 2. A few specimens.

2. Typical aruna Bdy.,—majority of specimens; also from Mount
Kunupi, 6,000 feet, December to January.
3. The red band reduced proximally and distally. Wanggar, one 3.

New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae) SLT

4, The red band further reduced, with only slight scaling at bases
of cellules 3, 5, 6, and none in 4. Nomnagihé, 2,000 feet, January and
February, two $ 3.

5. The red band still further reduced proximally and posteriorly.
Wanggar, February, one 3.

6. The red band indicated by scattered scales in 1c, base of 2
and end of cell. Fore wing with white inner margin but slightly ex-
tending beyond submedian. Red subbasal spot asin t7ma. Nomnagihe,
one 3.

Three @ ? are to be noticed. These have the upperside as in wma
but paler yellow and with a very pale-yellow and sharply defined
cellspot.

1. Underside. Fore wing with cellspot as above and a submarginal
row of seven pale yellow spots. These spots occur in some of the
typical females, but in these they are white. Hind wing with the
discal yellow scaling accentuated on the middle of the discocellulars,
and distally indicating the outer edge of the band found in the typical
form. Wanggar, February, one.

2. Fore wing with submarginal spots less well-defined than in 1.
Hind wing with a discocellular yellowish-white mark and a few yellow
scales surrounding it.

Wanggar River, 15 miles inland ca. 600 feet, January, one.

3. Typical irma except that the fore wing spot is yellowish-white
and the hind wing with a slight yellow discocellular mark.

Nomnagihé, 2,000 feet, January to February, one.

The most widely distributed form is arwna, occurring in Central
(late German) New Guinea, Dutch New Guinea, Waigeu, Roon Island
and the North Moluccas. ‘The other form, imferna Butl., occurs in
the Snow Mountains in British New Guinea (ma Fruh.) and Cape
WOW,

It may be supposed that aruna is the earlier form and that the
later tendency was to the reduction of red, a tendency which became
more definite as the range of the species increased southward. ‘This
tendency is probably seen in Roon Island specimens (70a Roths.), in
which the red is suffused with black, and also in the specimen from
Geelvink Bay which we have described.

Intergrades should also be found further south, where also at present
only aruna is known.

Both are coast forms and their distribution is limited by the
high land.

21

318 New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae)

24. Delias discus Honr.

Berl. Ent. Zeit., xxx, p. 130, t. 5, fig. 4 (1886) (Sekar).

A series of this species from Nomnagihé presents certain differences
from specimens found in the Snow Mountains. On the fore wing
below, the subapical spots are mostly larger, and the median white
band extends to vein 4 and is nearly constantly broader. On the hind
wing the band is paler yellow, narrowed in cellule 6 where some white
scaling is intermixed.

As perhaps the only constant difference is in the paler colour of
the hind wing band, we hesitate to separate this form, but the
tendencies to differentiation are worth noting. There are six ¢ d
from the Snow Mountains, one ¢ labelled “Brit. N. Guinea”
(probably erroneous), and four g¢ ¢ without localities in the Joicey
collection. This material is clearly not enough to decide about any
constant differentiation, and more specimens may exhibit similar
characteristics to those from Geelvink Bay.

25. Delias albertist Honr. albiplaga subsp. nov.

This form is distinguished by the white instead of yellow patch on
the hind wing above. Whilst in citrvona we have a yellow representative
of a western species, in albiplaga we have the yellow colour of a north-
eastern species changing to white.

3 2. Upperside of hind wing with anal patch white, rarely
extending slightly into the cell or beyond vein 3, the area in 3 smaller
than in the type form, and the area in 2 mostly shorter. Underside
of hind wing with the black discal margin a little broader than in the
type form.

Menoo Valley, 4,000 to 6,000 feet, November to January, only on
Mount Kunupi. A series of both sexes.

26. Delias nepelti Ribbe, arfakensis subsp. nov.

This represents a distinct race characterized by the white area of
the fore wing extending farther beyond end of cell than in meeki
Rh. and J.

3. Upperside of fore wing with narrower black apical area than
in mepelti, but below vein 4 as broad as in this form. Hind wing as
in the type form.

Underside of fore wing with yellow area extending well beyond end
of cell, its edge sharply defined and slightly curved anteriorly. Sub-

New Forms of the Genus Delias (Pieridae) 319

apical spots a little smaller than in the type form, and with the same
distal diffusion. A fine yellow marginal line from the lower spot to
the submedian. This line is seen in most specimens of niepelti, but
is absent in meekt. Hind wing as in neagra Jord., the costal patch
variable but always large.

°. Upperside of fore wing with orange filling the cell except at
the angle of the discocellulars, and curving outwards to the same degree
as in the type form. Hind wing as in neagra, the yellow colour almost
filling the cell, only leaving a narrow strip of bluish-white along the
lower margin.

Underside markings much as in the ¢.

Habitat.—The Arfak district of north Dutch New Guinea. A series
from the Angi Lakes, 6,000 feet, January to March, 1914, A., C., and
F. Pratt; also from Warmasin, 6,000 feet, March, 1910.

320

NEW FORMS OF PAPILIONIDAE FROM NEW GUINEA,
MALAYA, AND SOUTH AMERICA.

By J. J. JOICHY ann G. TALBOT

1. Papilio (Troides) chimaera Roths. dracaena J. and T. ¢.

$. Smaller in size on the whole than chimaera. JDiscal green
area on fore wing more extended, and green areas on hind wing
narrower.

Upperside of fore wing with more extended green in cellule 5.
Discal area with outer edge nearer the margin, and extended farther
below vein 2. Inner marginal stripe extended to near distal margin
and curved upwards, in two specimens joining the lower angle of discal
patch. Hind wing with larger yellow area. A large spot in 2 close to
cell, mostly reaching base of vein 2; all post-cellular stripes a little
longer, the one in 3 broader at the base. Underside of fore wing with
narrower black margins and much smaller black spots.

Length of fore wing: 3¢, 61 mm.

Dutch New Guinea: Weyland Mountains, Dewaro Village, 3,500
feet, June, 1920, two 3g 4, four 2? ?; Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet,
November, one ¢ ; Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, December to
January, two gd, six 2%. & neallotype from Dewaro. Collected
by C., F., and J. Pratt.

The first were obtained on the first expedition, which was abandoned
owing to difficulties with the natives, who cut down the trees haunted
by this species.

Was seen daily on Mount Kunupi at 6,000 feet, but flying too high
to render capture possible.

2. Papilio polydorus Li. alboplagatus subsp. nov.

Allied to the typical form from the 8. Moluccas.

?. Distinguished from the Moluccan form by the much larger white
areas on both wings. Fore wing with white markings more distinct,
the patches below vein 3 larger and purer white, the one in 2 just filling
up the base of the cellule. Hind wing with larger discal patch, the

New Forms of Papilionidae o21

spots closer together, and veins separating them very thinly scaled with
black. Hed submarginal spots placed nearer the margin, and smaller.
Sula Islands, June, July and September, W. J. C. Frost, 2 9? °.

3. Papilio ulysses dohertius Roths. ?.

Nov. Zool. v, p. 417 (1898) (Obi) ¢.

Fore wing markings very much as in ¢telegonws Feld., but the blue in
the cell reduced anteriorly and distally. Hind wing with the blue area
as in telegonus, and with submarginal spots as in ulysses ulysses L., but
smaller and less linear in shape.

Underside of hind wing with band of discal gray scaling narrower
than in ¢telegonus. Submarginal spots smaller and without blue edging
except for those in 2 and 3 which have a blue-grey edging.

Obi (W. J. C. Frost), one 2.

4. Papilio lorquinianus Feld. dewaro subsp. nov.

Near albertist Ob., from the Arfak.

Distinguished by the broader black margin of both wings.

Distributed in Dutch New Guinea from the Wandammen Mountains
southward to the Weyland Mountains, but the extreme reduction of
the green areas occurs in the Weyland Mountains.

3$. Compared with albertist. Upperside of both wings with reduced
green areas. Fore wing discoidal streak without green distally, or with
some thin scaling only; all green scaling outside cell much reduced
above vein 3. Pilose stripes lengthened proximally. Hind wing with
broader black margin than in albertist.

Underside not distinctly different from albertisi. The pale border
of the hind wing is broader in most specimens.

2. More like ¢. lorqwnianus than 1. albertisz.

Upperside with blue-green much more reduced than in albertisi °.
Fore wing with black entering end of cell except in one specimen.
No blue at base of cellule 8, except in one specimen.

Underside of fore wing with pale distal area broader posteriorly
than in albertist.

Weyland Mountains, Dewaro Village, 3,500 feet, June, 1920,
four ¢ ¢, seven $ ? (types); Wandammen Mountains, November,
1920, five ¢ 3 ; 3,000 feet, November, 1914, one ¢. Collected by
Coty and:deeeratte

The Weyland Mountains specimens have somewhat more blue than
the others, especially the ¢. One ¢ has the basal area of both wings

322 New Forms of Papilionidae

entirely blue, with a greenish tint on the distal edge; the spots are
ereen (type).

5. Papilio payent Bdy. ciminius Fruh. °.

Larger than 2° payent payent. Fore wing with broader brown
apical area, postdiscal spots indistinct, submarginal dark band narrower ;
distal brown interspace between apical area and postdiscal waved line
broader. Hind wing spots more sharply defined and the small spots
distinct; three curved submarginal spots on veins 3—6, the larger one
nearly joining a stripe which merges into the tail colour.

Underside of fore wing with postdiscal line more strongly curved
and nearer the postdiscal spots. Anterior part of submarginal line
half-way between postdiscal line and margin. Hind wing discal spots
strongly marked with white; postdiscal line more strongly angled
between the veins.

Length of fore wing: 58 mm.

S.W. Sumatra: S. Korintji Valley, 2,000 feet, October, C., F., and
J. Pratt, one ¢.

6. Papilio sarpedon monticolus Fruh. ab. longilinea ab. nov.

é. This specimen bears on the fore wing a submarginal line of
bent marks, which are also distinct on the underside.

Dekawa, N. Celebes, 18, xi1, 1912, one 3.

One other race of sarpedon, isander G. and 8., from the Solomons,
alone possesses constantly a row of submarginal spots on the fore wing,
and it is of interest to note the rare appearance of this character in
one of the most widely distributed of eastern Papilios.

7. Papilio rhesus Bdv. parvimacula subsp. nov.

$. Fore wing with a narrower discal band. The line crossing
middle of cell obsolete. Hind wing with a narrower postdiscal band,
the spots more separated.

Underside of hind wing with discal band a little narrower, postdiscal
band narrower, and marginal black spots larger.

Sula Island, June, July and September, W. J. C. Frost, three ¢ 3.

8. Papilio androcles Bdv. latilinea subsp. nov.

Distinguished by the narrower white bands and the heavier sub-
marginal line on the fore wing.
3. Fore wing with distal band narrower, especially in the cell.

New Forms of Papilionidae 323

Submarginal line broader. Hind wing with discal black band without
white scaling, marginal black broader.

Sula Island, June, July and September, W. J.C. Frost. A small
series.

9. Papilio childrenae Gray wnimacula subsp. nov.

P. childrenae oedippus Roths. and Jord., Nov. Zool. xi, p. 463
(1906) (Kcuador) 3.

°. Fore wing with a single rounded spot placed distally of the
middle on the submedian foid. In one specimen almost halved by the
black scaling near the middle; no other markings. Hind wing with
two short and narrow red spots in 2 and 3, nearer the margin than
to the cell; a small spot behind vein 2, and a pale anal spot.

Underside of fore wing with spot as above and a dot above it in the
middle of cellule 2. Hind wing with spots paler, the two anal ones
joined to form a red line.

é. Fore wing with cell stripe reduced to a narrow green stripe on
the lower edge. Hind wing with much shorter red stripe, the lower
edge removed farther from the margin and the inner edge but slightly
extending behind vein 2.

Underside without any markings on the fore wing. Hind wing spots
much reduced, no spot behind 2, and only a few scattered red scales in
the anal area.

Balzapamba, N.W. Ecuador, two 2 ¢ specimens, also two oo
from the Grose-Smith coll., labelled ‘‘ Kcuador.” In the Brit. Mus.
one ¢ from Hcuador (Hew. coll.).

10. Papilio cutorina Stgr. f. dilutus f. nov.

It is at present uncertain whether we have here a local race or an
individual aberration.

3. Fore wing patch sharply limited by vein 2, inner edge incurved
between 2 and the submedian more so than in typical specimens.
Hind wing with spots shorter, the outer one pale pink, also the anterior
outer edge of the larger spot. The specimen is smaller than usual for
this species, and is somewhat worn.

Length of fore wing: 39 mm.

Ecuador, without precise locality (probably Balzapamba) one 3.

11. Papilio trapeza R. and J. concoloratus subsp. nov.

We have a female of this species from Balzapamba, N.W. Ecuador,
and associate with it a male which differs from the typical form, both

324 New Forms of Papilionidae

sexes being without any patch on the fore wing. This ¢ is noted
by Rothschild and Jordan in their revision of the South American
Papilios, Nov. Zool. xiii, p. 670.

A “female” of this species was described by Niepelt in Lep.
Niepeltiana 1, p. 53, pl. xii, fig. 1 (1913) from Zarayaquilio, H. Keuador.
This specimen is in the Joicey collection and is a 3, the differences in
markings and shape of wing noted by Niepelt being only slight varia-
tions which occur in other males. The shape of the wing is as in
other males, and the exposed anal aperture discloses a 3 structure.
The much swollen abdomen evidently led Niepelt to consider it a female.

g. Fore wing without any markings. Hind wing with three red —
spots and the vestige of a fourth.

Underside of fore wing without markings. Hind wing with four
red spots and the vestige of a fifth. No white submarginal marks.

°. Fore wing without markings, well rounded, anterior two-thirds
semi-transparent. Hind wing with five large red spots, the one in 3
being larger than the others, and the one in 5 smaller and farther
removed.

Underside as above, the spots paler.

“Heuador”’ (ex coll. Grose-Smith) one ¢g ; Balzapamba, N.W.
Ecuador, one ?.

12. Papilio cacicus inca R. and J. @ f. peruviana f. nov.

This is the representative in Peru of the form zaddachi Dew.

The red band of the fore wing is interrupted in cellule 5. Stripes
in 2 and 3 long, reaching the cell; stripe below vein 2 long, not
reaching the cell; spot in 6 short and not touching cell. Postdiscal
yellowish spots only lunate below vein 5, above this they form some-
what oblong ill-defined spots.

Underside of fore wing with a small red constricted spot in 5, other
spots and stripes larger than above. Postdiscal line separating the
discal patch from two well-developed submarginal red spots in 1b and 2,
a lunate red mark in 3. Hind wing with postdiscal darker band
broader than in the Colombia form, postdiscal line without any blue
edging and less strongly scalloped.

La Merced, Central Peru, one °.

325

NEW FORMS OF BUTTERFLIES FROM DUTCH
NEW GUINEA.

lee do Vo VOMCIIN Lux) Cry SURIL EXON,

The forms herein described were collected by Messrs. C., F., aud
J. Pratt, and details of the localities are given in the paper on Delias.

NYMPHALIDAE.
1. Mynes halli sp. nov.

Dedicated to Mr. A. Hall, a student of Nymphalidae, who, in his
travels, has discovered several novelties.

Allied to webstert Smith, and distinguished by its smaller size, much
reduced pale area on the fore wing and very narrow stripes on both
wings below. Found together with typical websterv.

3. Upper side of fore wing with basal area more greenish than in
webstert, not reaching end of cell nor beyond vein 3, outer edge slightly
incurved to submedian. Hind wing with two metallic coppery gold
apical spots in 5 and 6. Dark costal area as in websteri, but extended
distad in cellule 5. The edge of the greyish-green area more clearly
defined than in webster’ and produced on the veins, and with a narrower
bluish-green edging. The narrow black distal margin is traversed along
its middle by a thin bluish-green line which thickens posteriorly. Tail
longer than in websterv.

Underside of fore wing with yellow patch at tornus as in websterv.
Six white lines from the costa: the more proximal one ending at base
of vein 2; the second slightly broken at base of vein 3 and irregular to
inner margin; third narrower, beyond the cell, and joined below 2 to
the fourth, which is slightly curved ; fifth commencing at vein 8, above
which are two short streaks, and ending in the yellow patch in cellule 2;
the sixth submarginal, thickening posteriorly, and joining the yellow
patch on vein 2. Inner margin white to the proximal edge of the yellow
patch. Hind wing with the stripes thinner than on the fore wing. A
costal line distally curved to vein 7; ashort line in cell at base; a stripe
from inner margin to base of 2, continued as a thin line along vein 4

326 New Forms of Butterflies from Dutch New Guinea

nearly to the dark outer border; a subanal line from just above end of
first submedian to beyond vein 3, broken at vein 2; veins 5 and 6
scaled with white to near distal border. Apical golden spots as above.
Distal margin black in cellules 4, 5 and 6, bearing in 5 some bluish-
green scales, in 4 a similarly-coloured spot, and in 3 a similar and
smaller spot nearer the margin. The marginal area of lc and 2 with
two large golden patches divided by vein 2, bearing each a-black spot
at their proximal ends and with a black line at distal end, broken in
the lower patch. Inner margin edged with a white line from the sub-
median line to end of second submedian (1b) where it is joined to a
thicker white line which forms a cup-shaped extension of the ground-
colour with a spot at the inner end on vein 1b; this latter line is con-
tinued indistinctly along the distal border from vein 2 to the costa,
being curved outwards in 3 and again on 7. A submarginal white line
from vein 7 to vein 4, parallel to the margin; a greyish-green sub-
marginal line from 4 to 3 where it joins the edge of the golden patch.

@. Similar to the g. Upperside of fore wing with pale area
extended beyond cell and to vein 4, the part above vein 4 and in end
of cell being grey-green, also the edge from middle of cellule 2 to the
margin. Hind wing with a black distal spot in 3 and sometimes a
smaller one in 4.

Underside as in the 3, stripes a little broader.

Length of fore wing: ¢, 27 mm.; ?, 31 mm.

Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November to January, six 3 3,
three 2 ?; Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November and December, two 2 ?.
Rare at 6,000 feet. Also one ¢ from Owgarra, British New Guinea
(A. S. Meek).

AMATHUSIIDAHE.

2. Morphopsis phippsi sp. nov.

Distinct from any known species of the genus, and remarkable for
the markings of the ? being white.

$. Upperside of fore wing chestnut-brown in the basal half
merging into the black-brown of the distal half. A postdiscal irregular
band of ochraceous-orange (xv) from costa to tornus; the costal spot
lying near the base of cellule 6 and divided by vein 10; the next spot
more distal in 5; the next much longer distally in 4, its upper two-
thirds incurved, with a small pale yellow-orange spot at its upper outer
corner; next in 3 and narrow, its outer edge almost level with spot
in 4, its inner edge incurved; spot in 2 narrower, constricted at the

New Forms of Butterflies from Dutch New Guinea 327

middle, and more distal; spot below vein 2 close to margin and curved
to a point on the submedian fold. A round subapical spot of pale
yellow-orange in cellule 6, and sometimes a dot beyond it on 7. Inner
margin strongly lobed and forming a wide angle with the outer margin
at vein 2. Hind wing chestnut-brown merging into black-brown at
the distal margin. A narrow marginal border of ochraceous-orange.
A small ocellus in 2, slightly encroaching on veins 2 and 3, pupil
black ringed with paler brown than the ground-colour and bearing a
curved mark of bluish-white scales. Costal area paler with an area
of grey scaling between vein 5 and the middle of cellule 7, the pale
area extending slightly into cell and base of cellule 4. Costal edge
strongly convex at middle and slightly incurved before the apex.

Underside fuscous, shading into black- brown, and with paler
markings of hair-brown (xlvi). Fore wing with band and subapical
spot as above, pale yellow-orange (ili). A subapical black ocellus in
cellule 5, its thin ring crossed by vein 6 and extending into cellule 4,
ovate in shape but flattened on the outside where the edge is pale yellow-
brown, the remainder being suffused with black-brown ; the ocellus bears
a curved mark of bluish-white scales. A pale marginal line, and a
much thinner pale submarginal line, both commencing on the costa
before the apex and running into the band posteriorly. A pale straight
line cutting the cell at right angles to costa at vein 2, and proximally
diffused. The submedian area paler hair-brown, inner margin darker.
Hind wing with marginal border of pale yellow-orange. Two large
ocelli with black pupils bearing some bluish-white scales; each ringed
with two thin brown lines, and an outer much thicker brown line;
costal ocellus reaching middle of cellule 4, its outer ring broken by the
costa ; median ocellus distally placed, its outer ring not touching vein 4
and reaching the middle of cellule 1c. In the cell two pale curved lines
forming a somewhat kidney-shaped spot; a discal pale thick line from
the costa to vein lb, bordering the middle and lower discocellulars,
then bent inwards to vein 2 and curving to the submedian area.
Cellules la and 1b hair-brown. An irregular submarginal pale line
from the costa on the outer ring of the ocellus to vein 1b, and touching
outer ring of the lower ocellus in middle of cellules 1c and 2.

?. Upperside bone-brown (xl) distally darker. Markings as in the
3, but the bands a little wider, white with a faint yellow tinge.

Underside with bands as above, ground-colour a little paler than
in the ¢. Fore wing ocellus more rounded. Hind wing exactly as
a Ne Sh

328 New Forms of Butterflies from Dutch New Guinea

Length of fore wing: 3, 44 mm.; 2, 46 mm. Inner margin:
(base to end of vein 2) ¢, 33 mm.; ?, 37 mm.

Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, December to January, three 3 3
one ° ; November to December, one ? ; 5,000 feet, June, two 2 9;
Mount Kunupi, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November to December, one ¢.

3. Morphotaenaris schinbergi Honr. weylandensis subsp. nov.

This forms a transition from S. schénbergi to S. kenricki Beth.-Bkr.

3d ?. Upperside of fore wing with the band more oblique on the
upper edge in the ¢ than in kenricki, and reaching below the base
of cell. The upper edge of cell, sometimes the basal angle, and costa
black, rest of cell chestnut, and the band outside the cell kaiser-brown
(xiv). Hind wing with black marginal border as in S. schdnbergr.

Underside of fore wing with the band kaiser-brown and black —
reduced in the cell. No ocelli. Hind wing with apical and anal
ocellus, rarely a minute one in 4, one ? with three additional ocelli
in 3,4and 5. No yellowish scaling except at extreme base. Marginal
black border as above.

Mount Kunupi, 4,000 to 6,000 feet, November to January; Menoo
River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November to January, a series of both
sexes. The g ¢ were less common than the ? ?.

SATYRIDAE.

4. Hypocysta osyris Bdvy. pellucida subsp. nov.

Distinguished by the cream-coloured bands below, and_the similarly
coloured band of the hind wing above.

3. Upperside with fuscous-black ground colour. Fore wing with
a transverse band of a dirty yellow colour, formed by the cream-coloured
band below showing through an area sparsely covered with fuscous
scales. This band fades out above vein 5, outer edge clearly defined
and parallel to margin, inner edge slightly entering cell, and lower
edge reaching submedian. Hind wing with cream-coloured area shaped
much as in aroa, with sharply defined edge and occupying an area as
in aroa serapis Fruh., lower part more deeply incurved. Ocellus larger
than in osyris, and its ring dusted with black.

Underside of fore wing with the band cream-coloured, broader
than in osyris, and with a border of whitish hair more pronounced
anteriorly and reaching vein 6. Hind wing with cream-coloured area
as above but anteriorly broader. Apical ocellus as in osyris. Anal
ocellus larger than in osyris and with a broader silvery ring. ‘The

New Forms of Butterflies from Dutch New Guinea 329

inner ring of both ocelli pale-ochreous. A submarginal silvery line
and an antemarginal brown line as in osyris.

Kwatizore, South Geelvink Bay, February, three ¢ ¢ ; Wanggar
River, 15 miles from coast, ca. 600 feet, January, one 3.

5. Hypocysta tenuisquamosa sp. nov.

Distinct from any other in the genus, almost forming another group.
The eyes are hairy. The hind wing with vein 6 given off at a distance
from 7 about equal to the distance between 4 and 5; upper discocellular
more oblique, lower discocellular at right angles to middle d.c.

3 ¢. Upperside of fore wing with margins narrowly scaled with
fuscous, submedian area thinly scaled with fuscous, rest of wing covered
with minute hairs, with a sparse sprinkling of scales. The wing shows
a green and purple iridescence in certain lights. Hind wing pattern
somewhat as in aroa Beth.-Bkr. The white area does not reach the
base, upper edge crossing cell, ill-defined, outer edge in line with disco-
cellulars and shaded with fuscous scaling, lower edge from vein 5 to
inner margin, incurved and sharply defined. A well-marked black
ocellus in cellule 2 near margin, having a white centre dot and a faint
brownish ring.

Underside of fore wing as above. Hind wing with white area
sharply defined, anteriorly with a curved spur to the costa before apex,
outer edge incurved to vein 5, then rounded to middle of cellule 3, with
lower edge nearly straight to inner margin. A large apical ocellus,
black with white centre dot, a smaller white distal dot and yellow-
brown ring. A smaller ocellus in cellule 2, black with white centre
dot, a thin yellow-brown ring edged with black, and an outer ring of
metallic silvery-blue extending into cellules 1c and 3. A thick ante-
marginal silvery-blue line from above the apical ocellus to the second
submedian.

Head, thorax, abdomen and appendages marked as in other forms
of Hypocysta.

Length of fore wing: ¢, 21 mm., ?, 23 mm.

Dewaro Village, 3,500 feet, June, six ¢ 3, two 2 2; Wai Sai
River, 1,000 feet, June to July, two 3 3, two ? ?.

6. Platypthima dispar sp. nov.

Allied to euptychioides J. and T. from the Wandammen Mountains,
and easily distinguished by the large ocellus in cellule 3 of the hind
wing below. LP. euptychioides occurred together with dispar.

330 New Forms of Butterflies from Dutch New Guinea

3 @. Upperside without markings as in euptychiordes.

Underside with ground colour fuscous-black. Fore wing a little
paler on distal and costal margins, more so on the inner margin, inner
edge of pale distal area parallel with the margin. A dark submarginal
line nearly parallel to margin, and a well-marked antemarginal line
reaching vein 2. Hind wing with a band of five ocelli bordered with
bluish silvery-white, this edging being wider on the distal side than in
euptychioides. Anterior ocelli in 5 and 6 equal in size, the one in 4
smaller than the others, the one in 3 larger than the others, the one
in 2 larger than the first 8. All ocelli with black pupil and white
centre dot, a yellow-brown iris, and a broader edging of paler yellow-
brown which joins up the series. The silvery border with a proximal
border of reddish-brown entering end of cell, and marked in cellules
le and 2 with some bluish silvery-white scaling. A white dot in 7
placed well proximal of the first ocellus.

Length of fore wing: ¢ ?, 21 mm.

Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, December to January, two ¢ d ;
Dewaro Village, 3,500 feet, June, four 3 g, one ¢ (types).

7. Preridopsis virgo KR. and J.

Form obscurata f. nov.

This corresponds to the specimen described by Roths. and Jord.
Nov. Zool. xii, p. 458, 1905. We have both sexes of this form. Some
specimens are quite without yellow markings on the hind wings below.
In two specimens the hind wing above has a heavier dark margin,
wider between veins 2 and 4.

Form opaca f. nov.

3 2. Upperside as in virgo. Hind wing with heavy black marginal
border, wider between veins 2 and 4.

Underside of fore wing as in virgo. Hind wing with bands obscured
posteriorly by a fuscous-black shade, leaving the anterior halves or less
of each band, with band of ocelli as in obscurata, and edged with a
narrower border of white along each side.

Form infuscata f. nov.

3. Upperside of fore wing with white area not entering cell, but
forming a broad stripe on the inner margin, reaching slightly above
vein 2.

Underside of fore wing with inner marginal stripe not reaching
vein 2. Costal bar and distal stripe alone remaining of the white area
in virgo. Hind wing as in virgo.

New Forms of Butterflies from Dutch New Guinea 331

The series of this species obtained by Messrs. Pratt is very
interesting, and is constituted as follows :—

P. virgo virgo R. and J.

Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to January, sixteen ¢ ¢,
hnibeem) 12) 2%

P. virgo f. obscurata J. and T.

Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to January, eleven ¢ d,
SOVEO 212

P. virgo f. opaca J. and T.

Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to January, six 3 3.

P. virgo f. infuscata J. and T.

Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November to January, two ¢ ¢ ; Mount
Goliath, 5S. Dutch New Guinea, 5,000 to 7,000 feet, February, 1911,
A. S. Meek, one ¢.

There seems little doubt that we have here a single species, which
may not even be racially distinct in British and Dutch New Guinea.
These are essentially mountain insects, and in course of time, it is
conceivable that one or other of the forms mentioned may supplant
the others and constitute a separate race.

ERYCINIDAE.

8. Dicallanewra longifascia sp. nov.

Allied to ekevkev Beth.-Bkr., from the Owen Stanley range, agreeing
with this species in the white areas of both wings, and in the long white
stripe on the hind wing below.

@. Upperside fuscous-black (xlvi). Fore wing with a broad white
band anteriorly narrow in cellules 6, 9 and 10, outer edge curving
outwards from vein 6 to near the margin on veins 2 and 3, and ending
on the inner margin before the tornus; inner edge of this band less
sharply defined, straight from base of vein 11 across the middle of dis-
cocellulars to below base of vein 2, thence curved outward to the
submedian, and slightly incurved to the margin, Fringe white from
apex to middle of cellule 4.

Hind wing with a distal costal white patch, chatple defined, inner
edge oblique from costa to middle of cellule 4, thence slightly oblique
to vein 4 near its middle; outer edge from just before the apex to vein
4, slightly indented. A round white spot in 3 placed at about a third
the length of the cellule from the margin. Fringe white from vein 6
to submedian (?) ; wings of the specimen torn from anal angle to vein 3.

332 New Forms of Butterflies from Dutch New Guinea

Underside fuscous-black, basal area more fuscous. Fore wing with
white band as above. A curved white mark crossing the cell at the
middle. A white spot at extreme base. A small white spot in cellule
9, a short streak below it in 8, and a smaller spot below this in 6, all
placed just beyond outer edge of band. A curved row of submarginal
white spots in cellules 2 to 8, the one in 6 the larger, the one in 2
linear, close to edge of band. ‘Two white apical spots in 6 and 7, the
lower the larger. Hind wing with a white costal patch and round spot
in 3 as above. A smaller white spot in 2. A thick white longitudinal
stripe from the base, its upper edge oblique to base of vein 2 and along
this vein shortly, lower edge just below cell, meeting upper edge in a
point on vein 2; some further white scaling along veins 2 and 3 and
edge of cell to vein 3; discocellulars thinly outlined with white. A
curved white submedian stripe from the inner margin at base nearly
to vein 2, its edges irregular, more so the lower edge. A second
slightly curved and narrow white stripe, placed near the margin from
the anal angle to vein 2. A narrow marginal ochraceous-tawny (xv)
band from vein 5 to the anal angle, crossed by a white line broken up
into spots at the veins, this again edged by a deep black line similarly
broken up. The fringe broken by fuscous-black at end of veins 4 and
5, the rest of the margin being damaged in this specimen.

Head, thorax, and base of abdomen above fuscous. Antennae black.
Hye edged with white except above. Palpi and side of frons white.
Fore-legs with femora white, rest pale ochreous ; other legs absent in
this specimen. Pectus white. Abdomen pale ochreous on ventral
surface, and with a subventral ochreous-tawny stripe.

Length of fore wing: 23 mm.

Nomnagihé, 2,000 feet, January to February, one ?.

9. Praetaxila poultoni sp. nov.

Allied to eromena Jord., from the Snow Mountains, and differing
in the much restricted orange area in the ¢ and in the larger white
patch on the hind wing of ¢.

3. Upperside with black-brown ground-colour and orange bands.
Fore wing with a discal band from 4 to 5 mm. wide, sharply defined
at the edges, not touching costa, slightly entering end of cell, crossing
base of cellule 3 or not reaching it, outer edge curved from vein 3
to submedian, where the band is narrower than at costa. At base of
wing some chestnut-brown scaling. Hind wing with a broad discal
band, inner edge diffused below the cell and not entering the cell; outer

New Forms of Butterflies from Dutch New Guinea 333

edge sharply defined and curved slightly outwards; anteriorly the band
reaches the middle of cellule 4, and posteriorly the inner margin where
it 1s most yellow in colour.

Underside fuscous-black. Fore wing fuscous in the apical and
distal area. Band as above but sea-shell pink (xiv). ‘wo white dots
at apex in cellules 6 and 7. Hind wing band sea-shell pink, anteriorly
limited by vein 4, edges sharply defined ; distal and posterior part ot
band with orange spots on the veins, a streak on the submedian, and
along the inner margin. Two white apical dots in 4 and 5. A sub-
marginal row of five white dots, two in Ic and others in 2, 3 and 4.

Head fuscous-black; a white line round the eye, broken above;
a white dot at base of antenna, on the inside; palpi orange; antenna
black. Thorax chestnut-brown above, black beneath. Legs fuscous-
black above, except fore legs, which have the femur and tibia orange.
Abdomen chestnut above and laterally, orange-yellow ventrally.

°. Upperside with fuscous-black ground-colour, and white bands.
Fore wing with band broader than in the 3, entering lower angle of
cell and not reaching the submedian, its edges sharply defined but
irregular, the part below vein 2 with inner edge more distal than in
the other. Hind wing with broader band than in the 3, somewhat
as in eromena, but entering cell to beyond vein 2, and anteriorly
narrowing to beyond vein 5, with either a spot reaching vein 6, or some
white scaling in cellule 5; a slight yellow tinge on the outer edge
of the band in cellule 1b.

Underside with ground-colour as in g. Fore wing band a little
broader. T’'wo white dots in 4 and 5, just within the pale distal shade,
a white dot in 6 near the margin. Hind wing band as above; white
dots as in the ¢ but larger, and another white dot in 3 joined to the
edge of the band.

Fore legs with femur and tibia slightly tinged with yellow-brown.
Abdomen fuscous, ventral surface white tinged with yellow.

Length of fore wing: 6,25 mm.; ¢, 28 mm.

Wanggar River, 15 miles from coast, ca. 600 feet, January to
February, five ¢ 3, seven @ ? ; Nomnagihé, 2,000 feet, January to
ebruaiys tour dd, six. 2 2.

P. poultont was found flying with the Agaristid Jmmetalia saturata
longipalpis Kirsch. This species has a white-banded ¢ and an orange-
banded °.

A note on this mimetic association is contributed by Professor
Poulton to the present volume.

The ? of P. poultont was found feeding on tree gum.

99

334 New Forms of Butterflies from Dutch New Guinea

10. Praetaxila tyrannus Sm. segestes Jord. ?.

Abisara segestes Jord., Nov. Zool. xi, p. 45 (1904) (Dutch New
Guinea, probably East of Geelvink Bay).

@. Upperside of fore wing with cellspot reduced to a dot or
obsolete. Median spot mostly reaching below vein 2. Hind wing as
in ¢. tyrannus Sm., with or without two apical spots in 4 and 5.

Underside as in ¢. tyrannus, but without any yellowish or tawny
scaling. The discoidal spot of the fore wing is prolonged distad in two
out of four specimens.

Wanggar River, 15 miles from coast, ca. 600 feet, January, seven
3 go, one ¢ (neallotype); Wanggar, February, one ¢ ; Kwatigore,
February, three ¢ ¢ ; Nomnagihé, 2,000 feet, June, one ?.

This race is separated by Fruhstorfer in Seitz, but is very close to
the typical Waigeu form and may have to sink if material from Waigeu
should prove otherwise.

335

NEW FORMS OF THE GENUS CHARAXES
(NYMPHALIDAE) FROM AFRICA AND MALAYA.

IBS? da J, VOMGMNC Los) (Er, LAINE KO)AL,

1. Charazxes latona Btl. aruanus Btl. 3.

Till Mr. W. J. C. Frost began to make collections on the Aru
Islands for the Hill Museum, this race was only known by the 2 type.

3. Upperside rather different from other forms of latona, and
recalling harmodius Feld. Fore wing with much narrower black
margin than in latona papuensis Btl., broader above vein 6, and reaching
vein 2, its inner edge scalloped, and near it on the brown area a faint
dark line marked in 5 and 6 by heavier scaling. Below vein 2 a
rounded black submarginal spot divided by a line of ground-colour at
the fold. A small postdiscal spot in 6, and a smaller one below it in 5.
Hind wing without the black margin of latona forms, but with a series
of submarginal spots. A large spot in 7 reaching the margin, an
elongate spot in 6, a smaller ovate spot in 5, and two smaller ones in 3
and 2; two black anal dots marked with bluish-white.

Underside similar to papwensis, and except for the less strongly
marked postdiscal scalloped lines on both wings, there is perhaps no
constant difference.

Length of fore wing: 38 mm.

Aru Islands, March to May, 1916, W. J.C. Frost, three 3 ¢.

We are doubtful whether one is correct in assigning aruanus to
latona. We have two similar-looking forms, one from the Saddleberg
in late German N. Guinea, and the other from the Hydrographer
Mountains in British N. Guinea. Together with arwanus these have
several characters not found in /atona. It may be that we are dealing
with representatives of harmodius or other western species.

2. Charaxes polyxena Cram. baliensis subsp. nov.

Allied to polyxena varenius Fruh. from Bawean.

3. Fore wing with much broader distal black than in the Javan
baya Moore, extended proximally in 5 and 6 to the upper angle of cell.
The brown area reaches vein 5 with a short stripe in 4, absent in

336 New Forms of the Genus Charaxes (Nymphalidae)

varenius. Outer edge of brown area more even than in baya or
varenius. Hind wing with a black submarginal band as in varenius,
but nearer the margin and without white dots.

Underside of hind wing with outer edge of dark postdiscal band not
scalloped.

Bali, 2,000—4,000 feet, March, W. Doherty, one 3.

Received from the collection of H. J. Elwes, Esq.

3. Charaxes elwesi sp. nov.

This is represented by a single specimen which had remained
for many years in the collection of H. J. Elwes, Esq. It appears to
be allied to nvtebis Hew., but is quite distinct.

@. Upperside with black-brown ground-colour. Fore wing with
brownish-white basal area and spots. Basal area to inner marginal
two-thirds, filling base of 2, not quite reaching end of cell and limited
by upper edge of cell. Costa pale brown from base to end of second
subcostal. Postdiscal spots: two near bases of cellules 5 and 6, a
third in 4 more distal, a fourth in 2 curved, a fifth in 2 elbowed and
more proximal, the last curved from vein 2 to the basal area above the
submedian ; these spots separated by the veins and better defined on
the inner edge, the lower three occupying a similar position to those in
nitebis. Three subcostal spots, the smaller near base of cellule 7, a
much larger one in 6, directed distad, the third smaller in 5. A row
of seven submarginal spots placed somewhat as in nitebis, but sharply
defined, the upper three rounded, the next three somewhat pointed
proximally, the lower one rounded on the inside. Apex of fore wing
more produced than in mitebis. Hind wing with a long spatulate tail.
Proximal two-thirds greyish-white over a yellow-brown ground-colour ;
outer edge of this area sharply defined, outwardly curved at the middle.
Distal area black-brown with a pale narrower marginal border, broader
between veins 3 and 2 and including the tail, deeply incurved in cellule
3. Asubmarginal row of six white spots in 2—T7 placed midway between
the margin and edge of proximal area. The anal angle of both wings
is torn out, but there is an indication of a black round spot bearing
two small white spots.

Underside with yellow-brown ground-colour scaled with grey-white.
Markings as above. Fore wing with three curved blackish basal lines,
broken at the lower edge of cell. Hind wing with a pale proximal
area browner than above and traversed by blackish lines. ‘Two irregular
subbasal lines fairly close together and an irregular discal line beyond

New Forms of the Genus Charaxzes (Nymphalidae) 337

the cell, formed of curved marks divided by the veins, and distally
curved at the middle. A postdiscal line of curved marks nearly straight
from vein 7 to submedian fold, followed by a heavy dark line, the inter-
space forming pale spots. White submarginal spots as above.

The specimen is worn so much that the more obscure markings and
true colour cannot be diagnosed.

Length of fore wing: 46 mm.

Sumbawa, September, 1891, one 2. Collected by W. Doherty.

NOTE ON SYNONYMY.

4. Characxes brevicaudatus Schultze.

AveGar, INEnwOREIS, 11S) IBIl, Jalloe, J, Jo, By ty IU) rales 3) (Ole IZ)) (Nyasa-
Fad) oe

Rebel, Ann. K.K. Nat. Hofmus., Bd. xxviii, p. 254, pl. xx, figs. 21, 22
(1914) (N.W. Tanganyika, Iringa and Nyasaland) 3.

Charaxes mauder Joicey and Talbot, P. Z. S., 1917, p. 271 (1918)
(“German EK. Africa’’) @.

We have acquired a ¢ of this form from Tanganyika territory
which agrees with the figure given by Rebel. It is undoubtedly the ¢
of the ¢ described by us as maudei, the figure given by Schultze only
differing in being a little darker. The tails of our ? specimen
are long.

We prefer to treat this form as distinct from cithaeron Feld., which
occurs in the same area, and since both sexes are constantly different it
is probably another species allied to xiphares Cram.

5. Charaxes penrici Roths. °.

Nov. Zool. vii, p. 460 (1900) (Quebe River, Angola) 3.

C. peculiaris, Lathy, Entomol. xxxix, p. 125 (1906) (North-East
Rhodesia).

°. Bands with reduced blue, on the fore wing with but slight blue
edging or none. Band broader on the hind wing and _ posteriorly
broader on the fore wing.

Underside paler with extended white markings.

Length of fore wing: 47 mm.

Nyasaland (2 neallotype), also one other ¢° from Mrowi, Nyasa-
land, and ¢ 3 from Nyasaland, Hast Africa and Katanga.

The form described by Lathy is not constant, as transitions occur
from blue to green, and variations of the other markings.

338 New Forms of the Genus Charaxes (Nymphalidae)

6. Charaxes penrict Roths. f. dealbata f. nov.

This curious form may be treated as an individual aberration, unless
future material may show it to be confined to an area where the typical
form is absent.

3. Fore wing with the band narrower below vein 2 and without
white scaling in this part ; spot in 2 with reduced white scaling. Hind
wing with the band half as wide and without white, blue as in etesipe
Godt., and not reaching the cell. A small white spot in 7 proximally
of the blue spot but separated from it. The spots of the band are more
sharply defined on the inner edge than on the outer.

Underside of fore wing with postdiscal patches below 2 and in
cellule 2 smaller, edged with chestnut on the outside and more heavily
with black on the inside. Hind wing as in the typical form, but the
postdiscal chestnut band slightly more strongly marked.

Kibokolo do Zombo, Portuguese Congo, two 3 3.

In Tring Museum, one ¢ from Pungo Ndongo, Angola.

7. Charaxes druceanus Btl. proximans subsp. nov.

Specimens from West and South Africa are typical. Specimens
from Rhodesia, Nyasaland, South Congo, and northwards, are dis-
tinguished by a narrower black distal border on the fore wing, more
noticeably above vein 4. The black margin of the hind wing is mostly
a little narrower. The silver band on the fore wing below is broader.
On the hind wing the postdiscal silvery line is less strongly curved.

?. Distal black margin much narrower, discal bands deeper
ochreous.

Nyasaland (type 3), also in the Joicey collection from the Katanga,
North Rhodesia, and Uganda (type 2). One 3 from Toro approaches
the West African form. Also from Angola, Fwambo, and Mashonaland
in the British Museum.

8. Charaxes porthos. Sm. dummeri subsp. nov.

3. Fore wing with the blue band placed farther from the margin
and inclined to be narrower. Hind wing with discal band a little
narrower, spot in base of 8 very small, those in 5 and 6 smaller than in
the type form, the one in 7 larger.

Underside not constantly different from the typical form.

Uganda: Mabera Forest, 4,000 feet, R. A. Dummer, thirteen 3 3.

339

NEW FORMS OF BUTTERFLIES FROM AFRICA.
By J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.

PIERIDAE.

1. Mylothris canescens sp. nov.

Perhaps allied to nwbila Mosch., but distinguished by large marginal
spots and grey dusting over the cell.

3. Upperside of fore wing with broad fuscous apical area joined
to three marginal spots, merged at the margin and pointed on the
veins ; spot on vein 2 smaller, and a small spot at end of submedian.
Costa narrowly fuscous. Cell bluish-grey and interspaces between
the cell and apical area dusted with this colour, also to a less extent
in cellule 2, and below the cell. Hind wing with six rounded marginal
spots all separate.

Underside of fore wing slightly dusted with fuscous. Marginal spots
on submedian, 2, 3, and 4 separate and rounded, those on veins 5, 6,
and at apex joined together. Upper edge of cell at base orange-yellow.
Hind wing with marginal spots as above. Cellule 8 orange-yellow.

Length of fore wing: 28 mm.

Osa-Lowa Watershed, Eastern Congo, August, 1921, T. A. Barns,
one 3.

2. Pieris brassicoides Luc. meridionalis subsp. nov.

3$. Fore wing with broader black margin. Underside of fore wing
with spots a little larger, the one below vein 2, produced more distad.
Hind wing with veins more heavily black. Costa with yellow edging
reaching spots before the apex. No spot in 3.

@. Fore wing with broader margin, a broad white apical stripe
in 6, a narrower one in 7, a shorter one in 5, clouded stripes in 3 and 4.

Underside with apex of fore wing and the hind wing with only
slight yellowish tinge. Hind wing with spot in 6 obsolete.

Highlands of the Great Craters, Arusha district, Tanganyika
territory, 7,500 to 8,800 feet, February to March, T. A. Barns, ten
O'S, MO BS Bs

This species was hitherto known only from Abyssinia.

340 New Forms of Butterflies from Africa

ACRAEKIDAE.
3. Acraea asboloplintha Karsch f. rubescens Trim., ¢ f. albulaf. nov.

The ? neallotype of asboloplintha, described by Suffert (Iris, p. 19,
pl. 2, f. 6, 1904) is in the Joicey collection. It represents the 3 type
of colouring and belongs to the rubescens form. Dr. Eltringham, in his
monograph of Acraea (T. E. S., 1912, p. 197) treats rubescens as a
subspecies.

The material obtained by Mr. Barns from the Kivu district contains
examples of both forms from the same place. There is alsoa ¢ of the
rubescens type. This specimen is not so heavily scaled with red on the
fore wing as in Suffert’s ° from Nairobi, but it has the colour ochreous
and the stripes reach the distal margin. There are ochreous stripes in
cellules 3 to 6, those in 3 and 4 being only well-defined distally as spots,
the one in 6 heavily marked. The distal area of the hind wing is rosy-
red with a pale-ochreous marginal border. This specimen may be
regarded as transitional to the specimen described by Suffert. Mr.
Barns marked a specimen of typical asboloplintha as being the s of
this ?. It is unfortunate that he did not specify whether or no these
were taken “2 cop.”

There is a ¢ specimen with slight red scaling in 1b, base of 2, and
extending a little into the cell, being thus transitional.

We are inclined to regard rwbescens as an individual aberration.

The ? with white markings deserves a name, and for this we
propose albula. The type will be the ? described by Trimen in the
Hope Department, Oxford.

4. Acraea eltringhami J. and T., 2.

IB, Taal!) WCU IL, Os ZEA, Jol, ax, WoW, IEIL (USL) sony) gi.

Only differs from the ¢ in its larger size and much duller colouring.

Length of fore wing: 29 mm.

Rugege Forest, 8,000 feet, December, one ¢, also two 3 3.
Collected by T. A. Barns.

5. Acraea hamata sp. nov.

At first sight this interesting species may be said to be mimetic of
insignis Dist., and to be allied to the orestia group. However, the
black unspotted abdomen, showing some slight lateral reddish scaling,
places it with eltringhani J. and T. We venture to suggest that it is
derived from eltringhami in the same locality, and whilst it may never

New Forms of Butterflies from Africa O41

be found again, we may also consider the possibility of a mutation
sufficiently fixed to reproduce its kind.

°. Fore wing as in eltringhanu, more thinly scaled, basal costal
stripe longer, a small spot in base of 8, and spot in 2 larger. Hind
wing with basal black and discal black spot as in the allied form, but
discal spot joined to the black area. The costa and a broad distal
margin are hyaline, thinly scaled with black as the fore wing.

Underside of hind wing with separate large black spots and grey-
green basal scaling. A spot at the base of 7, one in cell produced
basad, one below the cell at base, a large discoidal patch lying mostly
outside the cell, a small spot in base of 3 joined to the previous patch,
larger spots in 2, 1c and 1b, separated by the veins.

Length of fore wing: 20 mm.

Rugege Forest, 8,000 feet, December, one ?. Collected by T. A.
Barns.

NYMPHALIDAE.

6. Huphaedra christyt Shpe. barnsi subsp. nov.

The discovery of this form induces us to regard christyi as a species
and not as an aberration of zaddachi Dew., as Aurivillius considered.
Typical zaddachi was obtained at the same place as barnsi.

Hi. christyi is distinguished from zaddachi by the ochre-yellow area
of the hind wing, which is smaller than the red area in zaddachi, but
in the. 2 is partly red. ‘The inner margin is grey or black. The
hind wing below has the costal area red in the 3, only in the 2 with
extended red, and with this the pale areas of ground-colour are larger
than in 2 zaddachi. There is a black discoidal spot, always absent
in zaddacht.

3. Upperside of fore wing with markings white or with a yellowish
tinge. Subapical band shorter and more curved than in the type form,
not reaching below vein 4. Cellspot absent. Median band shorter,
not produced to the base of cellule 2, and with a smaller spot behind
vein 2. Hind wing discal patch smaller than in the type form, and
reduced distally.

Underside of fore wing with bands as above, and other markings
as in type form. Hind wing with red costal area, reaching vein 6
and with a large distal spot in cellule 6, and another below it in 5
(absent in one specimen). Five postdiscal black spots in 2—6, and a
spot in 7 more proximal. Submarginal spots as in type form.

Upper Lowa Valley, W. of Masisi, W. Kivu region, 4,500—5,000

342 New Forms of Butterflies from Africa

feet, September, 1921, T. A. Barns, three ¢ ¢. ‘Taken feeding on
rotting fruit in company of other Kuphaedras, including one zaddachi.

SATYRIDAE.
7. Ypthima albida Btl. uniformis Bartel. °.

Nov. Zool. xu, p. 134 (1905) (“ Cent. Africa,” Congo).

Similar to the type form but not so strongly irrorated with dark
grey except at the margins. A second specimen, which we place as
the ? neallotype, has much less dark grey irroration on the costa and
the distal margin. Underside as in the 3.

Length of fore wing: 23 mm.

Lowa Valley, three days above Walikale, North-west Kivu, 4,300
feet, September, one 2? (neallotype), also one 3.

Rugege Forest, 8,000 feet, December, one ? (darker specimen).
Lowa Valley, east of Walikale, September, three ¢ ¢ ; Upper Lowa
Valley, near Walikale, 2,760 feet, September, 1 ¢. Collected by T. A.
Barns.

8. Aphysonewra pigmentaria Krsch. scapulifascia subsp. nov.

This is the darkest form as yet known, and is more allied to the
race latulumba Le Cerf, from Nyasaland.

3. Upperside with reduced pale area formed of an oblong cellspot
joining a round distal patch limited by the submedian. Inner edge of
this area straight, separating a basal area of ground-colour bearing a
pale spot at upper edge of cell, and with lower edge of cell and sub-
median white. Outer edge of the pale area not reaching vein 3
anteriorly and limited by this vein outside the cell, curved to the sub-
median fold and inwards to the submedian vein. Submarginal spot in
3 obsolete. Inner margin fuscous-black. Hind wing with dark costal
area invading the basal three-fourths of cell, and also forming a basal
stripe in le separated by the pale edge of cell.

Underside of fore wing with pale area as above, costal spot smaller
than in other forms. Hind wing with anterior part of postdiscal line,
from costa to vein 4, thicker and less curved, and above 7 forming the
edge of a white costal spot; this spot 1s clouded and shorter in other
forms. Interspaces between ocelli and submarginal lne white from
vein 3 to 6.

Palpi pale-yellow, with only a slight mixture of black hair.

Kisaba, Bugoie Forest, W. Kivu, 8,500 feet, November, 1921,
one 3. ‘Taken on bamboo by T. A. Barns.

543

NEW FORMS OF THE GENUS TELLERVO
(DANAIDAE).

IBY Jo Jo HOMO Aw Cy IVUbsKO)I,

1. Tellervo assarica Cram. aruensis. subsp. nov.

§. Fore wing spots smaller, spot in 3 oblong with almost straight
edges, cellspot triangular and equilateral. Hind wing with rounded
white area narrower proximally, edges slightly sinuous.

Underside with submarginal spots reduced to dots. Fore wing with
basal streak represented by a small spot before 2. Hind wing without
a middle costal spot. Upper edge of white area with a slight tooth of
ground-colour as in assarica, proximal edge only reaching vein la; a
spot on the inner margin near base not touching the edge of the white
area. No submarginal dot in 1b and Ic.

Aru Islands, March to May, W. J. C. Frost, one 3.

A long series of zovlus nais Guér. was also obtained.

2. Tellervo assarica Cram. mysolensis. subsp. nov.

3. Much resembling assarica but with well-marked basal streak on
fore wing. Cellspot a little larger than in assarica. Spots smaller,
inner edge of lower spot more distal than in assarica. Hind wing with
band reduced between veins 2 and 4, and only slightly indented along
the edge.

Underside of hind wing with costal spots larger and closer together.

?. Fore wing postdiscal spots not connected at vein 4 as in most
assarica forms, and their edges not so sharply defined. Cellspot large,
also a well-marked basal stripe.

Mysol, 100 to 500 feet, October and November, wet season, W. J. C.
Hrosteetoubed os tour Oo)

3. Tellervo assarica Cram. waigeuensis. subsp. nov.

T. zoilus fallax Fruh. Seitz, Macrolep. ix, p. 273, pl. 78e (1911).
This is not the true fallax Stgr., typical specimens of which we
possess from Waigeu, and also a very similar and perhaps identical form

344 New Forms of the Genus Tellervo (Danaidae)

from Mysol. The present form is closely related to the Mysol one
already described. It is evident that fallax represents a fourth species
of the genus. It is represented on the Solomons by hiero G. and 58.
The specimen from Matabello, referred to by Staudinger (Hxot. Tag.
p. 58) is evidently the female of fallax, and the females of the Mysol

series are of this kind.
é. larger than mysolensis. Fore wing with larger spots, the one

in 3 broader and straight on the outer edge. Hind wing with band
as broad as in assarica, but the edge slightly irregular and only notice-
ably indented near the base of cellule six.

°. Subapical spots smaller than in assarica, cellspot larger. Hind
wing with band more rounded and not dentate.

Waigeu, February to March, A., C., and F. Pratt, one 3, two 2 ?.

A similar form occurs on the Island of Mioswaar in Geelvink Bay,
but as this may be identical with one of the races inadequately described
in Seitz, we cannot venture to give it a name.

4. Tellervo zoilus Fbr. parvipuncta subsp. nov.

This form is close to mysoriensis Stgr., from the Schouten Islands,
but may be distinguished by the smaller spots of the underside,
especially of the hind wing, and by the band of the hind wing having
a costal invagination of ground-colour which rarely reaches vein 4.

Together with this species was found assarica meforicus Fruh.
This is very similar in marking, but the fore wing has a larger cellspot,
always a basal streak though sometimes faint, the hind wing with band
more indented on the outside and a small spot in 1b. On the underside
there is no spot at the base of lc. Fruhstorfer figures this form in
Seitz, Macrolep. ix, pl. 78e, but the figure is of the ? and not ofa $
as stated.

3d 2. Upperside of fore wing with a small, narrow, and slightly
curved cellspot, in one specimen triangular, and in the ¢ larger.
Subapical spot and distal spot as in mysoriensis, but a trifle shortened,
and very lightly dusted with black in the ¢. A white subcostal dot,
larger in the °. Hind wing band as in mysorivensis, no spot in 1b,
only some light dusting. The band not divided by the ground-colour,
which forms a costal invagination as in meforicus and only reaches
vein 4 in one ¢ and one ?.

Underside with spots smaller than in mysorvensis ; hind wing with
much smaller middle costal spot. A round dot at base of lc, more or
less defined ; this dot is absent in assarica forms.

New Forms of the Genus Tellervo (Danaidae) 345

Mefor Island, August, C., F., and J. Pratt.
A series of both sexes, 43 p.c. ¢ 3, 57 p.c. 2 &.

5. Tellervo jurriaansei sp. nov.

This is a very distinct mountain form. It replaces a zoi/us form
which occurs up to 3,500 feet, and was found only between 5,000 and
6,000 feet. The only species known with a cream-coloured or almost
yellowish band on the hind wing.

It is interesting to note that near the coast of Geelvink Bay both
zotlus nedusia Hbn., and assarica wollastont Roths., were found
together.

The form we are describing is probably a recent development from
zotlus, marking its limit of altitude.

3. Upperside with the usual black ground-colour. Fore wing
with spots smaller than in nedusia. No patch of modified scales. The
spot in 3 round and placed more distal than in nedusia. Hind
wing with the band cream-colour and distally much shorter than in
nedusia.

Underside of fore wing thinly scaled. A submarginal row of eight
pale cream-coloured spots, larger than in nedusia, those in 3 and 7
smaller than the others. No cell-stripe. Hind wing with band as
above, and pale cream-coloured spots. A basal spot, a costal stripe in
7 where there are two spots in the allied form, submarginal spots as in
other forms but larger than in nedusia, and the one at the costa before
the apex, elongated.

@. Like the 3g except that the spots of the fore wing are not
dusted with black.

Length of fore wing: ¢ 21 mm., ? 22 mm.

Menoo River, 5,000 feet, November to January; Mt. Kunupi, 6,000
feet, November to January, a series of both sexes.

346

NEW FORMS OF BUTTERFLIES FROM THE SULA IS.,
AND THE ISLANDS OF OBI, ARU, AND TENIMBER.

By J. J. JOICHY ann G. TALBOT.

PIERIDAE.

1. Elodina aruensis sp. nov.

We cannot assign this form to any known species at present, but
it must certainly be a race of one of the similar New Guinea or
Moluccan species. It much resembles namatia Fruh., from Waigeu.

g. Upperside chalky-white. Fore wing with black-brown distal
area as in namatia, but only reaching vein 2; inner edge as in namatia,
but the tooth on vein 4 is less produced, the edge between 4 and 6
being more oblique. Basal dark area narrower than in namatia.

Underside of fore wing with smaller dark subapical band, not
reaching vein 3, and fading out on the costa. Basal yellow suffusion
as in namatia. Hind wing with basal half of costa pale yellow, more
marked than in namatia.

Length of fore wing: 24 mm.

Aru Islands, March to May, W. J. C. Frost, two 3 3.

2. Elodina egnatia Godt. tenimberensis subsp. nov.

Close to the race angulipennis Luc. from Australia.

3$. Fore wing with the marginal brown reaching nearer the tornus
than in angulipennis. 'The tooth on vein 4 is much less pronounced,
but is sharply angled, and the edge of the apical area is more oblique
from vein 3 to costa.

Underside of fore wing with larger and paler brown subapical
patch, somewhat quadrate and with a narrow proiongation to vein 3.
Base with only a slight yellow suffusion. Hind wing with costa pale-
yellow on basal two-thirds, no trace of postdiscal markings, and.a
yellowish tinge on the submedian area.

Length of fore wing: 18 mm.

New Forms of Butterflies from the Sula Islands 347

Tenimber: South Yamdena, 20 miles north of Saumlakki, June,
July, September, W. J. C. Frost, one 3.

Judging from series of species of this genus and specimens of
angulipennis, we think that Tenimber specimens will be found to be
fairly constant.

3. Appias ada Cram. tenimberensis subsp. nov.

A rather distinct form with broader black margin.

6. Fore wing with distal margin more broadly black than in other
forms and reaching vein 2. Hind wing with distal margin half again
as broad as in cilla Feld.

Underside with yellow apical spot. Hind wing with brown margin
reaching end of cell and near the bases of cellules 3 and 4. Orange
scaling much less than in cilla.

Tenimber Islands, south Yamdena, 25 miles north of Saumlakki,
November to March, W. J. C. Frost, five 3 3.

4. Tervas norbana Fruh. sulaensis subsp. nov.

3é. The yellow area on the fore wing is broader, and has a shorter
distal prolongation which is more deeply cleft. A yellow stripe below
the cell varying from being very short and narrow to very long and
broad. Hind wing with yellow anal dusting more or less marked.
The edge of the yellow area is much more sharply defined.

2. Marginal border of both wings much broader. Yellow areas
dusted with black.

Sula Islands, June, July and September, eight ¢ ¢, one 2, W.J.C.
Frost.

Also one g one @ collected by A. R. Wallace, ex Coll. Grose-
Smith.

DANAIDAKE.

5. Euploea alecto Butl. zodica Fruh. 2.

Fore wing with small white discal spot in 3 and a smaller in 9.
Vestiges of 3 subapical spots. Hind wing paler in the distal area.
A postdiscal series of clouded short linear spots from Ic to 5. A series
of small rounded submarginal spots from Lb to 5.

Underside of fore wing with bluish-white discal spots, one in end
of cell, two larger ones in 2 and 3, three smaller in 4 to 6, and two
subcostal in 9 and 10; a stripe below vein 2. Four small subapical

348 New Forms of Butterflies from the Sula Islands

spots and a row of obscure antemarginal dots. Hind wing with a
rounded bluish-white spot in end of cell, and seven discal spots. Post-
discal white spots as above, but distinct. Submarginal white spots
as above, but larger and distinct. |

Obi, July and September, W. J. C. Frost, three 2 2, also five ¢ 3.

6. Huploea salabanda Wirsch obiana Fruh. ?.

Soc. Entom., p. 67 (1904) (Obi) ¢.

2. Upperside of fore wing with five smail submarginal spots in
2 to 6, the lower two the larger, also a dot in 7. Hind wing with
grey-white costal margin bearing a white distal spot. Three small
and obscure whitish spots in 4 to 6.

Underside of fore wing with submarginal white spots as above but
more distinct. ‘Two pairs of antemarginal white dots in 2 and 3, and
a dot in 4. A discal bluish-white spot in 2. Hind wing with post-
discal white spots, the one in 7 the larger, and those in 2 and 3 mere
dots. A row of antemarginal white dots from 1b to 5.

Obi, July and September, W. J. C. Frost, two ?, and also
blake CMs wcle .

7. Huploea eupator Hew. sulaensis subsp. nov.

$. Fore wing with cellspot broken, discal spot in 2 and 3 larger,
three subapical strigae in 4 to 6, not clearly marked. Hind wing
without cellspot. Discal spots shorter. A row of submarginal white
dots, the anterior ones the more distinct.

Underside of fore wing with stripes in 2 and 3 larger, subapical
strigae distinct, and eight small submarginal spots from 1b to 4. Hind
wing with a dot in lower angle of cell, postdiscal spots longer than
above, and a complete series of small submarginal spots.

Sula Islands, June, July and September, W. J. C. Frost, two 3 dé.

NYMPHALIDAH.

8. Ergolis mertonoides Holl. sulaensis subsp. nov.

A much darkened form.

3. Upperside much darker brown. Submarginal line not sharply
defined, postdiscal spots indistinct. Hind wing with postdiscal spots
more rounded, submarginal line nearer the postdiscal spots, and inter-
space in 1b, 2 and 3 not filled in with black.

New Forms of Butterflies from the Sula Islands 349

Underside much darker. Hind wing with submarginal line much
less waved and nearer the postdiscal band.
Sula Islands, June, July and September, W. J. C. Frost, one 3.

9. Cynthia erota Fbr. bagrada Fruh. ¢.

Seitz, Macrolep. ix, p. 479 (1912) (Wetter and Timor).

Very similar to the female of cycnia Nicev. from Key. Smaller and
paler. Fore wing with lines more narrowly black-edged and with
smaller postdiscal spots. Hind wing with more narrowly black-edged
postdiscal line.

Underside of hind wing with smaller pale costal patch and narrower
pale border to the discal line. Fore wing as in cycnia.

Tenimber Is.: South Yamdena, 20 miles north of Saumlakki,
November to March, W. J. C. Frost, a series of males and five 2 2.

The male of this form is darker than in cycnia. The pale costal
patch is not always present on the hind wing below, where also the
distal violet scaling is more extended than in cycnia.

10. Hypolimnas deois Hew. obianus Fruh. 2

rT

Both wings with much more extended white areas than in tydea
Feld. from Batjan. Fore wing with white area reaching nearly to base
of cell, and leaving a small submedian and apical area of ground-colour.
Ocelli in 2 and 1b larger, black with violet-blue scaling. Hind wing
with white area reaching nearly to base, ocelli larger, and distal yellow-
brown reduced.

Underside of fore wing with less apical ground-colour than above.
Hind wing with base black-brown between costa and cell, inner margin
yellow-brown.

Obi, July to September, W. J. C. Frost, one 2, alsotwo 3 ¢.

23

300

FOUR NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM THE ISLANDS OF
MEFOR AND BIAK (NORTH DUTCH NEW GUINEA).

BY I. Jo JOU Asi Gr, IUALIOMt.

Tur SPECIMENS WERE COLLECTED BY Messrs. PRATT.

DANAIDAE.
1. Danaida mytilene Feld. subnigra subsp. nov.

This form was separated by Mr. P. I. Lathy when, some years ago,
he arranged the Danaidae of the Joicey collection.

3 2. Differs from mytilene in the reduced spots and more extended
black stripes on the veins. Upperside of fore wing with a narrow
black-brown marginal border, broader at the apex and narrowest on the
distal margin, sometimes not distinctly indicated. The black-brown
vein stripes run into the marginal border. The cell is dusted with
black and much darkened in the upper part. The subapical band of
spots is mostly reduced to dots and sometimes obsolete. The double
apical spot is reduced to two dots. Hind wing with darkened costal
area and mostly a basal dusting of black. Vein stripes prominent.

Underside mostly darker than in the typical form, and spots smaller.

Biak, Schouten Is., June, 1914 (A., C., and F. Pratt); a series of
both sexes.

Typical mytilene occurs on Mefor, from which island we have
a series. One female is exactly like the Biak specimens.

2. Danaida (LTirumala) melissa Crara. coarctata subsp. nov.

Allied to the New Guinea race lewcoptera, but is smaller with the
markings as large, i.e., the markings are not reduced in proportion to
the smaller size.

3g 2. Markings as large as in lewcoptera, submarginal spot of fore
wing a little larger, subapical spots a little smaller. Hind wing with
stripes in 4 and 6 nearer the postdiscal spots than in lewcoptera. Post-
discal and submarginal spots closer together, and the two submedian
streaks joined to the two posterior spots of the postdiscal series.

Length of fore wing: 37—44 mm.

Four New Butterflies from the Islands of Mefor and Biak 351

Length of fore wing in lewcoptera : 41—52 mm.
Biak, Schouten Is., June (A., C., and F. Pratt); a series of both
SEXES.
This form does not occur on Mefor, and typical lewcoptera is found
there.
NYMPHALIDAE.

3. Neptis maculosa sp. nov.

Allied to heliopolis Feld., from the North Moluccas, but quite
distinct.

@. Underside with full complement of white bands and spots.
Fore wing with a somewhat triangular spot near end of cell, joined or
not joined to a basal streak. A large spot outside end of cell, rounded
on its inner edge and slightly produced outwardly. A subcostal spot,
longer than broad, in 6 before the middle, and a smaller spot below it
in 5 more distal. ‘Two median spots in 2 and 3, the upper the smaller
and near the cell, the lower produced distad. A short oblique stripe
on the inner margin at the middle, and above it on the submedian a
small spot placed more distal. A postdiscal series of 6 spots in 1b to 6,
somewhat pointed at their proximal edge and slightly incurved on their
distal edge, those in 3 and 4 a little more proximally placed. A sub-
marginal line broken up into 6 spots placed nearer the postdiscal series
than the margin. The postdiscal and submarginal markings are not
so sharply defined as the others. Hind wing with a narrower discal
band of five spots, the lower two divided by the submedian, the third
at base of cellule 2, the fourth elongate across end of cell, the fifth above
it in 5, sometimes a small spot in the base of cellule 3, all sharply
defined. An indistinct irregular postdiscal line, more marked below.
A postdiscal series of seven spots in 1b to 7, the one in 1b more pro-
ximal and the other in 6 more distal than the others. A submarginal
line broken up into six spots the upper one minute.

Underside markings much as on the upper side, but enlarged. Fore
wing with basal streak broad, discal spot much larger than above. A
postdiscal bluish-white irregular line broken up by veins 2 to 5 into
somewhat lunate marks. A clouded grey-white spot below vein 2, its
lower edge curved outwards to touch the lower postdiscal spot. An
antemarginal line, obsolete in cellule 3, and indicated in 6 and 7 by
two white points. A short yellow stripe on costa at base.

Hind wing with costa white at base. A subbasal band curved towards
costa. Discal band not broken up. An irregular bluish-white post-

352. Four New Butterflies from the Islands of Mefor and Brak

discal line broken up by the veins. Postdiscal spots larger than above.
An antemarginal line broken at the veins.

Abdomen pale yellow on ventral surface.

Length of fore wing: 36 mm.

Mefor Island, August, C., F., and J. Pratt, four ¢ 2.

AMATHUSIIDAH.

4. Morphopsis biakensis J. and T. angustifascia subsp. nov.

This form was figured by Lord Rothschild in Novitates Zoologice
xxiii, pl. iv, figs. 8, 4 (1916). According to Rothschild, specimens from
the mainland of New Guinea do not differ from Mefor ones. Herr
Fruhstorfer, in the Ent. Rund. 34 Jahr. No. 11, p. 48, described what
he considered a new race of albertist Ob., under the name of derhion,
and compared it with the Mefor form of biakensis! The description
of this single specimen from Dutch West New Guinea is too inadequate,
but as it possesses a broader band than in the Mefor one, it may be an
albertist race, or is it the 2 of specimens already considered as the
same as Mefor and Biak ones? We have a 3S specimen from Mt.
Kunupi (Weyland Mts.), 6,000 feet, which seems to agree with Fruh-
storfer’s description, the ocelli being a little smaller and the band a
little broader than in biakensis, but it is a form of this species.

3 @. Upperside of fore wing with a narrower band, more deeply
incurved between veins 4 and 6. Hind wing with the submarginal
line nearly regular, slightly more sinuate in the ¢.

Underside of fore wing with cellmark sharply angled. Inner edge
of band indented on vein 4, and with a short spur in cellule 2. In the
? the lower end of band at margin separated by the distal part. Hind
wing with a heavier brown discal line which is more curved anteriorly
and hence farther from the ocellus, the part touching vein 3 also
farther from the anal ocellus, in the @ more as in the type form.
First submarginal line less irregular, second submarginal line nearly
regular, slightly thinner at the veins, in the 2 more sinuate.

Mefor Island, August. A series of both sexes, mostly much
damaged, collected by C., F., and J. Pratt.

3090

A NEW NEPTIS AND A LYCAENID FROM HAINAN,
COLLECTED BY C. T. Bowrine, Esq.

By J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.

Neptis soma Mre. candida subsp. nov.

Allied to the race duwtatia Fruh. from Formosa, but with purer white
markings.

& 2. Fore wing with larger spots, postcellular spot longer, spot in
3 longer. Hind wing with the androconial area not reaching the discal
band. Discal and postdiscal bands a little broader.

Underside fuscous, markings larger than above.

Hainan Interior, September, one ¢3, two ? 2 ; August, one 2? ;
July, two 3 3,one °.

In the Hope Museum, Oxford, presented by C. T. Bowring, July,
ONE Mw.

Tajuria travana Hew. hainanensis subsp. nov.

$. Fore wing with blue reduced to a small patch on the inner
margin.

Underside of fore wing with paler submedian area, and postdiscal
line thinner. Hind wing with posterior pale edging to the postdiscal
line more strongly developed, green scaling less developed.

@. Hind wing without blue, one specimen with fore wing also
without blue.

Underside ochraceous-yellow, postdiscal line weaker than in the 3.

Hainan: Hoihow, October, one 3,two 2 ? ; December, two 3 ¢;
September, one @? ; August, one ? ; November, two 2 2 ; Leanui,
wet month, two g¢ 3,one °.

354

NEW FORMS OF LYCAENIDAE FROM CERAM AND
NEW IRELAND.

By J. J. JOICHY anp G. TALBOT.

1. Deudorix ceramensis Ribbe ¢.

Iris xiii, p. 366, t. vi, fig. 3 (1900) (Ceram) 3.

Upperside shining cerulean blue as in maudei J. and T. but with
a narrower black costal and distal edge. The white discal spot not
very distinct. Hind wing with a faintly marked submarginal line.
Anal lobe orange-yellow with a round black distal spot bearing on
its outer edge some metallic blue scales.

Underside with some basal fuscous suffusion, and all the bands
broader than in the male.

Length of fore wing: 20 mm.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 6,000 feet, October and November,
C., F., and J. Pratt, one 2, also one 2.

2. Deudoriz ceramensis Ribbe niepelti subsp. nov.

Distinguished by the much reduced patch on the fore wing, and
enlarged band below.

$. Fore wing with the brown patch limited by vein 2 and shorter
than in ceramensis or in mauder J. and 'T. from Biak, also only touching
the submedian at the base and outer edge, a few brown scales below
the submedian enclosing a streak of ground-colour. Hind wing with
broader costal fuscous-brown which fills the cell, nearly the whole of
cellule 6, two-thirds of 5, and forms a streak below vein 5. The base of
cellules 4 and 5 and the submedian area with strongly developed
fuscous-brown hair. The edge of the wing more heavily bordered
with black than in the two other forms.

Underside of fore wing with a broad fuscous-brown basal bar.
Postdiscal band broader and touching the darker distal border on the
submedian. Distal border with a thinner pale line. Hind wing with
distal and submedian bands very broad and merged together posteriorly.
Inner edge of discal band nearly reaching base on the costa. A broad

New Forms of Lycaendae 305

fuscous-brown distal border enclosing a thin white line nearly reaching
vein 4. Yellow-brown spots on the bands posteriorly are larger. Distal
yellow-brown spot in 3 small, in 2 quadrate without black centre, in
1b small, and in lc as in other forms. Anal area fuscous-brown to
the point where the discal band joins the others. Some metallic-
green scales in 1b and 2, between the outer and inner yellow-brown
spots.
New Ireland, one 3, received from Herr W. Niepelt.

3. Arhopala rileyi sp. nov.

Allied to chamaeleona Beth.-Bkr. from British New Guinea, also
occurring on the Schouten Islands. Distinguished from this on the
underside by the absence of any grey white discal suffusion, and by the
presence of green scaling on the anal area.

3. Upperside coloured as in chamaeleona. Hind wing with dark
costal area reaching or nearly reaching vein 6.

Underside colouring and markings very much as in chamaeleona,
the grey-white edging of all spots more sharply defined. Hind wing
without any grey-white suffusion except slightly in the distal area of
cellules 5 and 6. Cellspots clearly defined, the middle one larger.
A well-marked oblong discoidal spot, traversed by a pale line. All
spots below vein 6 sharply defined and formed as in chamaeleona, other
spots as in this form. The two submarginal pale irregular lines further
apart, and at vein 3 merged with the anal scaling. Some erey-violet
scaling from above vein 3 to the inner margin, narrowly separated by
the ground-colour from some metallic greenish-blue scaling which
forms a curved line in cellule 2, a patch in 1c, and a short line in
lb. A white antemarginal line and a black anal spot as in chamaeleona.

@. Upperside much as in chamaeleona. Fore wing with the blue
area forming a streak above vein 4, outer edge less incurved below
vein 2.

Underside as in the 3.

Length of fore wing: ¢ ?, 24 mm.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 3,000 feet, October and November, C.,
18, Byanel A, JPEN, HO Ss EO LEY.

4. Arhopala ate Hew. ?.

Amblypodia ate Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep. Lyc., p. 8, No. 32, pl. 1.
fig. 4 (1869) (Amboina), 3.

396 New Forms of Lycaenidae

_Arhopala ate Beth.-Bkr., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. 17, p. 29
(1903).

Only known previously from Amboina.

? . Upperside Rood’s blue (ix), lustrous. Fore wing with broad costal
and outer margin fuscous-black, costally reaching the cell and vein 5,
incurved on the distal area between submedian and vein 2. Hind wing
with broad costal and apical area, and narrow border from vein 3
fuscous black; inner margin fuscous-black to middle of cellule Ic, basal
half pale. Two curved blue submarginal marks in le and 2, and a
small black anal spot edged with blue scales above. Fringe mixed
with white from anal angle to vein 4, tail tipped with white.

Underside very like the ¢. Hind wing with the first submarginal
pale line further from the discal band, and the second line not so close
to the margin.

Length of fore wing: 22 mm.

Central Ceram: Manusela, 4,000 feet, January, 1920, C., F., and
Jo IPRA. OMG 2 .

357

NEW FORMS OF BUTTERFLIES FROM SOUTH
AMERICA,

IBNe No dio dOMMOIIN. snp (Ex, MU bpeKO)Ae

1. Anaea rosae Fassl. caucana subsp. nov.

g. Fore wing with smaller subapical spots which are reduced
proximally, and the bands becoming indistinct posteriorly. Fringe
liver-brown (xiv) and a slight marginal dusting of this colour. Hind
wing with a vestige of the bluish costal spot. Distal margin bordered
with liver-brown which merges into the ground-colour.

Underside with reduced white markings, and the spot in 7 on the
hind wing smaller.

Cauca Valley: Colombia, four ¢ 3.

2. Dasyopthalma rusina Godt. ab. donckieri ab. nov.

This remarkable specimen was obtained from Monsieur H. Donckier
of Paris, and no precise locality is given for this specimen.

?. Upperside with bands vestigial, and blue areas reduced. Tore
wing with vestiges of the three subapical spots. Band marked by small
spot on the inner margin and vestigial to vein 3, not present above this.
Blue area smaller. Hind wing with band vestigial, marked by a spot
on the costa and at the anal angle. Blue area much reduced and absent
from the cell.

Underside of fore wing with costal band absent. Postdiscal band
fading out above vein 8 and posteriorly grey-white and diffused at the
end. Black ocellus in 5 large, and traces of two others in 6 and 7.
Hind wing with the ocelli black and connected by a curved black band
outside the cell. This black discal band is narrowly separated from a
broader black postdiscal band by grey-white, the outer band extending
from veins 7 to 2, narrowing posteriorly. Some grey-white discal
irroration.

Although this is probably only an individual aberration, the mark-
ings of the hind wing below are so distinctly different that we have

358 New Forms of Butterflies from South America

named the form in view of a possibility that some race may be
discovered to which it may be linked.

3. Morpho cypris Westw. lathyi subsp. nov.

This represents the Peruvian form of this species, hitherto known
only from Colombia. .

3. Fore wing with a row of ill-defined submarginal white spots.
Hind wing with a similar row of six white spots slightly connected with
a row of small marginal lunules. The postdiscal spots of the fore wing
are smaller than in most Colombia specimens.

Underside with apparently no constant difference.

Rio Perene: Central Peru, August to September, one 3.

There is a specimen of this species in the Joicey collection from
Colombia, which shows on the white discal band of the hind wing a
round blue spot at the point of origin of vein 5.

359

DESCRIPTION OF A GYNANDROMORPH OF
ARGYNNIS HYPERBIUS CASTETSI OB.

By J. J. JOICKY anp G. TALBOT.

Fore wings right side female, representing the hyperbius form with
white subapical band. left side mostly male with the androconia
present on vein 2, whilst traces of the female element occur in the
presence of a portion of the subapical band, of some of the white sub-
marginal spots, and of some grey-blue scaling in cellules 3 and 5.

Hind wing right side female. Left side chiefly male with the
female element represented by some greenish scaling in the cell, in the
submedian area, and to a less extent in the distal area.

Underside of left fore wing with less trace of the female element
than above.

The right fore leg is female, the left is male, but with less hair than
normally.

South India: Ootacamund, May.

We possess females with subapical band as well as those with male
colouring.

360

A NEW PAPILIO FROM BURU.
By J. J. JOICHEY anno G. TALBOT.

Papilio (Troides) prattorum sp. nov.

This is the finest discovery made by the brothers Pratt since they
began collecting Lepidoptera for the Hill Museum, and is another
example of their skill and perseverance in tracking down species new
or little known to science.

This species is confined to the mountains of western Buru. This
area represents a small part of the island and is difficult of access.
It is unpopulated and the mountains are heavily covered in jungle.
The geological formation is sandstone, while the eastern part of the
island is chiefly limestone.

P. prattorwm is remarkable for the wonderful opalescence of the
hind wing, in which it resembles magellanus Feld. from the Philippines.
Its relationship however is with aeacus Feld., an Indian and Chinese
species, extending to Formosa and the Malay Peninsula.

3. Shape of wing as in aeacus Feld. Head, thorax and abdomen
black. Collar red. Ventral surface of abdomen clothed with short
hair, and segments 6—8 edged anteriorly with yellow; dorsal surface
with segments 6 and 7 thinly edged with yellow anteriorly.

Fore wing with grey-white vein stripes sharply defined on 2—8,
reaching to near the margin, the lower ones thicker than the upper ;
stripes 2—5 joined in pairs at the cell margin, upper stripe edging vein
5 not joined to the next along 6, upper stripe along 6 joined to the
next along 7, the two last meeting in a point at the base of cellule 7.
Discocellulars edged with grey-white on the inside, this edging
forming a short stripe along upper and lower edges of cell; cell fold
thinly edged with grey-white on its distal fourth. At the base of
cellule 2 the grey-white stripe is mixed with yellow. Fringe white,
interrupted by black at the veins.

Hind wing amber-yellow as in aeacus, and with a marginal black
area and pattern much as in that species. The black margin a little

A New Papilio from Buru 361

wider and more strongly toothed than in aeacus, in cellule 2 reaching
a third of the cellule, and in the submedian area leaving a short yellow
stripe, not quite the length of the lower edge of cell from base to
vein 2, placed with its greater length along vein 2. Marginal black
dusting on the yellow area from vein 2 to before vein 4, as in aeacus,
and next it in 3 a round black spot which is absent in the allied species ;
some slight black dusting in 5 and 6 on the lower edge of the tooth.
Fringe black. The whole yellow area strongly opalescent.

Underside of fore wing with the stripes broader and whiter, and
some greenish-yellow scaling at the base of cellule 2. Hind wing
with a broader and longer stripe below the cell, its outer edge diffuse.
Black margin not extended in cellule 2. Some slight black dusting in
2 and 3 at the inner part of the dark markings which show through
from above. Strongly opalescent as above.

2. Fore wing with vein stripes as in the 3g, but those on 2 not
reaching the cell, also a narrow stripe along distal part of submedian
fold, a heavy stripe on the upper distal half of the submedian, and
one below it more proximal. Hind wing with an amber-yellow discal
area comprising a large patch in the outer half of cell and smaller
patches in the bases of 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; with a spot above vein 7, and
one below 2. ‘These postcellular patches are slightly incurved, and
the spot below 2 is incurved on both edges and joined to a grey-white
spot which is separated by the submedian. Submarginal yellow
markings placed at a similar distance from the margin as in aeacus,
without any proximal vein extension and with much shortened distal
vein extensions. A curved mark in 7; two much larger marks in
6 and 5, shaped somewhat like a note of interrogation ; three spindle-
shaped patches in 4, 3 and 2, all dusted with black.

Underside of fore wing with vein stripes broader and purer white.
Hind wing as above, but lower submarginal patches not dusted with
black, and lower part of submedian spot not grey-white.

Length of fore wing: ¢, 85 mm., 2, 105 mm.

West Buru, 2,000—5,000 feet, April, 1922, C., F., and J. Pratt.

Described from one ¢ three 2 ?.

This species is in part allied to rhadamanthus from the Philippines.
The ¢ has similar well-defined stripes on the fore wing, and the
abdomen is deep-brown above without yellow edging to the segments.
In this species however, veins 2—4 of the hind wing are much closer
together, and in the ? the submarginal markings of the hind wing
are nearer the margin.

362 A New Papilio from Buru

The similarly opalescent magellanus is apparently nearer to aeacus
than is rhadamanthus, and it seems that our new form is derived from
some progenitor of magellanus and weacus.

The opalescence of the new species is found on both sides of the
hind wing, whilst in magellanus it is seen only on the upper surface.
In prattorwm there is a° strong fluorescent greenish appearance with
transient purple flashes in certain lights. In magellanus the opales-
cence is mostly purple and is less strongly marked.

363

NOTE ON THE MIMETIC RESEMBLANCE BETWEEN
THE ERYCINID PRAETAXILA POULTONI J. AND
T., AND THE AGARISTID IMMETALIA SATU-
RATA LONGIPALPIS KIRSCH.

By Proressor HE. B. POULTON, D.Sc., M.A., F.B.S.
Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford.

WHEN Mr. Talbot brought his interesting exhibit to the Entomo-
logical Society on October 19, 1921, I assumed that the moth was the
model for the butterfly (Proc. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1921, p. xc). I was,
however, concerned with the curious resemblance of male to female
and female to male rather than the determination of the species in
a Miillerian pair which had acted as the model for the other—a
conclusion for which little evidence was then before me.

Now that, owing to the kindness of Mr. Talbot, I am in possession
of all the known facts, I can only adhere to the same opinion—that
the moth has acted as model. No other interpretation of the mimetic
likeness seems possible, in view of the fact that the moth has a very
wide range and the butterfly a very restricted one. In that limited
area the butterfly resembles patterns which are borne by the moth in
various other localities as well.

The specimens of the Agaristid in the collection from Dutch New
Guinea, containing nine ¢ g and thirteen ? 2 of the Hrycinid, were
as follows :—

3. f. longipalpis Kirsch (white bands).

Wanggar, February, one.

2. f. longypalprs Kirsch (orange bands).

Wanggar River, 15 miles from coast, ca. 600 feet, January, two.
Nomnagihé, 2,000 feet, January to February, one.

2. f. brujnt Ob. (white bands).

Wai Sai River, 1,000 feet, June and July, one. Wanggar River,
15 miles from coast, January, one.

The numbers are, of course, extremely small, and probably no cri-

364 Praetaxila poultoni and immetalia saturata longipalpis

terion of the abundance of the moth, because, as Mr. Talbot writes,
‘‘The collectors made a point of catching what they knew to be a
species never seen by them before, and paid little attention to a moth
which had been taken on previous expeditions.”

On the facts before us we must modify the original statement that
the male mimics the female, and the female the male, as follows. The
male Hrycinid (orange-banded) mimics one form of the female Agaristid,
while the female Hrycinid (white-banded) mimics the other form of
female, as well as the male Agaristid. Thus, as constantly happens
in mimicry, the advantage lies with the female, which has a model of
its own sex aS well as of the other. It must be remembered, however,
that a single male of a new race of another Agaristid, Argyrolepidia
aurea Jord., was present in the same collection, having been taken at
Wanggar in February. To this specimen the male Hrycinid bore an
even closer resemblance than to the orange-banded females of the
Immetalia ; but until we know the female, and more about the relative
abundance of the new form, it is imposstble to speak confidently of its
significance in this association. It is much to be desired that a long
series of the two Agaristids and the Hrycinid from the same locality
may be available for future study.

Looking at the Hrycinidae as a group, those of tropical America,
when they enter into mimetic associations, are generally mimics, often
of Ithomiine butterflies, often of moths, as pointed out by Godman
and Salvin in their great monograph on the Lepidoptera of the “‘ Biologia
Centrali-Americana.’”’ I cannot recall an undoubted example of a
Neotropical Erycinid acting as a model. On the other hand, among
the comparatively scanty Hrycinidae of the Old World, there is the
Chinese Stiboges nymphidia Butl. which is almost certainly the
model, and not the mimic of the HEpiplemid moth, Psychostrophia
nymphidiaria Ob.

The Agaristidae freely act as models, especially in Miillerian
mimicry. A good example from Borneo is figured by Shelford in
P.Z.S., 1902, vol. u, pl. xxi, figs. 7, 8, where the mimic is Hterusia
obliquiaria Walk., belonging to the specially protected Zygaenidae
(Chalcosiinae). In tropical West Africa there is the well-known Nym-
phaline mimic Huphaedra eusemoides S. and K., which is known to fly
with its Agaristid models, differing in habits from its nearest relatives,
as recorded by Dr. 8. A. Neave in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908, p. Ixxx.
Agaristids also enter into Miillerian groups as mimics a good example
being Xanthospilopteryx pogger Dew., with the pattern of the much-

Praetaxila poultoni and Immetalia saturata longipalpis 365

mimicked African Geometrid moth Aletis, also resembled by a butterfly,
Euphaedra ruspina Westw., and some forms of H. elews Drury.

Nort BY G. TaLBor.

With the exception of eromena Jord., which occurs in the Snow
Mountains, no other Praetaxila is known which is at all ike poultonz.
In eromena the sexes are similar to the sexes of poultont.

The Agaristid Immetalia saturata Walk., ranges from Buru and
the North Moluccas to New Guinea and New Ireland, whilst Argyrole-
pidia is confined to New Guinea as far as is known.

The Jmmetalia has dimorphic, trimorphic, and tetramorphic forms,
sometimes occurring in the same area, and in which the white and
orange bands are transposed in the same sex and between the sexes.

For full details of the distribution of the Agaristid, reference should
be made to Seitz, Macrolep, x1, Agaristidae, by Dr. K. Jordan.

Figures of the Praetaxila and the two Agaristids will be published
in Part III.

366

NOMENCLATURE AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

“Pas de bonne figure-a l’appui d’une déscription, pas de nom
valable.” This is the well know dictum of Monsieur Charles Oberthur.
Italics ours.

Monsieur Oberthur has lately given to his readers in “ Htudes de
Lépidopterologie Comparée, fasc. xix, 2e Partie,” a brief account of
our new venture. He further includes a statement made by Mr.
Henry J. Turner in his review of the “ Bulletin” in the ‘‘ Hntomo-
logist’s Record,’ November, 1921. Mr. Turner says that we have
‘adopted the dictum laid down sometime ago by Monsieur Oberthur,
that all descriptions should be supported by figures.”

Unfortunately Monsieur Oberthur has been led, by these words of
Mr. Turner’s, to infer that we are supporters of his principle, and
further sees our support in the manner in which we have issued the
“Bulletin.” To avoid any further misunderstanding we now give our
own view of the matter, which we did not do in the “ Bulletin.”

Mr. Turner is so far correct in assuming that we have adopted the
view, that all descriptions should be supported by figures, but this
is not Monsieur Oberthur’s rule. There must be added the very
important part which we have italicised at the beginning of this note
and with this we never were in agreement with our illustrious and
respected colleague.

That a name should become a synonym because no figure is given
of the form described is a question which does not concern Lepidop-
terists alone. It concerns zoologists and botanists and all those who
do any systematic work in Natural History. The rule cannot be limited
in its application, because all living things are capable of being drawn
and figured in some way. It is easier for the specialist to write a clear
and adequate description than to produce a good figure, because the
cost of reproduction greatly exceeds all other costs. Most specialists
are people of small means, and until there exists some institution with
funds at its disposal, by which all described forms may be figured, it is
too much to expect everybody to carry out such arule. There would
be a deplorable dearth of published research, and our knowledge would
advance with painful slowness.

It is undoubtedly true that whenever possible a figure should be
given, and the more true to life the better. If any structural details

Nomenclature and Illustrations 367

are described as apart from patterns, these should be illustrated. But
we object to the view that the position of a name in zoological literature
must be governed by figure or no figure. It may easily happen that
the best figure we can produce will not serve to identify the species,
and if not, such a figure is unnecessary. In such cases there is mostly
a close affinity to another known form, and the differences are
morphological or are found in the early stages, hence drawings of
lees, palpi, venation, the genitalia, &c., and of larve are alone of value.

Monsieur Oberthur says, “‘ Ein effet, le premier ‘‘ Bulletin of the
Hill Museum” présente une complete figuration photographique des
especes et méme des formes géographiques décrites dans ledit Bulletin.”
We will point out that many races, aberrations and a number of species
are not figured in the “ Bulletin’; some, because it was considered
unnecessary where comparison was made with a closely allied form,
and others because we had no room. We endeavour to figure all forms
which are not closely allied to a form already described or which
represent species not hitherto figured. ‘This mode of procedure, how-
ever, has nothing to do with the formula laid down by Monsieur
Oberthur. Our own formula would be :—

All descriptions of forms of life should be supported by an cllustration
of the forms described, or by a representation of such of its parts or
early stages as will convey adequately a clear idea of the differences
diagnosed vn the text.

We believe that such a formula could never be made a biological
necessity, nor is one implied.

We regret the necessity of these remarks, and the onus must rest
on Mr. Turner.

Setting aside this little difference of opinion, let us hope that
our esteemed colleague will long continue to give to the entomological
world his magnificient and valuable works, adding so largely to our
knowledge.

Before closing, it may not be out of place to make a suggestion
apropos of this subject. Let us imagine an international institute, con-
trolling the publication of figures of all described forms, and giving
such facilities as would enable authors to obtain figures of their
subjects of description. Furthermore this institute would control all
records and enable authors to.be kept up to date with references, and
thus make systematic work easier and prevent the creation of unneces-
sary synonyms.

GEORGE TALBOT.

Minar, |? ie

bart

if
Greet

ay

De ,

Seep e Oe

aa] rs

wes Gi

7 i; ’

ae 2 Nt EN T S 2 Continued.

ae ng 4 ——_ — ih he PAGE
New Poca of Butterflies from South America .... ben Ee OOn
om Pe Jy IOICHE GG, PALBOP, (\ nie

pee Beosipon of a Gynandromorph of Argunnis hyperdius is

castetsi Ob. Si Ga Stang a ae Lesh AO
“ pee oe ae JOICBY é G. ‘TALBOT. ales ty
ae New ; Papilio from ‘Buru Wen & pale eas Aes es Oe &
wy (. & I JOICHY & G.: “TALBOT. os her

“Note on the: Mimetic Resemblance between the Erycinid |
_ Praetawila poultont W- aud T., and > the ee

_ Immetalia saturata eee Kirsch sical — 863
a Professor H. B. POULTON. )
2 "Nomenclature and Illustrations ee a een SOO

e & Ga ‘ ae The Bulletin of the” Hill Mien vill be sent free
for 30/- each volume of 3 parts and index on application

oF to The Curator, The Hill Museum, Witley, Surrey.

--' The Bulletin will be sent in exchange to Institutions
with publications dealing with eee yiace and to authors
Si Sa ‘publishing separate works.

y aturalists.
i. _ WATKINS & DONCASTER,

STRAND, LONDON, W.C.2.

Pa /- We STOCK EVERY DESCRIPTION OF APPARATUS.
=

| —s CABINETS, BOOKS AND SPECIMENS FOR
| COLLECTORS OF INSECTS, BIRDS’ EGGS,
ae PLANTS, &¢..( &¢. :

PRICE. LIST. POST FREE ON APPLICATION.

VW. F. H. ROSENBERG, Fzs. ces,

Importer of
EXOTIC ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS,

57, Haverstock Hill, London, N.W. 3.

(Established 1898.)

Largest stock of Exotic Lepidoptera.

Catalogue including nearly 9,000 species of Tropical Butterflies and
Moths post free.

Fresh consignments are constantly
arriving from all parts of the World.

Among special rarities at present in stock may be mentioned Papilio

euterpinus, P. horishanus, Delias talboti, D. euphemia, Morpho hecuba,

M. cacica, M. rhetenor, M. perseus, M. metellus, M. eugenia, Charaxes

porthos, Ch. zelica, Euxanthe ansorgei, Kallima ansorgei, Agrias claudianus,

Copiopteryx derceto, C. semiramis, C. sonthonnaxi, Arsenura hercules,
Rhescyntis mortii, Loxolomia serpentina, &c., &c.

Special Offer 'to Readers of this Publication.

100 specimens, in about 50 species, of Exotic Butterflies and Moths,
set and named, price, including boxes and postage £110 O
Ditto, specially selected ee a price £3 O O

Cheap parcels of Tere Lepidoptera in papers,
from 10/- per 100.
VERTEBRATES.
Separate Price Lists of MAMMALS, BIRD-SKINS, BIRDS’ EGGS,
REPTILES, BATRACHIANS and FISHES, post free on application.
Please state which Lists are required, and mention, this publication.

No. 3.

THE

Bulletin of the Hill Museum

‘ pla

By Fe
bags sy
AEA

A MAGAZINE OF «
LEPIDOPTEROLOGY 6% jyi 26 1994 ,
: et at: Mi yeous :

J. JOICEY, F.LS., F.Z.S., F.E.S., &c., and G. TALBOT, F.E.S.

WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF
L. B. PROUT, F.E.S., Miss A. E. PROUT, F.E.S.,
and W. HAWKER-SMITH, F.E.S.

Issued July 16, 1924,
at the Hill Museum, Witley, Surrey.
_ (Published at intervals.)

With 7 plates in colour and 18 photographic plates.

LONDON
JOHN BALE, SONS & DANIELSSON, LTD.
Orford house
83-91, GREAT TITCHFIELD STREET, OXFORD STREET, W.1

1924

Price 30s.

16.
fe

CONTENTS OF PART 3.

. Catalogue Annoté des ‘‘ Types’’ et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios

d'Afrique contenus dans la Collection du ‘Hill Museum.”
F. Le Cerf Le eee ne :
Pravus Ley:

. A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Trisuloides, with Descriptions

of New Genera and New Species. Miss A. HE. Prout. And Notes
on the Genitalia by G. Talbot Ue ves Ai
Puates XIII, XVI, XVII.

. Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae. Miss A. E. Prout

Prates XVIJI—XXII.

. Some Apparently New Noctuidae from aan New Guinea, Mefor

and Buru. Miss A. EH. Prout :
Prates XIII, XIV, XV.

. Note on Achaea pectinicornis Beth.-Bak. Miss A. E. Prout
. Three New Catocalinae, with a Description of the Female of Calltodes

appollina, Gn. Miss A. EB. Prout
PnuatE XXII.

. New Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island.

Louis B. Prout hae she ae
Prates XXIII, XXIV.

. New Geometridae and Dioptidae. L. B. Prout ..

Puate XXYV.

. New Palaearctic Geometridae. L. B. Prout
. List of Species of Pyralidae collected by T. At eaader Wenn ee in

Central Africa, 1919, 1920, 1921. Professor A. J. T. Janse

. List of Species, including Descriptions of New Species belonging to

the Family Pyralidae, collected by Messrs. C., F., and J. Pratt in
the Mountains of Central Ceram during October, 1919, to Sgt
1920. Professor A. J. T. Janse

. New Forms of Butterflies from Buru. J.J. fideg and. G. Talbot aie

Pruates VI, VII, IX.

. A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan. J. J. Joicey and

G. Talbot. With Map

. New Forms of African Lepidoptera, dolipetea bay T., Pibcendee Bane

J.J. Joicey and G. Talbot ...

. New Forms of Indo-Australian Butterflies: a J. Joicey aud

G. Talbot ;
Three New South American Bubhendiea: | i J. J oe aa G. Talbot

List of Papers Rae elsewhere since Previous List. Continued
from p. 15 s a is sist ee

Corrigenda

PAGE

369

400

413

427

451

452

456

477

478
484

489
508

514
039

565
570

572
073

EDITORIAL.

THE first volume of this journal is now complete with the exception of
the Index, which will follow at an early date. The first part was issued
in 1921, and up to the present no adequate response has been received
by way of subscriptions, though a large number of periodicals are
exchanged. The cost of producing this journal is very heavy, and we
appeal for more subscribers.

The recognized mediums for the publication of entomological papers
have all as much copy as they can very well deal with, so that our own
journal relieves the congestion to some extent. We have even more
copy than we can afford to publish at one time, and must spread it out
over a longer period.

The present number contains a paper by Monsieur F. Le Cerf
on the “African Papilios in the Hill Museum.” His views on the
classification of this group are given here for the first time. We hope
that the author will contribute to Vol. II a paper on the “ Aegeriidae in
the Hill Museum,” on which group he is so well qualified to write.

The studies on “ Noctuidae and Geometridae,’ by Miss A. E. Prout
and Louis B. Prout, will prove of great value to all workers in these
groups. Miss Prout is making a special study of the Noctuidae, and a
series of further papers will follow in due course.

Professor A. J. I’. Janse, who is specializing on the Pyralidae of
the world, has given his reports on the species of this group collected in
Africa and Ceram by Mr. Joicey’s collectors. Further reports are to
follow.

The Catalogue of Hainan Lepidoptera is to be continued in Vol. II,
and it will be made as complete as possible.

The rich collections of moths made by the brothers Pratt in
Sumatra, etc., and by Mr. T. A. Barns in Africa, contain many: more
novelties than we can find space for at present. Further reports on
these will be givenin Vol. II. At the present time Mr. Barns is making
very interesting collections in the Kivu and Congo regions.

The map of Hainan is reproduced by kind permission of the
Inspector-General of Chinese Customs.

ie Editorial

Our grateful acknowledgments are due to Messrs. W. H. T. Tams
and N. D. Riley for their valued help in comparing specimens at the
Natural History Museum. We are also indebted to Dr. K. Jordan for
his opinion regarding certain insects.

We are pleased to note here two advertisements in the present

Issues
“Theses Entomologiques,’ by P. I. Lathy. This work, dealing with

many forms of the very attractive Agrias group, is remarkable for the
magnificent hand-coloured plates which equal anything hitherto pro-
duced in entomological literature. The general get-up of the work is
very sumptuous, and should appeal to the bibliophile as well as to
entomologists.

Entomological Cabinets—The old-established firm of J. H. Hill and
Son are giving special attention to the requirements of entomologists,
and we can confidently recommend these cabinets. The question of
cabinets is always a serious one to the student of small means as well
as to institutions. When the material to be housed is extensive,
cabinets are liable to become an expensive item. For ourselves we
have adopted a very inexpensive cabinet without doors and with drawers
running on steel runners.

We are very sorry to hear of the death of the veteran collector,
Mr. A. E. Pratt, which occurred at his home at Teddington on January
Ath last. Mr. Pratt had travelled extensively for the late J. H. Leech
in China and Tibet, making the large collection of Lepidoptera which
are dealt with in Leech’s works. He travelled for Mr. J. J. Joicey from
1912 to 1914 in South America and New Guinea, aided by his sons
Felix and Charles, who afterwards carried on collecting for Mr. Joicey
with such wonderful results. Mr. Pratt did not go out again after his
return from New Guinea in 1914. :

CATALOGUE ANNOTE DES “TYPES” ET FORMES
NOUVELLES DES PAPILIOS D’ AFRIQUE CONTENUS
DANS LA COLLECTION DU “HILL MUSEUM.”

Par FD. LE CERF.

Préparateur au Museum de Paris.

La série des Papilios africains appartenant au ‘“‘ Hill Museum” est
des plus importantes et l’une des plus riches en “Types.’ En outre de
ceux apportés par les collections: H. Grose-Smith, H. H. Druce,
R. Trimen, E. B. Sharpe, Suffert, etc., elle contient un certain nombre
de formes nouvelles auxquelles il m’a paru nécessaire d’attribuer des
noms. Quelques-unes constituent des races géographiques—ou ? saison-
niéres—jusqu’alors méconnues; dautres sont des formes purement
individuelles susceptibles de fournir des indications sur |’évolution des
espéces auxquelles elles appartiennent ; certaines enfin, paraissant
soumises aux lois—encore obscures—qui régissent la variation, se
reproduisent semblables a elles-mémes et ne peuvent par conséquent
étre confondues avec les précédentes bien que devant rentrer aussi
dans la catégorie systématique des ‘‘ formes individuelles.” C’est le cas
notamment d’un certain nombre de femelles de Papilio dardanus Brown.
On a déja nommé beaucoup de celles-ci, mais, d’une part, il en est qui ne
peuvent trouver, parmi celles déja existantes, de dénomination leur
convenant de maniére suffisamment exacte, et d’autre part il y a, a mon
avis, un avantage certain 4 ordonner le mieux possible la taxonomie
d’une espéce aussi manifestement ‘‘en période d’évolution active,” et
réalisant, en fait, une véritable expérience naturelle du plus haut intérét.

Ca et la, des variations moindres et trop peu significatives pour étre
nommeées seront Js en Basen et leurs particularités brievement
indiquées.

Dans le travail qui ome on remarquera que les espéces sont disposées
dans un ordre différent de celui établi par Aurivillius in: Seitz (1908), et
généralement suivi dans les Collections. Bien que réalisant a certains

égards un progrés notable sur son précédent et remarquable ouvrage

_ (“Rhopalocera aethiopica,” 1899), la classification du maitre suédois, basée
25

370 “ Types’? et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d Afrique

principalement sur Ja forme des ailes, le dessin et la coloration, doit étre
modifiée. L’étude méthodique des caractéres et de l’armure génitale
des deux sexes—entreprise en 1912 et interrompue par la guerre—m’a
en effet montré que les affinités phylogéniques réelles de groupes entiers
y sont méconnues. II est vrai que dans certains cas celles-ci sont
multiples ou obscures et difficiles & plier aux rigueurs du classement
linéaire, mais en général on obtient un résultat satisfaisant en com-
binant et subordonnant les caractéres externes a ceux tirés des organes
copulateurs.

Sans entrer 4 propos de ceux-ci dans des détails qui auront leur place
ailleurs, il me semble utile de donner, dans un aper¢u rapide, les grandes
lignes de la classification que je propose de substituer a celle d’Aurivillius
et qui a été appliquée pour la premiere fois au Hill Museum.

A l’exemple de Rothschild et Jordan, j’ai placé en téte le seul Phar-
macophagus de la faune éthiopienne: P. antenor Dr., de Madagascar.

P. zalmoxis Hew., par lequel s’ouvre la série des Papilio s. str. differe
de toutes les autres espéces africaines non seulement par sa grande
cellule précostale mais encore par la position de la nervure 7 des ailes
inférieures qui nait au tiers de la cellule, et surtout par son armure
génitale (3) trés voisine de celle de certains Trovdes.

P. rex maintenu apres P. antimachus, doit également constituer un
groupe distinct dont le caractere externe principal est d’avoir les
androconies des ailes supérieures axées sur les plis internervuraux, a
l'inverse de toutes les autres especes pourvues de ce caractere sexuel
secondaire.

Un méme groupe réunit: P. dardanus et P. phorcas—qui s’apparente
au précédent par la forme individuelle nandina Roths.—puis: P. nobilis,
P. pelodurus, P. hermes, P. hesperus et P. euphranor. P. mackinnoni
peut étre considéré comme appartenant a la méme coupe qu'il relie—
2 avec P. leucotaenta—a celle plus complexe, groupant, de P. hornimanni
a P. mangoura, les espéces noires et vertes—ou bleues—ayant P. nireus
comme type le plus anciennement décrit. Quoique tres proche par son
facies de P. mangoura, P. delalandei semble plutot devoir étre compris
dans le groupe qui, s’ouvrant avec P. constantinus, se continue jusqu’a
P. demodocus par Vintermédiaire des P. menestheus, morondavana,
grose-smitht et erithoniordes.

C’est a la fin des Papilio s. str. que j’ai mis le groupe si différencié
des formes purement africaines a androconies trés larges, ailes inférieures
des deux sexes toujours acaudes, et femelles en grande partie mimétiques
des mémes Danaides que celles de P. dardanus auxquelles elles
ressemblent par convergence.

Les Cosmodesmus africains sont moins aisés 4 ordonner en série

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d Afrique 371

linéaire. Un premier groupe assez naturel s’établit avec P. endochus,
P. morania et P. pylades. Un second va des P. latreillanus et fiillerc
a P. hachet, la passant par ucalegonides et ucalegon. P. almansor—
avec sa f. uganda—et P. charcedonius forment une petite coupe isolée
entre les précédents et le groupe: agamedes, adamastor, philonoé.
P. tynderaeus est une forme spécialisée se placant au voisinage de
P. cyrnus par lequel souvre un groupe assez homogéne comprenant
encore les P. ridleyanus, leonidas et levassorv.

Enfin, vient une derniere coupe qui, malgré l’existence de types
divergeuts (llyris, kirbyz), est la plus nette. Commencant a P. antheus,
elle réunit toutes les espéces caudées ayant conservé le facies typique du
sous-genre Cosmodesmus, facies se retrouvant semblable sur tous les
continents.

Les progrés réalisés en systématique par |’étude des variations
eéographiques et individuelles rendent indispensable 1’identification
exacte des “‘ Types.” Celle-ci ne pouvant étre assurée et répandue que
par une figuration appropriée, on trouvera, reproduits photographique-
ment sur les planches I a V, ceux des ‘“‘Types’’ de Papilios africains
appartenant au Hill Museum qui n’avaient pas été figurés jusqu’ici.

C’est pour moi un agréable devoir de remercier tres vivement
M. J. J. Joicey et M. G. Talbot, qui ont bien voulu me confier |’étude
d’un des groupes les plus intéressants des magnifiques collections du
Hill Museum. Ja, 1, Go

1. P. zalmoxis Hew. 2 (pl. 1, fig. 7).

Exot. Butterf.,’ III, Papilio, t. 6, fig. 18, 1864.

Femelle—Ce sexe, non figuré jusqu’ici, est demeuré extrémement
rare dans les collections; il n’est pas tout a fait identique au male et
présente avec celui-ci les différences suivantes :

Fond des ailes vert grisdtre clair, lavé de jaundtre aux supérieures,
inférieures jaune ocracé pale de la base jusqu’au milieu du disque avec
la bordure noire plus large, moins nettement définie, et portant des
points submarginaux plus gros. Dessous des deux paires clair et a
dessins peu tranchés. Abdomen jaune ocracé pale, sans trace de noir
a la base, en dessus.

UneRer Logo:

2. Id., f. sufferte Rob.

Entomol. Nachricht., xxiv, p. 186, 1898.

Type (H. T.): Un 3, Cameroon, ex coll. Suffert.

Aurivillius (‘‘Rhopal. aeth.,’ p. 462) a ramené avec raison cette
variété au rang de simple synonyme de: zalmoxis Hew.

372 “Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d’ Afrique

3. Id., f. indiv. rippont Rob.

Entomol. Nachricht., xxiv, p. 186, 1898.

Type (H. T.): Un g, Calabar, ex coll. Suffert.

Comme l’a noté Aurivillius, la modification de coloration sur laquelle
Suffert a établi la var. rippont est due a une altération et ne se rencontre
pas dans la Nature; le nom pourrait tout au plus étre conservé pour
désigner les specimens pourvus de deux traits noirs longitudinaux dans
lextrémité de la cellule des ailes supérieures; l'un dans le prolongement
du trait noir de l’intervalle 5, ’autre, plus court, un peu au-dessus de
lorigine de la nervure 6. Tous deux paraissent étre des vestiges d’un
dessin noir marquant l’emplacement des ramifications disparues de la
nervure médiane. Chez la femelle, le premier de ces traits est bien
développé, le second rudimentaire.

4. P. antimachus Drury f. indiv. centrispila n. f.

Caractérisée par la présence dans la tache médiane de la cellule aux
alles supérieures d’un point brun fauve de la couleur du fond. Cette
variation individuelle se reproduit semblable a elle-méme, mais seule-
ment dans la région congolaise; elle parait manquer dans l’Uganda et
au Sierra Leone. Quatre exemplaires (Ht. Congo, Kassai et Cameroon)
existent au Hill Museum, et quatre (Congo francais: Oubangui; et
Congo belge: Stanleyville) au Museum de Paris.

Type (H.T.): Un ¢g, Bipindi, French Cameroon, novembre, 1918,
ex Brayshaw.

5. Id., {. indiv. melanescens n. f.

Forme mélanisante avec la coloration brun fauve des ailes superieures
obscurcie au bord interne et sur le disque; extrémité de la cellule et
régions avoisinantes noiratres. Sous la cellule il n’y a qu'une tache
brune, trés foncée, la seconde fait défaut ainsi que les croissants sub-
terminaux fauves des intervalles 3 et 4, et les traits clairs subapicaux
placés entre les nervures 5 et 8, de sorte quiln ‘existe que deux croissants
bruns, réduits et obscurs entre 1b-3.

Type (H.T.): Un 2, Congo, ex. coll. Suffert.

En outre des formes ci-dessus deux exemplaires de P. antimuchas
Dr. du ‘‘ Hill” sont & mentionner: l’un est un ¢ dont l’aile inférieure
gauche est au moins d'un tiers plus petite que l’aile droite. L’autre
(Coomassie, Friapere Forest) est remarquable par ses ailes supérieures
plus allongées, plus étroites et moins aigués a l’apex que chez les indi-

A

vidus ordinaires, avec les parties fauves tres développées a |’exception

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d'Afrique 373

des taches ultracellulaires réduites 4 deux, petites, ovalaires, et de méme
couleur que le fond ; la tache de l’intervalle 7-9 fait défaut.

6. P. rex Obt. sub-sp. barnsi nova (pl. I, fig. 6).

Forme de grande taille, intermédiaire pour la coloration et le dévelop-
pement des dessins entre rex-rex Obt. et rex-mimeticus Roths.

Taches jaunes un peu plus grandes que chez ce dernier, particuliére-
ment les subterminales des ailes inférieures.

Ailes supérieures 4 base d’un brun fauve beaucoup moins foncé que
chez mimeticus et presqu’aussi clair que chez rex. Cette couleur couvre
entiérement l’aire basale, du bord dorsal 4 la céte ; elle se prolonge en se
fondant jusqu’a la seconde tache jaune cellulaire et 4 la tache subter-
minale de lintervalle 1b. Taches submarginales petites, exceptées
celles des intervalles lb et 4; tache discale de l’intervalle 3 courte et
étroite. Ailes inférieures brun fauve moins vif qu’aux supérieures sur
tout ’espace médian; espace terminal un peu plus obscur. Dessous des
deux paires plus clair que chez rex et miumeticus ; supérieures avec une
faible trace de tache jaune dans la base de l’intervalle 1b; coloration
fauve un peu moins étendue mais prolongée sur la base de toutes les
nervures—Corps gris roussatre clair.

Envergure : 121 mm.

Type (H. T.): Un ¢, Congo belge, Upper Lowa Valley, West of
Masisi (N.O. Kivu) (4,500—5,000 ft.), Mountain forest, septembre, 1922,
ex T. A. Barns.

Bien quelle doive se placer entre rex et mimeticus, cette race est
tout a fait distincte de la forme commixta Auriv. qui joue, beaucoup plus
a l’Kst, un réle également transitionnel mais parait localisée 4 la corne
N.-E. du Victoria Nyanza” (cf.: Aurivillius, in Seitz xi, p. 12, 1908).
’M. Barns a note que ce Papilio était rare dans la localité otil Ya capturé
et quil volait en compagnie de nombreuses Danais mercedonia Ksch.

7. P. dardanus Brown f. 2 hevmsi Suff. (pl. I, fig. 2).

Iris, xvii, p. 90, 1904.

Type (H. T.) : Une ?, Cameroon, ex coll. Suffert.

Sous sa forme typique, cette femelle occidentale, beaucoup plus rare
qu’hippocoon, n’en differe pas seulement par la réduction de la bande
terminale noire des ailes inférieures mais aussi par l’extension de l’aire
blanche discale des ailes supérieures qui s’étend, en se fondant, au dessus
de la nervure 3 et pénetre dans la partie inférieure de la cellule. Par

374 “ Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papiltos d@ Afrique

contre la bande subapicale, peu étendue, a sa tache inférieure séparée
petite, ovalaire.

8. Id., f. ¢ planemoides Trimen.

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 11, 19038.

Type (H.T.): Une ?, au Musée d’Oxford, ex coll. W. Hobley (1903).

C’est & tort que Trimen d’abord, Aurivillius ensuite, ont rapporté
cette forme femelle 4 la race merope Cr., et le Profr. Poulton 4 polytrophus
Jord. Quoique localisée 41’Est africain, planemoides appartient, ainsi
que l’a parfaitement reconnu Hltringham, 4 la race typique dardanus-
dardanus Brown, dont habitat s’étend notablement plus loin vers |’Kst
qu’on ne |’a admis jusqu'ici, et atteint les plateaux septentrionaux de
faible altitude du Tanganyika Territory.

Var. ind.—Une femelle planemoides de l’Uganda (Entebbé, ex coll.
Suffert) a la bande fauve discale des ailes supérieures obscurcie, sur le
milieu du disque et l’extrémité de la cellule, par un fort semis noiratre
ne laissant distincts que le groupe des taches subapicales et le groupe
discal, entre le bord interne et la nervure 3. Les ailes inférieures ont la
base noire, une aire médiane jaune d’ocre clair, étroite, arrondie, dépassant
peu la cellule et tous les points submarginaux fauves. Hn dessous le
dessin fauve des ailes supérieures est plus net et la base des ailes inférieures
largement lavée de brun roux.

Cet individu fait une transition assez nette entre mixta Auriv. et
planemordes 'Trim.

9. Id., f. 2, ceneispila nova (pl. II, fig. 11).

C’est la reproduction dans la race typique dardanus-dardanus Brown
du dessin caractéristique de la s.-sp. cenea Stoll.

Ailes supérieures & taches jaune fauve; tache cellulaire petite ;
macule subapicale divisée en deux groupes: l’un costal, composé d’une
tache rectangulaire dans la base de J’intervalle 6 et de deux petites
taches triangulaires entre 7 et 10; l’autre formé d’une seule tache ovale
dans l’intervalle 4; entre ces deux groupes persiste un rudiment de la
tache de l’intervalle 5; macule discale réduite a une tache ovale dans
lintervalle 2; des traces d’un dessin rappelant celui de la f. 2? mixta
Auriv., se montrent sous forme d’un semis fauve le long du bord dorsal
et dans partie discale de lintervalle 1b. Il existe une petite tache
apicale et deux points submarginaux de méme couleur.

Ailes inférieures fauves comme chez niobe Auriv.

Type (H.T.): Une 2°, Uganda, ex B.S. Gledhill.

“ Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d'Afrique 315

10. Id., f. 2 acenides nova (pl. II, fig. 16).

_ Autre variation du type cenea dans la sous-espéce nymotypique
dardanus-dardanus Brown.

Ailes supérieures noir profond a taches petites, séparées, blanc pur.
Tache cellulaire étroite ; groupe des trois taches subapicales comme chez
ceneispila ; tache de lintervalle 4 plus petite et plus étroite ainsi que
celle de lV’intervalle 2; deux points submarginaux, pas de point apical ;
bord dorsal trés étroitement poudré de blanc jaunatre prés de la base.

Ailes inférieures a base noire, aire médiane jaune d’ocre jusqu’au-dela
de la cellule, le reste noir avec une ligne de points submarginaux blancs,
petits, un peu diffus.

Dessous semblable avec le méme dessin qu’en dessus, mais l’aire
jaune des ailes inférieures plus sombre et moins nette.

Type (H.T.): Une ¢, Mabira Forest (Uganda), juillet, 1920, ex
R. A. Dummer.

Un second individu, de méme origine, porte un léger semis blan-
chatre sous la tache discale de lintervalle 2.

Id., formes individuelles.

11. f. 2 dionysordes Hew. Un individu, de Warri (Nigeria), de
petite taille, a les parties claires encore plus étendues et plus nettement
limitées que l’individu figuré par A. Schultze (Arch. Naturg., 79 A. 8,
Taf. 1, fig. 2) et manque méme completement des traces de la bande
transversale noire du disque.

Une femelle de: Bitje, Ja River (Cameroon), dry season, ex G. L.
Bates, est intermédiaire entre hippocoon et nioboides Auriv. par ses ailes
inférieures lavées de jaune sur le disque, entre la cellule et la bande
terminale noire, qui est tres large.

Une femelle de: Mongo Mah Lobah, ex coll. Grose-Smith, par la
superposition partielle, aux ailes supérieures, du jaune sur l’aire discale
blanche fait transition entre les formes 2 benzo Suff. et heimsz Suff.

Deux autres femelles (Angola, ex coll. Suffert, et: Kibokolo de
Zombo, Portuguese Congo) mélent les caracteres de niobe Auriv. et
benio Suff. Comme elles sont bien pareilles entre elles, peut-étre
constituent-elles une forme particuliere a cette région de l’Ouest
africain.

12. Id., Subsp. polytrophus R. and J., f. indiv. 9 boost Suff.

Tris, xvii, p. 82, Taf. 1, fig. 2 (1904).

= ab. punctimargo Le Cerf, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., p. 836 (1912).

Type (H. T.): Un 2, Dar-es-Salam, ex coll. Suffert.

Le nom de boos: Suff. doit étre conservé pour désigner les males
de la race polytrophus K. and J., pourvus d’une rangée de points jaunes

376 “Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d Afrique

sur la bande terminale noire des ailes supérieures. Je note, en passant,
que ce caractére se retrouve d’une fagon constante—quoique réduit
généralement & deux points—chez les femelles Te SOMO ASS de la
sous-espece antinori Obt. d’Abyssinie.

La localité indiquée par Suffert pour ce type parait—comme pour
plusieurs autres—erronée, individu en question étant identique sous
le double rapport de la taille et du dessin 4 ceux de |’EKscarpement
(Kenya Territory).

13. P. dardanus-cenea Stoll, f. indiv. 3 discopunctatus Suff. (pl. I,
fig. 10). . é

Tris, xvu, p. 92, 1904.

Type (H. T.); Un ¢, Usambara, ex coll. Suffert.

Cette forme individuelle est assez commune dans 1’Est africain ;
elle y donne parfois un type extréme, représenté au “ Hill” par un
male de Kibwezi (décembre, 1888, ex F. J. Jackson < coll. EK. M. B.
Sharpe) dont tous les dessins noirs sont tres développées. Aux ailes
supérieures la bande terminale forme de longues dents sur les nervures
du disque ; aux inférieures la bande terminale est subrectiligne, arrivant
au contact de la cellule; l’angle des discocellulaires est aussi écaillé
de noir.

14. Id., f. indiv. 3, maculatus Suff. (pl. I, fig. 8).

Tris, xvii, p. 91, 1904.

Type (H. T.): Un 3, German East Africa, ex coll. Suffert.

C’est dans la sous-espéce cenea Stoll VPhomologue de la f. boos: Suffert
de la sous-espéce polytrophus R. et J. Hlle se rencontre isolémeni
dans l’Est africain (Nairobi), la Rhodesia (Fort Jameson), et Uganda
(Entebbe).

Un mile étiqueté “ Sierra Leone” est remarquable par la grandeur
des trois premiers points submarginaux qui ont presque les deux tiers de
la surface du point subapical, luiméme tres grand. Il y a sans doute lieu
de faire des réserves sur l’exactitude de l’indication d’origine de ce
specimen, car il présente tous les caracteres des males de Ja sous-espéce
cenea et nullement ceux de la race type dardanus Brown.

En outre des régions citées plus haut, les formes individuelles,
discopunctatus Suff. et maculatus Suff., sont représentées dans la col-
lection du “ Hili Museum” par des specimens du Cap et du Natal.
Un male de Pletenberg (Cape Col., 1887, ex coll. R. Trimen, Catal.
MSS., p. 391, No. 18) a le point apical des ailes supérieures souligné
d’un semis jaune et surmonté d’un long trait de méme couleur comblant
lintervalle des nervures 8 et 9.

Sy te

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d Afrique 31%

15. Ib., f. 2 natalica nova (pl. II, fig. 17).

Méme taille, méme forme et mémes dessins qu’hippoconoides Haase,
mais avec toutes les parties claires jaune d’ocre.

Cette forme semble particuliére au Natal, dow elle existe également
au Musée d’Oxford (Hope Depart.). Elle avait été placée par Trimen
dans sa collection comme: ‘‘ Examples leading the first form hippocoon
to the form trophonissa Westw.” ‘Trop constante pour étre considérée
comme une forme de transition purement accidentelle, elle parait jouer
dans l'Afrique méridionale le réle de la forme—relativement primitive—
trument dans |’ Est africain.

‘Type (H. T.) : Une ?, Delagoa Bay, ex Monteiro < coll. R. Trimen
(Catal. MSS., p. 393, No. 37). , ;

Paratypes : Une ?, Delagoa Bay, Morakween (Cat., p. 393, No. 3) ;
une °, Sa. Lucia Bay (Cat. p. 393, No. 39), ex coll. R. Trimen—
deux 2 ?, Delagoa Bay, ex coll. Grose-Smith.

16. Id., f. 2 acene Suff. (pl. I, fig. 19).

Tris xvul, p. 92, 1904.

Type (H.T.): Une @, Transvaal, ex coll. Suffert.

Ce “ Type” est un exemplaire peu caractéristique car la tache discale
de l’intervalle 2, aux ailes supérieures, conserve des traces de jaunatre,
traces qui manquent complétement chez les individus les mieux
caractérisés.

17. Id., f. @ hypolimnides nova (pl. II, fig. 13).

Ailes d’un noir plus profond que chez les autres formes de la race
cenea Stoll, avec les taches jaune d’ocre clair, bien détachées. Supé-
rieures 4 tache cellulaire petite; pas de point subapical; groupe discal
supérieur composé de quatre taches seulement—celle de lintervalle
10 manque—placées trés obliquement et de dimensions réguliérement
croissantes, la derniére longue, lancéolée ; groupe discal inférieur réduit
& la tache de l’intervalle 3; trois petits points submarginaux entre 1b
et 4. Ailes inférieures semblables a celles de cenea.

En dessous les supérieures ont le tiers apical brun fonceé, les taches
un peu plus claires qu’en dessus et celles du groupe discal supérieur
légérement agrandies. Inférieures brun foncé avec les points marginaux
et l’aire basale blanc ocracée, cette derniére prolongée entre les ner-
vures 5—6.

Type (H. T.): Une 2, West Pondoland.

Par son coloris vif et tranché, la forme et la disposition de ses taches,

(3878) «“ Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d Afrique

cette femelle rappelle quelque peu certaines' variétés individuelles
ad’ Hypolimmas dubia Pal.-Beauv.

18. P. dardanus-cenea Stoll f. ¢ letght Poult. (pl. I, fig. 12).

Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1911, p. xxxviii; zd., 1906, pl. XX, fig. 1.

Forme rare de découverte récente, connue seulement par les deux
exemplaires du Musée d’Oxford (Hope Department) et figurée ici
d’apres un individu du Pondoland occidental, du Hill Museum.

A mon avis, ce type de femelle 4 taches fauve orange correspond,
dans la sous-espece cenea, a la série des formes orientales, beaucoup plus
différenciées, du type dardanus comprenant: ceneispila, alluaudi, mixta
et, comme terme extréme, planemordes.

19. P. dardanus-cenea Stoll, f. indiv. g extensiflava nova (pl. I,
tao)

Ailes supérieures a bande noire terminale étroite, n’atteignant pas la
moitié de sa largeur habituelle au niveau de la nervure 7: point sub-
apical tres grand, réuni avec le fond jaune entre les nervures 7—8 de
maniére 4 former une projection entaillant profondément la bande noire.
Ailes inférieures normales.

Type (H.T.): Un 3, Natal, ex Leigh.

Kclos le 15 novembre 1917, d’une chrysalide formée le 8 novembre
1917, ce male faisait partie d’une série d’individus des deux sexes élevés
ab ovo. la modification qu'il présente résulte d’une tendance a l’exten-
sion du fond jaune dans ce sexe et se rencontre dans la plupart des races
de P. dardanus. lia collection du ‘“ Hill Museum”’ contient quelques
exemplaires transitionnels; deux g g¢ de la race dardanus-dardanus
(Congo frangais, Liberia), un ¢ dardanus-polytrophus (Kenya Territory)
et un g dardanus-meriones (Madagascar), sont presque aussi modifiés
que le ‘“‘ type” dextensiflava.

Le Museum de Paris possede également deux ¢ 3 transitionnels du
Congo francais, et deux autres d’Afrique orientale.

20. P. dardanus Brown s.-sp. mertones Feld.

Reise der Fregate “ Novara,” Lépid. I, p. 95, 1865.

Considérée comme tres constante, cette race insulaire n’a fourni
jusqu’ici aucune forme assez différenciée pour étre désignée par un nom.
Cependant de trés rares cas individuels montrent que la stabilité de
meriones est plus apparente que réelle et réside surtout dans le ralentis-
sement imposé a son évolution par lisolement sur un territoire relative-
ment peu étendu. Cette évolution tend néanmoins, chez la femelle, 4

)

“ Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d Afrique 3879
se poursuivre dans le méme sens que chez les races continentales, et je
puis en citer ici deux exemples assez démonstratifs.

(1) Le premier est fourni par une femelle de Tananarive, apparte-
mant a la collection du ‘‘ Hill Museum” et figurée: pl. I, fig. 1, dans
laquelle la tache cellulaire noire des ailes supérieures, agrandie et
traversant presque la cellule en dessus, se trouve en dessous prolongée
sur le disque par un semis noir formant une tache allongée dans
Yintervalle 4.

(2) Lie second, au Museum de Paris, est une femelle de la méme
région que la précédente, dépourvue de queue & l’aile inférieure droite
(l’aile gauche correspondante est normale). A la place de l’appendice
absent subsiste une tres courte dent obtuse, analogue a celle de la @
“Type” triment décrite et figurée par le Prof. E. B. Poulton in: Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 283, 1906, pl. XVIII, fig. 1.

Il semble que ces individus reproduisent chacun le premier degré des
transformations essentielles par lesquelles s'est établi le dimorphisme
sexuel si accentué des trois sous-especes continentales de Papilio
dardanus : la femelle du ‘“ Hill Museum” apportant le principe de la
bande transversale, oblique, des ailes supérieures, dont l’existence et le
développement variables ont abouti aux nombreuses formes actuellement
connues; l’autre montrant que la disparition de la queue aux ailes
inférieures s'est effectuée d'un coup et non par voie de réduction progres-
sive, comme |’orthogénése permettait d’ailleurs de le prévoir, ainsi que
lobservation de ce qui se passe dans d’autres espéces, en particulier
Papilio memnon L.

Enfin, en réunissant leurs particularités, elles font transition, entre les
femelles andromorphes et trimenz Poult., fournissant ainsi un argument
nouveau a l’opinion du savant Professeur d’Oxford qui voit dans cette
dernieére le type le plus archaique des femelles continentales acaudes.

21. P. dardanus-meriones Feld. f. indiv. 3 palaeotypus nova (pl. I,
fig. 3).

Ailes supérieures 4 bande terminale noire un peu plus étendue que
dans le type; point subapical petit. Ailes inférieures avec une trés
large bande terminale, couvrant a peu pres les deux cinquiemes de
Vaile, sinuée 4 son bord interne et fortement entaillée entre les nervures
5—6. Sur cette bande noire un léger semis d’écailles jaunes, forme une
trainée diffuse entre 3—4 et des points submarginaux indistincts entre
4—7; queues entiérement noires. Dessous ne différant de la forme
normale que par la teinte obscure et les dessins effacés de la moitié
distale des ailes inférieures.

380 ‘ Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d Afrique

Type (H. T.): Un 3, Maroansetra, Madagascar (ex coll. C. J. Grist).

A l’inverse des deux précédentes mutations, de caractere nettement
néogénétique, cette forme parait constituer un rappel atavique du type
ancestral d’ot sont dérivées les multiples races locales rattacheées
spécifiquement a P. dardanus Brown. :

22. P. phorcas Cr. f. indiv. 3 casphor Suff. (pl. I, fig. 15).

Iris; xvii, ps 9, 1894.

Type (H. T.): Un 3, Tabora, ex coll. Suffert. .

Deux specimens existaient dans la coll. Suffert; l’un pourvu de
létiquette “Type” est un grand ¢ de la subsp. congoanus Roths. ; sa
localité ‘‘Tabora’’ semble suspecte. L’autre, pourvu de la méme
indication d’origine, est un tres petit g¢ (envergure, 57 mm.), a queues
larges et sans taches jaundtres latéralement, paraissant se rapporter
plutét & la race du Cameroon et du Sierra Leone.

23. P. phorcas Cr. var. tippelskircht Suff.

Urs, <vilppyoo, hat, teal, gO.

Type (H. T.): Un 3, Nairobi, ex coll. Suffert.

Correspond exactement a ansorget Roths. (Novit. Zool., I11, p. 324,
1896), en synonymie duquel Aurivillius l’a justement place.

24. P. phorcas-phorcas Cr.

Pap. exot., 1, p. 1 (pl. 2, fig: B. C., 1775). :

On doit considérer seulement comme f. ? phorcas les individus de
ce sexe semblables au male, c’est-a-dire 4 fond noir foncé, dessins verts,
et points submarginaux absents ou reduits. Entre le type ainsi défini
et la f. thersander F. existent au moins deux formes de transition, l’une
plus proche de phorcas, autre de thersander, mais ne pouvant étre
confondues avec aucune et assez caractérisées pour étre distinguées par
des noms.

25. 1° f. 2 mutans nova (pl. II, fig. 22).

Fond brun noiratre a dessin principal pareil a celui du g¢ mais jaune
docre clair, parfois légerement lavé de verdatre; points submarginaux
trés développés aux deux paires d’ailes, géminés et jaune d’ocre clair
aux inférieures. Coupe des ailes plus arrondie que chez phorcas et
semblable a celle de thersander.

Type (H. T.): Une ?, Mabera Forest, Kyagive, Mulanga, Uganda
(4,000 ft.), ex R. A. Dammer.

=

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d’ Afrique 381

Paratypes: Deux 2 ?, méme origine.

26. II° f. 2 media nova (pl. II, fig. 14).

Dans cette seconde forme, la coupe des ailes est également arrondie,
l’aire claire des deux ailes, de couleur verte ou vert jaundtre, conserve a
son bord distal le dessin anguleux et net de phorcas mais aux supérieures
son bord proximal ne touche plus la cellule au-dessous de la nervure 3 et
descend en s’écartant progressivement vers le bord dorsal. a base est
ainsi largement noire.

Les ailes inférieures ont de méme la base noiratre jusqu’au voisinage
des nervures 2 et 7. »Points submarginaux des deux paires gros et
jaunatres comme chez mutans. Le dessous participe des mémes modifi-
cations que le dessus.

_ Type (H.T.): Une 2, Sierra Leone.

27. P. euphranor Trim.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 70, pl. V, figs. 1, 2, 1868.

La collection R. Trimen contenait neuf ¢ 3% et deux 2 2°.

L’‘holotype” est un g étiqueté: “ Tsomo River, Caffraria,” et por-
tant dans le Catalogue manuscrit de la collection Trimen le No. 4
(p. 389). La femelle “‘ paratype” est celle qui, avec la méme origine (ex
J. H. Bowker) a le No. 5, p. 389 du méme catalogue. Ce sont ces denx
individus qui ont été figures (loc. cit.).

Parmi les autres, un des males a la bande médiane jaune des ailes
inférieures plus large et prolongée, comme chez les femelles, au-dela du
sommet de la cellule par trois taches jaunes pacers dans la base des
intervalles 4-6. ;

28. Id., s.-sp. mor tus nova (pl. II, fig. 18).

Differe de la race typique par la présence aux ailes supérieures d’un
gros point jaune dans l’angle inférieur de la cellule, les taches discales
moins larges, disposées en ligne moins courbe et venant toucher la
cellule entre les nervures 4 et 6; tache de l’intervalle 7 carrée, séparée
du point submarginal du méme intervalle et non fusionnée avec lui
comme c’est le cas chez tous les specimens de la coll. Trimen.

Ailes inférieures semblables A celles du Type. Dessous présentant
les mémes caractéristiques différentielles que le dessus avec, en outre,
un coloris plus tranché. |
_ Type (H. T.): Une ?, Impetenyeni Forest (3,000 ft.), Alfred District,
Natal, 12 decembre, 1920.

Paratypes : un g, une ?, méme origine, coll. Museum de Paris,

382 “Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios a Afrique

29. P. (= Rhaphicera) pringler Ki. Sh.

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 352, pl. 19, fig. 3, 1894.

Type (H. T.) : Un 3, Kikuyu, 4 mai, 1892, ex coll. Bowdler Sharpe
(1908). C'est un 3 de P. nobilis Rogenh., conforme au type moyen de
cette espéce assez variable pour le développement et lintensité des
dessins bruns du dessus et du dessous.

30. P. pelodurus Btlr.

_ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 720, text fig. p. 721, g¢, 1896.
La série d’exemplaires appartenant au ‘‘ Hill’ montre qu'il existe dans
cette espéce plusieurs formes individuelles et une race géographique.

31. P. pelodurus-pelodurus Btlr., f. indiv. lyrus nova, pl. III, fig. 30.

Caractérisée par la présence aux ailes supérieures d’une tache supple-
mentaire, verticale, plus haute que large, unissant la derniére tache jaune
du groupe costal & la premiére du groupe discal. Le dessin forme ainsi
une bande irréguliére, étranglée, mais continue.

Type (H. T.): un ¢, Mlanje, Nyasaland.

Paratypes: Trois ¢ g, méme localite.

32. Id., f. indiy. extensus nova (pl. III, fig. 28).

Differe de la précédente et du type par l’existence, dans l’extremité
de la cellule des ailes supérieures, d'une tache supplémentaire jaune,
triangulaire, appuyée sur la discocellulaire supérieure et prolongeant
directement en dedans la tache de | intervalle 6 du groupe costal.

Type (H. T.) : Un ¢, Zomba, Nyasaland, ex coll. Suffert.

Paratypes: Quatre ¢ ¢, Zomba, septembre et novembre, 1920,
ex H. Barlow.

Dans cette forme, la tache supplémentaire de l’intervalle 4 n’existe
pas ou est rudimentaire, de méme que le court trait jaune placé dans la
cellule, le long du bord inférieur, vis-a-vis de la tache discale de l’inter-
valle 2, trait caractéristique des specimens conformes au 3 de Zomba,
“Type” de lespéce, figuré par Butler (loc. cit.).

En outre de ces variations légéres mais bien caractérisées, on
remarque quelques modifications purement individuelles ; c’est ainsi que
la tache de l’intervalle 8 des ailes inferieures est plus ou moins grande ;
celle de l’intervalle 3 toujours petite, devient parfois punctiforme. Les
mémes ailes portent souvent dans les intervalles 7 et 8 un semis
d’écailles jaunes, de densité variable, reliant les taches jaunes aux
échancrures marginales, correspondantes ; les queues sont franchement
et entiérement noires, ou teintées de roussatre, et la tache rouge sur-

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d'Afrique 383

montant l’angle anal, frequemment grande et géminée, se réduit dans
certains individus 4 un point et peut manquer complétement.

Ce qui précéde s’applique a la race “type”? du Nyasaland, mais dans
l’Afrique orientale (Tanganyika Territory) vole une race bien distincte
qu’on a jusqu'ici confondue avec la précédente.

33. P. pelodurus Btlr, s.-sp. vesper nova (pl. III, fig. 25).

Différenciée d'une fagon constante aux ailes supérieures par les taches
jaunes du groupe costal (intervalles 6-10) ’sensiblement moins grandes,
non surmontées a la cote par un semis jaune, et surtout par la tache
de lintervalle 6 toujours petite, punctiforme, complétement séparée de
celle de l’intervalle 7 sous l’angle de laquelle elle se trouve placée, l’axe
des taches de ce groupe se trouvant ainsi plus oblique ; il en est de méme
du point subapical de l’intervalle 9 qui affecte la forme d’un trait étroit ;
les grandes taches discales ne remplissent pas la base des intervalles 2,
3, et 4 dans lesquels elles s’arrondissent. ji

Enfin les points jaunes des ailes inférieures sont plus gros notamment
dans lintervalle 3: par contre celui de l’intervalle 8 parait constam-
ment absent, sauf chez la femelle. Celle-ci a, aux supérieures, la tache
jaune de l’intervalle 6, minuscule, et porte des points submarginaux
entre 2-3, 5-6, et 6-7.

Type (HT.): Un 3, German East Africa, ex coll. Suffert.

Paratypes: Un 3, German Kast Africa, une ?, Usambara, deux 2 2,
Lindi. Egalement de !Usambara (un 3), dans la coll. du Museum de
Paris.

31. Id., f. indiv. excedens nova.

Se distingue par la présence, dans lintervalle 5 des ailes supé-
rieures, d'une tache jaune additionnelle allongée.

Type (H. T.): Un 3, German Kast Africa.

Il est tout a fait remarquable que cette tache supplémentaire, dont
l’apparition est commune aux trols especes affines: hermes, hesperus et
pelodurus, effecte dans la race vesper la forme en trait isolé allongé, étroit,
et a axe longitudinal qu’elle montre dans hesperus Westw. et hermes
Boull. et Le Cerf, et non pas l’aspect rectangulaire a axe vertical qui se
rencontre exclusivement chez la race typique pelodurus du Nyasaland.

35. P. hermes Boull. et Le Cerf.

Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., p. 142, 1912.
Cotype (Paratype): Un 3, Haut Cavally, Frontiére de Liberia
(1909), ex Museum de Paris.

384 “Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d’ Afrique

36. P. hermes Boull. et Le Cerf, f. indiv. pellax Boull. et Le Cerf
Gob JOULE, tie, 7).

Bull. Soc. Hint. Fr., p. 142, 1912.

Je crois utile de figurer ici un male bien caractérisé—ex Ashanti, coll.
Hill Museum—de cette variation individuelle que l'on pourra comparer
avec la f. lyrus de P. pelodurus Btlr.

37. P. hesperus Westw. f. indiv. insolitus nova (pl. III, fig. 28).

g. Aules antérieures un peu plus allongées que dans le type; point
subapical tres petit ; tache discale de l’intervalle 3 fortement allongée ;
taches costales réduites, principalement la premiere devenue minuscule.

Ailes postérieures a bande médiane large, dilatée en arc a la céte et
tache de l’intervalle 2 plus longue que celle de l’intervalle 1c; i] n’existe
que deux points submarginaux, tres gros, entre 3—5 a gauche ; ‘a droite
un troisiéme, minuscule, persiste sous la nervure 7.

Dessous des deux paires brun noiratre foncé, avec les mémes dessins
qu’en dessus, un. peu sablés de noir aux superieures, davantage a aux
inférieures.

Type (H.T.) - Un 3, Teuluaboure Kassai, ones belge.

38. P. hesperus Westw. f. indiv.

Un male de: Bipendi (French Cameroon) a tous les dessins jaunes
fortement réduits et la tache de lintervalle 6 des ailes antérieures
marquée d'un point noir pres du sommet.

39. P. mackinnoni Ki. Sh. f. indiv. biumaculatus Suff. (pl. IIT, us 29).

Tris, xvii, p. 96, 1904.
Type (H.T.): Un ¢, Usambara hintorland, ex coll. Suffert.

40. P. mackinnoni KE. Sh. f. ind. iit RERI Suff. oo III, fg 26).

Tris, xvii, p. 96, 1904.
Aros CERIN) s Ua & Oeerramleeae hinterland, ex coll. Suffert.

41. P. oribazus Bay. f. indiv. 3 (pl. IV, fig. 31).

Ailes supérieures avec une ligne de points bleu-vert placés oblique-
ment dans le prolongement des deux points subapicaux entre les nervures
du disque et aboutissant a l’angle de la tache de l’intervalle 2. Points
submarginaux des ailes postérieures tres gros, principalement ceux des
intervalles 2—4 qui sont réunis en larges macules cordiformes,

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d’ Afrique 385

Un 3g, Madagascar.

Bien qu'elle ne soit pas d’un aspect tres saillant, il m’a semble utile
de faire connaitre cette aberration a cause de l'intérét que présente
Vapparition, aux ailes antérieures, d'un dessin supplémentaire dont il
n’existe pas d’équivalent chez aucune des espéces ou formes des Papilios
du groupe auquel appartient ortbazus.

42. P. charopus Westw. subsp. juventus nova (pl. IV, figs. 32, 35>.

3d. Differe du type par les caracteres suivants: taille plus petite,
_ bandes vertes des deux ailes plus larges, principalement aux inférieures
ou elles s’étendent trés loin sur le disque. Dessous avec tous les dessins
jaunatre mat—et non lilas luisant—bande maculaire discale des supé-
rieures plus étroite, nettement délimitée, 4 taches a peine divisées par
les plis internervuraux.

Envergure: 75 nm.

Type (H.T.): Un ¢, Semliki Valley, ex coll. Suffert.

Paratype: Un 3, méme origine.

43. P. bromius Doubl. subsp. chrapkowskiw Suff.

JEFOB,) Tl, Fo Ge, Wess WG rave, A OE
Type (H.T.): Un &, Nairobi, ex coll. Suffert.

Paratypes: Un g, deux 2 2, méme origine.

44. P. nireus L. f. (2 indiv.) dimidiatus nova (pl. LV, fig. 37).

Caractérisee par la grande réduction, aux ailes supérieures, de la
bande médiane verte dont les taches des intervalles 3, 2, lc et 1b sont
séparées, graduellement réduites, et disparaissent avant d’atteindre le
bord dorsal. Bande des inférieures étroite, avec ses deux premiéres
taches séparées et son bord interne tres écarté de la base des nervures
2 et 7. Dessous comme chez le type.

Envergure: 75 mm.

Type (H.T.): Un ¢, Aguapim, W. Africa, ex Shelley.

45. P. nireus-lyaeus Dbd. f. indiv. 3 aelyus Suff.

IGFB, XN, Fs Gey, Mewes IOVS Tovey I, ASO

Type (H.T.): Un &, Mori-Mangate, ex coll. Suffert.

C’est une forme individuelle peu accusée, mais assez rare, de la
subsp. lyaews Dbd.

La 2? rapportée par Suffert a aelyus est une 2 de lyaeus mal dé-

26

306 ‘*: Tynes’? et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d@ Afrique

veloppée et un peu'aberrante par l’aspect diffus et l’extension vers le
disque des taches bleues submarginales des ailes supérieures.

46. P. nireus Li. subsp. donaldsont K. Sh.

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 537, 1896.

Type (H.T.): Un &, Valenso, 26 octobre, 1894, Dr. D. Smith.

Paratype: Un ¢g, Darro Mountains, 10 septembre, 1894, Dr. D.
Smith, ex coll. E. M. Sharpe.

Le nom de donaldsoni peut étre conservé pour désigner les exem-
plaires de la subsp. pseudonireus Feld. dépourvus de taches vertes dans
l’extrémité de la cellule et Vintervalle 4 du disque, taches dont la
présence est expressément indiquée par Felder dans la description
originale de psewdonireus ‘‘ Type,’ du Bogosland. ,

‘Les exemplaires de l’Erythrée concordent assez bien avec donaldsont ;
ceux du Somaliland ont en général la bande des ailes inférieures encore
plus étroite et coupée de noir par les nervures, celles des supérieures
presque disparue. Ils portent en outre aux mémes ailes des points sub-
marginaux jaunes plus ou moins mélés de vert (Waggo, Hankidely, in
coll. Hill Museum).

47. P. epiphorbas Badv. f. indiv. 2? hova nova.

Distincte de la forme typique par l’existence aux ailes supérieures d'une
bande verte continue, légérement échancrée latéralement dans l'intervalle
2 et formée par la réunion des deux groupes de taches habituels. ‘T'ous
les dessins aussi nettement définis que chez le male. .

Type (H. T.) : Une ¢, Tamatave 1907; coll. Manders.

48. P. epiphorbas Badv. f. indiv. 3 oriphorbas nova (pl. IV, fig. 39).

Ailes supérieures avec une bande discale verte continue de la céte au
bord dorsal et seulement étranglée et un peu diffuse dans lintervalle 2.
A sa partie supérieure cette bande comprend une tache cellulaire plus
grande que dans le type et, au-dela de la cellule, deux taches supple-
mentaires dans les intervalles 6-7; la derniere allongée et de méme
forme que celle pilacée au méme endroit chez P. phorbanta L. Deux
points subapicaux et une série de points submarginaux bien développés.

Bande médiane des ailes inférieures tres large, la tache de l’intervalle
3 presque aussi longue que celle de Vintervalle 2. Dessous des deux
paires sans differences notables. |

Type (H. T.): Un ¢, Tananarive, Madagascar.

Cette forme individuelle méle curieusement les caractéres des
P. oribazus Bdvy., epiphorbas Badv., et phorbanta L.

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d’ Afrique 387

49. P. mangoura Hew.

Hint. Mont. Mag., xi, p. 226, 1875.
Type (H.T.) : Un 3, Madagascar, ex coll. H. Grose-Smith.
Paratype: Une ¢, méme origine.

50. P. constantinus Wd. s.-sp. monticolus nova (pl. IT, fig. 20, 21).

Differe de la race typique, de Zanzibar, par les caractéres suivants :
taille plus petite, forme plus arrondie, fond moins foncé, noir brunatre avec
les androconies moins larges et n/attergnant par la nervure 5. Dessins
jaunes plus larges particulierement a la partie inférieure de la bande
discale des ailes supérieures dont la derniére tache est allongée le long du
bord dorsal et prolongée par un semis d’écailles jaunes plus ou moins
dense; aux mémes ailes, entre la nervure 11 et la cdte existe un autre
semis jaune beaucoup plus long que les taches qu'il surmonte, et les
doubles points submarginaux agrandis sont en partie confluents, ceux de
lintervalle 2 formant une grosse tache arrondie.

Ailes inférieures 4 bande médiane large, dilatée au dessus et au dessous
de l’extrémité de la cellule, et & bord distal suivi d'un semis jaune.
Doubles points submarginaux grands, allongés, plus rapprochés du milieu
du disque. Dessous des deux paires moins foncé et plus uniforme ; bande
discale des inférieures moins large qu’en dessus, rétrécie par une exten-
sion du dessin brun de l’extrémité de la cellule ; points submarginaux un
peu plus petits.

Type (H.T.): Und, Escarpment, B.E.A., 6,500—9,000 ft., 9 octobre,
1900, ex W. Doherty.

Paratypes: Trois ¢ 3, méme origine.

51. P. menestheus-lormiert Dist. s.-sp. phalusco Suff.

Tris, xvi, p. 103, 1894.

La f. phalusco, considérée a tort comme une aberration d’ ophidél
cephalus Obt. par Aurivillius Gn: Seitz) est en réalité une sous-espece
distincte, la plus méridionale de l’espece dimorphe menestheus Dry. et se
rapporte a la f. lormeeri Dist.

Dans celle-ci elle représente le maximum de développement des
parties jaunes sauf a la bande médiane des ailes inférieures qui demeure
toujours assez étroite. Elle est particuliere au Cap (Pondoland et
Cafrerie) et au Natal. Dans cette derniére région apparait aussi une
forme intermédiaire, 4 bande des supérieures moins dilatée a Vapex et
un peu incurveée, dont R. Trimen avait réuni dans sa collection une série
des deux sexes avec l’indication suivante: ‘“ Examples varying in direc-
tion of the nearly allied menestheus.’ Contrairement a l’opinion ex-

388 “Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d’ Afrique

primée par M. Ch. Oberthiir, cette forme n’est pas Uophidicephalus
décrite par cet auteur (‘‘ Etudes d’Entomologie,” iii, p. 18, 1878) d’aprés
un 3 des: ‘‘Montagnes en face de Zanzibar.” Ophidicephalus Obt.
est & menestheus Dry. ce que phalusco Suff. est a lermiert Dist., et son
habitat, plus septentrional, remonte du Zanguebar a 1|’Afrique orientale
britannique.

52. P. menestheus-lormieri Dist. s.-sp. semlikana nova (pl. IV, fig. 33).

Caractérisée par la réduction des dessins jaunes et particulicrement
de la bande médiane des ailes inférieures qui en dessus n’a pas plus de
2 4 2,5 millimétres de large et est finement coupée de noir par les
nervures; en dessous, elle est plus réduite encore et partiellement
maculaire.

Type (H.T.): Un ¢, Semliki River, ex coll. Suffert.

Paratypes: Deux ¢ 3, méme origine.

53. P. morondavana G.-Sm.

Ann. Mag: Nat. Hist: (6), vill p. 18, Leo.
Type (H.T.): Un 3, Mahovo, Madagascar, ex coll. H. Grose-Smith.
Paratypes: Une 9°, trois ¢ ¢, méme origine.

54. P. grose-smitht Roths. f. (? an s.-sp.) praeses nova (pl. IV,
figs. 34, 36).

Différe de la forme type par extension des dessins jaunes et le ton
plus vif de ceux-ci; a la céte des ailes supérieures un long trait surmonte
la tache placée entre le sommet de la cellule et la nervure 9; taches sub-
marginales grandes, celle de l’intervalle 2 entiere, en rectangle arqué,
non entaillée. Chez le male, aux ailes inférieures, la tache suivant
l’ocelle costal est presqu’enticrement rouge comme chez la femelle, mais
celle-ci a en plus du rouge du cété proximal de l’ocelle.

En dessous les taches sont encore plus grandes qu’en dessus, les
points submarginaux des supérieures se reunissant aux arcs Marginaux
pour former de grandes taches allongées ; seul, celui de l'intervalle 2 reste
isolé. Aux inférieures le noir est extrémement réduit sur le disque et
dans la cellule, et les arcs submarginaux des intervalles 5—7 confluent
entierement avec ceux du bord.

Type (H.T.): Un 3, N.W. Madagascar, ex coll. H. Grose-Smith.

Paratype: Un ¢#, méme origine, “Type” @ (!) de P. erithonioides
G.-Sm.

Ces specimens qui appartiennent bien a l’espece distinguée et décrite

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios @ Afrique 389

assez récemment par Lord Rothschild, avaient été places par H. Grose-
Smith dans sa collection comme femelles de P. ertthonioides G.-Sm.

55. P. ertthomoides G.-Sm.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vu, p. 122, 1891.

Type (H.T.): Un ¢, N.W. Madagascar, ex coll. H. Grose-Smitkh.
Paratypes : Deux ¢ 3, méme origine.

56. P. demodocus Esp. f. indiv. docusdemo Suff.

JEPOS, SRV FOo AMOI, yolle IM, seer, Ih, SOE

Type (H. T.): Un ¢&, Tabora, ex coll. Suffert.

Cette forme individuelle remarquable n’était jusqu’ici connue que par
le “‘ Type” unique ci-dessus, manifestement obtenu ex larva et tué avant
d’étre sec. Le Museum de Paris en recut en 1914 deux exemplaires,
également males, parmi de tres nombreux demodocus normaux élevés a
Madagascar de chenilles recueillies dans la ville meme de Tananarive.

57. P. demodocus Esp. f. indiv. diverses.

Un 3%, Cameroon, Bitje Ja River, octobre, wet season, ex G. Li. Bates,
est remarquable par l’absence compléte de semis jaune sur le disque
des ailes inférieures en dessous.

Une ¢, Capetown, janvier, 1890, ex coll. R. Trimen (Cat. MSS.,
p. 886, No. 8) présente aux ailes supérieures des modifications qui en
font une transition vers la f. indiv. Cariei Le Cerf. Aux ailes supérieures
les taches cellulaires sont réunies en une macule irréguliere et les taches
de la bande discale aboutissent comme dans Cariet a la cellule, mais
elles conservent dans leur centre ou pres de leur base des traces diffuses
du fond noir qu’elles ont entouré et en partie absorbé.

Une 2, Capetown, Wynberg, janvier 1860, ex coll. R. Trimen, est
asymeétrique, les deux ailes du coté gauche montrant une réduction trés
accusée des dessins jJaunes: aile supérieure 4 taches submarginales partiel
lement effacées et rudimentaires, bande discale extreémement rétrécie, ses
taches accolées a la cellule, triangulaires, mal définies; taches cellulaires
réunies transversalement et croissant terminal restreint a quelques
écailles. Aile inférieure dépourvue de taches submarginales.

58. P. gallienus-gallienus Dist., 2 sec. Suff.

Tris, xvii, p. 95, 1904.

Allotype 2, Cameroon, Barombi station, ex coll. Suffert.

La femelle décrite par Suffert est un 3 dépourvu d’abdomen, usé par
le vol, et chez lequel les androconies ont presqu’entiérement disparu, a

390 “Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d Afrique

Vexception de traces persistant pres des nervures 3 a droite, 4 a gauche
et bien visibles a la loupe.

59. P. gallienus-whitnalli Neave, f. indiv. ‘

Un 3, Entebbé, Uganda, ex coll. Jackson, porte sur le disque des
ailes inférieures, entre les nervures 5-6 une extension linéaire de la bande
jaune. Deux exemplaires semblables existent au British Museum.
Cette modification légere, analogue a celle qui caractérise la f. praecyola
Suff. de P. cypraeofila, est intéressante en ce quelle parait étre le vestige
d’un dessin ancestral commun aux especes du groupe et qui ne se retrouve
plus actuellement, chez toutes, que sous forme de variation individuelle.

60. P. cypraeofila Btlr., f. indiv. praecyola Suff.
Iris, xvii, p. 94, 1904.

Type (H. T.): Un g, Cameroon, ex coll. Suffert.
Paratype: Une ?, méme origine.

Ol. P. cypraeofila Btlr. f. lactifascia nova (pl. LV, fig. 40).

Taille plus grande que celle de cypraeofila typique—de |’Ashanti— ~
bande discale des deux paires et échancrures légerement plus larges et
d’un blanc pur. Chez la femelle les taches de la bande médiane des ailes
supérieures sont a peine séparées par les nervures.

Type (H. T.): Un 6, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroon (2,000 - ft.)
octobre-novembre, 1912, ex G. L. Bates.

Paratypes: Un 3, une 2, méme origine, octobre, wet season; un ¢
méme origine, dry season.

62. P. cypraeofila Btlr. f. indiv. filaprae Suff. (pl. LV, fig. 38).

Tris, xvi, p. 94, 1904.

Type (H.T.): Un 3, Cameroon, Barombi stat., ex coll. Suffert.

Comme la précédente, cette forme est a dessins blanc pur; toutes
deux paraissent localisées au Cameroon et aux parties avoisinantes du
Congo, de méme que l’espece tres voisine: P. andronicus Wd. a dessins
également blanc pur.

63. P. androclides G.-Sm.

Ehopal exot., Up. 47, pl. SOON te sale 2 1900:

Type (H.T.): Une 2, Stanley Falls, ex coll. H. Grose-Smith.

Individu a aile supérieure droite affectée d'une large perforation
circulaire tératologique. Le nom de mechowtanus Dew. (1885) a la
priorité sur androclides G.-Sm.

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d'Afrique 391

64. P. zenobia F., f. indiv. nobicea Suff. (pl. V, fig. 42).

Tris, xvii, p. 94, 1904.

Type (H.T.): Un ¢, Togo, ex coll. Suffert.

Cette forme doit étre placée en synonyme d’odenatus Westw. qui,
d’apres la figure originale (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 96, pl. 3, fig. 3,
1872) porte également aux ailes supérieures une tache dans l’extrémité
de la cellule et une autre dans | intervalle 6.

65. P. cynorta EF. f. indiv. norcyta Suff. (pl. V, fig. 45).

Tris, xvil, p. 94, 1904.

Type (H.T.): Un 3g, Togo, ex coll. Suffert.

Cet individu appartient a la forme de petite taille (? saison séche)
dépourvue, en dessous, de tache blanche dans la cellule des ailes
supérieures.

QS. J2, CYNCOTEG I «

Une seule forme de femelle a regu un nom particulier, cependant ce
sexe est, dans cynorta, nettement polymorphe; on peut distinguer quatre
formes :

(1°) £. botsduvallianus Westw.

Arcan. entom., 1, p. 151, t. 40, figs. 1, 2, 1843.

Type (H. T.): Une ¢, Sierra Leone, ex coll. Boisduval < coll. Ch.
Oberthii.

Caractérisée par ses ailes & fond noir avec des dessins blancs: aux
supérieures un groupe subapical et un groupe discal de 3 taches inégales;
aux inférieures une bande médiane étroite, assez bien définie, traversant
la cellule entre les nervures 2-7 et l’extrémité.

67. (2°) f. lavochrea nova (pl. V, fig. 41).

C’est la forme la plus répandue. ‘T'aches des ailes supérieures plus
grandes, blanches, celles du groupe discal souvent un peu lavées de
jaunatre en dehors. Bande blanche des ailes inférieures graduellement
fondue extérieurement dans une teinte jaune d’ocre foncé couvrant Ilaile
jusqu’au voisinage du limbe et sur laquelle s’écrivent nettement les traits
noirs internervuraux.

Type (2.T.): Une ¢2, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroon (2,000 ft.),
octobre-novembre, wet season, ex G. L. Bates, coll. Hill Museum.

392 “Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d@ Afrique

68. (8°) f. ochrospila nova (pl. V, fig. 48).

Semblable pour le dessin a la précédente mais toutes les parties
blanches remplacées par du jaune foncé; taches des ailes supérieures
un peu moins étendues.

Type (H.T.): Une ?, Congo belge oriental, Forest between Epuru
(E. side) and Ituri River, mars, 1920, ex 'T. A. Barns.

69. (4°) f. peculiaris Neave.

Nov. Zool., xi, p. 342, pl. I, fig. 7, 1904.

Particuliére 4 Uganda (loc. orig.) et a la région de la Semliki River
(un individu, ex coll. Suffert < Hill Museum).

70. P. echerioides Trim.

Trans. Entom. Soc. Lond., p. 72, pl. 6, figs. 1, 2, 1868.

Type (H.T.): Un ¢, Natal, Soujoumbili, mars, 1867, ex coll. R.
Trimen (Cat. MSS., p. 334, No. 4).

Paratypes: Une série d’individus des deux sexes, méme collection.

La femelle figurée avec le g H.T. (loc. supr. f. 2) ne parait étre
aucune de celles se trouvant parmi les exemplaires de la coll. R. Trimen
actuellement au “ Hill.’”’ Parmi ceux-ci un 3g (Natal Coast) a, en
dessous des ailes inférieures, les traits noirs de la cellule dilatés et
confondus en une macule unique. Un autre (Transvaal, Leydenberg
Distr.) porte, en dessus des mémes ailes, quelques traits Jaunatres vers
langle supérieur. Un troisieme (Caffraria), de petite taille, a la bande
claire commune aux deux paires notablement élargie aux inférieures.

71. P. echerioides Trim. f. indiv. ¢ riddeschi Suff. (pl. I, fig. 4).

Igus; xvi, p: 93," 1904.

Type (H.T.) : Un ¢, Kilimandjaro, Modji, ex coll. Suffert.

Forme moins remarquable par la disparition de la tache blanche de
lintervalle 7 aux supérieures que par la présence aux mémes ailes de
trois points blancs submarginaux entre les nervures lc—4.

72. P. zoroastres Drce. ssp. newmannet Ksch. f. indiv. swbtan-
ganyikae Strd. ‘‘ Lepidopt. Niepelt.,” 11, p. 24, pl. XIII, fig. 15, 1916,
‘« Deutsche-Ost-Afrika.”

Type (H.T.): un g (pas de localité a etiquette du Papillon) ex coll.
Niepelt.

Cette minime aberration se réfere, ainsi que la suivante, a la s.-sp.
homeyert Plotz dont newmanni Ksch. est synonyme.

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d'Afrique 393

73. P. zoroastres Drce. s.-sp. newmanni Ksch. f. indiv. zoroastrides
Strd. ‘‘ Lepidopt. Niepelt.,” ii, p. 24, pl. XIII, fig. 14, 1916, Deutsche
Ost-Afrika.

Type (H. T.): Un ¢ (pas de localité a l’étiquette du papillon), ex
coll. Niepelt.

74. P. jacksoni K. Sh. s.-sp. ruandana nova.

$. Semblable a la race type d’Afrique orientale pour la taille et le
dessin, mais toutes les parties claires un peu plus étendues et d’un blanc
de neige.

Hn dessus: taches des ailes supérieures plus nettement ovalaires,
celle de l’intervalle 1b a peine excavée de chaque cdté; bande médiane
des inférieures plus large—8°5 a 9 mm. dans sa partie médiane—
presqu’également répartie sur l’extrémité de la cellule et le disque,
rectiligne et un peu élargie de la nervure 7 au bord abdominal que
son coté externe atteint au niveau du sommet de |’abdomen, ou un peu
au-dela; points discaux un peu plus rapprochés du bord de l’aile. En
dessous les taches des ailes supérieures sont notablement plus grandes
qu’en dessus, la partie basale brune des inférieures subrectiligne, et la
bande claire médiane, variée de blanc et de gris brun qui la suit, légére-
ment plus large et moins sinueuse extérieurement.

?. Ne présente, comme différences assez nettes, qu'un léger élargisse-
ment de l’aire médiane jaunatre des ailes inférieures au-dela de l’extrémité
de la cellule, et comme chez le male le rapprochement du bord de I'aile
des points submarginaux blancs.

_ Dans les deux sexes les points de la téte et du prothorax sont blanc
de neige.

Envergure: ¢, 81-84 mm.: 2, 75-87 mm.

Type (H. T.): ¢ (4,2044), Congo belge oriental, Masisi, N.W. Kivu
(5,000 ft.), septembre, ex T’. A. Barns.

Paratypes: Un 3 (3,046), Kisiba, Bugoie Forest, E. Kivu (8,500 ft.),
novembre, une ? (3,037), N. end Lake Kivu (5,000 ft.), octobre; une ?
(3,462), Kivu Oso Watershed, N.W. Kivu (4,500 ft.—5,000 ft.), septembre,
ex T. A. Barns. |

En outre des caracteres superficiels ci-dessus, cette race se distingue
encore de la forme typique par l’armure génitale moins grande dans
l'ensemble, la saillie apicale du dernier tergite libre (pseuduncus) plus
mince et arrondie au sommet, la valve moins large, plus ovalaire, 4 bord
supérieur moins convexe. Harpe un peu plus gréle, & dents de la créte
supérieure plus courtes, moins irréguliéres et ne portant du coté externe
quune seule dent (harpe droite) ou deux (harpe gauche) isolées et non

394 “Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d@ Afrique

cing ou six, disposées en créte secondaire, comme c’est le cas chez
yacksoni-jacksont.

75. P. sjistedti Auriv. s.-sp. atavus Le Cerf.
Bull. Soc. Hnt. Fr., p. 336, 1912.

Paratype: Un 3, Forét du Kilimandjaro. Versant $.H., 1,800 a
2,000 mét., avril, 1912, Ch. Alluaud et R. Jeannel, ex Museum de Paris.

76. P. ridleyanus White f. indiv. fumatus Niep.

Intern. Ent. Zeitschr., ix, p. 8, 1915; “ Lep. Niep.,” ui, p. 23, t. xi,
fig. 4, 1916, Kassai River.

Type (H. T.): Un 4, Kassai Fluss, Congogebiet, ex coll. Niepelt.

Cette forme indeei quelle est synonyme dinfuscatus Schultze (1913),
4 laquelle se rapporte également fumosus Holland (1920).

77. P. ridleyanus White f. indiv. 2? vitrea nova.

Caractérisée par la disparition de toutes les écailles formant les
dessins rouges en dessus et en dessous ; seules quelques-unes demeurent
éparses sur le champ anal et en bordure de la ligne marginale noire
aux ailes inférieures.

Type (H. T.): Une ¢, Yambio, Bahr el Ghazal, 8. Sudan.

Ce spécimen est intact, ses franges entiéres, et il est parfaitement
symétrique.

78. P. ridleyanus White f. indiv. @ (? an s.-sp.) rosa nova (pl. V,
figs. 49, 50).

Toutes les parties rouges sont d’un rose incarnat vif, un peu plus
clair aux ailes inférieures qu’aux supérieures. A celles-ci les taches
discales sont trés grandes et au nombre de cinq; les taches noires de la
cellule sont largement et nettement entourées de jaune d'or; une tache
de méme couleur existe au milieu de lintervalle 6 et un semis sub-
marginal forme des points confus entre les nervures Lb et 4.

Aux ailes inférieures en dessus, les arcs et points noirs subterminaux
sont étroits et les points noirs placés entre le milieu du bord abdominal
et l’extrémité de la cellule se réduisent 4 deux, situés au voisinage de la
nervure 3; région abdominale lavée de jaune. Dessous beaucoup plus
clair que le dessus avec le noir fortement réduit.

Type (H.T.): Une ¢, Upper Ruwubu River, Urindi Distr.,
EB. Tanganyika, aout, 1919, ex T. A. Barns.

Paratype: Une ?, méme origine.

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d Afrique 395

Il n’a pas été pris de male dans la région ou ces femelles remar-
quablement claires ont été trouvées.

79. P. pylades-angolanus Gze. f. indiv. hypochra Boull.-Le Cerf.

Bull. Soc. Hnt. Fr., p. 246, 1912.
Paratype: Un 3, Oubangui, Congo frangais, ex Museum de Paris.

80. P. pylades-angolanus Gze. f. indiv. lapydes Suff. (pl. V, fig. 47).

Iris, xvii, p. 103; 1904:
‘Type (H. T.): Un &, Kilossa, Deutsche O. Afrika, ex coll. Suffert.

Gl, LP, jailer, Cxresyany,

Ent. Mont. Mag., xix, p. 234, 1883.

Type (H. T.): Un ¢, Cameroon, Filler, ex coll. H. Grose-Smith.
Paratypes: Trois ¢ g, méme origine.

82. P. phrynon Drce. (pl. V, fig. 44).

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xv, p. 332, 1895.

Type (H.T.): Un 3, Matadi, Congo belge, ex coll. Druce.

N’est pas une espeéce distincte mais seulement une forme individuelle
deja figurée par Aurivillius (Hint. Tvdsk., xvii, p. 71, 1896), du trés variable
P. ucalegonides Stgr. auquel elle se relie par des transitions.

83. P. ucalegon Hew. f. indiv. legonuca Suff. (pl. V, fig. 46).

Tris, xvii, p. 106, 1904. :

Type (H.T.): Un ¢, 8. Kamerun, ex coll. Suffert.

Variation minime et dont le Type est mal caractérisé, une petite
tache cellulaire persistant a l’aile supérieure gauche.

84. P. hachei-mébw Suff. s.-sp. camerunicus nova.

3d. Coloration générale plus sombre, due 4 une écaillure plus dense
et une légere extension des parties noires.

Ailes supérieures a aire basale noire coupée un peu plus obliquement
et dépassant d’un millimétre la nervure 3 dans la cellule; au-dessous de
celle-ci le noir s’étend de la nervure 3 a l’extrémité de la, atteignant en
ce point 6 4 6, 5 millimétres de largeur. Bande terminale noiratre,
moins incurvée a son bord interne, arrivant presque au contact de la
cellule a la base de la nervure 5 et descendant jusqu’au-dessous de 1b.

Aux ailes inférieures le champ distal noir borde le sommet-de la

396 “ Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d Afrique

cellule dans lequel s’avance, chez certains specimens, un léger semis
noiratre. ue dessous des deux paires présente des différences corres-
pondant a celles du dessus.

Envergure: 78-81 millimétres.

Type (H.T.): Un ¢, Cameroon, Bitje, Ja River, wet season, ex G. L.
Bates, coll. Hill Museum.

Paratypes: Trois g g, méme origine, Museum de Paris, et Hill
Museum.

P. hachei Dew. et P. mébii Suff. ne sont que des formes d’une méme
espece. En outre des specimens plus ou moins transitionnels que j’ai
vus dans la petite série qui m’est passée sous les yeux et qui auraient
suffi 4 justifier leur identité spécifique, je n’ai trouvé dans leur armure
génitale que des différences de détail peu importantes.

Coraparée A celle dhachet (ex Congo frangais, Mus. Paris), l’armure
de mébii (ex Congo belge oriental, Hill Mus.) ne s’en distingue que par
la taille légérement plus grande, la proéminence denticulée du bord
distal de la valve un peu plus grosse; la harpe un peu plus longue mais
& lame inférieure plus gréle et dépourvue de dent avant lesommet. Ce
dernier caractére est peut-étre individuel car chez camerunicus 1] existe
une dent 4 la harpe gauche (branche inférieure) et deux, dont une trés
grande, a droite.

Dans cette race d’ailleurs l’armure génitale est sensiblement plus
grande, plus épaisse dans toutes ses parties, notamment la harpe et la
proéminence denticulée du bord distal de la valve

85. P. harpagon G.-Sm.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6, V, p. 224, 1890).

Type (H.T.): Un 3s, Gabon, ex coll. Grose-Smith.

C’est un P. auriger Btlr. pourvu aux ailes supérieures d’un petit
point blanc dans la cellule, en face de la base de la nervure 2.

86. P. uganda Lathy.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 9, pl. II, fig. 11, 1906, Entebbe.

La série d’exemplaires du ‘‘ Hill” établit que cette espece n’est
qu’une forme de P. almansor Honr. a laquelle elle est rattachée par
toutes les transitions. Il y a des specimens avec des points submar-
ginaux trés développés aux deux paires d’ailes, et d’autres qui en sont
complétement dépourvus. Certains ont les taches des supérieures
jaunes, d’autres blanches. Les taches des ailes supérieures: apicales,
cellulaires, et du bord interne, varient aussi pour la grandeur, la colora-
tion et ressemblent plus ou moins exactement a celles d’almansor Honr.

“Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d@ Afrique 397

dont il existe deux ¢ 3, et une 2 (ex Rhodesia et Bukoba) dans la coll.
du Hill.

87. P. agamedes Westw. f. indiv. medesaga Suff. (pl. I, fig. 5).

Iris, xvii, p. 106, 1904.
Type (H. T): Un ¢, Togo hinterland, ex coll. Suffert.

88. P. leonidas F. f. indiv. onidale Suff.

Tris, xvi, p. 106, 1904
Type (H. T.): Un 3g, Muanza, Deutsche O. Afrika, ex coll. Suffert.
Paratype: Une 2 méme origine.

89. P. leondas F., s.-sp. brasidas Fld. f. indiv. ¢ melusina nova
(pl. V, fig. 48).

Forme mélanienne dans laquelle les ailes supérieures n’ont plus
qu’une seule tache blanche discale bien développée dans l’intervalle 3 ;
celle de l’intervalle 1d et les trois subapicales sont extrémement réduites ;
cellule entierement noire a l’exception d’un trés petit point blanc diffus
pres du milieu du bord inférieur; taches apicales vestigiales; points
submarginaux absents. Ailes inférieures dépourvues de taches discales,
et & points submarginaux indistincts.

Type (H.T.): Une 2, Malvern, Natal, ex coll. R. Trimen (Catalogue
MSS., p. 882, No. 12).

Toutes les transitions entre leonidas F. et brasidas Feld. sont repré-
sentées dans la coll. du Hill Museum par des specimens de Natal,
Zululand et Rhodesia (ex coll. R. Trimen et H. Grose-Smith).

90. P. mercutiws Sm. et Kirby.

Rhopal. exot., 28, Pap., p. 33, pl. 14, fig. 1, 1894.

Type (H. T.): Une ¢, Morakween, Natal, 10 novembre 1892,
ex coll. H. Grose-Smith.

N’est quune forme individuelle femelle de P. antheus-nyassae Btlr.,
comme le soupgonnait déja Aurivillius (in: Seitz, xiii, 1910). Un
second exemplaire, de petite taille, se trouve dans la coll. du Museum
de Paris, ex Zanguebar, R. P. Faugeéres (1900).

Ol. PP. junod: Trim.

Trans. Entom. Soc. Lond., p. 138, 1893.
Type (H..1.): Une 2, Delagoa Bay, ex coll. R. Trimen.

398 “ Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d'Afrique

92. P. polistratus G.-Sm.

Ann. Mag. Nat. (6), iii, p. 121, 1889.

Type (H.T.): Une ?, Mombasa, ex coll. H..Grose- Smt

Paratype: Une @, Teita, méme collection.

C’est la femelle de l’espéce décrite en 1890 par P. Mabille sous le
nom de P. sisenna. P. richelmanni Weym. est une forme @ individuelle
ayant les mémes dessins que le g (= sisenna), c’est-a-dire portant aux
ailes inférieures des taches discales dans les intervalles 4 et 5, taches qui
font défaut chez polistratus typique. la @ paratype de la coll. Grose-
Smith appartient a la f. richelmanni Weym.

93. P. policenes Cr. {. indiv. liponesco Suff. (pl. V, fig. 55).

Iris, xvii, p. 107, 1904.
Type (H.T.): Un g, Togo hinterland, ex coll. Suffert.

94. P. policenes Cr. s.-sp. laurentia nova.

Je donne ce nom 4 la race d’Afrique orientale meridional habitant
du Cap au Tanganyika Territory, en prenant pour Types des exemplaires
de Natal. Distincte de la forme typique d Afrique occidentale par le ton
toujours plus pale des taches vertes en dessus, et par le remplacement du
noir en dessous par une teinte brun gris, exception faite des deux gros
points submarginaux entre 6—8 et des arcs ea es des ailes
inférieures,

En outre les ailes sont un peu plus acumineées et les in oneanes ont
l’angle apical coupé droit.

Type (H.T.): Un ¢, Natal, Durban, J. H. Bowdler, ex coll. R.
Trimen (Cat. MSS., p. 377, No. 2).

Paratypes: Une ?, méme origine (Cat. MSS., p. 377, No. 3), et une
série d’exemplaires des deux sexes du Natal de la méme collection.

95. P. colonna Wa. f. indiv. loncona Suff. (pl. V, fig. 53).

Invs, xvi, p. 107, 1904.

Type (H. T.): Une ¢, Mikindani, Deuts. O. Afrika, ex coll. Suffert.

Il existe des traces de bande médiane verte sous la cellule dans la
base de l’intervalle 2.

Parmi les exemplaires de P. colonna de Ja coll. du Hill, un 3 a un
trait vert sous la cellule dans l’intervalle 3; un autre porte, aux ailes
inférieures, un trait transversal au milieu de l’intervalle 5; chez. un
troisiéme les ocelles de angle anal sont orange dessus et dessous.

Tous ces spécimens viennent de: Delagoa Bay, ex coll. H. Grose
Smith. °

“ Types” et Formes Nouvelles des Papilios d’ Afrique 399

96. P. illyris Hew. f. (? an s.-sp.) hamatus Joic. and Talb. (pl. V,
fig. 54).

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1917, p. 271, 1918.

Type (H. T.): Un &, German East Africa, ex coll. Suffert.

97. P. illyris Hew. f. stictica nova (pl. V, fig. 52).

Taille petite, bande des ailes supérieures et inférieures plus étroite que
dans la forme type. Ailes supérieures avec une rangée de points sub-
marginaux jaunes, bien nets, placés entre les nervures. Hn dessous ces
points transparaissent légérement.

Type (H.T.): Un 3, Friapere Forest, Coomassie, 1913.

Paratypes : Neuf ¢ 3%, méme origine.

Sur quatorze exemplaires capturés dans la localité ci-dessus, dix sont
nettement stictica, deux 3 3 et une 2 n’ont pas de points submarginaux,
une ? de tres grande taille non plus, mais celle-ci, tres usée par le vol et
déchirée, parait appartenir a une génération antérieure.

400

A PRELIMINARY REVISION OF THE GENUS
TRISULOIDES Btlr. (Lep. Het. Noctuidae).

WitH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND NEW SPECIES, BY
Miss A. KE. PROUT, F.E.S.

AnD NoTES ON THE GENITALIA. BY
G. TALBOT, F.E.S.

(Plates XIII, XVI, XVII.)

In publishing the following paper we desire to acknowledge our
indebtedness to Lord Rothschild for valued help in the loan of types
for study, and especially to Mr. W. H. T. Tams for making dissections
of some species which were not available in the Joicey collection.

Hampson in Cat. Lep. Phal., xiii, has included in the genus
Trisuloides Btlr. all the species mentioned in the following paper, but
an examination of the genitalia (kindly undertaken by Mr. G. Talbot)
and a careful study of other structural points has led us to the con-
clusion that there are several distinct genera included in this genus by
Hampson. In the following paper an attempt has been made to group
the genera and species by an analysis of all the structural characters
presented by the palpus, antenna, wing-shape, length of cell and genitalia,
together with some minor points. All references, unless given in the
text, will be found in Cat. Lep. Phal., xii, and Hampson’s synonymy
of species is accepted unless otherwise stated. Species which were not
before me for study are marked with an asterisk.

Although the following conclusions are set forth with some diffidence,
the studies of genitalia and of descaled palpi having been based in
almost every instance on single specimens, and certain points (as for
example the junction of palpus with head) being difficult to judge with
accuracy, 1t is hoped and believed that the groupings (being based on
a number of different points) may prove of some service in the future
elucidation of this interesting group.

Measurements of the length of cell are taken on the underside ;

A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Trisuloides 401

palpus “straight” or “curved” has reference chiefly to the form of
second segment.

The fourteen species represented in the Joicey Collection seem to
fall naturally into six genera as indicated below; the diagnoses of
genitalia are contributed by Mr. G. Talbot.

Key to Genera.

1, Wings strongly glossy : abdomen very robust almost to anus, the
crest on segment 3 exceptionally large.
Genitalia: Valve square-shaped vee ee Cenusiael
Wings moderately or slightly glossy ; ahgonan let osama robaeh
more or less tapering towards anus, the crest on 3 not larger than

that on 4.
Valve lanceolate ... aes ae tas (2)
2. Palpus straight ; hind wing ef bine Soa:
Valve with two internal processes... i Sis oo | Ecos 2
Palpus curved ; hind wing without blue sheen.
Valve with one internal process ee (3)

3. Fore wing broad, the cell about one-half ieneth of wing; evests on 3
and 4 moderately large; g antenna bipectinate. Process of
valve strongly chitinized or toothed . ; (4)
Fore wing narrow, the cell more than half lene of wing; érests
slight; gf antenna ciliate. Process not strongly chitinized and
with or without teeth aus (5)
4. Segment 1 of palpus of normal leva g : “3 enalvernnity biractinate for
almost the whole length of shaft; 9? antenna serrate or ciliate.
Process finger-shaped ; uncus broad .. Ae .. Trisulotdes
Segment 1 of palpus rather short; ¢ eaceane bipectinete) 4g aeons
three-fourths; 9 antenna howily bipectinate. Process lanceo-
late; uncus lone and narrow .. Genus 4
5. Fore wing elongate; palpus compactly sccailtedl saftin seeunnet 1 dois
hind wing more or less orange-yellow. Process of valve with two
or more small teeth or curved at its end (entoxantha) Tambana
Fore wing not elongate ; palpus rather loosely scaled, with segment 1
of ordinary length ; hind wing brownish-grey or very pale-yellow.
Process of valve without teeth, not curved at the end ... ... Anacronicta

GENUS 1. Anepholcia gen. nov.

External characters (pl. XVII, figs. 1, 2) :—

Palpus straight, loosely scaled; segment 1 narrow, with bifurcate
point at base. Wings strongly glossy. Fore wing broad, with the cell
about four-sevenths length of wing. Hind wing bright-yellow. Abdomen
very robust, hardly narrowing to anus, the crest on segment 3 excep-
tionally large. g antenna bipectinate with moderately long pectinations ;
? shortly bipectinate.

27

402 A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Trisuloides

Genitalia (pl. XVI, figs. 1, 2) :—

Valve square shaped, with the dorsal and ventral edges thickened
and folded over. The upper part of each fold is more strongly chitinized,
the anterior third of the ventral fold being free, forming a finger-like
process. Penis armed with cornuti. Uncus long and slightly curved,
fairly stout, apex square or narrow and rounded.

For this and subsequent genera, see also diagnosis in Cat. Lep.
Phal., xiii, unless in any way contradicted. |

talboti sp. nov. (Type.)

1. Anepholeia talboti sp. nov. (pl. XIII, fig. 9).

3, 50—58 mm.; 2, 60—64 mm.

Exceedingly near to pygaria Warr., but can be easily distinguished
by the following differences.

In talboti the tibiae are less densely clothed than in pygaria and
with shorter hairs; in a very long series of talboti this distinction
appears to hold good. Palpus beneath and pectus blackish, with only
a few white hairs; in pygaria these are pure white except in one ¢
where (together with the head) they are tinged with pale-greenish, but
this has somewhat the appearance of a stain and is in any case quite
distinct from the black coloration of talbotv. Antemedial line strongly
angled outward behind M (only slightly so in pygaria). Orbicular a
dark ring, not a dark spot. Postmedial white line proximally (and
sometimes distally) defined by a sharply-marked dark line; in pygaria
the white line is only slightly defined proximally and is distally defined
by a diffused bluish-grey crenulate line; this difference is very clearly
marked through the whole series of specimens.

On the hind wing in pygaria there is a distinct yellow line between
the dark terminal shade and the fringe, reaching almost to apex;
in talboti this line is very slight or absent, except for the small yellow
tornal patch.

On the underside the termen of both wings is paler in pygaria
¢ and ? than in ¢talbotu.

A few $3 and one 2 have a white patch somewhat as in the
type of pygaria, though less sharply defined.

Genitalia (pl. XVI, fig. 2) :—
Valve somewhat as in pygaria but less broad. ‘The free end or
process of the ventral fold is shorter and less pointed than in pygaria,

A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Trisuloides 403

and is not curved. The dorsal fold ends in a short bifid process. Uncus
somewhat as in pygarva but is narrowed at the apex, and has a well-
developed keel on the back. Penis with cornuti generally distributed
over the end of the eversible membrane. Sheath with a thickened ring
of short spines at its upper end.

In the specimens dissected the eversible membrane was retracted,
with its end about two-thirds down.

S.W. Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-
September, 1921 (C., F. and J. Pratt), ninety-two f 3, three 2? @ ;
North Korintji Valley, 5,000 feet, September-October, 1921, eighteen
& Gy WiyO. <3 Se

In view of the apparent rarity of pygaria Warr., and the large
number of specimens received of talboti, it has seemed advisable to
choose talboti as the type of Anepholcia, rather than the longer-known
but apparently rarer pygaria.

2. Anepholcia pygaria Warr., ¢ (pl. XIII, fig. 8).

Trisuloides pygaria Warr.
Nov. Zool., xix, 2 (1912) (W. Sumatra) (2).
dé, 54—58 mm.

Antenna with moderate pectinations to beyond middle, shortening
gradually to serrations, which are continued almost to apex.

Fore and mid tibiae very thickly clothed with long hair, the hind
tibia less densely clothed.

Fore wing with the antemedial line angled outward just behind M,
not excurved at M ; the wing is somewhat rubbed here in the type and
has probably not been quite correctly seen; the white patch beyond the
cell broken up by greyish shading between the veins; this patch may
probably be aberrational.

Gemitala (pl. XVI, fig. 1) :-—

Valve square-shaped, narrow posteriorly. ‘The dorsal and ventral
edges are thickened and folded in (characteristic of the whole group).
The upper part of each fold is more strongly chitinized, the anterior
third of the ventral fold being free, forming a finger-like process which
is curved round the edge of the valve. Uncus long and slightly curved,
fairly stout, apex square. Penis with one patch of cornuti on the
eversible membrane. Sheath strongly chitinized, its end obliquely
truncate, and with a row of short spines along its edge on one side.

404. A Preliminary Revision of the Genus T'riswloides

S.W. Sumatra: Barisan Range, west slopes, 2,500 feet, October-
November, 1921 (C., F. and J. Pratt), five ¢ ¢ ; North Korintji Valley,
5,000 feet, September-October, 1921, one 3.

The 2 type of this species is in coll. Tring Mus. There is one ¢
from Selangor in coll. Brit. Mus.

GENUS 2. Disepholcia gen. nov.

Haternal characters (pl. XVII, figs. 3, 4) :-—

Palpus. straight, loosely scaled; segment | narrow, flattened at base
(simple). Wings slightly glossy. Fore wing broad, with the cell about
one-half length of wing. Hind wing with blue sheen. Abdomen
moderately robust, the crests on three and four moderately well-
developed. <¢ antenna bipectinate; ¢ antenna subserrate.

Genitalia :—

Valve lanceolate, anteriorly finger-shaped, and with two processes
on the inside. Penis not armed with cornuti. Uncus short; apex
broad, with a short point.

1. Trisuloides caerulea Btlr. (Type.)

Genitalia :-—

Valve lanceolate, and anteriorly finger-shaped. Hach fold develops
a short, thick, and smooth process. ‘The ventral process is slightly
pointed and crosses the dorsal one. Uncus short and broad, apex with
a point; no keel developed.

GENUS 3. Trisulovdes Btlr.

External characters (pl. XVII, figs. 7-10) :—

Palpus curved, compactly scaled; segment | narrow, with single
point at base. Wings slightly glossy. Fore wing broad, with cell
about one-half length of wing. Hind wing bright yellow. Abdomen
robust, with the crests on 3 and 4 generally well developed. ¢ antenna
bipectinate for almost the whole length of shaft. ? antenna typically
serrate.

Genitalia (pl. XVI, figs. 3-8) :—

Valve lanceolate, with a toothed process on the inside, this process
finger-shaped. Penis not armed with cornuti; sheath bearing a small
heart-shaped appendage attached on the ventral side about midway.
Uncus broad, with a wide apex and a slight dorsal keel.

A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Trisuloides 405

1. Trisuloides sericea Btlr. (Type.)

Genitalia (pl. XVI, fig. 5) :—

Valve long and narrow, lanceolate. The ventral fold develops a
process on the inside of the valve. This process is finger-shaped and
strongly chitinized. Its base is formed of flexible membrane which
is connected with the inner edges of both folds. The process is nor-
mally directed anteriorly, but is capable of being raised to a position
vertical to the plane of the valve. It is armed with teeth along its
proximal edge, which, at the base, projects in a short beak. Uncus
stout, broad, apex slightly pointed, and keel on the back slightly
developed.

2. Trisuloides sericea trigonoleuca A. K. Prout.

Trisuloides trigonoleuca A. EK. Prout, Bunty. Hitt Mvus., I, p. 227
(1922) (Central Ceram).

Genitalia (pl. XVI, fig. 8) :—

Valve as in sericea. Process more strongly chitinized than in the
other two forms examined, teeth and beak more prominent.

3. Trisuloides papuensis Warr. (Probably another sericea subsp.,
aithough placed by Hampson in Section I of this genus.)

4. Trisuloides sericea hawkeri subsp. nov. (pl. XIII, fig. 10).
3, 53—57 mm.

Fore wing almost exactly as in subspecies trigonoleuca, but almost
always paler, more filled in with bluish-white between postmedial and
subterminal lines (more as in the type-form).

Hind wing with rather more dark hair at base than in sericea
trigonoleuca, but much less than in the type-form ; a subterminal dark
shade always present from M? to tornus (leaving fringe and termen
white), usually more or less continuous to costa and often with dark
terminal shading beyond it.

Undersurface nearly as in subspecies trigonoleuca, but with discal
spot and postmedial line usually better developed on both wings.

2 , 683—68 mm. :

Differs from the ¢ in the larger size, the rather more obscure
markings of fore wing, and especially in the broader border of hind
wing (though this varies a little in breadth), which is more as in typical

406 A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Tirisiuloides

sericea, though the basal hair is much less strongly developed than in
the type-form.

Genitalia (pl. XVI, fig. 6) :—

Valve as in sericea. Process shorter and less strongly chitinized
and toothed.

Central Buru: Kako Tagalago, 2,700 feet, May, 1922, nine 3 4, four
2 2 ; also one $ from Central West Buru: Gamoe ’Mrapat, 5,000 feet,
March-April, 1922.

But for the difference in genitalia this subspecies might have passed
as an aberration of sericea trigonoleuca, of which there is unfortunately
insutficient material for a close study, but on the strength of the genitalia I
have ventured to regard the slight difference quoted above as subspecific.

5. Trisuloides albiplaga Warr. (A very distinct-looking species, which
may possibly, when dissected, be found to belong to yet another genus.)

Tambana catocalina Moore may possibly belong here; the type of
polyphaenarva Warr. (sunk by Hampson to catocalina) agreeing well
with albiplaga in the structure of antenna (?). But it is so distinct
from all other Trisulovdes species that in the absence of the ¢ its
correct position must remain extremely doubtful. |

GENUS 4. Smilepholcia gen. nov.

External characters (pl. XVII, figs. 5, 6) :—

Palpus curved, compactly scaled; segment 1 narrow, rather short,
flattened at base (slightly bifurcate). Wings slightly glossy. Fore wing
broad, with cell about one half-length of wing. Hind wing yellow.
Abdomen robust, with the crests on 3 and 4 generally well developed.
$ antenna bipectinate to nearly three-fourths; $ antenna shortly
bipectinate.

Gemtalia :—

Valve lanceolate, toothed process on the inside, this process
lanceolate. Penis not armed with cornuti. Uncus long and narrow,
slightly curved, apex without a beak.

1. Trisuloides luteifascia Hamps. (Type.)

GEeNus 5. Tambana Moore.
Haternal characters (pl. XVII, figs. 11, 12) :—
Palpus curved, compactly scaled; segment, 1 very short and
broad, flattened at base (bifurcate). Wings moderately glossy. Fore

A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Trisuloides 407

wing elongate, with the cell four-sevenths to three-fifths length of wing
Hind wing more or less bright-yellow. Abdomen rather slender, the
crests normally sight. 4 antenna ciliate. { antenna typically with
bristles and short cilia.

Genitalia :—

Valve lanceolate, with an internal process, this process not strongly
chitinized and sometimes with a few small teeth along inner edge; the
apex not pointed. Penis generally armed with small cornuti in one
patch. Uncus long, narrow and curved, the apex with either a short
beak or this beak vestigial.

1. Tambana variegata Moore. (‘l'ype.)

Genitalia :—

Valve obovate but partaking of the lanceolate type. A single process
finger-shaped, curved and smooth. Uncus long, narrow, and slightly
curved, apex with a short beak.

2. Moma entoxantha Hampson (the figure in Cat. Lep. Phal., xiii,
makes the fore wing too broad).

Genitalia :—

Process without teeth and with its upper end incurved. Vesica with-
out cornuti. Penis sheath bearing some short spines at its upper end.

3. Trisuloides glauca Hampson.

Genitalia :—

Valve as in variegata. Process similar but almost straight, with or
without a few small teeth. Uncus long and strongly curved, apex with
beak vestigial. Vesica with cornuti generally distributed over its end.

GENUS 6. Anacronicta Warr.

Haternal characters (pl. XVII, figs. 13, 14) :-—

Palpus curved, rather loosely scaled; segment 1 rather broad, with
a single point at base. Wings slightly glossy. Fore wing of moderate
breadth, not elongate, the cell almost or about three-fifths length
of wing. Hind wing typically greyish-brown. Abdomen moderately
robust, the crests small, those on segments 3—6 of about equal size.
g antenna ciliate. 2 antenna with bristles and short cilia.

408 <A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Trisuloides

Genitalia :—

Valve lanceolate, with an internal process, this process not toothed
but pointed at the apex. Penis armed with cornuti, or with a covering
of closely-set short spines. Uncus long, narrow and curved, apex with
a short beak. |

1. Aplectoides caliginea Btlr. (Type.)

Genitalia :—

Valve lanceolate. Process long, pointed, smooth, and slightly curved,
Penis with cornuti present in three patches. Uncus, long and strongly
curved, apex with a short beak.

Aplectoides nitida Btlr.

2.

3. Plataplecta plumbea Btlr.
4. Acronycta flavala Moore.
5.

Tambana pallidipennis Warr. (Genitalia examined from a dissec-
tion made by Mr. Tams.)

Gentalha :—

Valve and process as in caliginea and infausta. The process is
curved to near the base. Penis with cornuti in four patches. Uncus as
in the preceding forms.

6. Mamestra infausta Wlk. (= Tambana nigra Warr.)

Genitalia :—

Valve and process as in caliginea. ‘The process is almost straight
with a curve near its base. Penis without cornuti, but the membrane
which bears these in the other forms of this group is here covered with
closely-set short spines of almost equal size. Uncus long and strongly
curved.

7. Tambana fuscipennis Warr. (Although only known in the ?, this
appears to me a distinct species.)

8. Aplectoides obscura Leech. (Genitalia examined from a dissection
made by Mr. 'T'ams.)

Genitalia :—
Valve and process as in the preceding forms. ‘The process stout,

and strongly curved to the middle. Penis with cornuti in four patches.
Uncus as in the preceding forms,

A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Trisuloides 409

It will be noticed that one species included by Hampson in
Trisuloides is omitted from the foregoing scheme of the genera: the
Palaearctic Acronicta cornelia Stgr. This is only known to me from
a single specimen in coll. British Museum, and I have had no
opportunity of diagnosing it according to the system employed above.
It appears to me, however, so far removed from all other T'rzsuloides
species that there is little doubt that Warren is correct in erecting
for it a separate genus; in which case it will stand as Xanthomantis
Warr., Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,” i, p. 18 (1909).

Acronicta cornelia Stgr. (type).

MODIFICATIONS OF GENITALIA.

The species examined in the group of genera dealt with here exhibit
a certain similarity of structure, and one may trace the development
of certain organs.

All the species agree in the valve possessing a fold along the dorsal
and ventral edges. The ventral fold has become modified to form
a chitinous process. This is seen in its most simple form in Anepholcia
pygaria, in which a portion of the fold is free from the other mem-
branous part of the valve. In A. talbott this is carried a step further,
the free end of the fold being shortened and less curved, whilst an .
attempt to develop a second process is seen on the dorsal fold. The
development of two processes is seen in Disepholcia caerulea, and it is
possible that some forms may still be found in which the development
of two processes is less pronounced.

The development of the process from a finger-like smooth appendage
through an increasing chitinization to a strongly chitinized and toothed
appendage is seen in A. pygaria, talboti, D. caerulea, T. variegata,
glauca, the Anacronicta forms, Smilepholcia, and finally in Triswlovdes.

Similarly with the uncus, we may trace modifications from the short
and broad type to a sickle-shaped and narrow type, the ormer repre-
sented by D. caerulea, thence through Trisuloides, Anepholcia, Smile-
pholcia, to Anacronicta.

The presence or absence of cornuti on the eversible membrane of the
penis is a character which, although not generically constant, is of
specific value.

A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Trisuloides

TABLE

Anepholeia A. HK. Prout.

talootymnmes
pygaria Warr.

9)

Disepholcia A. EK. Prout.

caerulea Btlr.

Trisuloides Btlr.

sericea sericea Btlr.

sericea trigonoleuca A. K. Prout

sericea hawkerr
papuensis Warr.
albiplaga ,,
catocalina Moore

Smilepholcia A. E. Prout.
luteifascia Hmpsn....

Tambana Moore.

variegata Moore

entoxantha Hmpsn.

glauca Hmpsn.
subflava Wilem.

albistellata Hmpsn.

c-album Leech

Anacronicta Warr.

caliginea Btlr.

nitida Btly.
plumbea Btlr.
flavala Moore

pallidipennis Warr.

infausta Wk.
fuscipennis Warr.

obscura Leech

DISTRIBUTION.

South West Sumatra.
56 2 ®; ; alsoin Brit.
Museum from Selangor.

Punjab ; Assam, in coll. Joicey.

China; Punjab; Sikkim; Assam.
Central Ceram.

Central Buru.

British New Guinea.

Khasias.

Sikkim ; Java.

Sikkim ; Assam.

Sikkim ; Darjeeling in coll. Joicey.
Sikkim ; Sabatoo in coll. Joicey.
Assam.

Formosa ; West China.

Assam.

West China.

Japan; Hast Siberia; Corea;
Central and West China.

Japan; West China.

Japan.

Sikkim; Bhutan.

West Java.

Assam.

Burmah. A & in coll. Joicey from
Tonkin is placed here provision-
ally though the hind wing is
slightly darker still.

West China; Kashmir; Punjab.

A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Trisuloides 411

A form from the Punjab, allied to infauwsta and confused by Hampson
with it, shows differences in the genitalia from the Assam form (nigra
Warr.). This form, which is unrepresented in coll. Joicey, is being
investigated and will probably require naming later.

Xanthomantis Warr.
cornelia Ster. 200 -.. Hast Siberia.

The following references to Warren’s arrangement of this group in
Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,” 111 and xi, are omitted or incomplete in Cat. Lep.
IPhale, Xi.

Anepholcia pygaria Warr.

Trisuloides pygaria Warr.; Warren, Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,’’ xi, p. 41,

pl. vz (1912)

Disepholcia caerulea Btlr.

Trisuloides caerulea Btlr. Gog Tolls shy yf
Trisuloides sericea sericea Btlr.

Trisuloides sericea (=catocalina Moore) l.c., pl. vk.
Trisuloides papuensis Warr.

Trisuloides papuensis Warr. IG Os Gos Tolle TAY @,
Trisuloides albiplaga Wazrr.

Trisuloides albiplaga Warr. NeGag JOe bil, yoll, IW jf
Trisuloides catocalina Moore.

Trisuloides polyphaenarva Warr. Gop Jo 474, Jol, iy @.
Smilepholcia luteifascia Hampson

Trisuloides luteifascia Swinh. Ik@eg Os Galle Jol 7 18:
Tambana variegata Moore.

Tambana variegata Moore l.c., p. 43, pl. ivh.
Tambana entoxantha Hampson.

Trisuloides entoxantha Hampson Gig JO. 44, jolla hy Ge
Tambana glauca Hampson.

Trisuloides glauca Hampson NGop fOs 2H, falls shy @.
Tambana subflava Wilem.

Tambana subflava Wilem. ECs ps 43, plisivaye:

Tambana c-album Leech.
This species seems to be omitted from Warren’s work.

412 A Preliminary Revision of the Genus Triswloides

Anacronicta caliginea Btlr.

Anacronicta caliginea Btlr. (=nitida Graes, nec Butler) ; Warren,
Seitz’ “‘ Macrolep.,” iii, p. 18, pl. ui & (1909).
Anacronicta nitida Btlr.

Anacronicta nitida Btlr. Gey 10 JUS), folls sit 1a,

Anacronicta plumbea Btlr.
This species seems to be omitted from Warren’s work.

Anacronicta flavala Moore.

Tambana flavala Moore ; Warren, Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,” x1, p. 43,
pl. ivg (1912).
Anacronicta pallidipennis Warr.

Tambana pallidipennis Warr, l.c., p. 48, pl. ivg.
Anacronicta infausta Wlkr.

Tambana infausta Wlkr. Kem ap 43s plasiwagaee:

Tambana ngra Warr. Gj [Da 435 jolla NG).

Anacronicta fuscipennis Warr.
Tambana ngra fuscipennis Warr. cera Oe 33.906 0) Cn A
Anacronicta obscura Leech.
Anacronicta obscura Leech ; Warren, Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,” 11, p. 18
pl. ine (1909).

b)

Notr.—In the final revision of this paper the following note was
accidentally omitted :—

In addition to the external characters given in the foregoing
diagnoses of genera the characters given by Hampson in his diagnosis of
Trisuloides in Cat. Lep. Phal. xiii are to be understood unless in any
way contradicted.

413

SOME NEW FORMS OF INDO-AUSTRALIAN
NOCTUIDAE.

By Miss A. E. PROUT, F-E.S.
ater ecle

= AGE OANA:
1. Agrotis pediciliata, sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 6).
3 , 34—36 mm.

Exceedingly like Agvotis owgarra Beth.-Baker (Nov. Zool., xv, 196
[1908] [ Brit. New Guinea]), sunk by Sir George Hampson to Agrotis
rubicilia Moore (Graphiphora rubicilia Moore, P.Z.S., 1867, p. 55
[Sikkim ]). Appears to agree exactly with owgarra except in the colour
of fore wing—which is ochraceous-brown in two specimens, reddish-
brown in the other—in the slightly more distinct markings of fore wing
and the presence of some white shading along proximal two-thirds of
costa, the slightly less ample hind wing, and especially in the different
structure of antenna. In owgarra the fascicles are virtually sessile, in
pediciliata they arise on quite long serrations (at their longest nearly
as long as diameter of shaft), the shaft also bearing a number of shorter
sessile hairs. Except for this structural difference pediciliata should
almost certainly be regarded as no more than a subspecies of owgarra.

Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains, N. Dutch New Guinea. 6,000 feet.
January-February, 1914 (A., C. and F. Pratt), three 3 3.

ACRONYCTINAE.

2. Checupa equifortis sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 3).
é 2, 49—57 mm.

Vestiture of 3, abdomen and wings beneath, much as in C. fortissima
Moore (P.Z.5., 1867, p. 60, pl. 6, fig. 5 [Sikkim]), but the hair on the
costa of hind wing appears thicker than in Indian specimens, extending
only to about middle of wing, and the wing itself seems rather more
highly arched towards base. ¢ vestiture much as in fortissima 9°.

414 Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae

M! of fore wing arises nearer to M’ than to R*, M? being slightly
down-curved; in /fortissima the three veins are equidistant at origin
(as shown in Cat. Lep. Phal. vii, p. 112), M® being scarcely down-
curved. Termen of hind wing with a slight prominence from R? to
M? (more flattened than in fortissima, especially in the 3).

Coloration of thorax and fore wing apparently about as in fortissima
(allowing for the fresher condition of eqwifortis specimens) ; the
markings also similar, but the dark shading a trifle heavier, the terminal
streaks more irregular, forming a point proximally on R® and almost
absent between M' and M’; in the type of fortissima the streaks are
of nearly even length and breadth, except the one behind M', which
is small and pointed, and the one in fold, which 1s broad, rounded and
almost divided in the middle.

Hind wing a little deeper in tone than in /ortissima.

Both wings beneath almost as in fortissima, but the postmedial line
of hind wing rather more crenulate, less evenly waved.

5.W. Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-
September, 1921, thirty-five ¢ 3, five ? @.

Possibly a race of fortissuma Moore, from the ¢ of which it differs
very little; but in addition to the structural points named above, the
male type has the fore wing perceptibly narrower and more elongate
than in the 3 of equefortis.

3. Checupa curvivena sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 4).
3 2, 54—60 mm.

3 vestiture somewhat as in fortessima and equifortis, but the hair
on hind wing even longer and more up-standing at costa, then slight
to the well-developed brush of hair along cell just before M. Fore
wing in both sexes a little broader than in equifortis, the ¢ with M!?
distorted (proximally downcurved, then distally upcurved), M? arising
from a little nearer base than in either of the other two species and
sometimes very slightly downcurved; hind wing shaped much as in
equifortis.

Thorax and fore wing coloured much as in fortissuma and equifortis,
from both of which it is, however, easily differentiable by the broader
and smoother brown shading, which forms a broad, oblique antemedial
band (only interrupted by slight traces of a fine green line), a triangular
costal mark between orbicular and reniform, a broad half-band beyond
reniform (sometimes prolonged so as almost to join the terminal tornal

Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae A415

spots) and a subapical triangular mark; reniform not distally lobed
behind (as in the other two species).
Hind wing and underside much as in fortissiema and equifortis.
S.W. Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-
September, 1921, twenty-one ¢ 3, five 2? 2 ; North Korintji Valley,
5,000 feet, September-October, 1921, three ¢ 3, two ? @.
_ At once distinguishable in the ¢ by the neuration of fore wing ;
differentiable also in both sexes by the dark bands and the shape of
the reniform.

SARROTHRIPINAE.

4. Resoba ocellata sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 7).
@ , 34— 37 mm.

Antenna black with a few white scales; palpus, head, patagia,
tegulae and thorax black and white, the patagia broadly green at base,
the tegulae green at middle, tawny-brown at tips. Abdomen above
dirty-white, laterally and anally darker, with the crests tawny-brown.

Fore wing pois-green (see Ridgway, pl. xli), more tinged with
yellowish towards terman, with the marking black and white, subbasal
line represented by black and white spots on costa and M; antemedial
line white, strongly waved, from one-third costa to near base of hind-
margin; the anterior half of space between subbasal and antemedial
lines black; claviform white outlined with black, proximally rather
broad; orbicular a black-outlined white spot; reniform white, black-
outlined, with a posteriorly-broadened black streak at middle: a diffused
black medial line bent outward from middle of costa to beyond reniform
(where it broadens to a black patch), thence rather oblique to about
three-fifths hindmargin; postmedial line represented by a white spot
at about four-sevenths costa and a finely dentate black line from R’ to
hindmargin crossed by more or less distinct white streaks on the veins ;
a broad blackish subterminal shade, forming a distinct waved line
distally and broken by white spots on the veins (broad and almost
conjoined on the medials) ; costa shaded with black between ante- and
postmedial lines and with black and white spots from postmedial line
to apex; termen with the veins black and white and with large black
spots behind costa and R'; a row of sharply-defined interneural black
lines on termen ; fringe chequered black and white.

Hind wing whitish, with fuscous shading towards termen, leaving
a distinct pale, posteriorly dark-outlined postmedial line, more or less

416 Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae

broken into spots on the veins; a slight dark discal spot ; fringe white,
with dark lines at centre and at tips, slightly interrupted at the veins.

Underside of fore wing predominantly fuscous, paler at base and
hind margin, with a postmedial white spot on costa, white spots on
termen and white streaks at the veins on fringe; slignt dark ante-
medial, medial and postmedial lines. Hind wing white with fuscous
irroration at costa and terminal shading; a dark cell-dot, slight, nearly
straight medial line and dentate postmedial line, strongly excurved
from costa to fold, thence bent outward to near tornus; termen and
fringe lined with fuscous.

ge oc mam,

Apparently somewhat paler on both wings above and beneath than
the ?, but is in very poor condition. :

S.W. Sumatra: Barisan Range, western slopes, 2,500 feet,
October-November, 1921 (C., F., and J. Pratt), one ¢d,one 2. A @
from Bidi, Sarawak, 1907-08 (C. J. Brooks), which appears to agree
with the type of ocellata except in the slightly smaller size, is before
me as I write.

A very distinct species; perhaps nearest to fh. gucunda Walk.
(Diphthera jucunda Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., vi, p. 178 [1862]
[Sarawak |).

ACONTIANAE.

5. Sinna joiceyt A. H. Prout. 3.

Sinna joiceyt A. EK. Prout, Bunu. Hinn Mus., I (part 2), p. 215,
(?). (Central Ceram).

3, 38 mm.

Base of antennal shaft, head, thorax and fore wing light cadmium
yellow (see Ridgway, pl. iv). Markings as in the ?, but the red
lines slightly broader and darker. Abdomen with a rather long creamy-
white anal tuft, the ventral surface tinged with yellow. Underside of
both wings almost uniform cadmium yellow (Ridgway pl. 11), with the
exception of the proximal two-thirds of fore wing from fold to hind
margin, which is almost white ; slight markings as in the ¢.

Central West Buru: Gamoe ’Mrapat, 5,000 feet, March-April,
1922 (C., F., and J. Pratt), one g¢. ‘Taken with one typical ? and
two ° ? of ab. gacobt, which do not appear to differ from specimens
from Central Ceram.

Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae AIT

6. Carea unipunctata fulvida subsp. nov.
3, 40 -46 mm.

Differs from typical wnepunctata Beth.-Bak. (Nov. Zool., xiv, p. 242
[1906] [Brit. New Guinea]) in the rather larger average size and the
paler coloration, the red tones being replaced, on body, legs and fore
wing, by pale reddish-ochraceous (tawny). Fore wing with the lines
even more indistinct than in typical unipunctata, sometimes practically
obsolete, but the black cell-spot and dark fringe almost as strong as
in the typical form. Hind wing rather paler above and beneath, in
unipunctata fulvida, especially so on underside of costa.

Central West Buru: Gamoe ’Mrapat, 5,000 feet, March-April, 1922,
nine 3 ¢.

A single ? (45 mm.) from Central Ceram may possibly belong to this
subspecies, but it is coloured much more as in typical wnipunctata, with
the lines distinct (extra widely separated) and the hind wing even
redder, more broadly darkened, than in the type form. Possibly yet
another subspecies or even a distinct species.

7. Carea longicornis sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 8).
Belongs to Section ILV—A of Hampson.
3, 2, 40—42 mm.

Head, thorax, pectus, abdomen and legs somewhat as in C. dione
Swinh. (4.M.N.H. [7] xv. 159 [1905] [Khasias]), of which this species
may be a local race, but all shades rather deeper in tone, especially the
thorax, which is reddish-purple mingled with greenish-brown ; the anal
segments of abdomen in ¢ distinctly tinged with red.

Fore wing coloured like the thorax but with the purple shades not
so deep and showing in some lights a silvery sheen on the paler areas ;
marked nearly as in dione but the two lines scarcely as oblique and
rather wider apart, the outer slightly more curved than in that species ;
costal edge paler than the rest of wing but hardly white.

Hind wing above and underside of both wings much as in dione.

S.W. Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-
September, 1921; twelve 3 3, four ? 2.

Distinguished from C. dione chiefly by the much darker colour of
thorax and fore wing and the greater distance between the lines on fore
wing. Antennal ciliation appears slightly longer in longicornis, but
this may be due to more perfect condition. ‘The antenna itself appears

28

418 Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae

rather exceptionally long, even for a Carea species, reaching nearly to
apex. Near also to C. nitida Hamps. (“ Moths Ind.,” ii. p. 423 [1894]
[Sikkim]), from which it is distinguishable by the rather more erect
lines in netida.

8. Carea egens sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 9).
Belongs to Section IV—A of Hampson.
3 , 46—48 mm.

Coloration nearly as in longicornis, but the thorax and fore wing
duller, more brownish, the latter less contrasted than in that species
and almost entirely lacking the silvery sheen.

Fore wing with a black cell-spot, two rather diffused straight dark
lines crossing the disc, unusually near together and less oblique than
in longicornis, a very diffused subterminal shade, interrupted at middle
and less angled than in dione and longicornis ; fringe not darker than
the wing.

Hind wing much as in dione.

Underside yellowish-white, the fore wing more or less tinged with
red in the cell and along costa and termen, the hind wing slightly
irrorated with red along costa, at apex and on anterior half of termen.
In one or two specimens the fore wing has a few white scales at apex
and on fringe before tornus. .

S.W. Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-
September, 1921, five do os.

In addition to the points mentioned above egens differs from
longicornis in shape of fore wing, which is distinctly broader and has
the termen well rounded in egens; in longicornis the fore wing is
shaped exactly as in dione.

9. Carea trichotmeta sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 10).
Belongs to Section IV—A of Hampson.
3, 43 mm.

Abdomen, pectus and legs much as in egens ; head and thorax dull
greenish-orange tinged in parts with reddish.

Fore wing coloured like the thorax, but rather more tinged with red,
especially towards termen; a fine black distal point; two moderately
well-defined, rather oblique straight lines, the first from one-third costa
to two-fifths hind margin, the second from two-thirds costa to four-

Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae 419

fifths hind margin; subterminal shade very slight, diffused, waved, but
(apparently) not strongly angled.

Hind wing much as in egens.

Underside somewhat as in egens, but with the pale shades even less
tinged with yellow and with more red on fore wing and on apex of
hind wing.

S.W. Sumatra: North Korintji Valley, 5,000 feet, September-
October, 1921, ¢ —holotype only.

Distinguished from all other Carea species in this group known
to me by the perfectly straight, equidistant and widely separated lines
on the fore wing.

10, Carea erectilinea sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 11).
Belongs to Section [V—A of Hampson.
3, 2,40—47 mm.

Head, palpus, antenna and thorax predominantly chocolate-brown ;
abdomen above greyish-brown, with the first abdominal crest (in one
$ with both abdominal crests) white, anal tuft, pectus, legs and
abdomen beneath ochraceous, the legs shaded with brown.

Fore wing dull violet-grey, thickly irrorated with greenish-ochraceous
except on medial area, with black cell-dot, erect, somewhat indistinct
antemedial and postmedial lines (which are nearly obsolete at costa)
and an erect, slightly waved, diffused subterminal shade, which has
a tendency to become broken at middle; in the 2? this shade is rather
more waved and less diffused.

Hind wing pale pinkish-orange, with posterior third greyish-brown.

Underside of fore wing pale pinkish-orange (posteriorly whitish),
with apex and fringe violet-grey and the cell and fold (to about two-
thirds of wing) deeper, more greenish in tone, more thickly scaled.
Hind wing with both shades paler than above, the pinkish area reduced
to a slight shade along costa and a large apical patch, the two colours
shading gradually into each other.

Perak, 2,000-3,500 feet (W. Doherty), &%, holotype; Selangor:
Bukit Kutu, April, 1915, 2, allotype, presented to Coll. Joicey by the
Raffles Museum. A ¢ from Negri Sembilan: Gunong Angsi, 2,000-
2,700 feet, April, 1918, belonging to the Raffles Museum, is also
before me.

Nearest to C. trilineata Warr. (Nov. Zool., xix, p. 40 [1912]
[Khasias|]), but has the fore wing paler, more variegated, with the

490 Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae

lines more erect and rather more equidistant—the postmedian and
subterminal rather farther apart than in trilineata.

11. Carea adoxa, sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 12).
Belongs to Section IV—A of Hampson.
§ 2, BO——wis) waa.

Head and thorax predominantly dark purplish-red, about as in
obsolescens Moore (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, 356 | Bombay ]) ; abdomen
pale fuscous (darker in ¢), the anal tuft ochre-yellow ; pectus whitish,
the legs shaded with yellow and dark red; abdomen beneath pale ochre-
yellow with some red shading (especially laterally and anally).

Fore wing dark purplish-red with the fringe and a diffused band
distally to the postmedial line brownish-red; a black cell-dot; two
indistinct rather oblique lines, the first straight, from about one-third
costa to near middle of hindmargin, the second slightly excurved, from
about three-fifths costa to three-quarters hindmargin; subterminal
shade sinuous, obsolescent.

Hind wing coloured nearly as in obsolescens, but with the fuscous
shade broader and rather darker.

Underside of both wings rather more yellow than in obsolescens,
with the red tones brighter, slightly more extended, especially on the
fore wing ; the distal half of costa and the fringe of fore wing ochre-
yellow, the apex without the white irroration of obsolescens.

@ with the lines on fore wing slightly more distinct and rather
further apart than in the 3.

5.W. Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-
September, 1921, two 3 dS, one ¢.

Perhaps nearest to C. obsolescens, but the fore wing is rather more
produced towards apex in obsolescens than in adoxa.

12. Carea phedropa, sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 13).
Belongs to Section IV—A of Hampson.
3 ,46—49 mm.

Head and thorax olive-brown, sometimes mixed with purple and
dark red; abdomen ochre-yellow mixed with red above, deep red
beneath; pectus and legs red, the fore and mid tibia and tarsus
shaded with white, innerside of hind tarsus and the tuft of long
hair yellow-ochre.

Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae A421

Fore wing typically olive-brown (sometimes mahogany or purplish-
brown), irrorated with white, especially on (and posteriorly between)
antemedial and postmedial lines, before termen and (slightly) near
base, the medial white irroration sometimes continued almost to
costa ; a black cell-dot, proximally defined by white; antemedial line
oblique, slightly sinuous, from two-thirds costa to near middle of
hindmargin, distally dark-edged; postmedial proximately dark-edged,
from four-sevenths costa to four-fifths hindmargin, twice excurved,
as in endophaea Hmpsn. (A.M.N.H. [7] xvi, 596 [1905] [Travancore ]),
but with the curve behind R? larger; a subterminal dark shade crossing
the white irroration, angled outward behind SC’ and inward on R?,
excurved to M?, obsolescent at tornus, usually more or less broken
into spots. In one or two specimens an oblique blackish shade crosses
the disc from the first curve of postmedial to antemedial line at middle
of fold.

Hind wing cerise-pink, more yellowish-white at base, in fold and
at abdominal margin.

Underside of fore wing red (except at hindmargin), with some
apical white irroration. Hind wing reddish to M and M"', thence
yellowish-white to abdominal margin; costa and distal third of inter-
spaces from apex to R? irrorated with dark purple; the veins orange.

2, 42—47 mm.

Thorax and fore wing typically nearly matching the typical 3, but
rather brighter (more ochraceous) with hardly any white irroration ;
in one @ the ground-colour of fore wing is deep purplish-red, cor-
responding to the dark ¢ 3, but somewhat brighter.

Central West Buru: Gamoe ‘Mrapat, 5,000 feet, March-April,
1922, seven 3 3S, six 2? 2.

Should probably follow C. obsolescens Moore (Trans. Ent. Soc.,
1884, p. 356 [Bombay ]), according to the System of Cat. Lep. Phal. xi.

13. Carea semipallida, sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 14).

Belongs to Section IV—A of Hampson.

3, 42—45 mm.

Head and thorax dull brownish-red ; abdomen above brownish-grey
slightly tinged in parts with pink, the anal tuft white; pectus, legs and
abdomen beneath yellowish-white with some brown shading and pink
irroration,

492 Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae

Fore wing pale dull brownish-red, with a moderate-sized black cell-
spot and indistinct greenish-brown lines, the first oblique, from one-third
costa to near middle of hind margin; the second somewhat oblique,
from about four-sevenths costa to four-fifths hind margin, slightly
excurved behind costa and R’, angled on R? and incurved in fold; a
macular dark subterminal shade, angled outward behind SC* and at R?
angled inward before R* and obsolescent from M’ to tornus; fringe
blackish with a fine pale line at base; faint traces of an oblique dark
shade across wing from costa near apex to near base of hind margin.

Hind wing yellowish-white with some brownish-grey hair at and
before abdominal margin and slight traces of similar hair behind M ;
the veins and termen irrorated with pale pink; fringe tipped with pink
from apex to M’.

Underside of both wings whitish, the fore wing flushed with pale
orange-red from costa to M and R*, with slight reddish irroration on
termen behind R?; the hind wing with slight pink irroration on costa
and on termen to M"'.

S.W. Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,500 feet, August-
September, 1921, three ¢ ¢, Another g from the same locality in all
probability belongs here, but costa and termen of fore wing appear
slightly more curved and the fore wing is rather more orange in tone
with the lines a little more distinct, the second line rather more
strongly waved. Hind wing and underside with the red shade
deepened in tone and increased in area; possibly a distinct species.

14. Carea quieta, sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 15).
Belongs to Section IV—A of Hampson.
3 2, 41—45 mm.

Head and thorax greenish-grey ; abdomen greyish-fuscous with the
anal tuft yellowish; legs and body beneath whitish shaded with
greenish-grey (especially on breast) and sparsely irrorated with red.

Fore wing glossy dove-grey, shaded with greenish; the lines very
slight, olive-green, the first oblique and very slightly waved, from one-
third costa to two-fifths hind margin, the second rather strongly ex-
curved before and behind M, from three-fifths costa to four-fifths hind
margin; a black cell-dot; subterminal shade nearly as distinct as the
other lines, distally angled behind SC® and at R*, proximally angled at
R*. Hind wing posteriorly fuscous to near middle, anteriorly pale
crimson-red.

Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae 493

Underside of fore wing red, with the costa and termen narrowly and
the apex broadly brownish-grey. Hind wing pale reddish, with base
and abdominal margin white.

S.W. Sumatra: North Korintji Valley, 5,000 feet, September-
October, 1921, g holotype, ¢ allotype; also one ¢ from slopes of
Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-September, 1921.

Should perhaps be placed next to C. endophexa Hmpsn. (A.M.N.H.,
[7], xvi., p, 596 [1905] [Travancore]), but does not seem very close to
any previously described species.

15. Carea mixticolor Warr. 3 (pl. XXII, fig. 16).
Didigua meaticolor Warr., Nov. Zool., xxiii, p. 221, 1916, Penang, °?.
3,35 mm.

Differs from the @ in the reniform lacking the green coloration
and having the red bar less bright in tone; the fore wing is more
thickly irrorated with red-brown than in the @?, and the proximal
half of costa is irrorated with green; the s¢ has the antemedial line
better developed, bent outward from two-sevenths costa, erect from
SC to middle of fold, thence sharply oblique to about three-fifths
hind margin. On the underside the ¢ has a better-developed sub-
terminal line, approximated to and nearly following the direction of
margins of both wings, chiefly indicated by spots between the veins.

S.W. Sumatra: North Korintji Valley, 5,000 feet, September-
October, 1921, one 3.

Belongs to Section IV of Hampson; probably to IV—C (Didigua),
but the hind legs are unfortunately missing in the 3.

When more specimens from Penang and Sumatra are to hand it
may prove that the above differences are racial rather chan sexual.

OPHIDERINAKE.

16. Catephia rufostrigata Beth.-Bak. glabripars subsp. nov.

&, 2, 43—50 mm.

Differs from typical rufostrigata Beth.-Bak. (Nov. Zool., xiii, p. 251
[1906] [Brit. New Guinea]) in the hind tibia, which is typically
strongly hairy on segments.1, 2 and3, and shortly hairy on segment 4,
but in subspecies glabripars is hairy only on segments 1 and 2, the hair
on segment 2 being rather shorter than in typical rufostrigata. The

494. Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae

formation of the last tarsal joint appears to differ slightly in the two
subspecies.

Seven ¢ ¢ and one ¢ belong to the name-typical form. The
majority of 3 g¢ are brown or blackish-brown; the markings indistinct
with the exception of the dark reniform spot and a white postmedial
bar on costa and (in nine specimens) a rufous patch crossing the post-
medial line near costa; three or four ¢ S have traces of a rufous patch
on hindmargin from near base to postmedial line.

All but three of the ? 2 show a more or less strongly-developed
white band (sometimes shaded with greenish or ochraceous) proximally
to postmedial line; in some specimens this band reaches to the ante-
medial line except for some dark shading at costa.

Central West Buru: Gamoe ’Mrapat, 5,000 feet; March-April,
1922, eighteen 3 3, twenty-three ? ? ; Central Buru: Kako Tagalago,
2,700 feet, May, 1922, fifteen ¢ g, one °.

17. Lasiopoderes pratti, Beth.-Bak. ? (pl. XXII, fig. 5).
Lasviopoderes pratti, Beth.-Bak., Nov. Zool., xiii, 263, 1906, 3.
2, 00—53 mm.

Legs normal. Hind wing unusually small in comparison with the
fore wing but of normal shape and without the mass of flocculent
scales which occupies the larger part of the underside in the ¢. Fore
wing with the hindmargin straight, the termen strongly excurved
and rather oblique but much less oblique than in the g. Palpus in
both ¢ and ? upcurved, with the third segment about half the length
of second, not dilated at extremity.

Fore wing unicolorous grey or greyish-brown, except in one aber-
ration, which is irrorated with white to the subterminal line, the
irroration interrupted here and there by lines of the ground-colour.
Markings obsolescent, seeming to agree with the markings of the 3,
the very characteristic, distally-indented subapical pale reddish mark
of the 3 a little narrower and a little darker in tone (less outstanding)
in the ¢, except in the white irrorated aberration (in which it is
speckled with white scales), but having exactly the same proximal
curve and distal angle as in the ¢.

Hind wing unicolorous greyish-brown.

Underside of both wings brownish-grey (not greyish-white as in
the fore wing of 3), with a very faint curved postmedial line
traversing both wings, and a slight medial bar at costa of fore wing.

Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae 425

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland
Mountains, 6,000 feet. November, 1920, to January, 1921, three @ 2.

Although differing superficially in many points, this appears to me
to be almost certainly the true 2 of Lasiopoderes pratti.

18. Toxocampa costimacula Gn. avisignata subsp. nov.
3 ,47—50 mm.

Differs from typical costimacula (Toxocampa costimacula Gn., “ Spec.
Gén. Lép.,” vi, p. 429 [1852] [Silhet]) in the larger size, the rather
larger antemedial costal dark spot and the more diffused discal spot of
fore wing. On the hind wing the postmedial line is rather more dentate
but less curved than in Indian specimens. On the underside the
terminal dark bandon both wings is interrupted by a pale subterminal
band, which on the anterior third of fore wing is sharply defined, bent
inward before and outward behind SC°. In Indian specimens in coll.
Brit. Mus. the discal spot of fore wing above is scarcely joined to the
medial costal dark spot, but this difference seems scarcely to agree with
Guenée’s description of the type. In Sumatra specimens these two
spots are conjoined and, viewed from the front, form a mark somewhat
resembling the head and neck of a bird.

S.W. Sumatra: Barisan Range, 2,500 feet, October to November,
OP (Ce ah eandedme att) wthvelduad

A single ¢ in coll. Joicey from Sarawak is somewhat intermediate
between typical costimacula and subsp. avisignata ; somewhat nearer
to the latter form except in size. A specimen in coll. Brit. Mus. from
Singapore appears rather to agree with the type-form.

19. Fodina sumatrensis sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 17).
3, 44 mm.

Appears to agree in structure and coloration with F. oriolus Gn.
(“ Spec. Gén. Lép.,” vii, p. 274 [1852] [Silhet]) except for the presence of
some red hair on the fore and mid tibia and slight reddish lateral hair
on abdomen in sumatrensis.

Crown of head and base of antennal shaft pure white. Thorax with
two white lines, somewhat as in F. stola Gn. (Spec. Gén. Lép.,’’ vii,
p. 275 [1853] [India]).

Basal area of fore wing marked nearly as in stola but with the dark
patch behind costa almost matching the ground-colour of wing and

496 Some New Forms of Indo-Australian Noctuidae

defined by sharply-marked fine white lines; oblique pale band, some-
what as in stola, but whiter, less proximally curved, with a dark line
close to distal edge from R’ to fold, the proximal edge ending in a white
loop outlining a dark spot; termen of wing almost as in oriolus.

Hind wing with the dark border not quite as broad as in oriolus,
broader than in stola, the posterior part of wing almost without dark
shading.

Underside nearly as in oriolus, but hind wing with rather a broader,
darker and more sharply defined dark border.

S. W. Sumatra: Barisan Range, Western Slopes, 2,500 feet,
October-November, 1921 (C., F. and J. Pratt), s—holotype only.

427

SOME APPARENTLY NEW NOCTUIDAE FROM
SUMATRA, NEW GUINEA, MEFOR AND BURU.

Ix MESS ANS 1B}; JBIROWME, IIMs.
(Plates XIII, XIV and XV.)

THE following species were collected for J. J. Joicey, Esq., by
Messrs. C., F. and J. Pratt, during the years 1920 to 1922; all types
are in coll. Joicey.

STICTOPTERINAE.

1. Stictoptera polysticta sp. nov. (pl. XIII, fig. 1).
?, 43 mm.

Head and tegulae pale tawny-brown mixed with whitish; patagia
chocolate-brown tipped with pale tawny-brown; palpus almost white,
slightly browner above ; dorsum of abdomen whitish with some brown
hair on anal half; body beneath and legs whitish with some brown
shading, the fore- and mid-tarsi banded with black.

Fore wing with the proximal half yellow-brown, the distal half
whitish. White costal spots, bordered with deep red-brown, at origin of
antemedial, medial and postmedial lines and three or four similar spots
between postmedial line and apex ; chocolate-brown patches at costa, in
cell, in fold and before hindmargin, suggesting an oblique band from
just before middle of costa to near base of hindmargin; a slightly
oblique kidney-shaped reniform of the ground-colour, defined by white
spots, except posteriorly ; postmedial line and distal third of wing
almost exactly as in S. macromma Snell.

Hind wing with the dark border very narrow—as in S. variegata
Hmpsn., or even narrower.

Underside of fore wing, costa and termen of hind wing pale yellow-
brown, both wings with waved, diffused brownish-grey subterminal
band ; fore wing with medial and postmedial dark bars on costa; hind
wing with slight cell-dot.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland
Mountains, 6,000 feet, November, 1920, to January, 1921, one ?.

428 Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc.

Apparently nearest to S. macromma Snell (Tuyd. v. Ent., xxiii, 87,
pl. vi, t. 8 [1880] [Celebes]), with which it agrees exactly in shape ;
but as the forms of macromma from Khasis and the Moluccas seem to
be identical it is hardly probable that polysticta is actually a race of
macronuma.

2. Stictoptera bakeri sp. nov. (Warr. MSS.) (pl. XIII, fig. 2).
3, 39—42 mm.

Head speckled with black and white; palpus white beneath, black-
ish-brown above, with segment 3 more than three-quarters length
of segment 2; tegulae whitish, banded with brown-orange, red-brown
and pale violet-grey and tipped with red-brown; thorax with some
whitish scales at middle, surrounded by orange-brown ones; patagia
and dorsum of abdomen purplish-black; abdomen beneath, pectus
and legs speckled with black and white, the legs banded with black
and ringed with white on joints of tarsi.

Fore wing with proximal area to the antemedial line purplish-black,
the distal area violet-grey more or less suffused with yellow-brown; a
tinge of yellow-brown shading at base. lines and reniform-mark
nearly as in S. swinhoer Beth.-Bkr. (Nov. Zool., xv, 199 [1908] Brit),
New Guinea), but antemedial line bent inward from behind M, post-
medial straight (not bent outward) from fold to hindmargin.

Hind wing very broadly clouded with fuscous, the hyaline area
being reduced to a bar behind (and sometimes immediately before)
M, scarcely reaching beyond end of cell.

Underside of fore wing blackish-brown with three or four white
spots on distal half of costa and a waved postmedial line (as above).
Hind wing nearly as above, but with black discal striga, slight, ex-
curved medial and strong waved and excurved postmedial lines.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland
Mountains, 6,000 feet, November, 1920 to January, 1921, two 3 3.
Also a ? in coll. Joicey from Angi Lakes, 6,000 feet (A., C. and F.
Pratt) ae larclas Ons

Nearest to S. swinhoet Beth.-Bkr. with which it seems to have
been confused, but undoubtedly a distinct species. Specimens in coll.
Tring Mus. are labelled baker Warr., but this appears to be only a
MS. name.

Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc. 429

SARROTHRIPINAH.

3. Gadirtha albovenosa sp. nov. (pl. XIII, fig. 3).
&, 48) iamian,

Antenna with fasciculate cilia to fully two-thirds of shaft, the cilia
much curved, but, if straightened, would apparently be three or four
times diameter of shaft; probably belongs to Section I of Hampson.
Segment 3 of palpus nearly as long as. segment 2, with strong rounded
thickening at extremity.

Head, tegulae, thorax, palpus and antennal shaft dark brown, the
tegulae with some paler, greenish-grey scales, the patagia with dark
purplish-brown scaling ; abdomen above and beneath, pectus and legs,
dark brownish-grey, the legs with some browner shades.

Fore wing deep glossy brown, tinged in parts with ochraceous- or
purplish-brown, and with a greenish shade along SC; markings blackish,
rather obscure, with the exception of a silvery-grey apical spot, a
sharply defined white subterminal line (bent outward at SC’ and
slightly angled inward behind R'),a white streak along distal two-thirds
of hindmargin, pure white streaks to termen, on vein SC’ from sub-
terminal line, on R! and M? from postmedial, on R® and M! from their
origin and on SM? from base, a fine white streak in fold from base to
middle of wing and a diffused white medial streak from fold to hind-
margin. Subbasal line double, strongly excurved from costa to M,
thence almost obsolete ; antemedial line triple, oblique and waved, from
about two-fifths costa to one-third hindmargin, the proximal line
diffused ; reniform somewhat as in ineracta Whlkr. (xiii, 1102 [1857 |
[Burma]), but more (irregularly) rectangular and without point on
distal edge; postmedial line treble, somewhat as in exacta Semper
(‘Reise Phil., Schmett.,”’ 11, p. 527, pl. lx, t. 6 [1900] [Philippines]),
but evenly curved (not dentate), angled outward from behind M’; a row
of proximally brown-edged interneural black terminal spots: fringe
with some pale reddish-brown shading round the white neural streaks,
which are continued on to the fringe.

Hind wing somewhat as in eracta but less contrasted (proximally
more tinged with grey), with a stronger dark spot at inner angle, and
with a straight (very shghtly waved) dark postmedial line from about
R' to hindmargin.

Fore wing beneath nearly uniform greyish-brown, except for the
usual pale inner area; hind wing whiter, with slight brownish-grey

430 Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc.

cell-spot, medial and postmedial lines (angled at R') and subterminal
shading, especially on the veins.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Moun-
tains, 6,000 feet, November, 1920, to January, 1921; ¢ holotype only.

4, Kisoba sticticata sp. nov. (Warr. MSS.) (pl. XIII, fig. 4).
3, 36 mm.

Head and thorax above green with some brown and black scales
intermixed, the tegulae and patagia tipped with blackish; antennal
shaft brown, palpus predominantly blackish but segment 2 anteriorly
and posteriorly edged with green, segments 1 and 3 pale-brown shaded
with black; abdomen above whitish, shaded with green and black,
greener towards anus; pectus and legs whitish, shaded with pale-brown,
green and blackish, the tarsi broadly ringed with black.

Fore wing white largely suffused with green and tinged in parts
with yellowish-brown, the markings dark-brown; an outwardly oblique
subbasal streak from near base of costa to middle of cell, where it
widens to an elongate spot, a black basal spot behind M and a diffused
dark spot near base of innermargin; antemedial line sharply defined
and strongly waved from one-fourth costa to one-third hindmargin,
bent outward and dentate from SC to fold, strongly bent inward from
fold to before hindmargin, to which it is angled outward; a diffused
medial streak from costa to just behind SC and a medial spot on M ;
reniform oval, dark outlined (the outline posteriorly thickened), with
a black spot in centre; postmedial line fine, strongly waved, broken into
spots on the veins from R® to SM’, and double at hindmargin, from
two-fifths costa to three-fifths hindmargin, strongly bent outward
behind costa, less strongly so between R? and M’; some elongate spots
beyond it on veins R' to M? and a slight one in fold; a sharply defined
and distally white-edged brown subterminal shade, broad from SC? to
R' and from M* to SM? and forming semitriangular interneural spots
between veins R' to M?; a brownish apical spot posteriorly followed by
a large black spot behind SC*; a row of white-edged interneural black
terminal spots; fringe whitish tinged with green and chequered with
black.

Hind wing white, with slight cell-spot, band-like dark shading on
distal third, pale-edged black terminal spots and chequered fringe.

Underside of both wings white, tinged with greenish at costa, with

Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc. 431

dark cell-spot, terminal blackish shading, chequered fringe and post-
medial streak and medial spot on costa; fore wing also with black spot
behind apex as above.

2 ae) ion,

Paler green and less contrasted than the g¢ (but in less fresh con-
dition), the lines less distinct ; obliquely suffused with brownish from
base of costa and subbasal streak to hindmargin between antemedial
and postmedial lines, and posteriorly to postmedial line from M? to
hindmargin.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland
Mountains, 6,000 feet, November-December, 1920, ¢ holotype; Decem-
ber, 1920, to January, 1921, 2 allotype.

A ¢ in coll. Tring Mus. agreeing with the ¢ from Kunupi bears the
name stieticata Warr., but this appears never to have been published.

5. fisoba diphtheropsis sp. nov. (pl. XIII, fig. 5).
3g, 38—44 mm.

Head black with large yellowish-white tufts above palpi and
beneath antennal shafts; palpus black, the segments broadly edged
with yellowish-white ; thorax and patagia yellowish-white with a
number of broad black dividing lines; abdomen yellowish-white above
with a broad black dorsal streak (broadening at the divisions of |
segments), the small crests on middle segments yellowish-white ; some
black-edged lateral tufts (not usual in Risoba); anal tuft yellowish-
white ; body beneath and legs predominantly black, abdomen with a
white medio-ventral streak, legs with pale bands or rings.

Fore wing yellowish-white with a latticing of irregular black lines—
superficially recalling the genus Dipthera. Two broad subbasal lines
from costa to M, approaching at middle and sometimes meeting to form
a cross, becoming very indefinite behind M; two somewhat similar
antemedial lines, but further apart, connected by bars before and behind
SC, not forming a cross, continued as a single line behind M; an
irregular (slightly variable) lattice-work of lines about end of cell,
leaving a black-ringed white discal spot; a black bar from costa beyond
discal spot ; postmedial line double, united by bars on the veins, bent
outward from about two-thirds costa, nearly erect from SC° to R’,
inwardly oblique to behind M? and erect to three-fifths hindmargin ;
an extra line just beyond postmedial and a rather heavy subterminal
line, bent inward to unite with the angle of the extra line from SC? to

432 Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, ete.

R!; a black terminal line and lines on the veins uniting the terminal
line with the subterminal ; an oblique black streak from apex; fringe
yellowish-white with black streaks between the veins.

Hind wing creamy-white with a broad blackish border (about two-
fifths across wing) more or less broadly interrupted by whitish at
middle from before M! to fold and on termen behind SM?, with sub-
terminal pale spots on the veins from costa to R®; a rather broad,
angled discal spot, almost joining a postmedial line from costa, which
is nearly obsolete behind cell, usually showing as a black spot in fold ;
fringe chequered black and white.

Underside much like upperside but fore wing with the black shades
less intense, rather more diffused; hind wing with the black markings
sharper and darker than above, and with a row of sharply-defined
whitish spots at termen.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland
Mountains, 6,000 feet, November-December, 1920, three 3 ¢ ; also
thirteen 3 ¢ from the same locality and elevation, December, 1920,
to January, 1921.

May probably really belong to a new genus, being very distinct from
any Risoba species known to me and differing from Hampson’s diagnosis
of the genus or from repugnans Wlkr. (Thyatira repugnans Wlkr., 1x,
9 [1856] [Punjab]) in the following particulars: segment 2 of palpus
rather shorter than in repugnans (almost the same length as segment 1,
which seems unusually long); segment 3 short (not “ moderate ’) ;
antennal fascicles of cilia extending to barely two-thirds of shaft;
thorax seems clothed entirely with scales; anal tuft divided in three
(the lateral tufts shorter than central one); abdomen with short but
strongly-marked lateral tufts; termen scarcely crenulate. In retina-
culum, general build, length of antenna, etc., however, diphtheropsis
agrees with the genus Risoba, so I place it there provisionally.

ACONTIANAH.

6. Olethrophora angulipennis sp. nov. (pl. XIII, fig. 6).
3,46 mm.

Coloration nearly as in distincta but thorax and fore wing darker,
rather more bluish-green ; abdomen deep brownish-red; the hind wing
slightly deeper in tone, with less brown hair at abdominal margin than
in distincta. Fore wing with the cell-dot very slight, the pale post-
medial line distally edged with a broad diffused line of darker green

Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc. 433

than the ground-colour; the subterminal obsolescent. Underside of
both wings with the pale-reddish areas more irrorated with fuscous
than in distincta, and the reddish-golden tones replaced by coppery-
red. These last are omitted in Hampson’s description, but cover all
the fore wing beneath except narrow areas at costa, termen and hind-
margin, and are present also in fold and at hindmargin of hind wing.

2, 43) mam.

Differs from the 2 of distincta much as the ¢ differs from the
3 of that species. Underside of hind wing is altogether without the
golden hair in fold.

South-west Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-
September, 1921, one 3, two 2 ¢ ; North Korintji Valley, 5,000 feet,
September-October, 1921, one °.

Can be easily distinguished from distincta by the shape of fore wing.
Hind wing also appears a little narrower, especially in the °.

This and the following species both differ from distincta Leech
(Gonitis distincta Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 506, pl. lu, fig. 7
[Japan]) in having the termen of fore wing excised behind hh? and
slightly angled at M*. They also show no distinct abdominal crest,
although the basal segments of abdomen are clothed with rough
reddish hair with some dorsal green hair, which may indicate a
rudimentary crest. In any case the species are undoubtedly congeneric
with distincta, with which they agree exactly in general build and
neuration, as well as in colour-scheme and pattern.

7. Olethrophora gonophora sp. nov. (pl. XIII, fig. 7).

Shape and abdominal hair as in the preceding species but fore wing
slightly narrower and more elongate.

Differs also in length of segments of palpus; inangulipennis 3 and ?,
segment 2 measures about 2 mm., segment 3 only about | mm.; in
gonophora g¢ and 2 segment 2 measures about 13 mm. (or at the very
outside 1? mm.), segment 3 measures well over 1 mm.

3., 34—40 mm.

Thorax and fore wing intermediate in tone between the other two
species ; abdomen reddish-fuscous above, bright scarlet beneath, except
for a broad pinkish-grey ventral line—in the other two species the
scarlet shade is replaced by orange, which is more vivid in tone in
angulipennis than in distincta; hind wing purplish-red, rather paler
as well as less coppery in tone than in either of the other species; the

29

434 Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc.

reddish patch at base of inner margin of fore wing extra large and
conspicuous. Fore wing with a more or less distinct green antemedial
line, outwardly oblique to M, thence inwardly oblique and angled in
fold; black cell-dot moderately distinct ; postmedial line dark (without
the pale shade), diffused, obliquely curved; subterminal represented by
dark dots on the veins, sometimes forming a more or less continuous
line. Underside predominantly purplish-red, without bright hair on
fore wing and in fold of hind wing.

2, 85—42 mm.

Thorax and fore wing pale yellowish-green in tone; hind wing
pale orange, whitish at base. Fore wing beneath much as in ? of
angulipennis; hind wing whitish, anteriorly and distally irrorated with
yellow-green; no red or orange hair either in fold or at hindmargin.

S.W. Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-
September, 1921, eight ¢ 3, twelve @ ?. North Korintji Valley,
5,000 feet, September-October, 1921, two ¢ g, two ? &.

Easily distinguished by the small size, narrow fore wing and
postmedial pale line.

It is just possible that this species may have to sink to C. viridam
Heyl. (Gonitis viridam Heyl., C. R. Ent. Soc. Belg., 1890, p. xxx | Hast
Java|), which Hampson erroneously cites as a synonym of distincta
Leech, but as there is nothing in the description of viridam but the
size (82 mm.) to identify it as this species rather than as either of the
others in the genus, and as the fore wing is said to be entirely without
markings, it has seemed best to disregard the name until more material
is to hand from East Java.

A single rather worn ¢ in coll. Joicey from Soekaboemi, West Java,
appears distinct from all the above species, being somewhat inter-
mediate between angulipennis and gonophora. In this specimen the
outer line is most nearly as in angulipennis but a little nearer the
termen than even in that species; it has also the coppery-red color-
ation of angulipennis on abdominal third of hind wing. In size,
shape and general facies, however, it more nearly resembles gonophora.
Viridam Heyl. may well be a unicolorous aberration of this species.

Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc. 435

CATOCALINAE.

8. Nyctipao albiangulata sp. nov. (pl. XIV, fig. 2).
&, LAO iwagan,

Androconical clothing apparently as in N. albicinctus Koll. (Erebus
albicinctus Koll., Hiigel’s “ Kaschmir,” iv, 474, pl. xxii [1844]) (Sect. iii,
B. (b) of Hampson) from which species it differs in the following
particulars. In albiangulata the ground-colour above and beneath is
slightly darker and more purplish; the discoidal stigma broader, filled
in with and exteriorly broadly defined by black, leaving a narrow broken
ring of ochraceous-brown, broadening to a comma-shaped head, which is
edged by a white streak and two white spots and bears a third white
spot on the head; the white postmedial line is strongly angled outward _
behind R’ and R* and before hindmargin and is incurved between the —
angles; on the hind wing the white line is finer and rather more
strongly waved than in albicinctus and the veins of terminal area are
not streaked with white.

S.W. Sumatra: North Korintji Valley, 5,000 feet, September-
October, 1921, ¢ holotype only.

It is probable that these Nyetipao species may ultimately be found
to fall into a number of races of a few species, in which case this form
will have to be known as albicinctus albiangulata ; but in the absence
of more definite knowledge it has seemed best to treat this very distinct
form as a good species.

Nyctipao illodes Zerny (Ann. Hotmus. Wien., xxx, 193, taf. v, fig. 14
[1916] [Java]) also belongs to this group of species (or subspecies), but
in wlodes the white line is rather broader and more acutely angled
(especially on the hind wing) than in either albicinctus or albiangulata,
and the discoidal stigma narrower than in either of the other species.

9. Nyctipao meforensis sp. nov. (pl. XIV, fig. 1).

Section III, B (e) of Hampson.

3g, 104 mm.

Head, thorax and abdomen much as in bismarcia Hmpsn. (Cat.
Lep. Phal., xu, 297 [1913] [New Britain |) but thorax darker (blackish-
purple), collar narrowly yellow-brown. 3

Both wings glossy purplish-black, crossed by a yellowish-white
postmedial band (narrower and whiter towards the costa of hind wing).

436 Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc.

Fore wing with antemedial line excurved from scarcely one-fifth
costa to about one-seventh hindmargin, bent inwards in cell and fold ;
medial line distally (narrowly) pale-edged, slightly bent inwards behind
costa, then deeply excurved, strongly oblique behind the discoidal
mark to scarcely two-sevenths hindmargin; postmedial pale band
with proximal edge waved, distal edge somewhat dentate on and
between veins on anterior two-fifths, more diffused on posterior three-
fifths; subterminal white spots nearly as in @-figure of bismarcia
(Cat. Lep. Phal., xii, pl. cevii, fig. 2), but rather more strongly angled,
distally edged by an angular, rather diffused band of yellowish-white
irroration. Hind wing with medial line distinctly excurved round
cell; postmedial band rather broader and deeper-toned than on fore
wing; subterminal spots chiefly defined by proximal dark irroration
and a fine distal dark line; terminal pale irroration rather less strong
than on fore wing.

Underside of both wings grey-brown with excurved medial line;
postmedial band and subterminal markings nearly as above. Hind
wing with pale-edged dark discal spot.

Mefor Island, Geelvink Bay, Dutch New SRLS August 15 to
September 10, 1920, one 3.

Nearest to N. bismarcia, but differs in the rather smaller size,
darker tone of ground colour, direction of lines (especially the
medial), etc.

10. Speiredonia euphrages sp. nov. (pl. XIV, fig. 3).
3, 84 mm.

Antenna and palpus much as in S. retorta Li. (Noctua retorta L.,
Mus. Lud. Ulr., 376 |1764]); head, thorax and abdomen much as in
retorta, but the red on body apparently confined to anus of abdomen
above, sparse lateral red hair on abdomen and some red hair on pectus
(condition rather poor).

Wings above paler, more ochraceous-brown than in retorta; head
of inverted-comma mark much reduced in size; the two postmedial lines
on fore wing waved, evenly curved round cell, gradually approaching
one another but distinct to hindmargin; subterminal lines nearly
obsolete ; hind wing with nearly straight, diffused postmedial and sub-
terminal lines, dividing the wing into a dark inner area, a brown medial
area and pale terminal area.

Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc. 437

Underside of both wings ochraceous-brown, with three or four
diffused brown lines, the outer postmedial being the best defined.

2, SOOO saan,

Body about as in S. suffumosa (spirama suffumosa Gn., “‘ Spec. Gén.
Lép.,” vil, 195 [1852]).

Recalls a fine 2 of sauffumosa, but is darker, less tinged with
greenish, with broader, more diffused black patches distally to the
antemedial line and between the two postmedial lines towards hind
margin; head of inverted-comma mark slightly broader and blacker
than in suffwmosa: postmedial lines curved and waved round cell much
as in the ¢ ; two subterminal lines waved (but not dentate), with
proximal black shading broadening to hindmargin. Hind wing with the
lines broad, diffused and nearly straight (except two dentate terminal
lines) and with a broad pale band distally to the outer postmedial line.

Underside with the medial line on both wings nearer the cell-spot
than in swffwmosa, on the hind wing angled at R?, then straight to hind-
margin and with an additional faint line between medial and postmedial.

Dutch New Guinea: Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, south
Geelwink Bay, 2,000 feet, January-February 1921, one ¢, one ? ; Wai
Sai River, Weyland Mountains, 1,000 feet, June 1920, one °.

Should perhaps be regarded as a subspecies. of retorta, but this
difficult genus needs further elucidation.

11. Phyllodes diversipalpus sp. nov.
g , 182—140 mm.

Differs from P. eyndhovi (Voll. Tyd. v. Ent., ii, 86, pl. vi [1858]
[Sumatra]) in the palpus having the scaling on segment 2 rounded
(longest at middle), not “very broadly angled with scales in front at
extremity,’ and in segment 3 being longer, gradually dilated from middle,
not slender almost to extremity and ending in a rounded knob.

Fore wing more violet in tone than in eyndhovi, with the markings
slightly more oblique—especially the reniform, which is paler, looking
tauch as though laid on with thick white paint, with yellow shading
in centre, outlined in burnt sienna, with slight sienna ring on its
posterior end.

Hind wing a little blacker than in eyndhovi, with the yellow band
paler, rather less incurved on posterior half of wing and broken by
blackish hair on the veins (in the type specimen this hair is so thick as

438 Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, ete.

nearly to obliterate the yellow shade towards the hindmargin; the
other two ¢ % seem in slightly less fresh condition).

Underside of fore wing of diversipalpus has the black area a little
extended, the patches in and behind cell reduced in size. The hind
wing has the whole posterior third blackish except where crossed by the
pale band, which is straight-edged, only very slightly tinged with yellow
(stronger in one specimen), not forming two orange, lozenge-shaped
spots, as in eyndhovt.

@, 144—156 mm.

Without the white reniform of the ¢; hind wing with the yellow
band slightly broader. Fore wing beneath with the white patches
rather larger than in the ¢; hind wing with the yellow shade slightly
stronger.

Dutch New Guinea: Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar,
south Geelvink Bay, 2,000 feet, January-February, 1921, three g 3,
threes och -

Undoubtedly nearest to P. eyndhovi, of which it might almost be
regarded as a large race were it not for the structural difference in the
palpus. It is quite possible that, on account of this difference, Sir George
Hampson might have placed diversipalpus in his genus Xylophylla ; the
difference does not, however, appear to me great enough to warrant
generic separation.

12. Dermaleipa joiceyi sp. nov. (pl. XV, fig. 1).
3 , 80—90 mm.

Belongs to Section I of Hampson, but the fore wing is shorter and
broader than in D. juno Dalm. (Noctua juno Dalm., ‘‘ Anal. Entom.,”
52 [1823] [Hub. Ign.]), with the termen more erect and rather more
rounded; hind wing more rounded—not flattened or excised before
anal angle.

Antenna, abdomen, pectus and legs nearly as in D. juno, but
abdomen above with the red shades replaced by yellow, shading
gradually into the scarlet of ventral surface; head and thorax darker,
more chocolate or black-brown than in juno; palpus brighter scarlet.

Fore wing chocolate-brown, more or less irrorated and shaded
with blackish; markings much as in D. juno, except the postmedial
line, which is oblique to SC*, thence oblique or slightly curved to
middle of hindmargin, sometimes with traces of a diffused, dentate

Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc. 439

black line beyond it, angled at R!; posterior half of subterminal line
more crenulate than in juno.

Hind wing somewhat as in juno, but the dark area more grey-
brown and somewhat angled at R', the bluish-white line narrow, nearly
straight, the terminal area golden-yellow, with only the fringe (and
sometimes the veins) tinged with scarlet.

Underside as in D. juno.

? , 80—90 mm.

Usually more marked with blackish than the ¢; termen in all
specimens and medial area in one or two distinctly paler, more con-
trasted. Hind wing with the posterior yellow shading extending into
the cell at base, to M' near termen.

South-West Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-
September, 1921, eighteen 3 3, fifteen ? ? ; North Korintji Valley,
5,000 feet, September-October, 1921, fifteen 3 3, eight ? @.

Near to D. juno, but the marked difference in shape, apart from
other striking differences, makes it appear to me impossible to regard
it as merely a subspecies.

DIPTHERINAKE.

13. Dipthera androdes sp. nov. (pl. XIII, fig. 11).
3, 43—49 mm.; 2, 49—53 mm.

Near to champa Moore (Moma champa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc.,
1879, 403, pl. xxxin, fig. 2 [Dharmsala]), from which it differs in the
following particulars.

Hind wing of ¢ beneath with a thick patch of brownish-yellow hair —
in and behind cell, extending from base of cell to the almost obsolete
postmedial line and from middle of cell almost to fold, along which
there is a narrow streak of longer and somewhat paler hair; in ¢ and
° of champa this area appears to be clothed only with sparse, pale-
yellowish hair, confined chiefly to M and not extending beyond end of
cell, much as in the ? of androdes. Androconical hair on costa and
inner margin is almost identical in the two forms.

The fore wing above (especially in the ¢) is purer white than in
champa, often faintly tinged with bluish or greenish rather than with
the slight pinkish or purplish sheen of champa. In androdes the sub-
basal and antemedial markings are usually more interrupted, the medial
costal bar is more erect and the postmedial lines appear slightly nearer
termen than in champa, leaving a small area of the white ground colour

440 Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, ete.

between the distal dark bar of the reniform and the proximal postmedial
line. In champa the distal postmedial line has usually a large almost
triangular spot at its origin on costa, which is slighter and more
irregular in androdes. Varies much in the strength of the black
markings, but the medial line is almost always the strongest.

In the 3 of androdes the apex of hind wing is only very slightly
irrorated with brown and is strongly iridescent, with greenish, bluish,
pinkish or purplish reflections, according to the position from which
it is viewed.

5.W. Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-
September, 1921, seventy-nine $ 3, forty-one 2 °.

14. Dipthera tamsi sp. nov. (pl. XIII, fig. 12).
3, 44—47 mm., 2, 58 mm.

Head, thorax, abdomen and legs much as in D. champa Moore.

Fore wing silvery white, slightly tinged with pinkish or cream-
colour ; markings much as in champa but broader, much more heavily
blackened, and differing in the following points: Antemedial line
thickened in fold; orbicular black ring averaging rather larger and
more elongate than in champa; the horizontal black streaks behind
orbicular rather short and broad; space between reniform and inner
postmedial line filled in with black, the line scarcely dentate; outer
postmedial from a heavy, triangular patch at costa, proximally curved
but not dentate, distally with thicker teeth than in champa ; subterminal
with strong black teeth fitting into the interspaces of the outer post-
medial; terminal black spots on the veins lozenge-shaped. Hind wing
above and under surface much as in chamga.

South-west Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August
to September, 1921, twelve 3 3, one 2.

It is just possible that tamsi is a high elevation race of champa
Moore, with which species it seems to agree in structure as well as in
the main scheme of pattern; but it is a very distinct and (apparently)
a very constant form, and all Dipthera species run so near to each
other that it seems wiser for the present to treat each distinct form
as a good species.

15. Dipthera leucotaenia sp. nov. (pl. XIII, fig. 13).
6, 06 mm.

Coloration much as in D. champa Moore, from which species
leucotaenia differs in the following points.

Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc. 441

Size somewhat larger than in champa.

Fore wing in leucotaenia with the lines slighter (more broken) on
proximal third; the orbicular ring rather smaller; the medial and inner
postmedial lines not angled inward at costa but excurved, continuous,
though thickened at costa; white band between the two postmedials
broader, the inner postmedial being rather less sinuous, with the teeth
short and broad; the teeth of outer postmedial scarcely joined into a
connected line; black markings on veins at termen and on fringe
usually a little heavier than in champa.

Hind wing of male darkened almost as in the female of champa.

Fore wing beneath with the hair in cell almost white (not yellow
as in champa), and with two diffused postmedial lines on anterior two-
thirds of wing. Hind wing with the terminal dark band extending to
M!, the veins at termen darkened to M’; medial and postmedial costal
spots much thickened, the latter continued as a rather broad diffused
line as far as posterior angle of cell.

2, 63 mm.

Differs from the female of champa much as the male differs from the
male. Hind wing above with the dark border continued to termen; the
band equally broad beneath but hardly continued beyond M7”.

Central West Buru: Gamoe Mrapat, 5,000 feet, March-April,
1922, three ¢ 3, one °&.

Possibly a subspecies of D. champa. It is just possible that D. nigri-
catena A. K. Prout (Buu. Hint Mvs,, i, p. 228 [1922] [Central Ceram ])
is also a race of champa, but this latter form appears quite distinct.

OPHIDERINAE.

16. Sypna lucilloides sp. nov. (pl. XV, fig. 8).
a, Os) Mana,

Antenna with moderately long pectinations reaching to near apex,
the apex simple. Palpus exceptionally long, about four times diameter
of eye, with segment 3 as long as segment 2 and rather strongly dilated
at extremity.

Palpus, head, thorax and abdomen above dark-brown with some
paler reddish-brown scales intermixed; inner side of palpus pale
ochraceous; pectus and legs reddish tinged with yellowish-white, the
legs banded with black-brown; abdomen beneath greyish-brown, the
three anal segments darker.

442 Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, ete.

Fore wing coloured nearly as in S. ducilla Butl. (Trans. Ent. Soc.,
1881, p. 206 [Darjeeling]), but with more dark shading on the distal
half of wing towards hindmargin. Basal pale shade and white spot
in fold more sharply-marked than in lucilla; antemedial line strongly
excurved and slightly waved, from two-ninths costa to two-sevenths
hindmargin; a black outlined white orbicular spot; reniform pale,
irregular, sharply-defined against the blackish proximal part of wing,
very ill-defined on distal side; a pale, sharply-defined medial line from
reniform to hindmargin, incurved at middle to near antemedial line;
postmedial line indistinctly double, from a black bar at costa and with
a diffused dark costal patch distally to it, strongly excurved and dentate
round cell, with sharp angles on R', R?, and M!, retracted to edge of
pale medial band at M?; a broad, strongly waved pale band from M?
to hindmargin distally to postmedial line; terminal area nearly as in
lucilla, but the subterminal line with more distinct proximal pale
shading.

Hind wing darker than in ducilla, with the medial pale shade much
slighter, scarcely defined except near costa; rather broader and more
rounded—less produced at tornus—than in Jucilla.

Underside with the markings nearly as in lucilla but with the
medial line of hind wing rather more angled outward at M?—further
removed from the two discal spots (which are a little larger than in
lucilla) ; the general tone darker, more irrorated with black than in
that species.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland
Mountains, 6,000 feet, December, 1920, to January, 1921, ¢ holotype
only.

In the same antennal section as S. lucilla, but very distinct in the
palpus and in markings of fore wing; differs also in shape of hind
wing and in the somewhat more rounded termen of fore wing.

17. Belciana kala nov. (pl. XV, fig. 6).
a, 2, 45—50 mm.

Head and thorax light-green; antennal shaft, palpus, a band on
tegulae and a tuft (or crest) behind tegulae brown ; abdomen greyish-
yellow, the dorsum with some brown hair and a series of deep chocolate-
brown crests, the anal tuft green and brown; patagia and legs greyish-
yellow, the fore and mid-tibia and tarsus outwardly banded with green
and brown,

Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc. 443

Fore wing green with a brown half-band between subbasal and
antemedial lines, and the terminal area (from the postmedial line)
predominantly brown; lines black, double, waved or slightly dentate
and excurved ; subbasal from costa to M, followed by a large black
spot before hindmargin; antemedial from two-sevenths costa to two-
fifths hindmargin; orbicular a black-outlined white spot; reniform
8-shaped, black-outlined, with a white spot in each division; medial
line with the inner line thick and black, from near middle of costa
to middle of hindmargin ; postmedial from four-sevenths costa to three-
quarters hindmargin, followed on anterior half of wing by a glossy-
brown area only interrupted by terminal white spots and by the green
subterminal line, which is much bent inward and proximally dark-
outlined before SC’; on posterior half of wing the brown shading is
reduced to a more or less irregularly narrow band near postmedial
line, and a spot at tornus: a black, dagger-like streak in fold from
postmedial line to termen, varying in breadth and sometimes interrupted
at middle; some large interneural black-outlined white spots on
posterior half of termen; fringe chequered brown and green, with the
brown predominating on anterior half of wing.

Hind wing yellow, with a diffused discal streak and a somewhat
broad dark border (usually angled proximally at M!'), narrowing to a
point at anal angle, where there are two pale-green spots, the second
proximally succeeded by a brown spot; fringe brown, chequered with
pale-green.

Underside of both wings pale ochraceous-yellow, shading to greenish-
white towards termen, with two diffused, waved postmedial lines and
chequered fringes. Hind wing with slight medial bar at costa, and
discal streak ; fore wing with very slight antemedial line and some post-
medial dark clouding.

S.W. Sumatra: Barisan Range, western slopes, 2,500 feet, October-
November, 1921, seven ¢ ¢, one 2; North Korintji Valley, 5,000 feet
September-October, 1921, one ¢, four 2 2; slopes of Mount Korintyi,
7,300 feet, August-September, 1921, one 3, three ? ?.

Seems to agree perfectly in structure with biformis Walk. (Dandaca
biformis Walk., xv, 1671 [1858] [Sarawak]), the type of Belciana
Walk., except in the more strongly developed abdominal crests, which
agree better with eurychlora Walk. (Dandaca eurychlora Walk., 1670
[1858] [Canara]), the type of Donda Moore. In the hind wing also
this species more nearly resembles D. ewrychlora and D. ornata Moore
(Proc. Zool. Soc., 1883, p. 23, pl. iii, fig. 3 [Bombay ]) than any Belciana

444 Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc.

species known to me; but as the distinction between these two genera
seems to me at best very slight and Belciana is the older name I employ
it for kala.

18. Belciana particolor sp. nov. (pl. XV, fig. 4).
gd , 45—46 mm.

Antenna serrate to near apex, the serrations at middle of shaft
almost short pectinations.

Vertex of head and thorax pale bluish-green with some yellow-green
intermixed ; face and tegulae pale orange-brown; abdomen whitish
with the crests dark-brown; palpus, pectus and legs whitish, the palpus
and legs with the usual brown and green shading.

Fore wing pale bluish-green largely suffused with yellow-green,
nearly as in the typical form of B. kenricky Beth.-Bkr. (Diptheroides
kenricki Beth.-Bak., Nov. Zool., xiii, 203 |1906] [ Brit. New Guinea]) ;
markings somewhat as in kenrickt, but the orbicular larger, with a black
spot in the middle, the white markings more yellow, the reniform black
mark more erect and scarcely or not joining the bar from costa (which is
smaller than in kenrickt), the black lines in particolor much less distinct,

Hind wing coloured as in kenricki, but the dark shades reduced to
a slight discal bar, an indistinct postmedial line (ending at M') and
a narrow terminal band, which is more or less interrupted by yellowish-
white before the black marginal lunules.

Underside somewhat as in kenricki, but with the blackish shades
brown, obsolescent; the postmedial line of hind wing less angled.

2, 46—50 mm.

Differs from the ¢ chiefly in the colour of thorax and fore wing,
the green shades being much duller and largely replaced by pale pinkish-
violet; the yeltow markings of the ¢ tending to become cerise-pink.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Moun-
tains, 7,500 feet, November, 1920, to January, 1921, two f f, seven ? 2.

A single 2 in coll. Joicey, from Angi Lakes, Arfak Mountains,
6,000 feet, having a similar orbicular, may possibly belong here, but the
reniform seems intermediate between this species and kenricki, the fore
wing is only slightly suffused with pinkish-violet and the dark tones
of the underside are stronger and blacker than in particolor. Perhaps
yet a third species. :

In the 3, particolor can be at once distinguished from kenricki by

Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc. 445

the strongly serrate antenna (almost simple in kenricki); in the ? by
the tone of colour (the ? of kenricki agreeing with the 7).

19. Belcvana habroscia sp. nov. (pl. XV, fig. 3).
O42) mm.

Third segment of palpus very fine and longer than in either of the
preceding species (almost as long as segment 2).

Head, thorax, abdomen and legs nearly as in B. particolor, tegulae
pale bluish-green at tips and with some blackish scales at base, not
uniformly orange-brown.

Fore wing very pale blue, shaded with pale green except costal
area to the subapical triangular black mark. Basal markings and
orbicular much as in kenricki, but the subbasal band distally as well
as proximally thickened to form an angle behind M ; only three instead
of four lines beyond the subbasal, but the white subterminal shade
is distally edged by some black, arrow-like marks between the veins,
the one in fold extra large, replacing the dagger-like mark of kenricki ;
reniform black mark very narrow, the upper half erect, the lower
outwardly oblique (forming a strong angle).

Hind wing yellowish-white, with slight dark terminal shade, not
quite reaching to termen; dark terminal lunules moderately strong.

Underside somewhat as in particolor, but hind wing rather paler,
with the dark markings scarcely reaching to middle of wing.

Dutch New Guinea: Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar,
2,000 feet, January-February, 1921, 2 holotype only.

The most delicately-coloured Belciana species yet known to me.

20. Belciana sophronia sp. nov. (pl. XV, fig. 5).
9, 41—44 mm.

Vertex of head, thorax and fore wing dull bluish-green, shaded in
parts with yellowish-green, tegulae black at base, patagia banded with
black at base and tips; palpus and face yellowish-white shaded with
dark brown ; abdomen above dull ochraceous irrorated with brown, the
type with a green crest on first segment, followed by a row of very
small blackish tufts (or crests, as in Donda) ; pectus, legs and abdomen
beneath dull-ochraceous, shaded with brown, the fore and mid-tibia
with patches of pale-green.

Fore wing marked somewhat as in biformis Walk., but without the

446 Some apparently new Noctuidae from Swmatra, etc.

distal brown markings and with the subbasal brown patch reduced to a
triangular mark at costa and an irregularly-triangular spot in base of
fold; all the lines blacker than in biformis, the medial more continuous ;
additional very fine black lines intersecting the green areas on each side
of the medial line, arising from the spots usually present on the costa of
biformis ; some black streaks on the veins towards termen.

Hind wing somewhat as in biformis, but rather paler at base, with
the postmedial line less angled towards anal angle and with an additional
(medial) straight, diffused, slight brown band.

Underside of wings rather greyer in tone than in biformis, with the
posimedial line rather more angled behind costa of both wings and with
a better developed medial shade on hind wing.

S.W. Sumatra: Slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet, August-
September, 1921, 2 holotype. Alsoone ¢ from North Korintyi Valley,
5,000 feet, September-October, 1921.

21. Belctana subserrata sp. nov. (pl. XV, fig. 7).
&,, HS) awa,

Palpus yellowish-white, shaded with green and brown; head pale-
green; tegulae brownish-orange, tipped with green; thorax dull yel-
lowish-green ; abdomen (discoloured) apparently yellowish, the first
abdominal crest large, deep reddish-brown, the other crests small and
black; abdomen beneath, pectus and legs ochraceous-yellow, more or less
shaded with brown, the fore- and mid-tibia with small patches of green.

Fore wing dull yellowish-green, marked nearly as in B. serrata
Beth.-Bak. (Diptheroides serrata Beth.-Bak., Nov. Zool., xiii, 204
[1906] | Brit. New Guinea]), but without the heavy black subbasal
and subapical shading, which is almost always a strongly-marked
feature in serrata; medial and postmedial lines less dentate than in
serrata ; subterminal dart-like mark very slight; fringe very narrowly
chequered with black.

Hind wing coloured as in serrata, but the dark border ending (on
anterior half of wing) at postmedial line, and showing a slight pale
line on distal side of postmedial; the yellow shade slightly deeper
in tone than in the majority of serrata specimens.

Underside somewhat as in serrata, but proximally deeper yellow,
with the dark markings rather more diffused and obscure; termen of
fore wing rather more broadly pale-green; dark border of hind wing
not interrupted by terminal pale spots. :

Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc. 447

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Moun-
tains, 6,000 feet, November-December, 1920, ¢ holotype only.

Undoubtedly nearest to B. serrata, but seems to differ in too many
points to be conceivably only an aberration of that (apparently) very
constant species.

22. Serrodes mediopallens sp. nov. (pl. XV, fig. 2).
G5 Mss vama\,

Antenna and palpus nearly as in S. campana Gn. (‘‘ Spec. Gén. Lép.,”
vii, 252 [1852] [Silhet], but antennal shaft less strongly thickened at
base, and segment 2 of palpus rather less broadly scaled at middle; legs
apparently as in campana (condition not perfect) ; margins (especially of
‘fore wing) less strongly serrate than in campana.

Head, thorax and abdomen brownish-grey, with pectus a little paler
and thorax above darker and more purplish; anal tuft white.

Fore wing with base and termen slate-purple ; medial area ochraceous
finely irrorated (especially proximally and posteriorly) with pale red-
brown but almost without dark irroration ; base of wing marked almost
exactly as in campana ; an orbicular black dot; reniform finely defined
by red-brown, with slight brown line in centre, narrow, constricted at
middle ; a slight brown mark at origin of postmedial line, which is bent
outward behind costa and coloured as in campana, but is strongly and
nearly evenly incurved from the areole to hindmargin; terminal third
of wing nearly as in campana, but distal shading to postmedial line
stronger (broader beyond cell), terminal shading weaker.

Hind wing as in campana but with basal woolly hair apparently a
trifle thicker.

Underside of both wings much as in campana.

Dutch New Guinea: Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, south
Geelvink Bay, 2,000 feet, January-February, 1921, $ holotype only.

Hasily distinguished from other Serrodes species by the strongly
contrasted medial area and the curved postmedial line.

23. Athyrma rhynchophora sp. nov. (pl. XV, fig. 10).
a, aay ianiaoy,

Antenna bipectinate to about five-sixths shaft, the pectinations
ending in bristles, as in prattv Beth.-Bak. (Hypaetra pratti Beth.-Bak.,
Nov. Zool. xiii, 262 [1906] [Brit. New Guinea]), but longer than in

448 Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc.

that species; palpus nearly as in A. bubo Hbn. (Zutr., 633, 634; iv, B
[1832] [Java]).

Head, palpus and thorax shining violet-grey mixed with brown,
abdomen above and beneath greyish-brown; pectus and legs predomi-
nantly dark-brown with a few violet scales and some paler brown hair.

Fore wing violet-grey with an oblique pale medial band shaded with
pale olive-green. Scheme of pattern much as in A. pratti, but with
the subbasal posterior dark patch distally and posteriorly incised, with
a reddish-orange shade behind it along hindmargin to beyond middle
of wing, the medial pale band showing two distinct waved lines on it
(besides one at its distal edge), the postmedial dark patch beyond cell
cut into on its proximal side by a pale tooth, much as is bwbo and
perficiens (Hypaetra perficiens Walk., xiv, 1412 [1858] [South India ]) ;
a dark erect waved subterminal line; the medial pale band rather less *
oblique than in pratti, though more oblique than in bubo and perficiens.

Hind wing much as in prattv.

Underside grey-brown tinged with silvery-blue (paler than in prattz),
both wings with a straight postmedial line, obsolescent on fore wing,
better defined on hind wing, with slight thickening in folds; pale
shading on distal half of costa of fore wing and white cell-spot on hind
wing as in pratti.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland
Mountains, 6,000 feet, December, 1920 to January, 1921, two g @.

24, Athyrma eupepla sp. nov. (pl. XV, fig. 9).
&; 98 mm.

Antenna with moderate bipectinations ending in bristles to about
three-fourths, the apical fourth with short bristles; segment 2 of
palpus about 34 mm., segment 3 about 2 mm.; mid and hind tibia
clothed with very thick tufts of long hair, covering half first joint of
tarsus ; neuration and shape of wings much as in A. bubo Hbn., but
hind wing more crenulate and rather less flattened between SC’ and
M’; termen of fore wing perhaps a trifle more rounded.

Antennal shaft, head and thorax purplish-grey; abdomen, pectus
and legs predominantly greyish-brown, the tarsi ringed with pale-
ochraceous; palpus pale-ochraceous on inner side and beneath, purplish-
erey on outer side and above.

Fore wing purplish-grey with an oblique pale medial band, washed
anteriorly with pink, posteriorly with green. Black basal dots on

Some apparently new Noctuidae from Sumatra, etc. 449

costa and M; subbasal and postmedial glossy black patches, as in
most Athyrma species, the basal one triangular, distally and posteriorly
indented, connected with costa by a broad black streak ; medial band
much more oblique than in labo and less conspicuously pale, the double
brown lines at its distal edge angled inward at M and broadly excurved
behind costa and M ; a postmedial black bar at costa, not reaching the
black patch, which is shaped somewhat as in bubo but is larger, less
proximally indented and continued to a point at middle of fold; wing
before and behind the postmedial patch tinged with reddish; an ill-
defined, very irregularly dentate subterminal line and terminal dark
shading somewhat as in bubo.

Hind wing fuscous with traces of a subterminal dark line towards
tornus.

Underside of both wings greyish-fuscous, the hind wing with white
cell-dot and slight dark postmedial line, angled behind R’.

2, 56 mm.

Antenna almost simple; hair on tibia shorter than in the ¢ ;
segment 2 of palpus about 3 mm., segment 3 about 24 mm. Fore
wing slightly more richly coloured than in the {, with the postmedial
dark patch reduced on distal side (more as in bubo); hind wing and
underside much as in the ~. Anal tuft of abdomen beneath deep
orange.

South-West Sumatra: North Korintji Valley, 5,000 feet, September-
October, 1921, one ¢#, one 2; slopes of Mount Korintji, 7,300 feet,
August-September, 1921, three @ @.

25. Humaenas salamiua F. nigricilia subsp. nov.
&, GO nia, § — @ 5 web mayan

Head, body above and fore wing much as in typical salamima F.
(Noctua salaminia F., Ent. Syst., iii, 2, p. 17 [1794] [E. India]), but
the green tones rather darker, more olivaceous, and the green shading
at base and along costa of fore wing rather broader, leaving only a
very narrow pale edge to the deep-green area.

Hind wing with the black border starting from about three-fifths
costa and gradually narrowing to just before SM’, slightly angled inward
on and outward behind M?, not otherwise waved or dentate though
somewhat curved ; the black patch behind middle of wing starting from

M' or scarcely before it (not from R* as in typical specimens) and much
30

450 Some apparently new Noctutdae from Sumatra, ete.

broadened, having the distal edge almost straight, not strongly angled
in as in salanunia salanuma.

Underside of abdomen dark-brown, not whitish as in Indian speci-
mens. Fore wing with the yellow basal patch proximally reduced (the
division of yellow and black areas being less oblique), and the pale patch
beyond cell reduced in size, ending in a point midway between M' and
M’*. Hind wing differing much as above.

Dutch New Guinea: Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland
Mountains, 6,000 feet, November-December, 1920, ¢ holotype, 2
allotype.

As typical salaminiza occurs throughout the Indo-Australian region
from Ceylon and India to Queensland and the Pacific Islands, it seems
probable that this is a high elevation rather than a geographical race—
or possibly even a very closely allied species. Typical salaminia is not,
however, represented in coll. Joicey from Dutch New Guinea.

451

NOTE ON ACHAEHA PECTINICORNIS BETH. - BAK.
SByoMvinss) cA Bi BROW AE Wes.

In his paper on the “ Voyage de M. Maurice de Rothschild ”’
(Hétéroceres, p. 422) Monsieur Le Cerf calls attention to the divergence >
between the specimen identified by me as Achaea pectinicornis
Beth.-Bak. (Ophiusa pectinicornis Beth.-Bak., A.M.N.H., 8, III, 462,
1909, Congo F.8.), and the typical specimen as figured by Sir G. Hampson
in Cat. Lep. Phal., XII, p. 497. It may perhaps help in the elucidation
of this species if I add a further note to what Monsieur Le Cerf has
said.

Unfortunately, I have not had access to the type of this species, so
that the determination can be only provisional; especially as the five
$ S$ and one 2? in coll. Joicey appear to have the mid-tibia non-
spinous. A descaled ¢ mid-tibia shows no sign of any spines. But
amongst the removed scales are a number of dark, pointed bristles (or
exceedingly fine and easily detached spines), which probably misled Sir
G. Hampson into regarding the mid-tibia as spinous; a mistake the
more easily made as the underside in this species is typically that of the
genus Achaea. Unless the drawings in Cat. Lep. Phal. (like that of
the palpus) are entirely incorrect, it is probably these bristles which
the artist has depicted as spines. The specimens in coll. Joicey (from
Sierra Leone, Congo River, British Kast Africa, and three without
data) vary considerably, some being almost identical with the form
figured in Cat. Lep. Phal., some nearer to that figured by Monsieur Le
Cerf; but allowing for this variability, they agree perfectly with the
figure and description in Cat. Lep. Phal. The palpus is always as in
Monsieur Le Cerf’s figure (64, II), not as figured by Hampson; but it
will be noticed that Hampson distinctly says in his text “ third joint
long’ and that it is so drawn in the figure of complete insect, so that
the drawing of head in the dissection is presumably in error. The
frontal tuft appears to wear very quickly. In the five 3 ¢ in coll.
Joicey the antennal pectinations are as in the specimen figured by
Monsieur Le Cerf, not as drawn in Cat. Lep. Phal. In the complete
figure here, however, the tip of the shaft appears to be missing, which
may partly account for the discrepancy.

452

THREE NEW CATOCALINAE, WITH A DESCRIPTION
OF THE FEMALE OF CALLIODES APPOLLINA, GN.

lee WHS AY ID, JETRO ES 10) hts,
Plater Xe

1. Catocala thomsoni sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 1).
3 2, 56—63 mm.

Head, palpus, antenna and thorax nearly as in C. deuteronympha
Ster. (Stett. Hnt. Zeit., 1861, p. 290 [H. Siberia]), but the third
segment of palpus appreciably shorter than in ¢ and 2 of deutero-
nympha in coll. Brit. Mus.; apparently also a trifle thicker and blunter
at the tip in thomsoni; the patagia with a broad dark band at the
middle, but with scarcely any trace of dark shading at the tips.
Pectus, legs and abdomen much as in deuteronympha.

Fore wing appreciably shorter and broader than in deuteronympha.
Differs from that species also in the more prolonged darkening of
R” beyond the reniform, in the absence of dark shading on the pale
sinus of postmedial line behind reniform and in the dark shading
distally to the postmedial and subterminal lines being weaker and
more ochraceous in tone than in deuteronympha.

On the hind wing thomsoni differs from deuteronympha in having
the dark hair in the fold much slighter (sometimes hardly present),
the terminal black band slightly narrower at the radials and the
medial band much narrower.

The underside of the fore wing in thomson has the antemedial
half-band a little straighter and less oblique than in deuwteronympha
and the terminal band usually ending just behind M? in the ¢.
The hind wing is more uniform yellow in thomsoni, except for some
deeper golden scaling on proximal half of wing from middle of cell
to middle of fold; the medial band narrower than in deuteronympha,
obsolescent at costa; the cell-spot reduced to a point; terminal dark
band very slight, leaving a distinct yellow band at termen with only
very slight dark irroration.

Three new Catocalinae 453

North China: Tientsin, June, 1922 (F. M. Thomson), six ¢ ¢,
one ¢.

Nearest to C. deuteronympha, of which it might well be a local race
were it not for the structural difference in palpus and shape of fore
wing.

2. Catocala jansseni sp. nov. (pl. XXII, fig. 2).
?, 58 mm.

Differs from C. triphaenoides Ob. (‘ Et. Ent.,” vi, p. 21, pl. vin, f. 5
[1881] [North China]), in the following points: in jansseni the
antemedial line is (apparently) more oblique, with proximal dark
suffusion (broad at costa narrowing to hind margin), bidentate behind M ;
postmedial line much more dentate than in triphaenoides, with long black
teeth behind R‘ and R? and the proximal end of sinus bidentate ; sub-
terminal line sharply defined and strongly dentate; a patch of dark
suffusion from about two-fifths to four-fifths costa, extending to behind
reniform; termen with dark streaks behind SC’, R', and R?.

Hind wing with slight black mark on origin of SC° and R'; the
terminal spots before and behind SM? large, coalescent, forming a
V-shaped mark.

Fore wing beneath with large black patch in base of fold, postmedial
black band from origin of R* to hind margin near tornus, almost con-
tinuous with a broad irregular black costal patch; the terminal band
extending to tornus and without the pale shade at termen.

Hind wing with bidentate black bar at middle of costa; the terminal
band slight to M?; a slight black streak on SM”.

Central China: Ichang, June, 1922 (C. T. Bowring), ? —allotype
only.

As both fore and hind tibia in this specimen are unfortunately
wanting, it is impossible to say with certainty whether this species is
a Catocala or an Ephesia. It appears nearest to Ephesia triphaenoides
Ob., and EL. vallantini Ob. (“‘ Kt. Ent.,” xix, p. 36, pl. vi, fig. 53 [1894]
[Algeria]), both of which species lack the medial black band on the hind
wing. As, however, there seems a doubt as to the validity of Hphesia,
I prefer to employ the old, universally accepted generic name Catocala.

At the suggestion of Mr. Bowring I dedicate this species to Pére
Janssen, who assisted him materially in his collecting at Ichang.

454 Three new Catocalinae

3. Calliodes appollina Gn.
“Spec. Gén. Lép.,” vii, 193 (1852) (Senegal) (¢).
2, 38—40 mm.

Antenna serrate, each serration bearing a long curved bristle and
a fasciculate tuft of cilia.

Wings with the lines brownish, scarcely tinged with “ metallic
violet.”

Differs in the following points from Hampson’s description of
appollina, probably taken from the Abyssinian specimen in coll.
Brit. Mus.

Wings hardly “suffused with reddish-brown.” Fore wing with
the costa scarcely darkened except on basal and apical fourths. Termen
of both wings and medial part of costa of fore wing deeper ochraceous
than the ground-colour. Hind wing with the subterminal lines more
or less broken into spots. Wings beneath with the termen ochraceous,
not “‘red-brown.”” Fore wing with a more or less well-developed post-
medial line, one specimen also showing three dark spots at the head
of inverted comma mark.

Senegal: Kaolack, two 2 ¢.

The smaller specimen, which bears the dark comma-head spots
beneath, has the antenna almost without bristles and with but little
ciliation; but this appears to be due to damage, the form of the shaft
agreeing with that of the other specimen, which is in much fresher
condition.

This ¢ does not appear to have been previously described.

4. Calliodes barnsi sp. nov.

Figured in “ Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,” T. A.
IBEW, Ol Ibooxi, oe, IMO, Ae.

aby anion,

Antenna nearly as in the & of C. pretiosissoma Holl. (Hnt., xxv,
Supp., p. 94 [1892] [E. Africa]), the pectinations (erroneously called
by Hampson “ serrations ’’) slightly shorter but much more strongly
developed than in the ¢ of appollina Gn., which in other respects
this species most nearly resembles.

Head, thorax, abdomen and legs nearly as in appollina.

Fore wing much as in appollina, but the yellowish-white tone of
ground-colour a little deeper; the subterminal white line tinged with

Three new COatocalinae | ABS

ochraceous; the dark lines and shading heavier; the antemedial line
very straight (though oblique) to behind SM’, bent inward at hind
margin; the distal edge of the inverted comma head more angled than
in appollina. Hind wing slightly more angled at M' than in appollina
or pretiosissima; the dark shades stronger; medial and postmedial
lines, especially, much thickened. |

Underside of both wings more or less uniform ochraceous-buff
(see Ridgway, pl. xv) with the exception of some greyish shades on
proximal third and inner margin of fore wing, caused by the dark lines
showing through from above. Both wings with dark discal spot and a
double row of spots towards termen, those of the proximal row on hind
wing being conjoined to form a waved line. On the fore wing three
large spots represent the head of the inverted comma mark and three
smaller ones the postmedial line. On the hind wing there are also
three dark spots on the faint grey postmedial line.

Tanganyika Territory: District of the Great Craters. February to
March, 1921, T. A. Barns, ? —holotype only.

456

NEW GEOMETRIDAE FROM DUTCH NEW GUINEA
AND MEFOR ISLAND.

By LOUIS B. PROUT, F.E.S.
(Plates XXIII and XXIV.)

THE GEOMETRIDAE DESCRIBED IN THIS PAPER WERE ALL COLLECTED
FoR Mr. Joicey BY Mussrs. C., F. anp J. PRATT.

Subfamily OENOCHROMINAE.

1. Palaeodoxa subignea Warr. ? (pl. XXIII, fig. 1).

55 mm.

Considerably larger than in g. Antenna bipectinate, but with
the branches much shorter than in the 3, those of the shorter (inner)
series only about 1; as in the ¢, each branch is surmounted by a
pair of shortish slender bristles. Abdomen very robust, pale-coloured.

Fore wing with apex slightly more produced than in the ¢ ;
colours less vivid, more recalling the tone of Parepisparis crenulata or
Circopetes obtusata ; antemedian line slightly angled outward on fold ;
cell-mark expanded into a large, irregular, vitreous spot, its anterior
part small and angled outward at R’, its posterior larger and more
rounded ; distal area less variegated than in the 3, the only conspicuous
spot being between the medians. Hind wing with the tooth at R® less
produced than in the 3; coloration less vivid; a rather large blackish
cell-dot. .

Underside similarly less bright than in the 3, the median area of
the fore wing, with part of the costal, almost as white as the hind-
marginal ; hind wing with a rather large black cell-spot.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, December, 1920,
to January, 1921.

In spite of the great superficial dissimilarity, I do not think there
need be any hesitation in referring this interesting specimen here.

Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island 457

2. Callipotnia allognata Prout incerta subsp. nov.
$,42 mm.

Slightly larger than allognata allognata, the apex of the fore wing
less acutely produced, the termen of the hind wing rather more
rounded; colour a warmer brown; postmedian yellow line, thicker ;
subterminal yellow line fairly strong and regular, scarcely filled in with
dark spots proximally.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet,
November-December, 1920.

Perhaps a distinct species.

The brown hair patches on hind wing beneath are fairly thick and
almost equal in length, one on M extending from origin of M? to bases
of R* and M', the second on M”, starting at its base, the third on and
in front of SM’, about in alignment with the other two.

3. Naxa craspedota sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 5).
?, 53 mm.

Head and body white, mottled with blackish. Antenna blacker
than in guttulata Warr., the pectination scarcely so long. Legs
predominantly grey.

Fore wing subdiaphanous white, with some scattered black-grey
hair-scales as in the allies; markings formed of dense black-grey
irroration, that of the proximal area strongly mixed with hair-scales ;
proximal area to 7 mm. at hindmargin, rather more anteriorly (its
distal edge being rather oblique), costal to just across SC and distal to
a breadth of 6 mm. (somewhat crenulate proximally) of the dark shade ;
cell-spot rather larger than in guttwlata. Hind wing with cell-spot and
distal border as on fore wing, the ground colour bluntly projecting into
the border about R’.

Underside similar.

Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January-
February, 1921.

A most interesting discovery, the previous limit of the eastward
range of the genus being Borneo. Quite near guttulata, differing in the
darkened base and dark borders. The left hind wing shows a venational
sport, R? being forked distally (for nearly half its length).

458 Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island

Subfamily HEMITHEINAE.

4. Aeolochroma venia sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 1).
3g, 41—42 mm.

Closely related to prasina Warr., structure and general coloration
and markings nearly the same. Smaller, antennal ciliation perhaps
slightly shorter. Abdomen beneath more ochreous, without the dark
anterior shading of 3 prasina.

Fore wing (as also the body) with the green shade more vivid, more
yellowish ; basal patch weak, posteriorly almost obsolete ; median area
broader posteriorly than in prasina, anteriorly green (only costally dark-
spotted), posteriorly with the glaucous-whitish, dark-dusted shading
much more extended than in prasina; the rufous-brown shade proxi-
mally to the subterminal rather strongly and uniformly developed from
R® to hindmargin, gently incurved. Hind wing slightly rounder than
in prasina, less produced tornally; as far as the postmedian line pre-
dominantly flesh colour, with some glaucous-whitish admixture, distally
a little more variegated than in prasina.

Both wings beneath as far as the postmedian line without the dark
suffusions of prasina, the hindmargin predominantly whitish, the rest
of a rather uniform orange, except for small pale patch distally to the
cell-spot of the fore wing; subterminal blackish shade of fore wing
much less extended distally than in prasina; postmedian line of hind
wing straight or almost straight.

Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January-
February, 1921.

5. Aeolochroma chioneschatia sp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 9).
3, 50—54 mm., ?, 64 mm.

Face deep purple below, brown in middle, pale above. Palpus in
3 15, in & almost 2; brown marked with deep purple. Antenna in
3 pectinate to less than 3, the branches rather short. Vertex, thorax
and base of abdomen mottled purple and green, with some pale
admixture, tapering to a point dorsally, leaving the end of the abdomen
and most of the pleura and venter orange. Legs predominantly purple.

Fore wing in the 3 green, somewhat olivaceous, in parts clouded
with purple, in one or two examples predominantly purple; in the only
known ¢ purple; base of costa mixed with whitish or very pale violet ;
a white apical patch, 5 or 6 mm. in extent at costa and reaching or

Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island 459

crossing R? at termen ; coarse black irroration, in part confluent, leaving
free the reverse edges of the antemedian and postmedian lines and
some irregular subterminal patches; lines black, thickened at costa;
antemedian excurved in and again behind cell; median strong costally,
then merged in a narrow discal ocellus; postmedian forming short thick
teeth outward, projecting distally to R’, strongly retracted behind M';
some black proximal edging to the apical patch (especially in the 2); a
black subterminal shade (variable in development) posteriorly ; ter-_
minal line subcrenulate, on the white patch olivaceous with black
dots, posteriorly black; fringe anteriorly whitish with olivaceous spots,
posteriorly green with black spots. Hind wing in ¢ heavily mixed
with black as far as the dentate postmedian line, in 2 concolorous
with fore wing; abdominal fringe partly orange ; an outwardly dentate,
more or less interrupted, subterminal black shade; terminal line and
fringe-spots black.

Underside deep blue-purple, in the ? becoming black distally; fore
wing with cream-white apical patch, a large dark cell-spot, a pale spot
immediately beyond this, and a small subcostal one just beyond the
postmedian line or band, which is broad but not distinct anteriorly,
narrow and evanescent posteriorly ; hind wing with an extended cream-
white costal patch and some slighter and more variable ones (in the
? prominent). at termen behind SC and near hind margin behind the
position of the postmedian line ; a more or less extended orange spot at
hindmargin, extending on to the fringe.

Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January-
February, 1921, twenty 3 3, one @.

A very fine species, akin to purpurissa Warr.

6. Hypodoxa pallida Joicey and Talb.

The hitherto unknown @? is similar to the 3g but larger (ca.
48 mm.), the median area of the fore wing mixed with glaucous-
whitish, the area between postmedian and subterminal lines on the
hind half of the fore wing and nearly throughout hind wing mixed
with violaceous-grey. Hind wing beneath with dark discal dash.
Terminal joint of palpus longer than second joint.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet,
November-December, 1920, ?, allotype; Nomnagihé, 25 miles south
of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January-February, 1921, three ? ?, paratypes.

460 Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island

7. Tanaorhinus unipuncta Warr. meforensis subsp. nov.
So

Smaller than the name-type, fore wing with the median area
concolorous or nearly so. Hind wing with the postmedian pale line
obsolescent anteriorly, apparently thicker and more dentate than in
the other races, rather thick and ill-defined posteriorly.

Hind wing beneath with the postmedian line weak or almost
wanting.

Mefor, August 15 to September 10, 1920, three 3 3.

To some extent intermediate between rafflesi Moore and wnipuncta,
suggesting that the latter may prove a race of the former.

8. Dioscore ancyla sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 9).
3, 89—43 mm.

Palpus with the third joint quite short, mostly concealed. Antennal
pectination short, the longest branches scarcely 3, more than one-
half the shaft non-pectinate. Frenulum with the club small. Head
and body green, the abdomen posteriorly mixed with white, beneath
mixed with white. Hind tibia with hair-pencil moderate, mostly white.

Fore wing with R' stalked; celandine- green (pl. xlvu, 5, in
Ridgway), costal edge of fore wing inclining to pea-green, terminal
area in distal half pale nile-blue; a deeper green cell-dot; a greatly
incurved white line from apex to hindmargin at about 3 mm. from
tornus, proximally edged with yellowish-green; fringe yellowish-green.
Hind wing rather elongate tornally, distal margin faintly waved, little
convex, least so between SC? and M!; M! about connate ; concolorous
with fore wing, at costal margin paler mixed; cell-dot minute; post-
median line straight, nearer to termen at abdominal margin than at
costa.

Fore wing beneath with the pea-green shade extended, embracing
most of the wing proximal to the postmedian line, only behind M and
M* remaining pale, at hindmargin almost white; cell-dot weak ;
postmedian line weak, anteriorly almost obsolete, but developing a
white apical spot. Hind wing with the line moderately distinct,
especially its green element, which curves slightly away from tornus
at its posterior end.

Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January-
February, 1921, three 3 2.

Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island 461

9. Amsozyga extravagans sp. noy. (pl. XXIV, fig. 2).
DIA) seman,

Face green, narrowly pale below. Palpus over 13, terminal joint
moderately elongate; light-brown, paler beneath, mixed with some
green scales above. Vertex mixed with brown and (more sparingly)
with green. Antennal pectinations short (about 1). ‘Thorax and
abdomen light buff, the patagia, tegulae, and first segments of abdomen
dorsally green, the abdomen further with some dark-brown dorsal
irroration, some green laterally and just before anal tuft; pencil beneath
thorax green. Legs pale, the fore leg heavily spotted with blackish.

Fore wing with termen only weakly crenulate; grass-green, about
as in beatriz Prout; costal margin pale ochraceous-buff, tinged
(especially at extreme edge) with rufous and sprinkled with blackish
scales; markings light-buff, antemedian line wavy, obsolescent except
in cell; a small triangular patch at end of cell; an apical patch 6 mm.
long, whiter at its proximal and distal edges, slightly dotted or spotted
with green and blackish in middle, its proximal edge somewhat curved
and with slight indentations on veins, its posterior edge straight,
midway between R' and R?; a smaller patch between hindmargin and
fold, about 5 mm. long, terminating at tornus, edged anteriorly by some
darker and redder scales; small pale dots at vein-ends; fringe mixed
with green. Hind wing with costal margin and an extremely large sub-
rotundate apical blotch pale, the latter occupying most of the wing (its
diameter about 9 mm.), edged proximally and posteriorly with darker
and redder scales, sparsely sprinkled nearly throughout with dark scales ;
termen with some black interneural dots.

Underside very pale watery green; fore wing with the subtornal
patch partly blackish, the rest nearly as above; hind wing with the
large blotch blackish, except at termen.

2 rather larger, palpus just over 2, the terminal joint being much
longer than in the ¢. Fore wing with the pale blotches larger, the
apical reaching to between R*® and M!'; in addition, a basal patch
3°5mm.in length. Hind wing with the large blotch as in the ¢ ; in
addition, a small tornal blotch. Fore wing beneath with the dark
tornal patch enlarged, narrowly confluent with an additional (sub-
terminal) dark patch between the radials.

Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January-
February, 1921, five 3 ¢, one 2.

Between veniplaga Warr. and beatriz Prout.

462 Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island

10. Anisozyga polyglena sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 6).
3, 36 mm.

Face white, the upper half soiled with red-brown. Vertex white
with some brown and black scales. Palpus brown, beneath white, on
outer side (except third joint) with a black stripe. Antennal pectina-
tion short (little over 1). Thorax and abdomen white, the tegulae,
patagia and anterior segments of abdomen spotted with green, the
posterior segments with black. Legs mostly white. Pectoral hair-
pencil white.

Fore wing with termen scarcely waved, venation normal, R' about
connate; rainette-green (Ridgway, pl. xxxi, 2), with fine white irrora-
tion and strigulation; cell-mark white; costa to 38 or 4 mm. broadly
whitish with heavy admixture of black, then more narrowly whitish,
less dark-mixed, distally pale-brownish with a little dark irroration ;
lines white; antemedian at about 5 mm., rather irregular, thickened
at both ends, proximally accompanied at hindmargin by a brown-black
patch ; postmedian at nearly two-thirds, mostly slender and rather weak,
but irregular, dentate outward on the medians, thickened into a large
white spot at hindmargin; subterminal nearly 2 mm. from termen,
connected therewith along most of the veins; some large conspicuous
purple-black (through the lens brown-black, irregularly irrorated with
violet-whitish) spots in distal area, namely one at costa (followed by
a small one nearer the apex) and one at hindmargin proximal to the
subterminal (the latter reaching the postmedian) and two distal to it
between R® and M’; fringe pale, tinged with green proximally, with
brown distally.

Hind wing with termen moderately dentate; venation normal ; cell-
mark small and weak, dark-green ; antemedian only expressed by the
inner marginal spot ; postmedian fairly strong, central; deeply inbent
between R* and R*; subterminal partly obsolete; no black spots
proximally or at abdominal margin, the distal ones between R*® and M?
as on fore wing, the apical ones more numerous, more irregular, forming
a constellation of four large and some smaller (partly confluent) on
a large white apical patch.

Underside white-green, with the white markings indistinct, the
black ones mostly strong, the apical on hind wing enlarged into a patch,
the median ones on the same wing also enlarged, also confluent.

Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January-
February, 1921, two 3 3.

Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island 463

11. Prasinocyma serratilinea Warr. ultima subsp. nov.
$ , 35—39 mm.

On an average larger than the name-type, rather darker, with more
definite shadings in the median area against the lines; cell-dots black ;
antemedian line of fore wing more shallowly lunulate-dentate, post-
median with still deeper indentation behind M?. |

Mount Kunupi, November-December, 1920 (type and five paratypes) ;
December, 1920 to January, 1921 (three paratypes).

Possibly a separate species.

12. Prasinocyma minutipuncta Warr. allocraspeda subsp. nov.
3

Differs from the name-typical form in having the fringes golden-
yellow, only slightly mixed with green at the extreme bases; terminal
dots rather strong.

Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January-
February, 1921, type.

Also occurs at Fak-Fak and in the Ninay Valley, but I have
previously seen only indifferent specimens. In the Snow Mountains
the form is somewhat intermediate, the fringes being tipped with pale
yellow.

13. Prasimocyma rudipunctata sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 10).
3, 41—45 mm.

Face green. Palpus almost 14, reddish-ochreous, becoming paler
(whitish) beneath. Vertex and antennal shaft white; pectinations
rather long and coarse, showing a tendency to curve, as in Thalassodes.
Occiput green. Thorax and abdomen green above, white beneath.
Legs white; fore femur red-brown above and on inner side, tibia and
tarsus of a nondescript shade (tinged with brown and with olive) ; hind
tibial hair-pencil rather strong.

Fore wing with SC' free, R' not or scarcely stalked, M' connate or
just separate; light blue-green, about as in latistriga or a little brighter
(slightly variable) ; costal edge very narrowly buff, then narrowly
tinged with reddish ; cell-dot black, fairly large, inclining to be obliquely
elongate ; lines white; antemedian faint at costa (about 4 mm. from
base), gently excurved and slightly oblique in its general course, but
with a very feeble concavity about fold to SM’; post median obsolete at

464 Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island

costa, at first 6 or 7 mm. from termen, mostly slightly nearer thereto,
somewhat undulate, with the most noticeable inward curves at folds ;
termen with small but sharp black dots; fringe light ochreous-buff.
Hind wing bluntly bent at R®; cell-dot large, rather irregular, more or
less elongate ; antemedian weak, angled near abdominal margin ; post-
median rather protrusive at R® to M', thence rather deeply dentate to
abdominal margin.

Underside whitish-green, deeper costally on fore wing, costal edge
ochreous-buff, then greyish; terminal dots as above; fringes rather
paler.

Mt. Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, November-
December, 1920, type and five other ¢ 3; December, 1920, to January,
1921, one 3, two 2 @.

14. Prasinocyma philocala sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 3).
3, 31 mm.

Head green, with a broad white fillet between the antennae. Palpus
rather short, beneath white. Antennal shaft white, pectination rather
long. Body green above, white beneath; the abdomen with a white
dorsal line. Legs white, the fore leg green above; hind tibia with
strong white hair-pencil.

Fore wing with apex moderately sharp, termen almost straight,
not very strongly oblique; SC' anastomosing very shortly with C; of
nearly the same delicate blue-green as coerulea Warr., becoming a
rather more decided green about C and SC; costa narrowly white at
extreme edge, then narrowly tinged with light brown; lines repre-
sented by white vein-spots, the antemedian forming a large one on
base of M* and a second almost equally large on SM’, the postmedian
almost parallel with termen {at about 4 mm.), mostly small, the one
on R° larger and (almost inappreciably) more proximal ; cell-dot very
feebly indicated in darker green; a fine, not conspicuous brown
terminal line ; fringe whitish. Hind wing with termen gently curved,
not strongly convex, not angled at R’, tornus consequently appearing
acute; marked (except costally) as fore wing, but with the postmedian
series of dots arcuate.

Underside whitish-green, the fore wing brighter green anteriorly,
its costal margin nearly as above; lines (including the terminal)
obsolete ; fringes white.

Mt. Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet,
December, 1920, to January, 1921.

Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island 465

The first-known species to combine the colour and maculation of
coerulea, glauca, etc., with the dorsal line of punctulata lewcogramma
or the gigas group.

15. Prasinocyma tryphera sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 7).

G, As) wave,

Face green. Palpus nearly 13; green, beneath white. Vertex and
antennal shaft white; pectination 4 or 5. Occiput green. Thorax
and abdomen green above, white beneath. Legs mostly white; fore
coxa green; hind tibia with moderate white hair-pencil.

Fore wing with costa arched distally, apex moderate, termen
straight; SC! free (type), or anastomosing slightly with C, R! connate
or slightly stalked, M’ not stalked; delicate blue-green as in delicata
Warr., or punctulata Warr. ; costal edge buff, mixed with grey; cell-dot
minute, black; lines whiter than ground: colour, but almost obsolete,
formed and placed nearly as in punctulata; terminal black dots very
minute and inconspicuous, easily overlooked; fringe white, tinged with
cream-colour. Hind wing moderately ample, very feebly bent at R?;
R' and M’ both stalked; first line wanting (?), the rest as on fore wing.

Both wings beneath green, the fore wing in posterior half and
a great part of the hind wing proximally becoming whiter.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet,
November-December, 1920, and (type) December, 1920 to January, 1921,
two 3 3.

16. Prasinocyma annexa sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 11).
S$ 2, 388—40 mm.

Face green. Palpusin ¢ 13, in 2 23, third joint elongate in both
sexes, especially in the 2 ; second joint green above, white beneath ;
third joint red-brown. Vertex white, occiput green. Antennal shaft
white, branches green, at least at extremities. Thorax and abdomen
green above, white beneath. The fore leg tinged with red-brown above,
especially on femur; hind tibia of ¢ with rather strong hair-pencil.

Wings with the shape, colour and markings almost as in vestigiata
Warr., the dots on the veins stronger, especially on SM? of the fore
wing, where the enlargement of the postmedian even begins to recall
that of simplex, dioscorodes, marina, and glauca.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, November-

31

466 Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island

December, 1920 (five ¢ &), December, 1920 to January, 1921 (type and
two other 3 3g, allotype 2).

Differs from vestigiata, apart from the lines, in the rather longer
palpus, absence of white dorsal dots of abdomen, larger size and perhaps
slightly brighter colouring; from sororcula Warr., and fraterna Warr.,
in the palpus, the dotted lines, the fringes, etc. Occurs also with
vestigiata at Mount Goliath: one ¢ and two ¢ ? had been put aside
at the Tring Museum for investigation.

17. Prasinocyma pratti sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 4).
3, 38—39 mm.

Face slightly loose-scaled, green. Palpus 1%, third joint nearly half
second oint; ochreous, mixed (especially proximally) with green.
Antenna ochreous. Vertex and occiput green. ‘Thorax above green,
beneath white, in front of fore coxa green. Fore leg above largely
black-grey, pale at extremities of joints; hind leg whitish-ochreous, the
tibia only moderately dilated, the hair-pencil rather slender. Abdomen
above green, beneath white; each segment with a triangular ochreous
dorsal spot, its apex directed forward, its anterior part. finely dark-
edged, its posterior becoming whiter.

Fore wing with apex acute, termen subcrenulate, SC' free, M!
almost connate; green; costal edge deep ochreous, dotted with blackish ;
cell-dot deep-green ; lines pale-ochreous ; antemedian 4 mm. from base,
deeply lunulate outward in cell, in submedian area, and behind SM’,
thickest at ends of the lunules; postmedian zigzag, from SC’ about
38 mm. from termen to hindmargin about 4 mm. from tornus, obsolete
between a spot on SC’ and one on R!, thence with the outward teeth on
the veins, a deep inward curve between M? and SM?; fringe ochreous,
deeper proximally than distally and with black-brown dots at ends of
veins and of submedian fold. Hind wing with termen crenulate, slightly
angled at R°®; SC* very shortly stalked, M!' about connate: nearly as
fore wing except costally, but with antemedial line wanting.

Underside whitish green, unmarked ; costa of fore wing and fringes
as above.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet,
December, 1920 to January, 1921, two 3 o.

A rather anomalous species, with somewhat the facies of a Dioscore.

Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island 467

18. Prasinocyma inturbida sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 8).
2, 26 mm.

Face green, shading off to white below. Palpus short (14), rather
slender, terminal joint short but distinct; green, beneath whitish.
Crown and antenna green. Thorax and abdomen green, beneath
white. Legs white, the fore leg mostly green on upper-and inner side.

Fore wing with apex pointed, termen gently subcrenulate; SC'
anastomosing shortly with C, and at a point with SC’, R' shortly
stalked, M! connate; subtranslucent whitish green, closely irrorated
with deeper blue-green scales and with a few lustrous white ones ;
costal fringe proximally unusually long, green; costal edge beyond this
very narrowly buff, mottled with brown; cell-dot black; lines diffuse, not
strong, merely formed of somewhat denser irroration, weakly pale-edged
on their reverse sides; antemedian from two-sevenths costa, rather
strongly excurved at both folds, thus with proximal angles on the veins ;
postmedian at about 3 mm. from termen, receding anteriorly to R’,
lunulate-dentate throughout; fringe pale-green. Hind wing with
abdominal margin only moderately elongate, termen crenulate, with a
stronger tooth at R*; cell-dot and postmedian line nearly as on fore
wing.

Underside paler, the markings faintly showing through.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet,
November-December, 1920.

Like a few other Prasinocyma (e.g., trypuncta Prout, to which it is
probably related) this species is almost a “‘ Chlorocoma”’ by the palpal
character.

Subfamily GEOMETRINAE.

19. Milionia megadema Roths. and Jord. ptochica subsp. nov.
(pl. XXIII, fig. 12).

Cac:

Band of fore wing much narrower than in megadema megadema
measuring at its widest part only 5 or 6 mm., and usually tapering
slightly anteriorly. Usually also (three ¢ ¢, two 2 2) the band is
orange instead of red. The two ? ¢ in which it remains red may
be named ab. euchroma ab. nov.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet,

68 Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island

November-December, 1919 (three ¢ 3, three 2? 2), and December,
1919, to January, 1920 (one ¢ of ab. ewchroma).

M. aroensis Roths., which is evidently also closely related, shows the
same dichromatism (as do several other species likewise); it differs,
however, apart from the narrow band—which may vary if the (to me
unknown) specimen described by Thierry-Mieg as scintillans is really
a mere aberration, as I rather suspect—in the extended blue of the
upper surface.

20. Mulvonca eutyches sp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 2).
3, 55 mm.

Hye hairy. Antennal ciliation 1. Hind tibia dilated, with strong
hair-pencil. Head and body black, mixed with blue, which is brightest
and most greenish on face, tegulae and patagia, but varies, as in the
allies, according to the incidence of the light.

Fore wing moderately elongate, scarcely so much so as in arfaki
Beth.-Bak., and aglava Roths. and Jord.; black, shot in distal half
with deep-blue; a bright-blue, somewhat iridescent subbasal patch
between M and hindmargin, distally encroached upon by red scales
on SM* and hindmargin; a more restricted hindmarginal red patch
beyond it, scarcely crossing SM?; an orange band much as in some
forms of the variable arfaki, and which may in a series prove equally
variable; this does not quite reach costa, is 5 mm. wide anteriorly,
2°5 mm. from fold to hindmargin, its distal edge very gently curved,
not quite reaching end of cell, its proximal edge almost straight and
very oblique from SC to fold, its hinder end strongly overlaid with red.
Hind wing black, shot with deep blue; band of fore wing continued
but narrowly, from costa to R' orange, anteriorly with some black
irroration, from R' to its end at SM’ predominantly red, behind
R' excurved, behind M? narrowing, at its end scarcely 1 mm.

Underside with the band of both wings broader, orange, that of
fore wing straighter, distally reaching DC, that of hind wing with a
rather broad and deep proximal indentation between the radials.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet,
December, 1920, to January, 1921.

Differs from the closely allied arfaki in being larger, the band of
fore wing more curved, that of hind wing more bent, both broadened
beneath, the abdomen dorsally with the blue reflections darker and less

Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island 469

strong. ‘The same points, excepting size, distinguish it from aglaia
Roths. and Jord. (Nov. Zool., xii, p. 468).

A specimen which is almost certainly the ¢? is rather larger
(59 mm.), the blue and red proximal patches of fore wing merged into
a large and uniform red patch, the band almost uniform orange-red,
that of hind wing broader (and broadest in posterior half), less bent.

21. Milionia diva Roths. constans subsp. nov.
Eo

Similar to form 6 of the name-typical race—fore wing with a large
red triangular area. This area is, however, in general broader, its
extension from SM? to hindmargin 4—5 mm. in width; the black
patch at base and hindmargin is, after the basal 3 mm., bordered
anteriorly by SM?, whereas in diva diva it crosses that vein at its
distal end or very near thereto.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet,
December, 1920, to January, 1921, type and six paratypes; also
one ¢ from Menoo River, 3,500 to 5,000 feet, November-December,
1920.

One of the Mount Kunupi series is an ab., with the red reduced,
and might be mistaken for a British New Guinea specimen, but this
clearly does not affect the validity of the race.

22. Milionia carycina sp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 10).
on?) 425-47 mom

Kye hairy. Antennal ciliation of ¢ very short. Head and body
black-brown, more or less mixed with metallic blue, especially on face,
patagia and tegulae. Hind tibia of ¢ dilated, with hair-pencil.

Fore wing brighter red than in rwbra Joicey and Talb. (Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. [8], xv, p. 296, t. 12, fig. 2), proximally almost blood-red,
distally more tinged with vermilion, sometimes (but perhaps not in
perfectly fresh specimens) mixed with orange; base narrowly black;
hind marginal area generally black proximally, to a variable extent,
but oftenest quite narrowly, almost always tapering off gradually,
whereas in the very similar diva constans it nearly always falls away
steeply from SM’ to hindmargin; a black apical border, at costal
margin about 9—10 mm. broad, its proximal edge very gently curved
and running obliquely outward so as to reach hindmargin about

470 Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island

submedian fold or at tornus, in the former: case with a thread-like
marginal continuation to tornus; fringe black, shot with blue. Hind
wing black, basally and posteriorly with blue reflections, which are
less vivid but more diffused than those of diva Roths.; fringe less
black, with slight blue reflections.

Underside nearly the same; hindmargin of fore wing paler—more
‘greyish or brownish proximally, then more yellow; hind wing with a
short metallic-blue costal streak at base.

Weyland Mountains: 5,000 feet, June, 1920, one 2; Mount
Kunupi, 6,000 feet, November, 1920, one 2; November-December,
1920, two 3 3, one ? ; December, 1920 to January, 1921, three 3 3,
three ? 2, including the holotype ¢, and allotype ?; Menoo River,
3,500-5,000 feet, December, 1920 to January, 1921, five 3 3.

Distinguished at once from diva by the much shorter antennal
ciliation, as well as by the less broad black apical region; from rubra
not only by the tone but also by the form of the black apical region,
which does not, as in that species, run basewards along the costa. A
short series from the Wandammen Mountains also collected by the
Pratts, has hitherto been mixed in Mr. Joicey’s series of rubra, which
is at present only known from the Angi Lakes.

23. Milionca semirutila sp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 6).
oF, 8o) mm.

Eye not hairy. Head and body black, the abdomen more greyish,
especially beneath and posteriorly, towards the extremity mixed with
a few dull orange scales.

Fore wing not greatly elongate, costal margin gently curved, termen
scarcely oblique anteriorly ; cell not quite one-half; black with a broad
oblique orange-red band, occupying about one-third of costa (scarcely
proximal to the centre), of uniform width throughout, reaching ab-
dominal margin but separated from termen (from M? to tornus) by
a black thread; fringe black. Hind wing black, with a slightly less
broad orange-red submarginal band, separated from termen by a very
narrow black border, which is broadest at about SC’ to R® but tapers to
a point at tornus; fringe black.

Underside the same.

Weyland Mountains, Dewaro Village, 3,500 feet, June, 1920.

Perhaps in some measure transitional to the genus (or section ?)
Automolodes Warr., but with the hind wing quite differently shaped.

Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island 471

24. Craspedosis iniquisecta sp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 3).
2,48 mm.

Head black, the face and vertex tinged with blue. A very small
tuft at lower extremity of face. Antennal ciliation approaching 1.
Thorax blue-black, above mixed with white; tips of patagia white.
Abdomen black, with light-orange belts, which ventrally suffuse almost
the entire surface. Legs black-grey, the tarsi paler, tinged with
orange-brown.

Fore wing with fovea strong, white; costal margin black; a black
distal border of about 4 mm. width, shading into blue-grey on meeting
the ground-colour; an extended blue-black area (irregularly irrorated
with white) from base of inner margin to beyond extremity of cell,
connected with distal border by streaks along SC° (confluent with the
black costal border), R? and M'; blue-grey teeth from the black distal
border projecting proximad on R', M*® and SM’. Hind wing white ;
costal margin blue-grey, distal border black; a blue-grey extension
from tbe costal border, running proximal to the distal border as far as
radial fold and resumed between M? and tornus; a large sugar-loaf-
shaped intermediate projection (from radial fold to median interspace),
just entering posterior corner of cell.

Underside similar, the blue-black parts darker.

Weyland Mountains, Dewaro Village, 3,500 feet, June, 1920 (C., F.
and J. Pratt) type; Wai Sai River, 1,000 feet, June, 1920, paratype.

3. Quite similar, such minute deviations as can be observed in the
markings being obviously individual, not sexual. Wings very slightly
narrower, antennal ciliation fully 1.

Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January-February,
1921, allotype, received subsequently to the preparation of the above
description.

25. Craspedosis flavidistata sp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 4).
°, 37—41 mm.

Close to flavimedia Warr., of which it might even prove a subspecies.
Fore wing with an appreciable admixture of reddish-brown in the
black ground-colour, beginning to approach scordylodes Joicey and
Talb.; the yellow band, which varies slightly in width (from 3'°5—
4°5 mm., on an average narrower than in flavimedia), more distally
placed—about three times as wide outside the cell as within it (in

472, Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island

flavimedia more than half the width is within the cell), and running
to distal instead of to hindmargin, its posterior boundary being at
submedian fold.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, December, 1920, to January, 1921,
type ¢, allotype and paratype 2; November, 1920, paratype @ ;
Menoo River, 3,500-5,000 feet, November-December, 1920, one 3;
December, 1920 to January, 1921, two 3s 3; also one ¢ from the same
district without exact data.

That this cannot be a less rufescent form, with differently shaped
band, of scordylodes Joicey and Talb. (of which the type remains
unique) is shown by the fact that the latter has the terminal joint of
the palpus longer.

26. Craspedosis effusa sp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 8).
?,42 mm.

Face grey, narrowly whiter above. Vertex grey, paler between the
antennae. Thorax and abdomen above dark-grey, beneath (with legs)
rather paler ; in places shot with blue; tip of abdomen bright ochreous.

Fore wing moderately broad, termen rather strongly oblique; black-
grey with a slaty tinge, in some lights with fairly strong blue reflections ;
a broad (ca. 6 mm.) white band from 8C to hindmargin, its proximal
edge about 4 mm. from base anteriorly, about 5 posteriorly, its distal edge
fairly straight except behind SM” (where it curves inward) traversing
DC *°; fringe paler grey. Hind wing with the blue gloss rather
stronger; the white band of fore wing continued at costal margin only
about to R' but becoming progressively more dusted with the ground-
colour; fringe white.

Underside similar.

Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January to
February, 1921.

The white band of the fore wing, even more markedly than in semz-
lugens Warr., swinhoev Roths., etc., shades into the ground-colour proxi-
mally and distally through a narrow area of irroration ; in this respect
a centrast to the larger, blacker affinis Roths., from which it further
differs in the unicolorous dorsum of abdomen and the white costa]
band and fringe of hind wing.

Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island 473

Y7. Craspedosis uniplaga angustiplaga subsp. nov.
3,40 mm.; 2, 46 mm.

Smaller than wniplaga uniplaga Warr. (1896, Fergusson Is.).

Fore wing with the white band narrower (especially in the middle),
straighter, its distal edge less convex, its proximal not sinuous posteriorly.
Hind wing with the white patch more truncate proximally, the black
basal area in consequence relatively a little larger.

Mefor, August 15 to September 10, 1920. Type and allotype in
coll. Joicey. A pair in coll. Tring Museum confirm the validity of the
race; the 2, though more nearly equalling that of wrplaga uniplaga in
size, shows all the other distinctions of the 3.

28. Craspedosts galathea Warr. weylandensis subsp. nov.
3,41 mm.; 2, 47--52 mm.

Differs from galathea galathea Warr. (Nov. Zool., v, 33, Kapaur) in
having the white markings reduced, the subterminal series entirely
wanting. Fore wing with the white basal area between M and hind
margin more or less broadly divided by black along SM’. Typically
also the white spot in cell almost obsolete, that at base of medians
entirely so, but the ? from Mount Kunupi approaches Warren’s form
in these latter particulars.

Wangaar River, 15 miles from coast, ca. 600 feet, January, 1921,
type ¢ ; Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January-
February, 1921, allotype @ (52 mm. expanse); Mount Kunupi, Menoo
Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet, November-December, 1920,
2 ab.

29. Bordeta bwrsadoides Warr. superior Prout ab. deannulata
ab. nov.
©, Za season,

Tegulae not appreciably pale. The pale colour on pectus and fore
coxa greatly restricted.

Abdomen dorsally black, without even the single orange belt of ab.
uniannulata Warr. (Nov. Zool., xvi, p. 127).

Fore wing with the oblique orange band moderate (no doubt more
or less variable, as in all the forms). Hind wing with the black borders
ample, continuing (though in part very narrowly) along abdominal
margin,

474 Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island

Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, January-February, 1921,
type; Mount Kunupi, 6,000 feet, December, 1920, to January, 1921,
paratype.

May possibly prove a local or seasonal form, but as the form swperior
Prout prevailed in the Weyland Mountains, it seems more probably a
mere chance that the two taken on the second expedition differ so
markedly therefrom.

30. Hucharidema apora Prout plesiozona subsp. nov. (pl. XXIII,
snoa. IIL)),

3, 48 mm.

Abdomen with the anal tuft not lighter than the rest.

Fore wing with the white band differently formed, not so oblique
proximally as in apora apora, being about 10 mm. from base at margins,
its distal edge straightish to M?, at which vein it has widened to 4°5 mm.,
then suddenly incurved so as to narrow it to scarcely 1°5 mm.; traces
of a bar from the angle on SM’ to tornus, thus reversing the proportions
common in the female of apora apora. Hind wing with the band
reddish-orange, farther removed from termen than in apora apora, quite
short, running from the radial fold to the submedian one, tapering from
nearly 2 mm. to a point.

Nomnagihé, 25 miles south of Wangaar, 2,000 feet, January-
February, 1921, one o.

31. Paraleis tmetoloba sp. nov. (pl. XXIII, fig. 5).
?, 3/—41 mm.

Nearly related to albistigma Joicey and Talb. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
[8] xx, 75, pl. 3, fig. 2) but smaller.

Fore wing with the brown ground-colour less tinged with rufous
(more as in costimacula Joicey and Talb.), the black cloudings rather
heavy ; the white median fascia much broader, proximally reaching
the cell, in its anterior half (and sometimes almost throughout) without
dark irroration; a conspicuous lobe of the ground colour projects from
its proximal side, generally almost reaching its distal side, bisected with
white on M*; antemedian line less oblique posteriorly ; costal mark in
white area small, the line which originates from it only indicated by a
few dots; terminal white mark smaller, more crescentic, scarcely con-
nected with the subterminal. Hind wing more blackish-grey.

Fore wing beneath with the orange band broad and (except for the

Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island 475

small grey midcostal mark) clear, widening slightly posteriorly, its
anterior extremity (between R* and M’) becoming whitish at termen.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet,
November-December, 1920, type and another; December, 1920 to
January, 1921, two 2 °.

It is just possible that this is a strikingly different form of the
unique costimacula Joicey and Talb. (1. c., 76, pl. iv, fig. 17), with which it
agrees in size, ground-colour and apparently shape of markings ; but the
hind wing as well as being blacker, has the termen rather more regular.

32. Ctimene tenebricosa sp. nov. (pl. XXIII. fig. 7).
3 2, 35—8388 mm.

Head and body brown-black, as in velata Warr. (Nov. Zool., xi,
p. 139), sightly marked on side of prothorax and base of fore coxa with
ochreous.

Fore wing uniform brown-black. Hind wing bright yellow-ochre
with black borders all round, the costal and terminal of an average
breadth of about 2 mm., the abdominal narrower.

Underside similar, both wings slightly marked with ochreous at base.

Mount Kunupi, Menoo Valley, 6,000 feet, November-December,
1920, type 3, allotype 2, three paratypes ¢ ; also eight ¢ ¢ from
the Menoo River, 3,500-5,000 feet, November-December, 1920.

Variation slight, chiefly in the width of the borders of the hind
wing. One example shows a slight orange dash on the cell-fold of the
fore wing, about midway between base and termen. Another shows a
small black dot on DC? of the hind wing.

33. Sabaria perfulvata sp. nov. (pl. XXIV, fig. 12).
GS, VRS waowaay

Closely similar to semirufa Pagenst. (Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat., xxxix,
p. 153) of which it is probably the Mefor representative, possibly
subspecies.

Fore wing and abdominal region of hind wing scarcely differentiated
in colour from the rest of the hind wing, only a trifle less golden fulvous,
more tinged (especially at costa of fore wing) with reddish; lines more
orange, the postmedian on both wings rather more proximally placed
than in semifulva ; termen of hind wing with appreciable though minute
excision between the radials,

476 Geometridae from Dutch New Guinea and Mefor Island

©, 02 mm.

Larger than the 3, of a rather deeper, more reddish colour, spots
blackish, shading at abdominal margin of hind wing (especially towards
tornus) more strongly differentiated.

Mefor Island, August 15 to September 10, 1920, holotype 3, two
paratypes d and allotype 2.

‘“« Prionia” haematopis Waryr., (Nov. Zool., v, p. 255), founded on a
single ¢ from Buru, belongs to the same assemblance, and perfulvata
may well prove a race of it, but differs in the blackish patagia, tegulae,
antenna and costal spots.

ATT

NEW GEOMETRIDAE AND DIOPTIDAE IN THE
JOICEY COLLECTION.

Dye wi OUlS Daal VOUS Makino

(Plate XXV.)

THE miscellaneous species here figured—chiefly African Geometridae
—have already been described in No. 2 of the present volume (pp. 252-
269), together with Callioratis abraxas Feld. grandis Prout, which is
so unmistakable that a figure is superfluous. One addition, however,
has to be made, a ¢ of the interesting Nothabraxas barlowi (pl. xxv,
fig. 14) having been received while No. 2 was in the press. The
description is as follows :—

Nothabraxas barlowi Prout, 3.

Nothabraxas barlowt Prout, Bunt. Hitt Mus., 1 (2), p. 264
(1922), @ (Nyasaland).

3, 46 mm.

Paler than the ?, the other distinctions in markings probably—in
view of the known variability of the group—individual only. Fore
wing with distal border of basal patch more vertical, midcostal patch
smaller, not reaching so far beyond the discocellulars; cell-mark
wanting; distal patch rather broader and extended to tornus. Hind
wing almost without black maculation, excepting some rather asym-
metrical midterminal spots.

Nyasaland: Chikala, near Zomba, February, 1922 (H. Barlow)
neallotype 3.

478

NEW PALAEARCTIC GEOMETRIDAE.
IB IOOWIS 15, IAKOW I, Ialds,

Subfamily OENOCHROMINAE.

1. Hgea lysimeles sp. nov.
g, 30 mm.

Closely related to pellucida Stgr. though larger and somewhat longer
winged. Antenna somewhat longer. The branches well developed to
at least the 28th joint (both tips unfortunately damaged), whereas the
antenna of pellucida is only 26-jointed ; the branches, moreover, rather
more slender and lax, more noticeably clavate-tipped.

Fore wing greyer (less yellow) than in pellucida, the scaling equally
sparse and mixed with hair, the scales on an average narrower ; the
markings, indistinct in pellucida, are here obsolete, only the costal and
distal margins look a little more coloured than the rest, the scaling
being here less sparse. Hind wing concolorous.

Underside the same.

Central Altai. Type in coll. Joicey, received from Staudinger and
Bang- Haas.

The venation is evidently inconstant, for the fore wing is highly
asymmetrical, SC® on the left wing branching almost opposite SC’,
whereas on the right wing (as in all the known pellucida) it is far distal
thereto. On the hind wing SC’ is connate with R'; in two out of the
three pellucida it is separate, in one connate. The three originals of
pellucida (Tchuja Valley, South-Hast Altai) passed into Mr. Joicey’s
possession with the Elwes collection. These two species have more
hairy face, palpus, pectus and scaling than typical Hgea.

Subfamily HEMITHEINAE.
2. Microloxia therapaena sp. nov.
g , 24 mm.

Face green. Palpus short—apparently rather shorter than in
menadiara Th.-Mieg, in which it surpasses the face by the length of

New Palaearctic Geometridae . 479

the (shortish-moderate) third joint; green. Vertex white; occiput
narrowly green. Antennal shaft white; pectinations short. Collar,
thorax and base of abdomen above green, otherwise mixed with white;
the abdomen on the first segments with slight ridges. Fore leg
reddish on upper and inner side.

Fore wing slightly narrower than in menadiara, otherwise similar ;
of the same yellowish olive-green ; SC! free, SC? arising much before
SC°; costal edge whitish-buff; lines indicated by small white dots on
the veins, the antemedian almost obsolete except on SM7’, the post-
median about 2°5 mm. from termen, with very slight proximal curve
behind middle ; cell-dot barely indicated in darker-green ; fringe green
with whitish tips. Hind wing with termen slightly more bent in
middle than in menadiara ; antemedian line obsolete; postmedian
more incurved in posterior part than on fore wing, dark-green cell-spot
less obsolete; fringe as on fore wing.

Underside whitish-green, greenest in costal half of fore wing and
narrowly at distal margins ; costal edge and fringes nearly as above.

Tunis: Gafsa, received from Staudinger and Bang-Haas.

Distinguished from menadiara by the characters noted above and
by the shorter antennal pectination (2 against 3).

Subfamily STERRHINAE.
3. Rhodostrophia erythema sp. nov.
Q, BY i000),

Head whitish-buff, irrorated, especially on sides of face and on vertex,
with vinaceous. Palpus browner. Body pale buff, thorax vinaceous
above.

Fore wing less produced apically than in praecisaria Stgr. (shaped
more as in badiaria Frr.), termen very straight; fawn colour with a
very decided tinge of vinaceous; cell-spot black, elongate and fairly
thick ; lines—as also a very fine irroration which 1s scarcely visible
without the lens—smoky with a slight olivaceous tinge, all (especially
the median) strengthened at costa; antemedian at two-thirds the dis-
tance between base and DC, with outward angles at both folds, that at
the submedian strong; median rather near the cell-spot, being a little
inclined to curve inwards at costal end, posteriorly nearly as in prae-
cisaria, postmedian also less oblique than termen, retracted a little from
SC° to the costal thickening, otherwise much as in praecisaria; terminal
present but fine and not very strong. Hind wing rounded; costal area

480 New Palaearctic Geometridae |

pale and feebly marked; the rest concolorous with fore wing and with
the lines present, excepting the antemedian ; cell-dot very small and
weak, though longer than broad.

Both wings beneath rather paler and more glossy, the posterior part
of the fore wing (except terminally) lighter; cell-spots moderate, nearly
equal in development ; postmedian present on both wings, but only its
costal spot strong; costal spot on median weakly indicated.

E. Bokhara: Garm (= Harm), Peter the Great Range, June. Type
in coll. Joicey, received from Staudinger and Bang-Haas.

Possibly a colour-form of praecisaria, as some ? 2 of that species
(especially from Kuliab, Afghanistan) rather incline towards it in shape
and in the anterior curve of the lines; the acute median angulation of
the antemedian is, however, noteworthy.

Subfamily LARENTIINAE.

4. Xanthorhoé quadrifasiata tannuensis subsp. nov.
3, 26—28 mm.

A small mountain form, with distal area of fore wing and whole of
hind wing and underside relatively weakly marked, otherwise varying
in the same way as in the name-type.

North-West Mongolia: Schawyr, Hast Tannu-ola, 2,500 metres,
June. ‘Type in coll. Joicey; paratypes in coll. Joicey and coll. L. B.
Prout. Received through Staudinger and Bang-Haas.

5. Ortholitha dicaea sp. nov.

g, 32 mm. (type), 88 mm. (paratype).

Structure and coloration closely as in propinguata Koll., resembling
especially the smaller Japanese race of that species (niphonica Butl.),
wings perhaps slightly broader still.

Fore wing with subbasal and antemedian lines much as in pro-
pinguata, very fine and not sharply expressed; median band slightly
greyer than in propinguata, becoming black towards the postmedian
line, which in the type is almost perfectly straight, only with the
faintest appreciable curve anteriorly; in the paratype slightly more
sinuous, but still much more direct than in propinguata ; outer area
light-brown in proximal part, whitish in distal, the subterminal line
almost entirely obsolete; triangular black ‘apical spot in cellule 7
rather small (as in some propinguata), the slightly oblique dash

New Palaearctic Geometridae 481

behind SC? well developed. Hind wing with the postmedian slightly
curved, much less bent and sinuate than in propinguata.

Underside similarly differentiable by the course of the post-
median.

West China, Omei, August 4, 1921, type; August 1, 1921, paratype
(G. M. Franck).

An interesting link between propinguata and corioidea Bastelb.

6. Calostigia stilpna sp. nov.

g, 29mm. Face smooth, very slightly prominent (as in aqueata
Hb., austriacaria H.-Sch., etc.); white. Palpus 1}; lhght brown on
outer side. Vertex whitish, tinged with brown. Antennal pectinations
rather short, slightly fusiform, inclined to be appressed to the shaft.
Thorax and abdomen slender; brownish-white. Fore leg in part dark-
irrorated, leaving the ends of the joints whitish.

Wings strongly glossy. Fore wing rather narrow, triangular, the
costal margin and termen little curved ; whitish, rippled with numerous
olive-grey wavy lines of varying distinctness, a thin subbasal (at about
2mm.), a thick one proximal to the slightly darkened outer area and
especially two rather sharply defined ones bounding the median area
the most strongly developed; median area rather narrow (3 mm. at
costa, 2 mm. at hindmargin), its darkening almost inappreciable except
against the postmedian line, which is rather more deeply lunulate-
dentate than the others but is only a very little bent outward between
R' and M’; cell-mark strong, slightly elongate; the bisected bands
proximally and distally to the median area as usual rather clear white,
especially the distal; terminal line fine and weak, interrupted at and
midway between the veins; fringe very weakly chequered.

Hind wing rather strongly elongate (much as in austriacaria) ;
whitish, very weakly shaded with grey from base to postmedian line
(which is very weakly expressed), a little more strongly in distal area ;
cell-dot minute, subobsolete ; the white (very feebly bisected) outer band
noticeably broader than on fore wing; terminal line as on fore wing;
fringe not chequered.

Both wings beneath glossy white, quite weakly but about uniformly
marked, much as in normal aquweata.

Digne, received from Staudinger and Bang-Haas.

Probably near varonaria Vorbr. and Miill.-Rutz(‘‘Schmett. Schweiz.,”

il, 63), which is only known to me from the description, but is said to
32

482, New Palaearctic Geometridae

be grey-green with the median area in the f weakly expressed and
broad, etc.

7. Coenotephria homophana petri subsp. nov.
4, Bil mim, 3 2, a0) mayen,

Both wings paler (whiter) than in the Indian form homophana homo-
phana Hmpsn. Fore wing with the dark fuscous median band rather
more solid, with rather acute distal projections on R®; the black cell-spot
strong, somewhat elongate; markings in posterior part of distal area
weak.

Bokhara: Garm (Harm), Peter the Great Range, June, type ¢ in
coll. Joicey. Ferghana: Ispajran, North Alai, 3,400 metres; August,

¢ allotype in coll. Joicey, ¢ paratype in coll. L. B. Prout. All
received through Staudinger and Bang-Haas.

On account of its rather slenderer build and slightly different facies,
it is possible this will prove a separate species.

Subfamily GHOMETRINAE.
8. Nothomiza lycauges sp. nov.
@ aull ronsaa,

Face and palpus brown. Vertex and antenna paler, more fleshy.
Body brown, the patagia mixed with flesh-colour.

Fore wing slightly broader than in dentisignata Moore (Hmpsn.,
Faun. “Ind. Moths.,” iii, fig. 88), apex minutely produced; SC! near
SC?°; light-brown, with a tinge of reddish-ochreous and rather coarsely
sprinkled with small olive-grey strigulae ; costal area as far as SC paler,
with a delicate flush of pink; cell-spot black; an oblique white line
to hindmargin slightly beyond middle, strongly tinged distally with
pink, the colour thence gradually shading distally into the browner
ground ; proximally to this line is an ill-defined shade slightly darker
than the ground-colour and free from the strigulation; terminal line
very fine, not extremely dark; fringe pinkish. Hind wing with both
angles stronger than in dentisignata ; no cell-spot, the line and shadings
of fore wing continued, the line reaching abdominal margin proximally
to middle.

Underside pale, almost unmarked ; both wings with small blackish
cell-dot ; fore wing with slight indications (especially anteriorly) of the
dark vein-dots just beyond the oblique line of upperside; terminal line
olivaceous; fringe tinged with pink.

New Palaearctic Geometridae 483

West China: Kwanhsien, Szechuan, August 21, 1920 (G. M. Franck).

Pending revision, I have called this genus (Caberodes Hmpsn. nec.
Guen.) by the name of Nothomiza, which Hampson sinks; but the
new species will probably belong to his Section 1. In citing the
Indian achromaria Guen. as the type of Guenée’s genus, Hampson
cannot have read the author’s own remarks, for after discussing the
American section he definitely says that achromaria might form a
separate genus.

9. Synegra angusta sp. nov.
g, 30 mm.

Head and body pale ochreous-brown, the pointed cone at lower
extremity of face darker, the palpus darker-mixed on outer side, its
terminal joint less elongate than in most Synegia. Antenna with very
short ciliation (less than half).

Fore wing narrower than in the rest of the genus; cell rather
longer (slightly over, instead of slightly under, half), SC’ free, SC? stalked
to beyond SC’; whitish-ochreous, with rather coarse darker irroration
and with the veins also deeper ochreous; costal area (about to SC)
somewhat infuscated, the extreme edge again lighter, fuscous-spotted ;
cell-dot black; a thick, not sharply defined antemedian line, apparently .
angled outward near costa but only becoming distinct about SC, where
it is twice as near to cell-dot as to base, then very gently curved and
nearly as oblique as termen; a blackish line near termen, rather
strongly curved anteriorly, then parallel with termen; an apical dash
joining this line at R’*; thick dashes along R! and R? from line to
termen ; terminal line fine but equally dark; fringe spotted at vein-
ends. Hind wing rather narrower than in other Synegia, but not bent
as in Callerinnys ; cell-dot black; proximal shade of fore wing continued
near base; outer line of fore wing continued, cutting almost straight
across wing to abdominal margin just beyond two-thirds; traces of
a very fine supplementary line (true postmedian) meeting it at both
ends and curving parallel with termen; a dark terminal line; fringe
spotted.

Underside similarly marked, rather duller, proximally rather more
blurred.

West China: Omei, July 26, 1921, type ¢; Kwanhsien, August 15,
1920, paratype ¢ (G. M. Franck).

484

LIST OF SPECIES OF PYRALIDAE.

CoLLECTED BY T. ALEXANDER BARNS, IN CENTRAL AFRICA,
1919, 1920, 1921.

Ise A do WN JANIS,

Government Research Scholar, Union of South Africa, Research Professor of
Systematic Entomology at the Transvaal University College, Pretoria.

CRAMBINAE.
1. Crambus carpherus Himpsn.
Lake Edward, Belgian Congo, November, 1919. One specimen.'

2. Ancylolomia chrysolinealis Fawe., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1917,
p. 247, pl. i, fig. 2.

Tanganyika Territory, February-March (1921). One specimen.
HYPSOTROPINAE.

3. Hypsotropa chionorhabda Hmpsn., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 70
(USES).

Tanganyika Territory, February-March, 1921. Two specimens.

CHRYSAUGINAE.
4. Magna hampson Dist., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xx, p. 17 (1897).
Lucita Valley, November-December, 1918. One specimen.
SCHOENOBIINAKE.

5. Patissa geminalis Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), iv, p. 816
(GLY),

Tanganyika Territory, February-March, 1921. One specimen.

PYRALINAE.

6. Tyndis dentilinealis Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 17, p. 857
(1906).

Tanganyika Territory, February-March, 1921. One specimen.

| The material submitted to me for study was kindly presented by Mr. J. J. Joicey
to the collection of the author.

List of Species of Pyralidae 485

7. Bostra spec.

Two specimens, but in too poor condition to describe, seeing that
most species of this group are very inconspicuously marked. They
are from the Great Craters, Tanganyika Territory, in March, 1921.

HYDROCAMPINAE.

8. Argyractis nyasalis Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xix, p. 367
(UIT).

Tanganyika Territory, February-March, 1921. One specimen.

Another Hydrocampinid, probably belonging to a new genus near
Camptomastyx and Lasiogyia, from which it mainly differs in the
structure of the fore wing. As the single specimen is, however, in
not too good condition, I think it better to postpone the description
till better material is forthcoming. Mount Ruwenzori, Belgian Congo,
2,300 metres, December, 1919.

9. Parthenodes angularis Hmpsn., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 184
(1897).
Tanganyika Territory, February-March, 1921. One specimen.

PYRAUSTINAE.

10. Hymenia fascialis Cram., “ Pap. Exot.,” iv, pl. cccxeviii, fig. O.
(1794).
Tanganyika Territory, February-March, 1921. Four specimens.

11. Huryparodes bracteolalis Zell., “* Lep. Micr. Caffr.,” p. 39 (1852).
Tanganyika Territory, February-March, 1921. One specimen.

12. Pagyda traducalis Zell., “ Lep. Micr. Caffr.,” p. 54 (1852).
Belgian Congo, Ituri Forest. One very dark specimen.

13. Pagyda caritalis Walk., Cat., xviii, p. 789 (1859).
Belgian Congo, northern bank of Ituri River, half way between
Avakubi and Penghe, May, 1920. One specimen.

14. Bocchoris inspersalis Zell., “ Lep. Micr. Caffr.,” p. 33 (1852).
Tanganyika Territory, February-March, 1921. Four specimens.

15. Filodes costivitralis Guen., “ Réunion,” p. 65 (1863).

Kissenji, Lake Kivu, Tanganyika, September-October, 1919;
Congo Free State, Lufira River, affinity of Kikura and Bulus Rivers,
near Likasi, 4,000 feet, February, 1919. Six specimens.

A86 List of Species of Pyralidae

16. Phostria darwusalis Walk., Cat., xvii, p. 541 (1859).
Congo River below Lisala, May, 1920; caught at light. One specimen.

17. Phostria albescentalis Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), p. 180
(1918).
Mikeno Volcano, Kivu, Tanganyika, October, 1919. One specimen.

18. Lamprosema indicata Fabr., “ Syst. Ent.,” p. 640 (1775).
Tanganyika Territory. One specimen.

19. Botyodes asialis Guen., “ Delt. and Pyr.,” p. 321 (1854).
Congo River below Coquilhatville, May, 1920; caught at light. One
specimen.

20. Lygropia pogonodes Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x, p. 19
(USL).

Upper Akanjaru Valley, Urindi District, Kast Tanganyika, August,
1919. One specimen.

21. Margaronia baldersalis W\k., Cat., xviii, p. 527 (1859).

Belgian Congo: Ituri Forest, Semliki watershed, North-West Beni,
January, 1920 (caught at light) ; Cameroons, Bitje, Ja River, October (wet
season). In the last locality collected by Bates; in all five specimens.

22. Margarona chlorochroalis, Hmpsn. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8 , x,
p. 572 (1912).

Belgian Congo: Ituri Forest, Semliki watershed, North-West Beni,
January, 1922. ‘'l'wo specimens.

23. Margaroma paramicalis Kenr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
(Os IMGO, joll, wa CLG):

Belgian Congo: Kinchasa, Congo River, May, 1920; north bank of
Ituri River, half-way between Avakubi and Penghe, May, 1920; Forest
between Epulu (east side) and Ituri Rivers, 1920. All caught at light.
Four specimens.

24. Margaroma picticaudalis Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1,
p. 479 (1908).

Belgian Congo : Cartouche near Lesse, west of Semliki River, May,
1920; Bukama, Lualaba River, June, 1919. Four specimens.

25. Margaroma prasinophila Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), x,
joenOnC/ Ik (@LSULA)),

Belgian Congo: Ituri Forest, Congo-Semliki watershed, North-West
Beni, January, 1920. One specimen.

List of Species of Pyralidae 487

26. Margarona quadrifascialis Hmpsn., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1898, p. 744.
Belgian Congo : Bente, Semliki River, January, 1920. One specimen.

27. Margaroma sinuata Fabr., “ Spec. Ins.” 1, p. 267 (1781).

Belgian Congo: Cartouche near Lesse, W. Semliki River, January,
1920 (coll. Barns); Cameroons; Bitje, Ja River, October, 1919, wet
season (coll. Bates). Seventeen specimens.

28. Margaroma stolalis Guen., “Delt. and Pyr.,” p. 298, pl. iii,
fig. 11 (1854).

Belgian Congo: North bank of Ituri River, half-way between Avakubi
and Penghe May, 1920. Two specimens.

29. Margaronia umonalis Hiibn., “Hur. Schmett. Pyr.,” f. 132
(1796).
Central Africa, coll. Barns. One specimen.

30. Margaronia sericea Drury, “ Mg, Why Oe Gh, jolly tere I CWO).
Belgian Congo: Hast of Epulu River, North Ituri Valley between
Penghe and Irumu, March, 1920. One specimen.

31. Margaronia stolalis Guen., “ Delt. and Pyr.,” p. 293, pl. iii,
fig. 11 (1854).

Belgian Congo: North bank of Ituri River half-way between
Avakubi and Penghe, May, 1920. ‘Two specimens.

32. Phlyctaenia tyres Cram., “ Pap. Exot.,” ii, p. 124, pl. celxiii,
ime, (C) (OLS)

Belgian Congo: North bank of Ituri River, half-way between
Avakubi and Penghe, May, 1920.

33. Nausinoe argyrosticta Hmpsn., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 501,
joll, Salhi, soley, @) (LUSILO)).

Upper Ruvubu River, Urindi District, Tanganyika, August, 1919.
One specimen.

34. Crocidolomia binotalis Zell., “ Lep. Caff.,” p. 65 (1852).
Upper Ruvubu Valley, Urindi District, Tanganyika, August, 1919.

35. Maruca testulalis Geyer, ““Hiibn. Samml. Exot. Schmett.,”
iv, 4, p. 12, ff. 629, 630 (1832).
Tanganyika Territory. One specimen.

488 List of Species of Pyralidae

36. Paschiodes dintert Griinb., Med. Ges. Jena, xvi, p. 1438, pl. ii,
fig. 20 (1910).
Belgian Congo: Semliki River, December 1919. Two specimens.

37. Psara basalis Walk., Cat., xxxiv, p. 1404 (1865).
Tanganyika Territory. One specimen.

38. Uresphita (Mecyna) gilvata Fabr., ‘‘ Ent. Syst.,” iii, 2, p. 208
(1794).
Urindi District, July-August, 1919. One specimen.

39. Pyrausta rufilinealis Hmpsn., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 505,
Ol, sli, iover, WS} (ALGO).

Belgian Congo: North bank of Ituri River, half-way between
Avakubi and Penghe, May, 1920. One specimen.

40. Pyrausta rufitincta Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xii,
Oo AY (USES).
Tanganyika Territory, February-March, 1921. One specimen.

41. Pyrausta impunctata Warr., Nov. Zool., iv, p. 129 (1897).
Tanganyika Territory, February-March, 1921. Two specimens.

Very few remarkable finds were among this material and many
of them were in rather broken condition. I think if more collecting
was done with suitable light at night not only would the material
have been more numerous, but also of a more interesting nature.

Presumably nearly all these specimens were collected in the daytime,
as the moths were disturbed in the bush. This would also account
for the preponderance of the Pyraustinae and especially of Margaronia.
Yet this country ought to yield many interesting forms, which would
throw light on the connection between the South African and Medi-
terranean regions. Systematic collecting with that point in view
seems highly desirable.

489

LIST OF SPECIES, INCLUDING DESCRIPTIONS OF
NEW SPECIES, BELONGING TO THE FAMILY
PYRALIDAE.

CoLLECTED BY Messrs. C., F. anpD J. PRatTT, IN THE MOUNTAINS OF
CENTRAL CERAM DURING OCTOBER, 1919, To FEBRuaRY, 1920.

Ibe A, de WN, DAUNISID;,

Government Research Scholar, Union of South Africa.

Subfamily PyRAUSTINAE.

1. Pycnarmon cribrata Fabr., “ Ent. Syst.,” ii, 2, p. 215 (1794).

Manusela, 6,000 feet. One specimen.

2. Heterocnephes scapulalis Led., Wien. ent. Mon., p. 402, pl. xiv,
f. 5 (1868).

Manusela, 6,000 feet. One specimen. |

3. Agrotera pictalis Warr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xvii, p. 139 (1896).

Manusela, 6,000 feet. One specimen.

4. Agrotera effertalis Walk., Cat., xvii, p. 348 (1859).

Manusela, 6,000 feet. Nineteen specimens.

5. Bocchoris insulalis Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), p.257 (1912).

Manusela, 6,000 feet. One specimen.

6. Bocchoris telephusalis Walk., Cat., xix, p. 974 (1859).
Manusela, 6,000 feet. One specimen.

7. Ulopeza cruciferalis Kenr., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 79, pl. iv,
fs Oe SON).
Manusela, 6,000 feet. Two specimens.

8. Caprinia diaphanalis Walk., Cat., xxxiv, p. 1365 (1865).
Manusela, 6,000 feet. One specimen.

The material used in preparation of this paper has been kindly presented by Mr.
J.J. Joicey to the collection of the author.

Names of colours used in descriptions are according to Ridgway’s ‘‘ Color Standards
and Color Nomenclature,” 1912 ; number behind each colour indicates number of plate
in that work.

490 List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae

9. Capruma marginata nov. sp.

?. Very much like C. felderz Led., but differing mainly from it
in the marginal border of the hind wing being continued to anal angle.

Fore wing, hind wing, thorax above and below and legs white
(abdomen missing) ; prothorax above, head and palpi except a narrow
white streak at lower part of first joint, black; fore and hind wing
bordered with fuscous (xlvi); femora and tibia of fore legs tinged
above with fuscous. Fore wing with costa and outer margin broadly
bordered with fuscous as in feldevi, but costal border even more irregular
on inner side; some bluish metallic scaling at these irregularities, as is
also the case in felderi ; an oblique series of three small white spots at
beyond two thirds on veins 5 to 8, of which the upper two ure the
larger ; border along outer margin from vein 2 to inner margin a little
broader and more oblique than in feldert. Hind wing with a fuscous
spot on discocellulars, rounder and rather larger than in felderz ; outer-
marginal border at apical part as in felderz, but continued and gradually
getting broader beyond vein 4 to anal angle and dentate inwardly on
vein 2 and 10. Underside as above, but slightly paler. Antennae at
basal eighth black, beyond white and annulated; inner median spurs
of hind legs longer than in felderi ; shape of wings as in that species.

Exp. 30 mm.

Habitat—Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, October-November, 1919,
C., F. and J. Pratt. Type in coll. Janse.

10. Filodes sexpunctalis Snell, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 608, pl. xx,
figs. 6, 6a (1890).

Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, December, 1919. One rather small
specimen.

11. Filodes fulvidorsalis Hiibn., ‘ Samml. Exot. Schmett.,” iv, 4,
p. 15, figs. 648, 644 (1882). 7
Central Ceram, 300 feet, December, 1919. Three specimens.

12. Nevrina procopia Cram., ‘“ Pap. Exot.,” iv, pl. ccclxviii, fig. E
(1782).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, December, 1919. One specimen.

13. Phostria basalticalis Led., Wien. ent. Mon., p. 407, pl. xiv,
fig. 11 (1863).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, December; Central Ceram, 3,000 feet,
January-February, 1920. Four specimens.

List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae 491

14. Phostria lewcogaster Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), ix,
p. 329 (1912).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, December, 1919. Three specimens.

15. Phostria margarita Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1887, ii,
p. 120 (1887).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, December, 1919. One specimen.

16. Dichocrocis punctiferalis Guen., “ Delt. and Pyr.,” p. 320 (1854).
Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January-February, 1920. One specimen.
17. Dichocrocis mgrilinealis Walk., Cat., xxxiv, p. 1410 (1865).

. Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January-February, 1920.

18. Dichocrocits evaxalis Walk., Cat., xix, p. 995 (1859).
Ceram, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Four specimens.

19. Sylepta adductalis Walk., Cat., xviii, p. 669 (1859).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Six specimens.

20. Sylepta fabiusalts Walk., Cat., xvi, p. 175 (1859).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December (1919). One specimen.

21. Sylepta sellalis Guen., “‘ Delt and Pyr.,” p. 330 (1854).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. One specimen.

22. Sylepta sabinusalis Walk., Cat., xviil, p. 708 (1859).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Four specimens.

23. Margaronia hilaralis Walk., Cat., xvii, p. 532 (1859).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Twelve specimens.

24. Margaronia eurytusalis Walk., Cat., xvi, p. 503 (1859).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. One specimen.

25. Margaronia indica Saund., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 1638,
oll; Sani, 1, Oy @, 1 (lowed).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. One specimen.
This species is abundant wherever it occurs, so I think that this
scarce representation was intentional on the part of the collector.

26. Margaronia margaritaria Clerck, Icones, 11, pl. li (1764).
Central Ceram, Teloeti Bay, February, 1920. One specimen.

27. Margaronia decipiens Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), x,
p. 567 (1912).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. One specimen.

492 List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae

28. Margaronia nigropunctalis Brem., “Lep. Ost.-Sib.,” p. 67,
pl. vi, fig. 5 (1864). 3

Central Ceram, 4,600 feet, January, 1920. Twelve specimens.

29. Margaroma annulata Fabr., “ Ent. Syst.,” 1, 2, p. 214 (1794).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Four specimens.

30. Margaronta warrenalis Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xiv,
p. 148 (1894).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Hleven specimens.

31. Margaronia amphitritalis Guen., “Delt. and Pyr.,”’ p. 307 (1854).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Two specimens.

32. Margaroma marginata Ampsn., “ Ill. Het.,” ix, p. 169, pi. clxxiu,
fig. 23 (1898).

Central Ceram, 6,000 feet, October - December, 1919. ‘T'welve
specimens.

33. Margaronia conjunctalis Walk., Cat., xxxiv, p. 1857 (1865).

Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January-February, 1920. One specimen.

34. Margaronia actorionalis Walk., Cat., xvii, p. 498 (1859).

Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January-February, 1920. One specimen.

35. Margaronia deliciosa Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xx,
jo, 1S (S87).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. One specimen.

36. Margaronia exquisitalis Kenr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 84,
Ol, my, ele, ITS COM).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Sixty-four specimens,
all females.

37. Margaroma agathalis Walk., Cat., xvi, p. 384 (1859).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. One specimen.

38. Margaroma doleschalis Led., Wien. ent. Mon., p. 402, pl. xiv,
fig. 1 (1868).

Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, October-November, 1919. One specimen.

39. Margaroma pferfferae Led., Wien. ent. Mon., p. 399, pl. xin,
fig. 13 (1863).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. One specimen.

40. Margaronia polystrigalis Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9),
ily, 190 CATS) (CIRSHES)).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Three specimens,

List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae 493

41. Margaronia caesalis Walk., Cat., xvii, p. 499 (1859).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Four specimens.

42. Margaronia stolalis Guen., “ Delt. and Pyr.,” p. 298, pl. iii,
fig. 11 (1854).

Central Ceram, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Twenty-three
specimens.

43. Margaronia bivitralis Guen., “Delt. and Pyr.,” p. 293 (1854).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. Two specimens.

44. Margaronia tricoloralis Pag., J. B. Nass, p. 190 (1888).
Central Ceram, 4,000 feet, January, 1920. Six specimens.

45. Margaronia brunneomarginalis Kenr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
p. 84, plate iv, fig. 166 (1907).

Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. One 2.

I have little doubt that this identification is correct, although the
description is not convincing and the broad yellowish costa as given
in the figure is less broad in my specimen. I take it that Sir George’s
figure is that of a female. I have other specimens from New Guinea,
identified by me at the B. M., and which agree entirely with the Ceram
specimen. The underside of the abdomen of all my specimens is,
however, pale turquoise-green (vii), and not silvery as stated in the
description.

46. Margarona vertumnalis Guen., ‘“ Delt. and Pyr.,” p. 809 (1854).
Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. One male
specimen.

47, Margaronia (Sisyrophora) joiceyi sp. nov.

This species is very close to M. pfeifferae Led. but is easily
distinguished from it by the much broader suffusion along the outer
margins of both wings on upper and under side.

¢. Both wings, thorax and abdomen on under and upper side
and legs white ; wings thinly scaled, but more densely than in pfecfferae ;
tegulae and patagia and scales between antennae clay colour (xxix),
suffused with fuscous (xlvi) ; palpi white, with inner half from base
to tip fuscous; antennae white, basal portion and terminal part
suffused with fuscous, basal joint and tooth clay colour, a tuft of glossy
fuscous scales on inner side before the tooth; abdomen above with
avellaneous (xl) rings anteriorly on most segments and reaching half-way
of segment, last segment almost entirely avellaneous and irrorated with

494 Lust of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae

fuscous; anal tuft black; femora and tibiae of all legs tinged on outer
side with glossy fuscous hairs mixed with black ones, especially on
the hind legs. Fore wing on upperside with costa broadly bordered
with glossy-fuscous reaching at basal half as far as lower median,
except an oblong narrow patch just before discocellulars and the disco-
cellulars themselves; beyond discocellulars a broader fuscous mark ;
outer margin bordered with fuscous to beyond half-way to
disco-cellulars, except at tornus, where it suddenly becomes narrower ;
this border is diffused on the inner side, but getting more and more
glossy towards the cilia, where it gets a silvery scaling as in pfeifferae ;
cilia fuscous. Hind wing with diffused elongate discocellular mark ;
outer marginal border as on fore wing, extending for nearly one-third
width of wing ; cilia fuscous. Underside as above, but less glossy.

@ like ¢, but costal border of fore wing with two broad streaks
of clay colour; white patch in cell larger and an additional rounded
white spot just above it, which was only indicated in the f; outer
marginal borders of both wings less diffused on inner side, less glossy
and narrower, about two-thirds of that of #; discocellular mark of
hind wing as narrow as in pfeifferae, but in some ? 2 almost as
broad asin ¢. Underside lighter than in ¢.

Exp. g type, 32 mm.; ? type, 40 mm., in coll. Janse.

Habitat. — Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-
December, 1919.

Kleven ¢ ¢ and twelve ¢ ?, including types. One specimen from
Kenali (Sumatra), H. Forbes.

There is a possibility that this species is identical with Sir George
Kenrick’s G. pfeifferae var., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pl. \xviii, fig. 21
(1912), which I take to be a @, but the colour of the cilia is entirely
different, and the f § of M. jovceyt have.the outer marginal suffusion
broader.

48. Margaroma curvilinea sp. nov.

This species resembles M. mgropunctalis Brem. very much, but
the postmedial lines of both wings are not on the same place and
are irregularly curved, especially in the hind wings. Besides the hind
wings are more curved at the outer margin, and the species is also
rather larger.

¢. Head, palpi, thorax and abdomen on upper and under side,
legs and wings pure white, wings with a mother-of-pearl gloss ;
tegulae and patagia and palpi on upper part mars-yellow (iii) ;

List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae 495

broad diffused fuscous line from base to tip of palpi; frans yellow-
ochre (xv); antennae white, biciliated; anal tuft white; femora
and tibiae of fore legs densely suffused with fuscous; mid-tibiae
slightly streaked with mars-yellow above. Fore wing above with a
broad border of tawny-olive (xxix) along costa, as broad as to upper
median and reaching to apex; fuscous-black spots on upper median
at one-third and two-thirds and a spot at upper and lower angle of
tawny-olive; an ill-defined postmedial line of smoke-grey (xlvi) at
beyond middle of distance from end of cell to outer margin, very
faint near costa and evenly curved outwardly between veins 5 and 38,
inwardly curved at vein 2 and slightly angled at 1); a series of fine
black spots at termen; cilia white. Hind. wing with a black spot
at lower angle of cell; a postmedial line as in fore wing from near
costa obliquely to anal angle and roundly excurved between veins 2
to 6; fine black spots on veins at termen; cilia white. Underside
as upper, but costal border of fore wing narrower and fuscous; post-
medial line of both wings obsolete. @ like f but costal border of
fore wing clay colour (xxix).

IDpgd. g ehayel $2 s)7/ Gaonan,

Habitat.—Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December,
TESS),

One f, six § 2. Types in coll. Janse.

49, Margaroma pratti sp. nov.

This species comes very close to M. nigripunctata Brem., M.
annulata Fabr., and M. warrenalis Swinh. It has the postmedial lines
of nigripunctata, but they are more diffused, and as the white back-
eround is less transparent, they are more conspicuous; the maculae of
the fore and hind wings are as in annulata, but the species is bigger and
the postmedial lines are less irregular, even more regular than in
warrenalis, in which the maculae are also smaller and less conspicuous.

3g. Thorax, abdomen, wings on upper and under side, antennae
and legs pure white, wings with a mother-of-pearl gloss; palpi with
lower half white, upper half and frons ochraceous-orange (xv) ; vertex
between the antennae with martius yellow (iv) hairs; tegulae and
patagia ochraceous-orange at base; femora of fore legs buckthorn-
brown (xv), tibia with the same colour on upper and lower thirds and
the tarsi suffused with that colour towards end; two other legs pure
white; third segment of abdomen with two small lateral ochraceous-
orange patches of scales and dorsal scales of last segment tipped with

496 List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae

ochraceous-orange ; anal tuft of black hairs mixed with white, or as in
one specimen, black, tipped with ochraceous-orange. Fore wing with
the costa broadly (as far as upper median) bordered with antimony-
yellow (xy) ; basal third of cell and half the distance below lower
median covered with baryta-yellow (iv) scales, edged outwardly by some
fuscous scaling: a rounded similar mark half-way of cell, also edged,
except along upper median, by fuscous shading ; another wedge-shaped
similar mark at end of cell, here and there edged by fuscous scales,
straight on inner side and incurved outwardly, following discocellulars,
forming a well-defined spot at lower angle; a round similar mark at
middle of inner margin between veins 1b and 2, also finely edged by
fuscous scaling; postmedial line formed by a series of intra-nervular
ill-defined maculae, consisting of vinaceous-buff scaling, running parallel
to inner margin and situated rather close to it (im some specimens the
line is slightly incurved at vein 2); a terminal faint ochraceous-orange
line, with fuscous scaling on the veins, narrow and long before middle
and broader but shorter towards the apex; cilia marguerite-yellow (xxx)
with slightly darker line across middle.

Hind wing with a faint discocellular mark of fuscous scaling before
and beyond discocellulars ; postmedial series of maculae as in fore wing
but even closer to outermargin and slightly incurved at veins 2 and 6
and getting narrower towards anal angle; terminal line, spots and cilia
as in fore wing. Underside pure white, except where markings of
upperside shine through it.

° like 3, but larger and with the wings a little broader. Exp.:
f type, 84 mm., ? type, 388 mm.; other specimens, fg, 30—35 mm.,
2, 32—38 mm.

Habitat.— f and 2 types from Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet,
October-December, 1919, seven other specimens from same locality ;
also a 2? from Ninay Valley, Central Arfak Mountains (Dutch New
Guinea), 3,500 feet, November, 1908 to January, 1909, and one ¢ from
Island of Mioswar, Geelvink Bay (North New Guinea), September, 1909,
all collected by C. and F. Pratt.

I have much pleasure in naming this species after the collectors who
have sacrificed so much to advance our entomological knowledge of
tropical regions.

50. Margaroma brevimarginata sp. nov.

This species mostly resembles in appearance and size M. laceritalis
Kenr., but is at once distinguished from it by the male having a tuft

List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae 497

of hairs on the hind wing on the underside and also in the narrower
outer marginal borders of both wings. By this tuft it also differs from
M. suralis Led., with which it agrees mostly in its outer marginal
bordering, besides being much larger than swralis; it also resembles
what I take to be M. brunneomarginalis Kenr., but it is much larger
and the outer margins of both wings are as in laceritalis.

@. Second and third joints of palpi, head, antennae, thorax,
abdomen and wings on upperside chrysolite-green (xxxi); first joint
of palpi, femora and tibiae of legs, thorax and abdomen, and
basal parts of both wings on underside pale turquoise-green (vil) ;
remainder of fore wing and the greater part of the hind wing under-
neath reed-yellow (xxx); fore tibiae largely and hind tibiae slightly
covered with rather long mummy-brown (xy) hairs; tarsi white,
tinged on inner side with cream colour (xci); second and third
joint of palpi at base and at tips covered with mummy-brown
hairs. Fore wing with the costa beyond middle edged with anti-
mony-yellow (xv) scaled towards apex with mummy-brown; a small
fuscous spot in cell at two-thirds and one a little larger at
end of cell; outer margin very oblique and roundly lobed at 18,
4 and 7; outer marginal area slightly tinged with antimony-yellow
and narrowly scaled with mummy-brown (much narrower than in
laceritalis) and some mummy-brown rays from it between veins 1 to
4; cilia mummy-brown at one-third, tipped with brown at 1b, with
white to near vein 3, then rood’s brown (xxviii) to vein 5, white
to vein 6 and from there rood’s brown to apex. Hind wing with
costal area white; a rather large fuscous spot at lower angle of cell ;
outer margin somewhat rounded and roundly lobed at 10, 3 and 7;
outer marginal area slightly tinged with antimony-yellow and narrowly
scaled with mummy-brown ; cilia white, basal half with rood’s brown
scales and opposite veins 1b, 1c, 3 and beyond 6 entirely rood’s brown;
inner marginal area white and with long white hairs. Underside:
outer marginal area as above, except for a rood’s brown suffusion at
tornus of fore wing; hind wing more broadly suffused at apex with
rood’s brown than in fore wing at tornus; a tuft of long apricot-
yellow (iv) hairs between veins lc and 6 beyond discocellulars ;
abdomen above with some mars-brown (ili) scaling, laterally on last
two segments and dorsally on last segment; on underside last segment
almost entirely scaled with mars-brown and some mars-brown scales
on next two segments; anal tuft fuscous-black (xlvi). @? like # in
colouring and markings, except outer marginal markings not being

33

498 List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae

as dark as in # and on underside of hind wing there is no tuft of
hairs; 2 also somewhat larger than the @.

Exp. ¢ type, 49 mm., 2? type, 51 mm.; other specimens, ¢ g
46-50 mm., 2? ?, 47—51 mm.

Habitat.—Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December,
1919, seven ¢ 2, ten 2 ? (including types). C., F. and J. Pratt. In
coll. Janse.

51. Agathodes modicalis Guen., “ Delt. and Pyr.,” p. 210 (1854).
Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919.
One specimen.

52. Heortia dominalis Led., Wien. ent. Mon., p. 402 (1863).
Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919, and
Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, December, 1919. Thirty-six specimens.

53. Polythlipta globulipedalis Walk., Cat., xxxiv, p. 1359 (1865).
Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, October-November, 1919. One specimen.

54. Polythlipta divaricata Moore, “ Lep. Ceyl.,” 11, p. 311, pl. clxxix,
fig. 16 (1886).
Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January-February, 1920. One specimen.

55. Polythlipta macralis Led., Wien. ent. Mon., p. 389, pl. xii, fig. 14
(1863).

Central Ceram, 6,000 feet; Manusela, October-December, 1919.
Ten specimens.

56. Polythlipta camptozona Hmpsn., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 501,
Ol, Slit save, ZA (IGILO)),

Central Ceram, Manusella, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919.
One specimen.

57. Crocidolomia suffusalis Hmpsn., “Ill. Het.,”’ vii, p. 135, pl. clv,
figs. 4, 12 (1891).
Central Ceram, Manusela, October-December, 1919. One specimen.

58. Thliptoceras androstigmata Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9),
i, p: 279) (1918):

Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919.
Three specimens.

59. Thliptoceras octoguttalis Feld., “ Reise Nov.,” pl. cxxxv, fig. 38
(1875).

List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae 499

Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919.
One specimen.

60. Archernis ignealis Walk., Cat., xxxiv, p. 1423 (1865).
Central Ceram, 4,600 feet, January, 1920. One specimen.

61. Maruca testulalis Hiibn., ‘‘Samml. Exot. Schmett.,” iv, 4, p. 12,
ff. 629, 630 (1832).

Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919.
One specimen.

62. Tetridia caletoralis Walk., Cat., xviii, p. 651 (1859).

Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, October-November, 1919. One specimen.

63. Polygrammodes spilosomoides Moore, ‘“‘ Lep. Ceylon,” iii, p. 324,

plerclixcxexamnta ORG SS6)E
Central Ceram, 4,000 feet, January-February, 1920. One specimen.

64. Psara rubricostalis J anse, nom. nov.

Pyrausta punctilineata Roths., “ Lep. B. O. U. and Woll. Exp. in
Dutch New Guinea,” p. 144 (1915) (nec “ South, Lep.,’’ 1901).

Central Ceram, Manusela, October-December, 1919. Two specimens.

65. Psara platycapna Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 90.
Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919.
Three specimens.

66. Prooedema incisalis Walk., Cat., xxxiv, p. 1410 (1865).

Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. One
specimen.

67. Hapalia ablactalis Walk., Cat., xviii, p. 660 (1859).

Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919.
One specimen.

68. Pyrausta deductalis Walk., Cat., xvii, p. 659 (1859).

Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January-February, 1920. One specimen.

69. Pyrausta signatalis Walk., Cat., xxxiv, p. 1444 (1865).
Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January-February, 1920. One specimen.

HYDROCAMPINAE.

70. Margarosticha pulcherrimalis Led., Wien. ent. Mon., p. 454,
pleexvalip tel GiSo3):

Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919.
One specimen.

000 List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae

(1. Aulacodes acroperalis Hmpsn., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 177
(1897).

Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919.
Hight specimens.

72. Talanga sexpunctalis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 616,
ol Ibe, ti, ILA S77).

Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919.
Hight specimens.

73. Dracaenura horochroa Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 229
(1886).

Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919. One
Specimen.

74. Cymoriza gigantalis sp. nov.

I have a little doubt as to the correct position of this species, but
it agrees better with Cymoriza than with any other genus known to
me. ‘The frons is not with a rounded prominence as given for this
genus by Hampson, but neither in irrectalis, type of the genus, nor
in ustalis is this rounding very prominent. Vein 10 is in the @ free,
a character not given by Hampson, but mentioned by Guenée and by
Lederer, also it does not have the glandular swelling on the costa of
the fore wing.

This species differs from the two others not only in pattern, but
can be distinguished at once by the larger size, which is about
twice that of the f f§ of the other species.

&. Wings whitish, more or less heavily scaled with tawny (xv),
so as to leave silvery-white maculae and maculated lines; in two
specimens these tawny scales are lighter in colour, as if they are
bleached or rubbed, in one other specimen the scaling is very dark,
more of a chestnut-brown (xiv); thorax and abdomen with tawny
scales, tegulae and patagia with tawny hairs; abdomen above with a
white ring on first and third segments anteriorly, with small white
maculae on third to sixth segment posteriorly; palpi on innerside
and thorax on underside with tawny hairs; frons and tuft on antennae
white; palpi with second joint in front and the tip of third joint
covered with white scales; fore legs covered on outside with fuscous
(xlvi), tarsi ringed with tawny; femora of other legs with patch of
tawny scales in middle, tibiae at middle and end with such a patch,
tarsi ringed with tawny.

List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae 501

Fore wing with a small white patch at base near innermargin ;
subbasal line irregular, beginning below costa as a semicircular ring,
having an indentation on 1b and some fuscous scales on outer side;
medial line double, first line narrow and bordered outwardly with black
scales, and beginning as two narrow inwardly oblique maculae in cell,
then an inwardly curved line below cell, which is continued along inner-
margin for a short distance ; the second line consists of three broad
maculae, first ill-defined and between costa and upper median, second
in and just below cell and sharply indented inwardly at lower median,
third as an elongate mark from vein 2 to 1b; two spots beyond upper
and lower angle of cell; postmedial line ill-defined, narrow and with
narrow dark scaling before and beyond it; from costa to vein 7 a
white patch before and beyond it; postmedial line slightly incurved
from costa to vein 5, then oblique to inner margin and slightly
dentate inwardly on the veins; subterminal line consists of white
maculae defined on the outer side by a distinct black line, and
extends from vein 8 to 1b, curved inwardly at vein 6, outwardly at 4
and curved inwardly between veins 4—3, 3—2, and 2—10; the small
white maculae are between 8—7 and on 6, larger and triangular on
median fold and very small on vein 5; a macula of black scaling
mixed with some white scales on vein 4; a small white triangular
macula between veins 2—3 and an inwardly bidentate macula between
veins 2 to 1b; a light-buff (xv) terminal patch from apex to above
vein 4 extending half-way on cilia; remainder of wing well
covered with tawny scales; cilia tawny with a darker basal line.

Hind wing with white base and white costal medial area as far as
postmedial line and reaching to lower median; an ill-defined subbasal
tawny line; a double similar antemedial scaling in cell and a similar
oval ring at end of cell; area below lower median as far as postmedial
line covered with tawny scales and hairs, leaving a small and larger
white macula between veins la and 1b; two more whitish maculae
before postmedial line between 1b—I1c, and 2—8; postmedial line
tawny, followed by an ill-defined whitish line, straight and oblique from
costa to medial fold, then curved outwardly from fold to vein 2, then
oblique to tornus; subterminal line as in fore wing, but white line
lunulate between the veins, small and ill-defined from costa to vein 4,
larger and better defined between veins 4—3, 3—2, 2—Ic, lc—1b;
cilia tawny with a darker line in middle.

Underside: Fore wing white, scaled along costa beyond medial line
with cinnamon-buff (xxix) scales; lines of chestnut (ii) scales; subbasal

502 List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae

from costa to 1b, angled outwardly at uppermedian and plical fold ;
some chestnut edging along costa to antemedial; antemedial from
costa to below upper median very oblique outwardly, then very oblique
inwardly to vein 1b and sharply angled inwardly on upper median and
bluntly angled at lower median; at plical fold some dark scaling forming
an ill-defined spot ; an oval annulus beyond discocellulars as on upper-
side, but lines narrower and better defined ; some chestnut-brown scaling
beyond it from veins 6—8; postmedial line double as on upperside,
outer line indistinct between veins 5—1b; on each line some dark
scaling on plical fold, forming two ill-defined maculae ; subterminal line
as on upper side, but more seal-brown (xxxix) than black. Hind wing
white, well suffused with cinnamon-buff, except the white maculae and
an area at inner margin between antemedial and medial lines; all lines
chestnut; subbasal ill defined; antemedial well defined and curved
outwardly from costa to inner margin and somewhat dentated ; between
vein 2 and inner margin a broad heavily scaled chestnut line;
annulus as on upperside; postmedial as on upperside, but narrower and
with only a slight shading beyond it, indicating the second line; the
postmedial runs parallel to outer margin, is outwardly dentate on veins
7, 6, 4, 8 and 2, then obsolete but preceded by heavy chestnut scaling
to inner margin as in antemedial line; the postmedial line is dentate
inwardly at discal fold; subterminal as on upperside, but much less
defined ; cilia as on upperside.

Exp. ¢ type, 43 mm.; other specimens 42 mm.

Habitat.— § type, Central Ceram, Manusela 6,000 feet, October-
December, 1919.

Three other ¢ ¢ from the same locality. One of these three is
much darker in. coloration, it is also minus the abdomen, but I have
little doubt that it is alsoa gf. Allcollected by C., F. and J. Pratt.

POCOCERINAE.
(KH PIPASCHIANAE.)

The genus Hpipaschia, type superatalis Clem. is certainly a synonym
of Macalla, type thyrsisalis Walk. Ifthe family name is to be based on
a valid generic name only and not on a synonymic name, it is clear that
the old name cannot be retained, and I therefore adopt the change
proposed by Sir George Hampson.

75. Orthaga seminivea Warr., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xvi, p. 463
(1895) (var.). Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January-February, 1920.
Thirteen specimens.

List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae 5038

I do not possess the typical seminivea but a var. that even comes
closer to it than the specimens from Ceram, and I have little doubt that
they will prove co-specific. I see no reason, however, why seminivea
and lewcophota should come in the genus Orthaga as the neuration is
quite different from the type of the genus, O. equadrusalis Walk., apart
from other different characters. In these two species vein 6 of fore
wing is shortly stalked with 7,8,9; 10 anastomoses with stalk of 7, 8,9,
just before the place where 7 comes off the stalk and thus forms a large
areole. I do not find this areole in any other typical Orthaga known to me.

76. Orthaga rudis Walk., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), 1, p. 115 (1862).
Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January-February, 1919. One specimen.

17. Orthaga chionalis Kenr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 73, pl. 11,
f. 33 (1907).

Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, January-February, 1919. One broken
specimen.

PYRALINAE.
78. Cosmethis talboti sp. nov.

This species comes very near to Cosmethis zemire Cram. and C.
vitialis Hmpsn. From the former it differs in the fore wing having
the whole area between antemedial line of zemire and its postmedial
patch inclusive entirely filled up with whitish scales, thus forming one
white patch, which, however, does not reach quite as far as outer edge
of postmedial patch in zemire; the basal yellowish scales are also
much reduced below lower median and there is a blackish bar or
elongated spot across it between costa and lower median; veins also
more streaked with whitish and one-third of cilia of hind wings white.
From vitialis it differs, judging from the description, in having one
broad band instead of narrow antemedial line and postmedial patch,
and in the cilia of the fore wings not being white.

@. Fore wing and hind wing above and below, abdomen, legs,
proboscis, antennae and tip of palpi black, in fore wing and less in
hind wing with a bluish metallic sheen; hairs on thorax, patagia,
tegulae, head and palpi deep-chrome (ili); abdomen with all segments,
except the first, narrowly edged above and more broadly on underside
with white scales; anal tuft of hairs deep-chrome; femora streaked
on outer side with whitish scales and tibia tipped with it; palpi with
the second joint on inner side of upper half and the whole of the third
joint black.

504 List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae

Fore wing with a patch of deep chrome hairy scales from near costa
to a little beyond lower median, except at middle third, which remains
of ground-colour ; a broad whitish slightly oblique patch from antemedial
to a little beyond discocellular from upper median to inner margin,
and extended to vein 12 as far as well beyond middle, patch broadest
near costa and slightly irregular on inner and outer sides; a little
white scaling beyond the patch towards costa; veins 1b to 8 and sub-
median fold streaked with white scales from white patch to outer-
margin, this scaling becomes less heavy on submedian fold and 10;
cilia fuscous (xlvi).

Hind wing without markings; cilia fuscous at base and for two-
thirds white.

Underside: In fore wing a white patch as above, but less densely
scaled and narrower, beginning just before discocellulars, where the
edge is diffused and extended for the same distance beyond these veins,
outer edge well defined, straight, outwardly oblique to submedian fold
and then sharply curved inwardly to inner margin, some white scaling
on veins at apex and tornus. Hind wing with some white scaling on
portion of veins 5-8, for longest distance and most heavily towards
the apex; cilia as above. § like g in markings, but branches of
antennae shorter, specimens slightly larger.

In both sexes veins 4 and 5 of fore wing are shortly stalked, of
hind wing approximated.

Exp. ¢@ type 55mm., 2 type 56 mm.; other specimens 54—56 mm.

Habitat.— f and 2 types and one other ¢ and two other ¢ ?
from Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October-December, 1919,
C., F. and J. Pratt,

ENDOTRICHINAE.

79. Endotricha variabilis sp. nov.

?. Head, thorax, part of abdomen, fore wing and apical half of hind
wing brick-red (xiii) ; vertex of head mixed with yellow hairs and first
three segments of abdomen yellow irrorated with brick-red ; anal tuft
ochraceous-buff (xv). Fore wing with a series of orange-buff (ii1) spots
along costa, which are elongated at first half and getting triangular
beyond ; antemedial line oblique and indistinct from costa to lower
median, then erect, distinct, slightly incurved at 1b and consisting of
fuscous-black (xlvi) scales, beyond it from lower median to inner margin
an apricot-yellow (iv) band, diffused and irrorated outwardly; some

List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae 50d

fuscous-black scaling at end of cell and area between antemedial and
subterminal lines sprinkled with fuscous-black ; subterminal line orange-
yellow (ili), suffused with brick-red and bordered on both sides by
narrow fuscous-black lines, erect, evenly curved outwardly, shghtly
incurved at vein 5 and on plical fold and ending near tornus; terminal
line represented by a series of black lunules between the veins and sub-
terminal area thinly irrorated with fuscous-black scales; cilia of brick
red and fuscous scales mixed, with a fuscous-black line at one third.
Hind wing apricot-yellow at basal half, along costa and inner margin ;
this part is defined outwardly from before apex obliquely towards
discocellulars, then erect to 1c above outer margin, then sharply angled
to tornus; a faint orange-vinaceous scaling before this, defining line
below lower median and near tornus, indicating the antemedial line; area
beyond the yellow orange-vinaceous to outer margin: a series of black
terminal lunules between the veins which become a black terminal line
from before vein 2 to tornus; cilia apricot-yellow mixed with orange-
vinaceous from apex to vein 2, and with a dark line at one third, brick-
red from apex to vein 3, then fuscous-black to tornus.

Underside: Both wings buff-yellow (iv). Fore wing densely irrorated
with corinthian-red (xxvii), broadly along costal half till below lower
median and vein 2, and beyond subterminal line from apex to tornus;
costa narrowly edged with fuscous-black interrupted by small orange-
buff spots as on upperside; some triangular scaling before discocellu-
lars; subterminal line as on upperside, but more irregular and more
distinct, especially the inner line; black terminal spots and cilia as on
upperside. Hind wing with the costal area as far as medial fold and
area beyond medial line to near tornus densely irrorated with corinthian-
red ; indications of an antemedial line from costa to lc; medial line as
on upperside, but more irregular, more roundly curved at vein 2;
dentated inwardly at vein 3, and above veins 5 and 6, outwardly at
below vein 4, median fold and above vein 6; a buff-yellow line beyond
it; terminal black spots between the veins narrow and becoming very
elongate towards tornus; cilia as on upperside, but less dark.

? like ¢, but fore wing and hind wing more of a testaceous (xxviii)
colour, and thinly irrorated with fuscous-black scales ; antemedial yellow
of fore wing narrower, basal area of hind wing suffused with testaceous
as far as antemedial line and more roundly defined near tornus than in
@ on upper side. The ground colour of the wings of the 2 ? varies
considerably, ranging from avellaneous (xl) to brick-red as in @.
Underside as in f, but lines darker and more defined ; medial line of
hind wing more deeply incurved at medial fold.

506 List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae

Exp. ¢ type, 32mm.; 2,35 mm.; other ¢ specimens, 28—32 mm. ;
° specimens, 30—35 mm.

Habitat.—All from Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, in October-
December, 1919, collected by C., F. and J. Pratt. Besides the types,
eight ¢ paratypes and eight 2 paratypes; twenty-six other specimens
in rather poor condition.

This species comes in Hampson’s Section II B (0); antennae are
normal and biciliated in the ¢; veins 4 and 5 of both wings are closely
approximated. The outer margin of the fore wing is in the ¢ slightly
incurved at plical fold.

80. Hndotricha simplex sp. nov.

¢@. Fore wing, head, palpi, thorax, abdomen and legs vinaceous-
rufous (xiv); anal tuft light orange-yellow (iii). Fore wing of an
almost uniform colour, except along costa, which is darker; whole
wing slightly sprinkled with black scales ; a series of small light orange-
yellow spots along costa; basal area slightly irrorated with light
orange-yellow scales; antemedial line oblique and almost straight,
faintly indicated by a darker line than the ground-colour and scaled
outwardly with light orange-yellow scales; some black scaling at
discocellulars; subterminal line thin, light orange-yellow and curved
outwardly near apex, then obliquely to tornus and slightly lunulate
between the veins; small black terminal spots between the veins from
above vein 3 to apex; cilia vinaceous-rufous at basal half, then light
orange-yellow. Hind wing maize-yellow (iv) at basal area, suffused
with vinaceous-rufous at outer half from 1c to apex and along inner-
margin at between la and 1b; some light orange-yellow scaling
between 16 and 2, covering the whole of the area near the tornus; an
indistinct maize-yellow postmedial line from near costa to vein 2, then
curved and obsolete to tornus, near which it becomes more distinct ;
some fine black terminal points; cilia as in fore wing, but basal half
tipped with black from 10 to vein 3.

Underside: Fore wing with ground colour as on upperside, but less
dense, especially between inner margin and 10; spots along costa as
on upper side, but costa itself only narrowly edged with fuscous-black ;
black irroration very thin and only at medial area from vein 2 to
costa near subterminal line; black scaly macula at discocellulars ;
subterminal line more distinct than on upperside, double, dentate
inwardly on the veins, first line orange-buff (iii), second line light
orange-yellow; veins 2—7 and costal area beyond it streaked with

List of Species belonging to the Family Pyralidae 507

orange-buff; black points at termen and cilia as on upperside. Hund
wing with the ground colour light orange-yellow, suffused between
medial fold and costa and beyond postmedial line with orange-
vinaceous; costal area sprinkled with black scales; veins tinged with
light orange-yellow; antemedial line indistinct below lower median
only and orange-vinaceous; postmedial line drange-vinaceous bordered
outwardly with light orange-yellow, well curved and dentate outwardly
between veins 2—3, 5—6, 6—7; terminal spots and cilia as on upper-
side.

@ like f, but ground colour. wood-brown (xl) in fore wing, tinged
terminally with vinaceous-fawn (xl); terminal half of hind wing suf-
fused with vinaceous-fawn and basal area cream coloured (xvi); line
in fore and hind wing obsolete; in hind wing the medial line consists
of a fine fuscous scaling. Underside with markings as in $ but ground
colour cream, suffused with vinaceous-fawn ; subterminal of fore wing
double and consisting of fine black scaling; postmedial line of hind
wing also double and made up of a blackish irroration; streaking of
veins light orange-yellow. Head, palpi, thorax, legs and abdomen
warm-buff (xv).

Exp. ¢ type, 30mm., 2 type, 29mm., g paratypes, 26—29 mm.;
? paratypes, 27—30 mm.

Habitat.—All specimens from Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet,
October-December, 1919. Four ¢ ¢ and nine @ 2, all collected by
Cra) sanddeebratt:

This species also comes in Hampson’s Section II B (0) ; the antennae
are normal and biciliated in the ¢; veins 4—5 of fore wing are very
closely approximated.

508

NEW FORMS OF BUTTERFLIES FROM BURU.
Bye I, J VOMIT, INVAjs, I IMS5 CxO, A) Cp TVAILIBOSE, 1 Idi.

(Numbers 1 to 8 reprinted and amended from ‘ The Entomologist,” vol. vt,
pp. 26-28, February, 1923.)

Tux forms herein described were collected by the brothers F., C.
and J. Pratt, in the Island of Buru during 1922. The types are in the
Hill Museum, Witley.

Family PAPILIONIDAE.

1. Papilio (Troides) prattorum J. and T., f. mixtum f. nov.

3. Shape of wings as in prattorwm. Fore wing with the vein stripes
faintly marked on both sides. Hind wing with the base black, but to
a less extent than in the helena form; marginal area more broadly black
than in typical prattorum, more especially below vein 6; the tooth on
vein 4 shortened and dusted with black, this being the only vestige of
the black dusting seen in the typical form. The cell of the hind wing
is a little broader, somewhat as in helena. Abdomen ventrally with
only slight black hair and more yellow scaling. The claspers are grey
instead of black, being a little darker than in helena. The yellow area
of the hind wing on both sides slightly opalescent.

Habitat.—South coast of Buru: Lek Soela, February-March,
a single specimen.

This remarkable specimen partakes of the character of both
pratiorum and P. helena bowruensis Wall.

Family PIERIDAE.
2. Delias prouti sp. nov. (pl. VI, figs. 1, 2).

3. Upperside white. Costa and outer margin of fore wing and
outer and inner margin of hind wing very narrowly edged with black.
Fringes black. Underside of fore wing with black ground-colour, a
grey-white basal half, and large apical yellow spots from costa to vein 3.
Hind wing with a long brick-red basal stripe in 7 as in jowceyr, the

New Forms of Butterflies from Buru 509

cellule grey-white. A brick-red unbroken discal band, straighter and
thicker than in joiceyt ; this band edged proximally by a black band not
exceeding it in thickness, but variable and sometimes half as wide.
Basal half between inner margin and vein 7 olive-yellow ; a white flush
of variable extent, and mostly tinged with pink, borders the red band
in the distal area, which is bright yellow.

2. Upperside black with basal half of both wings dusted with olive-
yellow, and inner margin of hind wing grey-white. Fore wing with
five creamy subapical spots in 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8, divided by the veins.
Underside as in the 3, but fore wing with larger yellow patches and
darker basal scaling. Hind wing with distal area stone-grey and a
narrow marginal border of yellow on the lower half.

Length of fore wing: 3 ¢, 32—36 mm.

Habitat—West Central Buru, Gamoe ’Mrapat, 5,000 feet, Apyil.
A series of ¢ ¢ andafew § @.

This very striking species is allied to jovceyt Talb., from Ceram.

3. Delias schmassmanni sp. noy. (pl. VI, figs. 5, 6).

3. Upperside white with the fringes black at the veins. Fore wing
with the apical margin narrowly black. Underside of fore wing with
the apical area benzo-brown (Ridgway, pl. xlvi), ground-colour black.
A postdiscal band of pale yellow, of variable width, much broader
posteriorly and joined to the white inner margin. A small yellow costal
spot in cellule 8. Hind wing benzo-brown. A yellow postdiscal band,
deeper in colour than on the fore wing and variable in width, broaden-
ing posteriorly to join the brighter yellow inner margin. Six yellow and
rounded marginal spots, those in 2 and 3 much larger than the others.
Costal edge narrowly yellow from base to postdiscal band.

2. Upperside white, with broad black margins. Fore wing with
black apical area narrowing below vein 3, and bearing four white apical
spots. Costa narrowly black, and discocellular black. Hind wing with
the black outer margin narrowing posteriorly, and bearing five indistinct
marginal yellow spots.

Underside as in the 3, but fore wing with the apical spots repro-
duced and some yellow dusting over the cell.

One specimen has a narrower black margin on the hind wing, not
reaching below vein 4.

Length of fore wing: ¢ ¢, 37—39 mm.

Habitat.—West Central Buru, Gamoe ’Mrapat, 5,000 feet, April.
A small series with about an equal number of both sexes.

510 New Forms of Butterflies from Buru

This species appears to be related to manuselensis Talb., from
Ceram.

4, Delias apatela sp. nov. (pl. VI, figs. 7, 8).

3. Upperside of fore wing with white basal half and black distal
half. Two or three small white apical strigae. Hind wing white with
a black outer margin. Underside of fore wing black, inner margin
white, base dusted with yellow, succeeded by a white powdering. Five
white apical spots, the middle one the larger. Hind wing yellow,
darker than in rothschildi, but paler at the base. A submarginal black
line, somewhat crenulate at its distal edge, and bordered by a white line
on its inner edge. ‘The veins between the submarginal line and margin
are narrowly black. Traces of white scaling in the cell.

2. Upperside with white area reduced. Underside asin the 3,
but with the marginal line more heavy.

Length of fore wing: ¢ 2, 30 mm.

Habitat.—Central Buru: Kako Tagalago, 2,700 feet, May; Koen-
toeroen, 3,500 feet, April; River Pohatiga, 3,000 feet, April. A small
series with four ¢ 2.

This interesting form closely resembles D. rothschildi Holl., and
flies with it. It is confined to the interior, but rothschildi has a wider
range and occurs at the coast. Hasily distinguished by the uniform
yellow colouring of the hind wing below and especially by the black
submarginal line being narrowly edged with white on the inside.

5. Delias eschatia sp. nov. (pl. VI, figs. 4, 5).

g. Upperside white. Fore wing with costa narrowly black, but
broadening towards the black apex. Four small white subapical spots
contingent upon the white area. Hind wing white but with dark
underside showing through. Outer margin with a thin black line
and black fringe. A narrow marginal border of black dusting. Under-
side of fore wing white, with broader costal and apical fuscous than
above. Four yellowish-white subapical spots. Base dusted with
yellow. Hind wing fuscous. Cellule 8 dusted with yellow, also the
inner margin. A submarginal row of six dark yellow spots.

?. Upperside of fore wing white. A broad costal and apical black
area with five white subapical spots. Hind-wing grey-white with a
broad black outer margin, narrowing posteriorly. Underside asin 3,
but fore wing with broader apical black and larger spots.

New Forms of Butterflies from Buru 511

Length of fore WAI Oss Cho 0) imine
Habitat. —Buru, Koentoeroen, 3,500 feet, April, two ¢ 3, four ? 2.
This species is apparently allied to stressmanni Roths., from Ceram.

6. Delvas vidua J. and T. ¢ (pl. VII, figs. 7, 8).

3. Upperside white. Fore wing with broad black apical area
and costa narrowly black. Hind wing with broad black distal area,
in cellules 2 and 3 with indistinct triangular prolongations. The
black dusting along the edge of the white area is more uniform but
less strongly present than in zsse echo. Underside with fuscous black
ground-colour. Fore wing with apical area somewhat as in echo but
broader ; proximal area pale yellow, paler still posteriorly. Five small
submarginal spots in 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8, the two anterior ones the larger.
Hind wing with a submarginal series of six yellow spots, the one in
6 the larger, the others uniform and somewhat linear. Base to near
middle of cell and cellule 8 dusted with yellow, inner margin yellow.

Length of fore wing: 33 mm.

Habitat.—West Buru, River Pohatiga, 3,000 feet, April, a single
$ only.

Now that we have the ¢ of this curious form, closely resembling
isse echo Wall. in both sexes, we may venture to regard it as a relative
of caliban Sm., British New Guinea.

Family NYMPHALIDAE.

7. Dichorragia ninus Feld., buruensis subsp. nov.

3d %. Upperside of fore wing with spots better defined and slightly
larger. Ground-colour darker-green. Hind wing darker than in ninus,
the green markings replaced by blue and larger in the ¢, in the 2
smaller, but owing to increase in size of the white patches. Black
marginal border narrower. Underside of fore wing with spots dis-
tinctly larger than in ninus. Hind wing with blue discal spots more
prominent, the white patches larger, and the black ocelli more strongly
edged with lilac distally.

Habitat.—West Buru; En Beloro, 1,670 feet, March, ¢ 2; Kako
Tagalago, 2,700 feet, May, one 2.

512 New Forms of Butterflies from Buru

8. Charazxes madensis Roths. 3 (pl. IX, figs. 4, 5).

Entomologist, xxii, p. 172 (1899) (Mount Mada, Buru) oF:

Nov. Zool., vi, t. 8, f. 4 (1899) ; vu, p. 346 (1900).

3. Upperside of the fore wing with black ground-colour, and
chestnut-brown markings. Basal area chestnut-brown, joined at the
submedian to a lighter postdiscal band reaching vein 3; this band
indistinct distally, and representing in shape and area the band of
the ?, its outer part above vein 2 only indicated by indistinct spots,
its inner part more distinct, above vein 3 only indicated by a large
spot in 8 and a larger one in 4. The anterior part of the band seen
in the 2 is represented in the g by two ovate spots in 5 and 6, only
distinct proximally. Hind wing marked as in the +, but the band
broader and creamy-white. Distal margin narrower, and the black
patches more separated by the chestnut ground-colour, which forms a
darker narrower marginal edge. Underside walnut-brown (Ridgway,
pl. xxviii), markings somewhat as in the ¢, but no white marks. Fore
wing with postdiscal line not waved as in the ?, but sinuate and curved
outwardly in cellule 5. Hind wing with the postdiscal band less
strongly waved than in the ¢, narrower and of a darker brown than
the ground-colour. Distal border paler than the ground-colour and
a narrow marginal border as in the ?.

Length of fore wing: 49 mm.

Habitat.— South coast of Buru, Lek Soela, February - March,
one 3, one ° ; West Central Buru, Kako Tagalago, 2,700 feet, April,
one ¢. one 2 ; Mount Tagalago, 2,000 feet, April, one ¢, one ¢ ;
Koentoeroen, 3,500 feet, April, one 3.

The discovery of the 3 of this species shows it to be a form distinct
from mars Stgr., to which it has been assigned. Its nearest ally must
be ewrtalus Cram., from Ceram and Amboina.

The following were not described in the Entomologist :—

9. Papilio ulysses ampelius Roths. ¢.

Nov. Zool., xv, p. 174 (1908) (Buru).

Resembles typical wlysses from Ceram, but with more blue, especially
on the hind wing. Fore wing with a larger patch at end of cell and
mostly with more blue scaling along lower half of cell. Hind wing with
the blue more extended, in cellule 5 mostly reaching the submarginal
lunule.

Underside of fore wing.—The inner edge of the distal white area is
irregular below vein 5. Hind wing with a broader pale marginal area.

New Forms of Butterflies from Buru 513

Described from a series of six taken at Kako Tagalago, 2,700 feet,
May (neallotype) ; Mount Tagalago, 2,000 feet, April ; south coast, May.

Also thirteen ¢ 3 from Lek Soela (coast), February-March; south
coast, May; Kako Tagalago, 2,700 feet, May; Mount Tagalago, 2,000
feet, April.

10. Cynthia erota buruana Fruh. 2°.
C. arsinoé buruana Fruh., Iris, xiv, p. 829 (1901) (Buru) ¢.

We find that this form has more in common with erota than with
arsinoé, in both sexes. The arsinoé forms have a more broken discal
line on the fore wing, this line being fairly straight and sharply indicated
in erota.

The genus required further revision, like so many others which were
apparently treated hastily in Seitz.

2. Resembles erota forms in the narrow discal band with its sharply
defined inner edge. The band white and 5—6 mm. broad, its outer
edge scalloped and bordered with black. Postdiscal black spots few and
a > shaped mark in cellule 4 and a smaller fifth spot in cellule 6.
A small rounded white subapical spot. A postdiscal heavy black waved
line, and a thinner submarginal line. Basal area greenish-brown and
darker than the smoky-brown discal area.

Hind wing with white discal band, sometimes dusted with brownish
scaling, from 9—10 mm. broad at the costa, narrowing posteriorly to
the anal angle. The inner edge of this band sharply defined and only
slightly irregular, the outer edge clouded with greenish-brown, fairly
straight, and with a heavy and strongly waved line within it. A heavy
black waved submarginal line between which and the discal band the
area is dusted with yellow-brown. A black antemarginal line.

Submarginal area yellow-brown with more or less lilac dusting
mostly along the outer edges of the submarginal lines. Two large ocelli
in 2 and 5, black with orange-yellow ring and thin black outer edge,
pupil bluish-white. A smaller anal ocellus, its lower part joined to the
submarginal line which here ends in a chocolate-brown spot. ‘Tail well
developed.

Underside colouring much as in arsinoé 2 though paler and ocelli
smaller and with the anal ocellus well marked. The lines and bands of the
upperside are less heavily marked on the underside and are asin the ¢.

Length of fore wing 52—61 mm.

A series of both sexes from Kako Tagalago, 2,700 feet, May; Gamoe
*Mrapat, 5,000 feet, April; Koentoeroen, 3,500 feet, April; Lek Soela

(coast), February-March.
34

ol4

A CATALOGUE OF THE LEPIDOPTERA OF HAINAN.
lye Jo Jo SOM AD Ex WALI,

Jeelenit © Il
1.—INTRODUCTION.

THE island of Hainan les in the Gulf of Tonking, and is separ-
ated from the Liu-chow Peninsula by a narrow strait. The island
is about 175 miles long and about 100 miles wide. The climate is
unhealthy and the country rough and mostly in an unsettled state.

Entomologists who have collected on the island have encountered
much difficulty in the interior, chiefly owing to the climate and rough
travelling. Only four important collections of Lepidoptera have been
made on this island. :

In 1878 (Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 695) F. Moore published a list of the
Lepidoptera collected by the late R. Swinhoe. He recorded seventy-
five forms of Rhopalocera and eight Heterocera which Swinhoe obtained
during his ornithological researches in 1868.

In 1887 (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., pp. 111-124, pls. 1 and 1) Dr.
W. J. Holland published a list of the forms collected by the Rev. B. C.
Henry, and recorded eighty-eight Rhopalocera.

The famous ornithological collector, John Whitehead, visited
Hainan in 1889, and unfortunately succumbed to fever in the Five
Finger Mountains. He added largely to our knowledge of the birds
and made a collection of butterflies which contained several new
forms. This collection was made the subject of a paper by Philip
Crowley in the Proc. Zool. Soc., 1900, p. 505, pl. xxxv. <A total of
106 forms of Rhopalocera is recorded.

Since this paper of Crowley’s, no separate list has been published
on the Lepidoptera of the island, but many forms have been recorded
in periodicals and in the work of Seitz: “The Macrolepidoptera of
the Globe.”

The catalogue compiled by us now brings the number of different
forms of Rhopalocera to over 250, even though some names have had
to sink. This increase in our knowledge is due largely to the efforts of

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan 515

Mr. C. T’. Bowring, late Commissioner of Chinese Customs at Hoihow.
Mr. Bowring enlisted the services of several Europeans and natives in
obtaining specimens from all parts of the island, and special credit is
due to Mr. Young Chun and to Dr. Bercovitz. A paper describing
twenty-two new forms sent home by Mr. Bowring was published in
the BULLETIN OF THE Hitt Museum, vol. I, p. 167, 1941. Two
further specimens were described in the same journal on p. 353, 1922.
We describe as new in the present list [xias pyrene hainana f. maculosa.

Zi OCA IMDS.

The journey made by Mr. Chun, and the districts. where collections
were made, are shown on the map appended to this paper. Mr. Chun
went from Hoihow across country to Kimkang, Taifong, Nodia, Faisa
and Nodoa. He made Nodoa his headquarters with the American
Presbyterian Mission, and visited T'amchou, afterwards making a
journey to Nanfong, the “ Dome,’ Fanta, Fanluen, Longmasui,
Hamngausui, Fonkiang, Tunglo and Fanza. He then proceeded to
ascend the Five Finger Mountains, attaining about 6,000 feet. It
was necessary to employ coolies and aborigines to cut a way through
the dense forest, and the whole route was broken up by huge boulders.
A camp was pitched half-way up, and here Mr. Chun stayed for two
months collecting.

Dr. Bercovitz, of the American Mission at Kachek, engaged natives
to collect at Mr. Bowring’s expense, and collecting was done between
Kachek and Leanui, and the Seven Finger Mountains. In this region
were obtained the Anadebis henrici, Papilio coon insperatus and the
Hulaceura.

Mr. Bowring engaged a Hainan youth to work the country from
Hoihow to Dingan, and from Dingan to Leanui. The Coelites was
taken in this region.

Around Hoihow Mr. Bowring collected a good deal himself, and
went west as far as hill 564, which is a volcano extinct since 100 years.
He went east as far as Kabeang, and south to Dingan.

Mr. Bowring had a substation at Yulinkang on the south coast, and
from there received among others the Papilio hipponous bowringt.

A number of things were received froin an American Missionary at
Nodoa; these included Hriboea athamas.

Specimens noted as from “‘ Interior’ were taken in the area covered
by Dr. Bercovitz’s collectors.

516 A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

3.—AFFINITIES.

The Lepidopterous fauna has three affinities. Most forms are
closely allied to or are identical with Himalayan forms, others are
similarly identified with those inhabiting South China, and others
again are closely allied to Tonkin and Burmese forms. There is,
therefore, a parallel affinity with that of the avifauna (cf. Hartert,
Nov. Zool., xvii, p. 189, 1910). We shall give a detailed account of
the distribution at the end of the catalogue.

4.—SYNONYMY.

It has been found necessary to sink a number of names in cases
where a comparison of large material has shown no constant variation
in the Hainan form. The following names are therefore treated as
synonyms. An additional list will be given in connection with the
second part of this catalogue.

No. 38. Prioneris thestylis hainanensis Fruh.
No. 48. Huphina nama hainanensis Fruh.
No. 45. Appias hipporides Moore.
No. 47. Appias indra menandrus Fruh.
No. 57. Terias hainana Moore.

Terias attenuata Moore.

Terias arcwata Moore.
No. 68. Danaida liminace norma Fruh.
No. 77. Huploea musa Swinh.
No. 78. Huploea negleyana Holl.

5.—CATALOGUE OF LEPIDOPTERA.

Forms which are recorded for the first time and those new to
science and described elsewhere, are marked with an asterisk.

RHOPALOCERA.
PAPILIONIDAE,
1. Papilio (Troides) helena spilotia Roths.
Entomologist, xli, p. 4 (1908) (Hainan).
Interior, September, three ¢ S, two 2 2, October, one ?, no

date, two ¢ 3, one ? ; Leanui, wet month, one ¢ ; Hoihow, October,
one °°.

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan oily

2. Papilio (Troides) aeacus Feld.

Wien. Hnt. Mon., iv, p. 225 (1860); Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc.,
p. 509 (1900).

Interior, October, eight ¢ 3, three ? ?, August, four ¢ 3, one ?,
September, one ¢ ; Hoihow, October, four 3 3.

*3. Papilio aidoneus Doubl.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi, p. 178 (1845).

Interior, May, one 3, June, one 3g, July, one g, August, one ¢,
September, five ¢ 3, one ?, November, one ¢, two 2 ?; Leanui,
wet month, one ?; Five Finger Mountains, May, one 3, June, one 2.

4, Papilio dasarada melanurus Roths.

Nov. Zool., xii, p. 78 (1905) (Hainan).

?, Joicey and Talbot, Buty. Hitu Mvs.,i, p. 167, pl. xix, fig. 1
(1921) (Hainan).

Interior, August, one ?.

*5, Papilio coon insperatus J. and T’.

Joicey and Talbot, Bunn. Hint Mus., i, p. 168, pl. xix, fig. 2 (1921)
(Hainan).
Interior, July, one 3, September, five 3 3, one @.

6. Papilio aristolochiae goniopeltis Roths.

Nov. Zool., xv, p. 167 (1908) (Tenasserim to Hong-Kong).

P. aristolochiae Holland (nec Fbr.), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv,
p. 123 (1887); Crowley (Nec Fbr.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 510 (1900).

Interior, April, three ¢ 3, one 2, May, one 3, July, two 2 2,
August, one 3, one 2, September, one 3, one ?, no date, three 3 3,
three 2? 2; Yulinkang, no date, one ¢; Hoihow, March, one 3, one 2,
no date, one ¢; Five Finger Mountains: Fansa, south-western slope,
5,000 feet, June, one 3; Nodoa, August, one ?.

7. Papilio slateri Hew.

Exot. Butts., , Pap., pl. tv (1859); Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 510
(1900). 5

We did not receive this species.

8. Papilio clytia Linn.
Syst. Nat., x, p. 479 (1758).

518 A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

{. satwrata Moore.

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 697 (1878) (Hainan).

P. panope Holland (nec L.), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., p. 122 (1887).

Yulinkang, May, one ?; Interior, September, one 3, one 2? ;
Hoihow, May, one ?, June, one. 3, two 2? 2; Nodoa, August,
three 3 3, three ? 2 ; Five Finger Mountains: Upper Huymo Doorg,
Huplohr District, April, one ¢ ; Hanfong, March, three ¢ 3 ; Daidip
District, April, one 3.

Variation.—Hind wing with marginal spots absent, submarginal
spots absent or obsolete; underside with marginal ‘spots black or
clouded with black, submarginal spots obsolete; three 3 3, four 2? 2
taken in March, August and September.

Holland, l.c., sinks this under panope, but there is no justification
for this. In our series there is no specimen with the spots above
so well marked as in the mainland forms, and seven out of eighteen
are very dark.

f. dissemilis Linn.

SW Btis Iii 5% (0. ID) (LBS),

P. clytua Holl. (nec L.), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 122 (1887).

Hoihow, September 28, 1916 (one ¢ emerged from chrysalis), no
date, one 3, one 2, May, one 2, June, one 3, three ? 2, August,
one ¢ ; Leanui, wet month, one 3, one ? ; Five Finger Mountains
—Nanfong, March, one ¢, one ? ; Upper Huymo Doorg, Huplohr
District, April, one ? ; Nodoa, August, five 2 °.

*9. Papilio telearchus Hew.

Trans. Hint. Soc. Lond., ii (2), p. 22, t. 6, fig. 3 (1852).
Interior, April, one °, May, one ¢, no date, one °.

10. Papilio castor hamela Crowley.

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509, pl. xxxv, fig. 3, ¢ (1900) (Hainan).
Five Finger Mountains, May, one ¢, June, two ¢ 3.

11. Papilio demoleus Linn.

Syst. Nat., x, p. 464 (1758).

P. erithonius v. malayana Holland (nec Btlr.), Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc., xiv, p. 123 (1887).

P. malayanus Moore (nec Btlr.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 697 (1878).

Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509 (1900).

Interior, March, one 3, two 2? 2, April, two ¢ d, July, one ?,

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan 519

August, one 3 , September, three ¢ 3, one ? , no date, five d 3,two? ?:
Yulinkang, no date, one g ; Five Finger Mountains, June, one 2,
one 2 ; Nodoa, March, one ¢, August, two ¢ 3; Leanui, wet month,
two $ 3; Hoihow, March to November, one 3.

12. Papilio chaon chaonulus Fruh.

Soc. Hnt., p. 73 (1902).

P. chaon Crowley (nec L.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509 (1900).

Interior, March, two ¢ 3, April, eleven ¢ 3, May, twenty-four
é S$, June, one ?, July, seven g 3, one ¢, August, three ¢ 3, Sep-
tember, eight ¢ ¢, three 2 2, October, one 3, one 2; Yulinkang,
one ¢, two ? ?, no date, May, one ¢; Five Finger Mountains, May,
two $ gs, June, five ¢ ¢; Hoihow, June, one 3, November, one 9°;
Nodoa, August, nine g 3; Leanui, wet month, eight ¢ 3, two 2 &.

13. Papilio helenus Linn.

Syst. Nat., x, p. 459 (1758).

Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 123 (1887) ; Moore, Proc.
Zool. Soc., p. 696 (1878); Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509 (1900).

Interior, March, two ¢ f, April, four ¢ f, May, seven f f, June,
two ¢ g, August, three ¢ §, September, one ¢, October, one 7,
one 2, no date, four ¢ ¢, one 2, September, one ¢; Five Finger
Mountains, May, one 7, June, five ¢ ¢; Sui Mahn Doorg, south-
western slope June, one §; Nodoa, August, three ¢ f.

3 aberration.

Hind wing patches smaller with a distally eulegnic edge. On
the hind wing below, the upper anal spot and the two lunules in
cellule 2 are merged in a large red patch filling the distal two thirds of
2 and forming a patch on inner margin; the distal edge of the shorter
patch is straight and of the longer patch curved. Taken in August.

*14. Papilio hipponous bowringi Prout.

P. fuscus bowringt Prout, Entomologist, li, p. 129 (1919) (Hainan).
Yulinkang, June, one 3.
Allied to pitmani Elw., from Tenasserim and Siam.

15. Papilio polytes Linn.

P. polytes, Syst. Nat., x, p. 460 (1758); Holland, Trans. Amer.
JH Pos TSDOo5, I, On WAS (SISTA) s
3 f. vern. borealis Feld.
Wien. Hint. Mon., vi, p. 22 (1861).

520 A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

Interior, March, one ¢@ (red anal spot on hind wing), April, one 2,
May, two f ¢, December, one {. Five Finger Mountains, Nanfong,
March, one § (red anal spot on hind wing).

3, f. aest. pammon Linn.

Pap. pammon, Syst. Nat., x, p. 460 (1758) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc.,
p. 696 (1878).

Interior, March, four 3 3, April, two ¢ 3, May, nine 3 3, June,
one ¢, July, one 3, September, twenty 3 3, October, one 3,
December, four 3¢ 3 ; Nodoa, August, fourteen ¢ ¢ ; Five Finger
Mountains: Nanfong, March, five ¢ ¢; Five Finger Mountains,
June, two ¢ 3; Leanui, wet month, five ¢ ¢; Hoihow, March to
December, three 3 3, November, one 3, August, three ¢ 3d.

Extreme form with very narrow bard and no submarginal spots on
hind wing below. Interior, September, three ¢ ¢ ; Nodoa, August,

one ¢.
' ¢ aberration astreans Jord.

Seitz’ “ Macrolepidoptera,” 1x, p. 61 (1910) (Southern India).
Hoihow, June, one ¢.

2, f. mandane Roths.
Nov. Zool., ii, p. 848 (1895).

f. vern.
Interior, August, one 2, September, three ? ?, November, one ° ;
December, one ? ; Leanui, wet month, one 2: Nodoa, August,

five @ 2? ; Five Finger Mountains: Nanfong, March, one ? ; Hoihow,

March, one ?.
f. aestiv.

Interior, no date, one ?, May, five 2 2, December, two 2 2? ;
Nodoa, August, two 2 ?.

?, f. stuchius Hbn.

*Samml. Hx. Schmett.,’.1, t. 112 (1806-1816).

Interior, April, one 2, August, one 2, September, one ? ; Nodoa,
August, two 2 ?; Five Finger Mountains: Nanfong, March, one 2° ;
Hoihow, June, one 2°.

Two out of the seven specimens are larger and have strongly
developed red patches on the hind wing.

16. Papilio memnon agenor Linn.

Syst. Nat., x, p. 460 (1758).

Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 122 (1887) (Hainan).

P. espert Holl. (nec Butl.), l.c., p. 122 (1887) (Hainan) ; Crowley,
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509 (1900).

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan 521

Interior, March, two ¢ ¢, April, one ¢, May, five ¢ ¢, August,
one f, September, nine f {, October, two f $, no date,two f fg.

2, white stripes on hind wing reduced distally. May to September,
one ; no date, one.

White stripes on hind wing extended to submarginal black spots,
August, one.

Leanui, wet month, two ¢ ¢ ; Nodoa, August, fourteen ¢ ¢ ; Five
Finger Mountains, 5,500 feet, May, two ¢ ¢, 2,500 feet, May, one ¢ ;
Seven Finger Mountains, September, one .

2? f. distantianus Roths.

Nov. Zool., uu, p. 820 (1895).

P. achates Holl. (nec Cram.), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 122
(1887) (Hainan).

P. achates Moore (nec Cram.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 697 (1878).

Interior, April to October, one; May, two; September, six ; no
date, four.

Ab. with white marginal spots on hind wing one, no date.

Ab. with red marginal spots on hind wing, June, one; Nodoa;
August, one.

Ab. with marginal red spots on hind wing, August, one.

17. Papilio protenor euprotenor Fruh.

Fint. Zert. Stutt., p. 46 (1908).

P. protenor Crowley (nec Cram.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509 (1900).

Interior, April, three ¢ 3, one ?, May, ten ¢ ¢,July, eight 3 3,
August, four 3 ¢, September, twenty-four ¢ 3d, three ? 9, no date
seven ¢ 3, one 2; Five Finger Mountains: Sui Mahn Doorg,
S. Slope, June, two 2 2, two é ¢.

*18. Papilio rhetenor irene J. and T.

Joicey and Talbot, Burnt. Hint Mus., 1, p. 168, pl. xx, figs. 3, 4
(1921) (Hainan).

Interior, March, one 3, April, six ¢ ¢, June, one 3, August, one 2,
September, two 3 3d; Five Finger Mountains: Namfung, March,
one 3; Five Finger Mountains: June, one ?.

19. Papilio dialis cataleucas Roths.

Nov. Zool., xv, p. 173 (1908) (Hainan), 3.

Joicey and Talbot, Buty. Hin Mus,, i, p. 168 (1921), 2.

P. doddsi Crowley (nec Janet), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 510 (1900).
Interior, July, two 3 3, August, three ¢ 3, one ¢, September,

522, A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

five 3 3, two ? 2, no date, one & (tail reduced to a lobe); Five
Finger Mountains, May 27, 1920, one 3 ; Seven Finger Mountains,
September, one 3.

20. Papilio paris tissaphernes Fruh.

Lint. Zevt. Stutt., p. 171 (1909).

P. paris Holland (nec Linn.), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 128
(1887).

P. paris Crowley (nec Linn.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 510 (1900).

Interior, March, one ¢, March to October, four ¢ 3, one 2, April,
five ¢ g, April to October, one 3, May, five 3 3, one 2, June,
one 3d, one ?, July, seven 3 3, August, five d ¢, one ?, September,
eighteen gs, four 2 9 November) two 2)? mon dates toured
one ? ; Nodoa, August, five ¢ 3, three 2° 2; Five Finger Moun-
tains: Sui Mahn Doorg, south-western slopes, June, two 3 ¢;
Nanfong, March, one 3; Five Finger Mountains, June, three 3 ¢ ;
Leanui, wet month, three $ 3.

21. Papilio agetes Westw.

© INAS, Valin,” Is, (Ds OB, os HS, es, 1B CUS).
Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 510 (1900).

We did not receive this species.

22. Papilio nomius swinhoei Moore.

P. swinhoet Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 697 (1878) (Hainan).

P. nomius Holland (nec Esp.), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 123
(1887).

Yulinkang, May to August, five ¢ ¢; Five Finger Mountains:
Nanfong, March, two 3 3, no date, one °.

23. Papilio antiphates pompilius Fbr.

vy Wileyotss 1boe.°° ai, fo, SO (Ve),

P. antiphates Holland (nec Cram.), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv,
p. 123 (1887).

P. continentalis Crowley (nec Himer), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 510 (1900).

Interior, March, six ¢ ¢, April to October, one 3, May,seven ¢ 2
June, one 2) July, four o9g5 two oe Aueust, ome ste omensor
September, two ff: Five Finger Mountains: Nanfong, March,
One ees

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan 523

24. Papilio payeni hegylus Jord.

elt Zam Viacrolepy, amxe moo (909) @elanmam):
We did not receive this form.

25. Papilio sarpedon Linn.

Syst. Nat., x, p. 461 (1758) ; Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv,
p. 122 (1887) (Hainan) ; Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 510 (1900).

Interior, March, one ¢, April, two g ¢, May, three f ¢, June,
one g, August, two § ¢, September, two ¢ g, October, one ¢@,
December, one §, no date, two f ¢; Nodoa, August, three ¢ 7,
two ¢ 2 ; Five Finger Mountains, June, one {; Leanui, wet month,
two ¢ ¢; Hoihow, June, one ¢, March to October, one 7, no date,
one ¢@.

26. Papilio doson axion Feld.

P. axion Feld., Verh. Zool. bot. Ges., xiv, p. 805 (1864).

P. axion Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 697 (1878).

P. axion Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 510 (1900).

P. acheron, Crowley, l.c.

Yulinkang, May, one g, one ? ; Interior, no date, one ¢, March,
two s 3, April, six ¢ 3, April to October, one f, April to December,
one ?, May, nineteen ¢ 3, July, one $, August, one $, September,
five ¢ fg, one ?, October, two ¢ ¢, December, cne f ; Five Finger
Mountains, Hoplohr District, April, one ¢.

27. Papilio eurypylus cheronus Fruh.

Berl. Ent. Zevt., p. 204 (1902).

P. telephus Holl. (nec Feld.), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 122
(1887).

Interior, January one ¢, March, two ¢ ¢, May, fifteen ¢ 27,
July, two ¢ §, one 2; September, two 7g ¢.

28. Papilio bathycles chiron Wall.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., xxv, p. 66 (1865).
P. bathycles Crowley (nec Zink), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 510 (1900).

Interior, May, six ¢ ¢, July, three ¢ ¢, August,one gf, September,
three ¢ &..

524 A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

29. Papilio agamemnon Linn.

Syst. Nat., x, p. 462 (1758).

Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 122 (1887) (Hainan).

Interior, July, one $, two 2 2, September, four g g, one ?,
October, one f,no date, two f f ; Yulinkang, May, one 2, August,
one f# ; Nodoa, August, one $ ; Hoihow, June, one f, one 2, March
to December, one ?.

All the ¢ § are short-tailed (f. aegisthus L.), and the 2 2 are
long-tailed.

30. Papilio macareus mitis Jord.

Seitz’ ‘“‘ Macrolep.,” ix, p. 104 (1909) (Hainan).

P. striatus Crowley (nec Lathy), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 510 (1900).

Five Finger Mountains, Upper Huymo Doorg, Huplohr District
April, two ¢ ¢, May, one ¢.

31. Papilio xenocles xenoclides Fruh.

Soc. Ent., p. 73 (1902).

P. xzenocles Crowley (nec Doubl.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 510 (1900).
Interior, March, twelve f ¢, May, two ¢ Z, no date, two f ¢.
(In Hope Mus., August, one 7.)

32. Papilio megarus similis Lathy.

Entomologist, p. 149 (1899).

P. megarus Holland (nec Westw.), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv,
p. 122 (1887).

P. megarus Moore (nec Westw.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 697 (1878).

Interior, March, one $. This does not differ from Siam specimens.

*33. Leptocircus curius walkeri Moore.

“Tuep. Ind.,” v, p. 187 (1902) (Hong-Kong).

Interior, July, four ¢ ¢, September, four ¢ f, no date, one 7,
May, three ¢ $, June, one ¢, August, two ¢ g; Five Finger Moun-
tains, June, one ¢.

34. Leptocircus meges virescens Butl.

Cat. Fabr., p. 259 (1869).

Interior, September, one 3, October, one 3, March, three ? 2,
May, one ?; Five Finger Mountains, May, four ? ?, June, three ¢ ¢ -

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan 525

PIERIDAE.
395. Leptosia xiphia F'br.
Pap. uphia, “Sp. Ins.,” 11, p. 48 (1781).
Nychitona xiphia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 699 (1878) (Hainan).
Pontia xiphia Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 121 (1887).
Interior, April, six § g§, June, one $, August, one ff, September,
two ¢ ¢,two 2 2, November, one ¢.

36. ? Delias hyparete ciris Fruh.

Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,” ix, p. 125 (1910) (Siam, Cochin China, Tonkin,
Tenasserim).

D. hierte Holland (nec Hubn.), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 121
(1887).

We did not receive this species.

37. Delias aglaia porsenna Cram.

De DONSCHN A.) bape iXObss, ine De OOssebs socliiiy 1D ye) (nite)
(* Batavia ”’ err.).

Thyca pasithoe Moore (nec Linn.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 701 (1878).

Interior, April, one 2, May, two 2 ¢, June, one 2, August, one J,
one 2, September, one 7¢, no date, four ¢ $, one ?; Five Finger
Mountains, Nanfong, April, one ¢.

38. Prioneris thestylis Doubl.

Gray, Zool. Miscell., p. 76 (1842).

P. thestylis hainanensis Fruhst., Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,”’ ix, p. 136 (1910)
(Hainan).

P. thestylis Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 508 (1900).

We can detect no constant difference between our series and
Indian specimens. The wet form is typical and there are specimens
transitional to watsont Hew.

f. typ.
Five Finger Mountains, April, one ¢. May, three f f.
f. intermediate.

Interior, May, one ¢, July, one ¢, September, two $ ¢; Leanui,
wet month, two f ¢@.

f. watsont Hew.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 100 (1868).

P. watsont Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 508 (1900).

We did not receive this form.

526 A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

39. Prioneris clemanthe euclemanthe Fruh.

Soc. Ent., p. 35 (1903) (Hainan).

P. clemanthe Crowley (nec Doubl.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 508 (1900).

Interior, March, six ¢ ¢, April to September, one f, April to
October, one ¢, May, three g ¢, June, two § g, July, eight ¢ fg,
one 2, September, two f ¢, no date, nine ¢ ¢; Hoihow, no date,
one ¢.

In most specimens the yellow area on the hind wing below is
reduced and does not reach the submarginal line.

AO. Pieris canidia Sparr.

Pap. canidia Sparr. Amoen. Acad., vii, p. 504 (1769).

Synchloe camdia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 701 (1878).

P. canidia Holl., Trans. Amer. Hint. Soc., xiv, p. 121 1887).

Interior, March, two ¢ ¢, April, one 2, May, six g g, three 2 2,
June, two ¢ ¢, August, one g, one 2, December, three ¢ J, no date,
three ~ ¢; Nodoa, March, one °.

*41. Pieris naganum Moore.
Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 45 (1884).

Five Finger Mountains, Fansa, south-western slope, 5,000 feet,
June, two ¢ ¢.

42, Huphina nerissa F br.

“Pap. nerissa, Syst. Hint., p. 471 (1775).

Appias amasene Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 121 (1887).

A. amasene Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 700 (1878) ; Crowley, Proc.
Zool. Soc., p. 509 (1900).

Pieris phryne Holl. (nec Fbr.), Trans. Amer. Hint. Soc., xiv, p. 121
(1887).

f. vern. coronis Cram.

Pap. coronis,“ Pap. Exot.,’’1(4), p.69, t. xliv, B.C. (1775) (Coromandel).

Interior, March, one ¢, May, three ¢ ¢, August, one 7 , September,
three: fete

November, one f, one ?, July, two $ f ; Five Finger Mountains:
Hoplohr District, April, one ¢ ; Five Finger Mountains, May, one ¢ ;
Hoihow, April, one ¢, June, one #, one ?, November, one, f one ¢,
no date, two ¢ ¢.

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan 527

f. aest. nerissa Ebr.
Appias copta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 700 (1878).
Ho Ching Sang, one f§ ; Hoihow, January, one ¢, December, two
é g,two $$. The 2 & are yellowish, one strongly so.

43. Huphina nadina Luc., f. nama Moore.

Cat. Lep. H.1.C., i, p. 76 (1857) (Northern India)

Huphina nadina Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509 (1900).

H. nama haimanensis Fruhst., Ent. Rdsch., xxx, p. 92 (1918)
(Hainan).

Interior, March, one ?, April, one 2, May, three f~ Z, one 2,
June, one ¢, July, one $, August, one ¢, September, two ff ?¢.
December, three ¢ $; Five Finger Mountains, May, four ¢ f.

Both the wet form, nadina, and the intermediate form, nama, were
obtained in the same months. We cannot differentiate either of these
from Indian examples, so the name hainanensis must therefore sink.

44. Appias libythea Ebr.
Pap. libythea, Syst. Ent., p. 471 (1775).
f. vern. lubythea Fbr.
2 f. zelmira Stoll.
P. zelmira Stoll. in Cram., “ Pap. Exot.,” iv, p. 64, t. 320, C. D.
(1780) (Coromandel).

A. zelmira Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 700 (1878).

Interior, April, one ¢, two 2 2, June, one 2, September, one 2,
no date, two ¢ $; Yulinkang, April, one $; Hoihow, June, two ¢ ¢,
one ee Aucust, two ga, two 95 October, three gf ntworme es,
December, one 7.

f. aest. arvinee Swinh.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 5, p. 359 (1890) (Mandalay).

ElovioweA JanuaryasuwoOr 4 Ge one. 2 = December sonend ,.Oner ra.
Yulinkang, May, one ?.

45. Appias lyncida inornata Moore.

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 700 (1878) (Hainan).

A. hippoides Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 312 (1881) (North-
Kast Bengal); Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 121 (1887).

A. hippo Crowley (nec Cram.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 508 (1900).

528 A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

We can detect no constant difference between this and Indian
specimens.

f. vern. inornata Moore.

Interior, March, four ¢,% one ¢, April, eight ¢ ¢, sixteen 2 2,
April to December, one 3, May, two f 3, twelve ¢ ¢, June, one ae
July, four 2? 2, August, one 2, September, three f ¢, four ¢ ¢, no
date, three ~ #, seven $ 2; Nodoa, August, one ¢, one 2; Leanui,
wet month; Hoihow, no date, one 7, three 2? § ; Five Finger Moun-
tains, May, one ¢.

: f. aest. vacans Butl.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 490 (1870) (Darjeeling) ; “ Lep. Exot.,”
19> QO, tol, 2Oeeiy WIE, B, © ChoTA)s

Interior, December, one 2; Hoihow, May, one ?, December,
Onem er

46. Appias nero hainanensis Fruh.

Tris, p. 178 (1902) (Hainan).

A. galba Crowley (nec Wall.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 508 (1900).

Five Finger Mountains, Upper Huymo Doorg, Huplohr District,
April, two ¢ ¢; Five Finger Mountains, June, two ? 2 (one very
pale form) ; Interior, April, one ?.

47. Appias indra Moore.

Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C., i, p. 74 (1857).

A. mdra Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509 (1900).

A. indra menandrus Fruhst., Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,” ix, p. 153 (1910)
(Hainan).

Our series of thirteen ¢ ~ andtwo 2 2 shows no constant difference
from Indian specimens in the collection.

Interior, March, one ¢, April, twelve $ ¢; Five Finger Mountains,
June, one 2, no date, one °.

48. Appias lalage lageloides Crowley.

Hyposcritia lageloides Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509, pl. xxxv,
fig. 2 (1900) (Hainan).

H. lalage Crowley (nec Doubl.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509 (1900).

H. pseudolalage Crowley (nec Moore), loc. cit., p. 509.

Interior, April, one ¢; Leanui, wet month, one ¢.

bo
We)

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan 5S

49. Appias albina Bdv. confusa H'ruh.

Seitz’ “‘ Macrolep.,” ix, p. 154 (1910) (Sikkim, Assam, Siam, Tonkin).
Catophaga albina Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509 (1900).

We did not receive this species.

*50. Appias paulina darada}Feld.
“ Reise Nov.”’, Lep., 11, p. 166 (1865) (Silhet).

Interior, no date, one °.

51. Ixias pyrene hainana Fruh.

Seitz’ ““ Macrolep.,” ix, p. 158 (1910) (Hainan).

Hee punene sole (mec) inans Amer. Hint. SOC. xiv, p. 122 sen:

Allied to annamitica Fruh., from Annam.

f. vern. hainana Fruh.

I. evippe Crowley (nec Drury), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 508 (1900).

Interior, March, one ¢, one 2,- April; six ¢ ¢, May, twelve # 4;
one ¢,July,two f ¢, August, four ¢ §, September, three f ¢,one ?,
November, one ¢, December, three f f, no date, one ¢, one ¢ ;
Leanui, wet month, two $ ¢; Five Finger Mountains, Fansa, S.W.
slope, June, one §; Hoihow, March, one ¢, March to October, one ? ,
April to December, one 2, May, one ¢, one ?, November, one f, no
dates two o ¢-

The females of this form are pale yellow. As this form was described
from a single ¢ a specimen of the 2 (Hoihow, May) has been selected
to represent the neallotype.

f. aest. maculosa nov.

Thestias sesia Moore (nec Fabr.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 700 (1878).

Interior, March, one ¢, May, four ¢ ¢, November, one f, Decem-
ber, three ¢ ¢, three 2 2; Five Finger Mountains, June, one 2. Types
& © labelled “ Interior, Dec. 1919.”

The female of this form has an orange band like the ¢, but shaped
as in the other form.

This form is distinguished by a sandy-yellow and much mottled
underside ; marginal band of hind wing above narrower or broken up
into small spots.

52. Dercas verhuelli Hoev.

Mijds Nat. Gesch., V, p. 341, pl. vill, figs. 3) 3a, 2 (1839),

Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 508 (1900).

Interior, April, four § ¢, May, three ¢ §, September, two ¢ f;
Five Finger Mountains, 5,000 feet, May, one ¢, June, three f ¢.

30 ;

530 A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

53. Catopsilia pyranthe Linn.

Pap. pyranthe, Syst. Nat. x, p. 469 (1758).

Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 509 (1900).

f. vern. chryseis Drury.

Pap. chrysets, “ Il. Nat. Hist.,” i, p. 28, pl. xu, figs. 3, 4 (770).

Interior, May, one ¢, three ¢ 2, September, three ¢ f, seven $ ¢,
no date, four ~ ¢, two $ 2,one ¢ with base of fore wing blackish-
brown to half the cell. Nodoa, August, one 2; Five Finger Mountains,
June, one ¢ ; Hoihow, April to December, one 2, April, three fg @,
August, one ¢.

f. aest. gnoma Ebr.

Pap. gnoma, Syst. Hnt., p. 828 (1775).

C. gnoma Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 122 (1887).

C. gnoma Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 699 (1878).

Interior, January, one §, May, one 2, November, one ¢ ; Hoihow,
November, one ~@.

*54. Catopsilia florella F'br.
Pap. florella, Syst. Ent., p. 479 (1775).
Interior, November, one ¢, no date, one ¢ ; Hoihow, January
one ¢, one ¢, November, one $, two 2? 2, December, two ¢ ¢.
55. Catopsilia crocale Cram.
f. alemeone Cram.
“Pap. Exot.,” ii, p. 71, pl. exli, fig. E (1777) (Coromandel).
Hoihow, October, one ¢, November, three ~ ¢, December, one ff;
Five Finger Mountains, June one ¢.
2 f. gugurtha Cram.
“Pap. Exot.,” 11, p. 138, pl. clxxxvil, figs. E, F (1777) (Coromandel).
Interior, June, one ¢, December one $ ; Hoihow, April, one 2,
November one ¢, December, one 2.
2 f. crocale Cram.
PeLeEy Oe IDPs JD Sip JO Wy, ater (Cy JO) (LUT) (bal, Oenerats,)).
Hoihow, July, one ¢.

*56. Catopsilia pomona Fbr.

Pap. pomona, Syst. Hnt., p. 479 (1775).

We follow Fruhstorfer in treating this as a separate species, as
further confirmation by breeding is desirable before it can be said that
pomona and crocale are dimorphic forms of the same,

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan Jol

Interior, November, one 9, December, one 2 ; Nodoa, August,
one ¢ ; Hoihow, December, three ¢ ¢, four 2 2.

TERIAS.

We have received three species of Terias from Hainan, libythea,
hecabe, and blanda. The form described by Moore as hainana is a race
of laeta, and the other forms described by Moore as swbdecorata, arcuata,
and attenuata appear to belong to hecabe. We cannot identify any
blanda form as previously received from the island.

It is often difficult to separate some forms of hecabe from blanda,
but blanda may be recognized, as stated by Fruhstorfer in Seitz, by the
presence of ‘‘ three streaks on the undersurface of the fore wing.” This
really means three marks in the cell, the third mark being a dot at the
base. This dot is often obliterated or is so vestigial that it cannot be
seen with certainty. In such cases we have found that a character on
the hind wing below is usually constant, viz., a series of intranervular
marginal dots. Sometimes these are absent but in this case the basal
cell-dot on the fore wing is probably well marked, at least in the speci-
mens we have examined. We must dissent from the description of the
genitalia given by Fruhstorfer in Seitz, 1x, p. 168.

Although some form of blanda may show the valve armed with
“a corona of four sharp teeth,’ our own dissections show a distinct
bifurcation at the distal edge, one lobe being much larger than the
other and irregularly notched. There is a finger-like process on either
side. In hecabe there is only a short pointed process at the distal edge,
with two finger-like processes on one side and two short and sharper
processes on the other.

57. Terias libythea Ebr.

Pap. libythea, Ent. Syst. Suppl., p. 427 (1798).
f. vern. libythea.

T. drona Holl. (nec Horsf.), Trans. Amer. Hint. Soc., xiv, p. 121
(1887).

Five Finger Mountains, May, one f ; Interior, no date, one 9,
September, one ¢.

These specimens are not different from Chinese ones.

f. aest. rubella Wall.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 323 (1867) (Calcutta).
T. hainana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 700 (1878) (Hainan).

§32 A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

As Moore says his species is allied to drona Horsf., it should not be
associated with daeta as is done in Seitz.

58. Terias laeta Bdyv.

Spee. “Gen. Lep.,” i, p. 674 (1836).

Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., Xv, p. TAIL CUSS7)).
We did not receive this species.

59. Terias hecabe Linn..

Pap. hecabe, Syst. Nat., x, p. 470 (1758).

T. subdecorata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 699 (1878) (Hainan).

T. attenuata Moore, l.c., p. 700 (1878) (Hainan).

T. arcuata Moore, l.c., p. 700 (1878) (Hainan).

T. hecabe Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 121 (1887).

9? T. swava Crowley (nec Boisd.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 508 (1900).

We cannot distinguish any constant difference between our large
series of Hainan examples and Indian specimens. There are many inter-
mediates between the very narrow bordered attenuata and the more
typical hecabe. Some females cannot be distinguished from the figure
of aesiope given by Ménétries and there are males to match them. This
was the form designated by Moore as swbdecorata.

f. vern. hecabe L.

T. subdecorata Moore, l.c. 2.

T. arcuata Moore, l.c.

T. suava Crowley (nec Boisd.), l.c.

Interior, April, two $ ¢, two $2 °, May, eighteen f ¢, seven oe
July, forty-six § ¢, sixteen ¢ ¢, August, six Gag. hive ? eSeptemipjer
forty-nine f ¢, twenty-five ¢ ¢, November, one ¢, one § , December,
five ¢ 2, no date, one ¢ ; Nodoa, August, one § ; Hoihow, August,
one 2.

Included in the above are three specimens without any marks
whatever on the underside—December, one ¢@, September, one ¢,
one 2.

The following specimens show a narrow black and more evenly
rounded border on the fore wing (= arcuata). Interior, May,two ¢ 7,
July, three g 2, September, four ¢ ¢, October, one 2.

f. aestiv. aesiope Men.

Cat. Coll. Ent. Acad. Sc. Petr. Lep., 1, p. 85, t. u, fig. 3 (1855)

(“ Haiti,” err.).

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan 533

. aestope Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 699 (1878).

. subdecorata Moore, l.c., 2.

. attenuata Moore, l.c.

. aesiope Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 508 (1900).

We take this opportunity to point out that in Seitz’ ‘“ Macrolepi-
doptera ’ Réber has included this form in the Fauna Americana, and
Fruhstorfer has omitted it in the Indian fauna.

Interior, January, one ¢, April, two 2 2, May, five ¢ ¢, six 2 92,
July, one ¢, August, two 2 2, September, one Z, three 2 2, Novem-
ber, one 2, December, four ¢ ¢, two 2 2; Hoihow, no date, one 2,
December, one ¢.

ah es) iss) ss

*60. Terias blanda hobsoni Butl.

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 668 (1880) (Formosa).

This form possesses the characteristics of blanda, and the Hainan
_ specimens are so close to it that we hesitate to separate them, especially
in view of the individual variation which exists.

The form described by Fruhstorfer as acandra (Seitz, ix, p. 169, 1910,
Hong-Kong) is a hecabe form based on a single female specimen of the
dry season, and of which we have examined the type. Fruhstorfer has
also described from Formosa what he calls blanda arsakia f. aphaia.
This is a small and narrow-margined hecabe, but the name may be
retained to represent the hecabe form in Formosa, since we treat hobsoni
as a blanda form. We must point out, however, that Butler, l.c. p. 668,
described a form from Formosa as unduligera, and this may belong to
hecabe.

Interior, May, six g g, July, five ¢ ¢, September, ten f ¢,one f,
December, one ¢, one ¢ ; Five Finger Mountains, June, one ~. The
black border of the fore wing of this specimen is shaped as in a
pronounced hecabe.

The specimens of the so-called dry form with the reddish markings
are labelled May, September, and December.

61. Gandaca harina hainana F'ruh.

Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,” ix, p. 173 (1910) (Hainan).

Terias harina Crowley (nec Horsf.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 508 (1900).

Interior, April, three ¢ ¢, May, one §,one 2, September, one f,
December, one 2, no date, one 2.

534 A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

62. Hebomoia glaucippe Linn.

Pap. glaucippe, Syst. Nat., x, p. 469 (1758).

Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 508 (1900).

Interior, March, three § f, April, three $ ¢,one °, May, two fg ¢;
June, two ¢ ¢, July, three f ¢, August, one ¢, September, four f ¢ ;
Nodoa, August, one ¢, two 2 2 ; Leanui, wet month, one g, one ¢ ;
Hoihow, no date, seven ¢ ¢~, two 2 &.

63. Pareronia valeria hippia Fbr.

Pap. hippia, Mant., 11, p. 55 (1787).

Nepheronia valeria Holl. (nec Cram.), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv

1} (USS),

Interior, March, one g, April;one ¢; May, one ¢; one 7, June;
one ¢, July, two ¢ ¢, December, one 2, no date, one ¢, one Q ;
Leanui, wet month, one ¢ ; Hoihow, March-September, one 3, May,
one ¢, June, two f f, two 2 2, November, one ¢,one ¢.

DANAIDAE.
64. Limnas chrysippus L.
Pap. chrysippus, Syst. Nat., x, p. 471 (1758).
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 695 (1878).
Interior, no date, one ¢ ; Hoihow, December, two f 7.

65. Danaida plexippus Linn.

Pap. plecippus, Syst. Nat., x, p. 471 (1758).

Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 695 (1878).

Danais genutia Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 111 (1887).

Salatura genutia Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 505 (1900).

Interior, April-December, one 3, May, one 2? , September, three f 2,
one 2, no date, two $ ¢; Nodoa, August, one $, two ¢ 2; Hoihow,
June, one ¢, no date, two f ¢.

*66. Danaida (Tirumala) melissa septentrionis Butl.

Ent. Mo. Mag., xi, p. 163 (1874).

Interior, September, two $ ¢, two 2? &, no date, one ~; Nodoa
August, one ¢.

b)

67. Danaida (Tirumala) gautama Moore.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xx, p. 43 (1877) (Burmah).
Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 111 (1887).
Interior, no date, one f, one ¢.

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan 535

68. Danaida (Tirumala) limniace Cram.

© T2505 1BPSe hy Jo. GHA Tie BS), IDI, CU) (Claurcey),

D. limniace norinia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ ‘ Macrolep.,” ix, p. 274
(1911) (Hainan).

D. limniace Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 695 (1878); Holland, Trans.
Amer. Hint. Soc., xiv (1887); Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 505 (1900).

Interior, May, one $, September, three f ¢, four 2 2, December,
one ¢, no date, two $ ¢, one 2; Nodoa, August, three $ $; Yulin-
kang, no date, one f; Five Finger Mountains, Nanfong, March, two
wee elolhow, dune, two 4 o. one © : August, one ¢, one f,
November, two f f, October, one 3, no date, two ¢# f, one @.

This series is no different from an Indian series, neither in size of
specimens nor in size of spots.

69. Danaida (Parantica) aglea grammica Bdv.

“SOs Grito tie hs ILL, sayer, JNO) CSS),

D. aglea phormis Fruhstorfer, Hnt. Zeit. Stutt., p. 117 (1909).

Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,” 1x, p. 208 (as “ phormion ”’) (1910); loc. cit. (part),
p. 274 (1911) (Tonkin, Annam, Siam, Hainan).

D. aglea Moore (nec Cram.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 695 (1878) ;
Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 111 (1887).

Interior, January-December, one ¢, March, one f, May, one ¢,
three 22, June, two ¢ ¢; July, one ¢, August, one ¢, one 2;
September, one ¢, no date, three ~ §; Yulinkang, no date, one 7;
Five Finger Mountains, Fansa, south-west slopes, 5,000 feet, June,
one 2; Hoihow, November, one 2.

We are unable to separate the specimens of this series from Indian
ones, and no difference is shown by two examples from Annam in the
Joicey collection.

70. Danaida (chittira) melaneus plataniston Fruh.

Seitz’ ‘‘ Macrolep.,” ix, p. 210 (1910) (Sikkim).

Caduga swinhoet Crowley (nec Moore), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 505 (1900).

Interior, December, one f ; Five Finger Mountains, Sui Mahu
Doorg, south slopes, June, one ¢; Five Finger Mountains, May, one J.

*71. Danaida (chittira) sita tytia Gray.
‘‘Lep. Ins. Nepal,” p. 9, pl. ix, fig. 2 (1833-1846).
Five Finger Mountains, June, one ¢.

536 A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

*72. Danaida (Radena) similis Linn.

Pap. sumilis, Syst. Nat., x, p. 479 (1758).

Interior, March, two ¢ g, one ¢, April, one ¢, May four f @,
two ? ?, August, four ¢ ¢, one ¢, September, one {, one 2, April-
October, two ¢ ¢, December, one ¢, no date, four ¢ ¢, one 2;
Leanui, wet month, one ¢, one 2 ; Hoihow, May-October, one ¢.

73. Euploea (Crastia) modesta deriopes Fruh.

Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,’ ix, p. 275 (1911) (Hainan).
We did not receive this species.

74. Euploea (Crastia) amymone Godt. hadrumaia Fruh.

Seitz’ “‘ Macrolep.,” ix, p. 276 (1911) (Hainan).

fj. feldert Moore (nec Butl.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 695 (1878) ;
Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 113 (1887).

2H. prunosa tersatica Fruh., Seitz’ “ Macrolep.,” ix, p. 276 (1911)
(Hainan).

Interior, March, one ¢, one ¢, April, four ¢ g, May, three f 2,
three ¢ 2, June, one ¢, August, one g, September, three ~ f,one 2,
no date, seven ¢ §, four ? 2 ; Yulinkang, June, one f, one ?, no
date, three $ ¢, two 2? 2 ; Nodoa, August, five ¢ $; Leanui, wet
month, one ¢ ; Five Finger Mountains, Nanfong, March, one :
Hoihow, May, one ¢, two 2 2, June, one ¢, one @, MIGU, Sex Qe s
one ?, August-October, one ~, November, two ¢ ~.

Specimens without submarginal spots on the hind wing above may
be called tersatica Fruh. We fail to recognize two species in the series
here recorded, and the forms with and without marginal and sub-
marginal spots on the hind wing are connected by transitions. All
the $ f in our series have the submarginal dots of the fore wing
more or less tinged with blue (cf. Fruhstorfer, loc. cit.).

One specimen is worthy of note. It is without any blue sheen on
the fere wing, and shows a violet apical suffusion as in godarti but
much less pronounced.

eT

5. KEuploea (Stictoploea) harrisi binotata Btlr.

Stictoploea binotata Btlr., Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xiv, p. 302 (1878),
(Silhet).

E. harrist binotata Fruh., Seitz’ ‘‘ Macrolep.,”’ ix, pl. Ixxxii, a (1910)
(Sikkim, Assam).

A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan ool

Hoihow, September, one §; Interior, May, one ¢, September,
two $ @.

76. Euploea (Trepsichrois) mulciber Cram.

~ Jey, IK, Wh, 19> 44, jole@eqyany, waves (Ce ID CL) (Chomary)

Trepsichrois linnaet Crowley (nec Moore), Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 505
(1900). .

Interior, May, four $ ¢, July to October, one f, August, two ¢ fg,
two 2 2, September, one §,two 2 2, November, two ¢ f, December,
one g,no date, three § ¢ ; Leanui, wet month, one ¢ ; Five Finger
Mountains, May, one f, June, one ¢.

77. Huploea (Salpinx) dehaani hainana Holl.

Calliploea lederert var. hainana Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv,
p. 118 (1887) (Hainan).

E. dehaamt minorata Fruhstorfer (nec Moore), Seitz’ “‘“Macrolep.,” 1x,
p. 262 (1910).

E. musa Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), p. 103 (1899) (Tonkin).

Interior, March, one ¢ one 2, April, one {, May, six ¢ ¢, one ¢,
August, one ¢, September, three ¢ ¢, November, one {, no date,
four ¢ f ; Yulinkang, May, one $, June, one §, no date, one $ ;
Nodoa, August, one ¢; Five Finger Mountains, Upper Huymo Doorg,
Hoplohr dist., April, one ¢ ; Hoihow, August, one 2, September,
oner

Fruhstorfer in Seitz’ ‘‘ Macrolepidoptera’’ has confused hainana
Holl. with minorata Moore and sinks the former. It is negleyana Holl,
which must sink to minorata.

78. Euploea (Salpinx) leucostictos minorata Moore.

Salpinz minorata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 695 (1878) (Hainan).

Salpinz negleyana Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv, p. 112,
pl. i, fig. 2 (1887) (Hainan).

E. leucostictos negleyana Fruh., Seitz’ “‘Macrolep.,” ix, p. 262 (1910).

Interior, May, one ¢ one ¢, July, one ¢, September, four ¢ g,
no date, one 2 ; Yulinkang, May, one ¢ ; Hoihow, May, one 2,
July, one 2, August, one ?, September, one f, no date, one f one ¢.

f. leucostictina Fruh.
Seitz’ ‘‘ Macrolep.,” ix, p. 277 (1911) (Hainan).
No specimens of this form were received.

538 A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Hainan

79. Euploea (Salpinx) midamus Li. aegumurus Fruh.

Seitz’ ‘“‘ Macrolep.,”’ ix, p. 277 (1911) (Hainan).

Interior, August, one 2? , September, one 2 ; Hoihow, August, three
g ¢, three & §, November, one 2. ;

We retain Fruhstorfer’s name in the absence of a larger series, but
our specimens do not differ from typical ones.

ACRAEIDAE.

*80. Pareba vesta Fbr.

Pap. vesta, “Mant. Ins.,” 2, p. 14 (1787).

Interior, October, one 2, no date, one g, one $; Five Finger
Mountains: Sui Mahn Doorg, south slope, June, one ¢ ; Five Finger
Mountains: south-west slope, June, one f ; Five Finger Mountains,
May, one 7.

(To be continued.)

1
=

Ei)
Mini)

Es

Se
iN

ie
\\\

. Bi ~ ‘6 \
“ eo Rate (Pa NOX | \\
a e K S. a
Genial ni \

i}

IN

of

Wz

—==

MAP
to illustrate the localities

M2 BOWRINGS COLLECTIONS.

to illustrate the localities of

M® BOWRINGS COLLECTIONS

& places marked th

BAA
EZ
BAZ
SEAS

2 ougeng
Hukaklea) I,
% © WANHSIEN

i

q

v2

SS

TENGYUEH Maritime Gustm House.
ae

LUNGLING Maritime CustomsSub-Offce,

\

i ——— Main Tr.

\ —————— Pack Roads.
== Canal or Waterway,

\
\ \

\ AX
\ \ \

KIUNGCHOW.

NS. -
CONVENTIONAL SIGNS ral

‘ ie we
BH Capital of I ar)

@ Visi WZ!)
Dither important Towns and Markets (Chu dp.
on

— see.

Manhsisn Maritime Custo~+ Barrier.

TIENTSIN Nativ Office. SS
S5Es22"5 x
Tarr “> ams Sub-Office.

«a8 Barrier.

Railway Lines,

Native 4%
Proposes

——_ Hiver,
River, a

—
Lake.

539

NEW FORMS OF AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA.
Bae ded OMCIMIVE AND Grane Alen OU.

THE forms here described, except where otherwise stated, were
collected by T. A. Barns, F.R.G.S., &c., on his expedition to the Great
Craterland and the Congo.

All the types are in the Hill Museum.

Thirty-nine forms are described in the present paper, and a con-
siderable number still remain to be worked out. There are several new
Lasiocampidae, and these will be included in a paper on this family
which may have to be published elsewhere at a later date.

RHOPALOCERA.

ACRAEIDAE.

1. Planema obliqua Auriv. ?.

@. Resembles the ¢. The yellow band of fore wing and white
band of hind wing broader.

In coll. Joicey from Cameroons: Banso Mountains, north of Kumbo,
6,000 feet, September, one {, one $; between Bamenda and Kumbo,
4,000 feet, August, one §, one 2; between Banyo and Gendern,
4,000 feet, September, one ? .—Coll. G. Li. Bates.

NYMPHALIDAE.

2. Huptera sirene Stgr. ¢.

The two specimens from which the following description is made
have much in common with semirufa J. and 'T. from the Congo. We
have received a @ of a stvene form from the same district as one of the
semirufa, and it seems possible that these are sexes. If we are correct
in this, it follows that the two ¢ 2 under consideration are possibly
surene.

Upperside ground-colour black-brown with rufous markings and
white spots. Fore wing with some white marks in the cell; a waved
rufous subbasal line from origin of vein 3 to inner margin; a rufous

540 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

patch between vein 2 and inner margin, extended more distad than in
semirufa, enclosing a spot of ground-colour, and in one specimen just
reaching vein 3; a white discal spot in 2 and another in 3, smaller than
in semirufa, in the type rounded, in the paratype the lower one much
larger than the upper one; three white discal streaks in 4 to 6; two
small subcostal dots or streaks in 6 and 8; a submarginal series of six
white ovate marks, open proximally where there is a series of six black
spots; a submarginal crenulate line, interrupted at the veins, and
vestigial in the type. Hind wing with a narrow rufous subbasal band
from the origin of veins 5 and 6 to the submedian ; distal two-thirds
rufous, the proximal edge of this area more extended in cellule 3, and
not extended above vein 7; a postdiscal series of six black spots, the
upper one placed in the black-brown costal area, these spots placed
more proximal than in semirufa ; a small white spot in 6 proximally of
the black one; a large white costal spot placed about midway in cellule 7
and limited by vein 8; costal edge grey-white to the middle; outer edge
from the rufous area very slightly crenulate, and nearer to it than to the
margin is a fine rufous line which is vestigial in the type ; inner margin
fuscous.

Underside with paler ground-colour, markings darker brown than
above in the type, but yellow-brown in the paratype. Fore wing
with the usual cell-marks; a black-brown spot below the cell; a
discal row of three white streaks in 4 to 6; a postdiscal series of
six black spots, the posterior one the larger, all ringed with dark- or
yellow-brown. Submarginal ovate marks and line as on upperside;
the middle part of the submarginal line in 3 and 4 much thickened,
and in the paratype with extended white scaling to the adjacent ovate
marks, Hind wing with a white basal line which does not invade
the praecostal area; white costal spot as on upperside but reaching
costa in the type; a white discal band, slightly brownish in the type,
from submedian to vein 7, the spot in 4 longer than the others; a
faint-brown subbasal line crossing the cell as on upperside; a_post-
discal series of seven black spots placed in the dark-brown band; the
band narrower than on upperside, its outer edge narrowly yellow- or
whitish-brown; a submarginal whitish line which is placed about
midway in the dark marginal border in the type, and in the paratype
it is placed closer to the edge of the brown band. In the paratype
the inner margin and discal area suffused with ochreous.

Length of fore wing: Type, 24 mm.; paratype, 28 mm.

Habitat.—Bitje, Cameroons, 2,000 feet, January-February, G. L.
Bates, ° type; Cameroons, Schwab, one ? paratype.

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 541

3. Huptera sirene Stgr. subsp.

The male specimen described below may possibly belong to the
female we have described as semirufa (BuLL. Hitn Mus., p. 60), but
until further evidence is available we think it better not to give a name
to this male.

Upperside. Fore wing markings much as in sirene (Iris, 4, t. 1,
fig. 6). The median line is reddish brown instead of yellow, the discal
line is broken and the marks smaller, the submarginal marks above
vein 3 are represented by a white curved mark in 3 and an oval white
ring in 4. Hind wing with a much smaller triangular pale yellow
patch, comprising a stripe in 2, a spot in 3, and the vestige of a small
spot in 4; this is edged proximally by a short black band only reaching
vein 5, and prolonged on the inner side along the submedian interspace
to the anal angle. The black margin is anteriorly narrower than in
surene, and the edge of the red-brown area is more evenly defined.

Underside much as in sivene. Fore wing with the distal black spots
not clearly defined and scarcely darker than the ground colour. Hind
wing with the lower distal area paler than the other part; the dark
subbasal band curved round on vein 8, its outer edge not curved round
vein 7. In other respects as in the figured szrene.

Habitat.—Kondolola district, Lindi Valley, Belgian Congo, May,
OAC barns omer d..

4, Euptera pluto Ward, subsp. neptunus, subsp. nov.

¢@. Differs from the typical Cameroons form in the narrower band
on the fore wing, and the anteriorly broader band on the hind wing.
Differs from the Hast African kinugwana Sm. in the absence of the
three subcostal spots on the fore wing.

Upperside of fore wing with the patch on the inner margin narrower
than in pluto, the spot above it separated by vein 2 and smaller than in
pluto. Hind wing with the band of nearly even width from the costa
to the cell, its inner edge clear cut.

Underside as in pluto.

Habitat.—Kondolola district, Lindi Valley, Belgian Congo, May,
1921, TAS Bame, two fd,

The type specimen has a narrower band on the fore wing than the
paratype.

The females of Huptera pluto Ward, and lirundo Ster.

The female of pluto is known, especially from specimens of the race

542 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

kinuguana Sm., from East Africa and Nyasaland. They all agree in
possessing the three subcostal spots on the fore wing characteristic of the
male. The lower one of the three spots is usually separated from the
upper discal spot, but in one female from Nyasaland it is separated only
by the vein, and in one other from Nyasaland, of the brown form, these
spots are all joined. The latter specimen bears a strong resemblance to
the female of hirwndo, but there is a distinct difference. In hirundo the
band of the fore wing is broader, less irregular on its inner edge than in
pluto, its outer edge defined by a pale angulate line, whereas in pluto
there is always a distinct row of oval marks enclosing black spots,
similar but smaller spots without distinct rings being present in
hirundo. On the hind wing the band is broader in hirwndo, and pos-
teriorly not sharply defined from the paler inner margin. On the
underside of the fore wing in hirundo there is a grey-white subapical
patch above the submarginal lunule in cellule 5. This patch is present
in all the males of hzrwndo we have examined, and is absent in pluto.

Having definitely ascertained how the females of these two species
may be distinguished, we have no hesitation in assigning to pluto the
female described by Schultze as hirundo (‘Arch. Naturg.,’ Abt. A, 112,
p. 189, 1916) and figured by him in “ Ergb. der Zweit. d. Zentr. Afr.
Exp.,” Bd.i, t. xxxui, fig. 6, 1920. This specimen is not very different from
Nyasaland examples, but has a broader band, whilst the three subcostal
spots on the fore wing are more linear in shape than in any eastern
examples.

The typical female of hirwndo from West Africa is at present
unknown to us, and judging by the results of collecting, this appears
to be the rarer species.

SATYRIDAE.

5. Mycalesis aurivilli Bt]. kivuensis subsp. nov.

It is generally unwise to found a race on a single specimen, but
considering the differences usually presented by the fauna of Kivu and
that of Hast Africa, the probabilities are in favour of this being a race
rather than an individual aberration.

?. Upperside without the white subapical spot or band of the
typical form. The white band on the hind wing is extended slightly
distad, and is indicated above vein 6 and below vein 3 by some sparse
scaling mixed with brown.

Underside of fore wing with the white band straighter and narrower,

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 543

and angled above vein 4. The ocellus is smaller and there is no distinct
white spot above it. Hind wing with the band slightly narrower than
in typical form. Fringes not distinctly paler between the veins, only a
few whitish scales here and there.

Habitat.—lake Kivu, north end, 5,000 feet, October, T. A. Barns,
one ¢.

HRYCINIDAE.
6. Abisara barnsi, J. and T. @.
¢. Bux. Hint Mus. i, p. 77, pl. XIII, figs. 41, 42 (1921).

& figured in “Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,” T. A.
Barns, pl. Ixxxu, fig. 4, 1923.

§. Ground-colour darker than in the female. Upperside of fore
wing with a discal triangular area of purplish-blue, its apex reaching
upper angle of cell, its base reaching from near base to the end of post-
discal line on inner margin. Postdiscal line purplish-blue from cellule 9
to the tornus, its upper part to vein 4 broad, curved at this part, and
strongly narrowed to the tornus. A small subapical ocellus in 5, black
with purplish-blue centre. Hind wing with discal purplish-blue band
broader than in the female, also forming a stripe along cellule 2, with a
thinner stripe along cellule 3, reaching the postdiscal short angulate
line. A submarginal line as in the female but thicker. Two ocelli in 4
and 5 as in the female. ;

Underside marked as in the female. Fore wing ocellus larger; sub-
marginal area to vein 2, but not reaching margin between this vein and
submedian, fuscous. Hind wing discal band much broader than in the
female. A distinct pale basal area between vein 8 and lower margin of
cell, extending into the angle of vein 5 and of 6 and 7.

Length of fore wing: 24 mm.

Habitat.—Oso-Lowa watershed, Belgian Congo, August, 1921,
two ¢ g (N. At.); Upper Lowa Valley, September, 1921, one ¢f ;
Upper Maiko Valley, 2,500 feet, August, one ¢ ; Upper Maiko, North-
Kast Lubutu, 2,800 feet, August, one ¢. All collected by T. A. Barns.

LYCAENIDAE.

7. Alaena auranivaca Btl. ¢.

fa 2 figured in Barns’ “ Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”
joll, Isoroxinis tai Sy Gy IE Se | Us,

The female of this interesting species is remarkably large considering
the size of the male, and appears to be the largest female in the group.

544 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

It presents a strong Acraeine appearance though without mimicking
any particular species. Wings much more rounded than in the male.

Upperside with orange-red ground-colour. Fore wing with a black
spot in middle of cell, and one on the discocellulars. A black marginal
border broad at the apex and narrowing posteriorly ; two small yellowish
spots in the marginal black, one between veins 2 and 3 and one below
vein 2. Hind wing with orange-red area and black marginal border as
in the male. Base black from upper edge of cell to midway on the
inner margin, and in the base of cellule 8. A black spot and disco-
cellular spot as in the male, a small black spot below origin of vein 2,
base of cellule 3 black. A thin yellowish marginal line interrupted at
the veins.

Underside of fore wing as in the male, excepting that there are only
two black discal spots as on the upperside. Hind wing as in the male.

Length of fore wing: 21 mm.

Habitat.—Belgian Congo: Kast Luvua Valley, escarpment five days
north-east of Lake Mweru, 4,000-5,000 feet, March, 1922, middle of
rainy season, I’. A. Barns, one ¢, also three ¢ gx,

8. Syrmoptera nivea sp. nov.

This is possibly only a race of melanomitra Karsch. We have
‘two forms of female which should apparently both be referred to the
male here described. One female is like the male, and is from the
collection of the late H. H. Druce. It bears a label: “ ¢ S. melanomitra K.
Comp. type Berlin Mus., by H..H. Druce, Dec., 1912.” This was
evidently thought to be the female of Karsch’s type which was found
ton bea male (ci, Druce; [ll Air liye pelos plaw, tesa les lanakom@)e
It is certain, however, that specimens collected by G. Li. Bates in the
Cameroons, having a female lke homeyert Dew., represent the true
sexes of melanomitra.

2. Upperside similar to melanomitra ¢. Fore wing not per-
ceptibly different. Hind wing with distal area beyond the cell from
inner margin to vein 3 and a little beyond more or less suffused with
white, snow-white in the type, and the anal spots stand out sharply on the
white ground. In other respects this wing is marked as in melanonutra.

On the underside the only real difference to be found between this
and melanomitra is in the absence of the orange marginal line, and in
the three green anal spots being lightly edged with black on the inside.

2. Similar to melanomitra. Fore wing with basal white area less
extended, not reaching beyond discocellular, and just entering cellule 3.

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 545

Hind wing witha square black apical patch on the margin, its lower edge
extending just below vein 6; anal angle with slight orange suffusion.

Underside of fore wing as in melanomitra female. Hind wing with
basal line thicker and straighter than in the allied forms, orange
marginal line absent, black edging to anal spots as in the allied form.

Length of fore wing: ¢ 16mm., 2 16 mm.

Habitat.—Belgian Congo: Lubilinga Valley, North-East Lubutu,
9,600 feet, August, 1921, three f f, three 2? 2 (2 type); Upper
Maiko Valley, north side, 2,600 feet, August, 1921, one ¢, one #
(f¢ type); Tshopo Valley, north side, 2,400 feet, August, 1921, one ¢ ;
Oso River, Lowa Valley, 2,600 feet, August, 1921, one g. Also
one § in Joicey Collection without locality.

9. Syrmoptera nivea & f. androgyna f. nov.

Resembles the male, but paler blue. Fore wing with slightly re-
duced blue area. Hind wing with apical black extended to vein 5 and
continued as a submarginal line to the spot in 2. White suffusion
slight. Underside of hind wing with greater black edging to the anal
spots,

Habitat.—Belgian Congo, Kasai district, P. Landbeck, one }#,
ex. coll. H. H. Druce.

10. Spindasis montana sp. nov.

This form appears most nearly allied to mozambica Bertol, and
as we have this species from the Katanga we must treat montana as
distinct. A similar looking species is natalensis D. and H., but this
is distinguished from mozambica and others by possessing a spot. at
the base of the costa on the fore wing below, and usually also a second
subbasal costal spot.

¢. Upperside of fore wing with the yellow-orange markings
larger than in the allied forms. A dusky patch, enclosing a spot
of ground-colour, occupies the basal third of cell; a quadrate spot at
end of cell between veins 2 and 3, and extending into the base of
cellule 2; a postdiscal band as broad as the cell-patch, between veins 2
and 6, curving outwards and becoming broader below 4; a submarginal
stripe between veins 4 and 6, posteriorly thinning out to a point which
almost touches in cellule 3 the upper point of the expanded portion
of the postdiscal band. Basal half of the interspace between vein 2,
cell, and inner margin sprinkled with pale-blue scales, some of which

have a roseate hue.
36

546 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

Hind wing with the costal area to below vein 6 fuscous-black,
inner margin to above submedian paler fuscous, rest of wing violet-blue
with a light sprinkling of whitish scales over the basal half. Anal
lobe orange with a posterior black spot edged with silver, and from
the submedian a silvery marginal line to vein 3. Distal margin edged
with black to the inner angle, interrupted at the lobe. Fringe pale
orange- yellow.

Underside with the ground-colour slightly more orange-tinted than
in mozambica. Fore wing markings as in the allied form. The small
cell-spot more orange ; the black line bordering the outer edge of discal
band only continued to the submedian fold, the black line on the inner
edge stopping at vein 2; first submarginal line orange traversed by a
thin black line which thickens below vein 3; second submarginal
line orange. Inner margin without black suffusion at the outer angle.

Hind wing with the discal and postdiscal bands outlined by reddish-
orange, the former with two black spots at costa and posteriorly with
slight black edging, postdiscal band with a black dot on the inside at
costa, and an outer orange spot between costa and vein 7. First
submarginal line not touching the postdiscal band and thicker anteriorly
than in mozambica ; second submarginal line orange, well-marked.

Length of fore wing: 17 mm.

Habitat.—Belgian Congo: East Luvua Valley, escarpment five
days north-east of Lake Mweru, 4,000-5,000 feet, March, 1922, middle
of rainy season, T. A. Barns, one f (type). Also in the British
Museum, collected by S. A. Neave: Kambove, 4,000-5,000 feet,
March 28, one ¢; Chambezi Valley, Kasama district, 3,900 feet,
Wileay Ib}, @ime 2 -

11. Phasis conradsi Auriv. ¢. form ochraceous f. nov.-

Upperside markings coloured as in the female, and forming a
similar patch on the fore wing. A dark spot in the cell, one on the
discocellulars, and beyond this the ground-colour invades the ochreous
colour to cellule 4. Hind wing with the band broader than in the
typical form. Some specimens of conradsi have the band on the
hind wing slightly ochraceous, and on the fore wing tinged with
ochraceous to a less degree.

Habitat.—Tanganyika Territory: District of the Great Craters,
February-March, one ¢. Also a series of the typical form from
the Ngorongoro Crater, 5,800 feet, February, 1922.

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 5AT
12. Cyclirius vulcanica sp. nov.

Allied to aequatorialis Shpe. and possibly a race of this.

3. Upperside as in the allied form but the marginal black a little
wider.

Underside of fore wing with ground-colour darker than inaequatorialis,
no grey apical suffusion, or just a trace, fringe more distinctly chequered.
Hind wing with the grey costal patch narrower, the space between its
outer edge and the postdiscal band broader; the grey-white postdiscal
band narrower, and with a distinct cut in cellule 4, sometimes
extending through the band.

?. Upperside asin aequatorialis, but with more restricted greenish-
blue, there being only a few scattered scales in 2 and 3. Underside
as in the male.

Length of fore wing: f 12-13 mm., ¢ 11 mm.

Habitat.—Tanganyika Territory, Arusha district, Great Craters:
7000 = 7,500 est, Welw, IVIL, gee eh oy TO ss 2° (a) anne) F
Olomoti Crater, 10,000 feet, February, two ¢ gf, one $¢ (allotype) ;
Ngorongoro Crater, 5,800 feet, February, three ? f, one 2 ; EKlanairobi
Volcano, 8,800 feet, March two f $, two 2 2; also five ¢ $ from
the same district, March, 1921.

13. Cychirius aequatorialis Shpe. marungensis subsp. nov.

¢. More resembles vulcanica on the upperside, but the brown
margins of the fore wing are even broader.

Underside with less grey-white suffusion than in the typical form.
Hind wing with the costal patch mostly reduced, and the grey-white
postdiscal band narrowed below vein 4.

2. Upperside resembles this sex of noquasa major (described here-
after) except that the anal spot is small and with only a trace of blue
scaling.

Underside as in the ¢@.

Habitat.—Belgian Congo: Marungu Plateau, south-west Lake
Tanganyika, 7,000 feet, February, 1922, TIT. A. Barns, sixteen & 2,
(pO) Se 82

The typical wequatorvalis occurs further north in the Kivu District
and Rugege Forest to Ruwenzori, and is slightly variable. We cannot
separate the Kivu series from Hast African specimens.

548 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

14. Cyclirius juno Btl. ruandensis subsp. nov.

Differs from jwno Butl. on the underside in the fore wing being
scarcely marked, the hind wing with a more distinct discocellular spot,
and the dark discal band more narrowly bordered with white.

¢ 9. Upperside earth-brown. Hind wing with or without a small
anal spot.

Underside of fore wing pale brown, a faintly marked discocellular
spot, a small rounded subapical spot in cellule 6 but mostly indistinct, a
faint trace of a whitish submarginal line and of a dark marginal border
and fine whitish admarginal line. Fringe white, distally and at the
veins dark-brown. Hind wing with white ground-colour and deep brown
markings. ‘Three basal spots, the one in base of cellule 7 most distinct ;
three well-marked discal spots, one in 7, one in the cell and an elongate
one below cell; a discocellular spot with a central white line ; a post-
discal band of eight spots joined together, the one in 4 projecting more
distad than the others, the one in 2 touching the discocellular spot, this
band broader in some specimens and in one case fused with the lower part
of the discocellular spot and discal spots over the discal area; the distal
white border to the postdiscal band is narrower than this band; a
lunulate submarginal line, heavily marked in 2 and 3; three small
marginal spots in 4-6, ocellus in 2, a spot below it, extended to the post-
discal band.

Length of fore wing: ¢ 2 13 mm.

Habitat.—Belgian Congo: Ruanda district, Rugege Forest, 8,000
feet, December, 1922, seven # ¢, two 2 2 ; Oso River to north-west
Kivu district, August-December, 1921, one ¢.

15. Cyclirius noquasa Trim. major subsp. nov.

This form is distinguished by its large size.

¢. Upperside with the dark borders a little broader and anal spot
larger.

Underside of fore wing with postdiscal band broader. Hind wing
with discal band and white postdiscal band broader, marginal spots
larger but less defined.

°. Upperside as in some specimens of the typical form. Basal blue
extended to midway between cell and margin, not above vein 3, nor over
upper part of cell. Hind wing with blackish basal area to end of cell,
this area dusted with blue. Anal spot. larger, some specimens with a
smaller spot in 3 and a vestigial spot at the anal angle.

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 549

Underside as in @.

Length of fore wing: $ 14-15 mm., 2 10-15 mm.

Habitat. — Belgian Congo: Marungu Plateau, south - west
Tanganyika 7,000 feet, February, 1922, eleven ¢ 7, five 2 2 (types) ;
Mkoma Mountains, South Urindi district, Hast Tanganyika, July, 1919,
one §,two ¢ 2; Mkoko River, Ruanda district, September, 1919, one 7.

The specimens from the Ruanda show a more sharply defined white
postdiscal band on the hind wing below.

HETEROCERA.
AMATIDAE.
16. Metarctia bipuncta sp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ “Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”
plixxxn fig. 8) 1923:

This appears to be allied to fuscows Hmpsn., but it has longer wings,
and the dots on the fore wing are white. The figure shows the charac-
teristic shape, but the pattern suffers by reduction.

¢. Upperside of fore wing fuscous (xlvi) speckled with black
especially below the apex. A black discocellular spot with a white dot
on its outer edge, a second similar black spot and white dot below the
base of vein 2. Hind wing drab (xlvi). Fringes of both wings edged
outwardly with pink.

Underside drab speckled with fuscous. Fore wing with a disco-
cellular mark. Whitish at tips.

Antennae fuscous. Head, palpi, thorax, abdomen and legs fuscous.
Abdomen long, a little longer than hind wing.

Length of fore wing: 18 mm.

Habitat—Rugege Forest, 8,000 feet, December, 1921, three ¢ 2.

17. Balacra erubescens sp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ “‘ Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”
oll, lberex, mez, 3}, ISAS).

Apparently allied to prewss: Auriv., but the fore wing with a reddish
distal flush and only four post-cellular spots.

¢. Upperside of fore wing greyish-brown. A small pale yellow spot
at end of cell, edged with crimson, and joined to a crimson streak through
the cell to base. Four spots beyond the cell in 3-6, semi-hyaline with
slight crimson scaling, in the paratype more hyaline; a pale-yellow spot
slightly crimson-edged, below base of vein 2, in the paratype more

550 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

hyaline ; a crimson basal streak below the submedian. Distal margin
flushed with vinaceous-tawny (xxviii). Hind wing ochraceous-buff (xv),
slightly crimson on costa and inner margin.

Underside paler. Fore wing with the cell mostly crimson, the spot
small; the spot in 6 more strongly scaled with crimson, proximal area
below vein 8 slightly yellowish. Hind wing more strongly washed with
crimson than on upperside. Subcostal area pale-brown.

Head, thorax and abdomen pale-brown with crimson edgings, the
abdomen mostly ringed with orange-red, and ground-colour inclined to
grey. Antennae dark bluish-green, palpi crimson. Femora crimson,
tibiae and tarsi greyish-green.

Length of fore wing: 24 mm.

Habitat—Belgian Congo: Luvua River, 85 miles north of Lake
Mweru, ca. 3,000 feet, Apri], 1922, two f @.

ARCTIIDAE.
18. Teracotona subflava sp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ “Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”
pl. Ixxx, fig. 4, 1923.

Allied to suwbterminata Hmpsn., but differs in the patagia being
without black spots, and in the yellow hind wing.

ft. Upperside of fore wing with ochraceous-grey ground-colour,
much sprinkled with mummy-brown, more especially in the distal and
basal costal areas. A heavy distal line bent outwards at lower angle
of cell, a thinner postdiscal line parallel to it, a trace of a submarginal.
A black discocellular dot, a similar and larger dot opposite it in cellule 5
near the margin, a similar and less distinct dot near tornus above the
submedian. Hind wing pale orange-yellow (11), darker at the costa and
the inner margin. A black discocellular spot, submarginal black marks
in 1b, Ic, 2, 5 and 7, the one in 7 indistinct.

Underside of fore wing ochraceous-brown flushed with vinaceous,
with a more or less strongly crimson basal costal area; black dots as
on upperside. Hind wing as on upperside.

Head and thorax light greyish-olive (xlvi); antennae and palpi
blackish-brown; femora and tibiae grey-brown, fore and mid-femora
crimson above; tarsi black ringed with grey-white, end tarsal segment
with orange tuft. Abdomen pale orange-yellow, ventral surface
ochraceous-grey, a series of large subdorsal black spots and of small
subventral spots.

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 551

Length of fore wing: 18 mm.

Habitat.—Rugege Forest, 8,000 feet, December, 1921, two @ @ ;
Karissimbi Forest, Kivu, October, 1919, one #; Mikeno Volcano,
Kivu, October, 1919, one 2.

This species is without the areole in the fore wing. Vein 10
originates from the angle of the cell, is free, curved outwards, and
approximates to 11 posteriorly.

The proboscis is aborted in two specimens and in the other two it is
apparently absent. ‘This occurs in clara Holl. where it is sometimes
fully developed.

This species is placed by Hampson in the North American genus
Setrarctia, but there are ample grounds for proving that Sevrarctia
is well removed from Teracotona. The genitalia of Sevrarctia is quite
different to several T’eracotona we have examined. We may mention
that ina f and 2 Setrarctia echo examined by us, vein 10 is stalked with
9, so evidently the position of this vein is not a reliable generic character.

19. Teracotona pallida sp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ “ Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”
jolly boo, ile, GO, TISMAB.

Apparently allied to swhflava nov., but is larger and of strikingly
paler colour. It may possibly prove to be an aberration.

¢. Upperside ground-colour cream-buff (xxx). Fore wing mottled
with greyish-black strigae, principally in the discal area; dark disco-
cellular and submarginal spots as in allied forms. Hind wing with
discocellulars outlined with black, and a slight orange suffusion in the
submedian area.

Underside ground-colour as on upperside. Fore wing very faintly
mottled; discocellular spot more distinct, a slight orange suffusion in
the cell. Hind wing as on upperside.

Antennae dark brown, grey-white at the base. Head and thorax
ochraceous - grey, palpi blackish - brown. Legs brownish - ochreous,
femora reddish-orange above, middle and hind tarsi blackish-brown.
Abdomen orange-yellow with black rings.

Length of fore wing: 20 mm.

Habitat.—Rugege Forest, 8,000 feet, December, 1921, one ¢.

20. Teracotona multistrigata sp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ “ Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”
pl. Ixxx, fig. 7, 1928.

552 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

¢. Upperside of fore wing with creamy ground-colour and numerous
short black-brown strigae which are closer together in the proximal
two-thirds of wings. A broad discal band, contracted below the cell,
with the interspaces between the strigae filled in with orange-yellow ;
a similar and well-defined postdiscal line, angled outwards at vein 5;
a rounded black discocellular spot, an ill-defined black submarginal dot
in 5. The discal band and the postdiscal line are joined at the inner
margin. Distal area much lighter than the rest of the wing. Hind
wing pale orange-yellow (111) and marked only with a dark, heavy,
black discocellular spot.

Underside light orange-yellow (iii). Fore wing with the costa
sprinkled with blackish-brown, a heavy black discocellular spot. Hind
wing with costal area lightly washed with fuscous, discocellular spot
as on upperside.

Head and thorax brownish-ochraceous, patagia with two black dots
at the base; antennae and palpi blackish-brown; abdomen light orange-
yellow; pectus orange-yellow mixed with brownish-ochraceous; femora
orange-yellowaboveand brownish-ochraceous below, tarsi and tibiae black.

Length of fore wing: 22 mm.

Habitat.—Rugege Forest, 7,000 feet, December, 1921, one 7.

Allied to approximans Roths., but a much darker insect, and further
distinguished by the creamy ground-colour of the fore wing and the
yellow hind wing.

21. Carcinarctia xanthica sp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ “ Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”
Ol, loxxexg, riley, Sl, ISAS),

¢@. Upperside of fore wing ground-colour deep-chrome (iii), speckled
with reddish-orange. Five lines defined by blackish dots, two crossing
the cell, a postdiscal curved at the middle, a fourth parallel to the third,
the fifth submarginal and indistinct, a dot at upper angle of cell, and
one at lower angle. Hind wing carrot-red (xiv), with distal two-thirds
dusted with black. A large black discocellular mark, and a submarginal
black line, heavy at the anal angle, and partly interrupted.

Underside ground-colour ochraceous-buff (xvi). Fore wing with
apical half dusted with black, a heavy black discocellular mark, two
postdiscal outwardly curved lines, and an indistinctly defined sub-
marginal one. Basal area washed with crimson. Hind wing with
a > shaped black discocellular mark, an indistinct postdiscal line and
a more heavily marked submarginal one, both somewhat interrupted.

BK

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 553

Antennae greyish-white; head and thorax deep chrome, palpi deep
chrome fringed with orange-red; abdomen carrot-red, yellowish at the
base, a black dorsal line, and a blackish ventral line; anterior femora
and tibiae orange marked with carrot-red, middle and posterior femora
orange ; anterior tarsi and middle and posterior tibiae and tarsi fuscous-
black marked with carrot-red.

Length of fore wing: 18 mm.

Habitat.—West Kivu: Kisiba, Bugoie Forest, 8,500 feet, November,
1921, five # f (type); Virunga Mountains, 9,000 feet, October, 1921,
one f ; Rugege Forest, 8,000 feet, December, 1921, one 7¢.

22. Carcinarctia kivuensis sp. nov.

¢. Upperside of fore wing Prout’s brown (xv) irrorated with brussels-
brown (iii). Four black transverse lines. Subbasal angled outwards
on the median, discal less strongly angled, postdiscal strongly curved
outwards between veins 3 and 6, second postdiscal similarly curved
though less so, and with a rounded black spot touching it, in cellule 5.
Hind wing of a curious shade of pink nearly flesh-ochre (xiv), fringe
more ochreous. A black discocellular spot. Submarginal black spots in
three pairs, the upper united in 4 and 5, the others in 1b and 2, la
and 1b divided by the veins.

Underside with the proximal areas flesh-ochre (xiv), distal areas
ochraceous-tawny (xv) irrorated with fuscous. Fore wing with a black
discocellular spot, the outer postdiscal line marked by a spot in 5, a
submedian spot, and a small one above it in 2. Costal black bordered
with ochraceous-tawny. Hind wing with spots as on upperside.

Antennae yellowish-brown, shaft cream-colour from about middle to
tip. Head, palpiand thorax blackish-brown. Legs, with the exception of
femora which are flesh-ochre, blackish-brown marked with ochreous.
Abdomen flesh-ochre, marked with a row of subdorsal black spots, and
a row of smaller subventral spots.

Length of fore wing: 17 mm.

Habitat.—Karissimbi Forest, Kivu, September, 1919, one ¢.

This species has not the areole in the fore wing, as is said to be the
case in the generic type.

23. Pericaliia costimacula sp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ ‘‘ Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”’
pl. 80, fig. 12, 1923.

¢. Upperside of fore wing with ground-colour cartridge-buff (xxx)
mostly suffused by large spots of velvety fuscous-black (xlvi) outlined by

554 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

thin lines of ground-colour, the interspaces being filled up by Saccardo’s
umber (xxix). A small spot at base of wing, a larger spot next to it on
the costa with a narrower one below this, a large oblong costal patch
extending to the lower edge of cell, partly broken by a pale costal spot
and by a slight indentation on its lower edge, a large apical costal patch
having a small apical portion cut off by the ground-colour; the lower
edge of these patches runs in line with the lower edge of cell. A sub-
basal somewhat rounded patch below the cell, and touching the inner
margin, a much larger median patch below the inner margin and vein 2,
a third patch, about equal to the first one, placed at the tornus; a
somewhat triangular-shaped distal patch between veins 3 and 5; discal
interspace between these patches with a few dots and small spots of
varying size ; five fuscous-black fringe spots between the veins in 2 and 6.
Hind wing pale orange-yellow (111) with a slight tinge of crimson ; faded
black markings in the shape of a postdiscal stripe angled at vein 4, and
afew submarginal spots; four fuscous-black fringe spots in cellules 2-5,
and fringe fuscous-black at the apex. 3

Underside ground-colour as the hind wing above. Fore wing with
patches as on upperside but faded in colour. Hind wing as above.

Antennae shortly bipectinate, pale-ochraceous. Palpi and frons
blackish-brown, vertex dark-ochraceous, with a black spot at the base,
tegulae dark-ochraceous with a large black spot, patagia and thorax
black, the former fringed with pale-ochraceous. Abdomen peach-red (i),
dorsally at the base pale orange-yellow, a black dorsal stripe, a sub-
ventral line of black spots, ventral surface tawny-olive (xxix). Pectus
Saccardo’s umber (xxix), darker at the sides. Legs dark-ochraceous
mixed with blackish-brown, femora peach-red on the outer side.

2. Marked as in the ¢. Hind wing more reddish, and with
larger markings. Underside ground-colour darker than in the ¢.
Antennae serrate, anteriorly black above.

Length of fore wing: ¢ 16 mm., 2 21 mm.

Habitat—Rugege Forest, Ruanda district, 7,000 feet, December,
1921, T. A. Barns, one ¢ ; Lufonso River, Kast Luvua Valley, north-
east of Lake Mweru, 5,700 feet, February, 1922, T. A. Barns, one 2.

AGARISTIDAE.
24. Heraclha barnsi sp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ “ Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”
pl. Ixxx, fig. 13, 1928.
We suspect this will prove to be a form of grandis Druce.

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 559

?. Upperside ground-colour black. Fore wing with the spots
cream-colour; cell-spot large and reaching within a little of the costal
edge; median spot large as in hornimanni Druce, and therefore longer
than in grandis; subapical band as in grandis, spots joined, and
posteriorly farther from the margin than in grandis. One specimen
(2/3) with the veins crossing the band more heavily black and the
spot in 8 separated. The usual small spot at the tornus and the
blue cell and costal marks of the group. One specimen (3/3) with
a smaller spot on the submedian nearer to the median spot than to
the base, and below it on the inner margin a patch of sparse cream
scaling. Hind wing with broad crimson distal area, the outer edge
of which is rounded outwards to vein 4 and incurved between this
vein and submedian, thence rounded to the inner margin; the crimson
area on the inner margin is dusky. Costa yellowish from base to
about midway, in grandis dark-grey.

Underside of fore wing as on the upperside, and an additional spot
in the cell near its base, absent in grandis. ‘The crimson area on
hind wing reaches almost to the base and does not extend above vein 8.
Fringes black, white at the apex of both wings; in grandis the fringe
of the hind wing is white.

Head, antennae, palpi and abdomen black , seventh and eighth
sternite with slight fulvous scaling. One specimen (3/83) has the
abdomen slightly fulvous and the other specimen (2/3) almost com-
pletely so. Legs as in’ grandis, black, femora white below, tibiae
with a spot or band of fulvous.

Length of fore wing: 41—43 mm.

Habitat—Lowa Valley, three days above Walikale, north-west
Kivu, 4,300 feet, September, 1922, three 2 ¢.

25. Mimeusemia gerald: Kby. angustata subsp. nov.

f 2. Distinguished from the typical East African form by the
narrow marginal band on the hind wing. The fore wing spots and
markings on head and palpi are white.

Habitat—Marungu Plateau, south-west Tanganyika, 7,000 feet,
February, 1922, two ¢ ¢, four 2 2 (types); Lindi River district, -
May-July, 1921, one ¢. There is a little doubt about the locality
of the latter specimen.

We have some doubts about including this species in Mimeusenna
and think it more nearly allied to Charilina. The frontal prominence,

506 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

the third segment of palpus, and the presence of only one dorsal
crest placed on first segment of abdomen, indicate differences from
Mimeusemia.

In “ Lep. Phal.,” vol. i, p. 609, the form gerald: Kirby is sunk as
a synonym of albigutta Karsch, and the description given of Karsch’s
Species is evidently a description of geraldi. The form albigutta has
the pectus black, and comes from West Africa; geraldi may be a race
of it, if not another species.

LIPARIDAE.
26. Nygmia basipuncta sp. nov.
Yd I

¢@. Grey-white. Fore wing slightly darker at base and along the costa.
A small black subcostal dot near the base, a black discocellular spot.

Hind wing slightly darker on the outer margin. A black disco-
cellular spot larger than on the fore wing. Underside of fore wing
with some fuscous scaling along costa and at the apex.

Antennae greyish-white. Head, palpi, thorax and pectus ochreous-
yellow ; abdomen pale-ochreous.

Length of fore wing: 20 mm.

Habitat.—Ibima River, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, one ¢ (type) ;
north-eastern outskirts of Ituri Forest, three days south of Irumu,
February, 1920, one ¢. ‘Taken at light.

This species is allied to begutta Holl., but this is without the basal
spot on fore wing.

27. Orgyta nigrocristata Sp. Nov.

¢. Upperside of fore wing grey-brown with black and white
markings. A black subbasal spot from costa to below cell, with a black
angled line from its lower edge to inner margin; a small black spot
below the cell close to the subbasal spot. A black strongly angled
discal line, indicated anteriorly by two small subcostal spots, the
discocellulars outlined, the line continued more proximal and close to
the discal line and not reaching the submedian; a second postdiscal
line, broken below the costa and at vein 6, ending at vein 4; a third
line placed at about the same distance from the second as this is from
the first, strongly crenulate, and nearly parallel to the outer margin
to vein 2 when it is bent outwards to the inner margin. A submarginal
line, interrupted at the veins. Between the last postdiscal line and
the apex are three black costal spots, and an elongate black spot below

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 557

them in cellule 7 ; a small black spot in 6 placed nearer the submarginal
line than to the postdiscal ; a dot below it in 5 ; a small spot in 4 placed
here midway between postdiscal and submarginal lines; a similar spot
placed below it in 3, but merged in a black suffusion which extends
into 4 near the margin and into 2; a larger black spot in 2, placed near
the postdiscal line; a still larger spot below vein 2 and situated more
proximal. The black lines and spots are mostly edged with grey-white,
and there is a well-marked white spot in the cell between the discal and
postdiscal lines; costa, except between the first and third postdiscal
lines, blackish; cellules 2-4 also blackish excepting a rounded spot of
ground-colour near the margin. Ground-colour in areas 5-7 paler, and
in other areas somewhat suffused with olive. Fringes pale-brown
chequered with black.

Hind wing without markings, drab, dusted with purplish-brown, darker
along the outer margin. Fringes paler brown than the ground-colour.

Underside pale yellowish-brown. Fore wing with costal edge
smoky-brown, more so at base; cell smoky-brown except at base,
with a slight suffusion over the distal area. The third postdiscal line
on upperside marked below by a straighter line, accentuated at the
costa, the angled costal part being duplicated by a similar mark distally
of it. Hind wing with a black apical costal spot reaching vein 7 ;
proximally of this a short black bar reaching vein 7; a blackish and
ill-defined subanal spot in 1c; a faint discal line continued from the
costal bar ; a faint discocellular mark ; costal edge darkened, and some
sparse dark-brown scaling over the distal marginal area. .

Antennae dark reddish-brown, pale-brown at extreme base; head
and palpi black mixed with pale-brown ; thorax black mixed with grey-
white; pectus yellowish-white; abdomen drab. At side of thorax close
to aural cavity is a black tuft. Abdominal black crests on the second,
third and fourth segments, the first one much larger than the others.
Fore legs only present, others lost, fuscous-black, femora and tibiae pale
yellowish-brown on the outside, tarsi marked with pale yellowish-brown
below.

Length of fore wing: 19 mm.

Habitat.—Irumu, west of Lake Albert, February, 1920, one 7.

28. Marbla semihyalina sp. nov.

¢. Upperside white. Fore wing with distal area thinly scaled with
black to cell, and narrowing to the tornus. A small discocellular spot.
A distinct rounded black spot on vein 2 at its base, this spot variable
and sometimes absent. Hind wing without markings.

508 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

Antennae fuscous, head, thorax, legs and abdomen greyish-white,
last four segments of abdomen fuscous above. Head and thorax above
yellowish.

Length of fore wing: 16 mm.

Habitat.—Ituri Forest, January, 1920, one ¢ ; Upper Lowa
Valley, north side, September, 1921, one @ (type).

Also a series in the British Museum from Uganda.

THE LIPARID GENERA.

Stracena Swinh. and Sapelia Swinh.

Stracena, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 388 (1903) (type fuscivena
Swinh., Niger).

Sapelia, |.c., p. 8389 (1908) (type ampida Swinh., Niger).

When collecting at Kinchasa on the Congo, Mr. T. A. Barns obtained
two Liparids “in cop.” The f¢ agrees with Sapelia limpida Swinh., the
2 agrees with Stracena fuscivena Swinh. The sexes present the
characters of the two genera in the ¢ and respectively.

It is evident that Sapelia will have to sink to Stracena. The
2 limpida Swinh. must be associated with the f of some other form.

PTEROTHYSANIDAE.
29. Hibrildes ansorget Kirby albescens subsp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ “ Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”
oll, Iheree, inex I) $2, SAS,

2. Distinguished by the white instead of brown hind wing. The
white band of the fore wing is broader, more sharply defined, purer
white and reaches below vein 3. Hind wing with the black margin
narrower, and the white spot in 6 indistinct; edge of white area more
deeply incised at the veins; discocellular mark much heavier.

Habitat.—Luvua River (east bank), 85 miles north of Lake Mweru,
ca. 3,000 feet, April, 1922, end of wet season, one } taken in the daytime.

ft. Closely resembles venosa Kirby, but appears to differ in the
broader apical band on the fore wing, this band closer to the margin and
reaching vein 4, and in the larger patch at the base of cellules 3 and 4.
The white band on the fore wing of the female described above is
represented here by an equally broad interspace between the edge of the
dusky apical area and the end of cell.

One specimen, East Luvua Valley five days north-east of Lake
Mweru, 4,000-5,000 feet, March, 1922, middle of wet season.

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 559

We think that there is little doubt about these insects being sexes of
the same, and it is significant that the original specimens of ansorget
and venosa were taken at the same place on the same day, two other
venosa being taken three days before.

EKUPTEROTIDAE.

30. Phasvcenecus. pellucida sp. nov.

?. Wings hyaline bearing a few small black spots. Fore wing with
a spot in 2 and a smaller one above it in 3 placed about midway between
cell and margin, a small streak in 6. Hind wing with a subanal spot
in 2. Underside with only the upperside spots showing through.

Head, thorax and abdomen above white; frons, palpi, thorax and
abdomen below pale-ochreous. Antennae with shaft white, branches
fuscous.

Length of fore wing: 19 mm.

Habitat.—Lesse, Ituri Forest, January, 1920, one 2, taken flying
in the daytime.

Apparently allied to peropalinus Roths., Nov. Zool., xxiv, p. 492,
IGE

31. Phasicnecus pulverulentus sp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ “Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”
Jol, exe, 15, ILS) 0 5 1G 1) SS 5 IS,

¢. Upperside of fore wing Naples-yellow (xvi) inclining to mustard-
yellow (xvi), hind wing paler. Fore wing with a dark-yellow discal
line placed just beyond the cell, indistinct above vein 7, but at this
vein bent in to the costa. A postdiscal russet (xv) line, crenulate, and
more heavily marked below vein 4; a submarginal line, just indicated
above vein 4, and otherwise merged into a large russet patch between
the two lines; this patch extends to between veins 5 and 6 and 1s much
narrower on the inner margin; it is covered with small raised hyaline
scales. Hind wing without markings.

Underside of uniform Naples-yellow, paler in distal area of fore wing
where the upperside marking shows through. Hind wing unmarked.

Head and thorax apricot-yellow (iv), abdomen paler. Antennae
blackish-brown, palpi reddish-brown fringed with yellow, legs blackish-
brown, femora and tibiae with yellow hair.

?. Upperside fawn colour (xl), underside paler. Fore wing with
very indistinct discal dark line placed as in the f. Postdiscal line as

560 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

in the ¢ but less waved and more distinct anteriorly, and defining the
edge of a distal band, slightly darker than the ground-colour, therefore
less distinct than in the f ; this band extends from the inner margin
to the costa, and bears numerous hyaline scales as in the 7.

Head and mesothorax anteriorly yellow, rest of thorax fawn-colour,
abdomen fawn mixed with dull-yellow above, golden-yellow below.
Antennae pectinate and ciliate as in the f.

Length of fore wing: g 2, 23 mm.

Habitat.—Lufira River, near Likasi Copper Mine, 4,000 feet
Katanga, April 8, 1919, one f (type); February 15,1919, one 2 (type).
Hast Luvua Valley, five days north-east of Lake Mwaru, 4,000-
5,000 feet, March, 1922, one ¢.

SATURNIIDAE.

32. Hpiphora antinori Ob. marginimacula subsp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ “Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”’
jOll, Iboxe<, ayes, IL, INS),

f. This distinct race is distinguished by the fore wing having the
postdiscal lines indistinct and without any white submarginal marks.
The hind wing with a submarginal row of large lunulate spots of purple
madder, divided by the veins.

Upperside of fore wing blackish to beyond the cell, distal area to the
marginal band dark purplish-red, strongly suffused with black and
anteriorly more or less with dark ochreous. A large but narrow
lunulate discocellular spot, its central part hyaline edged with white,
with a bordering of dark-yellow and an outer border of black. Mar-
ginal band ochreous-yellow, paler on the inner edge. A black sub-
marginal line from inner margin to vein 8, angled inwards on the veins,
and between it and the inner edge of band, a series of four black circles
in2to 5. A black eye spot in 6, its inner edge rounded, outer edge
angled, and bearing a curved white line near the outer edge. Apical
patch of purple madder, its outer edge only touching the margin at
costa, and with upper part edged with black, inner edge angled, edged
with white. Hind wing similarly coioured to the fore wing and with a
similar discocellular spot. Ground-colour darker than on fore wing with
a pale curved postdiscal band. Inner edge of the ochreous marginal
band waved, this band mostly taken up by the lunulate spots mentioned
above. A black submarginal line, thicker than on the fore wing,
separated from the spots by a fine pale line, and indented on the veins.

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 561

Underside markings as above. Ground-colour more indian-red with
less black suffusion. Fore wing with distinct pale postdiscal band, hind
wing with the band much more strongly marked, brighter in colour and
dusted with white, curved and broad on costa. The submarginal spots
more brightly coloured than on upperside, and bordered on the inside
with white tinged with yellow. Submedian area from postdiscal band
to base paler brown.

Length of fore wing: 45-59 mm.

Habitat.—Belgian Congo: District of West Kivu, Kisaba, Bugoie
Forest, 8,500 feet, November, 1921, two gf ¢ (type) ; Rugege Forest,
Ruanda district, 8,000 feet, December, 1921, one ¢. Collected by
eee barns,

33. Pseudaphelia simplex Rebel f. marginilinea f. nov.

The form described by us as basiflava, pt. 1, p. 163, appears to be a
form of the present insect. It is figured in Barns’ “ Across the Great
Craterland to the Congo,” pl. Ixxxi, fig. 8, 1923. We havea specimen
in which the proximal area of the fore wing is ochraceous, leading on to
the form described below. The three forms have a similarly marked
head and neck, basifiava has but slight traces of the ochreous on the
thorax, more pronounced in the second form described here, and paler
yellow in marginilined.

g§. Upperside white, apical black extending to midway between
cell and apex, the edge more sharply defined than in simplex, and
continued narrowly to the tornus. Hind wing with a very narrow
black edging on the outer margin.

Antennae black, head and thorax ochraceous, palpi slightly black
at the sides. Abdomen greyish-white, ringed with orange-yellow,
ventral surface blackish-brown, one specimen marked as in simplex. Legs
fuscous, femora white below, tibiae ochraceous below. Pectus white.

Habitat.—Belgian Congo: Kondoloa district, Lindi Valley, 1,600-
1,700 feet, May, 1921,one ¢ ; Ituri River district, March, 1920, three
a fg. A specimen of the typical form was also obtained in the latter
locality.

34. Pseudaphelia simplex f. ochracea f. nov.

¢. Black markings as in the typical form, rest of wing ochraceous.
Underside with discocellular spots defined by black, absent in the typical
form but in baszflava present either on both sides or on one side only.

Habitat.—Belgian Congo: Bafwasende, Lindi River, 2,000 feet,
SulyaslO Zi wone= Ge

37

562 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

BRAHMEIDAE.
35. Brahmaea barnsi sp. nov.

Figured in Barns’ ‘‘ Across the Great Craterland to the Congo,”
[Olly Ios ioe, 5), IIS),

Allied to maculata Conte, from Usambara, “‘ Lab. d’Etude de la’
SONS, HEIKO, Wil, JO. SO), joll, sau, waver, 3) CGAL).

@. Differs chiefly in the absence of any white markings, in the
outer discal line of fore wing not touching the first postdiscal line, and
the unmarked black basal half of hind wing.

Upperside of fore wing with the lines in the basal half less strongly
rounded outwards than in maculata, the outer one at its farthest distant
point below vein 2, leaving a space of about 5 mm. between it and the
outer line of the distal area. A russet streak along the submedian fold,
more strongly marked between the inner basal line and the outer discal
line. Three large black spots defined by a russet edging at the bases of
cellules 4-6, the one in 4 not so large as in maculata, with a rounded
inner edge and distally pointed, the one in 5 larger than in maculata
but shaped as the preceding, the one in 6 larger than the others and
oval-shaped, a small and elongate spot is placed at the base of 7. Black
apical spot as in maculata and similar submarginal spots, though they
are much more rounded than in maculata.

Hind wing with four narrow postdiscal bands pale russet, and
divided by thin waved lines of ground-colour, succeeded by the usual
pale waved lines filling the distal area. Submarginal somewhat ovate
spots, their inner edges pale-brown, outer edges dark-olive and separated
from the narrow dark-olive margin by a thin black line incurved at
the veins.

Underside as above, but the markings on the basal half of fore wing
less distinct. Inner margin of fore wing pale-brown along its basal
half. Hind wing with inner margin edged with greyish-white for a
short distance near the base.

Head, thorax and abdomen black. Head with vertex pale-ochreous,
tegulae and patagia more or less edged with brown. Antennae ochreous,
palpi dark chocolate-brown, fore and mid legs paler brown, hind legs
darker brown, fringe of the mid and hind tibiae pale-ochreous. Pectus
black. Abdomen with a pale-brown dorsal line, and a pale-ochreous or
brown lateral line, and a similar subventral line, a small rufous anal tuft.

Length of fore wing: 71 mm.

Habitat. — Ruanda district, Lake Kivu, Rugege Forest, 7,000-
8,000 feet, December, 1921, three f ¢,'T. A. Barns.

New Forms of African Lepidoptera 563

PSYCHIDAE.

36. Monda nigroapicalis sp. nov.

2. Upperside white, hind wing more thinly scaled. Fore wing
with discal area to the cell and vein 2 fuscous-black, the costa similarly
coloured though more thinly scaled.

Antennae, head, thorax, and abdomen black: frons white, legs dark-
brown with slight fringes of white hairs. Abdomen with sparse white
vestiture.

Length of fore wing: 15 mm.

Habitat—Lukuga River, West Tanganyika, June, 1919, one ¢
(type); Kundelunga Plateau, South Katanga, 4,000-5,200 feet, June,
An, Cie

The latter specimen has the fuscous-black area reaching only to
vein 3, and the costa has only very slight dark scaling.

37. Monda immunda sp. nov.

f. White, wings rounded. [Fore wing with blackish-brown apical
suffusion extending to near middle of cell, thinly to vein 2 and along
the margin.

Antennae with shaft white, branches fuscous. Head, thorax and
abdomen blackish-brown, some white vestiture on ventral surface.
Femora dark brown, tibiae and tarsi dirty-white.

Length of fore wing: 10 mm.

Habitat-—Western slopes of Ruwenzori, 2,500 metres, December,
1919, two ¢ @, taken in the daytime.

This species appears allied to yunctumacula Hmpsn.

CHARIDEIDAE.

838. Charidea semiaurata orbiculata subsp. nov.

f 2. Distinguished from the West African semiaurata Walk. by
the narrower band on the fore wing, and the more rounded spot. In
one specimen the band does not reach vein 7 nor vein 2, and is pale-
yellow. The band is anteriorly rounded as in vicaria Walk., and not
cut straight at upper edge of cell as in semiaurata.

Habitat.—Kivu district : Kissenji, September and October, seven
eteethinees fay >) Kabat yoneve ds, IGssenyi. a inuanday district,
5,000 feet, November, one ¢.

564 New Forms of African Lepidoptera

39. Charidea splendidissima sp. nov.

t. Upperside of fore wing with black ground-colour and markings
of light-blue, strongly metallic.

Five blue spots along the costa, a cell stripe from base to vein 2;
reaching below margin of cell and joined to the first three costal spots ;
a large spot at end of cell and one beyond it, hour-glass shape, both
touching the costal spots, and the outer spot with a spur in cellule 6 ;
a broad blue median stripe in 2 and 3 from the edge of cell to near
margin where it fades out, joined at the middle of vein 2 by a
columnar spot to the stripe occupying the inner margin. Distal margin
with a deep-green flush. Hind wing dark metallic blue-cyaneous.

Head and thorax bluish-black, marked with bright metallic-blue
antennae and palpi bluish-black; abdomen bright metallic-blue banded
with bluish-black, and with five white ventral spots; legs bluish-black
marked with metallic-blue, mid and hind tibiae with a white spot on
the outside, hind tibia furnished with a hair tuft in a pocket as in
other members of the genus.

Length of fore wing: 21 mm.

Habitat.—Cameroons: Bitje, October, wet season, one @ taken
by G. L. Bates.

065

NEW FORMS OF INDO-AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES.
By J. J. JOICKY anp G. Tapor.

PAPILIONIDAE.

Papilio (Troides) helena oblongomaculatus Goeze.

ab. sordidus ab. nov.

¢. This specimen was in the Grose-Smith Collection labelled
‘““Grosesmithi type’ in Grose-Smith’s writing, with the locality ‘“‘ New
Guinea.” We cannot trace any published description. The name
‘““Grosesmithi’’ cannot be used as it is now preoccupied in African
Papilios.

This specimen is more likely to have come from the Moluccas than
from New Guinea.

Hind wing markings as in oblongomaculatus ; cell-patch indented at
the base, post-cellular patches in 2 and 3 shorter; patch in 4 absent,
only a thin yellow edging to the veins, the right wing with basal part
of this patch present ; patch in 5 more indented on its edge and bearing
a smudge of black; patch in 6 rounded outwardly; end of cell with a
smudgy black spot and some scattered black scaling.

Underside of hind wing without black smudges, patches 2-5 more
produced on the veins than in typical form, and their outer edges with
diffuse greenish dusting.

Papilio polydorus Schoutensis subsp. nov.

Intermediate between the Waigeu and Mefor races.

3. Upperside of fore wing with more grey scaling than in either of
the allied forms. Hind wing with the outer edges of the discal spots
less sharply defined than in the other forms; red anal spots indistinct
as in the Waigeu form.

Underside of hind wing with a small white spot in 6 placed on the
edge of the red spot, and some slight white scaling on the edge of the
red spot in 7; in one specimen there are only faint traces of these
white marks,

566 New Forms of Indo-Australian Butterflies

°. Resembles the Waigeu form. Hind wing above with outer edge
of discal spots less sharply defined than in the allied form, being
bordered by a pale shade. Below with some white scaling on the red
spots in 6 and 7. Discal spot in 5 larger than in the Mefor race and not
so long as in the Waigeu form.

Habitat.—Schouten Islands, N.E. New Guinea: Biak, June, 1914,
A, C.,and ea Pratteightes icy nlne wee

Papilho polydorus wangaarensis subsp. nov.

?. This form is allied to the Mefor race. The two red anal spots
on the hind wing are more distinct, the anal spot being larger than in
meforanus Roths. Distal spots purer white.

Underside of fore wing with the white stripes in cellule 2 not filling
up the base of the cellule in most specimens, and mostly these stripes
are less distinct than in the allied form. Hind wing with the discal
spot in 2 not filling the base of the cellule except in one specimen.

Habitat—Wangaar River, 8. Geelvink Bay, Dutch New Guinea,
about 15 miles inland, January, two 2? ? ; Wangaar, February,
six 2? @; Dyjalan River about 25 miles inland, May-June, four 2 2 ;
Wei Sai River, Weyland Mountains, 1,000 feet, early June-July, one ¢?.
Collected by C., F., and J. Pratt.

PIERIDAE.

Delias aglaia Li. goda Frith. ¢ f. flavifascia f. nov.

This form only differs from the typical female by the band of the
fore wing being yellow instead of white.

A single specimen in coll. Paris Museum, labelled “ Pajakombo,
Sumatra (1911, Doncaster).”

Gandaca harina cuneata subsp. nov.

ft. Allied to the New Guinea race aiguina Frith.

The black border of the fore wing narrower than in aiguina and
apical area smaller. One specimen from Teloeti Bay has only a dark
dusting along the margin.

2. Fore wing with narrower black border than in aiguina and its
edge more irregular; a wedge-shaped indentation on vein 4, a sharp
tooth between veins 5 and 6, and one between 6 and 7. Occurs in both
a yellow and white form.

Habitat.—Central Ceram, Manusela, 6,000 feet, October and
November, eight ¢ ¢, four 2 ? (one white form) ; 4,600 feet, January,

—e

New Forms of Indo-Australian Butterflies 567

one f ; 2,500 feet, October and November, one ¢ ; Teloeti Bay,
S. Ceram, February, three ¢ 7.
Types ¢ & from 6,000 feet.

NYMPHAULIDAE.

Cynthia erota dioneia Frith. 2°.

C. erota dioneva Frithst., Seitz’ Macrolep., ix, p. 480 (1912) (Sula
Islands).

This female much resembles burwana 2, but the distal area of both
wings is yellow-brown, and the basal area paler than in the other form.

Fore wing with the postdiscal black spot smaller, and with one white
subapical spot in 7 smaller than in burwana. Submarginal line a little
nearer the antemediat line. Hind wing with the white band more
tinged with bluish and its outer edge better defined than in bwrwana.
Some specimens with a small ocellus in 4 or in 6; ocelli more broadly
ringed with yellow-brown and the blue pupil smaller. Submarginal line
a little nearer the antemedial line. Tail asin burwana.

Underside much as in burwana, the basal area of fore wing and of
hind wing to below cell pale yellow-brown. A similar but slightly
darker coloration extends over the distal area to the submarginal line,
less strongly above vein 4 of fore wing and below vein 5 of hind wing.

Length of fore wing 54-56 mm.

A series of both sexes from the Sula Islands, June, July, September,
1918, W. J. C. Frost.

Cynthia arsinoé sulaensis subsp. nov.

This insect less resembles arsinoé than erota in general appearance.
We have retained dioneia as an erota form as Friihstorfer compares it
with celebensis. Both dioneia and the race here described were received
in the same collection and both were taken in the period June, July
September. They differ anatomically.

In both the valve is produced on its dorsal edge to a narrow finger-
like process, and on its ventral side it forms a triangular lobe; between
this lobe and the dorsal process is a similar but smaller lobe very weakly
chitinized.

In sulaensis the dorsal process of the valve is thickened posteriorly
from about midway and from this point to the base is joined the edge of
the small lobe.

568 New Forms of Indo-Australian Butterflies

In dioneia the dorsal process gradually widens posteriorly, and the
edge of the small lobe is not attached to it.

We have some hesitation in assigning swlaensis to arsinoé and do so
provisionally. It may well be that this form was collected on one of
the Sula Islands where dioneva is not found. Unfortunately, although Mr.
Frost visited both Sula Mangoli and Sula Besi he mixed his captures.

Fore wing not so falcate as in dioneva but more so than in figalea
Friih.; outer margin more even than in dioneia but less so than in
jigalea. Tail of hind wing shorter than in dioneva but not so short
as in figalea. Fore wing with ante- and submarginal lines as in dioneva,
latter line vestigial below the submedian. Post-discal black dots
generally more strongly marked than in dioneia. Discal line of marks
less straight than in dioneia, the two posterior ones outwardly curved.

Hind wing with the ante- and submarginal lines mostly closer
together ; ocelli a little smaller than in dioneia; discal line more aistinct
and crossing the base of vein 3, in dioneia this line passes below the
base of this vein.

Underside darker and more reddish than in dioneia, the distal areas
flushed with violet, stronger on the hind wing. Fore wing markings
much less defined than in dioneva and discal line more narrowly bordered
with paler-brown. ‘The discal line placed farther from the cell than in
dioneia, more oblique, and shifted well inwards below vein 3. Hind
wing markings more distinct than on the fore wing, but the dark post-
discal line found in dioneva is here only faintly indicated. Discal line
narrowly bordered with grey-white, broader anteriorly; this line more
sinuous than in dioneva and passing just beyond the base of vein 3; in
dioneia it passes below the base of this vein.

Length of fore wing: 46—49 mm.

Habitat.—Sula Islands, June, July, September, W. J. C. Frost, a
Series OlmAmaue

Cynthia arsinoé aruensis subsp. nov.

f?. Similar to the typical form but markings less distinct. Fore
wing with the margin and antemedial line less strongly black; sub-
marginal series of spots situated more proximal; discal line of marks
thinner and sharper. Basal area without black dusting.

Hind wing submarginal spots larger and less defined; ocelli a little
smaller, discal line only faintly indicated.

Underside of fore wing with submarginal spots distinct in Ie, 2, 5
and 6; discal mark in 2 curved inwards. Hind wing paler than in

New Forms of Indo-Australian Butterflies 569

typical form, submarginal spots farther from the margin and less
strongly pale-edged. Discal line straighter, some whitish scaling
between it and the faint postdiscal band.

Habitat.—Aru Islands, March-May, 1916, W. J.C. Frost, four ¢ ¢.

Hypolimnas bolina lisianassa Cram. 2 f. signata f. nov.

°. Ground colour warm-brown, fore wing darker, hind wing
blackish at the base. Fore wing with white costal band of four spots
edged with blue; postdiscal row of dots bluish-white; submarginal
lines and apical area fulvous, as also a small patch on the inner margin.
Hind wing with a small discal patch of blue dusting; postdiscal spots
and submarginal line fulvous. Underside of fore wing with the apical
area to vein 3 ochreous-brown, of hind wing with basal area, distal and
inner margins ochreous-brown, postdiscal area paler, discal area blackish;
other markings whitish-brown, the costal spot and postdiscal dots paler.

Habitat.—Central Ceram, 3,000 feet, December, 1919, C., F. and
J. Pratt, one ¢.

Apaturina erminea aruensis subsp. nov.

¢@. Very like the New Guinea race papuwana Ribbe. Fore wing
band a little paler as in some Amboina specimens, but the spot in 2 is
not so large as in the Moluccan form. The basal bluish area is smaller
than in the allied forms, being less extended below vein 2. Hind wing
with a more extended green gloss (seen by tilting the insect) over the
distal part of the blue area.

Underside of fore wing only slightly different to papwana. White
spot at tornus smaller, and white scaling along the margin indistinct.
Ocellus more thinly edged with orange; the two blue discal marks
a little larger, and a little less oblique. Hind wing with the postdiscal
dark band, which follows the discal line, less sharply defined, especially
on the outer edge. Submarginal and antemarginal lines thinner
anteriorly and closer together.

Habitat.—Aru Islands, March-May, 1916, W. J. C. Frost, three f ¢.

570

THREE NEW SOUTH AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES.
Ex dh. J, JOM aan @, IMUM
PAPILIONIDAE.

Papilio aglaope Gray ecaudatus subsp. nov.

This form is especially noticeable by the absence of a marginal
prominence at vein 4 of the hind wing, a character found in all the
allied forms.

@. Upperside: Fore wing band placed a little farther from the
cell, below vein 3 less broad than in the typical form; two small white
spots below vein 2 and within the edge of the green patch. Hind
wing with a small red spot in 6, dusted with black; proximal edges
of discal spots not dusted with black.

Underside as in typical form. Fore wing with band of four small
white spots. Hind wing with five red discal spots and a small anal spot.

9. Very different to the typical form. Fore wing band of three
spots occupying the same position as the white spots in the 7, larger
than in the 7, their outer edges nearly straight; an indistinct fifth
spot in cellule 4. Hind wing with the band placed as in the ¢, paler
apical spot larger and rounded, also two anal spots.

Underside as above, spots of hind wing paler.

Habitat.—Matto Grosso, Cuyaba, Corumba River System, one ¢
one 2.

Papilio erlaces lacydes § f. parvifascia f. nov.

i)

?. Fore wing with only two small white spots placed in 3 and 4,
the lower one larger than the other, their outer edges placed as in the
typical form. Hind wing spots a little shorter than in typical form,
those in 2 and 3 narrower and rounded on the inner edge.

Habitat.—Canelos, Ecuador, 700 to 800 metres, one 2.

SATYRIDAE.
Euptychia virgata sp. nov.
This specimen was in the Grose-Smith Collection labelled ‘“‘N. Gen.,
N. sp.” We find, however, that in neuration and in palpi it agrees
with Huptychia.

Three New South American Butterflies 571

?. Unlike any known form in the absence of ocelli and the curious
striped pattern below. Upperside fuscous with vein stripes and sub-
marginal line showing from below.

Underside yellowish-grey, the margin grey-white. Fore wing with
the veins edged with fuscous and other stripes of the same colour,
one from base along upper edge of cell, one through the cell from
midway between base and vein 2 to between veins 10 and 11, and
slightly curved, one across end of cell from its upper angle to just
below 3 when it is slightly curved outwards to the inner margin; a
thicker postdiscal stripe (nearer margin than to cell) from inner margin
to vein 3 above which it becomes a faint line which follows the curve
of the margin to the costa; a distinct submarginal line from apex
to inner margin. ‘The inner margin to vein 2 clouded with fuscous,
and cellule 2 slightly dusted with this colour. The inflated base of
costa 1s yellow-brown.

Hind wing with markings similar to those on fore wing. A sub-
basal stripe, a stripe crossing middle of cell, and one crossing cell near
its end and cutting the bases of veins 2 and 5, these three stripes fairly
straight from costa to inner margin. A thin postdiscal line (nearer
margin than to cell) parallel to the outer margin. Veins 1b, 2—6
edged with fuscous. Anal angle below vein 2 orange-yellow, bearing
two silvery dots.

Length of fore wing: 15 mm.

Habitat.—Leopoldina, Brazil, coll. Michs. As there is more than
one place of this name in Brazil, we are uncertain as to which area
the name applies.

40.

41.

42.

43.

44,

512

LIST OF PAPERS

Published Elsewhere since Previous List.

(Continued from the BuuLEtin, p. 15.)

1921.—A. E. Prout. ‘Notes on some Noctuidae in the Joicey Coilection,
with Descriptions of New Species,’ Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, Series 9, vol. viii, p. 1.

1923.—Joicey and Talbot. ‘‘New Forms of Butterflies from Buru,”
Entomologist, vol. lvi, p. 25.

1923.—A. E. Prout. ‘‘A New Eligma (Lep. Noctuidae) from Tanganyika
Territory,” Hntomologist, vol. lvi, p. 85.

1923.-_Joicey and Talbot. ‘‘ A New Papilio from the Philippine Islands,”
Entomologist, vol. lvi, p. 273.

1924.—Joicey and Talbot. ‘‘ Descriptions of Four New Butterflies,”
Entomologist, vol. lvii, p. 87. Aphysonewra (1), Mimacraea (2),
Telegonus (1).

A total of thirty-eight new forms were described in the papers
mentioned above.

513

CORRIGENDA.

Mylothris interposita J. and T., Buut., p. 44, pl. IX, fig. 1.

This sinks to soliducis Schultze, “‘ Ent. Rund.,” 31 Jhr. No. 12, p. 70
(1914) (S. Cameroon). “EHrgb. Zweit. d. Zent.-Afr. Hixp.,” Bd. i,
p. 542, t. xxvu, fig. 2 (1917).

Husxanthe crossleyi intermedia J. and T., Buuu., p. 75, pl. XIII,
WIGS. BO, OU

This sinks to magnifica Rebel, “Am. K. K. Naturhist. Hofmus.,
Wien,” Bd. xxviii, p. 252 (1914) (Mawambo to Irumu).

Pentila auga congoensis J. and T., Buuu., p. 81, pl. XIV, fig. 51.

This sinks to catauga Rebel, “Am. K. K. Naturhist. Hofmus.,
Wien,” Bd. xxvii, p. 263, t. xxu, fig. 46 (1914) (Beni).

Buuu., p. 208, line 4.—For viridicans read viridata.

Buuu., p. 215.—Insert Subfamily name Acontianae before Sinna
joiceyt.

BUutLu., p. 223.—Ulothrichopus macula reducta A. K. Prout. In last
line of description, for the words “‘New Guinea specimens’ (crept
in in error) substitute “ typical macula.”

Butu., p. 270.—For “ Aglaope”’ read Agalope.

BULL., p. 286, line 2.—For “ submixta Warr.” read submixta Prout.

Butu., p. 311.—For “ Delias kummeri Jord.” read kummeri Ribbe.

Butt., p. 318.—For “ Delias albertist Honr.”’ read albertisa Ob.

Buut., p. 387.—For “ Charaaes penrict’”’ read penricer.

9

Buut., p. 339.—For “‘ Pieris brassicoides Luc.” read Pieris brassi-

coides Guér.

Tellervo assarica waigeuensis J. and T., Bunn. Hitt Mus., vol. i,
part 2, p. 343 (1922). |

This name sinks to macrofallax Strand, ‘‘ Mitt. Zool. Mus., Berl.,”
Bd. v, Heft 8, pp. 477-478 (1911) (Waigeu).

But, p. 363.—For “ ? f. brugnt Ob.” read bruane Ob.

Bue p. 384.—For “ P. mackinnoni t. unimaculatus Suff.” read
immaculatus Suff.

574 Corrigenda

lsieisiy, (> Hoo (ol, WUE es. 7,1) ~ weac! (oll, WIN, ies, 8, 9).

Hypocysta osyris waigeuensis J. and 'T.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xx, p. 218 (1917) (Waigeu).

We are indebted to Dr. K. Jordan for pointing out that this form
is the true osyris Bdv. which was described from Offak. Most
authorities have erroneously given the habitat as Aru.

Papilio benguetana J. and T.

Entomologist, vol. lvi, p. 273 (1923).

In publishing the description of this insect we were unable to give
the name of the actual collector, having received the specimen indirectly
without such indication. The discoverer, Mr. C. F. Baker, makes
allusion to this regrettable omission in his ‘Second Addition to Philippine
and Malayan Technical Bibliography,” Philipp. Agr., xii, No. 8, 1924.

We take this opportunity of giving the matter further publicity
as we agree with Mr. Baker that “the discovery of a new Papilio is
quite an entomological event.”

We hope that Mr. Baker will obtain more specimens and establish
whether the species is double-brooded like cuthus.

Mr. Baker says that the specimen was taken at high altitude on
Mount Santo Tomas at Baguio, Benguet Sub-Province, Northern Luzon.

Telegonus donungensis J. and T.

Entomologist, lvu, p. 39 (1924).

This sinks to antiquus Skinn., Hnt. News, xxxi, p. 133 (1920).
Dr. Skinner kindly pointed this out in sending his paper.

We find that Thymele angustus Skinn., |.c. p. 133, will have to
sink to T'elegonus christyr Shpe., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1898, p. 366.

b]

Butt., p. 371, line 2.—For “ latreillanus”’ read latreillianus.

515

LIST OF PLATES IN PART 3.

I-V.—African Papilios. To illustrate Article 1.
VI.—New Delias from Buru. To illustrate Article 12.

VII.—New Delias from New Guinea and Buru. To illustrate
Article 12, and article on Delias in Part 2.

VIII.—New Delias from New Guinea. . . . To illustrate article
on Delias in Part 2.

IX.—New Butterflies from Buru and New Guinea. To illustrate
species described in Parts 2 and 3.

X-XI.—New Sphingidae. To illustrate species described by Joicey
and Kaye.

XII.—New Zygaenidae. To illustrate article on Zygaenidae in
Part 2.

XIII-XVII.—Noctuidae. To illustrate Articles 2 and 4.
XVIII-X XI—Noctuidae. To illustrate Article 8.

XXII.—Noctuidae. To illustrate Articles 3 and 6.
XXITJ-XXIV.—Geometridae. To illustrate Article 7.

XXV.—New Geometridae and Dioptidae. To illustrate this article
in Part 2.

MAP.—To illustrate Article 13.

Fig.

Or

g9

10.

PIL) IW,

(Toutes les figures réduites d'un cinquieme.)

KXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

P. dardanus-meriones, Feld. 2 (f. indiv.), Madagascar,
Tananarive whe 5

P. dardanus-dardanus Brown, f. ? heimsi Suff. Type,
Cameroon, ex coll. Suffert

P. dardanus-meriones Feld.,f. indiv. 3 Ls nova,
Madagascar, Maroansetra

P. echerioides Trim., f. indiv. g riddeschi Suff. Bue
Kilimandjaro, Noda ex coll. Suffert

“nA

P. agamedes Westw. f. indiv. ¢ medesaga Sutt. Type,
Togo hinterland, ex coll. Suffert ... a

P. rex Obt.s.-sp. barnsi nova, 3, Congo belge oriental,
Upper Lowa Valley, 4,500-5,000 ft., novembre, 1922

P. zalmoxis Hew., ¢ , Togo

2. dardanus-cenea Stoll, f. indiv. ¢ maculatus Suff.
Type, ex German H. Africa, ex coll. Suffert

P. dardanus-cenea Stoll, f. indiv. 3 extensiflava nova,
Natal

P. dardanus-cenea Stoll, f. indiv. 3 discopunctatus
Suff. type, Usambara, ex coll. Suffert

PAGE

379

373

379

392

397

373
371

376

378

376

PLATE I Bout, show Mos, VoL, I. 1923

AFRICAN PAPILIOS

Fig.
Tt,

12.

13.

14.
15.

16.

ie

18.

IS),
20, 21.

22.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

P. dardanus-dardanus Brown, f. 2 ceneispila nova,
Uganda ae an bs,
P. dardanus-cenea Stoll, ft. 2 lesgha ee West
Pondoland :
P. dardanus-cenea Stoll, - 2 hipolemuidees nova, West
Pondoland Gn nae is ae
P. phorcas-phorcas Cr., f. 2 media nova, Sierra Leone
P. phorcas Cr., f. indiv. 3 casphor Suff. Type, Tabora,
ex coll. Suffert $3 i sa
P. dardanus-dardanus Brown f. ¢ acenides nova,
Uganda, Mabira Forest, juillet, 1920
P. dardanus-cenea Stoll. f. 2 natalica nova, Delagoa Bay
P. euphranor Trim. s.-sp. moratus nova, ? , Natal (Alfred
Distr.), Impetenyeni Forest, 3,000 ft., 12 octobre, 1920
P. dardanus-cenea Stoll, f. 2 acene Suff. Type, Transvaal
P. constantinus Wd., s.-sp. alticola nova, 3 Tanganyika
Territ., Escarpment, 6,500-9,000 ft., 9 octobre, ex
Doherty acu fers oe he
P. phorcas-phorcas Cr., f. 2 mutans nova, Uganda,
Mabira Forest, Kyagive, Mulange, 4,000 ft.

PAGE

374

378

377
381

380

375
377

381

377

387

380

PLATE II JB OiLibs Jeboen, MoS, Wow, lo 2s

AFRICAN PAPILIOS

oy.

ae
aan

tegen
eh
Me

vac
cutis

inl

Bus
Seely

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. PAGE

23,24. P. hesperus Westw., f. indiv. s isolitws nova, Congo
belge, Luluabourg, Kassai ee a .. 384

25. P. pelodurus Btlr., s.-sp. vesper nova, 3, ex German
East Africa, ex coll. Suffert es, RE sos ROD

26. P. mackinnoni EH. Sh., f. indiv. immaculatus Suff., 3
Type, Usambara hinterland, ex coll. Suffert .. 384

27. P. hermes Boull. et Le Cerf, f. indiv. pellax Boull. et
Le Cerf, ¢, Ashanti... oe ae J. «= 84

28. P. pelodurus-pelodurus Btlr., f. indiv. extensws nova, 3,
Nyassaland, Zomba, ex coll. Suffert ee 382

29. P. mackinnoni .K. Sh., f. indiv. bimaculatus Suff., a
Type, Usambara hinterland, ex coll. Suffert .. 384

30. P. pelodurus-pelodurus Btlr., f. indiv. lyrws, nova, 3,
Nyassaland, Mlanje a Bs: ae be OS

IBNOILIe,, Isbin, MAGS, WO, I, 1923

PiAane JOU

AFRICAN PAPILIOS

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

31. P. oribazus Bdv., f. indiv. 3, Madagascar

32,35. P. charopus Westw., s.-sp. guventus nova, 3, Semis

Valley, ex coll. Suffert ...

33. P. menestheus-lormiert Dist., s.-sp. semlikana nova, 3,

Semliki Valley, ex coll. Suffert

34, 36. P. grose-smithi Roths., f. (? an s.-sp.) praeses nova, 3
(= paratype ? (!) P. erithonioides G.-Sm.) N.W.

Madagascar, ex coll. Grose-Smith
57. P. nireus L., f. indiv. dimidiatus nova, 3, W. ines
Aguapim

ao, J, Cioragojuia Jeale,, tt (2 aio &, ae praecyola Suff. 3

Type, Cameroon, ex coll. Suffert .
39. P. epiphorbas Bdv., f. indiv., hova nova, 3, Madagascar,
Tamatave, ex coll Manders

40. P.cypraeofila Btlr., f. (? an s.-sp.) letseser nova, 6,

Bitje Ja River, 2,000 ft., 10 novembre, 1912

Or
aw
nw

PACE
384

385

388

388

385

390

386

390

IW28

IB Wine, Jeti, IMUGS, Wow, I,

PLATE IV

AFRICAN PAPILIOS

fae oe
eae
Tie

‘
¥

4
ed

ss

Fig.
41.

42.
43.
44,
45.
46.

47.

54.

55.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

P. cynorta F., f. 2 lavochrea nova, Cameroon, Bitje Ja
River, 2,000 ft., 10 novembre

P. zenobia F., f. indiv. nobicea Suff., 3 type. Togo
ex coll. Snort

P. cynorta, F.,f. 2 ochrospila nova, Canes pales qin
Forest between Epuru and Ituri River, mars, 1920

P. phrynon Druce, 3 a ae belge, Matadi, ex
collE Ei Druce

P, cynorta ¥., f. indiv. 3 Chi “Suff. iva, Tago:

ex coll. Suffert A Eke a ee

P. ucalegon Hew., f. indiv. legonuca Suff., 3 a.
S. Cameroon, ex coll. Suffert

P. pylades-angolanus Gze., f. indiv. lapiaes Suff., o
Type, ex German Hast Africa, Kilossa, ex coll. Suftert

P. leonidas-brasidas Feld., f. indiv. 2 melusina nova,
Natal, Malvern, ex coll. R. Trimen

P. ridleyanus White, f. 2 rosa nova, Congo mallee omen,
Upper Ruwubu River, Urindi Distr., aott, 1919

P. leondas F., f. indiv. omdale Suff., 3s Type, ex
German East Africa, Muanza, ex coll. Suffert

12, Gros Wael, tis (2 Bil Skcsio,) Sveewed mow, S',
Coomassie, Friapere Forest, 1913 me

P. colonna Wad., f. indiv. loncona Suff., 2 Type, ex
German Kast Africa, Mikindani, ex coll. Suffert

P. illyris Kirby, f. (? an s.-sp.) hamatus Joic. et Talb.,
& Type, ex German East Africa, ex coll. Suffert

P. policenes Cr., f. indiv. liponesco Suff. 3 eo me
hinterland, ex coll. Suffert ;

584

PAGH

391

1923

WOlbes ll.

ISGlic. Jevucic, MiSs;

PLATE V

AFRICAN PAPILIOS

Bee ics
‘

tlie
DENY

A
LS 0
bon
Bast e
i i

EXPLANATION OF PLATE

Fig,

le Delvassprouii~ deand I. 4. Buru

2. ‘ i - eats a

3), PEesenavad. andedi- 4) (Buru

4. ae 4 i Rey 5

5, » schmassmann J. and T. ¢, Buru
6. 0) os 99 Alege a

re PC DALELGOeuandwhe fo uiGu

8. 5 i "3 ue: si

VI.

PAGE
508
509
510
510
509
509
510
510

Plate VI. Balls hii Muss Volos pt Slee"

A.E. Prout, del. John Bale.Sons & Danielsson, L*?

NEW DELIAS FROM BURU.

ig

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL.
PAGE

Delias cunningputi citrona J.and T., Dutch New Guinea, f 307

mariae menooensis J.and'T., Dutch New Guinea, ~ 3138

rileyt J.and T., Dutch New Guinea, ¢ Peo
phippst J. and T., Dutch New Guinea, ¢ ada Bil)
95 i 55 a e 9 Se ooo LG)
subviridis J. and T., Ceram, & ae soo SOA
9 99 3 . a seat o00 | WEL
widug Jeaand dears fh ade sie eet
isp or ne 54 x2 006 oes i O04

Plate VII,

Soil, Mnlall Mins. Well i: Pier Saal oc

A.E. Prout, del.

John Bale.Sons & Danielsson.L

NEW DELIAS FROM NEW GUINEA AND BURU.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

PAGE

Delvas lecerfi J. and T., Dutch New Guinea, ¢ ... sco. | OT
» hypomelas rubrostriata, J. and T. g ee: Le
, campbell: J. and T., Dutch New Guinea, ¢ boo) lle:
» marguerita J. and T., Dutch New Guinea, ¢ ae ES
» phaeres approximata J.and T. Dutch New Guinea, ~ 309
- #3 oe Beith & “6 2 6-309
a aie ba 2 f. rectumargo J. and T. joo OY)
» aroae yabensis J. and T., Dutch New Guinea, ¢ ... 308
99 55 is 5 s - 5 59 2 a 2308
sy - = 2 f. brevifascia J. and T.... we OS

590

Plate VIII.

A. E.Prouk. det.

SU Il MIMS. Wolly ioe Si IZA.

NEW DELIAS FROM NEW GUINEA.

John Bale.Sons & Danielsson. L*4

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. PAGE
i Lrovdestprattonun mand le fre bunuree: so soo LO)
2. * chimaera dracaena J.and 'T. ¢, Dutch New Guinea 320
OF he fe Bs ae 5p @ WHACIEIE Soe 535 AD)
+. Charaxes madensis Roths. ~, Buru ... yan Boe el)
5. se, as Be G aunder 7... a Bemis bo

Plate IX. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. |, pt. 3, 1924.

A.E. Prout, del. 1923.

John Bale.Sons & Danielsson, Ltd

NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM BURU AND NEW GUINEA.

Na
\ }
i ae

i‘ :
rela ken vie
ih,

is
se

AUSF
ABW 2

Fig.

HXPLANATION OF PEATE X.

Polyptychus lapidatus Joicey and Kaye, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (8) 20, p. 230 (1917) (Coomassie) Bae
Marumba trata J. and K., zbid., p. 305 (1917) (Tibet)
Xylophanes sublaevis J. and K., vbid., p. 8306 (1917) (Brazil)
(= rhodocera Walk., Haiti) sete
Oxyambulyx citrona J. and K., vbid., p. 309 (917) (N. India)

Plate X. SO Talat (Mise Woh le pio IOZ4e

H. Knight, del. 1918. ; John Bale.Sons & Danielsson. U9

NEW SPHINGIDAE.

Fig.

bo

Or

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Oechenea sumatrensis Joicey and Kaye, Ann. Mag Nat. Hist.
(8) 20, p. 307 (1917) (Sumatra) (= Theretra boisduvalr
Bugn.) . 083 2 : 530 as

Oliographa SiesAD MI NEN EE: i and K.., aie, > SOK (IOI)
(Delagoa Bay) : a

Thibetia niphaphylla J. and K, ibid., p. “931 (1917) (Tibet)

Hippotion rubribrenna J. and ne tbid., p. 807 (1917) (Dutch
New Guinea) nae an an oe

Polyptychus olivolinea J. and K., ibid., p. 308. (1917)
(Cameroons) ca aes oe

Oxyambulyxz cyclasticta J. ann kee ae, D. BOS UPi7)
(Burmah) msn Ng a ve

Plate Xl. Bulle shill Midis Vor li pte3, ISIZ4-

H. Knight del .1918 John Bale.Sons & Danielsson, L*d

NEW SPHINGIDAE.

4
idl

iy

ae

ae

Disa.

¥ Spa,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Pidorus chalybeatus J. and T., Dutch New Guinea ..
Husphalera aurantidiscus J. and T. fs ie u

BA miulvonovdes: sd sand aes. i =

0p ¥) De o5 5 0

i jordant ii and 'T’. 3 i

Pedoptila mgricristata J.and T., N.H. Rhodesia ee
Caprima chrysosoma Prout, Ann. ee Nat, lsc, ©) %,
p. 412 (1918) (Aru Is.) 00
Psaphis rothschildt J.and T. ¢, Sumatra
EHusphalera cadmium J. and T., Dutch New Guinea
Clematoessa virgata J. and T. ¢ ,, is ie
. Pho enna ,)
i halerayen ine J. and T’., Ceram...
Eterusia picturata J.andT. ¢, Ceram
ee semiflava J.and T. 2, Sumatra
a proprimarginata Prout, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 9)
1, p. 312 (1918) (Chang-Yang) ¢
Clematoessa xuthomelas umpuncta J. and T., Dutch New
Guinea .. ree a
Netrocera jordan’ J.and T., Kivu
Semioptila lufirensis J. and T., Katanga

PAGE
276
272
273
273
274
166

270
273
277
277
271
275
275

278
165
166

Plate XIl. Bull hill Must Vol pt. syi924:

A.E.Prout,del. 1923. John Bale.Sons & Danielsson, L*?

NEW ZYGAENIDAE.

IRIGY) XID sat,

(Unless otherwise stated, figures are of types.)

JOO EEN IMCOUN,, Oia JPIbyWIND) CIUUL,

PAGE

Strctoptera polysticta IN, Jd}, JETRO, SO, , (=) soo ADT
- baker aha + ears) Pe el Oly
Gadirtha albovenosa An he Be aude es) non ALAS)
Risoba sticticata pe i pes) soo AO)
» diwphtheropsis cacy - ue Geae) ee SI
Clethrophora angulipennis ,, ,, “ acess Gee) ey
ae gonophora AS ce .P ata) soo. BS
Anepholcia pygaria Warren (f¢ paratype) ai . 4038
re talbotu fi, AD, JEONG, SO. mo. (g)) OD
Trisuloides sericea hawkeri ,, ,, mS este) ZL)
Dipthera androdes te F ee a ee) no 439)
x tamst ater s geese) soo] ALLO)

- leucotaenia Be Wise ae sora Ch) ee AA)

600

= 1994,

Io IN@s Bs te

Vol.

Bull. Hill Mus.

Plate XIII.

NEW FORMS OF NOCTUIDAE.

he

HXPLANATION OF PLATE XIy.

Fig.
1. Nyctipao meforensis A. EH. Prout, sp.n. (3%)
2. - albiangulata ,, ,, nS pee Gr)
3. Sperredonia ewphrages ,, ,, an aA (Gp)

602

PAGE
435
435
436

Plate XIV. Bulle nll Muss) Viole sNow opm g24-

NEW FORMS OF NOCTUIDAE.

Mit LeNys
ROL

tee
ace is
eer
<
at

Fig.

Be SS oe Ce OO

_
2

EXPLANATION

OF PLATE XV.

Dermaleipa joiceyr iXe 1d), JETEOUN, FO. (a)
Serrodes mediopallens ,, ,,

Belciana habroscia Rs
is particolor laa
¥ sophronva Ws
“s kala ae
- subserrata Ares

Sypna lucillordes ana

Athyrma eupepla Jatin

9)

rhynchophora ,,_,,

604

(S)
CF)
(3)

(3)
(3)
(g

paratype)

PAGE
438
447
445
444
445
442
446
44]
448
447

Plate XV. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I, No. 3. 1924.

NEW FORMS OF NOCTUIDAE.

wo

Ut oat,

ans,
Nae

aor

mii
gon

Sense ©
Sie ge Pay

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Genitalia of Noctuidae.
Fig.
1. Anepholcia pygaria, semilateral view, xX 10
WA a talbott, Be - freee
3. Trisuloides sericea hawkeri, lateral view showing inner
surface of valve with pro-

CESS. <i Oeaeee nae
4, Ae re Valve showing position an
form of the process, X 25
5 i , sericea, lateral view, X 10...
6. ie , hawkert. The process of the valve,
xX BS ie a
fhe a ,, sericea. The process of the valve, X 2
8. - te trigonoleuca. The process of the valve,
x 25

606

PAGE

403

402

406

406
405

406
405

405

Plates XVI and XVII.

Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I, No. 8. 1924.

ZNSE Ol® Wels WRISWILOMDIES QHROW)2
OF NOCTUIDAE

XVI.—GENITAEIA OF THE TRISULOIDES GROUP
OF NOCTUIDAE

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Palpi of Trisuloides group, illustrating generic types and new

CHARA R wor S

a ee
b= OW i ©

subspecies. Magnification c. 12.

Anepholcva talboti sp. n.

6p ,, (descaled)
Disepholcia caerulea Btlr. ...

ie - (descaled)
Smilepholcia luteifascia Hmpsn.

a ms (descaled)
Trisuloides sericea sericea Btlr.

99 99 99

= a i (descaled)
Tambana variegata Moore ...

sis a (descaled)
Anacronicta caliginea Btlr.
(descaled)

oe] Ue)

608

(descaled) ...
Trisuloides sericea hawkeri subsp. n....

PAGE
401
401
404
404
406
406
404
404
404
404
406
406
407
407

We

KX PLANATION

OF PLATE

2WAQUL,

Fig.
1. Agrotis magnpunctata A.E. Prout (¢% holotype) (Cent. Ceram)
Dee i pallidisigna arteries I NR eC Set ee ern shea)
ca eee i mm (2 alllonyne) (5, sorte)
AM ae. hasta sp pe op eh latolloinyya®) (54 ah ova)
Drala roa pallidimargo Sa asitel cues a i Vee a i)
Grae olivacea De ee pais a Nese) eee yates)
7. 4, magnisigna wire cas Me ey ee phen) a (eae oo )
Sade angusta aetse he Ooi woe see ML) Ra Pay)
S) Whagusa, oGisiis (POUBCD 55 5, 0 US 6) oD
Opa A
ab. albiplaga Se ipes ee GS Me hema a) Cae 5 S
11. Trachaea viridata S Sok SCA gto) le ae)
12. Huplexia latifascia yc mitenieny CaS ameces rane) ee, yy)
13. Tiracola concolor Seis op An (CG Gees ee Ga naa)
14, a A cee see rallotyme)a (aan: em)
15. Eriopus ludovici ay bp ( 2 laollomyoe) (55 ee)
16. Huplexia latifascia Raise 7 2 allotype)i@ ea)
17. Stictoptera indescribens ,, ,, ,, (dé holotype) ( ,, oy)
18. s rs op oh SS BUlOMO®) (C3 a i)

610

PAGE
193
194
195
195
196
197
198
199
202

202
202
203
201
201
204
203
206
206

Plate XVIII. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I, No. 3. 1924.

NEW SPECIES AND FORMS OF NOCTUIDAE.

Neer
aa

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig.
i Stictoptera parva A. KE. Prout (¢ holotype) (Cent. Ceram)
De ah - ab. albifascua A. Ki. Prout (2 holotype)
(Cent. Ceram)
3. fi hampson. A. EK. Prout (3% holotype) (Cent. Ceram)
4, 5 ab. albifascoa A. Hi. Prout (2 allotype)
. (Cent. Ceram)
5; 7e melancholica A. E. Prout (o holotype) (Cent. Ceram)
6. ‘5 arcuata f. nigribasis A. EK. Prout (2 allotype)
(Cent. Ceram)
7. Risoba avola magna ab. ochracea A. EK. Prout (2 holotype)
(Cent. Ceram)
8. Chandica lobophorina A. EK. Prout (s holotype) (Cent. Ceram)
9. Srinna jorceyr Hee ewe ace (@ 5 Gas. poy)
TOSs cre 5 De TACO op op gy CS a eau sean)
ll. Aiteta trigoniphora teretumacula A. K. Prout (2 allotype)
(Cent. Ceram)
12. Carea costiplaga defuscata A. K. Prout( ¢ allotype) (Cent. Ceram)
Le. » perspicua ae pg pg NS MOLOUOS) (Cs ea)
ASCO not, Reha Ce i AG ee)
eae ICL Bea) kan AS ee a) (ac et)
Gea ae MLD NICAUIVEUDETILUS Hs am mre Ge cae Ae Bn Gees ee)
17. Maceda rotundimacula Warr. (? neallotype) ( ,, ee)
18. Anophiodes indistincta A. K. Prout (2 holotype) (_,, em)

19. Parallelia subacuta juncta A. E. Prout (¢% holotype)

(Cent. Ceram)
20. Nanaguna teleoluca A. KE. Prout (2 holotype) (_,, :
91. Characoma excurvata ,,,, ,, (% allotype)( ,, fa
22. Triswloides trigonoleuca ,, ,, 4, (¢& holotype) = a4

(
5 DY NUBARED TOUT UCC, on op gp my) gg 0
. Carea josephi SR eoete cragy a UO te ea loreca ma

Se a

612

PAGE
206

207
208

209
211

212

214
216
215
215

216
218
219
219
220
221
222
225

227
213
212
227
228
221

Plate XIX, Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I, No. 3. 1924.

NEW SPECIES AND FORMS OF NOCTUIDAE.

Fig,

1

3

4.

5

. Nyctipao felderi
2. Plusia latistigma
. Platyja cyanocraspis lecerfi A. E.

yy)

. Rivula manuselensis
6. Othreis prattorwm
Te

9

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.

99

99

A. EK. Prout (? holotype) (Cent

99 99

brie es
Prout (¢ holotype)

2) 39
99 99
a9 ”)

99 2)

614

op DM

17

PAGE

. Ceram) 223

9)

) 229

(Cent. Ceram) 235

( 2 allotype) (
( 2 holotype) (
(3 seve
(? allotype ) (

bye)

3%)

9

9

Plate XX. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I, No. 8. 1924.

ty y
Wt
Meant thao

NEW SPECIES AND FORMS OF NOCTUIDAE.

OOD SiS Owes
3 : co

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

. Athyrma pratt. Beth.-Bak. (? neallotype) (Cent. Ceram)
. Hriceia gonioptila A. K. Prout (¢ holotype) (_,, cue)
5s CNG omuis SEFUCZOULOS 45 95 om Ue a lees. see)
» SCOOT (ORGYOGCHWCED 95 9 oo (Ss % Na ees? i gab)

6 * Aieee aepee s ENON) Cs, ie erie)
. Anonus bicolor Betis 6 (eh laolloinroe) ( ee)
. Avitta longicorpus an tamen cedl ad 5 YE a Ae)
. Sypna achaeopsis es A pret ieece Oh eee, ) ee (eee rer)

HA ~ ab. variegata A. EH. Prout (2 holotype)

(Cent. Ceram)

» admiratio A. H. Prout ($ holotype) (_,, a)

LIT PYCO CHYDUTDARUOS 55 mm op (US - Gar ee)
he chet fone Gemallotiype:) aa. sitar)

. Ommatophora burrowsi,, ,, ' ,, (& holotype) (_,, des)

. Catada alboapicalis minuens A. Ki. Prout (3 holotype)

(Cent. Ceram)

. Semplicia nitida A. HE. Prout (¢ holotype) (_,, yd
ss ClAaTilined he ok Cee ne) eee » )

Sy Bocananpallidisvgnai ahaa == ((s) aaa ann) i (Gane » ?
. Hydrillodes lugens isi Ao 0 Raya Cie eae aa) aa me)
. Hypena euphyes ARR hae meets cheer de 8): (co » )
» ceramensis iat Re eet tiem (ac ame oes, eee)

5 SEOUL SUCHE 9) 9p ng Sn) on od

616

PAGE
237
233
240
241
241
242
243
230

231
232
234
235
236

244
245
245
247
246
248
249
250

Plate XXI. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I, No. 3. 1924.

NEW SPECIES AND FORMS OF NOCTUIDAE.

Ui lad 3

frat oe

CO ~1 > He gD PO

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.

Catocala thomsoni A. HK. Prout, sp

99

janssent

9

Checupa equifortis ,,
CUTVIVENA ,,

39

Lasiopoderes prattt Beth.-Bak.
Agrotis pediciliata A.

Risoba ocellata
Carea longicornis

ye

99

99

egens
trichotmeta
erectilinea
adouxa
phedropa
semipallida
quieta
mixticolor

99

99

9)

9)

Warren

99

99

99

K. Prout,

99

PAGE

.n.(& holotype) 452
aS 9 ) 4538
US 99 ) 4138
» (oi 99 ) 414
(2 ab. ) 424
n.(¢ holotype) 4138
gmee * aus
US Bree) hose LT,
9 (a 5 ) 418
bn OS a ) 418
op GS 5 ) 419
» (2 aillotype) 420
» (& holotype) 420
9 US i eo
no US )) ae
(g neallotype) 423
425

Fodina sumatrensis A. K, Prout, sp.n. (3% holotype)

618

Plate XXII. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I, 1924,

NEW FORMS OF INDO-AUSTRALIAN NOCTUIDAE.

atta 1

peste’

a

HXPLANATION OF PHATE XXTIT

Palaeodoxa subignea Warr. @
Milionia eutyches sp. nov.
Craspedosis uiquisecta sp. Nov.

. flavidistata sp. nov.
Paralcis tmetoloba sp. nov.
Milionia semirutila sp. nov.
Ctimene tenebricosa sp. nov.
Craspedosis effusa sp. nov. _
Aeolochroma chioneschatia sp. nov.
Milionia carycina sp. nov.

Eucharidema apora plesiozona saben. INOW

Milionia megadema ptochica subsp. nov.

620

PAGE
456

468
471
471
474
470
475
472
458
469
474
467

Plate XXIII. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I, No. 3. 1924.

NEW GEOMETRIDAE FROM DUTCH NEW GUINEA AND MEFOR ISLAND.

Sct
even
et oae

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.

Aeolochroma venia sp. nov.
Amisozyga extravagans sp. nov.
Prasinocyma philocala sp. nov.
2 pratty sp. nov.
Naza craspedota sp. nov.
Amsozyga polyglena sp. nov.
Prasinocyma tryphera sp. nov.
ie unturbida sp. nov.
Dioscore ancyla sp. nov. ...

Prasinocyma rudipunctata sp. nov.

i annexa sp. Nov.
Sabaria perfulvata sp. nov.

PAGE
458

461
464
466
457
462
465
467
460
463
465
475

Plate XXIV. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I, No. 8. 1924.

NEW GEOMETRIDAE FROM DUTCH NEW GUINEA AND MEFOR ISLAND.

bE pe ;
WMH SOON Do hw PE

pA
=

RS) AS) [Sy [SS a ee
co WS) 2 Se) ©9 Sal CP SR

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV.

NEW GEOMETRIDAE AND DIOPTIDAE.

Ozola eurycraspis sp. DOV....

Victoria barlowi sp. nov.

Chlorodrepana aequisecta sp. Nov.

Leptocolpia viridicatena sp. nov. a
Prasinocyna trifilifimbria Prout leucopis subsp. nov.
Henudromodes sabulifera sp. nov.

Anisodes renifera sp. NOV. ..

Ptochophyle definita sp. nov.

Tricentra flavitornata sp. Nov.

Scopula elwesv sp. nov.

Hipparchus euryagyia sp. nov.

Aporandria specularia (Guen) haplograpta aban nov.

Problepsis plenorbis Prout, ¢
Nothabraxes barlow? sp. nov. -
Ptychopoda (Xenocentris) trisetata sp. nov.
Coenotephria acme sp. nov.

Pitthea hypomima sp. nov.
Leucaniodes periconia sp. nov.
Maxates dysides sp. nov.

Pycnostega (2) lewcochora sp. nov.
Pycnostega (?) stulbta sp. nov.
Rhanoptis miltorrhabda sp. nov.
Myonia euryzona sp. nov. -

PAGE
252
253
254
257
254
257
258
259
260
261
252
253
261
264
262
263
264
255
256
266
267
268
268

Plate XXV. Bull. Hill Mus. Vol. I, No. 3. 1924.

NEW GEOMETRIDAE AND DIOPTIDAE.

Daan
ts
=

626

AUTOBIOGRAPHIES OF ENTOMOLOGISTS AND
ARACHNOLOGISTS WANTED,

For years I have been collecting materials for a Biographic Hntomo-
logical Dictionary, to contain biographies of entomologists and arach-
nologists of all times and of all countries. Biographies of deceased
entomologists and arachnologists I have already obtained from the
literature almost completely, but to get biographies of living colleagues
is much more difficult.

Accordingly autobiographies are wanted, and I hereby beg for such
to be sent tome. All entomologists and arachnologists who have done
scientific work as authors or as collectors are to be dealt with in this
work. The autobiographies will, as far as possible, be printed in the
form and the language as sent to me. Those who do not send their
autobiographies ought not to expect that their biographies shall be
contained in the book. Should anybody be willing to collect contribu-
tions for the work, I would beg him to be so kind as to communicate
with me. The printing of the work is not in question.—Hmbrik Strand,
Professor of Zoology and Director of the Systematic Zoological Institute
of the University of Riga (Latvia), Kronvalda bulvars 9.

NOTICE.

Tur BULLETIN oF THE Hint Muszum will be sent free on receipt

of 30s. for one volume of three parts and index.
The BuLLETIN will be sent in exchange to Institutions with publica-
tions dealing with Lepidoptera, and to authors publishing separate works.
Applications should be made to the Curator, The Hill Museum,
Witley, Surrey.

The Index part for the first volume will appear at an early date.

SD eo ooo oo eo eee ee oo a e|o/o)o.o|o) ole oofe| oleae ololeole ool) oleo|o}e|o)e oo oo) ole ole

THESES ENTOMOLOGIQUES

PERCY I. LATHY.

Fasc. I.

NOTES ET REMARQUES SUR LES AGRIAS.

The first number of this publication is strictly limited
to 55 examples, each of which is numbered and signed.
It contains 24 pages of text and 10 plates with 90 figures
hand-coloured by well-known entomological artists.

A certain number of copies may still be had.
Price = =~ 500 francs.

PERCY I. LATHY, 90, BouLtEvarD MALESHERBES, PARIS.

DOD PPO RDEPPDPEBEE DOPED DEERE EDEEEERAHoo
HOPED EP PORDE DO DEDEEDOOODEBOODDEBBESERooae

o

BEDS HEP OO HORDE EOE DODGE DOBRO BDR DOD OROOROEROORERERRORooE

B

Sa a anny

o

LEONARD TATCHELL,

FES, F.ZS.,
SWANAGE, DORSET,

BREEDER and COLLECTOR of BRITISH LEPIDOPTERA.

CABINETS, APPARATUS, SET SPECIMENS,
OR EVING? bARV 4s ANDY PUPA
LISTS BREE: ON APPLICATION:

Correspondence desired with Collectors in the Tropics.

emf ||) fe wo ee a |
en ea) ee ee |) | if a ya) 8 |

ea es fen ee ei es ees fe eee ee eee] eNO

Era apa a seo deca a Begs ee Asean Ae EIA SAI

See iee See pee eee bare ome ee Bere

ea a Re Ne A ew |

ratpiaia ofoloclololaloolalolololalelelalalalalataralelatererarcialcie ea] |] NO HN | | |

ea a ep a pe ee i] ese oe] aca cave)

ea] a] ||| |||] ee eae ae ee

LW. F. H. ROSENBERG,

‘Nateralis ne Impanear! of Exotic Zoological Collections.

Head’ Office and Museum of Bird Skins. and Exotic ’ “Lepidoptera he

Chaos

7 HAVERSTOCK HLL: LONDON, N

Price Lists,—Birds’ isidns (5,000 species), Exotic bepdenien i

(8,000. species). Just, published. —New Supplementary. Price List | es

of Exotic Lepidoptera, . SD EAEINE particulars of many rare species —
and cheap lots. ie “ts ae All Lists post free.

Branch Establishment ae ie supply of Entomological and other Natural.
History requisites, books and specimens—

25, CROMWELL PLACE, LONDON, S.W. 7.

(Near the Natural History Museum.)

PRICE LIST OF APPARATUS POST FREE.

J. J. HILL & SON

(Established 40 Years)

Manufacturers of ENTOMOLOGICAL CABINETS, &c.
SPECIALISTS IN INTERCHANGEABLE UNIT SYSTEMS.
Consult us on the problem of Housing your Collection economically.

Being the ACTUAL MAKERS, we are in a

position to quote Keenest Prices, assuring Best Materials

and BRITISH MANUFACTURE _ throughout.
Immediate Delivery.

Write jor particulars of our various Umit Systems.

CABINET WORKS, YEWFIELD RD., N.W. 10

' ‘Phone: WILLESDEN 309.

‘el

EPEC CERO EOE eoeseeaee so eoeeEEessseoesooeo

EERSESSOGREESo SSoRoeeeesesoeeeEseoEeeae

Vol. I. No. 4.

THE

Bulletin of the Hill Museum

A MAGAZINE OF
LEPIDOPTEROLOGY

EDITED BY

J. J. JOICEY, F.LS., F.Z.S., F.E.S., &., and G. TALBOT, F.E.S.

WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF
L. B. PROUT, F.E.S., Miss A. E. PROUT, F.E.S.,
and W. HAWKER-SMITH, F.E.S.‘“%-

f \
fn. i 409 ai
(1 UL RO WIZo 253
% f

Vol. 1. 1921-19945 Senai Yuck?

Issued at the Hill Museum, Witley, Surrey

INDEX

LONDON
JOHN BALE, SONS & DANIELSSON, LTD.

Oxford Mouse
83-91, GREAT TITCHFIELD STREET, OXFORD STREET, W.1

Vol. I.

THE

Bulletin of the Hill Museum

CONTENTS OF PART IV.

PAGE

Index to Volume I, Nos. 2 and 3 ae ase soe OY
Title Page, Contents, List of Plates to Volume I .... v, x

627

JONUD ISD GLO) IReais) A Aoi) e),

The Index to Part 1 will be found at the end of that Part.

Abisara
ablactalts (Hapalia) Walk.
Abraxas

abraxas (Callioratis) Feld., Reise Novas ie, ier tab. c. eg 17 (1868) (Natal)

acene (Papilio durdanus cenea ¢ f.) Suff.
acenides (Papilio ee f. noy.

Achaea.

aoleagendes (Sina) Walk., Oni XXxXiil, p, 984 4 (1805) (Gelebes)

achaeopsis (Sypna) sp. nov.
achromaria (Nothomiza) Guen.
acme (Coenotephria) sp. nov.
Acoutianae A
Acraea..

Acraeidae :
acrobeles (A7isodes) sp. nov.
Acronycta

Acronyctinae

acroperalis (Awlacodes) Himpen.
Actinote

actorionalis (Margar onia) Walk,

ada (Appias) Cram., Pap. Exot. iv, te 363, 4 (OD (17 82) (Amboina) ..

adamastor (Papilio) Boisd.
adductalis (Sylepta) Walk.
admiratio (Sypna) sp. nov.
adoxa (Carea) sp. nov.
Adrapsa

aeacus | Troides) Feld., Wien. Ent. “Mon. iv, i 225 (1860) (N. India)

aegle (Delias nats) nibs, nov.

aegumurus (Huploea midanus) Fruh.
aelyus (Papilio nireus lyaeus) Suff., f. g ..

aemonia (.Velimoessa) Swinh., Teva, Ent. Soe. itor, p. 498 (1904) (wean) ae

Aeolochroma
aequatorialis (Gaston) Shia,
B. EH. Africa)

aequisecta (Chior adrenana) Sp, nov.
aestope (Terias hecabe) Men. f. aestiv.

affinis (Craspedosis) Roths.

PAGE

334,

230,
416,
340, 538,

202,

360,

P.Z.S. (91) ) p. 687, &. 48, f. 5 (1802) (Mt. Hlgon,

afinis (Hemidromodes) Roths., [a Mag. ‘Nat. Hist. (8 )x0 p. 392 dts) (s sae

agalma (Hypochrosis) sp. nov.
Agalope

agamedes (Papilio) Weatures Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1) bg, 19) 38 (1842) (stent)

397,

543
499
296
265
B17
375
451
232
230
483
263
432
340
539
287
408
413
500
268
492
347
371
491
232
420
248
517
310
538
385
266
458

547
254
532
472
258
298
270
371

628 Index to

Parts 2 and 3

PAGE
agamemnon (Papilio) Linn. .. 524
Agaristidae 300, 301, 364, 554
agathalis (Margaronia) Walk. 492
Agathodes 498
agenor (Papilio memnon) Sitar, 520
agetes (Papilio) Westw. 522
aglaia (Milionia) Roths. and J. 468, 469
aglaope (Papilio) Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. Bett Mus. mn Pap, p. 55, n. 260, t. 10, £. 5 (1852)

(Para) i” bo ¢ : 570
Agrotera .. 489
Agrotinae 193, 413
Agrotis .. ais 193, 418
aidoneus (Papilio) Dewi, 30 517
aiguina (Gandaca harina) Fruh., Seitz. Macroep. 9, p. 178 (2910) (obi 566
Aiteta .. ; ae es 50 6 216
Alaena . 543
albertisi (Detias) Chath. Asia, Mus. Gane, 15, p. “480 (1880) (N. Guinea) 318
albertist (Morphopsis) Ob. , Ann. Mus. N. H. Genov. p. 513 (1880) face D.N. Gunes) 352
albertist (Papilio) Oberth., Kt. d’Ent. 4, p. 41 on (New Guinea) . ole 321
albescens (Hibrildes ansorget) subsp. nov, ; an 558
albescentalis (Phostria) Hmps. 486
albiangulata (Nyclipao) sp. nov. .. 435
albicinctus (Hrebus) Koll. : oe a 435
albicola (Bamra) Walk., Spec. Lep. Ins. xiv, p. 1515 (1858) (‘‘ Hindostan ’’) 189
albida (Ypthima) Btl., P.Z.S. p. 39 (1888) (B. H. Africa) 342
albifascia Uireeonaing horsfieldi chlora) ab. nov. 241
albifascia (Sevrocastnia) sp. nov. 3% 301
albifascia (Stictoptera hampsoni) ‘oh, noy. 209
albifascia (Stictoptera parva ¢) ab. nov. .. 207
albifurcata (Hyposidra) Warr., Nov. Zool. iv, p. 119 (1897) (Philippines 280
albimacula (Ozola) Wavr., Nov. Zool. iv, p. 29 (1897) (Obi) 280
albimaculata Unnconine horsfieldi chlora) ab. nov. 241
albiplaga (Delias albertist) subsp. nov. 318
albiplaga (Vagusa oenistis pallida ¢) ab. nov. “ic .. 202
albiplaga (Trisuloides) Warr. . 406, 410, 411
albistellata (Tambana) Hmpsn. 410
albistigma (Paralcis) Joicey and Talb. 474
albistriga (Lineopalpa horsfieldi chlora) ab. nov. .. 241
alboapicalis (Catada) Beth.-Bak., Nov. Zool. xv, p. 220 (1908) (Brit. New Guinea) 244
alboplagatus (Papilio polydorzs) enter. noy. : .. 320
albovenaria (Hipparchus) Brem., Mem. Acad. Sci. eineon (7) “fii (1) Pp. 75, Plate vi,

fig. 21 (1864) (Amur)... ae . 252
albovenosa (Gadirtha) sp. nov. .. 499
albovittata (Huplexiva) Moore, Pro. Zool. Sa. 1867, p p. 57, Pl. 6, fig. 16 (Sikkim) 203
albula (Acraea asboloplintha) f. nov. 5 340
alcmeone (Catopsilia crocale f.) Cram. : ae 530
alecto (Huploea) Butl., P.Z.S. p. 275 (1866) (Ceram) ic oe oo 347
alepa (Delias) Jordan, Nov. Zool. xviii, p. 585 ae (Mt. Goliath, D. N. Guinea) 314

letis . o¢ 365
aleuca (Odontedes aiewcan Gn. Mane Gan. Dee vii, p. 51 (1852) ) (EH. India) 205
aliocraspeda (Prasinocyma ston anim ct) subsp. nov. 50 463
Alloeopage : - o0 .. 255
allognata (Callipotnia cillacnectte) Brent) Now Zerel, XXUi, p. 3 (1916) (Brit. New Guinea) 457

alluaudi (Papilio dardanus ee - Bou. et ii) Cerf, Bull. Soc. Ent. France

p. 141 (1912) (Toro) ..

378

Index to Parts 2 and 3

almansor (Papilio) Honr., Berl. Ent. Zeit. 28, p. 210, t. 7, f. 9 (1884) (Ashanti)
alpvum (Moma) Osbeck., Gétheb. Samml. Handl. (Wet. Atd.) 1, p. 52; Plate i, f. 2

(1778) (Scandinavia)

629

PAGE
371, 396

s6 OPN
Amathusiidae 326, 352
Amatidae 549
Amblypodia 355
ampelius (Papilio Mees) Rei vhs, 9 512
amphitritalis (Margaronia) Guen. 492
amplipennis (Hriceia) sp. nov. 3 Si es ss ee e384
Anacronicta = os ol ite ats Bip oc 401, 407, 410, 412
Anaea . moe an 357
anaitaria (Scopula) ile, om Fine Hora xlv (15), p. 14 (1904) (N. Siberia) 262
ancilla (Othreis) Cr., Pap. Exot. ii, Plate cxlix F Gee (‘*K. India ’’) 239
ancyla (Dioscore) sp. nov. ats : : 460
Ancylolomia ae 484
androcles (Papilio) Bdv. . Bae. Gen ep: 249 (1836) (Gales) 322
androclides (Papilio) Gr.-Sm. ee a Re 390
androdes (Dipthera) sp. nov. bic 439
androgyna (Syrmoptera nivea) ¢ f. nov. .. 545
androstigmata (Thliptoceras) Hmpsn. ; aed 98
Anepholcia gen. nov. a ve ie be 401, 410, 411
angolanus (Papilio pylades) Gze., Ent. Beitr. 3, 1, p. 87 (1779) 395
angularis (Parthenodes) Hmpsn. ae per ne 485
angulipennis (Cletnrophora) sp. nov. 432
angulipennis (Hlodina) Luc., Rev. Zool. p. 431 (1852 (Australia 346
angusta (Agrotis) sp. nov. j 199
angusta (Synegia) sp. nov. 483
angustata (Mimeusemia geraldt) rab. nov. 555
angustifascia (Argyrolepidia aurea) subsp. nov. 301
angustifascia (Morphopsis biakensis) subsp. nov. 352
angustiplaga (Craspedosis wniplaga) subsp. nov. go Ce
Anisodes i a se 5 258, 287
Anisozyga 281, 461
annexa (Prasinocyma) ae nov. so Chas
annulata (Margaronia) Fabr. 492, 495
Anomis.. 242
Anophiodes O° 225
ansorget (Hibrildes) Kea Ann. Mag. Nat. “eth, @ 18, p. “388, Plate SINK a 7 (1896)
(Magwangwara, EH. Africa) .. 558
ansorget (Papilio phorcas) Roths., Nov. Weal ill, p. “324 (1896) (ueadde) 380
antenor (Papilio) Dr., Ill. Exot. ne 2, p. 4, t. 3, f. 1 (1773) (Madagascar) 370
antheus (Papilio) Cr., Pap. Exot. 3, p. 71, t. 234, f. B, C (1779) (W. Africa) oo Sil
antimachus (Papilio) Dr., Ill. Exot. Ins. 3, p. 1, t. 1 (1782) (Sierra Leone) 870, 372
antinori (Epiphora) Ob., Ann. Mus. Genov. (1880) (Abyssinia) o'6 so 60)
antinori (Papilio) Onathe Ann; Mus. Genov. 18, p. 711 bee (Abyssinia) 376
apatela (Delias) sp. nov. Se ae : Ws 510
Apaturina 569
Aphysoneura 342
apicalis (Metallochlora militar eaten nov. 286
Aplectoides 408
apora (Hucharidema) ps noy. 292, 474
Aporandria 253
Appias .. 347, 527
appollina (Calliodes) Gn 452, 454
appollinaria (Problepsis) Gueae Spec. Gen, iter Xe, 53: 13 (1858) iBorneo) 261

630 Index to Parts 2 and 3
PAGE
approximans (Teracotona) Roths., Nov. Zool. xxiv, p. 483 (1917) (Manow, E., Africa) .. 552
approximata (Delias phaeres) sna nov. me oo BO)
aqueata (Calostigia) Hb., Samml. Eur. Schmett. Geom a, 353 (1808. 1818) .. .. 481
Archernis De . 6ic a Ae Be 50 A 99
Arctiidae F a 300, 550 -
arcuata (Stictoptena) B. IS ova, Mag. ‘Nat. ret “fe xiii, p. 340 (914) (Brit. New
Guinea) as : Be j i ; Be ao ely
arcuata (Terias) Moore .. a aa as a s 516, 5382
arfakensis (Delias niepeltt) cpnber TNOWs © go ye oo 50 Gls}
arfaki (Abraxas monychata) Beth.-Bak., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (8) viii, p. 544 (1911)
(Arfak Mountains) .. 0.0 ah oo PASI)
arfaki (Milionia) Beth.-Bak., fsa Mag. Nat. iets (8) af -. 454 (1910) (Dutch New
Guinea) .. 66 56 oo ae ii a .. 468
Argynnis 50 Se 6-0 a 6 00 ia ee .. 3059
Argyractis 0 O06 Be 56 os ye ie se .. 485
Argyrolepidia .. 06 oe 50 a 06 .. 301, 364, 365
argyrosticta Nausinoe iagacypeta, o0 0 a ci a a5 .. 487
argyrostigma eee acrobeles) ab. nov. 80 i me es oo | Sh
Arbopala 355
aroa lenpcerstal Beth. Ente, 12, A S. p. 115, Plate | ix, fig. 3 (1908) Miron R., Bak, Naw
Guinea) Re : 56 BAe)
aroa (Rivula) Beth. Balke, Wav. Voc. xili, > 211 (1906) (Brit. New Guinea) 30 .. 238
aroae (Delias) Ribbe, Ins. Bérse xvii, p. 308 (1900) (Brit. New Guinea) a 50 ei0}s}
aroensis (Milionia) Roths., Nov Zool. xi, p. 321 (1904) (Brit. New Guinea) .. .. 468
arsinoe (Cynthia) Cram., Pap. Exot. 11, t. 160, B.C. (1779) (Papua) .. oe 513, 567
aruanus (Charazes latona) Btl., ¢ Lep. Exot. p. 100 oe (Aru) .. ne .. 835
aruensis (Apaturina erminea) anbere. nov... : be Be oo ©)
aruensis (Cynthia arsinoe) subsp. nov... él 66 36 0 .. 668
aruensis (Hlodind) sp. nov. ‘ 56 a oe ue oo .. 346
aruensis ( 'ellervo assarica) sate. MO 00 ee .. 348
aruna (UVelias) Bdy., variation, Voy. Astr. ae p. 48 (1882) eapuai te PSs Bulg
Arycanda ie SE eve ei
asboloplintha (Acraea) Keech Ent. Nechoe 5:04) 0) 993 (1894) (Uganda) Me 3) 340
asialis (Botyodes) Guen. .. fe 36 .. 486
assarica (Tellervo) Cram., Pap. Exot, iv, t. 363, f, A. B. (1782) (Amboina) .. oo BS}
astreans (Papilio polytes) Tor g ab, oe 6 ne ott ss .. 620
atavus (Papilio sjostedtr) Le Cerf . fc .. 894
ate (Arhopala) Hew. ¢?, Ill. D, ent p. 8, Plate Hs f, ‘4 2869) (Geaboing) ue 355, 356
Athyrma me 237, 447
atrofasciata (Ozola) Pagenst., Tees Nass. Ver Nat. XXXVil, i 260 (1884) (Amboina) .. 252
attenuata (Terias) Moore ; So a : $0 .. 516, 532, 583
Aulacodes a a0 fe 06 $b ae ae .. 600
aurantiaca (Alaena) Butl,. 2 ae A as se Bc a ». 548
aurantidiscus (Hwsphalera) sp. nov. i ts “is As ins .. 272
aurantimacula (Delias gabia) subsp. nov. ae Ms do ee 05)
auiea (Argyrolepidia) Jord., Nov. Zool. x, p. 315 (1903) (Brit. New Guinea) .. 301, 364
auriger (Papilio) Btlr., Ent. Mo. Mag. 13, p. 57 (1876) oo ‘ .. 396
aurivilla (Myculesis) Btl. , P.Z.S., 1895, p. 724, t. 42, f. 2 (1896) (Smeonzosi), .. 042
austriacaria |Calostigiu) H. Sch., Syst. Bearb. Schmett. Hur. vi, p. 78, oe 450-452 .. 481
Automolodes.. 3 i we oie PO
avisignata (Toxocampa costimacua) subsp. NOW ac O60 oc ne .. 425
Avitta .. O60 ao. PKS}
avolu (Risoba) Beth. By New vider xili, " 234 (1906) (Brit. New Gaines) o6 -. 214

axzion (Papilio doson) Feld. Qo : 56 50 bi 00 +» 523

Index to Parts 2 and 3

bagrada (Cynthia erota) Fruh. ¢ .
bakeri (Stictoptera) sp. nov. (Wage MSS.)
Balacra ;
baldersalis (Margaronia) WIk. an
baliensis (Charaxes polyxena) subsp nov.

balteata (Gelasma) Watr., Noy. Zool. xiv, nt 137 (2907) Gani. New Guinen) ae

Bamra .

barlowi (Nespas ages) ie nov.
barlowi (Victoria) sp. nov.
barnsi (Abisara) J. and T. ¢
barnsi (Brahmaea) sp. nov.
barnsi (Calliodes) sp. nov.
barnsi (Huphaedra christy?) alban. nov.
barnsi (Heraclia) sp. nov.
barnsi (Papilio rex) subsp. nov.
basalis (Psara) W1k.
basalticalis (Phostria) Led.
basipuncta (Nygymia) sp. nov.
Bathycolpodes

631

PAGE

264,

beatria (Anisozyga) rout “Wow. Fool XX, 7 “419 (1918) (Snow Mts., Duteh New Guinea)

Belciana 5 oe
benio (Papilio den danus) Suffert, i xvii, > 91 (1904) (cateroons |i

biakensis (Morphopsis) J. and T., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 74, Plate v, fe ‘19 (1916)

(Schouten Is.) 0
bicolor (Anomis) (= Cosmophila roallee Wwaer MSs. ) sp. nov.
bicolorata (Craspedosis) Warr., Nov. Zool. iii, p. 398 (1896) ) (Ambon
biformas (Dandaca) Wlk.. ae F :
bifurca (Stictoptera hampsoni) ab. nov.
bimaculatus (Papilio mackinnoni {.) Suff. .
binotalis (Crocidolomia) Zell,
binotata (Huploea harrisi) Butl. .
bivcularis (Sypnai Moore, Proc. Zool. Shea 1867, p. 1 (iim
bipuncta (Metarctia) sp. nov. , :
bismarcia (Nyctrpao) Hmpsn.

bisetata (Ptychopoda) Hufn. (Corrigenda), Berl. Mag. iv, p. 618 (1767) (Berlin

bivitralis (Margaronia) Guen.
Bocana.. ae ue

Bocchoris

Bocula. Me
Beiednvalignius (Bape onarte f ) Westw.
bodpis (Arycanda) sp. nov.

boost (Papilio dardanus polytr ops f.) Sufi.
Bordeta vs
borealis (Papilio raabate) Feld. f. vern.

bornemanni (Delias) Ribbe, Ins.-Bérse xvii, p. 308 (2900) (Brit. New Guinea) i

Bostra ..

Botyodes .

bouruensis (ean slene) Wall., Tamm, ita, Soc. XXV. p. 38 (1865)
bowringt (Papilio hipponous) Prout 50

bracteolalis (Hur ESE: Zell.

Brahmaea

Brahmeidae

443,

485,

291,

brasidas (Papilio lara) Feld. subsp. Venih, Zool. Bot. Ge, Wem, xiv, af 307, 583;

Sep. p. 19, 65 (1864) (Africa) ..

brassicoides (Pieris) Guerin, Leb. Voy. Aves: vi, p. 365, t. 9, f, 3-6 (1849) (Apeceimiale

349
428
549
486
335
285
189
477
253
543
562
454
341
554
373
488
490
556
256
461
442
375

352
242
293
445
209
384
487
536
232
549
435
262
493
247
489
192
391
297
375
473
519
310
485
486
508
519
485
562
562

397
339

632 Index to Parts 2 and 3

PAGE
brevicaudatus (Charaxes) Schltz. .. 30 00 O° *e ae .. 337
brevifascia (Delias aroae yabensis ¢ ) f. nov. oe are ae as .. 3808
brevimarginata (Margaronia) sp. nov. .. : .. 496
brevis (Milionia callimorpha) Roths., Nov. Zool. v, a 219 (1898) Casereodeee)) e203
breviuscula (Nanaguna) Wikr., List. Lep. Ins. xxvii, p. 85 (1863) (Sarawak) .. .. 214
bromius (Papilio) Doubl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 16, p. 176 (1845) (Ashanti) .. .. 8865

brauijni (Immetalia saturata) Oberth., Ann. Mus. Genoy. 15, t. 4, f. 6 (1880) (Papua) .. 363
brunnea ( Nanaguna) Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ae p. 583 (1905) (Khasias) .. 214

brunneomarginalis (Margaronia) Kenr. an .. 493
brunneomarginata (Lricentra) Warr., Pro. U.S. Nat. Mus. =, p. 463 (1906) (French
Guiana) .. : ae .. 260
bubo (Athyrma) (Hbn., Tis iv, 13, ff. 633- 634 (1892) Gaya 56 a 237, 448
Burgena 0 ac 5 os wan O60 .. 800
burrowsi (Ommuvener ane sp. noy. oe ae g16 3 te .. 236
buruana (Cynthia erota) Fruh. ¢ 6 me Ms ae ba co OILS)
buruensis (Dichorragia ninis) subsp, nov.. a a6 of oo lil
bursadoides (Bordeta) Warr., Noy. Zool. xvi, p. 127 (1909) (Brit. New Guinea) .. 473
Caberodes as us se ate ie 3B es ws oS
cacicus (Papilio) Luc. .. a es as ot G0 66 .. 9824
Cacochloris 00 wi ae ie o6 a: 50 .. 255
cadmium (Husphalera) sip. TNO 00 i ae a6 oa 54 .. 278
caerulea (Disepholcia) Butl. a ye 10 0 ws .. 404, 410, 411
caesalis (Margaronia) Walk. éib 493
cajeta (Othreis cajeta) Cr., Pap. Exot. 1, Plate 290% ais B, © ( (1775) (Coromandel Coast) 238
c-album (Tambana) Leech a ae : ; a 410, 411
caletoralis (Tetridia) Walk. Sane ae ae ee ae ac 499
caliginea (Aplectoides) Btlr. ai -. 408, 410, 412
callimorpha (Milionia) Oberth., Et. Ent, xix, p. 26, Plate iii, fig 13 caso (Dutch New
Guinea) O6 oe a ae 5 0 ee .. 293
Calliodes Me a site ie sid as at a: 452, 454
Callioratis Su 6.6 ae Ec Ps A ye on -» 265
Callipotnia 00 bs & ie a6 ay .. 457
callisthenes (Xanthor hob) sp. nov. 989
callistrate (Delias gabia) eae, Ann. Mag. Nat. iat He bd bas Ds 403 asm) (Pergsson Tet) 805
Calostigia 60 : .. 481
camerunicus (Papilio oats mbit) be. TONG oc 50 ee oi .. 3895
campana (Serrodes) Gn. .. o6 te is ay: A 50 .. 447
campbelli (Delias) sp. nov. a i os Si ie ee Bo lls)
camptozona (Polythlipta) Hmpsn. = oe a Ee bm .. 498
candida (Neptis soma) subsp. noy. oe anh ee eh oh .. 853
canescens (Mylothris) sp. nov... ds a ee is ye .. 339
canidia (Pieris) Sparr .. o2 a 60 “as 58 50 ». 626
Caprinia O'6 o0 = 5.0 os 16 S10 20 so Sits)
caradrinoides (Bocula) Gu. ae ai ae as es 20 sq Gy
Carcinarctia of i =i a a a = 50 .. 052
Carea .. ae ae 217, 417
en reatitls (ARNE) ene Nor Foe X1X, p. 38 (1913) (eenene) ae oo | Milly)
cariet (Papilio polos) Le Cerf, Paris Bull. Soc. Ent. pp. 451- 453 (1913) (Mauritius) 389
caritalis (Pagyda) Wlk. .. : Fe 3 ay: as = .. 485
carneipennis (Carea felix) ab. noy. a a Ae re i oq PPI
caroli (Carea) sp. noy. .. on AG ee a we ae mt PQLG
carpherus (Crambus) Hmpsn. 30 6 20 or ia # .. 484
carycina (Mzlionia) sp. nov. or Bc se ee $0 O10 .. 469

casphor Papilio phorcas £.) Suff, .. te a a6 on a .. 380

ee

Index to Parts 2 and 3

633

PAGE

castetsi (Argynnis hyperbius) Ob., Etudes d’Hnt. xv, p. 9, Plate i, fig. 1 (1891)
(Trichinopoly) : es 359
castilla (Hresia) Feld., Wien. Ent. “Mon. vi, 2 419 (1862) (Bogota) 268
Catada fa ne ie i ae 244
cataleucas (Papilio dialis) Roths.. oa
Catephia 423
Catocala : ue eis is of Bs Be .. 452
catocalina (Tambana) Moore Be “a ne bs at .. 406, 410, 411
Catocalinae ai a Be 38 ne Se on .. 223, 485, 452
Catopsilia ; 530
caucana (Andea rosae) saber. nov. 357
ceneispila (Papilio dardanus) f. nov. 374
centrispila (Papilio antimachus) n. f. 372
ceramensis (Abraxas monychata) subsp. nov. 296
ceramensis (Agalope hemilewca) subsp. nov. 270
ceramensis (Dermaleipa juno) subsp. nov... 224
ceramensis (Deudorix) Ribbe ? 354
ceramensis (Hypena) sp. nov. 249
chalybeatus (Pidorws) sp. nov. ae Ns Ae a ‘ts 50 BUG
chamaeleona (Arhopala) B.-Bkr., Ent. Mo. Mag. xxxix, p. 217 (1903) (Brit. New Guinea) 350
champa (Moma) Moore iV oh Ne on 3 Sn ee 39
Chandica A 216
chaonulus (Papilio chao) Saath, 519
Characoma oo
Charaxes 335, 512
charcedonius (Papilio) reel 371
Charidea 563
Charideidae es 563
charopus (Papilio) Westen Aeaney Ent. 1, p. 189, t 47 (1843) (Gold Coast) 385
Checupa : ; ae oe 413
cheronus (aphiio et) rai, 523
childrenae (Papilio) Gray RG at 56 as Js 56 ay)
chimaera (Papilio ( Troides)) R vith, iNew Zool. p. 311 (1904) (Owgarra, Brit. New Guinea) 320
chionalis (Orthaga) Kenr. a ee 3 50 .. 903
chioneschatia (Aeolochroma) sp. nov. 458
chionorhabda (Hypsotropa) Hmpsn. 484
chiron (Papilio bathycles) Wall. 523
Chittara as 5385
chlora ancewaton hor sce) ponent nov. 241
chlora (Pingasa) Stoll., Cram. Pap. Ex. iv, - 233, t. 398 C (1782) (Mcipenae 280
chloriza (Hriopus) Gn., Spec. Gen. Lep. vi, p. 296 Ce (Java) : 205
chlorochroalis (Mar porania) Hmpsn. ae 486
Chlorodrepana 254
chlorophora (Hypochr a) Wem. 299
chrapkowskit (Papilio bromius) Suft. : 385
christyi (Huphaedra) Shpe., ea Bis 19 183 See (Toro) 341
Chrysauginae ‘ 484
chryseis (Catopsilia pyr ne) iD}ay, ‘f vern. 530
chrysippus (Limnas) L. 534
chrysolinealis (Ancyloloma) Fawe. se 484
cilla (Appias) Feld., Reise Nov. Lep. ii, p. 165 (1865) (Aru) .. bis Bis 347
. ciminius (Papilio rorcnreret) Fruh. ¢ Ent. Zeit. Stutt. p. 177 oe (Sumatra) .. 322
ciris (Delias hyparete) Fruh. Bs oe 525
cithaeron (Charaxes) Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon. ill, p. "398, t. 8, & 2,3 (1850) (Natal) 337
citrona (Delias cuningputi) subsp. nov, 5 : ; nS 307

634 Index to Parts 2 and 3

PAGE
clarifimbria (Thalassodes) Prout, Ann. ae Nat. Hist. (9) iv, p. 278 (1919) (Ceylon) .. 283
clarilinea (Simplicia) sp. nov. .. se Ny ate .. 246
Clematoessa Ee on 60 A ei ee 00 a L sei
Clethrophora .. ae S65 wi a Se - x .. 482
elytia (Papilio) Linn... oc ia ane ban See ao HILT
coarctata (Danaida melissa) sali, nov. .. we ne oe aH .. 300
Coeotephria Bx 5 263, 482
colonna (Papilio) Wd., Ent. Mo. Mag. 10, i. 151 (1873) (Ribé, K. Nision) Toupee ibid 6 ee)
columbana (Hypena) Moores Lep. Ceyl. iii, p.-223, Plate clxxvi, fig. 8 (1884) (Ceylon) .. 250
commaculata (Nothabrazes) Warr., Nov. Zool. iv, p. 88 (1897) (East Africa) .. 1. 264
commixta (Carea) Warr., Nov. Zool. xxiii, p. 225 (1916) (Dutch New Guinea) .. © co (Allis
conumixta (Papilio rex) Auriv., Seit. Macrolep. xiii, p. 12 (1908) (Uganda) fe 55 Be)
concolor (Zvacola) sp. nov. A i = ie a ae so ADIL
concoloratus (Papilio trapeza) subsp. nov. a E: 6 a oo) oe
confusa (Appias albina) Fruh. .. an ne Ex Ms a aeeo29
conjunctalis (Margaromia) Wlkr. .. 5 eo
conjunctiva (Problepsis) Warr., Proc. Zool. ‘Son, pate 1893, p. 358 (Sikkim) a 50 ABIL
conradsi (Phasis) Auriv., Ark. Fell 3, No. 19, p. 3 (1907) (G. H. Africa) Ee fon 46)
conspectirubra (Delias iparaadioa) subsp. nov. us Bs bd oss 50) ly
constans (Milionia diva) subsp. nov. oh oo + le)
constantinus (Papilio) Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag. viii, p. “34 (1871) Ribé, E. Mice). 387, 370
constellata (Hyblaea) Gn., Spec. Gen. Lep. vi, p. 391 (1892) (Sylhet) . a .. 250
continua (Pitthea) W1k., mist Lep. Ins. ii, p. 463 (1854) (West Wirien) 5b .. 265
contraria (Savara) Wikr., Trans. Linn. Soc. vi, p. 184 (1862) (Sarawak) : 242
conversa (Delias hypomeles) Jord., Nov. Zool. xviii, p. 589 es oe Goliath, Dutch
N. Guinea) .. 6 he w. O12
coon (Papilio) Fabr., Ent. lovee iii, ee p. 10 (1798) Gane) st tt .. ol%
corioidea (Or tholitha) Bastell be : es be a4 a6 co Cishl
cornelia (Acronicta) Stgr. Ps aes a ae ei si 409, 411
coronis (Huphina nevissa) Cram., f. vern. .. ae ae = aa +. 526
Cosmethis a oe ae ae a Le ws Se .. 503
Cosmophila O00 es Ho Ses 2g ag .. 242
costimacula (Paraleis) J. om Talb. es ue a: as tb 474, 475
costimacula (Pericallia) sp. nov... us ae ete At es no. HS}
costimacula (Toxocampa) Gn. ot .. 425
costiplaga (Carea) Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. 180, ) xii, p. 26 1899) (Assam) ees
costivitralis (Fvlodes) Guan 2. me : Soo Eats
Crambinae 00 38 at oe a 33 ie ms .. 484
Crambus SH od os ei 60 a6 a te .. 484
Craspedosis Ay a is bs a a oe 293, 471
craspedota (Naa) sp. nov. ag es ar a a ae Jon CUM
Crastia.. is ae ae ae ae ar .. 936
cribrata (Pycnar GD) Fabr. Tae yeaa Bes a is aS .. 489
crocale (Catopsilia) Cram. be ie xe ws a ek .. 630
crocale (Catopsilia crocale) Cram. ¢ f. 3G a we Hi: a .. 530
Crocidolomia .. a3 A &: sie a ae — 487, 498
cruciferalis (Ulopeza) men a ms a o oe ae .. 489
Ctimene 296, 475
cunax a (Pitthea) Decee! Prag, Zoom Soc. fond: 1887, p. 671, Plate lv, fig. 9 1888) (Congo) 265
cuneata (Gandaca hariné) subsp. nov. ay bo Ad
cunningputi (Delias) Ribbe, Ins.-Bérse xvii, p. 388 (1900) (Brit. New ‘(Gained 307, 306
curtosa (Characoma) Swinh. 50 be : D6 oo Ms oo Pl)
curvilinea (Margaronia) sp. nov... 30 = oe a ae .. 494
curvivena (Checupa) sp.nov. .. Be 60 bo 28 .. 414

cutorina (Papilio) Stgr., Iris xi, p. 139 (1898) (Upper Amazon) 18 56 ho ahs)

Index to Parts 2 and 3

cyanocraspis (Platyja) sp. nov.

cycnia Ee Nicev., Journ. Asiat. Soo! Beng * 547 ason TRes)

Cyclirius
Cymoriza
cynorta leapt) F. |, Sa Ent. 3, il p. 97 (17 793)
Cynthia

cypraeophila (ear) Butl , Ent. Mo. Mag. 5, p. 60 (1868) (Sierra Teor)
cypris (Morpho) Westw.., Gen, D. L. p. 339 note a, oa aa

cyrnus (Papilio) Boisd.

Damias

Dandaca

Danaida

Danaidae

darada (Appias paulina) Feld.
dardanus (Papilio) Brown
dariusalis (Phostria) Wlkr.

dasaraua (Papilio) Moore, Cat. aie IB, Ite 0. iL, 79% 96 ate (Sikkim)

Dasyopthalma

dealbata (Charazes Penpicen f. nov. :
deannulata (Bordeta bursadoides swperior) ab. nov.

decipiens (Margaronia)

deductalis (Pyrausta) Walk.

definita (Ptochophyle) sp. nov.

defuscata (Curea costiplaga) subsp. nov.

defuscata (Sypna achaeopsis) ab. nov.

delalandei (Papilio) Godt.

Delias..

delicata (Bamra) sp. nov.

delicata (I’rasinocyma) Warr.

Deliciosa (Margaronia) Butl. a

demodocus (Papilio) Esp., Ausl. Schmett. a, 51, f. 1 (2798) (Africa)
demoleus (Papilio) Linn. ae : : ae
dentilinealis (Tyndis) Hmpsn.

dentisignata (Nothomiza) Moore

denuda (Leistera pulchristrigata) subsp. nov. :

deois (Hypolimnas) Hew., P.Z.8., p. 454, t. 54, f. 3- 5 (1858) en)
Depalpata : : a: of
Dercas..

derhion (Morphopsis Ebert Braet

deriopes (Huploea modesta) Fruh.,.

derivata (Anticlea) Schiff., Sonmett Wisin, i 113 (1775) (seria)
Dermaleipa Be

describens (Stictoptera), Wlkr., Cat. xiii, p. 1139 (857) (Ceylon)
Deudorix : an
deuteronympha ( Catocala) ‘Stgr.

635

PAGE

iil,

.. 349, 513,
350, 516, 534,

348, 347, 350,

308, 508, 525,

389,

devoluta ( Archichlora) Walk., 1 List. Teepe ase Sally m 572 (1861) (West Africa)

‘dewaro (Papilio lasroeahsrticnnre) subsp. nov.

dvaphanalis (Caprinia) W1k.

diargema (Anisozyga ne subsp. nov.

Dicallaneura

dcaea Ortholitha) sp. nov.

Dichocrocis

Dichorragia ; ae

dichroa (Hucharidema ona a) ab. nov. a Fe ae

235
349
547
500
391
567
390
358
B71

300
443
535
534
529
373
486
517
357
387
473
491
499
259
218
231
370
566
189
465
492
370
518
484
482
233
349
300
529
352
536
289
438
206
354
452
257
321
489
281
331
480
491
511
293

636 Index to Parts 2 and 3

Didigua :

diffusisigna (ib paceaalbam parole chlora) ‘lb. nov.
dilutus (Papilio cutorina) f. nov. ..

dimidiatus (Papilio nireus) f. nov.

dinawa (Trachea) B.-Bkr., Noy. Zool. xiii, . 195 2906) (Brit. New Guinea) ..

dintert (Paschiodes) Griinb.

dione (Carea) Swinh.

dioneia (Cynthia erota) Frith. ¢ a O° oe He
dionysoides (Papilio dardanus) ¢ f£. Auriv., Ark. Zool. iii, 23, p. 1 (1907)
Dioptidee 0 Sip os aie 00 a6
Dioscore

Diphthera

Diphtherinae

diphtheropsis (Risoba) a. nov.

Dipthera Se :

Diptherinae

Diptheroides 6
discopunctatus (Papilio dren eoinae fe 3 Sufft.

discus (Delias) Honr.

Disepholcia gen. nov.

dispar (Milionia) sp nov.

dispar (Platypthima) sp. nov.

dissimilis (Papilio clytia £.) Linn.

dissociata (Xanthorhoe) Warr. ws
distantianus (Papilio memnon agenor) Rohe, Ooelemee
distincta (Gonitis) Leech. .

dwa (Milionia) Roths., Nov. Zool. xi, p. 321, Plate iii, fig. 39-40 (1904) (Brit. New

Guinea)
divaricata (Polythlipta) Noes
diversipalpus (P/hyllodes) sp. nov.
docusdemo (Papilio demodocus £.) Suft.
dohertius (Papilio ulysses) Roths. ¢
doleschalis (Margaronia) Led.
domimalis (Heortia) Led... uy
donaldsont (Papitio nireus) BE, Shpe.
donckieri Cy a ab. nov...
Donda .. ae on
dorsiflavata (Hemith ae) Fp nov.

dracaena (T'voides chimaera) J. “end T., ¢ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii (1916)

(Wandammen eee
Dracaenura
druceanus (Charaxes) BL, Cist. Ent. 1, p. 4 (1869) (ora Calabar
dummeri (Charvaxes por thos) subsp. noy.
dyari (Undwzia) sp. nov.
dysides (J/awates) sp. nov.

ecaudatus (Papilio aglaope) er nov.

echeriordes (Papilio) Trim. Od aft
echidna (Delias) Hew., Ex. Butt. 1i, t. 5, fee 35, 36 (1861) (Ceram) .
echo (Delias isse) Wall., Trans. Ent. Soc. ©) vol. 4, p. 358 eee ae
effusa (Craspedosis) sp. nov.

effusaria (Xenocentris) Christ (Corrigenda) ..

effertalis (Agrotera Wlky.)

Egea

egens (Azisodes nen alba. noy,

. 404, 410, 411

PAGE
493

241

323

385

202

.. 488
417, 418
567

375

252, 268, 477

.. 460
227, 416
927
431
.. 489
927, 489
444
376
318

995, 271
329
518
990
aol
432, 433

469
498
437
389
321
492
498
386
307
443
286

320
500
338
338
302
256

570
392
304
304
472
263
489
478
287

Index to Parts 2 and 3 637

PAGE
egens (Carea) sp. nov. .. 418
egnatia (Hlodina) Godt., Ene. Meth. p. 138 (1819) (N. Atverenlbiey a 346
ekerker (Dicallaneur ) Bee -Bak., Nov. Zool. xi, p. 370 (1904) (New Guinea).. 331

elegans (Dermaleipa juno subsp.) ian der ene fae Nat. Gesch. vii, p. 280, Plate \ We

ff. 6 a, b (1840) (Java) 225
Hlodina ah 346
eltringhami (Acr ea) Je and sTUaerS 340
elwesi (Charazes) sp. nov. 336
elwesi (Scopula) sp. nov.. 261
endochus (Papilio) Boisd. ae uh x ae ah og Gd
endophaea (Carea) Hmpsn. > ae a a6 ore 2¢ 421, 423
Endotricha 56 504
Endotrichinae ie 504
enniana (Delias) Ob., Asia, Mus. Gon, 15, p. “481 (1880) (Waigeu) : 30 .. 3808
entoxantha (Moma) iSbanee. aS oe ane ar he 401, 407, 410, 411
Ephesia ac ae ; 453
Hpipaschia 502
Hpipaschianae 502
Epiphora 560
epiphorbas (Papilio) Boiede Faune Mada Derl3s b. ily tip, dl 1889) (Madaeascan)) 386
equadrusalis (Orthaga) Walk. : : 6 oo : 503
equifortis (Checuwpa) sp. nov. 413
Erebus . : 435
Beeetilines (Car a sp. noy. 419
Eresia .. 268
Ergolis .. ‘ op 60 a she a ad si .. 348
Hriceia . ae A Ve 190, 233
erinome Wleitraets) Feld., Wien. Ent. Monte V, p. 101 ceo (Ecuador) 268
Eriopus o%0 : : - a a's .. 204
erithonioides (eapii) Gr. Sh, oy .. 389, 388, 370
erminea (Apaturina) Cram., Pap. Exot. 3, th 196, iN B. (1779) Benes : 569
eromena (Praetaxila) Jord., Nov. Zool. p. 594 (1911) (Snow Mntns., Dutch New Gunes) 332
erota (Cynthia) Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii, 1, p. 76, n. 237 pve (N. India) 63 349, 513
erubescens (Balacr a) sp. nov. ; ee es as .. 649
Erycinidae 90 . 20 ae an 3 .. 331, 363, 543
erythema (Rhodostr cya) sp. nov. 479
eschatia (Delias) sp. nov. fe ae a 5c filQ)
EKterusia (Hucorma) o6 oc 6.6 Be o6 Be : 275, 364
Eucharidema .. fle aS Se af 292, 474
euchroma (Milionia megeudema jabiseiien) op. noy. 467
euclemanthe (Prioneris clemanthe) Fruh. 526
EKumaenas : : 449
eupator (Usiorelioas Hew., Ex. Butt. il, Bul. tH dha tis 1 ow (Celebes) 348
Kuphaedra so. S : ¢ ae 341
euphrages (Speiredonia) a. nov. = oe Be x a0 .. 436
euphranor (Papilio) Trim. 50 bo ar: Ns as =p: 381, 3870
euphyes (Hypena) sp. nov. 248
euplepla (Athyrma) sp. nov. 448
Huplexia : D6 30 o6 55 f ae 28 ». 203
Euploea 20 oe Se 66 .. 347, 516, 536
ewprotenor (ean RratenoT) Tahal, 521
Kuptera 539
Kupterotidae 559
Kuptychia b5 Bio .- 570
ewptychiordes Pati DR ee) J. eral T. Avie, vers “Nat. Tei (8) xvii, p. 75 (1916)

(Wandammen Mountains) x ao ae 60 ye 56 | GY)

638 Index to Parts 2 and 3

PAGE
euryagyia (Zipparchus) sp. nov. .. 00 56 G0 36 Ok .. 252
eurychlora (Dandaca) W1k. a6 50 50 90 * id .. 448
eurycraspis (Ozola) sp. nov. 00 Be 56 a6 ss x45 .. 252
Kuryparodes .. O0 6 60 50 a as .. 485
eurytusalis (Margaronia) Wik. 20 50 bis Ss as ba .. 491
euryzona (JMyonia) sp. nov. .. 268
euschemides (Psaphis) Moore, P. Z. S. mond p. 802, th 42, f. 8 (1865) (Silhet).. 270
ewusemoides (Huphaedra) S. rnd K., Rhop. Ex. 8, Euryphene, p. 1, Plate 1, figs. 1, 9
(1889) (Gold eas 26 50 oo 50 .. 364
HKusphalera 6.0 00 50 a v6 a Bid oo | Offi
eutyches (Milionia) sp. nov. 0 56 S00 a0 ahs co .. 468
evaxalis (Dichocrocis) Walk. on 5 Be a be oe oo «eh
exacta (Gadirtha) Semper i Sr #6 ae ae we .. 429
excedens (Papilio pelodurus) f. nov. 6 a ne Ss Me 50 BE
excurvata (Characoma) sp. nov. .. oh a a ar 55 HI
exquisitalis (Margaronia) Kenr. .. Ny a es a .. 492
extensiflava (Papilio dardanus cenea) f. nov. ca 8 Ae 5 .. 3878
extensus (Papilio pelodurus) {. nov. 50 ee a fi -. = 1982
extravagans (Anisozyga) sp. nov. on a as ae he ... 461
eyndhovi (Phyllodes) Voll. uy ie ee we a Ne .. 487.
fabiusalis (Sylepta) Walk. ai os ba a = a wy TAQ
fallax (Tellervo) Stgr. .. 30 so a .. 9348
falsaria (Thalassodes) Prout, con Tin, 129, p. 153 (1912) (N. India).. 36 e283
fascelis (Delias cunningputi) Jordan, Nov. Zool. xviii, p. 587 (1911) (Mount Goliath,
Dutch New Guinea).. a0 ee a oe ay a ON
fascialis (Hymenia) Cram .. 485
fasciata (Hwplexva) Hmpsn., Ill. Het. B. M. Vill, p. "1, Plate 145, f. 20 (1891) ‘(Nilgiris) 204
fasciimargo (Stictoptera grisea) subsp. nov. : ; as a 59 Mil(0)
feldert (Caprinia), Led. .. hs oe ie on Ae a 90)
felderi (Nyctipao) sp. nov. ae Be ne ae fe sh =» 228
felix (Carea) sp.nov. .. 76 re 220, 222
felsina (Delias gabia) Fruh., Seitz. “Macrolep. 9, Dp. 128 (1911) (Dutch New Guinea) .. 305
festivaria (Hypochrosis) Fabr. , Ent. Syst. ili (2), p. 152 (1794) (India) Ls co | PAS
filaprae (Papilio cypraeophila) Suff. a se sis th a so «GO
Filodes a 485, 490
flava (Carea) B. fer ; Now, Hel xili, p. 949 re (at Now Guinea #2 so AIG)
flavala (Acronycta) Moore : es ae -. 408, 410, 412
flavidior (Delias zarate) Roths. .. o6 5 me ee a .. 305
flavidistata (Craspedosis) sp. nov. ae is sit i sh pe
flavifascia (De/ias aglaia goda) ¢ f. nov... = _ fs a 06, HAS
flavimedia (Craspedosis) Warr. .. a a ae ae oF .. 471
flavitornata (Tricentra) sp. nov... 260
flavopicta (Delias microsticha) Jord., Now Zool XViii, p. 593 (1911) (Arfak Nountaine!
Dutch New Guinea).. oO
floralis (Sunna) Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. at (7) Sith Dp. 602 (1905) (Reno) 60) SUNS
florella (Catopsilia) Fbr. .. 20 or: ec be BN .. 630
Fodina 6 i a a a 5:8 .. 425
fortissima (Ghecuna, More ie a as a as .. 418, 414, 415
fiillert (Papilio) Gr.-Smith : te a 395, 371
fullonica (Othreis) L., Syst. Nat. i Hy 19} 812 (1767) (B. india} o6 oo | Bt)
fulvastra (Crmatenieara) Gn., Soca Gen. Lep. vii, p. 191 pee (Philippines) so Pe
fulvida (Carea umpunctata) smi. MOS oo : ro aL
fulvidorsalis (Filodes) Hubn. ee 56 Ss a ae ae e490)

fumatus (Papilio ridleyanus) Niep. a: : oe ays 2 .. 394

Index to Parts 2 and 3

639

PAGE
fumosa (Agalope hemileuca cer amensis) ab. noy. io) DO
funestalis (Hydrillodes) Walk., Spec. Lep. Ins. xxxiy, p. 1163 (1865) (Moreton Bay) e247

fusca (fuscous err.) (Metarctia) Hmps., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), 8, p. 169 (1901)

(Kikuyu, B. Hast Africa) oe 549
fuscimaculata (Sypna achaeopsis) ab. nov. 50 so Bil
fuscipennis (Tambana) Warr. . 408, 410, 412
fuscivena (Stracena) Swinh, : a 558
fuscofasciata (Sypna achaeopsis) ab. nov. 231
gabia (Delias) Bdy., Voy. Astr. ma p. 49 (1832) (Papua) 305
Gadirtha 5 Ate 429
galathea (Craspedosis) Warr! : 473
gallienus (Papilio gallvenus) Dist. so BRL)
Gandaca 5 533, 566
gautama (Danaida) Mears 534
Gelasma oc 285
geminalis (Patissa) iebaayasin, . 50 oe oD 3.0 o¢ vat 84
Geometridae .. 66 Sa oi m3 st ». 252, 279, 456, 477, 478

Geometrinae : 264, 291, 467, 482
geometroides (Adrapsa) Wikr., Ont, xili, p. 1113 (1857) (Ceyion) ao NS
gibbosa (Spaniocentra) Prout, The Entom. xliy, p. 27 ee Corts New Guinea) jo ee
gigantalis (Cynoriza) sp. nov. f 0 Ae . 500
gulvata (Uresphita) Fabr. 488
gistinda (Unduzia) Dyar. 302
glabripars (Cateplia HO) srrliyo, noy. ee .. 423
glauca (Trisuloides) Hmpsn. te 407, 409, 410, 411
glaucippe (Hebomoia) Linn. 534
globulipedalis (Polythlipta) Walk. 498
gnoma (Catopsilia pyranthe) Fabr., f. aest. 530
goda (Delias aglaia) Frub., Ent. eh. p. 76 (1905) (Gametes) SCG
Gonanticlea es ec Do 288, 289
goniopeltis (Papilio ar eCaLeenide) Rothe! 5 By
goniosema (Hriceta) sp. nov. 190
gonioptila (Hriceia) sp. nov. 233
gonophora (Clethrophora) sp. nov. 433
grammica (Danaida aglea) Bdv. so) ER
grandis (Callioratis abraxas) subsp, nov. 265, 477
grandis (Heraclia) Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xvi, p. 268 (1880) (Cameroons) . 554
grisea (Stictoptera) Moore, P.Z.S. 1867, p. 67 (1867) (Sikkim) 210
griseata (Stictoptera) Hmpsn., Cat. Lep. Phal. xi, p. 161 Ce et .. 209
grose-smithi (Papilio) Roths. 370, 388
guttulata \Naxa) Warr., Noy. Zool. i, p. 377 (1894) (Benne) 5 457
Gynandromorph : 6 O00 : 359
Gyrtona 212
habroscia (Belciana) sp. nov... Aas
hachet (Paprlto) Dew., B.E.Z. 25, p. 286 (88) 871, 395
Hadeninae 200
hadrumatia (Huploea connie) ahah. 536
haematopis (Prionia) Warr. 476
hainana Huploea dehaant) Holl. .. 537
hanana (Gandaca harina) Fruh... 533
hanana (lavas pyrene) Fruh., f. vern. 529
hainana (Terias) Moore .. 516, 531
hainanensis (Appias nero) Fruh. 528

640 Index to Parts 2 and 3

hananensis (Huphina nama) Fruh.
haimanensis (Prioneris thestylis) Fruh.
hainanensis (TZajuria travana) subsp. nov.
halli (JZynes) sp. nov.

hamata (Acraea) sp. nov.

hamatus (Papilio illyris) f. J. andl 7.
hamela (Papilio castor) Crowley .

hanupsoni (Aiteta) Beth.-Bak., Noy. Zool. xv, p. 199 (1908 ce New Game

hampsoni (Magna) Dist.
hampsoni (Stictoptera) 5. nov.
Hapalia

PAGE
516, 527
516, 525

353
325
340
399
518
217
484
208
499

hapalina (Delias) Jord., Nov. els XVill, p. 583 (1911) (Mt. Goliath, Dutch N, lames)

haplograpta (Aporandria specularia) subsp. nov.

harmodius (Charaxes) Feld., Reise Nov. me ili, p. 445 (1867) (Java)

harpagon (Papilio) Gr. ‘Smith

hasta (Agrotis) sp. nov.

hawkeri (Tvisuloides ser ee) eubep: nov.

Hebomoia

hecabe (Tervas) Tefen, f. vern.

hedyphaés (Xanthorhoé) sp. nov...

hegylus (Papilio payent) Jord.

heimsi (Papilio dardanus) Suffert ¢ f. .. me
helena (Papilio) L., Mus. Ulr. p. 199 ey ee
helenus (Papilio) Teta,

heliopolis (Neptis) Feld., Reise, Now Lep. iii, p. 247 (1867) (Gilolo) ee

Hemidromodes ..

hemileuca (Agalope) TRIES, Noy. ool! say p. 322 (1904) (Orem)
Hemithea O° 00 Be a is
Hemitheinae

Heortia

Heraclia

hermes (Papilio) ‘[owll van Le Cerf

hesperus (Papilio) Westw., Arcana Ent. 1, p. 189, b. 48 (1843) (Ashanti)

Heterocnephes .
Hibrildes

hiero (Tellervo) G. and Ri, ‘Avan, Mag. Nat. “Teta (6) 1, p. 95 (1888) (colemon i)

hilaralis (Margaronia) Walk.
Hipparchus
hippia (Pareronia valer a) For.

hippocoon (Papilio) Fab., Ent. Syst. iii, iL, p. 38 (1793) ( (sierra Toeorn)
hippocoonides (Papilio deordanius) Haas, Bibl. Zool. viii, 1, p. 70 Ce

hippoides (Appias) Moore

hipponous (Papilio) Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon. Vl, p. 983 (1862) deacon

hirundo (Huptera) Stgr. ¢, Iris 4, p. 101 (1891) (Gaboon)
hobsoni (Terias blanda) Butl. ;
homeyeri (Papilio) Plétz, 8.H.Z. 41, p. 306 (1880) ( (eanee donee)

homophana (Coenotephria) Hmpsn., Faun. Ind, Moths iii, p. 369 (189 20 (N.W. India) K 482
¢ (1879) (Magila,

hornimanni (Papilio) Dist., P.Z.S. p. 647, t. 47, figs. 1,3 ¢, 2
K. Africa) 50 Ss oo 5
horochroa (Dracaenura) Meyr.

horsfieldi (Lineopalpa) Gn., Spec. Gen. Lee. Vii, p. 291 (1852) nae

hova (Papilio epiphorbas) f. noy.
Huphina
Hyblaea

312, 313

253

335

396

.. 195

405, 410

534

so BD

290, 291

6 BOS

378, 375
508, 516

519

351

257

270

.. 986

252, 458, 478
498

1) eA

383, 384, 370
384, 387, 370
489

558

344

491

252

ie eee

373, 875, 377
a

516, 527

519

541

533

392

370
500
241
386
516, 527
250

Index to Parts 2 and 3

43

641

PAGE

Hyblaeniae 250
Hydrillodes 246
_ Hydrocampinae 485, 499
Hymenia O¢ a0 oc od 485
hypanis (Ar Hoare Chenin, Pap. Exot. il, ib. 72, Plate cxlii, D (1779) (Surinam in err.) 297
Hypena . y: ae oC be “i a 248
Hypeninae : Ps me a a 244
hyperbius (Aorprenais) Fol, “ Aanoetn. Acad. vi, p. 408 (1764) (India) 359
Hyphenophora . Me 266
hypochra (Papilio p. alee AON) Boul. and ie Corf 395
Hypochrosis 6 56 298
hypocrites (Thalassodes) Pravin Cont Ins. 129, p. 153 (0912) (Singapore) 283
Hypocysta o0 he : Ss S.0 328
Hypodoxa 459
Hypolimnas : 349, 569
hypolimnides (Papilio deer eapen cenea ?) & nov. wo 06 a 377
hypomelas (Delias) Jord., Deutsch. e. Zeitschr. p. 190 (1907) (Mambare River) 312
hypomina (Pitthea) sp. nov. 50 66 ie 63 é 264
Hypsotropa a 484
Hypsotropinae 484
ignealis (Archernis) Walk. 499
illodes (Nyctipao) Zerny .. us oe ae De a 435
illustrata (Huplexia) Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 339 (1888) (Ussuri) 204
illyris (Papilio) Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag. ix, p. 232 (1873) (Gold Coast) . 399, onel
imbutaria (Hypochr ee Walk., List. re Ins. xxxv, p. 1608 a (Aru) 298
Immetalia oe : : uy 333, 363, 364, 365
immunda (Monda) sp. nov. : 563
immunifica (Victoria) Prout, Gen. Tin. 129, p. 86 (1912) (Sierra Teens) 253
impuncta (Clematoessa xuthomelas) subsp. nov. ; oe 278
impunctata (Pyrausta) Warr. : 56 488
inangulata (Hriceia) Gn., Spec. Gen. bem. @ Vil, p. 210 (1852) (Silhet) or 233
inca (Papilio cacicus) R. orn J., Nov. Zool. xiii, p. 653 Gee (Peru)... 324
incerta (Callipotnia allognata) paper nov. : ‘ ; 457
incisalis (Prooedema) Walk. 499
indescribens (S/ictoptera) sp. nov. 206
indica (Margaronia) Saund. 491
indicata (Lamprosema) Fabr. 486
indistincta (Anophiodes) sp. nov. . 925
indra (Appras) Moore 528, 516
inexacta (Gadirtha) Wlkr. 5 429
infausta (Mamestra) Wlky. 5 408, 410, 412
inferna (Delias) Butl., Lep. Exot. p. 63 (1871) (N. W. Armatmanitie) 317
infuscata (Pier dona virgo) f. nov. : 5 a0 330, 331
iniquisecta (Crasp-dosis) sp. nov. 471
inorrzata (Appia. lyncida) Moore . oe od Ke 527
insignis (Acraea) Dist., P.Z.S. p. 184, t. 19, 2 6 (1880 (Magila, Hast Africa) .. 340
insolitus (Papilio hesperws) f. nov. a Ae a .. 3884
insperatus (Paprlvo coon) J. and T. 517, 515
inspersalis (Bocchoris) Zell. 485
insulalis (Bocchoris) Hmpsn. 489
intermedia (Ophisma pallescens) ae noy. 226
inturbida (Prasinocyma) sp. nov. 467
irene (Papilio rhetenor) J. and T. : ae 521
iri tescens (Othrets) Lucas, Proc. Tota, Soc. N. 8. w. viii, p. 148 (1894) (Geraldton) 239

642 Index to Parts 2 and 3

PAGE
irma (Delias) Fruh., Soc. Ent. 21, p. 179 (1907) (New Guinea) ae ie 316, 317
irvinu (Appias libythea f.) Swinh., f. aest.. : a a: 2. ONT
isander (Papilio sarpedon) G. ind S., AN, Mag. Nat. eae (6) 1, p. 211 (1888)
(Guadalcanar) ae sh ae oo | BB
isocharis (Delias) Roths., D. ent. Zs. p- 121 (1907) iNew Gamea| hs Be oc al)
isse (Delias) Cram., Pap. Exot. 1, t. 55, E.F. (1779) (Amboina) be as .. 3804
TEXAS. is Ee Oo o0 on 60 nye me - 629
jacksont (Papilio) EK. Shpe., P.Z.S. p. 188, t. 17, ae 1,2 Cee Fe ee B.H. Afr.) 393
jacobi (Sinna joiceyi) ab. nov... 5 ; wi 215, 416
jansseni (Catocala) sp. nov. a See 5.0 ae Si Bo .. 453
janthina (Husphalera) sp. nov. .. se 2 ae ee oe an fll
joiceyi (Dermaleipa) sp. nov. ate a Si af ar 2s .. 438
joiceyi (Margaronia) (Sisyrophora) sp. nov. es a ge a .. 493
joweyi (Delias) Noakes & Talb. .. ae = a ate BS .. 608
joiceyi (simna) sp.nov. .. 56 06 Bo ae 215, 416
jordan (Delias) Kenr., Ann. Mag. Nat. eth (8) 4, p. 181 (1909) (Momi, N. New Guinea) 306
jordani (Husphalera) 5. nov. Se i His se 3 = ves 20a
josephi (Carea) sp. nov. .. 221
Jjoviana (Parallelia) Stoll., Pap. Exot. lV, p. 937, Plate BIO Mts B. (1782) (Gorommanael Coast) 227
jucunda (Diyphthera) Walk. os ed 6.0 so .. 416
Jugurtha (Catopsilia crocale) Cram. ¢ f. .. qf. We ae as on i0)
juncta (Parallelia swbacuta) subsp. nov. .. a x 08 oe 50 PAIS
junctumacula (Monda) Hmpsn. .. D0 -. 063
juno (Cyclirius) Btl., P.Z.S. 1896, p. 830, t. 41, £ 5 (1897) (jyecolend) oe .. 048
juno (Dermaleipa) Dein. ¢ : : oe 00 Oc 438, 224
junodi (Papilio) Trim. .. oF a0 ee 2h 06 o co 6
jurriaansei (Tellervo) sp.nov. .. ie a 6.0 ae .. 3845
juventus (Papilio charopus) subsp. nov. .. i a ae a bo. Gleld)
kala (Belciana) sp. nov. .. oh an Me Re a ats sq | WD)
kapaura (Delias) Roths., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. xv, p. 178 Sie (Kapaur) oo 608}
kenrickt (Diptheroides) B. SS kia 96 .. 444
kenrickt (Morphotaenaris schinbergi) B. san, _ Neha, “Mag. Nat. ERS, (8) vol. iv, p. 183
(1909);\(Arfak Mountains,.D. N. Guinea) ate .. 328
kinugnana (Huptera pluto) Sm., Ann. Mag. Nat. ists (6) 3, p. 133 (1889) (Mombasa)... 542
kirbyt (Papilio) Hew... A ie ne i 66 wil
kivuensis (Carcinarctia) sp. nov. 2 se ee 6 .. 553
kivuensis (Mycalesis aurivillt) Btl.. | BUDE. 1 WOWs oc we) 1042)
klosst (Bordeta) Roths., Lep. Brit. Onn, Un. Exp. p. 91 (1915) (Dutch New Gutman) co | PR
kunumert (Delias) Rane’ Insekten-Borse xvii, p. 388 ae pe Soe ae so will
kunupiensis (Delias alepa) subsp. nov... 36 .. 314
lacervtalis (Margaronia) Kenr. .. 30 o6 56 os ae oo 4S)
lacteisticta (Mdlionia) sp. nov. .. se ot Se 3 ah .. 294
lactifascia (Papilio cypraeophila) f. nov. .. ots a) 390
lacydes (Papilio erlaces) Hew., Equat. Lep. 1, p. ‘l Deel (1869) (Ecuador) a oo 60)
ladas (Delias) Sm., Nov. Bal 1, p. 585 (1894) (N.E. New Guinea) .. o6 .. 306
lageloides (Appias Tate. Grenier 5 he o% i as wt eOZS
Lagoptera o% 5 oi oe ae a ie ae oq PH)
laeta (Tervas) Boisd. sie ae ae Bi 50 o'6 oe .. 532
Lamprosema .. a ae re O09 a .. 486
lapydes (Papilio! pylades cngotans ‘Suft. 56 oF i or a so hs)
Larentiinae od a 50 .. 363, 288, 480

lariaria (Pingasa) Walk. _ TORR ent Ins. xxi, p. 433 (1860) (Sarawak) Soe .. 280

Index to Parts 2 and 3 643

PAGE
Lasiopoderes .. ae ye 6.6 Ms a .. 424
lathyi (Morpho cypris) spalhie. nov. bd ax 56 Bic ce .. 3858
latiapicalis (Delias wsocharis) subsp. nov. . . 00 36 ss ae 56.» SO
latifascia (Ewplexia) sp. nov. .. ‘ wae 203
latilimba (Aphysoneura pigmentar i Le Cerf. Bill, Mus. da’ ERS Nat. 1919) 3 n. 3, p. 164
(1919) (Nyasaland) .. . : ue oe 56 : .. 3842
latilinea (Papilio androcles) <reld5D nov. .. as a¢ .. 822
latimargo (Savara) Wlkr., List. Lep. Ins. xiii, p. 1002 (1867). (‘‘ Hindostan ’’) .. 242
latistigma (Plusia) sp. nov. Bo o0 229
latona (Charazes) Btl., P.Z.S. p. 631, t. 37, t, 1 (1865) (Timor) Sis Ae 66 GR)
latreillianus (Papilio) Godt. ac do x6 fo ue bie se seifal
laurentia (Papilio policenes) subsp. nov. .. Be Be gt a bo 66S
lavochrea (Papilio cynorta) f. nov. Bie Be ee = Se bo 2 oth
lecerfi (Delias) sp. nov. .. ji te Ne AG Ds bo. GUY
lecerfi (Platyja cyanocraspis) crab MOA eve fs aie we .. 235
leechi (Myonia) Prout, Nov. Zool. xxv, p. 402 (1918) (eran) sts 00 .. 268
legonuca (Papilio nella Sutiz *- be 5c se Ac 0 OO)
leight (Papilio dardanus cenea) Poult. ? f. 36 o0 30 oc oo BIS
Leistera 56 50 56 ae 33 a: fe .. 233
lemnia (Bor Geta) Tilt, Voy. Astrol. p. 207, Plate v, fig. 7 (1832) (Amboina) .. so. ORY
leonidas (Papilio) Fab., Ent. SUES ili, 1, p. 35 Bie (W. a a2 a 897, 371
Leptocircus oo 56 86 .. 624
Leptocolpia gen. nov. .. Sis oo x ss he ou 256, 257
Leptosia ‘ 50 oo 5¢ ve Ge vs an .. 525
Leucaniodes pend INOW 0 sie 58 ois a0 ae ao, Prats
leucobathra (Carea varipes) Palen MOVs ac ie ae iva id sat Dailey
leucochora (Pycnostega) sp. nov. .. a aes ie ae “ite a 266
leucogaster (Rhostria) Hmpsn. .. ; Be o. «es nee Gill
leucogramma (Prasimocyma punctulata) subsp. noy. ats fe me .. 284
leucomelas (Milionia) Montrz. ais ss ae ae Bie 298
leucopis (Prasinocyma tr ufilifimbria) soi, MONS oc : te ne ga) Wayt
leucoptera (Danaida) Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag. xi, p. 163 ee inerey, Dutch New Guinea) 350
leucostictina (Huploea Teuecetietes\ ells 46 ae ae a oo | eit!
leucotaenia (Dipthera) sp. nov. .. 2h a 50. LO)
leucotaenia (Nyctipao) Gn., Spec. Gen. men Vii, p. 184 (1852) (Java) .. Be oo: PPB}
leucotaenia (Papilio) Tats, Ent. Mag. 44, p. 249 (1908) (East Africa) oe b5 OO
levassori (Papilio) Oberth. srs dit ae eA ss oe so BY
levis (Delias ladas) subsp. nov. .. 6 a ats be ie oo. ate
libythea (Appias) Fab. f. vern. .. Bye ee ae i ae 50 PAT
libythea (Terias) Fabr. f. vern. .. Ox 56 bit ae oo) | eill
ligata (Delias) Jord., Nov. Zool. xi, p. 313 (1904) (Brit. New Guinea) 56 311, 310
Limnas ae a Be aie a Le a6. way!
liumniace (Denvatieia) Moore 56 Bb ah ne Ye bie 535, 516
limpida (Prasinocyma) sp. nov. .. ae ne a ae ey 55 PASH
linuypida (Sapelia) Swinh. 558
lineata (Ornithospila) Moore, Brae Zool, Boa. Liond! 1872, p. 580, Plate XXXIV, fig. 2
(North India) rae ; i me Si a Se 60 |) BB}
Lineopalpa vo 6 O6 tee Ss 5c a: 50 50 | PY
Liparidae oe 56 a6 ot 50 o0 te .. 556
liponesco (Papilio alcoves Suff. 50 00 Sic 56 ae =. - 398
lisianassa (Hypolimnas bolina) Gheesin, ., Pap. Exot. iii, t. 205, A. B. (1782) (Amboina) .. 569
lobophorina (Chandica) sp. nov. .. 50 ob my ats 26 so Pals
loncona (Papilio colonna f.) Suff. .. He Ss a st BS 50° Gs
longicornis (Carea) sp. nov. ue se ae Sa we ie 417, 418
longicorpus (Avitia) sp. nov. Ws Wye we ae Ses A 55

43”

644 Index to Parts 2 and 3

PAGE
longifascia (Dicallanewra) sp. nov. . oc Be ss Se oo
longilinea (Papilio sarpedon monticolus) sibs nov. .. were
longipalpis (Immetalia ae Kirsch, Mitth. Mus. ‘Duoadl 3 p. 130, Plate v vii, fig. 12
(1877) (Papua) 0 oo 50 90 ac on ae 333, 363
longipectinata (Savara) sp. nov. O60 5° 96 oe a .. 241
lophoproctis (Bocula) sp.nov. .. ae Bi6 a ae ae so alee
lormieri (Papilio menestheus) Dist., Hut. Mo. Mag. xi, p. 129 (1874) (Madagascar) 387, 388
lorquimianus (Papilio) Feld., Reise Nov. ae 1, p. 119 aie (Moluccas) a) tere ap Ou
lucilla (Sypna) Btlr. * . O° : a oe .. 442
lucilloides (Sypna) sp. nov. oe i ae .. 441
ludifica (Dipthera) Linn., Syst. Nat. Ed. x, +i 514 (8) die a iW oo PPT
ludovici (H7viopus) sp. nov. : : oo ee aes .. 204
lugens (Hydrillodes) sp. nov. ae a5 as se i 66 a 246
luminosa (Ommatophora) Cr., Pap. Exot. 111, Plate 274 D oe (Java) hs 236
luteifascia (Trisuloides) Hmpsn. .. -. 406, 410, 411
lyaeus (Papilio nireiws) Dbl., Ann. ae Nae Hist. W 16, p. “178 (1845) (S. Africa) -. 385
Lycaenidae o-0 . 9 co .. 308, 354, 543
lycauges (Nothomiza) sp. nov... ae ie 5 ee ee -. 482
Lygropia : 36 56 O60 0 os -. 486
lyrus (Papilio jaolladion 216) f MO. oo he 50 o¢ a a6 382, 384
lysimeles (Hgea) sp. nov. 5.6 56 30 50 96 Be -. 478
Macalla fe o0 ie O6 00 ye 08 ie .. 002
macariata (Mawates) Wikr., List. Lep. Ins, xxvi, p. 1862 (1862) (Silhet) es 0200
Maceda w. 222
' mackimnonr (Papilio) HK. Troe P. L. S., p. "187, t. 16, f. 1 (1891) (Brit. Kast Nise) 384, 370
macrals (Polythlipta) Led. 50 O60 90 +. 96 so 6
macromma (Stictoptera) Snell a 56 ad zs Se AG 427, 428
macula (Ulothrichopus) Hmpsn., Ill. Het. vili, p. 84, Plate cxlvi, f. 21 (1891) (Nilgiris) 223
maculatus (Papilio dardanus cenea) Suff., 3 f. 0 O° 96 26 oo aS
maculosa (Ivias pyrene) f. aest. f. nov. .. se 6 3 eo be PAY)
maculosa (NVeptis) sp. nov. ae Be baal on ae ees 66. Bol
madensis (Charazxes) Roths., ¢ .. 66 — Bao (oly
magellanus (Troides) Feld., Wien. Ent. Mion: vi, p. 282 (1862) (ie eens, ¢ , Luzon)
360, 362
Magna .. 6. aye bc 09 20 od .. 484
magna (fisoba se Bateps nov. 00 ae an ot 56 .. 214
magnipunctata (Agrotis) sp. nov. 26 ote 30 60 56 so IGS
magnisigna (Agrotis) sp. nov. 60 ae ae % sé te co = G8
Magusa a: oe e202
maillardi (Hr Sevens) Gn., ‘Maillard’s S Remmntar, Lp. p. . 39, Plate 22, £. 8 (1862) (Reunion) 204
major (Cyclirius Bea) subsp. nov. 20 06 do oe -. 548
majoripuncta (Delias enniana) ee nov. 5% 56 06 a -. 3803
Mamestra ye ° ac at a oc - .. 408
mandane (Papilio polnges) TRohey OUT eeatect si .. 620
mangoura (Papilio) Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag. xi, p. 226 (1875) (Madagascar) ie 387, 370
manifestalrs (Bocana) Wlkr. ., List. Lep. Ins. xvi, p. 171 (1858) (Ceylon) 55 .. 247
manilensis (Pingasa) Prout, Noy. Zool. xxiii, p. 193 ee (Luzon) .. as .. 280
manuselensis (fivuwla) sp. nov. .. : : 50 $6 ao So Mate)
manuselensis (Stictoptera variegata) aris NOW on Se o6 8G LO
Marbla . 0 oe ie 6% oe ss do iG SOON
margar Bia (Phostr va) Bt. O60 ue 70 ou 30 a6 59 eye
margaritaria (Margaronia) Clerck. a0 o6 oc a6 a6 491
Margaronia ye O° 50 o-0 b6 So 50 Do 486, 491

Margarosticha .. ie aie an os 6% o ae ao | By)

PAGE
margilinea (Pseudaphelia simplex) f. nov. 561
marginata (Caprinia) sp. nov. 490
marginata (Margaronia) Hmpsn. . 492
marginimacula (EHpiphora anata) anise nov. 560
marguerita (Delias) sp. nov. : wh be x 56 OLA
mariae (Delias) J. and T., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol, xvii, p. 69 (1916) (Dutch New
Guinea) : A is 66 s6 a ae so) Gils}
Maruca 487, 499
marungensis (Gaeiiens acantielion falas) subsp. nov. 547
maudei (Charaxes) J. and T. : 337
mauder (Deudoriz) J. and T., Tvcme. Ent. “Son. jeowal pp. “"7- 78, Plate v, i 43, be 2
(1916) (Schouten Is.) . O60 o6 6 5 .. 304
Maxates ts 256
mechowianus (Papilio) Diam, Ent. Mage, 1s 19% 305 (1885) : 390
Mecyna : ee 488
medesaga (apie apn) Sutff. 397
media (Papilio phorcas) ¢ f. nov. 381
mediopallens (Serrodes) sp. nov. 447
meeki (Chandica) Warr., Nov. Zool. XX1li, it 214 (1916) (New Guinea) 216
meeks (Delias) R. and J. Nev Zool. xi, p. 316, Plate ii, gee 1,2 eeu (Brit. New Eextings) 318
meforensis (Nyctipao) 0, noy. ; ei ie 435
meforensis (Tanaorhinus wnipuncta) crabs. nov. 460
meforicus (Tellervo assarica) Fruh., Seitz Macrolep. 9, p. 273 (1911) erone. 344
megadema (Milionia) Roths. and J., Deutsch. Ent., Zeits. moe. 194 (Brit. New @uimen) 467
Megalopygidae .. : BY : is a 302
melancholica (Stictopter a) sp. nov. oli
melanescens (Papilio antimachus) f. nov... 372
melanistis (Stictoptera) Hmpsn., Cat. Lep. Phal. xi, p. 165 (1912) (Brit. New Guinea 211
melanomitra (Syrmoptera) Karsch., Ent. Nachr. 21, p. 308 (1895) (Yaunde, Cesineyzoasag) 544
melanurus (Papilio ee Rotel - : 517
Melinoéssa : Se sa 266
melissa Dakositela) Cram., Bex, Ex. iv, t. 377 C.D. (1782) (Asia Oriental) 350
melusina (Papilio leonidas subsp. Braeidas) 2 f. noy. 397
menadiaria (Microloxia) Th. Mieg., sp. nov. J6 ch a ae 50) Maths)
menandrus (Appias indra) Fruh. : Be es 528, 516
menestheus (Papilio) Dry., Ill. Ex. ‘Ent. ib, t. 9, fs, i, 2 (1773) (W. Africa) 370
menooensis (Delias mariae) subsp. nov. Ae 313
mercedonia (Danas) Ksch., Ent. Nachr. 20, p. 225, (1894) Girepiesl Africa) 373
mercutius (Papilio) Sm. can se sei Ee 397
meridionalis (Pieris brassicoides) subsp. nov. : 56 339
meridionata (Gonanticlea) Wiky., List. Lep. Ins. xxy, p. 1399 (1862 ) (South Africa) 288
meriones (Papilio dardanus) Feld. ; a 378
merionoides (Hrgolis) Holl., Pro. Bost. Soc. N.H. 25, p. 66 (1891) (S. (Cawies). : 348 -
merope (Papilio) Cram., Bay, Exot, ii, p. 87, Plate 151, Figs. A, B (1777) (S. iste) 374
Metallochlora a. ue O60 a6 286
metamelaena (Odontodes) Egnpene “NR: Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi, p. 533 (1905) (Dutch
New Guinea) : D0 ee od te o.6 oh oa KOS)
Metarctia 549
Microloxia ; 478
microsticha (Delias) ¢ Roths., Now Zool, xi, p.315, Plate 2, feet 18, 19( (1904) (atron River) 307
miliaria (Hypochrosis) Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 425 (Nilgiris).. 299
Milionia ‘ 90 56 298, 467, 271, 273, O74, 292
milionioides (Eusphaler a) sp. nov. St et BF ae a So Oi
militaris (Metallochlora) T. P. Luc., Pro. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2) vi, p. 295 (1891)
(Queensland) 55 ve a ae as ts ane 561) ASS

Index to Parts 2 and 3 645

646 Index to Parts 2 and 3

miltorrhabda (Phanoptis) sp. nov. oP
mimeticus (Papilio rex) Roths. , Entomologist 30, a. 165 489") (Uganda) 6 O
Mimeusemia O06 . ws
Mimicry

maonorata (Bogslaca Renaaesihiato) Moore

minuens (Catada alboapicalis) subsp. nov.

minutipuncta (Prasinocyma) Warr., Noy. Yool. Xs ). 356 (1903) (Brit. New Guinea)

PAGE

- ~ 863

mirabilis (Depalpata) Roths., Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist. ") 3, p. 488 ae cee New ania

mitis (Papilio marcareus) Jord.

mixta (Papilio dardanus) Auriv., Ark. Zool, ili, 23, Rt 4 (1907)
mixticolor (Carea) Warr. ¢ i
mixtum (Papilio (Troides) prattor co) f{. nov. ah a
mobw (Papilio hachet) Suff., Iris 17, p. 104 ee (Central Africa)
modicalis (Agathodes) Guen. ae is
Moma..

Mominae

Monda . a6

TROT (Spindasis) sp. nov.

monticolus (Papilio constantinus) abe 5 nov. 6

monticolus (Papilio sarpedon) Fruh., Soc. Ent. p. 20 hee 6s Gelebes)
montivaga (Scopwla) sp. nov.

374,

395,

monychata (Abraxas) Feld., Reise Novara Theo. Sie ii tab. cxxx, Hae 93 ee (Moluccas)

morania (Papilio) Angas. .
moratus (Papilio ewphranor) stole nov.

268.
373°
555

537
244
463
301
524
378
423
508
396
498
297 —
277
563
545
387
322
288
296
371
381

morondavana Ce Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. “(6 ) 8, p. 78 (1891) (Madagascar) 388, 370
Morpho : ar : an oe io .. 9358
Morphopsis 326, 352
Morphotaenaris .. .. 328
muleiber (Hwploea) Ces, 6 537
multistrigata (Teracotona) sp. nov. 56. byl
musa (Huploea) Swinh. : 537, 516
mutans (Papilio phorcas) ¢ f. nov. 380, 381
Mynes . ‘ 325
Myonia 268
mysolensis (Tellervo) anlhem noy. 343
mysoriensis (Tellervo) Stgr., Ex. Schm. 5 186 54 (1885) fiNtrcore Te , Geelvink Bay) 344
mytilene (Danaida) Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon. iv, p. 232 (1860) (Asia oriental) 350
nadina (Huphina) Lue. 527
* naganum (Pieris) Moore .. 526
nais (Lelias) Jord. i a ae ae ss ae 309
nars (Tellervo zoilus) Guer., Yoyage Coq, Plate xv, f. 3 (1829) (Aru) .. 343
nama (Huphina madana) Moore, Cat. Lep. H.1.C. 1, p. 76 (1857) (N. India) 527
namatia (Hlodina) Fruh., Seitz oe 9, p. 122 (1910) (Waigeu) .. 346
Nanaguna 20 213
nandina (Paprlto) Roths., Now Zool. Vili, p. "403 (1901) (Bri ‘Rast erica) 370
natalica (Papilio dar dans cenea) ? f. nov. : j O° 377
Nausinoe : 487
Naxa a 457
neagra (Delias) perde Now Zool, xviii, p. 592 (1911) (Mt. Goliath) 319
nedusia (Tellervo npr Hbn., Zutr. Hx. Schmett. f. 799, 800 oe .. 3845
negleyana (Hwploea) Holl. ae ye 50 537, 516
Neptis .. 351, 353
neptunus (upter a jolla) abso nov. 541
nerissa (Huphina) Fbr. 526

Index to Parts 2 and 3~ 647

PAGE
nerissa (Huphina nerissa) Fbr. f. aest. oto ee a6 ae fe ao 2 OAL
Neromia es oc so | PAN
newmannt teapilia zor Bas tres) Keen Ent. Winali, 21, p. 295 (2895) wie a co OSH
neutralis (Gonanticlea swbcaesia) subsp. nov. ts : at ats oq Mats)
Nevrina oe - oO)
niepeltr (Delias) ibbet Tha Bere XVII ps 330 (1900) (Aroa R. ) oe ot ao. Bil
niepelti (Dewdoria ceramensis) subsp. noy. s 50 ee, os Bo eke!
nigra (Tambana) Warr. .. o6 do Be oc bi .. 408, 411, 412
Nigramma 5.0 a: oe ae ius a oo) Puy
nigribasis (Stictoptera ar sate) in nov. 6 a FAS ne os a5 212
nigribasis (Stictoptera hampsont) ab. nov. .. os NG oe Bae <a 209
nigricatena (Diphthera) sp. nov. .. As ac = ws 928, 441
nigricilla (Hwmaenas salaminia) subsp. nov. 50 fs 50 as .. 449
nigrilinealis (Dichocrocis) Wlkr, .. é bo 56 oe ge so 2 CH
nigripuncta (Stictoptera hampsoni) ab. nov. A 06 me a so POS)
nigripunctata (Margaronia) Brem. O04 me Bo ae Sq 4H
nigristigma (Stictoptera hampsont) ab. nov. is be oi oe 65. PY)
nigroapicalis (Monda) sp. nov. .. ae ae be ne: oe OOS
nigrocristata (Orgyia) sp. nov. .. Pe: ae aE ee Bh OOO
nigropunctalis (Margaronia) Brem. at ds 492, 494
nigrosigna (Agrotis) Moore, Proc. Zool. Shao, 1881, 7" “352 (Sikkim) of 56 | «IE
nilotica (Characoma) Rogenh., Verh. Zool. bot. Ges. Wien. 1881, p. 26 (Egypt) co Palle}
ninus (Dichorragia) Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon. iii, p. 185 (1859) (Amboina) oe so Bull
niobe (Papilio dardanus) Aue Rhop. Aeth. p. 465 (1898) (W. Africa) ae 374, 375
nioboides (Papilio dardanus) ab. ¢, Auriv., Rhop. Aethiop. p. 465 (1898) o6 56 SUG
niphonica (Ortholitha) Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i, p. 452 (1878) Garey) .. 480
nireus (Papilio) L., Mus. Ulr. p. 217 (1764) (S. Africa) 0 : 385, 370
nitebis (Charaxes) Hew., Ix. Butt. ii, eae tHe DA, tt, 7, 183 (1859) (Celebes) a SOO
Nitida (Carea) Hmpsn. .. 3 : : ae a LS
nitida (Aplectoides) Btlr. .. an Ss 6 a sis .. 408, 410, 412
nitida (Simplicia) sp. nov. a an ue ais =A ie og | ES
nivea (Syrmoptera) sp. nov. ae iG ane is ‘is oe -. 544
nobicea (Papilio zenobia f.) Suff. .. aid Be oo Selil
nobilis (Papilio) ee Verh. z. b. Ver. Wien. 41, D 563 (1891) te Africa).. 370
Noctua 0 é o8 30 . we : .. 436, 438, 449
Noctuidae Ss se Re oe ae ee . 189, 193, 400, 413, 427
Nomenclature .. Oc fe OO
noquasa (Cyclirius) sin, | South Afr. Butt. 2, p. 64 (1887) (Natal) .. oe .. 548
norbana (Terias) Fruh., Seitz Macrolep. 9, p. 171 Cee (N. Celebes).. 30 .. 347
norcyta (Papilio cynorta) Suff. .. ae bs ae oo ehgal
norinia (Danaida limniace) Fruh. ae ey Be xe os 535, 516
Nothabraxes.. fs a o'6 5'0 do 3. ars 264, 477
Nothomiza 5 as bs .. 482
nubila (Mylothris) Mésch., Ver. Z. bs Ges. Wien, 33, p. 275 (1883) (Gaboon) .. .. 339

nundata (Hypochrosis) Feld., Reise Novara Lep. Het. tab. exxxili, fig. 10 (1875) (Moluccas) 298
nyassae (Papilio antheus) Bee Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ao) 19, p. 459 cy (L. Nyasa)... . 397

nyasalis (Argyractis) Hmpsn. Be a aH -- 485
Nyctipao 50 Es 50 36 ae ats a3 os 223, 435
Nygmia ae 5 oe ae ae 556
Nymphalide .. 00 825, 335, 341, 348, 351, 511, 567
nymphidia (Stiboges) Teint, IPaZe S, ib p. 309, Plate 22, f..1 (1876) (Pinang) .. .. 864
nymphidiaria (Psychostr pela) Ob., Etudes d’Ent. xvii, p. 34 (1893) (Ta-Tsien-Lou) .. 364
Oar O° oc te an 30 ae OW

obiana (Huploca Rilabamday ry, g .. 3848

obianus (Hypolvmnas deois) awa, on Sette Miacrelers O19. “555 (1912) (Obi) . 36 OLR)

648 Index to Parts 2 and 3

PAGE

obliqua (Planema) Aur., ¢, Seitz Gr. Schm. p. 243 (1913) (Fonga Tunga) 539
obliquaria (Hterusia) Fab., Mant. Ins. (2) p. 194 (1787) (Borneo) ot 364
oblongomaculatus (Papilio hale) Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 1, p. 44 (1779) (Moluccas) 565
obnubilata (Hypochrosis pachiaria) subsp. nov. : si me eo)
obscura (Aplectoides) . 408, 410, 412
obscura (Pycnostega) Warr. 35 | PAO
obscurata (Pieridopsis virgo) f. nov. 7 330, 331
obsolescens (Carea) Moore 420, 421
ocellata (Risoba) sp. nov. 415
ochracea (Pseudaphelia simplea) | , nov. 561
ochracea (Risoba avola magna) ab. nov. 214
ochraceous (Fhasis conradsi) 3, f. nov. 546
ochrifascia (Stictoptera hampsoni) ab. nov. 209
ochrospila (Papilio cynorta) f. nov. 392
ocreata (Ctimene) sp. nov. 296
octoguttalis (Thlvptoceras) Feld. 498
odenatus (Papilio zenobia f.) Westw. 391
Odontodes 205
oedippus (Papilio ORI Hoe) Rotbe! and Tox 323
oenistis (Magusa) eg Cat. Hae: Phal. vii, p. 56 (1908) (Brit. New Guinea) 202

Oenochrominae .. 0 ae 36 60 a 252, 279, 456, 478
olivacea (Agrotis) sp. nov. 197
olivacea (Athyrma perficiens) cuneel nov. . 937
Ommatophora ye 236
Omphax on 30 255
onidale (Papilio leondas 7 )) Sau, ee ie y7/
opaca (Pierrdopsis virgo) f. nov. .. 330, 331
Ophiderinae 56 o6 O60 a . 230, 423, 441
ophidicephalus (Papilio Mienestieus var.) Oberth., Etudes d’Ent, 3, p. 13 (1878) 387
Ophisma : ne as ah oo oe oe ae 226
Ophiusa 451
orbiculata (Ohantelea Soop onan sjelber. nov. ae 563
orcina (Nyctipao) Feld., Reise Nov. Plate exv, f. 14 (1874) (« Moluceas ’ ) 224
orestia (Acraea) Hew.., Ent. Mo. Mag. 11, p. 131 un, (Fernando Po) 340
Orgyia .. a os .. 556
orvbazus (eapiio Bdv., a 3, Spec. Gen. Lep. IL YO 993 (1836) (Madagascar) .. 384, 386
oriolus (Fodina) Gn. a a5 96 5.0 425
oriphorbas (Papilio epiphorbas) f. nov. 386
ornata (Donda) Moore .. 443
Orthaga 502, 503
Ortholitha ; oe 480
osyris (Hysocysta) Badv. Tor Agtia iter! Dp. “154 | 1882) (Aru) .. 328
Othreis.. ae F 938
owgarra (Agr aii) Beth. Bak. 413
Oxygonitis de .. 240
Ozola 252, 279
pachiaria EE osis) Walk., List. oe Ins. xx, p. 247 pe (N. Hindostan) 299
Pagyda.. 4 ae o0 485
Palaeodoxa 456
palaeotypus (Papilio on Alain Teriones) f. nov. se 379
pallescens (Ophisma) Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. vii, p. 179 (1864) (Borneo) 226
pallida (Hypodora) J. and T. ) aK a : A F 459
pallida (Magusa oenistis) subsp. nov. 202
pallida (Zeracotona) sp. nov. 551

Index to Parts 2 and 3

649

PAGE
pallidisigna (Agvotis) sp. nov. 194
pallidisigna (Bocana) sp. nov. 247
pallidimargo (Agrotts) sp. nov. 5 Ales
pallidipennis (Tambana) Warr. a eh 408, 410, 412
palumbata (Melinoéssa) Warr., Nov. Zool. 1, p. 402 aso4) (Niger River) 266
pammon (Papilio polytes) "EAE, f. aest. ae we 520
Panthea ye ot o'6 as oh 227
Papilio a6 a6 “4 ee 26 320, "360, 369, 370, 508, 516, 565, 570
Papilionidae .. - 320, 508, 516, 565, 570
papuana (Apaturina er spare) Ribbe. Iris 1, p, 84 (1886) ) (New Gaines) 569

papuensis (Charaxes latona) Btl., Lep. BHxot. 1, p. 15, t. 6, figs. 1, 4 (1869) Bere) .. 3385

papuensis (Triswlovdes) Warr., Now Zool. xix, p. 3 (1912) (Brit. New Guinea) 228, 405, 410, 411

Paralcis 474
Payrallelia 927
paramicalis (Margar onan iene! 486
Parantica 535
Parepisparis 456
Pareronia 534
Parthenodes fa
particolor (Belciana) 56 nov. 444, 445
parva (Stictoptera) sp. nov. ae ae 206
parvifascia (Papilio erlaces lacydes) ? , £. nov. 570
parvimacula (Papilio rhesus) subsp. noy. . 322
parvipuncta (Tellervo zoilws) subsp. noy. . 344
Paschiodes 488
Patissa Sr avagh bis ots 5-0 od ie ey 50 40 484
pauper (Anisodes) Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xx, p. 245 (1887) (Malayta) 287
payent (Papilio) Bav., Shoat Gen. Lep. 1, p. 235 Coa (Java) : a 322
pectinicornis Wcnaen) B.-Bky. ae 451
peculiaris (Charaxes) Lathy. 337
peculiaris (Papilio cynorta) Neave 399
pediciliata (Agrotis) sp. nov. 413
pellucens (Unduzia) Dogn. ae 302
pellucida (Egea) Stgr., Iris xii, p. 396 (1900) (Altai).. 478
pellucida (Hypocysta osyris) subsp. nov. be 328
pellucida (Phasicnecus) sp. nov. : BOD)
pelodurus (Papilio) Butl. 382, 383, 370
penricei (Charazes) Roths., ? .. ae we is $6 337, 338
penumbrata (Anisodes) Warr., Nov. Zool. ii, p. 97 (1895) (South Celebes) 287
Peratophyga alc : a 3 268
perficiens (Athyrma) Wikr., Cat. xiv, p. 1412 (1858) (South India) 237
perficiens (Hypaetra) Wlkr. : 0 Bo 448
perfulvata (Sabaria) sp. nov. 475
Pericallia £63
periconia ieucaniedesicr sp. nov. 255
perspicua (Careq) sp. noy. 3 219
peruviana (Papilio cacicus inca) ¢, f£. nov. 324
pervicax (Gelasma) sp. nov. : 285
petri (Coenotephria homophana) subsp. nov. 482
pfeifferae (Glyphodes) Kenyr. .. 494
pfeifferae (Margaronia) Led. 492, 493
phaedropa (Care) sp. nov. , o% Se E20)
phaeres (Delias) Jord., Nov. Zool. xviii, p. 588 (1911) (Mount Goliath) 309, 307
phalusco (Papilio meeethons lormiert) Suft, 5 Se 50 .. 3887

370

Phamacophagus ~

650 Index to Parts 2 and 3 >

PAGE
Phanoptis oe ae ac O° ae oc O° ott EOS
Phasicnecus 50 06 ax 5 60 oc 56 oD .. 559
Phasis .. : 6. ss ae o-0 O06 o6 .. 546
Philocala (Pr asinocyma) s sia. nov, the ae a6 ih Bor .. 464
philonée (Papilio) Ward . O° a ae of a 30 oo | Bilal
phippsi (Delias) sp. nov. .. S6 aye aus 60 58 on .. 315
phippsi (Morphopsis) sp. nov. ae Sia aA 50 a oh .. 3826
Phlyctaenia s0 o% 0 ae 00 oe 00 oo .. 487
phorbanta (Papilio) L., Mant. Plant. p. 525 (1771) (Mauritius) 66 ao .. 386
phorcas (Papilio) Cr., een Exot. 1, p. 4, t. 2, f. B.C. (1775) (Sierra Leone) .. 380, 370
phormis (Danaida aglea) Fruh. .. 06 . 00 a 00 -. 035
Phostria F a6 O66 ee ate 5:0 oe Da 486, 490
phrynon (Papilio) Druce . Ao 06 o6 06 ae o-0 .. 395
Phyllodes 0° oc a0 Oc 08 oc oe ae .. 487
pictalis (Agrotera) Warr... aia O60 10 00 a6 50 .. 489
picticaudalis (Margarona) Hmpsn. 60 16 ae so sie .. 486
picturata (Hterwsia) sp. nov. O0 ae as oes be ie 56 A
Pidorus O a0 o0 56 20 or bo oc .. 276
Pieridae os $5 re 6 go nes 303, 339, 346, 508, 525, 566
Pieridopsis ae a Bie is af bs ee 02 .. 330
Pieris .. a oe .. 026
pigmentarra (Aphysoneur ’ iat, ‘Ent. acl 20, } p. 191 (1894) (EH. Africa) .. .. 342
Pingasa .. : 36 55 : fess ae am oo PASO)
Pitthea oe o« 56 ie o6 a 30 bo .. 264
Planema 0 : a a3 os 66 .. 539
planemoides Papell dar egpra) 9 f. Tin, 8% on ais oy: 374, 378
plataniston (Danarda erase Fruh. oo 66 & nr a .. 5385
Plataplecta dc O06 a6 5.0 ac 50 o.0 .. 408
platycapna (Psara) Neue ss ae o6 rs ae oo 56) ee)
Platyja o6 06 a6 06 00 a0 50 o0 191, 235
Platypthima .. ae O° Si 23 329
plecta (Agrotis) Linn. , eve. eure! m 321 (761) (Sweden) a0 06 0 +» 195
plenorbis (Problepsis) Thom Gos a ss 60 so. ABIL
plesiozona (Huchaiidema apora) subsp. nov. eo we As ss .. 474
plexippus (Danaida) Linn. 90 re ae eh iis oie .. 534
plumbea (Plataplecta) Btlr. 3 ae Ne oe bis .. 408, 410, 412
Plusia .. 06 oe ae Ne a ae Bi oe e229
Plusianae oc Bo as oo)
pluto (Huptera) Ward ©, “Binh Mo. Mag. 10, p. 79 (1873) eee 6 .. 541
Pococerinae 30 502
pogger (Xanthospilopter we) Dew., “Mitth. Minch. omni Ver, DIDS 31, t. 2, 2 3 (1879)
(Guinea) .. oo b0 si oe 30 .. 364
pognodes (Lygropia) eta. An .. 486
poliana (Sagaris) Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. iberadl 1893, p. 285 (British Guiensll .. 3802
policenes (Papilio) Cr., Pap. Exot. 1, p. 61, t. 37, f. A.B (1775) 20 oF og ais}
polistratus (Papilio) Gr.-Sm. Bo 3% O0 oh .. 3898
polydorus (Papilio) L., Syst. Nat. 1, 2, p. 746 (1767) ‘(Moluceas) a8 Re .. 320
polyglena Anicocmaa) Ds WO of 6 she as a We .. 462
Polygrammodes . se - Pe t oe = .. 499
polyphaenaria (Tambana) Warr. sa Pe a sci NG oe 406, 411
polysticta (Stictoptera) sp. nov. .. a A ah Ms 8 set REO)
polystrigalis (Margaronia) Hmpsn. ae Pe se of es .. 492
polytes (Papilio) Linn. .. Bs Be 86 op oe a 55, Gul
Polythlipta we BIS ao 498

polytrophus (Papilio) orden Nov. ole x pe 488 (1903) (Brit. Hast Africa) 374, 375, 376, 378

Index to Parts 2 and 3 651
PAGE
polyxena (Charaxes) Cram, Pap. Exot, 1, t. 54, f. A.B. (1779) (India bor.) 335
pomona (Catopsilia) Fbr.. S0 : oe ee 530
pompilius (Papilio antipheates) Fbr. 522
porphyrochrostes (Pingasa) sp. nov. ee es 280
porphyrodes (Platyja) Beth.-Bak., Nov. Zool. xi, p. . 267 (1906) (Brit. New Guinea) 236
porsena (Delias aglaia) Cram. Be ae ue 525
porthos (Charaxes) Sm., Ent. Mo. Mag. 20, p. 57 (1883) (Cameroons) 338
posticigutta (Bordeta) sp. nov. 55 eg
poultoni (Practarila) sp. nov... .. 332, 363, 365
praecisaria (Rhodostrophia) Stgr., Iris v, p. - 205 (2892) (Central Agfa). 479
praecyola (Papilio cypraeophila £.) Suff. 390
praeses (Papilio grose-smithi) £. nov. a so Bets
Praetaxila O00 332, 334, 363, 365
prasina (Aeolochroma) Wares Nov. ‘Bool. iii, a 282 (1896) (Fergusson Is.) .. 458
Prasinocyma Bie a ae ; 254, 284, 463
prasinophila (Margar <i) Etec 486
pratti (Athyrma) ? , Beth.-Bak., Nov. Zool. xiii, as 262 (1906) 237
pratti (Hypaetra) Beth.-Bak. a oe Be 56 447
pratti (Lasiopoderes) Beth.-Bak. ¢ 424
pratti (Margaronia) sp. nov. 495
pratti (Prasinocyma) sp. nov. 466
pratti (Xanthorhoé) sp. nov. 290
prattorum (Othreis) sp. nov. S239
prattorum (Papilio Troides) sp. nov. 360, 508
pretiosissima (Calliodes) .. 56 =A 454
preusst (Balacra) Auriv., Ark, f. Gack il, ‘ ie 31 (1904) (Cameroons) 549
pridgeoni (Depalpata) 5: nov. ee ae 300
pringler Gen HE. ae .. 382
Prioneris ; 525, 516
Prionia.. 476
Problepsis A 261
procopia (Nerrina) Cram... 490
Prooedema 50 $0 499
propinquata (Ortholitha) Koll. Amat s Kesehnin iv, a 488 sts (N.W. India) 480
prouti (Delias) sp. nov. : é 6 508
proximans (Charazes druceanus) subsp, noy. bo | Buls)
Psara 488, 499
Psaphis bo iD
Pseudaphelia 561
pseudonireus (Papilio nir eu) Feld., Reise Novae Dep p- 94 (1865) 386
Psychidae : th hs Si 563
Psychostrophia . 364
Pterothysanidae. . : O60 558
ptochica (Milionia megadema) subsp. nov. 467
Ptochophyle 259
Ptychopoda 262
pulcherrimalis (Mar onoeD) Wed 0 5% 499
pulchr istrigata (Leistera) B.-Bkr., Nov. Zeal: xiil, p. 258 (1906) (Brit. New Guinea) 233
pulvereisparsa (Neromia) Hmspn Pro. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896, p. 268, Plate x, fig. 27
(Aden) cs oe o . : 50°) Ot
pulverulentus (enasioneets) sp. nov. 559
punctiferalis (Dichocrocis) Guen. 491
punctilineata (Pyrausta) Roths. a 499
punctvmargo (Papilio dardanus polytr pans ely ) Le Cerf ne us 375
punctosa (Sypna) Wlkr., List. Lep. Ins. xxxiii, p. 939 (1865) (‘‘ Hindostan ’’) ..

232

652 Index to Parts 2 and 3

PAGE
punctulata (Prasimocyma) Warr., Noy. Zool. x, p. 357 (1903) (British New Guinea) 284, 465
purpurissa (Aeolochroma) Warr., Noy. Zool. xiii, p. 77 (1906) (British New Guinea) .. 459
Pycnarmon ish = - ae x0 we 76 oy .. 489
Pycnostega a Bie ee SF ah Bd ee .. 266
pygarva (Anepholcia) Won. ate bas i Be 402, 403, 409, 410, 411
pylades (Papilio) Fab... aS es se os 5% a ae OpL
Pylarge se ol ae is 6% is .. 262
pyranthe (C raenobilia) ie 7 6 ne nt is a .. 030
Pyralidae 88 bts aS ns Be i ap - _ 484, 489
Pyralinae ae ee ae me A wy zh ae 484, 503
Pyrausta on ee a ae a rte Bt a 488, 499
Pyraustinae ae S: re si ui ie an a 485, 489
Pyrrhaspis a a ef oo i ee Hig ae .. 284
quadrifasciata (Xanthorhoé) Clerck, Icones, tab. 6, fig. 4 (1759) (Europe) oe .. 480
quadripennis (Chandica) Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 286 (1888) (Darjeeling). . : so PAG
quadripunctata (Hemithea) Warr., Novy. Zool. ili, p. 367 e (Dutch Ten) .. 286
quadrifascialis (Margaronia) Eienpen! o : a of .. 487
quieta (Carea) sp, noy. .. Me - eo Gi ale .. 422
Radena 536
raffles. (Tanaor PDS) Moores Cat. oe B. ite Monee il, p. 369, Plate x1 a, fi. 1 (1859)
(Sumatra) .. . 36 ; eo 281, 460
ramifascia (Ozola) sp. nov. ae sh 50 UY
rectalis (Simplicia) Wy., Bull. Mose. 1842, iii, p. 558 (eine) oss 3 .. 245
rectimargo (Delias pinaesen approximata ¢) £. nov. 28 on bs .. 809
reducta (Ulothrichopus macula) subsp. nov. es = us ns bo | OPS
renifera (Aiisodes) sp. nov. 5G ore a us oS ee .. 258
renistigma (Anisodes) Prout ae 56 Ss whe bi 2 .. 268
repugnans (Thyatwa) Wlkr. o%0 S10 a om oe .. 432
restrictiflava (Melinoessa aemonia) amber WOW oe Ss ae ae .. 266
retorta (Noctua) L. AG tig 33 < ae ae 2 .. 436
retusa (Zhalassodes) sp. nov. =f Hise Bete af =i .. 283
reversa (Pyrrhaspis) Warr., Noy. Zool. xix, .. 81 (1912) (Dutch New Guinea).. .. 284
rex (Papilio) Oberth., Ans. EK. Fr. (6) 6 Bull. p. 115 (1886) (Tanganyika Territory) 373, 370
rhadamanthus (Troides) Boisd., Sp. Gen. 1, p. 180 (1836) (Manilla) .. yp .. 861
rhesus (Papilio) Bdv., Sp. Gen. 1, p. 253 4886) (Celebes) .. FS stk 55) BP
Rhodostrophia .. ie os oe sat so
rhodozona (Sypna aclaanaraio) city INOW 00 8 oe ae He .. 232
rhyncophora (Athyrma) sp. noy. .. te ae ne .. 447
richelmanm (Papilio) Weym., Stett. E.Z. 53, p. 98 (1892) (Tanga, Hi. Africa).. be) ahs)
riddeschi (Papilio echerioides) Suff. Bo a a5 oe
ridleyanus (Papilio) White, Aun, ee Nat. Hist. (1 ) 12, p. 264 (1843) 50 394, 371
rileyi (Arhopala) sp. nov. : sh ae Be sie fs .. 355
rileyi (Delias) BOs WON oo $e Br oa ae 5 .. 806
rypponr (Papilio zalmoxis £.) Rob. a os a a .. 372
risa (Hterusia) Doubl., Zool. ii, I 468 (1844) (N. India) oe ne a .. 276
Risoba .. 33 : ae at Be af .. 214, 215, 480
Rivula .. : ie a6 .. 238
roousta (Henudr ornare) Bronte Nov. Teall XX, p. 435 (1913) (Port Sudan) ok .. 958
rona (Delias) Roths., Nov. Zool. vol. v, p. 98 (1898) (Ron Island, Geelvink Bay) sh uli
rosa (Papilio ridleyanus) lig FXO 06 : x6 D0 .. 394
rosae (Anaea) Fassl., Soc. Ent. 24, p. 81 (1909) (Colombia) 66 o0 ee OM
votht (Chiorodrepana) Warr., Noy. Zool. vi, p. 22 (1899) (Niger Riv 3) 56 ~- 204

rothschildi (Delias) Holl., Nov. Zool. vii, p. 81 (1900) (Buru) a sees alee 15010)

Index to Parts 2 and cs)

65 ys)

PAGE
rothschildi (Psaphis) sp. nov. é9 58 o6 o0 oe sa 0
rotundimacula (Maceda) Warr., ¢ ?Subsp. noy., Noy. Zool. xix, p. 48 (1912) (Brit.

N, Guinea) .. sf - a 7 2. .. 222
ruandana (Papilio feccttero8) santa: noy. 393
ruandensis (Cycliriws juno) subsp. noy. 548
rubella (Terias libythea) Wall. f. aest ay : 66 Gull
rubescens (Acraea asboloplintha f.) Trim., Trans. Ent. Soc. iCati Dp: 547 (1908) (Weithaga,

B, E. Africa) : wa 340
rubieilia (Graphiphora) Moore, roe icon Sha, 1867 ,p. 55 (Sia). 198, 413
rubida (Ptochophyle) Swinh. ee : 2 on 260
rubra (Milionia) J. and T. 469
rubricostalis (Psara) Janse, nom. nov... P 499
rubrifascia (Miliona) J. and T., Ann. ee Nat. ee (8 ) XV, Pp. 296, Plate xii, fig. i

(1915) (Arfak Mountains) ; 274, 294
rubrifusa (Carea) Hmpsn., Ann. Mag. Nat. iaist: (7) xvi, p. "597 (1905) sores) 219
rubrostriata (Deltas hypomelas) subsp. nov. : 5 A? i 312
rudipunctata (Prasinocyma) sp. nov. 463
rudis (Orthaga) W1k. 503
rufilinealis (Pyrausta) Hmpsn: 36 6c .. 488
rufimargo (Tiracola) Warr., Noy. Zool. xix, yD. 10 (1912) (Brit. New Guinea) 200, 201
rufistrigata (Catephia) B. Sm, as ue e i 423
rufitincta (Pyrausta) Hmpsn. pe 488
rusina (Dasyopthalma) Gdt., Ene, Meth. ix, iit 451 (1823) (Brazil) 56 OT
ruspina (Huphaedra) Hew., Exot. Butt. Romalaeosoma, Plate 2, He 6, 7 (1865) (Old

Calabar) 0.6 ae i om : us .. 365
Sabaria 475
sabuirusalrs (Sylepta) Wikr. 491
sabulifera (Henvidromodes) sp. noy. 257
Sagaris we ae 302
salabanda (hapleca) Kareehy Mitt. ‘Mus. Dresden ih, p. 116 (st) (Halmaheira) 348
salaminia (Humaenas) F. ee ; : 6:6 os 449
Salpinx 537
Sapelia oé wn sou. Bae)
sarpedon (eapilio) Ip, Mus. Ulr. p. 196 (1764) eas Region) : of 322, 523
Sarrothripinae .. Ae .. 212, 415, 429
satisbonensis (Eusphalera) ‘Word, Now Zool. xxii, 2: 295 (1915) (Goodenough). . 2s
saturata (Immetalia) Wlky., Cat. xxxi, p. 54 (1864) (Amboina) in .. 3833, 363, 365
saturata (Papilio clytia f ) Mooren ; ie ua ; 5a Ul)
Saturniidae od He a We a in Bs .. 560
Satyridae s6 ae 30 8 30 ii 56 328, 342, 542, 570
Savara .. bx By .. 241
scapulalis (Heter crarneretnas) fede 489
scapulifascia (Aphysoneura pigmentaria) Saher noy. Ws 342
schistipennis (Chandica) Warr., Nov. Zool, xxxiii, p. 214 (1916) (Celebes) 216
schmassmanni (Delias) sp. nov. a oe ae 509
Schoenobiinae 3p ae 30 Ms ae 484
schinbergr Uiteroataenaris) iBloyane, Weert Ent, Zeit. 31, p. 347 (1887) (Perak).. 328
schoutensis (Papilio polydorus) ese. nov. 565
scintillans (Miliomia) Th.-Mieg., Le Nat., xxix, p. 150 (1907) (ene New Guinier) 468
scoparioides (Characoma) Wlkr., Journ. iby, Soc. Zool, vii, p. 53 ee (Sarawak) .2 213
Scopula Sis es : oe 261, 288
scordylodes (Cr aeaeaasi) J. and T. . 471
scotomelas (Milionia leweomelas) subsp. nov. 2 ae 293
scribonia (Delias gabia) Fruh., Seitz Macrolep. 9, p. 128 (1911) (N.H. New Guinea) 305

654 Index to Parts 2 and 3

PAGE
segestes (Abisara) Jord., Nov. Zool. xi, p. 455 (1904) (Dutch New Guinea) ale .. 38384
segestes (Praetaxila tyrannus) Jord. @ .. ae oe a hg .., 334
Seirocastnia Si a a ia ac o-0 ae a .. 9301
sellalis (Sylepta) Guen. .. oc .. 491

semialba (Stictoptera) Wlkr., Tourn. Linn. ison Fook: vil, p. “WI5 (1864) (Sarawak) _.. 210
semiaurata (Charidea) Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. B.M. 1, p. 207, n. 3 (1854) (Sierra Leone) 563

semiflava (Hierwsia) sp. nov. ah 5c ¢ ‘ a So KS)
semihyalina (Marbla) sp. nov. .. O0 20 50 OI
semilugens (Craspedosis) Warr., Nov. Zool. , Pp. “399 (1896) (Humboldt Bay, Dutch

N. Guinea) ... 6 bo oc 2 o-0 50 % .. 472
seminivea (Orthaga) Worn. ae oc oo O° 36 e .. 902
semipallida (Carea) sp. nov. aie a =i .. 421
semirufa (Huptera) J. and T., Bull. Hill Mus. vol. 1, ih 60 (921) (Ituri Valley, Belgian

Congo) a fe ae é 0 ie a -. 539
semuufa (Sabaria) iSoysernat O60 so a a6 30 at .. 475
semirutila (Milionia) sp. nov... be 26 S0 a .. 470
semlikana (Papilio menestheus lormiert) Sn noy. o\0 Do af 56 leis)
septentrionis (Danaida melissa) Butl. oc a6 o's 30 ae .. 534
seranensis (Odontodes alewca) subsp. nov. .. ; 90 a0 .. > 205
serapis (Hypcysta aroa) Fruh., Seitz Macrolep. 9, 2. 297 (1911) (Dutch New Guinea) .. 328
sericea (Margaronia) Drury 0 50 oe oo CNet
sericea (Trisuloides) Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) a, p. 36 (1881) (Sikkim) 228, 405, 410, 411
sericealis (Rivula) Schiff., Schmett. Wien, p. 122, No. 18 (1775) (Austria) .. .. 238
sericeata (Oxygonitis) Shain, Ill. Het. ix, p. 103, Plate clxiii, fig. 1 mee) (Ceylon) .. 240
sericeoides (Oxygonitis) sp. nov. .. : j 6 ai .. 240
serrata (Dyptheroides) Beth.-Bak. .. +. oo | SMHS)
serratilinea (Prasinocyma) Warr., Nov. Hah xix, 2. "1 (912) (Dutch New Guinea) .. 463
Serrodes oe se : : BS =i .. 447
sexpunctalis (Fvlodes) Snell ae Se ai on si ae .. 490
sexpunctalis (Talanga) Moore O° ys 30 ba se uh .. 600
signata (Hypolimnas bolina lisianassa ¢) f. nov. .. un - ih .. 569
signatalis (Pyrausta) Walk. O89 50 56 ac COE)
signifera (Stictoptera) Wikr., List, Lep. Tin, xiii, 5 1136 (887) (Sarawak) .. 207, 208, 209
signiferoides (Stictoptera parva ?) ab. nov. SG : Ss = .. 208
similis (Danaida) Linn. .. a ce e a a on .. 636
similrsj(Papilio megarus) Lathy. .. se wr ae me ok .. 524
simplex (Hndotricha) sp. nov... ee a: ee an he .. 506
simplex (Prasinocyma) 3, Warren ie a de ae “is .. 284
simplex (Pseudaphelia) Rebel 28 .. 561
Simplicia a Be aie ae ae ne Ae im .. 245
Sinna .. ae ne fe xe or Bio 215, 416
sinuata (Margar ina) Fabr. ah oe oe ae ah So .. 487
surene (Huptera) Stgr., ? a: ae ae Ss bf ae .. 539
swrene (Hupterda) Stgr., subsp. 50 oe: rs 36 50 6 .. 541
sisenma (Papilio) Mab., An. EB. France (6) 10, p. 29 (1890) .. Be Ae 66 BES)
Sisyrophora ox a'c 06 ‘ha .. 493
sjOstedtt (Papilio) Auriv., Iecite Macrolep 13, p. 15 (1908) B60 90 a6 od:
slatert (Papilio) Hew. .. : Bis 50 06 ae ee Olle
Smilepholcia gen. noy. .. + a a 406, 409, 410, 411
soma (Neptis) Moore, P.Z.S. p. 9, t. 49, f. 6 (1858) (N. India) ie oi .. 353
sobride(Hriceia) Walk... . o6 36 06 56 Joie. fool ISB)
sophronia (Belciana) sp. noy. Se ot a ale BA ie .. 445
sordida (Scopula) Warr. .. o3 Bc bo .. 288
sordidus (Papilio (Troides) elena bblendates) ab. nov. a bo Dee .. 565

sororcula (Prasinocyma) Warr. .. 60 3-0 20 bo nt .» > 466

Index to Parts 2 and 3 655

PAGE
Spaniocentra .. 50 we 56 ORY
specularia (Aporandria) Gmeins, Sase, Gen. ‘Thon ix, om 342 (1858) (India) Be S208
Speiredonia 56 do 5.0 .. 436
splendens (Leistera) B. lap, Now ell ff p. 253 (1906) (Brit. New Guinea) 23 23838
splendidissima (Charidea) aol nov. ce a6 = at ae .. 564
Spilosoma os ore 60 a Af a oi so widiil
sptlosomoides (Polygr nodes s) Moore ee ae ae eh aN 67 Gy)
spilotia (Papilio helena) Roths. .. 29 p0 a 0 Jo Bo, lls)
Spindasis 3s 5 Ns ns se = se bit .. 545
Sterrhinae a a be ae Bi oc as .. 258, 287, 479
Stiboges a6 ay: v6 a we .. 364
stichius (Papilio malate) refi, ? f. ws oa hs a0 ale .. 520
stictica (Papilio illyris) f. nov... 2s a ae a Be oe 399
sticticata (Risoba) sp. nov., Warr. MSS. .. is oe a ot: .. 480
Stictoploea a6 an bt ad oo 50 3-0 o6 .. 536
Stictoptera ee oe a bi0 oo ai ee ie 205, 427
Stictopterinae .. ot 16 oie oi 30 205, 427
stictoschema ( Gamatacanti @) Sp. nov. ; Be o6 ds 56 PASH
stigmatius (Agrotis) Warr., Seitz Macrolep xi, p. 58 (1912) (New Guinea) 50 50 Shy
stilbia (Pycnostega) sp. nov. as : : a oe ae og AST
stilpna (Calostigia) sp. nov. a Bo ae aA ie is .. 481
stola (Fodina) Gn. ae 30 a6 26 a S60 ie .. 425
stolalis (Margaronia) Guen. a0 56 an 6/0 96 60 487, 493
Stracena 56 .. 558
strigulata (Hyblaea) Gaede! Deutsche ent. ein 1917, p. 23 (w. Fans). Soll
subacuta (Parellelia) B.-Bkr., Nov. Zool. xiii, p. 258 (1906) (Brit. New Guinea) so | OPI
subcaerulea (Hyblaea) sp. nov. .. ee 20 am .. 250
subcaesia (Gonanticlea) Warr., Nov. Hehe SS Tf 373 (1903) (Brit. New Guinea) .. 288
subdecorata (Terias) Moore 66 at bi 30 ov as 5382, 533
subflava (Tambana) Wilem. 06 30 0 0 06 20 410, 411
subflava (Teracotona) sp.nov. .. 60 a éc 36 bio .. 560
subignea (Palaeodoxa) Warr. ?, Noy. Zool. xiv, p. 121 (1907) (British New Guinea) .. 456
subliturata (Anisozyga) Warr., Nov. Zool. vi, p. 327 (1899) (British New Guinea) so MiSil
sublustris (Gonanticlea) Warr., Nov. Zool. x, p. 375 (1903) (British New Guinea) .. 288
submixta (Gelasma) Prout, Noy. Zool. xx, p. 419 oe ieee New Guinea) !.. .. 286
subnigra (Danaida mytelene) subsp. noy. .. 56 .. 350
subplaga (Ophisma pallescens ab.) Beth.-Bak., Now, est Vii, p. 179 (1864) (Brit. New
Guinea) o¢ b 6 50 226
subpurpurea (Pingasa) Ware! A Now Zool. iv, ie 31 (1897) (Borneo) tee ins 280
subserrata (Belciana) sp. nov. .. 50 2/0 Ws .. 446
subsidens (Plusia) Walk., List. Lep. Ins. 1787 (1858) (Sydney) 6 ae .. 230
subsignans (Avitta) Wlkr., List. Lep. Ins. xv, p. 1675 (1858) (Kanara) oes .. 244
subtanganyikae (Papilio zoroastres newmanm £.) Strd. 90 so 50 ag 8)
subterminata (Teracotona) Hmpsn., Cat. Lep. Phal. 3, p. 471 (1901) (B. Hast Africa) .. 550
subvenusta (Anisozyga) Warr., Noy. Zool. vi, p. 328 ene (British New Guinea) 66 AASIL
subviridis (Dedias) sp. nov. 6 5 00 50 30 .. 304
sufferti (Papilio zalmowis f.) Rob. . oe 2 0 30 30 oo Bil
suffumosa (Spevredonia) Gn. a ob a fs es a0 6a. BY
suffusalis (Crocidolomia) Hmpsn... a oe 56 BG o6 .. 498
sulaensis (Cynthia arsinoé) subsp. nov. .. es 56 ah 50 0 SY
sulaensis (H7golis merionoides) subsp. nov. a bes ue es .. 348
sulaensis (Huploea ewpator) subsp. nov. .. sa ae ee os ». 9348
sulaensis (Terias norbana) subsp. nov... a a ors fe 55 1 BE
sumatrensis (fodina) sp.nov. .. es O.6 ig b6 52 a LOE

superans (Stictoptera griscata) subsp. nov. Be Ba oe ee eer 209

656 Index to Parts 2 and 3

PAGE
superatalis (Hpipaschia) Clem. .. os 30 .. 502
superior (Bordeta bur ae Prout, Nov. icon Xxill, p. 70 (1916) (Snow Mtns., Duteh

New Guinea) ae oo D6 af ae ae 473
suralis (Margaronia) Bet. 497
swinhoei (Craspedosis) Roths. 30 472
swinhoer (Papilio nomius) Moore .. 522
swinhoer (Stictoptera) Beth.-Bak. .. 428
Sylepta.. C 491
Synegia .. 483
Sypna .. 230, 232, 441
Syrmoptera 544
Tajuria 303
Talanga ; .. 600
talboti (kocrsivallsiay sp. noy. 402, 409, 410
talboti (Comethis) sp. nov. 508
talboti (Milionia) sp. Noy. : 294
talboti (Othreis cajeta) subsp. nov. ue ts pre si Me so | 2B
Tambara 50 ie is 32 a a .. 401, 406, 408, 410, 411
tamsi (Dipthera) sp. nov. .~ 440
Tanaorhinus ? 281, 460
tannuensis (Xanthorhoé “poate ufa sofia) Fabept nov. 480
tartka (Carea) Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. aS ) vii, p. 492 (1901) (G Gilolo) 218
telearchus (Papilio) islet 518
telegonus (Papilio) Feld., Wien. Ent. Mone IV, Pp. 26 (1 860) (Batchian) 321
telephusalis (Bacchoris) Wlky. o6 = 0 . 489
Tellervo 343
tenebrica (47 aoc sp. noy. 297
tenebricosa (Ctimene) sp. nov. 475
tenimberensis (Appias ada) subsp. nov. 347
tenimberensis (Hlodina egnatia) subsp. nov. 346
tenuisquamosa (Hzypocysta) sp. nov. 329
Teracotona : 550
teretimacula (Arteta tr SCOR DHOn a) SET + noy. 916
Terias . : 347, 531, 516
tersatica (Bopylaca pr “ipO8O) Fruh. Se Sc 58 Be P1310)
tessev (Delias) J. and T., Ann. ee Nat. ieee (8) vol. xvil, p. 70 (1916) (Dutch New

Guinea) 50 : 50 56 30 oe be -. 9312
testulalis (Maruca) Geyer 487, 499
Tetridia .. 499
Thalassodes pe 283
therapaena (Wherallowta) 6 sp. lov. 478
thersander (Papilio phorcas) F., Ent. Sy tie iol ale 1) 32 (1793) (Sienna TaCOne) ue .. 880
thestylis (Prioneris) Doubl. : e0 525, 516
Thliptoceras 498
thomsoni (Catocala) sp. nov. 459
Thyatira : 432
thyrsisalis (Macalla) Walk. 502
timesia (Stictoptera) Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. CG oh 2, 218 4899) (Singapore 209
timesoides (Stictoptera een ab. nov. 209
tippelskurchi (Papilio phoreas var.) Suff. 380
Tiracolo .. 200
Tirumala fo 350, 534
tissaphernes (Papilio par is) Fruh.. 522

tmetoloba (Paralcis) sp. nov.

474

Index to Parts 2 and 3

toleoleuca (Nanaguna) sp. nov.

Toxocampa
Trachea

traducalis (Pag ala) Zell.

trapeza (Papilio) R. and J., Nov. Zool. xiii, 5 1 669 (1906) (Rio Napo, Ecuador)
travana (Tajuria) Hew., Ill, D. Lep. p. 38, t. 17, f. 59, 60 Ce 0

Trepsichrois
Tricentra

tricolor (Bor Aleta) Warr

Nov. Zool. ili, p. 130 (1896) (New Guinea) .

ricoloralis (Margar onia) Pag.
trichotmeta (Care) sp. nov.
trichroa (Hucharidema) R. and Jord., Drqwisel, ant vere p. L977 (1907) (British New

Guinea)

trifilifimbria (Bractansae Bhan Now Zool. XXH1, D 325 (1915) (ommercons)
trigonata (Peratophyga) Wikr., List. Lep. Ins. xxiii, p. 774 (1861) (Sarawak) . A
trigonyphora (Avteta) Hmpsn., Journ. Bom. Nat. Hist. Soc. xi, p. 455 eae (Khasias)..

trigonoleuca (Trisuloides sericea) sp. nov.

trilineata (Carea) Warr. ..

trument (Papilio) Poult. ..

tryphaenordes (Catocala) Ob.

triphaenoides (Ephesia) Ob. 66

tripuncta (Pr See Prout, Nov. Zoall 2 [Do “495 (1913) (Mount Goliath, Dutch
New Guinea) ae 610 . 00 He $0

trisetata (Piychopoda) ia, noy.

Trisuloides
Troides

657

PAGE

227, 405,

377,

..227, 400, 403, 404, 409, 410,

- 320, 360, 508, 516,

trophonissa (Papilio) Anmitices Ark, Yess. ui, "23, p. 6 (907)

tryphera (Prasimocyma) sp. nov... ae
tydea (Hypolinuas) Feld., Reise Noy. Lep.1 lll, p. 415 t. 55, igs. 1-4 (1867) (Batjan)
tynderaeus (Papilio) Fabr. 56 : : 010 5.0

Tyndis..

tyrannus (Pr china Sin, “rng K. of Bhop. Bxot. Diet a i, iy Ody, 9 e uss) (Waigew

tyres (Phlyctaenia) Cram.

tytia (Danada sita) Gray

ucalegon (Papilio) Hew., Exot. Butt. Pap. t. 7, f. 19 (1865) (Old Calabar)
ucalegomdes (Papilio) Sten, Exot. Schm. 1, i 10 aie oe
uganda (Papilio almansor) f. Bree

Ulopeza
Ulothrichopus

ultima (Prasinocyima serait An0)) crab. noy. :

ulysses (Papilio) L., Mus. Ulr. p. 201 (1764) (Amboina) 3

undifera (ilemitnea) Wlkr., List. Lep. Ins. xxii, p. 601 (1861) (Sararal) :
undiferata (Spantocentra) Walk., List. Lep. Te 35, p. 1612 Ox (Celebes) ..

Undusia

wuannulata (Bor ane boracdlakdes 6 supervor ‘el: ) Ware

uniformis (Ypthima albida) Bartel, ¢

unimacula (Papilio childrenae) eaber noy.

wunimaculatus (Papilio mackinnom £.) Sutff.

umonalis (Margaroma) Hubn.

uniplaga (Craspedosis) Warr., Noy. Zool. iii, p. 297 (1896) (iereaccon Is.) -
unipuncta (Tanaorhinus) Yam, Noy. Zool. vi, p. 331 (1899) (British New Guinea)
unipunctata (Carea) Beth-.Bak. bee ae 46 <i “6

unminea (Platyja) Cr.

Uresphita

281,

213
425
202
485
323
353
537
260
292
493
418

292
254
268
216
410
419
379
453
453

467
262
411
565
377
465
349
371
484
334
487
580

371

, 895
, 396

489
223
463
512
286
282
302
473
342
323
384
487
473
460
417
191
488

658 Index to Parts 2 and 3

PAGE
vacans (Appias inornata) Butl. £. aest. ors 20 O60 o6 S6 -. 528
vallantini (Ephesia) Ob. .. 2 D0 om ns iG a -. 453 -
vallata (Characoma) Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 47 (1902) (Queensland) .. so | ils}
varenius (Charaxes polyxena) Fruh., Soc. Hint. 20, p. 172 (1907) (Java) 35 ae (B80
variabilis (Hdotricha) sp. noy. .. S60 Ap .. 504
variegata (Stictoptera) Hmpsn., Cat. Lep. Phal. xi, p. 163 (1912) (Sarawak) .. 210, 427
variegata (Sypna achaeopsis) ab. nov. oc oo é6 a .. 231
variegata (Tambana) Moore . 56 0 407, 409, 410, 411
varipes (Carea) Wlkr., List. Lep. “a - is “415 (1856) (Malacca) se ue ao ealy
varonaria (CattootFigtia) Vorbr. and Mil. “Rutz. od go b6 bs .. 481
velata (Ctumene) Warr. .. O° 30 oe 2s as .. 475
velutina (Lagoptera rubida) Prout, 3 ne oe oe os : co PAB
venia (Aeolochroma) sp. nov. 0-0 00 Sie 50 .. 468
veniplaga (Anisozyga) Warr., Nov. Zool. xiv, p. 130 (1907) (British New Guinea) .. 461
veraria (Thalassodes) Guen., Spec. Gen. wei ix, p. 360 (1858) (? New Holland) .. 283
verhuelli (Dercas) Hoey. .. a0 bo ae 30 .. 929
versicolor (Tiracola rufimargo) Fale nov. ics s' ae Ns .. 200
vertumnalis (Margaroma) Guen. .. Do D0 us i on .. 493
vesper (Papilio pelodurus) subsp. nov... oe ae is so Slee
vesta (Pareba) Fab. O° .. 588
vestigiata (Pr ee ey Warr., Nor eee, Xi, p. 86 6 (1906) (British New Enna) -. 465
Victoria : ‘ 60 56 30 06 «. 253
vidua (Delias) sp. nov. .. : 36 ae os 3 oy: 304, 511
virescens (Leptocircus meges) Butl. aN a a Be a .. 524
virgata (Clematoessa) sp.nov... oe oie 38 a tae 50 PUY
virgata (Huptychia) sp. noy. c ee es as .. 570
virgo (Pieridopsis) R. and J., Nov. Zool. xii, ih 457 ‘(1905) (British New Guinea) 330, 331
viridam (Gonitis) Heyl. .. Me 60 Go D0 aN 5.0 .. 434
viridata (Trachea) sp. nov. : Ser oe a ae oe 66 HOR
viridicatena (Leptocolpia) sp. nov. 66 Fo 56 os oe 2 20M
vitialis (Cosmethis) Hmpsn. ais he ae o ms a .. 503
vitrea (Papilio ridleyanus) f. nov. 59 aa a Ss bes .. o94
vivida (Thalassodes hypocrites) subsp. nov. ae Ee at a oo PASS}
vulcanica (Cyclirius) sp. nov... i aes bn ah ore .. 547
waigeuensis (Zellervo) subsp, nov. 5 as ee ae agents OLS
walkert (Leptocircus curvus) Moore : a0 = ae da -. O24
wangaarensis (Papilio polydorus) subsp. nov. So 56 A a -. 666
warrenalis (Margaronia) Swinh. .. a6 Be a6 50 oe 492, 495
watson (Prioneris thestylus f.) Hew. .. 525
webstert (Mynes) Smith, Noy. Zool. 1, p. 586 (1894) (Sattelberg, New Gotan) 325
weisker (Deltas) Ribbe, Insecten Borst xvii, p. 329 (1900) on R., Brit. New Guinea) 314
weylandensis (Craspedosis galathea) ene WOW “Go i -» 478
weylandensis (Delias ligata) subsp. nov. .. 90 bo 96 oo uli
weylandensis (Morphotaenaris schinbergi) subsp. nov. ap ce so obits:
whitnalli (Papilio gallienus f.) Neave, Nov. Zool. xi, p. 342 (1904) (Uganda) .. .. 3890
wollastom (Tellervo assarica) Roths., Rep. B.O.U. exp. 2, No. 15, p. 14 (1916) (Dutch
New Guinea) ae Cie oo 00 do oo ao .. 9345
xanthica (Carcinarctia) sp. noy. .. 56 BG 50 06 50 do) ya
Xanthomantis .. 56 oi ie ae ot a os 409, 411
Xanthorhoé 5% KG Sc a oe Be Ae i 289, 480
Xanthospilopteryx o¢ o¢ oh ee Se a oe .. 364
Xenocentris j.. O6 66 an = Be Ss So .. 262

xenocles (Papilio) Doubl., Gray. Zool. Misc. p. 74 (1842) (N. India) .. O60 .. > ol4

Index to Parts 2 and 3 659

: PAGE
xenoclides (Papilio xenocles) Fruh. : 6% se 05 | Whe
auiphares (Charaxes) Cram., Pap. Exot. iv, b. 377, Ags. A.B. (1782) (Africa mer.) Saal
xyphia (Leptosia) Fab... ee BF 65 PAD)
vuthomelas (Clematoessa) Jord., Now HoT, XXll, p. 297 (1915) (Dutch 8. New Guinea).. 278
Xylophylla a6 b¢ 34 oo at ae ae ate .. 438
yabensis (Delias aroae) subsp. noy. we AD oe 3 ae so ONS)
Ypthima 50 36 56 06 re $0 S10 oo .. (342

zaddachi (Huphaedra) Dew, Noy. Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. 41, 2, p. 199 (1879) (Guinea Coast) 341

zalmoxis (Papilio) Hew. .. es ve re oc 371, 370
zarate (Delias) Smith, Novy. Lo. Vil, p. 87 (1900) (Milne Bay, British New Guinea) .. 305
zelmira (Appras libythea) Stoll. 2 f. 4.0 ae i oe ae so OAT
zemire (Cosmethis) Cram. 0 a6 ae 69 a) 1003
zenobia (Papilio) Fabr., Syst. Ent. ef 503 (1775) 06 ae ue go, aol
zodica (Huploea alecto) Fruh. ¢ , Ent. Meddel. p. 301 (1904) (Obi) 56 50 oo BAT
zotlus (Tellervo) Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 480 (1775) (Australia) .. or a6 343, 344
zoomesta (T7anaor hens unipuncta) subsp. noy. : O16 6 eco
zoroastres (Papilio) Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. 14, p. 226 (1878) . o'9 30 392, 393
zoroastrides (Papilio zoroastres neumanni f.) Strd. .. 50 36 ic -. 393

Zygaenidae ae 96 o6 Ye ae 0 90 ar 270, 364

bat

Bee

ort

ate

a

I
me

i

ie

,

iit

, aaaanene Y
~. SEARF A, Rane

apt, ie -~ : r™*

PD.

Cait

2» 2 yp sy») J
Pp )
» DDD

+
% . ;

«
N

Ay
)
{

d
)
)

4

)

a»

) eke ’ j
eee " m
Uy , a

yy

Die > Th
vv yD

p» >> ye 7

1D Wa

22D 2D |
>
>)

yD
=

334

yp ond | amen raA, > a AAnmannione® b
ARR ERA SA AAR SARA AAW. , HY 1 a& Anat

a! a m&

can | An,

2" “@264 20 Ga ec2ceas 2—-' ann :

eget

a

Dp)
D Pi
) Bw
» >
~
®

D.
»
2
=
2.
))

| MS @

AN INSTITUTION LIB

wii I

9088 01272 309